Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
2025/08/26 City Council Agenda Packet
"We Care for Our Residents by Working Together to Build a Better Community for Today and Tomorrow." ROHNERT PARK CITY COUNCIL, ROHNERT PARK FINANCING AUTHORITY (RPFA), SUCCESSOR AGENCY TO THE COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT COMMISSION JOINT REGULAR MEETING Tuesday, August 26, 2025 Open Session: 5:00 PM MEETING LOCATION: CITY HALL - COUNCIL CHAMBER 130 Avram Avenue, Rohnert Park, California PUBLIC PARTICIPATION: The Rohnert Park City Council welcomes your attendance, interest and participation at its regular meetings scheduled on the second and fourth Tuesdays of each month at 5:00 p.m. in the Council Chambers. Members of the public are encouraged to observe the meeting on Cable Channel 26, by visiting meeting central on our website https://www.rpcity.org/city_hall/city_council/meeting_central, or at our YouTube channel at https://www.youtube.com/CityofRohnertPark. PUBLIC COMMENTS: Provides an opportunity for public comment on items not listed on the agenda, or on agenda items if unable to comment at the scheduled time (limited to three minutes per appearance with a maximum allowance of 30 minutes allotted per comment period, with time limits subject to modification by the City Council in accordance with the adopted City Council Protocols). Speakers are encouraged to complete a Public Comment card and submit it to the Clerk at the time of the meeting. This helps ensure an orderly and efficient meeting, but it is not required. Members of the public may also provide advanced comments by email at publiccomment@rpcity.org Comments are requested by 3:00 p.m. on the day of the meeting, but can be emailed until the close of the Agenda Item for which the comment is submitted. Email comments must identify the Agenda Item Number in the subject line of the email. The emails will not be read for the record but will be provided to Council. Please note that all e-mails sent to the City Council are considered to be public records and subject to disclosure under the California Public Records Act. City Council/RPFA agendas and minutes may be viewed at the City's website: www.rpcity.org. PUBLIC HEARINGS: Council/RPFA may discuss and/or take action on any or all of the items listed on this agenda. If you challenge decisions of the City Council or the Rohnert Park Financing Authority of the City of Rohnert Park in court, you may be limited to raising only those issues you or someone else raised at public hearing(s) described in this agenda, or in written correspondence delivered to the City of Rohnert Park at, or prior to the public hearing(s). RIGHT TO APPEAL: Judicial review of any city administrative decision pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure Section 1094.5 may be had only if a petition is filed with the court no later than the deadlines specified in Section 1094.6 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, which generally limits the time 1.CITY COUNCIL/RPFA/SUCCESSOR AGENCY JOINT REGULAR MEETING - CALL TO ORDER/ROLL CALL (Adams_____Elward_____Rodriguez_____Sanborn______Giudice______) 2.READING OF THE LAND ACKNOWLEDGMENT The City of Rohnert Park acknowledges Indigenous Peoples as the traditional stewards of the land. Let it be acknowledged that the City of Rohnert Park is located within the traditional homelands of the Federated Indians of Graton Rancheria, comprised of Coast Miwok and Southern Pomo peoples. 3.PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE 4.PRESENTATIONS 4.A Mayor's Proclamation: Proclaiming August 26, 2025, as Women's Equality Day in the City of Rohnert Park Item 4.A. 4.B Mayor's Proclamation: Proclaiming September 2025 as National Service Dog Month in the City of Rohnert Park Item 4.B. 5.DEPARTMENT HEAD BRIEFINGS 5.A Informational Report by Director of Community Services Cindy Bagley Regarding Pickleball Courts Signage Supplemental Item 5.A. within which the decision may be challenged to the 90th day following the date that the decision becomes final. SIMULTANEOUS MEETING COMPENSATION DISCLOSURE (Government Code Section 54952.3): Members of the City Council receive no additional compensation as a result of convening this joint meeting of the City Council and the Rohnert Park Financing Authority. CITY COUNCIL GOALS: On May 14, 2024, the Rohnert Park City Council adopted the following multi-year broad goals (listed below in no particular order): 1.Long Term Financial Sustainability 3.Planning and Infrastructure 2.Community Quality of Life 4.Organization Well Being THE CITY OF ROHNERT PARK WANTS TO CONNECT WITH YOU! Our cross-departmental communications team works together on media relations, social media, internal and external communications, stakeholder relations, the City's website, branding, media, and communications support to the City as a whole. Please visit rpcity.org/i_want_to__/connect to stay connected and informed. 6.PUBLIC COMMENTS Persons wishing to address the Council on any Consent Calendar item or on City business not listed on the Agenda may do so at this time. Each speaker will be allotted three minutes. Those wishing to address the Council should refer to Page 1 for information on how to submit public comments. 6.A Written Public Comments Item 6 Supplemental - Public Comments Received by 3pm Item 6 Supplemental - Public Comments Received after 3 pm Item 6 Supplemental -Materials Received During Meeting Item 6 Supplemental -Written Comment Received During Meeting 7.CONSENT CALENDAR All items on the Consent Calendar will be considered together by one or more action(s) of the City Council and/or the Rohnert Park Financing Authority and Successor Agency to the Community Development Commission, whichever is applicable, unless any Council Member or anyone else interested in a consent calendar item has a question about the item. Council Motion/Vote: (Adams_____Elward_____Rodriguez_____Sanborn______Giudice______) 7.A Acceptance of Reports from Finance Department (This is not a project under California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA)) Item 7.A.1. City Bills/Demands for Payment dated July 29, 2025, through August 11, 2025 Item 7.A.2. Successor Agency- Cash Report as of July 31, 2025 Item 7.A.3. City- Cash Report for Month as of July 31, 2025 7.B Approval of Minutes for City Council/RPFA/Successor Agency Joint Regular Meeting and City Council Special Meeting, August 12, 2025 (This is not a project under California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA)) Item 7.B. 7.C Receive Progress Report on the Status of the Emergency Public Safety Antenna and Radio System Replacement Project (CIP2412), as required by the Public Contract Code and by Minute Order, authorize the continuation of Resolution 2024-051 until the emergency action is completed (This action is not a Project under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA)) Item 7.C. 7.D Receive Annual 2024/2025 Fiscal Year Alcoholic Beverage Service Ordinance (ABSO) Report Pursuant to Rohnert Park Municipal Code 8.34.190 (This action is not a Project under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA)) Item 7.D. 7.E Adopt Resolution 2025-060 Awarding the Construction Contract for the City Hall Building Improvements Project CIP2501 to CWS Construction Group, Inc. for $1,825,000, Authorizing the City Manager to approve up to $273,750 (15%) in Change Orders, Approving the Project Plans and Specifications, and Finding the project exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to Sections 15301 (Existing Facilities) and 15302 (Replacement or Reconstruction) of CEQA Guidelines. (14 Cal. Code Regs. §§ 15301, 15302) Item 7.E. Item 7.E. Plans Item 7.E. Specifications 7.F Adopt Resolution 2025-061 Authorizing a Budget Amendment Appropriating $30,000 from the Traffic Safety Fund to Fund a New Non-CIP Project for the Installation of an All Way Stop at the Intersection of Bodway Parkway and Camino Colegio (Exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) under 15301(c) because it is a minor alteration of Public Infrastructure) Item 7.F. 7.G Adopt Resolution 2025-062 Authorizing and Approving a Letter Agreement to the Memorandum of Agreement for the Service Employees' International Union - Local 1021 (SEIU) (This Action is not a Project under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA)) Item 7.G. 7.H Adopt a Resolution 2023-063 Authorizing and Approving a Memorandum of Understanding between the County of Sonoma and the City of Rohnert Park to Provide a location for the Health-to-Go Project Vending Machine and Outline the Roles and Responsibilities of the County and the City in the Health-To-Go Project (This Action is not a Project under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA)) Item 7.H. 8.REGULAR ITEMS 8.A Discuss Proposed Amendments to the City Council Protocols (the Established Procedural Rules for the Conduct of City Council Meetings and Council Business), Adopt a Resolution Amending the City Council Protocols, and Adopt Separate Resolutions Establishing 5:30 p.m. as the Start Time for Regular Meetings of the Rohnert Park City Council and the Community Development Commission of the City of Rohnert Park Effective January 1, 2026 (This is not a project under California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA)) A. Staff Report B. Public Comment C. Resolutions for Adoption: 1.City Council Resolution 2025-064 Amending the City Council Protocols (the Established Procedural Rules for the Conduct of City Council Meetings and Council Business Policy Number 1. 02. 001) and Rescinding Resolution 2023-047 2.City Council Resolution 2025-065 Rescinding Resolution 2019-013 and Establishing 5:30 P.M. as the Start Time for Regular Meetings of the Rohnert Park City Council effective January 1, 2026 3.Community Development Commission (CDC) Resolution 2025-001 Rescinding Resolution 2010-08 and Establishing 5:30 p.m. Start Time for CDC Meetings effective January 1, 2026 D. Council Discussion/Motion/Vote (Adams_____Elward_____Rodriguez_____Sanborn______Giudice______) Item 8.A. Staff Report and Attachments Item 8.A. Presentation 8.B Consider Adopting a Resolution Establishing Utility Rate Setting Procedures for Water and Sewer Rates Under Proposition 218, and Assembly Bill 2257 (Government Code Sections 53750 through 53759.2) and Repealing Resolution No. 2011-25 (This is not a project under California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA)) A. Staff Report B. Public Comment C. Resolution for Adoption: Resolution 2025-066 Establishing Utility Rate Setting Procedures for Water and Sewer Rates Under Proposition 218, and Assembly Bill 2257 (Government Code Sections 53750 through 53759.2) and Repealing Resolution No. 2011- 25 D. Council Motion/Vote (Adams_____Elward_____Rodriguez_____Sanborn______Giudice______) Item 8.B. Staff Report and Attachments Item 8.B. Presentation 9.COMMITTEE / LIAISON / OTHER REPORTS This time is set aside to allow Council members serving on Council committees or on regional boards, commissions or committees to present a verbal report on the activities of the respective boards, commissions or committees on which they serve. Per Government Code Section 53232.3(d), Councilmembers shall provide brief reports on meetings attended at the expense of the City. No action may be taken. 9.A City Standing Committees, Council Liaison Assignments, Outside Agency and Mayors & Councilmembers/City Selection Committee Appointments: 1.Adams 1.Rohnert Park Cotati Regional Library Advisory Board Meeting (8/19) 2.Elward 3.Rodriguez 1.Chamber of Commerce Board of Directors (8/19) 4.Sanborn 1.Santa Rosa Plain Groundwater Sustainability Agency Board of Directors (8/14) 2.Zero Waste Sonoma Board of Directors Meeting (8/21) 5.Giudice 1.Sonoma County Mayors' and Councilmembers' Board of Directors and Association General Meeting in Cloverdale (8/14) 2.Golden Gate Bridge, Highway & Transportation District Building and Operating Committee, Finance-Auditing Committee & Governmental Affairs and Public Information Committee (8/21) 3.Golden Gate Bridge, Highway & Transportation District Board of Directors Meeting (8/22) 4.Sonoma County Mayors and Councilmembers Legislative Committee (8/22) 6.Reports Under Government Code Section 53232.3(d): The State of Black Businesses (8/15) 10.COMMUNICATIONS Copies of communications have been provided to Council for review prior to this meeting. Council Members desiring to read or discuss any communication may do so at this time. No action may be taken except to place a particular item on a future agenda for Council consideration. 11.ADDING AGENDA ITEMS TO A FUTURE CITY COUNCIL MEETING AGENDA At this time, any Councilmember may request the City Manager or Designee to add an item to a future agenda. Pursuant to the City Council Protocols, a concurrence of two Councilmembers is needed for the City Manager to consider the request. In accordance with the Brown Act, Councilmembers may only discuss whether the item should be placed on a subsequent agenda for deliberation and action. The City Manager will be responsible for placement of requested items on the agenda after evaluation of all requests for, among other things, time-sensitivity, and number of items already agendized. 12.PUBLIC COMMENTS Persons wishing to address the Council on any Consent Calendar item or on City business not listed on the Agenda may do so at this time. Each speaker will be allotted three minutes. Those wishing to address the Council should refer to Page 1 for information on how to submit public comments. 13.ADJOURNMENT NOTE: Time shown for any particular matter on the agenda is an estimate only. Matters may be considered earlier or later than the time indicated depending on the pace at which the meeting proceeds. If you wish to speak on an item under discussion by the Council which appears on this agenda, please refer to page 1 for more details on submitting a public comment. Any item raised by a member of the public which is not on the agenda and may require Council action shall be automatically referred to staff for investigation and disposition which may include placing on a future agenda. If the item is deemed to be an emergency or the need to take action arose after posting of the agenda within the meaning of Government Code Section 54954.2(b), Council is entitled to discuss the matter to determine if it is an emergency item under said Government Code and may take action thereon. AGENDA REPORTS & DOCUMENTS: A paper copy of all staff reports and documents subject to disclosure that relate to each item of business referred to on the agenda are available for public inspection at City Hall, 130 Avram Avenue, Rohnert Park, California 94928. Electronic copies of all staff reports and documents subject to disclosure that relate to each item of business referred to on the agenda are available for public inspection on https://www.rpcity.org/city_hall/city_council/meeting_central. Any writings or documents subject to disclosure that are provided to all, or a majority of all, of the members of the City Council regarding any item on this agenda after the agenda has been distributed will be made available for inspection at City Hall and on our website at the same time. Any writings or documents subject to disclosure that are provided to the City Council during the meeting will be made available for public inspection during meeting and on our website following the meeting. AMERICAN DISABILITY ACT ACCOMMODATION: Any member of the public who needs accommodations should email the ADA Coordinator at jcannon@rpcity.org or by calling 707-588-2221. Notification at least 72 hours prior to the meeting will enable the ADA Coordinator to use her best efforts to provide reasonable accommodations to provide as much accessibility as possible while also maintaining public safety in accordance with the City procedure for resolving reasonable accommodation requests. Information about reasonable accommodations is available on the City website at https://www.rpcity.org/city_hall/departments/human_resources/a_d_a_and_accessibility_resources . CERTIFICATION OF POSTING OF AGENDA I, Sylvia Lopez Cuevas, City Clerk, for the City of Rohnert Park, declare that the foregoing agenda was posted and available for review on August 21, 2025, at Rohnert Park City Hall, 130 Avram Avenue, Rohnert Park, California 94928. The agenda is also available on the City web site at www.rpcity.org. Executed this 21st day of August, 2025 at Rohnert Park, California. Sylvia Lopez Cuevas Office of the City Clerkk A PROCLAMATION OF THE MAYOR OF THE CITY OF ROHNERT PARK Proclaiming W OMEN’S E QUALITY D AY IN THE C ITY OF R OHNERT P ARK Whereas, on August 26, 2024, we mark the 105th anniversary of the enactment of the 19th Amendment to the United States Constitution which secured the right to vote for women, and Whereas, in 1976, the Sonoma County Board of Supervisors established one of the first Commissions on the Status of Women in the State of California with the purpose of promoting “equal rights and opportunities that enhance the quality of life for all women and girls” and addressing “issues of discrimination and prejudice that negatively affect women in Sonoma County”, and Whereas, women constitute nearly 50 percent of our workforce, the majority of the students in our colleges and graduate schools, and an increasing number of primary breadwinners, and Whereas, in 2024-2025, Sonoma County women working full time earned 86% of what men earned, and those women working in agriculture and service areas, such as the majority of women workers in Sonoma Valley, earned even less, and Whereas, even with the gains women have made, more work remains to be done in many areas that directly impact equal pay for equal work, including access to quality affordable childcare, affordable housing, and comprehensive healthcare for women, including reproductive and mental health care, and Whereas, the mandate for Women's Equality Day in 2025 is to “accelerate efforts to eliminate systemic barriers and biases that impede women’s progress…emphasizing the need for swift and decisive measures to achieve gender equity”, and Whereas, the City of Rohnert Park is blessed to have an abundance of dedicated, passionate and intelligent women deserving of equal compensation, equal opportunity and all aspects of gender equity governing our city. Now, Therefore, be it Proclaimed that I, Gerard Giudice, as Mayor and on behalf of the City Council, proclaim August 26, 2025, as Women’s Equality Day, marking the 105th anniversary of the enactment of the 19th Amendment, celebrating the achievements of women and recommitting to gender equality in the City of Rohnert Park, including equal pay for equal work, and accelerating the overall progress of women and girls. Duly and Regularly Proclaimed this 26th day of August 2025. CITY OF ROHNERT PARK Gerard Giudice, MAYOR Item 4.A. A PROCLAMATION OF THE MAYOR OF THE CITY OF ROHNERT PARK Proclaiming S EPTEMBER AS N ATIONAL S ERVICE D OG M ONTH Whereas, service dogs provide vital assistance, independence, and companionship to people with disabilities, including veterans, first responders, and community members; and Whereas, National Service Dog Month recognizes the life-changing impact of these highly trained animals and honors the organizations and individuals dedicated to their training and placement; and Whereas, service dogs perform tasks that include guiding individuals who are visually impaired, alerting those who are deaf or hard of hearing, detecting medical emergencies such as seizures or low blood sugar, assisting veterans with Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder, and supporting individuals with mobility limitations; and Whereas, Paws for Purple Hearts, a national nonprofit with a presence in our region, is dedicated to improving the lives of America’s Warriors facing mobility challenges and trauma- related conditions by providing the highest quality service dogs and canine-assisted therapeutic programs; and Whereas, Paws for Purple Hearts, along with other service dog organizations, helps foster healing, dignity, and independence, bringing hope and comfort to those they serve; and Whereas, National Service Dog Month provides an opportunity to increase awareness of the critical role service dogs play and to encourage community support of organizations such as Paws for Purple Hearts, which are committed to this mission. Now, Therefore, be it Proclaimed that I, Gerard Giudice, as Mayor and on behalf of the City Council, proclaim September as National Service Dog Month and encourage all residents to recognize and support the life-changing contributions of service dogs and the organizations that make their work possible. Duly and Regularly Proclaimed this 26th day of August 2025. CITY OF ROHNERT PARK Gerard Giudices, MAYOR Item 4.B. Sunrise Park Pickleball /Tennis Court Update Sunrise Park Pickleball/Tennis Court Update Presented by Cindy Bagley, Director of Community Services Supplemental Item 5A City Ordinance for Court UsageCity Ordinance for Court Usage Q. To engage in any activity other than tennis on tennis courts, pickleball on pickleball courts, basketball on basketball courts, or futsal on futsal courts, without written permission from the community services department. 9.62.010 - Unlawful acts in public parks and recreation facilities It is unlawful for any person, entity, firm or corporation to do or commit any of the acts enumerated below in any city park or recreation facility, or at the City Center Plaza: Courts 1 thru 6 Permanent Pickleball Courts Courts 7-12 Temporary Pickleball Courts Courts 13-14 Permanent Tennis Courts Current Court Configuration 1 654 32 121110 987 1 1413 The Move to Permanent Pickleball Only EčĴļ²ĆĆčÕŖĴõëč²ëÕõčÑõo²ļõčë ļñÕoĔŁİļĴ²İÕêĔİ|õoăĆÕʲĆĆ ĴÕcčĆŘ "İõĆĆɾɿñĔĆÕĴêĔİĭÕİČ²čÕčļ ĭõoăĆÕʲĆĆĭĔĆÕĴ |²õčļĔŕÕݲĆĆŖñõļÕĆõčÕĴ ŖõļñõčĭõoăĆÕʲĆĆoĔŁİļ ÊĔŁčѲİõÕĴ |²õčļļñÕê²İŖÕĴļ²čÑê²İÕ²Ĵļ ĴõÑÕoĔŁİļĴÊĆŁÕʰļñÕļŖĔ ČõÑÑĆÕoĔŁİļĴŖõĆĆİÕČ²õč ëİÕÕčʱ Project Timeline New Signage Step 01 Step 02 Drill Holes Ordered and in transit Determine where electrical conduits are located Install Pickleball Poles Install minimum of 6 poles, maximum 12 poles depending on discovery in Step 2 Tape and Paint Install Nets Re-Open Courts Step 03 Step 04 Step 05 Step 06Mid - September This project will be completed by: This project will be completed by: S龬 rËÙ»Ý ZäÙäÝ Å SÙ»Ý ÙõÝ iclebll oles ets d ort it re ded by : S¬»¾¾¾ S˾ÝƤ BäÝƤ Å ËéÙä S¬Åä Ù £éÅ ûƥ VË©ÅÙä SÙ» S¬»¾¾¾ ¾é From: To:Public Comment Subject:Resynergi Pyrolysis Facility at SOMO Date:Tuesday, August 26, 2025 2:50:16 PM EXTERNAL EMAIL Rohnert Park City Council August 26, 2025 Dear Council Members, We are writing about the Resynergi application to the Bay Area Air Quality Management District seeking approval for a plastics “recycling” facility at SOMO Village in Rohnert Park. We live next door to the proposed site and are very concerned about the environmental effects of this proposed facility. It is being advertised as a plastics “recycling” center which uses the process of pyrolysis to convert waste plastics into reusable plastic or pyrolysis oil. We have researched the process amd are very disturbed by what we have learned. The process is claimed NOT to be an incineration process, yet it requires heating to temperatures up to and exceeding 1200 degrees Fahrenheit. The process generates a wide range of different emissions. Among these are five Group 1 Carcinogens – (1) Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons, (2) Chlorinated Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons, (3) Dioxins, (4) Benzene, and (5) Formaldehyde as well as several additional probable carcinogens. The process of pyrolysis also releases numerous documented endocrine disruptors. These are chemicals that mimic steroid hormones like estrogen and androgens and act to bind hormone receptors on breast, ovarian, and genital tissues causing severe reproductive and developmental disorders. All these substances are generated as gas emissions or oil residues by the pyrolysis of plastics. These substances are not only toxic, but they also produce noxious odors. Why would anyone think it is a good idea to have such a chemical process taking place immediately adjacent - literally a few feet away - from a school? It is claimed that the process is entirely enclosed and that there is little if any release of chemical emissions. But where there are complicated chemical processes taking place, there is always the chance of loss of control and the accompanying release of unwanted substances. The proponents of this process claim all releases of these substances are below allowable thresholds, yet it is freely acknowledged that such releases occur during startups and shutdowns, and during maintenance. But even if the controls are working, there is still low level release of these highly toxic chemicals. Many of these substances are fat soluble – ie. benzene, benzo(a)pyrene, TCDD, vinyl chloride, and many other polyaromatic hydrocarbons. This means that when these substances are inhaled due to chronic exposure, they are not metabolized out of the body. Instead, they accumulate in the fat tissues and eventually build up to toxic levels. So even low levels of these substances are dangerous if inhaled chronically over time -- especially for school children when they are exposed to them daily for years as is highly probable with Credo High School situated right next door to the proposed pyrolysis facility. For all these reasons, building a pyrolysis factory immediately adjacent to a high school is unconscionable. Please encourage the Bay Area Air Quality Management District to deny approval of the Resynergi Pyrolysis Facility at Somo Village. Thank you. Sincerely, Mike , Linda, and Tess Henry From: To:Public Comment Subject:Public Comments re Resynergi Date:Tuesday, August 26, 2025 2:42:00 PM EXTERNAL EMAIL Dear Council Members, As a Willowglen resident and concerned neighbor of SOMO, and STRONGLY OPPOSE the location of Resynergi. There is no doubt that our country has a serious issue with plastics and I welcome the innovators who can develop technologies to repurpose them. But until they can do so without adding to the pollution of our air, they do not belong in a neighborhood. While the project cancer risk is estimated at 6.9 in a million, which is allegedly below the regulatory threshold of 10 in a million for new projects, any additional cancer risk in my neighborhood is irresponsible and inethical. Most of the cancer risk is attributed to fugitive emissions of 1,3-butadiene, a known carcinogen. From my research I learned that 1,3-butadiene exposure can cause both acute and chronic health effects. Short-term exposure can lead to irritation of the eyes, nose and throat as well as central nervous system effects. Long-term exposure, particularly through inhalation, is linked to an increased risk of certain cancers, especially those of the lymphohematopoietic system (blood and bone marrow). Animals studies show butadiene can cause reproductive and developmental issues. I live in a densely populated area and happen to be “downwind” from this proposed plant. Clearly, this plant would be located in an inappropriate area. Thank you for your attention to this matter. Sincerely, Dr Anne Richards - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Dr. Anne Richards InSite Coaching & Consulting 707.490.2333 cell Our separation from each other is an optical illusion of consciousness. ~ Albert Einstein ~ 3 Lopez, Sylvia From:Jim Duffy > Sent:Tuesday, August 26, 2025 11:56 AM To:Public Comment; CityClerk Cc:Mattos, Tim; Michael Gennaco; NAACP Santa Rosa - Sonoma County Subject:8/26/25 Agenda Item 6. Public Comments EXTERNAL EMAIL RE: Independent Police Auditor’ s Review of Complaint Investigation Process: Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. April 2025 Dear Mayor Giudice, Members of the City Council, and Rohnert Park City Clerk: In January 2021, the Rohnert Park City Council authorized the Rohnert Park City Attorney to enter into an agreement with OIR Group to implement an Independent Police Auditor(IPA) program for review of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety (RPDPS). More than four years later, in April 2025, the IPA's first report covering calendar year 2023 appeared on the City's website. I have some questions: 1. Since the City Attorney was authorized to execute the contract with the IPA in the beginning of 2021, why is the first audit report published covering 2023? Where are the reports for the complaint investigations from calendar years 2021 and 2022? Did it take two years for the City Attorney to negotiate the “Scope of Services”, “Schedule of Performance”, “Schedule of Rates”, and “Insurance Requirements” that were noted as attachments to the contract that was authorized for signing at the January 2021 meeting, but were not provided to the public at that time? If it took two years, who was holding up the process? 2. Why did it take until April of 2025 to produce a report covering calendar year 2023 complaints? 3. This first report uses the following language: "...a first installment of case files that were completed by the Department in response to civilian complaints from 2023..." and "The sampling of Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety cases...". Were all complaints from calendar year 2023, whether civilian and internally generated, audited by the IPA or did they only receive selected investigations to audit? 4. Since we only have one IPA report from OIR, then we should have only made one $25,000 payment to them. Is this correct? If we have made more than one payment, where are the reports associated with those additional payments? 5. It has been over four months since the IPA's report was posted to the City's website. Why has there been no public hearing nor presentation on this report yet? I would like to commend RPDPS on the promptness of their investigations into complaints filed and the fact that the IPA did not disagree with any of the findings based on the available evidence. 4 I am requesting that the City Clerk treat this communication as a formal request for copies of the “Scope of Services”, “Schedule of Performance”, “Schedule of Rates”, and “Insurance Requirements” that were noted as attachments to the contract that was authorized for signing at the January 2021 meeting, but were not provided to the public at that time, as well as a detailed list of all city payments made to OIR Group and/or Michael Gennaco from January 2021 until present day. I look forward to the next audit to see if the responsiveness to peripheral issues that emerge from investigations and the gaps in investigative documentation, completeness and effort that were identified by the IPA in this first audit report have been addressed by the department in the following report. Lastly, Complaint #1 in the report is particularly concerning to me. It appears the complainant was targeted in our community for "Living While Black" (my terminology- not pulled from the report). The fact that this incident was initiated by officers who were responding to a community member's call regarding a "suspicious vehicle" in a parking lot, and RPDPS's "minimalist approach" to addressing the complaint do not speak well of our desire to call ourselves the "Friendly City." Thank you for accepting my comments and questions. Respectfully, Jim Duffy M Section -- Jim Duffy NACOLE Certified Practitioner of Oversight (www.nacole.org) he, him, his 5 Lopez, Sylvia From:Stephanie Valkovic > Sent:Tuesday, August 26, 2025 9:23 AM To:Public Comment Subject:Agenda Item Number 2- Item A- Public Comment-Fwd: Resynergi Opposition; Resident concerns EXTERNAL EMAIL Good morning Mayor, Vice Mayor, and Council Members, I am forwarding the message that I sent to Mayor Giudice regarding my concerns surrounding how the Resynergi project was permitted. I believe it was done under an incorrect zoning classification as the proposed use is not light industrial and an environmental impact report should have been prepared and public process for review and permitting required. From everything I have read and learned, the risks posed to the community are directly in contrast with Council goal number two – Community Quality of Life. I hope you will hear the concerns of our community and do the right thing - revoke the administrative use permit for this expansion proposal. Thank you for your time, Stephanie Valkovic, K section resident Sent from my iPhone Begin forwarded message: From: Stephanie Valkovic > Date: August 24, 2025 at 9:53:01 PM PDT To: Gerard Giudice <ggiudice@rpcity.org> Subject: Resynergi Opposition; Resident concerns Dear Mayor Giudice, Rohnert Park has become home for my family over the past 7 years since we moved into K Section and we have children playing soccer (RPSC) and Cal Ripken baseball here, riding their bikes and playing with their friends in our local parks. I am writing to express my opposition to the expansion proposal by Resynergi here in Rohnert Park. The fact that this expansion is falling under an administrative use permit is very concerning to me- it feels like it was snuck in without the proper scrutiny necessary, nor the ability for public comment, and, now that we have been made aware of it, I’m so grateful to my community for standing up against it. 6 This should never have been permitted in this way – I don’t understand how it does not rise to the level of requiring a stricter permitting standard and the need for a full environmental impact report given the nature of work being done/proposed to be done, and the very likely potential for environmental impact. This is not a light industrial use any longer, should never have bypassed the Council and public comment process, and something must be done to stop it. This facility does not belong in this fabulous community and especially not in the transformative SOMO Village location with the cowork space my husband works at, our favorite brewery. Old Caz, as well as your own fine establishment, plus all the homes being built up around it and the school located adjacent. The fact that emergency response, notification systems and hazardous material management plans are all required by the applicant should be indication enough that this is not the appropriate location for this facility. Why would the City do this at the expense of its citizens? I’m all for environmental advancements but locating this in a highly populated residential and commercial area is not the way to go about this. Everything about this operation is experimental, the technology that it is built upon is unproven, and we here in Rohnert Park do not want to be the guinea pigs. I hope, if given, the opportunity, you will heed the concerns of your constituents, do the right thing, and not allow this proposal to move forward. I will be sharing my concerns with our other elected officials as well as the BAAQMD. Thank you for your time, Stephanie Valkovic 7 Lopez, Sylvia From:Nicholas Alva > Sent:Monday, August 25, 2025 1:15 PM To:Public Comment Subject:Public Comment No to Resynergi No to other Toxic Processes EXTERNAL EMAIL I will not be able to attend tomorrow's City Council meeting. However, I do want to state once again that the Resynergi project must be stopped. The City Council needs to take the responsibility back and out of the hands of an Administrative process and listen to the will of Rohnert Park, and regional residents. This is entirely wrong. This is not some NIMBY reaction as this toxic process should not be allowed to happen anywhere. It is a negative alchemical process taking one toxic product made via toxic processes, "converting" it via another toxic process and creating another toxic product that will then enter again into the environment toxically. No to such insanity and Sin. This is not a green process. I invite the City of Rohnert Park to call for the implementation for the growing and production of Hemp as a State and National policy. This is green, and the products created can be done so in a truly sustainable manner. Resynergi is wrong. And you need to follow the demands of the residents. When has Rohnert Park had such an outcry from its Citizens? Pay attention, please do what is right. No to Resynergi, and any industry along these lines. Regardless of the money. Nick Alva Loadstone Ct 8 Lopez, Sylvia From:Nicholas Alva Sent:Monday, August 25, 2025 1:11 PM To:Public Comment Subject:No To Resynergi and No to Toxic Processes EXTERNAL EMAIL I will not be able to attend the City Council meeting. However, I do want to state once again that the Resynergi project must be stopped. The City Council needs to take the responsibility back and out of the hands of an Administrative process and listen to the will of Rohnert Park, and regional residents. This is entirely wrong. This is not some NIMBY reaction as this toxic process should not be allowed to happen anywhere. It is a negative alchemical process taking one toxic product made via toxic processes, "converting" it via another toxic process and creating another toxic product that will then enter again into the environment toxically. No to such insanity and Sin. This is not a green process. I invite the City of Rohnert Park to call for the implementation for the growing and production of Hemp as a State and National policy. This is green, and the products created can be done so in a truly sustainable manner. Resynergi is wrong. And you need to follow the demands of the residents. When has Rohnert Park had such an outcry from its Citizens? Pay attention, please do what is right. No to Resynergi, and any industry along these lines. Regardless of the money. Nick Alva Loadstone Ct 9 Lopez, Sylvia From:cindy steffy > Sent:Saturday, August 23, 2025 10:02 AM To:Public Comment Subject:Resynergi EXTERNAL EMAIL Dear Honorable City Council members and staff, I’m sharing a leƩer with you regarding Resynergi’s request for operaƟng a waste facility under the guise of light industry. I’ve sent this leƩer to various newspapers. Thank you for your consideraƟon. Dear Editor: Resynergi presents itself as light industrial business, however, the reality is very different. ConverƟng plasƟc waste through pyrolysis is not simple assembly, or fabricaƟon. It is chemical processing, complete with emissions, This impacts our local water, air quality, and increased heavy truck traffic. Light industrial zoning was never intended to allow waste fuel plants in high density neighborhoods, and near schools. These types of faciliƟes are reviewed under heavy industrial standards, with strict, environmental oversight. Rohnert Park, its city Council, the city manager, and other administraƟve officials, have a responsibility to provide its residents with transparency. Many of us are begging to be heard, as we have just learned of this project. Many homes have been sold in SOMO Village Without being informed of a long intended nearby waste plant. Mr. Brian Bauer, Please locate your experiment to an appropriate heavy industrial site. Do this out of humanity. Do this for families that believe in a green future. Do this for your exisƟng neighbors. Do this, because it is the right thing to do. Sincerely, Cindy Steffy 11 Lopez, Sylvia From:Sunny Chen > Sent:Friday, August 22, 2025 11:23 AM To:Public Comment Subject:Concerns RE: Resynergi EXTERNAL EMAIL According to the July 2025 RP Development plan, "Over the course of 3 years, Resynergi plans to scale up operations by deploying 3 additional 5-TDP CMAP Systems, for a total of 4 systems with aggregate processing capacity of up to 20 tons of waste plastic per day." They will store up to 10,000 gallons of plastic-derived oil onsite. Flammable gases like propane, ethane, and ethylene resulting from the processing will power their generators. Hazardous materials, including oil and toxic byproducts like ash, will be dispensed into trucks outdoors right next to homes, restaurants, parks, and schools... all in a neighborhood that was never meant for industrial operations. The land itself is biologically sensitive. It sits within historic habitat for endangered species like the California red-legged frog and California tiger salamander. The City relied on outdated surveys (some more than 20 years old) and never conducted new biological assessments, hydrology modeling, or spill risk analysis. The soil is dense clay with low absorption and shallow groundwater, meaning any chemical spill or runoff could quickly reach nearby habitat and storm drains, which is a huge environmental concern. The city approved this facility using outdated Environmental Impact Reports (EIRs) from 2010 and 2019 that were created to support a walkable housing and retail development, not an industrial plastic conversion plant. The original CEQA documents never considered pyrolysis, fuel production, hazardous chemical storage, or thermal oxidation. Even the City’s own documents state that the project will cause “significant and unavoidable environmental impacts.” Instead of requiring a new EIR, they adopted a Statement of Overriding Considerations, claiming the risks are worth it for vague benefits like “economic opportunity” and “smart growth.” This project includes no housing, no community-serving retail, and offers very few jobs. The public benefit is unclear, but the risks are real and growing. There was no public hearing, no traffic safety re-evaluation, no emergency planning shared with the community, and barely any notification. Critical documents like the fire protection plan, explosion safety measures, and hazardous materials disclosures were all allowed to be submitted after approval, which we have yet to see. 12 Lopez, Sylvia From:Mike H Sent:Friday, August 22, 2025 10:03 AM To:Public Comment Subject:Parks and rec comment EXTERNAL EMAIL Regarding Eagle Park There have been so many league sport teams out there that do not have permits and that is according to the Park permit office mulƟple games happening at the park at the same Ɵme which I was also told by the Park permit office they do not allow This is an ongoing issue These leagues are taking up the enƟre park and chasing the residence and the neighbors out of the park and if you have a dog, it’s even worse By the city, allowing these leagues to conƟnue to use those fields without proper permits or insurance is leaving the city liable Leaving the taxpayers, the cost of maintaining the fields aŌer they damage them and to maintain them and to clean up aŌer them And for chasing people off and out of that park, they have no right to do so, and nothing is being done to correct these issues I’ve been told I need to go to the dog parks in Santa Rosa instead of going to a neighborhood residenƟal park The other dog park that is in Rohnert Park Rohnert bark is not ADA accessible and is also unsafe to have your dogs out there due to the amount and types of weeds that cover the enƟre area These leagues have been out there with three games going at a Ɵme and then you’ll find another one in the school field They refused to show a permit and you cannot find who is permiƩed to be out there online. These are other issues. And this is only become a problem this year I’m not the only one being chased off the field last night there was at least four people. Yes we all had dogs. The Ɵme prior to that six people with dogs were chased out of the park Common courtesy and respect to the neighbors and residence of the neighborhood need to be followed by these leagues that are coming in Yes, I have contacted the parts permit department several Ɵmes now and not geƫng a response League teams out in the park, not having permits No way for the public to find out who does have the permits and who doesn’t Residence and neighbors being chased out of the park by the sport league teams Yes, the police have been called a couple Ɵmes The extra maintenance and cleanup that has to be done due to the sport league teams These are issues that need to be addressed As well as the fact, the city is leaving themselves liable by conƟnuing to allow sport teams without permits or Insurance to be playing out there Sent from my iPhone 13 Lopez, Sylvia From:Robin Hobbins > Sent:Thursday, August 21, 2025 11:00 PM To:Public Comment Subject:synergy EXTERNAL EMAIL This is absolutely unacceptable. To put such a dangerous plant in a community that is striving for a beƩer planet, next to homes that were built and sold under the illusion of safe, work, live, shop, school, farm land. The poisons that will be leached into the soil and air will eventually harm us. If not my cancer from exposure in the air and water than by the explosions when it all blows. What about the farm lands that are planned? This has to be stopped!! Robin Hobbins 14 Lopez, Sylvia From:Carin Lenox > Sent:Wednesday, August 13, 2025 9:55 PM To:Public Comment Subject:Public Comment – Opposition to Resynergi Facility EXTERNAL EMAIL Dear Rohnert Park City Council, I’m wriƟng to express my deep concern and strong opposiƟon to the Resynergi plasƟc pyrolysis facility being permiƩed in Rohnert Park, especially so close to homes and schools. Although I cannot aƩend the meeƟng in person, I want my voice counted. My family lives in Rohnert Park, including my nephew who aƩends Credo High School. The health risks posed by this facility are very real to us. It would release toxic emissions into the air 24/7, and everyone, residents, students, families would be forced to breathe that in. Nobody wants that in their lungs, not now, not ever. The public was not given enough noƟce. The comment period is far too short for something this serious. I fully support Credo High School’s request for more Ɵme. We need transparency, real answers, and a decision-making process that puts community safety first, not corporate convenience. This project may sound “green” on the outside, but the science and the real-life impact on people’s health tell a different story. Please take a stand and stop this facility from moving forward unƟl all risks are honestly addressed and the community is truly heard. Sincerely, Carin Lenox Long Beach, CA 90814 My family lives in Rohnert Park, CA 94928 1 Lopez, Sylvia From:Wes Williams Sent:Tuesday, August 26, 2025 1:31 PM To:Public Comment Subject:Item 12. Public Comments EXTERNAL EMAIL Please stop Resynergi from building in Rohnert Park. Good idea, poor execution, and location. Who needs this next to CREDO High School, SOMO Village and two burgeoning residential communities. They are also currently being investigated, for operating without proper licensing. Who’s invested in Resynergi? I noticed on their own website that it lists, “Lummus Technology” as an investor. Who does Lummus Technology also partner with? “Chevron Lummus Global (CLG), a joint venture between Chevron U.S.A. Inc. and Lummus Technology…” Chevron?! Strange coincidence? I feel like we need to know more. This might even go deeper! Another investor, Taranis Investment. Who owns Taranis Investment? Perenco. Perenco is an independent Anglo-French oil and gas company with a headquarters in London and Paris. Zürich, Switzerland: Taranis Investment (Taranis) has joined Emerald’s energy fund as a limited partner. The collaboration aims to help Taranis, the investment and asset management arm of Perenco, make inroads into new technologies along the energy transition value chain as it implements its climate goals. https://emerald.vc/emerald-welcomes-taranis-investment-in-its-energy-fund-as-a-limited- partner/#:~:text=Taranis Carbon Ventures is part of Taranis,renewable projects to improve access to energy Perenco has a bad track record for safety. https://eia.org/press-releases/death-behind-closed-doors- perenco/ 2 https://disclose.ngo/en/article/inside-the-dirty-secrets-of-the-oil-company-perenco Although touting safety, there are countless articles on Perenco not being as safe as you’d think! https://www.theguardian.com/environment/article/2024/jun/28/north-sea-oil-and-gas-firm-perenco- failing-to-seal-old-wells-documents-show#:~:text=However, the company has been,to persons on the installation.” https://www.theguardian.com/world/2022/aug/23/anglo-french-oil-firm-perenco-threatens-amazon- reserve-for-isolated-indigenous-people-peru#:~:text=The firm says it is drilling nearly,report by the conservation news platform Mongabay . Guess who Perenco has bought assets from in Africa? Chevron. Is Chevron, or big oil behind this? I don’t know, but we need to find out more, before this gets approved so quickly. We do not want to be the next city of Richmond, with frequent shelter in place orders due to poor air quality. Thank you for your time. Concerned resident, ~Wes Williams 1 Lopez, Sylvia From:Patrick Mundy Sent:Tuesday, August 26, 2025 4:07 PM To:Public Comment Subject:Urging revocation of the "Administrative Permit" for Resynergi due to industry mis- classification. EXTERNAL EMAIL To the Rohnert Park City Council: I am a Credo High School parent, a resident of Rohnert Park and have been a SoMo Village homeowner for just over a year. I urge you to add to the next City Council meeting agenda, an item considering revocation of the Administrative Permit for Resynergi’s proposed operation inside SoMo village, which is currently pending BAAQMD approval. And for City Council members and Pla nning Commission members to do the homework in the meantime to really understand what this facility really IS, and perhaps to investigate how by using the term "plastic recycling" it was somehow erroneously allowed to be classified as "light industry" and appropriate for a section of SoMo Village. The Resynergi operation involves a form of plastic pyrolysis – vaporization of pelletized solid plastic waste by heating it with “to between 800 and 1000 degrees F.” Their engineering report points out that, by weight, roughly 25% of the output of this process will be “non-condensable gases” which include methane, butane, propane and other similar hydrocarbons, which have a few key things in common: they are highly flammable, and if they ignite in confinement, explosion results. The auto-ignition temperatures of many of these hydrocarbons is generally well below 1000F, and in the case of butane, 761F. When oxygen manages to sneak into the “flash chamber” where the vaporization occurs, ignition is certain and explosion is extremely likely. In such a case, even if direct human injury is somehow avoided, it will be an environmental catastrophe. For this reason alone, not to mention many others, this is a “heavy industry” application. Traditional criteria for “light industry” include low energy usage, low environmental impact, and an output product intended to be sold or provided directly to consumers. Brewing beer, packaging and selling spices or traditional medicinal products are light industry uses. Plastic pyrolysis by microwave consumes intense amounts of energy, certainly emits toxins even under ideal conditions, and its end product is in no way intended to go direct to consumers. While a traditional recycling intake-and-sorting operation might possibly be considered light industry, a plastic pyrolysis facility of any size should not be, in spite of oil-and-gas and chemical industry lobbying efforts. This equipment does not belong anywhere near SoMo Village, nor, indeed, near ANY area that contains residential or agricultural zoning, surface water or soil and substrates permeable to ground water. It ONLY belongs in a widely-buffered heavy industrial zone. Even if there has come to exist some kind of legislative loophole through which this operation might sneak in, both the Planning Commission and the City Council, as stewards of our health and our environment, have a solemn duty to do the right thing, which is to deny this facility a permit to operate anywhere other than a widely-buffered heavy industrial zone. 2 I also invite members of the City Council and the Planning Commission to meet with me at any time to discuss the light-industry mis-classification at the heart of this issue. Also of note is the fact that this issue is the only one I’ve seen in recent years that completely bridges the gap between our deeply-polarized political landscape. Hardened deeply-conservative folks are working hand-in-glove with die-hard left-leaning activists on this one. The community is speaking loudly, and as one. Please listen to us! Best regards, Patrick Mundy 3 Lopez, Sylvia From:Mike Bodily <m > Sent:Tuesday, August 26, 2025 3:51 PM To:Public Comment Subject:8/26 Public Comment Regarding Resynergi EXTERNAL EMAIL Good evening Mayor and Councilmembers, I am here tonight to demand that the City Council take immediate action to revoke the Administrative Use Permit that was granted to Resynergi for their pyrolysis facility at 1200 Valley House Drive. City staff and council members have told me in person and in email that there is “nothing that can be done” once a permit is issued. But that is not correct. Rohnert Park zoning code, Chapter 17.25, Article XIV, lays out a clear process for revocation or modification of permits. Section 17.25.141(A) specifically authorizes revocation if: 1.The permit was issued on the basis of erroneous or misleading information, misrepresentation, or fraud. 2.Any condition of approval has been violated. 3.The facility is conducted in a manner detrimental to public health, welfare, or safety, so as to be a nuisance. Resynergi has violated all 3 of these provisions. Section 17.25.142 gives both the Planning Commission and the City Council authority to initiate a revocation hearing on their own motion. That means you do not need to wait for outside action. You have the power to act tonight. We now know that the City issued a Stop Work Order on this facility. That fact alone indicates a violation of the permit conditions. The permit conditions explicitly state that any violation is grounds for revocation. This is not hypothetical; it has already occurred. Resynergi has already been caught violating permitting requirements from both the City and has 5 active notices of violations from BAAQMD. This pattern of disregard shows they cannot and should not be trusted to operate safely in our community. Resynergi obtained approval under the classification of a “recycling facility.” But the project is actually a hazardous chemical processing operation. This is not traditional recycling. By misclassifying itself, Resynergi gained access to an Administrative Permit process that sidestepped the greater scrutiny of a full conditional use permit. That is an erroneous basis for issuance under Section 17.25.141(A)(1). 4 Councilmembers, you are not powerless here. The Municipal Code gives you not only the authority but the obligation to protect the community when a permit holder misrepresents its project, violates conditions, or poses risks to health and safety. I am calling on this Council to initiate a revocation hearing immediately. To do nothing in the face of repeated permitting violations, a Stop Work Order, and evidence of misrepresentation would be a failure of your duty to the public. Thank you. Mike Bodily Rohnert Park Resident 7 Lopez, Sylvia From:Xitu Sent:Tuesday, August 26, 2025 3:31 PM To:Public Comment Subject:Public Comment (Item 12): Resynergi Plant Doubts EXTERNAL EMAIL As a resident of the Willowglen area, I feel that there is far too much up in the air around the plant for me to feel safe with its construction. While I do understand that placing it in a more urban setting saves on logistics and transportation expenses, the bypassing of several permit laws, as well as the repeated safety violations seen in companies involved in the venture, makes me doubt that the plant will actually follow the needed procedures for operations in such an area. The benefits if they did so would be undeniable, but should they not follow their obligations, a major portion of the town, and indeed the county, would be put at significant risk health-wise. The Sonoma State campus, the vineyards of the Petaluma Valley, the tourism and travel brought by the natural and man-made amenities around Cotati and Rohnert Park, all would face severe impacts in such a scenario, impacts that I feel far outweigh the potential benefits in both probability and magnitude. Thus, barring a complete investigation and overhaul of Resynergi, their plans, and their investors, and strict regulations to enforce their compliance with safety laws, I do not feel comfortable with the plant being built, and would prefer that the city turn the plan down. I thank the Council for their consideration on this matter, and hope they make the best choice for the long term sustainable and resilient growth of the city and the county alike. CITY BILLS/DEMANDS FOR PAYMENT August26 ,2025 Check Number : 600016536 -600016769 4,3 16 ,918 .52 Dated : July 29 , 2025 -Augu st 11 , 2025 TOTA L $4 ,316 ,918 .52 Item 7.A.1. CITY BILLS DEMANDS FOR PAYMENT DATED JUL 29 2025 THROUGH AUG 11 2025 CHECK NUMBER CHECK DATE VENDOR NAME FUND ACCOUNT AMOUNT 600016536 07/29/2025 ARGONAUT CO NS TRUCTO RS Government CIP Capital Projects 358,947 .14 600016536 07/29/2025 ARGONAUT CO NSTRUCTORS Government CIP Capital Projects 220,520.00 600016537 07/29/2025 AT&T Genera l Fund Internet & Broadband 60 .05 600016538 07/29/2025 AT&T Genera l Fund Internet & Broadband 91.62 600016539 07/29/2025 AT&T General Fund Internet & Broadband 60 .05 600016540 07/29/2025 AT&T General Fund I nternet & Broadband 157.12 600016541 07/29/2025 BETTY JANE HOTALING General Fund Contract Services-I nstructors 2,55 0.60 600016542 07/29/2025 BURKE WILLIAMS & SORE NS EN LLP General Fu nd Professional Legal Fees 430 .56 600016542 07/29/2025 BURKE WILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP Water Utility Fund Professional Legal Fees 2,614.04 600016542 07/29/2025 BURKE WILLIAMS & SORE NSEN LLP Government CIP Non-Capital Projects 358.80 600016542 07/29/2025 BURKE WILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP Government CIP Capital Projects 215.2 8 600016542 07/29/2025 BURKE WILLIA MS & SO RENS EN LLP Government CIP Cap ital Projects 143 .52 600016542 07/29/2025 BURKE WILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP Government CIP Capital Projects 75 .92 600016542 07/29/2025 BURKE WILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP Government CIP Ca pital Pro jects 179 .40 600016542 07/29/2025 BURKE WILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP Government CIP Capital Projects 3,983 .20 600016542 07/29/2025 BUR KE WILLIAMS & SO RENS EN LLP Government CIP Capital Projects 189.80 60 0016 542 07/29/2 025 BURKE WILLIAMS & SO RENSEN LLP Water CIP Capital Projects 356.72 600016543 07/29/2025 CATHERINE SLACK Measure M Parks Other Exp -Special Events 3,600 .00 600016544 07/29/2025 CIRA General Fund Workers' Compensation Prem i um 461 ,746 .00 600016544 07/29/2025 CIRA General Liabil ity ISF General Liability Premium 1,362 ,235 .00 600016544 07/29/2025 CIRA General Liability ISF General Liability Prem ium 102 ,376 .00 600016545 07/29/2025 COAST COUNTIES TRUCK & EQUIPMENT CO Fleet Servi ces ISF Fleet Veh Repa irs for Fi re 4,245.14 600016546 07/29/2025 COMCAST General Fund Int ernet & Broadband 18 6.71 600016547 07/29/2025 COMCAST General Fund I nternet & Broadband 10 .70 600016548 07/29/2025 COMCAST General Fund Internet & Broadband 41 .99 60 0016 549 07/29/2025 COMCAST General Fund Internet & Broadband 178.23 600016550 07/29/2025 COMCAS T Information Technology ISF Internet & Broadband 236 .31 600016551 07/29/2025 COMCAST Genera l Fund In ternet & Broadband 26 .61 600016552 07/29/2025 COMCAST General Fund Internet & Broadband 180 .38 600016553 07/29/2025 COMCAST BUSINESS General Fund Internet & Broadband 547 .88 600016553 07/29/2025 COMCAST BUSINESS General Fund Internet & Broadband 148.38 600016554 07/29/2025 AARON M LEVINSON General Fund Contract -Outside Services 12,182 .50 600016555 07/29/2025 DAWN TE AL CUELLAR Measure M Park s Other Exp -Special Events 500 .00 600016556 07/29/2025 DRAFTECH BLUEPRIN TING INC Government CIP Capita l Projects 220 .25 600016557 07/29/2025 GHD IN C General Fund Contract -Outside Services 5,527.90 600016558 07/2 9/2 025 IDEXX DIS TRIBU TION INC Gen eral Fund Animal Clinic Non-Eligi ble 1,045 .23 600016559 07/29/2025 MARK PIPPIN Sewer Utility Fund Uniform -Purchase 1,650 .64 600016560 07/29/2025 NATI ONAL ACADEMY OF ATH LET ICS General Fund Contract Services-Instructors 2,688 .00 600016561 07/29/2025 NEIGHBORS ORAGANIZED AGA INST HUNGER Rohnert Park Foundation Grants-Small Grants Program 5,000.00 600016562 07/29/2025 NICK BARBIERI TRUCKING LLC Genera l Fund Fuel 1,384.96 Page 1 of 12 CHECK NUMBER CHECK DATE VENDOR NAME FUN D ACCOUNT AMOUNT 600016563 07/29/2025 ADAM STRONGMAN General Fund Benefits-Vision 150.00 600016564 07/29/2025 ALLYSON WARD General Fund Travel and Training 51.75 600016565 07/29/2025 ASHLEY WYRSCH General Fund Travel and Training 51 .75 600016566 07/29/2025 MATTHEW MARTY General Fund Benefits-V ision 60.50 600016567 07/29/2025 QUAKEHOLD INDUSTRIAL I NC General Fund Other Exp -Promo Supplies 2,057.81 600016568 07/29/2025 R3 CONSULTING GROUP General Fund Contract -Outside Services 442.50 600016568 07/29/2025 R3 CONSULTING GROUP General Fund Contract -Outside Services 3,926.25 600016569 07/29/2025 RANCHO CO TATE COUGAR BOOSTERS INC Rohn ert Park Foundation Grants-Small Grants Program 9,4S5.32 600016570 07/29/2025 ROHNERT PARK TENNIS CLUB General Fund Contract Services-Instructors 2,760.00 600016571 07/29/2025 SANTA ROSA PLA IN GROUND SUSTAINAB I LITY AGENCY Water Utility Fund Contracts -Ground WTR 88,386.20 600016572 07/29/2025 SOUTHERN COMPUTER WAREHOUSE I NC Information Technology ISF Equipment, Small Office & Tool 139.47 600016573 07/29/2025 STALKER RADAR General Fund Othr Accrued Liab.-Sales Tax (1.28) 600016573 07/29/2025 STALKER RADAR General Fund Equipment, Small Office & Tool 1.28 600016573 07/29/2025 STALKER RADAR General Fund Equipment, Small Office & Tool 590.95 600016574 07/29/2025 SYCAL ENG INEERING INC Water Utility Fund Con t ract -Outside Services 1,115.92 600016575 07/29/2025 THE CERES COMMUNITY PROJECT Rohnert Park Foundation Grants-Smal l Grants Program 8,996.01 600016576 07/29/2025 TRI CITY FENCE CO INC Measure M Parks Other Exp -S pecia l Events 2,488.25 600016577 07/29/2025 WERLE ENTERPRISE LLC NATIONAL PR INT & PROMO General Fund Uniform -Purchase 134.69 600016578 07/29/2025 ZFA STRUCTURAL ENGI NEERS General Fund General Liab Minor Clai m Damag 1,827.50 600016579 07/30/2025 AXON ENTERPRISE INC Genera l Fund Contract -Outside Services 76,868.09 600016580 07/30/2025 BLACK & VEATCH CORPORATION Genera l Fund Contract -Outside Services 186.90 600016581 07/30/2025 BURKE W ILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP General Fund Deposits-Developer 7,743 .84 600016581 07/30/2025 BURKE W ILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP General Fund Deposits-Developer 756.60 600016581 07/30/2025 BURKE W ILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP General Fund Deposits-Developer 673.92 600016581 07/30/2025 BURKE W ILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP General Fund Deposits-Developer 6,803.68 600016581 07/30/2025 BURKE W ILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP Genera l Fund Deposits-Developer 302.64 600016581 07/30/2025 BURKE WILLI AMS & SORENSEN LLP General Fund Professi onal Lega l Fees 867.88 600016581 07/30/2025 BURKE WILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP General Fund Profess iona l Legal Fees 24,223.68 600016581 07/30/2025 BURKE W ILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP General Fund Professi ona l Lega l Fees 244.40 600016581 07/30/2025 BURKE W ILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP General Fund Profess ional Legal Fees 1,784.12 600016581 07/30/2025 BURKE WI LLI AMS & SORENSEN LLP General Fund Profess ional Lega l Fees 293.28 600016581 07/30/2025 BURKE W ILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP General Fund Other Rev-Developer Deposit {7,743.84) 600016581 07/30/2025 BURKE WILLI AMS & SORENSEN LLP General Fund Other Rev-Developer Deposit (756.60) 600016581 07/30/2025 BURKE W ILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP General Fund Other Rev-Developer Deposit (673.92) 600016581 07/30/2025 BURKE WILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP General Fund Other Rev-Developer Deposit (6,803.68) 600016581 07/30/2025 BURKE W ILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP General Fun d Other Rev-Developer Deposit (302.64) 600016581 07/30/2025 BURKE W ILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP General Fund Developer Deposit Expense 7,743.84 600016581 07/30/2025 BURKE W ILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP General Fund Developer Deposit Expense 756.60 600016581 07/30/2025 BURKE W ILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP General Fund Devel oper Deposit Expense 673.92 600016581 07/30/2025 BURKE W ILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP General Fund Developer Deposit Expense 6,803.68 600016581 07/30/2025 BURKE W ILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP General Fund Developer Deposit Expense 302.64 600016581 07/30/2025 BURKE W ILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP Water Utility Fund Professional Legal Fee s 1,305.20 600016581 07/30/2025 BURKE W ILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP Recycled Water Utility Fund Professional Legal Fees 384.80 600016581 07/30/2025 BURKE W ILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP RDA -Ho using Project Professional Legal Fee s 594.36 600016582 07/30/2025 CINTAS General Fund Repa i r & Maintenance 205.36 600016583 07/30/2025 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK General Fund Travel and Training 50.02 600016584 07/30/2025 COGG INS FENCE & SUPPLY INC Water Ut ility Fund Retention Payab le 1,032.12 Page 2 of 12 CHECK NUMBER CHECK DATE VENDOR NAME FUND ACCO UNT AMOUNT 600016585 07/30/2025 THE COMMUNITY VO ICE/SHAH FAMILY LLC General Fund Communications-Legal 1,380.00 600016586 07/30/2025 BUTLER ANIMAL HEALTH HOLDING COMPANY LLC General Fund Animal Clinic Non-Eligible 189.26 600016586 07/30/2025 BUTLER ANIMAL HEALTH HOLDING COMPANY LLC General Fund Animal Clinic Non-E ligible 17.37 600016586 07/30/2025 BUTLER ANIMAL HEALTH HOLDING COMPANY LLC General Fund Animal Clinic Non-Eligi ble 1,081.45 600016586 07/30/2025 BUTLER ANIMAL HEALTH HOLDING COMPANY LLC General Fund Animal Clinic Non-Eligible 268.43 600016586 07/30/2025 BUTLER ANIMAL HEALTH HOLDING COMPANY LLC General Fund Animal Clinic Non-Eligible 107 .5 8 600016586 07/30/2025 BUTLER AN IMAL HEALTH HOLDING COMPANY LLC General Fund Animal Clinic Non-Eligible 475.37 600016587 07/30/2025 DAIOHS USA INC Genera l Fund Specia l Dept Expense 30.38 600016587 07/30/2025 DAIOHS USA INC General Fund Special Dept Expense 87.32 600016587 07/30/2025 DAIOHS USA INC General Fund Special Dept Expense 23.19 600016587 07/30/2025 DAIOHS USA INC General Fund Special Dept Expense 26 .38 600016588 07/30/2025 DELTA FIRE & SECURITY INC General Fund Repair & Maintenance 179.85 600016589 07/30/2025 DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT General Fund Othr Accrued Liab.CDA-SB1186BL 1,541.15 600016589 07/30/2025 DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT Genera l Fund Cal Disability SB1186 (1,387.03) 600016590 07/30/2025 FASTENAL Genera l Fund Supplies-Janitorial Svs 182.61 600016591 07/30/2025 FRIEDMAN'S HOME IMPROVEMEN T Genera l Fund Repair & Maintenance 7.54 600016591 07/30/2025 FRIEDMAN'S HOME IMPROVEMENT Genera l Fund Specia l Dept Expense 33 .43 60001659 1 07/30/2025 FRIEDMAN 'S HOME IMPROVEMENT General Fund Repair & Maintenance 32 .29 6000 1659 1 07/30/2025 FRIEDMAN'S HOME IMPROVEMEN T General Fund Repair & Maintenance 25.39 600016591 07/30/2025 FRIEDMAN'S HOME IMPROVEMEN T General Fund Repair & Maintenance 100.25 600016591 07/30/2025 FRIEDMAN'S HOME IMPROVEMEN T Sewer Utility Fund Repair & Maintenance 40.25 600016591 07/30/2025 FRIEDMAN'S HOME IMPROVEMENT Sewer Utility Fund Repair & Maintenance 102 .24 600016591 07/30/2025 FRIEDMAN'S HOME IMPROVEMENT Sewer Utility Fund Repair & Maintenance 31 .04 6000 16591 07/30/2025 FRIEDMAN'S HOME IMPROVEMENT Sewer Utility Fund Repair & Maintenance 8.85 600016592 07/30/2025 GARDENERS AID INC Gen e ral Fund Special Dept Expense 39 .55 600016593 07/30/2025 GRAINGER INC General Fund Repair & Maintenance 74.59 600016593 07/30/2025 GRA INGER INC General Fund Repair & Maintenance 46.86 600016593 07/30/2025 GRAINGER INC General Fund Repair & Maintenance 17.72 600016593 07/30/2025 GRAING ER INC General Fund Equipment, Small Office & Tool 17.98 600016593 07/30/2025 GRA INGER INC General Fund Equipment, Small Office & Tool 171.71 6000 16593 07/30/2025 GRA INGER INC Genera l Fund Equipment, Small Office & Tool 251 .63 600016593 07/30/2025 GRA INGER INC General Fund Equipment, Small Office & Tool 163.35 600016593 07/30/2025 GRA INGER INC General Fund Equipment, Small Office & Tool 31.26 600016593 07/30/2025 GRAINGER INC General Fund Repair & Maintenance 25 .39 600016593 07/30/2025 GRAINGER INC General Fund Repair & Maintenance 137.76 600016593 07/30/2025 GRA INGER INC General Fund Maintenance-Janitorial 64 .30 600016593 07/30/2025 GRA INGER INC General Fund Repair & Maintenance 209 .22 600016593 07/30/2025 GRA INGER INC General Fund Repair & Maintenance 43 .82 600016593 07/30/2025 GRA INGER INC General Fund Repair & Maintenance 36 .85 6000 16593 07/30/2025 GRA INGER INC General Fund Repair & Maintenance 100.83 600016593 07/30/2025 GRAINGER INC Ge neral Fund Repair & Maintenance (24.53) 600016593 07/30/2025 GRA ING ER INC General Fund Repair & Maintenance 97 .83 600016593 07/30/2025 GRA INGER INC General Fund Repair & Maintenance 17.66 6000 16593 07/30/2025 GRA INGER INC Ge ne ral Fund Repair & Maintenance 44 .7 4 6000 16 593 07/30/2025 GRAINGER INC General Fund Maintenance-Janitorial 21.43 600016593 07/30/2025 GRAINGER INC General Fund Repair & Maintenance 1,570.36 600016593 07/30/2025 GRAINGER INC General Fund Repair & Maintenance 113.07 Page 3 of 12 CHECK NUMBER CHECK DATE VENDOR NAME FUND ACCOUNT AM OUNT 600016593 07/30/2025 GRAINGER INC General Fund Repair & Maintenance 65 .14 600016593 07/30/2025 GRAINGER INC General Fund Repair & Maintenance 73.97 600016593 07/30/2025 GRAINGER INC General Fund Repa i r & Mainte nance 27 .6 4 600016594 07/30/2025 OCCUPATIONA L HEALTH CENTERS OF CALIFORNIA General Fund Recruitment 403.00 600016595 07/30/2025 OFFICE DEPOT General Fund Office Expense 32 .79 600016595 07/30/2025 OFFICE DEPOT General Fund Office Expense 59.74 600016595 07/30/2025 OFFICE DEPOT General Fund Office Expense 27.03 600016595 07/30/2025 OFFICE DEPOT General Fund Office Expense 32 .10 600016595 07/30/2025 OFFICE DEPOT General Fund Office Expense 76 .03 600016595 07/30/2025 OFF ICE DEPOT Genera l Fund Office Expense 17.18 600016596 07/30/2025 LAUR EN HENEY General Fund Equipment, Small Offi ce & Tool 60.21 600016597 07/30/2025 PAC IFIC AG RENTALS LLC Water Uti l ity Fund Rental -E quipment 5,077.77 600016598 07/30/2025 PAC IFIC GAS & ELECTR IC General Fund Utility-Electric 2,157 .82 600016598 07/30/2025 PAC IFIC GAS & ELECTR IC General Fund Utility-Electric 52 .68 600016598 07/30/2025 PAC IFIC GAS & ELECTRIC General Fund Uti I ity-E lectric 5,244.56 600016599 07/30/2025 PELICAN W IRE LESS VENTURES, LLC General Fund Software Lie . & Subscriptions 25 .76 600016600 07/30/2025 PETALUMA PEOPLE SERVICES CENTER General Fund Contract-Pet People Srvcs Cntr 22 ,876.71 600016601 07/30/2025 CNH I NDUST RIA L AMERICA LLC Fleet Serv ice s ISF Fleet Veh Repairs for Parks 3,793.49 600016602 07/30/2025 REDWOOD LOCK INC General Fund Repair & Maintenance 1,045.82 600016602 07/30/2025 REDWOOD LOCK INC General Fund Repair & Maintenance 935 .29 600016603 07/30/2025 REFR IGERAT ION SUPPLIES DISTR I BUTOR General Fund Equipment, Small Office & Tool 642 .11 600016603 07/30/2025 REFR IGERATION SUPPLIES DISTR I BUTOR General Fund Repair & Maintenance 825 .01 600016604 07/30/2025 SONOMA COUNTY CLERK RECORDER ASSESSOR General Fund Deposits-Developer 50.00 600016604 07/30/2025 SONOMA COUNTY CLERK RECORDER ASSESSOR General Fund Other Rev -Developer Deposit (50.00) 600016604 07/30/2025 SONOMA COUNTY CLERK RECORDER ASSESSOR General Fund Developer Deposit Expense 50.00 600 016605 07/30/2025 UNDERGROUND SERV ICE ALERT Sewer Utility Fund License & Permit 580.27 600016605 07/30/2025 UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT Water Utility Fund License & Permit 580.28 600016606 07/30/2025 WESTERN EXTERM INATOR General Fund Repair & Maintenance 68 .02 600016607 08/01/2025 PETALUMA COMMUNITY ACCESS Gen eral Fund Contract -Outside Service s 775 .00 600016608 07/31/2025 BRINK'S INC General Fund Bank & Merchant Fees 1,753.11 600016608 07/31/2025 BRINK 'S INC Sewer Utility Fund Bank & Merchant Fees 142.70 600016608 07/31/2025 BRINK 'S I NC Water Utility Fund Bank & Merchant Fees 142 .69 600016609 07/31/2025 BRINK 'S INC General Fund Bank & Merchant Fees 1,819 .92 600016609 07/31/202 5 BRINK 'S INC Sewer Utility Fund Bank & Merchant Fees 148.13 600016609 07/31/2025 BRINK'S IN C Water Utility Fund Bank & Merchant Fees 148 .14 600016610 07/31/2025 ABM SERVICES INC General Fund Contract -Outside Service s 3,710 .00 600016611 07/31/2025 A IR SYSTEMS INC Facilit ies Internal Service Software Lie . & Subscriptions 3,329.00 600016611 07/31/2025 A IR SYSTEMS INC Facilities Internal Service Software Lie . & Su bscriptions 3,329 .00 600016612 07/31/2025 ALLIED RELIAB I LI TY INC Facilities Interna l Service Repair & Maintenance-Felty 840.00 600016612 07/31/2025 ALLIED RELIABILITY INC Facilities Interna l Service Repair & Maintenance-Felty 1,680.00 600016612 07/3 1/2025 ALLIED RELIABILI TY INC Facil ities I ntern a l Service Repair & Maintenance-Felty 2,520 .00 600016612 07/31/2025 ALLIED RELIABILITY INC Facilities Internal Service Repair & Maintenance-Felty 1,260.00 600016612 07/31/2025 ALLIED RELIABILI TY INC Facilities I nternal Service Repair & Maintenance-Felty 2,100 .00 600016612 07/31/2025 ALLIED RELIABILI TY INC Facilities Interna l Service Repa ir & Maintenance-Felty 7,155.00 600016612 07/31/2025 ALLIED RE LI ABILITY INC Facilitie s Internal Service Repair & Maintenance-Felty 2,385.00 600016612 07/31/2025 ALLIED RELIABILITY INC Facilities Internal Serv i ce Repair & Maintenance-Felty 3,577 .50 600016612 07/31/2025 ALLIED RELIABILITY INC Facilities Internal Service Repair & Maintenance-Felty 4,770.00 Page 4 of 12 CHECK NUMBER CHECK DATE VENDOR NAME FUND ACCOUNT AMOUNT 600016612 07/31/2025 ALLIED RELIABILITY INC Facilities Internal Service Repair & Maintenance -Felty 5,962.50 600016613 07/31/2025 AMERICAN STORAGE LLC General Fund Special Dept Expense 150.00 600016614 07/31/2025 HAROLD A. STEUBER INC General Fund Special Dept Expense 45.48 600016614 07/31/2025 HAROLD A. STEUBER INC Facilities Internal Service Repair & Maintenance-Felty 101.20 600016615 07/31/2025 B & L GLASS COMPANY Faci lities Internal Service Repair & Maintenance-Felty 1,700.00 600016615 07/31/2025 B & L GLASS COMPANY Facili ties Internal Service Repair & Maintenance-Felty 1,212 .00 600016615 07/31/2025 B & L GLASS COMPANY Facil iti es Internal Service Repair & Maintenance-Felty 756 .84 600016616 07/31/2025 BAY AREA AIR QUALITY MANAG EME NT Fleet Services ISF License & Permit 296 .00 600016616 07/31/2025 BAY AREA AIR QUALITY MANAGEMEN T Sewer Utility Fund License & Permit 1,909.00 600016617 07/31/2025 BURKE W IL LIAMS & SORENSEN LLP General Fund Professional Legal Fees 218 .40 600016617 07/31/2025 BURKE W IL LIAMS & SORENSEN LLP General Fund Professional Legal Fees 336.96 600016617 07/31/2025 BURKE WILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP Government CIP Non-Capital Projects 962 .00 600016617 07/31/2025 BURKE W ILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP Government CIP Capital Projects 303.68 6000166 18 07/31/2025 CA DEPT OF TRANSPORTATION General Fund Contract -Outsid e Services 820.38 6000166 19 07/31/2025 CITY OF CLOVERDALE General Fund City Council D2 Exp 65 .00 600016619 07/31/2025 CITY OF CLOVERDALE General Fund City Council D3Exp 65.00 600016619 07/31/2025 CITY OF CLOVERDALE General Fund City Council D4 Exp 65 .00 6000166 19 07/31/2025 CITY OF CLOVERDALE General Fund City Council DSExp 65 .00 6000166 19 07/31/2025 CITY OF CLOVERDALE General Fund Meeting Expense 65 .00 600016620 07/31/2025 CITY OF COTATI General Fund Liabilty Payable -Cotati 617.00 6000 16620 07/31/2025 CITY OF COTATI General Fund License & Permits-AS 66 .00 600016620 07/31/2025 CITY OF COTATI General Fund Bank & Merchant Fees (25.88) 600016621 07/31/2025 COAR DESIGN GROUP Government CIP Non-Capital Projects 981.00 600016622 07/31/2025 SONOMA COUN TY PUBLIC INFRASTRUCTURE General Fund Contract -Outside Services 2,186.20 600016623 07/31/2025 DEPT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS Facilities Internal Service Repair & Maintenance-Felty 225 .00 600016624 07/31/2025 MICHAEL RUBIN General Fund Advertising 873 .87 600016625 07/31/2025 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CO ., INC. General Fund Repair & Maintenance 21.23 600016626 07/31/2025 EUREKA OXYGEN CO Genera l Fund Special Dept Expense 498.38 600016626 07/31/2025 EUREKA OXYGEN CO General Fund Special Dept Expense 260 .17 600016626 07/31/2025 EUREKA OXYGEN CO General Fund Special Dept Expense 498.38 600016627 07/31/2025 FASTENAL Facilities Internal Service Maintenance-Jan itorial 429.87 600016627 07/31/2025 FASTENAL Facilities Internal Service Maintenance-Janito rial 131.85 600016628 07/31/2025 GRAINGER INC General Fund Spec ial Dept Expense 272.18 600016629 07/31/2025 MARK PIPPIN Facilities Internal Service Un iform -Purchase 773.74 600016630 07/3 1/2025 NICK BARBI ER I TRUCKING LLC General Fund Fuel 1,223.77 600016630 07/31/2025 NICK BARBIERI TRUCKING LLC General Fund Fuel 1,337.74 600016630 07/31/2025 NICK BARB IER I TRUCKING LLC General Fund Fuel 1,100.96 600016631 07/31/2025 OFFICE DEPOT General Fund Office Expense 239 .21 600016632 07/31/2025 ALLYSON WARD General Fund Travel and Training 1,026.63 600016633 07/31/2025 ASHLEY WYRSCH General Fund Tra ve l and Training 89.70 600016634 07/31/2025 DEA NA KOYL General Fund Travel and Training 370 .30 600016635 07/31/2025 DEBORAH LAMAISON General Fund Travel and Training 370.30 600016636 07/31/2025 ELLIO TORRANO Sewer Utility Fund Benefits-Vision 120.18 600016637 07/31/2025 JENNIFER JOHNSON General Fund Travel and Training 370.30 600016638 07/31/2025 JUST IN WAX General Fund Travel and Training 89 .70 600016639 07/31/2025 JUST IN WAX General Fund Tra ve l and Training 370.30 600016640 07/31/2025 MATTHEW SNODGRASS General Fund Travel and Tra i ning 29 .90 Page 5 of 12 CHECK NUMBER CHECK DATE VENDOR NAME FUND ACCOUNT AMOUNT 600016641 07/31/2025 DOCUPET CORP General Fund Liabilty Payable -Cotati {50 .00) 600016641 07/31/2025 DOCUPET CORP General Fund License & Permits-AS (294 .00) 600016641 07/31/2025 DOCUPET CORP General Fund Bank & Merchant Fees 15 .62 600016641 07/31/2025 DOCUPET CORP General Fund Contract -Outside Services 443.50 600016641 07/31/2025 DOCUPET CORP Spay and Neuter Fund Chg Srvs -Spay & Nu eter (46 .00) 600016642 07/31/2025 Brenda De Leon Lopez General Fund Othr Accrued Liab .-PrkRec Rfnd 800.00 600016643 07/31/2025 D.R. Horton Bay, Inc Water Utility Fund AR -UB Residential 215.53 600016644 07/31/2025 ELLA THORPE Water Utility Fund AR -UB Residential 180.90 600016645 07/31/2025 Gustavo Garfia Lopez General Fund Othr Accrued Liab.-PrkR ec Rfnd 400 .00 600016646 07/31/2025 ISHTAR KRAMER Water Utility Fund AR-UB Resident ia l 18.54 600016647 07/31/2025 James D Griffin Water Utility Fund AR -U B Resident ial 12 .68 600016648 07/31/202S John W Dundas Water Utility Fund AR -U B Resident ia l 37 .81 600016649 07/31/2025 Marcus R Linco ln Water Utility Fund AR -UB Resident ia l 48 .41 600016650 07/31/2025 Maria Ocampo General Fund Othr Accrued Liab .-PrkR ec Rfnd 185.00 600016651 07/31/2025 Maricela Gutierrez Water Utility Fund AR-UB Re si dentia l 38.52 6000166S2 07/31/2025 Mayra Rodriguez Sotelo General Fund Othr Accrued Liab.-PrkRec Rfnd 800.00 600016653 07/31/2025 MICHAEL SHIPP Water Utility Fund AR -UB Resident ia l 2.27 600016654 07/31/2025 Minerba Zuniga Rodr ig ue z General Fund Othr Accrued Liab.-PrkRec Rfnd 400 .00 600016655 07/31/2025 Natalie Briones General Fund Othr Accrued Liab.-PrkRec Rfnd 100.00 600016656 07/31/2025 Neil Griffi n General Fund Othr Accrued Liab .-PrkRec Rfnd 100.00 600016657 07/31/2025 PAMELA JUCKAS Water Utility Fund AR -U B Resident ial 67 .19 600016658 07 /31/2025 Pure Property Management Water Utility Fund AR -U B Residential 36.58 600016659 07/31/2025 SONOMA PROPERTY MANAGEMENT INC Water Utility Fund AR -UB Residential 9.83 600016659 07/31/2025 SONOMA PROPERTY MANAGEMENT INC Water -Capita l Pre servatio n AR-UB Re si dential 9.48 600016660 07/31/2025 SYSTEMS WATERPROOFING INC General Fund AR -Business License 150.00 600016660 07/31/2025 SYSTEMS WATERPROOFING INC General Fund AR -Business License 4.00 6000 16661 07/31/2025 PACIFIC GAS & ELECTRIC General Fund Util ity-Electric 8,590.25 600016661 07/31/2025 PACIFIC GAS & ELECTRIC General Fund Utility-Electric 5,641.20 600016661 07/31/2025 PACIFIC GAS & ELECTRIC General Fund Utility-Electric 9,948 .77 600016662 07/31/2025 PACIFIC GAS & ELECTRIC General Fund Utility-Electric 2,103 .11 600016662 07/31/2025 PACIFIC GAS & ELECTRIC Fleet Services ISF Util ity-Electric 2,166.19 600016662 07 /31/2025 PACIFIC GAS & ELECTRIC Sewer Util ity Fund Utility-Electric 13,720.47 600016662 07/31/2025 PACIFIC GAS & ELECTRIC Water Utility Fund Utility-Electric S9 ,607 .53 600 016663 07/31/2025 PACIFIC GAS & ELECTRIC General Fund Utility-E lectric 16,928.49 600016663 07/31/2025 PACIFIC GAS & ELECTR IC General Fund Debt-Principal 5,456.87 600016663 07/31/2025 PAC IFIC GAS & ELECTRIC Graton JEPA Wilfred Utility-Electric 192 .10 600016664 07/31/2025 REDWOOD LOCK INC General Fund Repai r & Maintenance 58 .81 600016665 07/31/2025 REGIONAL GOVERNMENT SERV ICE S AUTHORITY General Fund Contract • Outside Services 2,535.55 600016666 07/31/2025 SANTA ROSA DANCE THE ATER General Fund Unearned -Refd Outside Evnt 3,192.00 600016666 07/31/2025 SANTA ROSA DANCE THEATER General Fund Program Revenue -B ox Office (319.20) 600016667 07/3 1/2025 SANTA ROSA UNIFORM & CAREER APPAREL General Fund Uniform -Purchase 641.47 600016668 07/31/2025 SIERRA CHEMICAL CO Facilities Internal Serv ice Chemicals Aqu atic 6,057 .63 600016669 07/31/2025 STOMMELINC General Liability ISF General Liab Minor Claim Damag 1,191.15 600016670 07/31/2025 SUZANNE BONTEMPO General Fund Contract -Outside Serv ices 229.40 600016671 07/31/2025 THE RENTAL PLACE Measure M Parks Other Exp -Special Events 500 .00 600016671 07/31/2025 THE RENTAL PLACE Measure M Parks Other Exp-Specia l Eve nts 2,104 .00 600016672 07/3 1/2025 TIV BRAND ING INC General Fund Contract -Outside Services 9,000.00 Page 6 of 12 CHECK NU M BER CHECK DATE VENDOR NAME FUND ACCOUNT AMOUNT 600016673 07/31/2025 WEBSOFT DEVLOPERS INC Sewer Utility Fund Software Lie . & Subscri ptions 20,000 .00 600016673 07/31/2025 WEBSOFT DEVLOPERS INC Water Utility Fund Software Lie. & Subscriptions 15 ,000 .00 600016673 07/31/2025 WEBSOFT DEVLOPERS INC Recycled Water Utility Fund Software Lie . & Subscriptions 9,600.00 600016674 07/31/2025 WESTERN EXTERMINATOR Facilities Internal Service Repair & Maintenance-Felty 87.47 600016675 08/05/2025 ALAN SCOX General Fund Recruitment 375.00 600016676 08/05/2025 ASSOCIAT ION OF BAY AREA GOVERNMENTS General Fund Dues & Subscriptions 14,379.00 600016677 08/05/2025 SONOMA COUNTY PUBLIC INFRASTRUCTURE General Fund Contract -Outside Services 933 .00 600016677 08/05/2025 SONOMA COUNTY PUB LI C INFRASTRUCTURE General Fund Contract -Outside Services 2.00 600016678 08/05/2025 CYRACOM INTERNATIONAL INC General Fund Contract -Outside Services 343 .85 600016679 08/05/2025 DAVID B. TEMPLETON General Fund Other Exp-PAC Production 1,000.00 600016680 08/05/2025 DC ELECTR IC GROUP INC Faciliti es Internal Service Repair & Maintenance-Felty 863.30 600016680 08/05/2025 DC ELECTR IC GROUP INC Facilities Internal Service Repair & Maintenance-Felty 1,294 .95 6000 16680 08/05/2025 DC ELECTR IC GROUP INC Facilities Internal Service Repair & Maintenance-Felty 1,726.60 600016680 08/05/2025 DC ELECTRIC GROUP INC Facilities Internal Service Repair & Maintenance-Felty 2,158.25 600016680 08/05/2025 DC ELECTRIC GROUP INC Facilities Internal Service Repair & Maintenance-Felty 2,589.90 600016681 08/05/2025 FASTENAL General Fund Special Dept Expense 22.72 600016681 08/05/2025 FASTENAL General Fund Special Dept Expense 36.87 600016681 08/05/2025 FASTENAL General Fund Specia l Dept Expense 96.54 600016681 08/05/2025 FASTENAL General Fund Special Dept Expense 95.52 600016681 08/05/2025 FASTENAL General Fund Supplies -J anitorial Svs 147.31 600016681 08/05/2025 FASTENAL General Fund Special Dept Expense 22.76 600016681 08/05/2025 FASTENAL General Fund Special Dept Expense 36 .87 600016681 08/05/2025 FASTENAL General Fund Special Dept Expense 96 .5 4 600016681 08/05/2025 FASTENAL General Fund Special Dept Expense 95.53 600016681 08/05/2025 FASTENAL General Fund Special Dept Expense 22 .72 600016681 08/05/2025 FASTENAL General Fund Specia l Dept Expense 36 .87 600016681 08/05/2025 FASTENAL General Fund Special Dept Expense 96 .54 600016681 08/05/2025 FASTENAL General Fund Special Dept Expense 95 .52 600016681 08/05/2025 FASTENAL General Fund Supplies -Janitorial Svs 503.43 600016681 08/05/2025 FASTENAL General Fund Supplies-Janitorial Svs 1,276.46 600016681 08/05/2025 FASTENAL General Fund Supplies-Janitorial Svs 1,532.86 600016681 08/05/2025 FASTENAL Sewer Util ity Fund Special Dept Expense 22 .72 600016681 08/05/2025 FASTENAL Sewer Utility Fund Special Dept Expense 36.87 600016681 08/05/2025 FASTENAL Sewer Utility Fund Special Dept Expense 96.54 600016681 08/05/2025 FASTENAL Sewer Uti lity Fund Special Dept Expense 95.52 600016681 08/05/2025 FASTENAL Water Utility Fund Special Dept Expense 22 .72 600016681 08/05/2025 FASTENAL Water Utili t y Fund Special Dept Expense 36.87 600016681 08/05/2025 FASTENAL Water Utility Fund Special Dept Expense 96 .54 600016681 08/05/2025 FASTENAL Water Utility Fund Special Dept Expense 95.52 600016682 08/05/2025 FIRST ALARM SECURITIES SERV ICES General Fund Repair & Maintenance 231.25 600016683 08/05/2025 FR IEDMAN'S HOME IMPROVEMENT Water Utility Fund Other Exp-Repair System 8 .34 600016684 08/05/2025 GRAINGER INC General Fund Repair & Ma i ntenance 99.77 600016684 08/05/2025 GRAINGER INC General Fund Repair & Maintenance (24.53) 600016684 08/05/2025 GRAINGER INC Water Utility Fund Equipment, Small Office & Tool 644 .58 600016684 08/05/2025 GRAINGER INC Water Utility Fund Equipment, Small Office & Too l 179 .01 600016685 08/05/2025 GREEN TARA INC General Fund Othr Accrued Liab.-Sales Tax 12 .71 600016685 08/05/2025 GREEN TARA INC General Fund Printing (12 .71) Page 7 of 12 CHECK NUMBER CHECK DATE VENDOR NAME FUND ACCOUNT AMOUNT 600016685 08/05/2025 GREEN TARA INC General Fund Printing 5,593.52 600016686 08/05/2025 JAMES LIEBICH General Fund Contract Services-Instructors 2,600.00 600016687 08/05/2025 JEFF THOMAS General Fund Contract -Outside Services 150.00 600016688 08/05/2025 JOE RAYMOND GARCIA Measure M Parks Other Exp-Special Events 2,500 .00 600016689 08/05/2025 JYOTI MCCALL General Fund Contract Services-Instructors 650.00 600016690 08/05/2025 KELLER SUPPLY COMPANY General Fund Special Dept Expense 250 .25 600016691 08/05/2025 LEESA FOX General Fund Contract Services-Instructors 78.00 600016692 08/05/2025 MICHAEL C HAGEN General Fund Contract -Outside Services 180.00 600016693 08/05/2025 REDA CTED RETIREE General Fund Benefit Medical Reimb 1,085 .80 600016694 08/05/2025 MICHAE L J GENNACO General Fund Profess ional Legal Fee s 4,837.50 600016695 08/05/2025 NICK BARBIERI TRUCKING LLC General Fund Inventories -Diesel 335.41 600016695 08/05/2025 NICK BARBIERI TRUCKING LLC General Fund Inventories -Diesel 416.44 600016695 08/05/2025 NICK BARBIERI TRUCKING LLC General Fund Inventories -Diese l 373 .27 6000 16695 08/05/2025 NICK BARB IER I TRUCKING LLC General Fund Inventories -Unleaded 849 .22 600016695 08/05/2025 NICK BARBIERI TRUCKING LLC General Fund Inventories -Unleaded 638 .48 600016695 08/05/2025 NICK BARBIERI TRUCKING LLC General Fund Inventories -Unleaded 586.29 600016695 08/05/2025 NICK BARBIERI TRUCKING LLC General Fund Inventories -Unleaded 901.29 600016695 08/05/2025 NICK BARBIERI TRUCKING LLC General Fund Inventories -Unleaded 940.21 600016695 08/05/2025 NICK BARBIERI TRUCKING LLC General Fund Inventories -Unleaded 715 .09 600016695 08/05/2025 NICK BARBIERI TRUCKING LLC General Fund Inventories -Unleaded 410.07 600016695 08/05/2025 NICK BARBIERI TRUCKING LLC General Fund Inventories • Unleaded 387.91 600016695 08/05/2025 NICK BARBIERI TRUCKING LLC General Fund Fuel 1,1 54 .24 600016695 08/05/2025 NICK BARBIERI TRUCKING LLC General Fund Fuel 159.08 600016696 08/05/2025 JOSEPH HANSON General Fund Uniform• Purchase 300.00 60 0016697 08/05/2025 JOSEPH HANSON General Fund Benefits-Vision 150.00 600016698 08/05/2025 TIM OTHY MATTOS General Fund Travel and Training 370 .30 600016699 08/05/2025 Alicia K Wong-Angerman General Fund Othr Accrued Liab .-PrkRec Rfnd 500.00 600016700 08 /05/2025 Second Generatio n Roofing Inc General Fund Building Standards 581473 2 .00 600016700 08/05/2025 Second Generation Roofing Inc General Fund Building Inspection Fee 1,10 1.60 600016701 08/05/2025 Shoshana Rosenfeld General Fund Engineering Flat 401.00 600016702 08/05/2025 PACE SUPPLY Sewer Util ity Fund Repair & Maintenance (12 .76) 600016702 08/05/2025 PACE SUPPLY Sewer Util ity Fund Repair & Maintenance 637.86 600016702 08 /05/2025 PACE SUPPLY Water Utility Fund Repa ir & Maintenance (2.06) 600016702 08/05/2025 PACE SUPPLY Water Utility Fund Repa ir & Maintenance 102.85 600016702 08/05/2025 PACE SUPPLY Water Utility Fund Other Exp -Repair System (13.93) 600016702 08/05/2025 PACE SUPPLY Wate r Utility Fund Other Exp -Repair System 696 .30 600016702 08/05/2025 PACE SUPPLY Water Utility Fund Other Ex p-Repair System (2.64) 600016702 08/05/2025 PACE SUPPLY Water Utility Fund Other Exp-Repair System 132 .00 600016702 08/05/2025 PACE SUPPLY Water Utility Fund Other Exp-Repair System (2.09) 600016702 08/05/2025 PACE SUPPLY Wate r Utility Fun d Other Exp-Repair System 104.50 600016702 08/05/2025 PACE SUPPLY Wate r Utility Fund Other Exp -Repair System (7 .45) 600016702 08/05/2025 PACE SUPPLY Wate r Utility Fund Other Exp-Repair System 372.47 600016702 08/05/2025 PACE SUPPLY Water Utility Fund Other Exp -Repair System (41.07) 600016702 08/05/2025 PACE SUPPLY Water Utility Fund Other Exp -Repair System 2,053.29 600016702 08/05/2025 PACE SUPPLY Water Utility Fund Other Exp -Repair System (3.22) 600016702 08/05/2025 PACE SUPPLY Water Utility Fund Other Exp-Repair System 160.84 600016702 08/05/2025 PACE SUPPLY Water Utility Fund Other Exp -Repa ir System (385 .00) Page 8 of 12 CHECK NUMBER CHECK DATE VENDOR NAME FUND ACCOUNT AMOUNT 6000 16703 08/05/2025 PET ALUMA SCHOOL OF BALLET LLC General Fund Contr act Services-Instructors 610.35 6000 16704 08/05/2025 POWERPLAN Water Utility Fund Contract -Outside Services 979 .85 600016705 08/05/2025 REDWING BUSINESS ADVANTAGE ACCOUNT General Fund Un iform -Purchase 300.00 6000 16706 08/05/2025 REDWOOD LOCK INC General Fund Repair & Maintenance 105 .36 6000 16706 08/05/2025 REDWOOD LOCK INC General Fund Repair & Maintenance 1,031 .55 6000 16707 08/05/2025 RELIABLE HARDWAR E & STEEL CO Water Uti lity Fund Other Exp -Repair System 208 .89 6000 16708 08/05/2025 REDACTED RETIREE Genera l Fund Benefit Medical Reimb 347 .63 600016709 08/05/2025 ROTC -ROOTER General Fund Repair & Maintena n ce 910.00 6000167 10 08/05/2025 SANTA ROSA JUNIOR COLLEGE Ge nera l Fund Travel and Train ing 4,669 .25 600016711 08/05/20 25 SANTA ROSA UNIFORM & CAREER APPAREL General Fund Un iform -Purchase 328 .87 6000 16712 08/05/2025 SHERRY BLANCHARD General Fund Contract Services-Instructors 1,199 .25 6000 16713 08/05/2025 SHERWIN WILLIAMS Gene ral Fund Repair & Maintenance 100.64 600016713 08/05/2025 SHERWIN WILLIAMS General Fund Repair & Maintenance 47.55 600016714 08/05/2025 SKYVIEW TREE EXPERTS INC General Fund Contract -Outside Services 28 ,915 .00 600016715 08/05/2025 SOILAND CO INC General Fund Othr Accrued Liab .-Sales Tax (13 .81) 60001671 5 08/05/2025 SOI LAND CO INC General Fund Othr Accrued Liab.-Sale s Tax (4 .88) 600016715 08/05/2025 SOI LAND CO INC Water Utility Fund Other Exp -Repair System 13.81 600016715 08/05/2025 SOI LAND CO INC Water Utility Fund Other Exp -Repa i r System 141.60 600016715 08/05/2025 SOI LAND CO INC Water Utility Fund Other Exp -Repair System 4 .88 600016715 08/05/2025 SOI LAND CO INC W ater Uti lity Fund Other Exp-Repa i r System 50 .10 600016716 08/05/2025 ARMATURO SONOMA MEDIA GROUP LLC Meas ure M Parks Other Exp-Special Events 1,205.00 6000 167 17 08/05/2025 MAJACK SERVIC ES INC General Fund Repa i r & Maintenance 712 .55 600016718 08/05/2025 TRANSUNION General Fund Contract -Outside Serv ices 124.35 600016719 08/05/2025 TROPE GROUP INC Gene r al Fund Special Dept Expense 96 .00 6000 16720 08/05/2025 UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT Sewer Utility Fund License & Permit 1,884 .43 600016720 08/05/2025 UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT Wate r Utility Fund License & Permit 1,884 .43 600016721 08/05/2025 WESTERN EXTERMINATOR General Fund Repair & Ma i ntenance 150.00 600016721 08/05/2025 WESTERN EXTERMINATOR General Fund Repair & Maintenance 82.04 600016721 08/05/2025 WESTERN EXTERMINATOR Genera l Fund Repair & Maintenance 69 .98 60001672 1 08/05/2025 WESTERN EXTERMINATOR Genera l Fund Repair & Maintenance 150.00 600016721 08/05/2025 WES TERN EXTERMINATOR General Fund Repair & Maintenance 93 .30 60001672 1 08/05/2025 WESTERN EXTERMINATOR General Fund Repair & Maintenance 69 .98 600016721 08/05/2025 WESTERN EXTERMINATOR Gene r al Fund Repair & Maintenance 93 .30 600016722 08/05/2025 GCP WW HOLDCO LLC General Fund Uniform -Purchase 300 .00 600016723 08/06/2025 PITNEY BOWES BANK INC General Fund Postage & Shipping 3,000 .00 600016724 08/07/2025 AT&T General Fund Internet & Broadband 149 .80 600016725 08/07/2025 BOEHRINGER INGELHEIM ANIMAL HEALTH USA INC Spay and Neuter Fund Special Dept Expense 517 .89 600016725 08/07/2025 BOEHRINGER INGELHEIM ANIMAL HEALTH USA INC Spay and Neuter Fund Special Dept Expense 464.57 600016726 08/07/2025 BURKE WILLIAMS & SORENSEN LLP General Fund Professional Legal Fee s 24 ,158 .16 600016727 08/07/2025 CALMAT CO General Fund Special Dept Expense 213 .98 600016728 08/07/2025 CAPTIONS UNLIMITED OF NEVADA INC General Fund Contract -Outside Services 337 .50 600016729 08/07/2025 CHERYL A STEVENS General Liability ISF General Liab Self l nsur'd Loss 5,000 .00 600016730 08/07/2025 CINTAS General Fund Repa ir & Maintenance 205 .36 600016731 08/07/2025 COMPLETE WELDERS SUPPLY General Fund Other Exp-F i rst Aid Supplies 229 .53 600016732 08/07/2025 HELEN CROSBY General Fund Deferred Inflows 200 .00 600016732 08/07/2025 HELEN CROSBY Gene r al Fund Grants-Other (200 .00) 600016732 08/07/2025 HELEN CROSBY Ge neral Fund Contract Services -Instructors 200.00 Page 9 of 12 CHECK NUMBER CHECK DATE VENDOR NAME FUND ACCOUNT AMOUNT 600016733 08/07/2025 BUTLER ANIMAL HEA LTH HOLDING COMPANY LLC General Fund Animal Clinic Non-Eligible 217.20 600016733 08/07/2025 BUTLER ANIMAL HEALTH HOLDING COMPANY LLC General Fund Animal Clinic Non -Eligibl e 91.33 600016733 08/07/2025 BUTLER ANIMAL HEALTH HOLDING COMPANY LLC General Fund An imal Clinic Non-Eligible 10.14 600016733 08/07/2025 BUTLER ANIMAL HEALTH HOLDING COMPANY LLC General Fund Animal Clinic Non-Eligible 19.05 600016733 08/07/2025 BUTLER ANIMAL HEALTH HOLDING COMPANY LLC General Fund Animal Clinic Non-Eligible 90 .94 600016733 08/07/2025 BUTLER ANIMAL HEALTH HOLDING COMPANY LLC General Fund Animal Cl inic Non -Eligible 25.06 600016733 08/07/2025 BUTLER ANIMAL HEALTH HOLDING COMPANY LLC General Fund Animal Clinic Non-Eligible 364.07 600016733 08/07/2025 BUTLER ANIMAL HEALTH HOLDING COMPANY LLC Gene ra l Fund Animal Clin ic Non-Eligible 248.04 600016733 08/07/202S BUTLER ANIMAL HEALTH HOLDING COMPANY LLC General Fund Animal Clinic Non-Eligible 818.71 600016733 08/07/202S BUTLER ANIMAL HEALTH HOLDING COMPANY LLC General Fund Animal Clinic Non -Eligible 117 .49 600016733 08/07/2025 BUTLER ANIMAL HEALTH HOLDING COMPAN Y LLC General Fund Animal Clinic Non-Elig ible 76.56 600016733 08/07/2025 BUTLER ANIMAL HEALTH HOLDING COMPANY LLC General Fund Animal Clinic Non-Eligible 24.15 600016733 08/07/2025 BUTLER ANIMAL HEALTH HOLDING COMPANY LLC Spay and Neuter Fund Special Dept Ex pense 237.81 600016734 08/07/2025 CULLIGAN General Fund Special Dept Expense 92 .00 600016734 08/07/2025 CULLIGAN General Fund Special Dept Expense 92 .00 600016735 08/07/2025 DAIOHS USA INC General Fund Special Dept Expense 50 .00 600016736 08/07/2025 FASTENAL General Fund Special Dept Expense 107.11 600016736 08/07/2025 FASTENAL General Fund Special Dept Expense 46.12 600016736 08/07/2025 FASTENAL General Fund Special Dept Expense 44.46 600016736 08/07/2025 FAST ENA L General Fund Specia l Dept Expense 107.11 600016736 08/07/2025 FASTENAL General Fund Special Dept Expense 46 .13 600016736 08/07/2025 FASTENAL General Fund Special Dept Expense 44 .43 600016736 08 /07/2025 FASTENAL Genera l Fund Special Dept Expense 107 .11 600016736 08/07/2025 FASTENAL General Fund Special Dept Expense 46 .12 600016736 08/07/2025 FASTENAL General Fund Special Dept Expense 44.43 600016736 08/07/2025 FASTENAL General Fund Supplies-Janitorial Svs 970 .31 600016736 08/07/2025 FAST ENAL General Fund Suppl ies-Janitorial Svs 970.31 600016736 08/07/2025 FASTENAL Sewer Utility Fund Special Dept Expe nse 107 .11 600016736 08/07/2025 FASTENAL Sewer Utility Fund Special Dept Expense 46.12 600016736 08/07/2025 FASTENAL Sewer Utility Fund Spec ia l Dept Expense 44.43 6000 16 736 08/07/2025 FASTENAL W ater Utility Fund Special Dept Expense 107.11 600016736 08/07/2025 FASTENAL W ater Utility Fund Special Dept Expense 46.12 600016736 08/07/2025 FASTENAL Water Utility Fund Special Dept Expense 44.43 600016737 08/07/2025 FEDERATED INDIANS OF GRATON RANCHERIA Government CIP Capital Projects 5,500 .40 600016738 08/07/202S FRIEDMAN'S HOME IMPROVEMENT General Fund Repair & Maintenance 25 .01 600016738 08/07/2025 FRIEDMAN'S HOME IMPROVEMENT Sewer Utility Fund Equipment, Small Office & Tool 15.57 600016739 08/07/2025 GHILOTTI CONSTRUCTION CO Gove rnm ent CIP Capital Projects 604,540.00 600016740 08/07/2025 GOVERNANCE SCIENCES GROUP INC General Fund Contract -Outside Services 13,900.00 60001674 1 08/07/2025 GRAINGER INC General Fund Repair & Maintenance 121 .86 60001674 1 08/07/2025 GRAINGER INC General Fund Repa ir & Maintenance 69.45 600016741 08/07/2025 GRAINGER INC General Fund Repair & Ma i ntenance 157 .86 600016741 08/07/2025 GRAINGER INC General Fund Repair & Maintenance 1,040.47 600016741 08/07/202 5 GRAINGER INC General Fund Repair & Mai ntenance 7.1 5 6000 1674 1 08/07/2025 GRAING ER INC General Fund Repair & Maintenance 7.15 600016741 08/07/2025 GRAINGER INC General Fund Repair & Maintenance 45.68 600016741 08/07/2025 GRAINGER INC Genera l Fund Equipment, Small Office & Tool 26 .23 600016741 08/07/2025 GRAINGER INC General Fund Equipment, Small Office & Tool 19.61 Page 10 of 12 CHECK NUMBER CHECK DATE VENDOR NAME FUND ACCOUNT AMOUNT 600016741 08/07/2025 GRAINGER INC General Fund Repair & Maintenance 12 .03 600016741 08/07/2025 GRAINGER IN C General Fund Special Dept Expense 87 .62 600016742 08/07/2025 HILL'S PET NUTRITION SALES INC General Fund Community Outreach-AS League 206 .90 600016742 08/07/2025 HILL'S PET NUTRITION SALES INC General Fund Food-Animal Shelter 848.07 600016743 08/07/2025 INTERSTATE ALL BATTERY CENTER General Fund Special Dept Expense 431.92 600016744 08/07/2025 JOHN DEERE FINANCIAL General Fund Special Dept Expense 971.35 600016745 08/07/2025 THE MALLORY CO General Fund Othr Accrued Liab .-Sales Tax (4 .13) 600016745 08/07/2025 THE MALLORY CO General Fund Equipment, Small Office & Tool 4 .13 600016745 08/07/2025 THE MALLORY CO General Fund Equipment, Small Office & Tool 1,022.16 600016746 08/07/2025 MILLER PACIFIC ENGINEERING GROUP INC Government CIP Capital Projects 4,434 .16 600016747 08/07/2025 OFFICE DEPOT General Fund Office Expense 214 .90 600016748 08/07/2025 KEAN WALKER -FOLLETT General Fund Deposits-Animal Shelter 95.00 600016749 08/07/2025 MATTHEW MARTY General Fund Tuition Reimbursement 391.95 600016750 08/07/2025 NATALIE BRANDON General Fund Deposits-Animal Shelter 95 .00 600016751 08/07/2025 JENNIFER FARNSWORTH Sewer Utility Fund Conservation Measures 87.50 600016751 08/07/2025 JENNIFER FARNSWORTH Water Utility Fund Conservation Measures 87 .50 600016752 08/07/2025 Sage Oliva General Fund Othr Accrued Liab .-PrkRec Rfnd 60 .00 600016753 08/07/2025 PACE SUPPLY General Fund Special Dept Expense (5 .50) 600016753 08/07/2025 PACE SUPPLY General Fund Special Dept Expense 275.00 600016753 08/07/2025 PACE SUPPLY General Fund Special Dept Expense (2 .24) 600016753 08/07/2025 PACE SUPPLY General Fund Special Dept Expense 111.84 600016754 08/07/2025 RANDY SNYDER General Fund Contract Services -Instructors 2,252.88 600016755 08/07/2025 REDWING BUSINESS ADVANTAGE ACCOUNT Water Utility Fund Un iform -Purchase 582.13 6000 16756 08/07/2025 REDWOOD LOCK INC Gene r al Fund Equipment, Small Office & Tool 383.65 600016757 08/07/2025 REFRIGERATION SUPPLIES DISTRIBUTOR General Fund Repair & Maintenance 181.01 600016758 08/07/2025 TEAM GHILOTTI INC Government CIP Capital Projects 387 ,961.47 600016759 08/07/2025 UNITED RENTALS NORTH AMERICAN INC Genera l Fund Special Dept Expense 44 .00 600016760 08/07/2025 US BANK General Fund Othr Accrued Liab-P Card 10,558 .63 600016761 08/07/2025 VCA ANIMAL CARE CEN T ER OF SONOMA COUNTY General Fund Animal Clin ic Non-Eligible 9.25 600016762 08/07/2025 GCP WW HOLDCO LLC General Fund Uniform -Purchase 350 .00 600016762 08/07/2025 GCP WW HOLDCO LLC General Fund Uniform -Purchase 296.98 600016762 08/07/2025 GCP WW HOLDCO LLC Water Utility Fund Uniform -Purchase 345 .64 600016763 08/07/2025 WYATT IRRIGATION CO General Fund Special Dept Expense 195 .06 600016763 08/07/2025 WYATT IRRIGATION CO General Fund Special Dept Expense 98 .23 600016763 08/07/2025 WYATT IRRIGATION CO General Fund Repair & Maintenance 186 .03 600016764 08/08/2025 GRAINGER INC General Fund Equipment, Small Office & Tool 78.46 600016764 08/08/2025 GRAINGER INC General Fund Equipment, Small Office & Tool 156.92 600016764 08/08/2025 GRAINGER INC General Fund Other Exp -First Aid Supplies 377.23 600016765 08/08/2025 KOEFRAN INDUSTRIES General Fund Commnity Outreach-Cremations 46.00 600016765 08/08/2025 KOEFRAN INDUSTRIES General Fund Commnity Outreach-Cremations 23 .00 6000 16766 08/08/2025 Li nda Garland General Fund Othr Accrued Liab .-PrkRec Rfnd 800 .00 600016767 08/08/2025 SANTA ROSA JUNIOR COLLEGE -PSTC General Fund Dues & Subscriptions 100 .00 600016768 08/08/2025 VCA ANIMAL CARE CENTER OF SONOMA COUNTY General Fu n d Animal Clinic Non-Eligible (25 .00) 600016768 08/08/2025 VCA ANIMAL CARE CENTER OF SONOMA COUNTY General Fund Animal Clinic Non-Eligible 400.40 600016768 08/08/2025 VCA ANIMAL CARE CENTER OF SONOMA COUNTY General Fund An i mal Clinic Non-Eligible (199 .00) 600016768 08/08/2025 VCA AN I MAL CARE CENTER OF SONOMA COUNTY General Fund Animal Clinic Non-Eligible (271.93) 600016768 08/08/2025 VCA ANIMAL CARE CENTER OF SONOMA COUNTY General Fund Animal Clinic Non-Eligible 347 .33 Page 11 of 12 CHECK NUMBER CHECK DATE VENDOR NAME 600016769 08/08/2025 NORTH BAY BOHEMIAN FUND General Fund Page 12 of 12 ACCOUNT Transation Fees AMOUNT 279.00 4,316,918.52 Item 7.A.2. Item 7.A.3. MINUTES OF THE CITY COUNCIL SPECIAL MEETING AND JOINT REGULAR MEETING OF THE CITY OF ROHNERT PARK City Council Rohnert Park Financing Authority Successor Agency to the Community Development Commission Tuesday, August 12, 2025 1. CITY COUNCIL/RPFA/SUCCESSOR AGENCY TO THE CDC JOINT REGULAR MEETING & CITY COUNCIL SPECIAL MEETING - CALL TO ORDER/ROLL CALL. Mayor Giudice called the meeting to order at 4:00 p.m., which was legally noticed on August 7, 2025. Present: Gerard Giudice, Mayor Emily Sanborn, Vice Mayor Susan H. Adams, Councilmember Jackie Elward, Councilmember Samantha Rodriguez, Councilmember Staff present: City Manager Piedra, City Attorney Kenyon, Deputy City Attorney Maxwell Blum, and City Clerk Sylvia Lopez Cuevas. 2. CLOSED SESSION A. Public Comments: None. B. Mayor Giudice made the closed session announcement pursuant to Government Code §54957.7 and Council recessed to Closed Session in Conference Room 2A at 4:01 p.m. to consider: Conference with Agency Designated Labor Negotiators Pursuant to Government Code §54957.6(a). Agency Designated Representatives: Mark Wilson of Burke, Williams & Sorensen, Labor Negotiator, and City Manager Marcela Piedra. Employee Organizations: a) Service Employees’ International Union (SEIU); b) Rohnert Park Employees’ Association (RPEA); c) Rohnert Park Public Safety Officers’ Association (RPPSOA); d) Rohnert Park Public Safety Managers’ Association (RPPSMA); e) Management Unit; f) Confidential Unit; and g) Unrepresented Employees. C. Mayor Giudice reconvened the open session in Council Chambers at 5:01p.m. and stated there was no reportable action. Staff present at 5:00 p.m.: City Manager Piedra, City Attorney Kenyon, Director of Community Services Bagley, Human Resources Director Cannon, Director of Development Services Giudice, Interim Director of Public Works Mario Cisneros, General Services Operations Manager Bunte, Finance Manager Ortega de Valencia, Item 7.B. City of Rohnert Park Joint Regular Meeting Minutes for City Council August 12, 2025 RPFA/CDC Successor Agency and City Council Special Meeting Page 2 of 5 Senior Analyst King, Information Technology (IT) Operations Manager Cotter, and City Clerk Lopez Cuevas. 3. READING OF THE LAND ACKNOWLEDGMENT Recited by Mayor Giudice. 4. PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE Led by City Manager Piedra. 5. PRESENTATIONS AND DEPARTMENT HEAD BRIEFINGS A. Mayor’s Recognition: Honoring the Rohnert Park Cal Ripken All Stars 11U Baseball Team for Winning the 2025 Cal Ripken 11U Pacific Southwest Regional Tournament. Mayor Giudice read the recognition and presented it the Rohnert Park Cal Ripken All Stars 11U Baseball Team. B. Introduction to Onna Young and Agreement between the City and Sonoma Small Business Development Center (SBDC). Senior Analyst King and Onna Young provided an overview of the SBDC and the terms of our current agreement. 6. PUBLIC COMMENTS Per City Council Protocols, Mayor Giudice requested to extend the public comment period to 50 minutes. ACTION: Moved/seconded (Rodriguez/Elward) to adopt extend the public comment period from 30 minutes to 50 minutes. Motion carried by the following unanimous 5-0-0-0 voice vote: AYES: Adams, Elward, Rodriguez, Sanborn, and Giudice NOES: None, ABSENT: None, ABSTAINS: None. Erich Zuvey, James Griffin, Michael Puccetti, Adina Flores, Jeanette Peter, Molly Rubardt, Mike Bodily, Jay Chase, Kimberly Schultz, Wow/Venn Seward-Kate Miller, Kirsten VanNys, Karleen Novak, Ana Maria Hogue, Michael DeSimone, Maya K, Cindy Steffens, and Don Seppa expressed their concerns/thoughts about the Resynergy project at SOMO Village. Peter Alexander spoke about Resynergy project at SOMO Village and corruption in his parents’ hometown in Pennsylvania, politics and religion, including Jeffrey Epstein. Judith Sedawik spoke about Roberts Lake, and the importance of the Public Works staff and their work in keeping this amenity family friendly. Caryl Sherman spoke about “party at the plaza” and water for dogs at dog parks. City Manager Marcela provided SOMO Village and Resynergy Project information previously presented at the Credo High School Board Special Meeting on August 11, 2025. City of Rohnert Park Joint Regular Meeting Minutes for City Council August 12, 2025 RPFA/CDC Successor Agency and City Council Special Meeting Page 3 of 5 7. CONSENT CALENDAR 7.A Acceptance of Reports from Finance Department: 1. City Bills/Demands for Payment dated July 5, 2025, through July 28, 2025 2. Council 4th Quarterly Expense Report (April, May, and June 2025) 7.B Approval of Minutes: 1. City Council/RPFA/Successor Agency Joint Regular Meeting July 22, 2025 2. City Council Special Meeting July 31, 2025 7.C Receive Progress Report on the Status of the Emergency Public Safety Antenna and Radio System Replacement Project (CIP2412), as required by the Public Contract Code and by Minute Order, authorize the continuation of Resolution 2024-051 until the emergency action is completed 7.D By Minute Order, accept a donation from the Animal Shelter League of Rohnert Park to Benefit the City of Rohnert Park and the Rohnert Park Animal Shelter 7.E Receive Fiscal Year 2024/25 Annual Report on Community Services Promotional Giveaway Policy (Policy 08.1.004), Pursuant to Resolution No. 2019-009 7.F Receive Fiscal Year 2024/25 Annual Report on Facility Use Fee Waiver and Co- Sponsorship Policy No. 2.06.004 Adopted by Resolution 2023-030 7.G Acceptance of Series 2007R Excess Bond Proceeds Expenditure Report (January 2025 through June 2025) 7.H Adopt Resolution 2025-053 Accepting the Vast Oak North Phase 3A Surface and Joint Trench/Streetlight Improvements and Directing Related Actions Adopt Resolution 2025-054 Accepting the Vast Oak North Phase 3B Subdivision In-Tract Improvements and Directing Relating Actions Adopt Resolution 2025-055 Accepting the Improvements to the Keiser Avenue – Petaluma Hill Road Intersection and Directing Relating Actions Adopt Resolution 2025-056 Accepting Vast Oak North Phase 3A Landscape Improvements and Directing Relating Actions Adopt Resolution 2025-057 Accepting the Vast Oak East In-Tract, Backbone, and Hinebaugh Creek Trail Phase Two Landscaping Improvements and Directing Relating Actions (Exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act 7.I Adopt Resolution 2025-058 Amending the City’s Classification Plan, to include Approving Proposed Changes to Two Job Descriptions, Updating the Authorized Positions List, and Approving the City’s Pay Rates and Ranges Effective as of August 12, 2025 7.J Adopt Resolution 2025-059 Approving and Authorizing the City Manager to Execute a First Amendment to Exclusive Agreement to Negotiate between the City of Rohnert Park and CenterCal Properties, LLC for the Development of 6400 State Farm Drive, and Authorize the City Manager to Continue Negotiations with CenterCal Properties ACTION: Moved/seconded (Rodriguez/Adams) to adopt the Consent calendar. Motion carried by the following unanimous 5-0-0-0 voice vote: AYES: Adams, Elward, Rodriguez, Sanborn, and Giudice NOES: None, ABSENT: None, ABSTAINS: None. City of Rohnert Park Joint Regular Meeting Minutes for City Council August 12, 2025 RPFA/CDC Successor Agency and City Council Special Meeting Page 4 of 5 Mayor Giudice declared a recess at 6:30 p.m. and reconvened the meeting at 6:40 p.m. 8. REGULAR ITEMS A. Receive a Presentation on the Status of the Rohnert Park General Plan 2040 Update, Including an Updated Timeline for Completion. (Not a Project under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15378(b)(5)). Director of Development Services Giudice and Consultant Barry Miller, presented this item. Recommended Action(s): Receive a presentation on the status of the Rohnert Park General Plan 2040 Update, including an updated timeline for completion. PUBLIC COMMENTS: Steve Keith and Jake Mackenzie spoke about this item. Jim Harnish, Author of the General Plan, answered questions of the Council. Council received the presentation. 10. COMMITTEE/ LIAISON/ OTHER REPORTS A. City Standing Committees, Council Liaison Assignments, Outside Agency and Mayors & Councilmembers/City Selection Committee Appointments and Reports Under Government Code Section 53232.3(d): • Councilmember Elward reported on the Homeless Coalition Board Meeting (7/23) and the Sonoma Clean Power Authority Board of Directors Meeting (8/7) • Vice Mayor Sanborn reported on the Water Advisory Committee (WAC) and Technical Advisory Committee (TAC) to Sonoma Water (8/4). • Vice Mayor Sanborn reported on the Water/Wastewater Standing Committee Meeting (7/29) stating that a presentation was provided to the committee by Mark Hildebrand, Hildebrand Consulting, regarding the city’s Water Rate Study preliminary findings and that the city will need to increase its prices to be able to keep up with maintenance and costs. • Mayor Giudice reported on the Golden Gate Bridge, Highway & Transportation District Building and Operating Committee, Finance-Auditing Committee & Governmental Affairs and Public Information Committee (7/24), Golden Gate Bridge, Highway & Transportation District Board of Directors Meeting (7/25). The Sonoma County Transportation Authority/Sonoma County Regional Climate Protection Authority (SCTA/RCPA) Board of Directors Meeting (8/11) was cancelled. • Councilmember Adams reported she was unable to attend the Noon Times Networking Luncheon at Foxtail Golf Club (8/6). • Mayor Giudice reported on the Sonoma County Business Alliance Public Safety (8/6). 11. COMMUNICATIONS Councilmember Adams thanked the City Manager for her presentation on the Resynergy project and expressed appreciation to the Department of Public Safety for their continued City of Rohnert Park Joint Regular Meeting Minutes for City Council August 12, 2025 RPFA/CDC Successor Agency and City Council Special Meeting Page 5 of 5 service. She thanked Vice Mayor Sanborn for sending a letter to the Bay Area Air Quality Management District requesting an extension of the public comment period related to the Resynergy project. Councilmember Rodriguez noted that the nomination period for public office in Bodega Bay Public Utility Districts and Sonoma Mountain County Districts ends tomorrow. She also reminded residents that there will be a town hall meeting at the Penngrove Community Hall tomorrow night to discuss the results of a recent traffic study. She highlighted that the County is hosting a Zoom disaster preparedness event and encouraged participation. She also reminded the public to be cautious on the roads as transitional kindergarten students head back to school tomorrow. Lastly, she noted that Sonoma State University students will be returning to campus on Thursday, which may also impact local traffic. Mayor Giudice shared that he attended a legislative committee meeting at Sonoma State University yesterday to discuss the state’s $45 million investment in the university, focused on expanding nursing programs, and supporting the university’s athletics programs. In addition, he announced a special community event this week where students will be creating peace tiles at the Burton Recreation Center at 9 a.m. and invited the public to participate. 12. ADDING AGENDA ITEMS TO A FUTURE CITY COUNCIL MEETING AGENDA None. 13. PUBLIC COMMENT Lisa Orloff invited all to attend Chamber events and asked the Council to share the information on their social media. 14. ADJOURNMENT Mayor Giudice adjourned the meeting at 7:36 p.m. _____________________________________ __________________________________ Sylvia Lopez Cuevas, City Clerk Gerard Giudice, Mayor City of Rohnert Park City of Rohnert Park ITEM NO. 7.C. 1 Meeting Date: August 26th, 2025 Department: Public Safety Submitted By: Tim Mattos, Director of Public Safety Agenda Title: Receive Progress Report on the Status of the Emergency Public Safety Antenna and Radio System Replacement Project (CIP2412), as required by the Public Contract Code and by Minute Order, authorize the continuation of Resolution 2024-051 until the emergency action is completed. RECOMMENDED ACTIONS: 1. Receive Progress Report on the Status of the Emergency Public Safety Antenna and Radio System Replacement Project (CIP2412), as required by the Public Contract Code and 2. By Minute Order, authorize the continuation of Resolution 2024-051 until the emergency action is completed. BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS: On June 25, 2024, the Rohnert Park City Council adopted Resolution 2024-051 Declaring an Emergency Project Pursuant to Public Contract Code Sections 20168 and 22050, Amending the Fiscal Year (FY) 2023-24 Capital Improvement Plan to Add the Public Safety Antenna and Radio System Replacement Project (CIP2412) with a project budget of $1,500,000.00, Approving a budget Amendment to Transfer $1,500,000.00 from Non-Departmental Operating Fund, Equipment Over $5,000 to the new CIP2412 Project, and award the Construction Contract to Dailey-Wells. The City Council is required to review the status of this emergency project at each regular meeting of the City Council and vote to authorize the continuation of Resolution 2024-051 until the emergency action is completed. Staff previously reported that electrical upgrades were needed at all City radio antenna sites. The City contracted with CM Taylor, Inc. to complete the electrical work and with Dailey Wells to reinforce the cell tower base at Magnolia Park due to a structural issue. Building permits for this work were secured, and the electrical upgrades at the Pump Station, Fire Station No. 2, and Magnolia Park are now complete. The structural modifications at Magnolia Park have also been successfully finished. As planned, Dailey Wells and their tower subcontractor have been mounting the antenna equipment and microwave gear at the City’s radio sites. This portion of the work is scheduled to be completed by September 14, 2025. Mission Statement “We Care for Our Residents by Working Together to Build a Better Community for Today and Tomorrow.” CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT ITEM NO. 7.C. 2 ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSIS: This action is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) because it does not qualify as a “project” pursuant to Public Resource Code Section 21065 and CEQA Guidelines Sections 15320, 15378 and 15061(b)(3), because it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility the City’s action would cause either a direct physical change in the environment or a reasonably foreseeable indirect physical change in the environment. Public Safety Antenna and Radio System Replacement Project (CIP2412) involves replacement of existing equipment and is categorically exempt from the requirements CEQA pursuant CEQA Guidelines sections 15301 (Existing Facilities) and 15302 (Replacement or Reconstruction without an increase in use), (14 Cal. Code Regis. §§ 15301, 15302). STRATEGIC PLAN AND COUNCIL PRIORITIES ALIGNMENT: Presenting this progress report is consistent with the City’s values of communication and integrity and the City’s strategic priority Goal C “Ensure the effective delivery of public services.” OPTIONS CONSIDERED: 1. Receive Progress Report on the Status of the Emergency Public Safety Antenna and Radio System Replacement Project (CIP2412), as required by the Public Contract Code and by Minute Order, authorize the continuation of Resolution 2024-051 until the emergency action is completed. 2. No other options were considered as this action is required by law and by Council Resolution 2024-051. FISCAL IMPACT: There is no fiscal impact associated with the progress report. Department Head Approval Date: City Attorney Approval Date: N/A Finance Director Approval Date: N/A City Manager Approval Date: 08/16/25 Attachments: 1. None. ITEM NO. 7.D. 1 Meeting Date: August 26,2025 Department: Public Safety Submitted By: Tim Mattos, Director of Public Safety Prepared By: Matt Snodgrass, Public Safety Lieutenant Agenda Title: Receive Annual 2024/2025 Fiscal Year Alcoholic Beverage Service Ordinance (ABSO) Report Pursuant to Rohnert Park Municipal Code 8.34.190 RECOMMENDED ACTION: Staff recommends City Council acknowledge receipt of the Alcoholic Beverage Service Ordinance (ABSO) Annual Report for Fiscal Year 2024/2025 BACKGROUND: The City of Rohnert Park is one of the most progressive cities in California when it comes to alcoholic beverage sales/service regulation. In 2007, the City Council adopted Ordinance 780 adding Chapter 8.34, Use Permits for Alcoholic Beverage Establishments, to the Rohnert Park Municipal Code. The ordinance requires each owner or permittee of an alcohol establishment to secure a use permit to sell alcoholic beverages in the City. Section 8.34.060 was also amended to allow the Director of Public Safety and/or his designee to use discretion in granting alcohol use permits based on particular consideration of the peace, order and moral welfare of the public. In 2019, the City Council adopted Ordinance 930. This amendment added alcohol service license types and definitions, established an application fee, updated the appeal process, enhanced training requirements, removed calls for service as part of the permit fee sliding scale, and enhanced language as it pertains to appeals process for revocation. On February 8, 2022, City Council adopted Ordinance 958. This amendment addressed changes as a result of the passage of Assembly Bill 1221 in 2017 which created the Responsible Beverage Service Training Act. The bill required the California Department of Alcohol Beverage Control (“ABC”) to create the Responsible Beverage Service (RBS) Training Program to ensure servers of alcoholic beverages and their managers are educated on the dangers of serving alcohol to minors and over- serving alcohol to patrons, with the intention of reducing alcohol-related harm to local communities. Beginning in July 2022, state law required that any ABC licensee who has an “ABC On-Premises License” must require staff (alcohol servers and managers of alcohol servers) to receive RBS training and certification from an ABC-certified instructor within sixty days of the date of initial employment. Mission Statement “We Care for Our Residents by Working Together to Build a Better Community for Today and Tomorrow.” CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT ITEM NO. 7.D. 2 ANALYSIS: The following is the Annual ABSO Report for 2024: Major Accomplishments of 2024 • Continued offering on-site education and training to businesses in both Spanish and English languages. • Provided businesses as needed with equipment such as magnifying glasses and lights to assist in spotting fake or fraudulent identifications. Education, Compliance, and Enforcement Schedule • IMPACT (Informed Merchants Preventing Alcohol-Related Crime Tendencies) inspections were conducted at off sale businesses. • Fifty-five decoy operations were conducted. Of the fifty- five minor decoy operations that were completed, 19 business (34%) visited sold alcohol to our minor decoys. During the first round of decoy operations, business that sold alcohol were given warnings and offered additional training. • Two businesses were issued administrative citations for selling alcohol to a minor decoy after failing a second round of operations. • Magnifying glasses and lights were offered to assist in spotting fake or fraudulent identifications. • Additional compliance letters and information regarding how to obtain training and assistance were sent to responsible businesses. Case Status for ABSO Cases Filed with the District Attorney’s Office • During 2024, we did not send any cases to the District Attorney’s Office as they were handled administratively Prioritization of problems regarding enforcement of the performance standards, conditions and regulations of the Ordinance related to the operation of licensed alcohol establishments in the City of Rohnert Park: Status of ABSO Team Goals Set in the 2024 Annual Report for 2025 1. To reduce alcohol sales to minors by five percent (5%). Outcome: The ABSO Team was not able to reduce the number of alcohol sales to minors; the overall alcohol sales to minors remained unchanged. The team believes this may be a result of the online education training allowed by current state guidelines, which lacks the oversight of in-person training and leads to employees not taking the training seriously. Unfortunately, due to the current Assembly Bill and legislation, the team has no ability to mandate in-person training. 2. Partner with ABC to assist with ensuring businesses are complying with AB1221. Outcome: The Department of Public Safety continues to partner with Alcohol Beverage Control regarding existing and new businesses as they apply for business licenses as it relates to the sale of alcohol. ITEM NO. 7.D. 3 3. Continue providing ABSO education to businesses as requested. Outcome: The ABSO Team continues to provide education to businesses as requested throughout the City. As businesses fail to pass decoy operations, the ABSO Team proactively seeks out management in identifying the problem in an attempt to collaboratively solve the issue. Methods of mitigating such problems, through prevention, education and enforcement of the performance standards, conditions and regulations: ABSO Team Goals for FY 2024/25 1. Perform minor decoy enforcement at each off-sale business and issue administrative citations as necessary. 2. Partner with ABC to assist with ensuring businesses are complying with AB1221. 3. Continue providing ABSO education to businesses as requested and explain the importance of receiving additional in-person training offered by the ABSO Team at Public Safety. The ABSO Team is working to accomplish the 2024/25 goals in the following manner • Continue with regular IMPACT inspections and decoy operations at businesses as well as issue administrative citations to keep the businesses in compliance. The ABSO Team will continue to educate the merchants and their employees that simply asking the customer’s age will not protect the business from receiving a monetary fine. The ABSO Team continues to emphasize to the sellers/servers, managers and owners the importance of the training they receive. To achieve the goal of reducing alcoholic beverage sales to minors, RBS education and enforcement must be completed simultaneously. Holding the business accountable for their employees’ actions will strongly encourage the employee to incorporate the skills learned in the education during their employment. • The ABSO Management Team will partner with Alcohol Beverage Control to ensure businesses are complying with AB1221 and in an attempt to reduce the availability and amount of alcohol sales to minors. • Continue active engagement and partnership with businesses to maintain a positive working relationship to ensure that businesses understand AB1221, and still have the ability for the ABSO Team to provide ongoing education and training at their businesses as requested. AB1221 and Amended ABSO Ordinance The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety’s ABSO Team is no longer teaching Alcohol Beverage Service courses. ABC approved AB1221-compliant RBS training courses from a variety of approved RBS training providers. Licensed businesses will search for approved RBS training providers via the RBS Portal on the ABC website. The approved in-person and online courses range from approximately 90 minutes to 4 hours in length. ITEM NO. 7.D. 4 In regards to on-sale businesses, enforcement and inspections are primarily conducted by ABC or in conjunction with an ABC Grant assisted by the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. However, the ABSO Team continues to provide education as requested as well as enforcement and inspections if needed. In regards to off-sale businesses, the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety’s ABSO Team will continue to enforce alcohol-related laws, alcohol service-related inspections, and minor decoy operations and enforcement in compliance with AB1221 and the amended ABSO ordinance. The reason for the difference in enforcement and inspections under AB1221 is that the off-sale businesses are not required to be compliant with the Assembly Bill but we are required under the amended ABSO ordinance to ensure all businesses are selling alcohol responsibly. Due to the changes in education, enforcement, and inspections at this time, there continues to be no ongoing annual fees for on-sale businesses as the majority are completed by ABC. At this time the fees for off-sale will continue due to the ongoing inspections and enforcement to ensure compliance with the amended ABSO Ordinance. The ABSO Team will reassess each year to ensure fees are billed accordingly to the services provided and adjust as necessary. Specific allocation of the fees to be collected to activities described in the report: ABSO Program Fees and Expenditures for Fiscal Year 2024/2025 Fees collected: $15,875 Expenditures: $18,004 Remaining balance from end FY 2024/2025: $24,631 Any end-of-year balances will be put towards the continued operation of the ABSO program in future years and will be used to defray future fee increases. ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSIS: This action is not a Project under the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”). STRATEGIC PLAN AND COUNCIL GOALS/ PRIORITIES ALIGNMENT: 1) Long Term Financial Sustainability: At this time, the fees collected from the ABSO ordinance have been sufficient to cover the ongoing expenses. The ABSO Team has managed to maintain the current fees and expenditures without having to increase the fees charged to businesses. 2) Community Quality of Life: With the ABSO ordinance in effect, the City of Rohnert Park requires a higher level of training by off-sale businesses than other local cities. It also conducts more frequent inspections and decoy operations than ABC is currently doing in many cities. OPTIONS CONSIDERED: 1) Recommended Option: Staff recommends City Council acknowledge receipt of the Alcoholic Beverage Service Ordinance (ABSO) Annual Report for Fiscal Year 2024/2025. 2) Alternative: Staff does not recommend City Council does not receive the Alcoholic Beverage Service Ordinance (ABSO) Annual Report for Fiscal Year 2024/2025. This option is not recommended because the acceptance of the report is required by the Rohnert Park Municipal Code. ITEM NO. 7.D. 5 FISCAL IMPACT/FUNDING SOURCE: No general fund money is used to support the program. It is self-funded through the collection of fees. Code Compliance Approval Date: N/A Department Head Approval Date: N/A Finance Approval Date: N/A Human Resources Approval Date: N/A City Attorney Approval Date: N/A City Manager Approval Date: 8/14/25 Attachments: None ITEM NO. 7.E. 1 $1,487,6000 Meeting Date: August 26, 2025 Department: Public Works Submitted By: Mario Landeros, Interim Director of Public Works Prepared By: Michelle Fajardo, Project Manager Agenda Title: Adopt a Resolution to Award the Construction Contract for the City Hall Building Improvements Project CIP2501 to CWS Construction Group, Inc. for $1,825,000, Authorize the City Manager to approve up to $273,750 (15%) in Change Orders, Approve the Project Plans and Specifications, and Find the Project Exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to Sections 15301 (Existing Facilities) and 15302 (Replacement or Reconstruction) of CEQA Guidelines. (14 Cal. Code Regs. §§ 15301, 15302) RECOMMENDED ACTION: Adopt a Resolution to award the construction contract for the City Hall Building Improvements Project CIP2501 to CWS Construction Group, Inc. for $1,825,000, authorize the City Manager to approve up to $273,750 (15%) in Change Orders, approve the Project plans and specifications, and find the Project categorically exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Sections 15301 (Existing Facilities) and 15302 (Replacement or Reconstruction) (14 Cal. Code Regs. §§ 15301 and 15302) BACKGROUND: Rohnert Park City Hall is located at 130 Avram Avenue. The building’s latest large-scale rehabilitation was completed in 2007. In February 2022, the City completed a building condition assessment of the City’s building infrastructure. The subsequent Facility Condition Assessment Report (Report) findings were presented to the City Council at its meeting on October, 25, 2022, and identified $2.7 million in deferred building maintenance at City Hall. The critical building components identified in the Report include replacing the roof, lighting controls and interior lighting, and HVAC system. In addition to the findings of the Report, the City’s Public Works Maintenance Facilities staff have responded to numerous reports of leaks during the rainy season and failed lighting at the facility. On October 22, 2024 the City Council approved of the City Hall Improvements Project CIP2501, to proceed with design and construction. Strata Ap, Inc. was contracted in September 2024 to prepare the plans, specifications, and estimate (PS&E) for the Project. Strata Ap completed PS&E in June, 2025 with the engineer’s estimate of $1,510,000. ANALYSIS: The City’s bidding procedures for public works projects operate under the California Uniform Public Construction Cost Accounting Act (CUPCCAA), Public Contract Code Sections 22000-22050. In Mission Statement “We Care for Our Residents by Working Together to Build a Better Community for Today and Tomorrow.” CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT ITEM NO. 7.E. 2 accordance with the City’s bidding requirements, staff posted and published an Invitation to Bidders on June 20, 2025 and June 27, 2025. On July 1, 2025 a mandatory walk through of the Project was held. On July 17, 2025, the sealed bids were publicly opened. The City received four (4) bids, as listed below in Table 1. Table 1 – Bid Opening Results for the City Hall Building Improvements Project CIP2501 Rank Contractor Base Bid Amount 1 CWS Construction Group, Inc. $1,825,000 2 Thompson General Construction $2,180,000 3 FRC, Inc. $2,440,000 4 Best Contracting Services, Inc. $2,549,375 Staff has determined that CWS Construction Group, Inc. is the lowest apparent bidder, with a total bid of $1,825,000. Staff reviewed their bid and found they are the lowest responsive and responsible bidder with the license and bonding capacity to complete the work. There was a minor omission in all bidder’s submitted bids. The Project specifications required bidders to submit a phasing schedule of work for both the HVAC and lighting with their bid documents. All of the bidders did not submit both phasing schedules. City staff consulted with the City Attorney and it was determined that the omission of the phasing schedules was a technical and immaterial defect that can be waived as it did not affect the cost, time, or quality of work. There is sufficient funding in the Project Budget as summarized below under FISCAL IMPACT/FUNDING SOURCE to accommodate the base bid, a 15% contingency for potential change orders, construction management, inspection and other soft costs associated with the Project. Staff recommends the City Council award the construction contract to the lowest responsive and responsible bidder, CWS Construction Group, Inc., in the amount of $1,825,000 and authorize the City Manager to execute construction contract change orders in an amount up to $273,750 (15%) of the construction value. ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSIS: The Project involves renovation of existing facilities throughout the City. Therefore, the Project is categorically exempt from the requirements of CEQA pursuant to Sections 15301 (Existing Facilities) and 15302 (Replacement or Reconstruction) of CEQA Guidelines. (14 Cal. Code Regs. §§ 15301, 15302). STRATEGIC PLAN AND COUNCIL PRIORITIES ALIGNMENT: The City Hall Building Improvements Project aligns with the following City Council multi-year broad goals and strategic plan priorities: • Planning and Infrastructure: The City Hall Building Improvements Project assists in maintaining City’s existing infrastructure in a safe and proactive manner so that the community can continue to utilize these amazing facilities. • Focus on Infrastructure and beautification: By maintaining facilities that contribute to a vibrant community. ITEM NO. 7.E. 3 OPTIONS CONSIDERED: 1. Recommended Option: Staff recommends that the City Council award the construction contract to CWS Construction Group, Inc., $1,825,000 and authorize the City Manager to approve up to $273,750 (15%) in construction contact change orders. This action will allow the City to proceed with the repairs and replacement of crucial City Hall infrastructure and reroof prior to the rainy season. 2. Alternative: The City Council could decide to not award the construction contract. This would delay the much needed and critical improvements to the City’s essential facility and may cause further deterioration to the structural integrity of the building. FISCAL IMPACT/FUNDING SOURCE: The original Project budget was $2,100,000 and is funded by the City’s F7130 Bond 3 funding. The Construction Contract award with CWS Construction Group, Inc., is $1,825,000. The not-to exceed amount, including the base value ($1,825,000) and potential change orders in an amount up to 15% of the contract ($273,750) is $2,098,750 Table 2 outlines the anticipated project costs of $2,4000,000 including staff labor and architectural support during construction, together with the anticipated construction costs and a 15% construction contingency. On August 12, 2025, the City Council received the 2007R Excess Bond Proceeds Expenditure Report. The report outlined that in the next reporting period July-December 2025, $300,000 would be transferred to this Project from the Downtown Infrastructure Project (Non- Capital Project) due to higher than anticipated costs. In anticipation of the bid award, an administrative budget amendment has been completed in the amount of $300,000, bringing the total Project budget to $2,400,000 to support the recommended action. With this transfer of funds, there is sufficient funding in the project budget to authorize award of the construction contract to CWS Construction Group, Inc. Table 2 – City Hall Building Improvements Project Budget Item Amount $ Project Budget Total Project Budget $2,400,000 Current and Projected Expenditures/Contracts/Soft Costs (Est) Soft Costs Budget (staff labor, legal, permitting) $109,107 Consultant Design and Construction Administration: Strata AP, Inc. $192,143 Construction Contract: CWS Construction Group, Inc. $1,825,000 Construction Contingency (15%) $273,750 Total Current and Expected Project Expenditures $2,400,000 Remaining Budget Available $ 0 Department Head Approval Date: 8/01/2025 City Attorney Approval Date: 8/08/2025 Finance Director Approval Date: 8/01/2025 City Manager Approval Date: 8/14/2025 ITEM NO. 7.E. 4 Attachments: 1. Resolution to Award the Construction Contract for the City Hall Building Improvements Project to CWS Construction Group, Inc. $1,825,000, Authorize the City Manager to Approve up to $273,750 (15%) in Change Orders, Approve the Project Plans and Specifications, and Find the Project Exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Sections 15301 (Existing Facilities) and 15302 (Replacement or Reconstruction) (14 Cal. Code Regs. §§ 15301 and 15302). 2. Resolution Exhibit A - Construction Contract with CWS Construction Group, Inc. for $1,825,000. RESOLUTION NO. 2025-060 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ROHNERT PARK FOR THE CITY HALL BUILDING IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 2025-01 APPROVING THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS, AWARDING THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT TO CWS CONSTRUCTION GROUP, INC. IN THE AMOUNT OF $1,825,000, AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO APPROVE UP TO $273,750 (15%) IN CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT CHANGE ORDERS, AUTHORIZING AND FINDING THE PROJECT EXEMPT FROM THE CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT (CEQA) PURSUANT TO CEQA GUIDELINES SECTIONS 15301 (EXISTING FACILITIES) AND 15302 (REPLACEMENT OR RECONSTRUCTION) (14 CAL. CODE REGS. §§ 15301 AND 15302) WHEREAS, Rohnert Park City Hall is located at 130 Avram Avenue and has aged since its last renovation in 2007, with continuous reports of roof leaks and failed lighting and HVAC; and WHEREAS, the Facility Condition Assessment Report (Report) findings presented to City Council on October, 25, 2022 identified $2.7 million in deferred maintenance at City Hall; and WHEREAS, The City Hall Improvements Project CIP2501 was identified to replace the failed and aging building components including the roof, lighting controls and interior lighting and HVAC system; and WHEREAS, the plans and specifications for the Project were prepared by Strata AP Inc., and approved by the City Engineer; and WHEREAS, consistent with the Public Contract Code, an Invitation for Bids was posted on June 18, 2025 and published on June 20, 2025 and June 27, 2025 for the Project; and WHEREAS, four (4) sealed bids were received at the bid opening on July 17, 2025, and were publicly opened; and WHEREAS, Public Works staff reviewed the bids and determined CWS Construction Group, Inc. submitted the lowest responsive and responsible bid with an amount of $1,825,000; and WHEREAS, there is sufficient funding in the Project to award the construction contract to CWS Construction Group, Inc. and authorize the City Manager to approve up to $273,750 (15%) in construction contract change orders. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Rohnert Park that it does hereby authorize and approve as follows: 1. The above recitals are true and correct and material to this Resolution. 2. The City Council finds that the Project is categorically exempt from the requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) pursuant CEQA Guidelines sections 15301 (Existing Facilities) and 15302 (Replacement or Reconstruction), (14 Cal. Code Regs. §§ 15301, 15302), and staff has filed a notice of exemption with the Sonoma County Clerk – Recorder. Resolution 2025-060 Page 2 of 2 3. The plans and specifications for the Project, on file with the City Clerk, are hereby approved and adopted. 4. In making its findings, the City Council relied upon and hereby incorporates by reference all of the bid materials, correspondence, staff reports and all other related materials. 5. In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 20160 and any other applicable laws, the City Council of the City of Rohnert Park hereby finds the bid of CWS Construction Group, Inc. for the Project to be the lowest, responsive bid and waives any irregularities in such bid in accordance with applicable law. 6. The City Manager is hereby authorized and directed to execute the contract CWS Construction Group, Inc. in substantially similar form to Exhibit A, which is attached hereto and incorporated by this reference, for the sum of One Million, Eight Hundred Twenty- Five Thousand Dollars ($1,825,000) for construction of the Project in accordance with the bid documents and applicable law upon submission by CWS Construction Group, Inc. of all documents required pursuant to the Project bid documents. 7. The City Manager is hereby authorized to approve up to $273,750 (15%) in construction contract change orders. 8. City staff is hereby directed to issue a Notice of Award to CWS Construction Group, Inc., for this Project. BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the City Manager, or her designee is authorized and directed to execute documents pertaining to same for and on behalf of the City of Rohnert Park. DULY AND REGULARLY ADOPTED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ROHNERT PARK ON this 26 day of August, 2025. CITY OF ROHNERT PARK ____________________________________ Gerard Giudice, Mayor ATTEST: ______________________________ Sylvia Lopez Cuevas, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: ______________________________ Michelle M. Kenyon, City Attorney Attachments: Exhibit A ADAMS: _________ ELWARD: _________ RODRIGUEZ: _________SANBORN: _________ GIUDICE: _________ AYES: ( ) NOES: ( ) ABSENT: ( ) ABSTAIN: ( ) City Hall Building Improvements Rohnert Park City Project. No.2025-01 1 OAK #4883-4068-7264 v1 (Rev. 1-24) 4883-4068-7264 v2 Exhibit A C O N T R A C T CITY HALL BUILDING IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 2025-01 THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this _____ day of______________, 2025, by and between C.W.S. Construction Group, Inc., (“Contractor”) License No. 811153, DIR No. 1000020287, DIR Expiration Date June 30, 2027, and the City of Rohnert Park, (“City”) (“Agreement”). WHEREAS, the City Council of said City has awarded a contract to Contractor for performing the work hereinafter mentioned in accordance with the sealed proposal of said Contractor. NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED, as follows: 1. Scope of Work: Contractor must perform all the work and furnish all the labor, materials, equipment and all utility and transportation services required to complete all of the work of construction and installation of the improvements more particularly described in the Resolution adopted by the City Council of said City on August 26, 2025, the items and quantities of which are more particularly set forth in Contractor’s bid therefor on file in the office of the City Clerk, except work to be performed by subcontractors as set forth in Contractor’s bid and for which Contractor retains responsibility. 2. Time of Performance and Liquidated Damages: A. Contractor must begin work within fifteen (15) calendar days after official notice by the City Engineer to proceed with the work and must diligently prosecute the same to completion within 300 calendar days of that Notice. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that time is of the essence with respect to Contractor’s work and that Contractor shall diligently pursue performance of the work. B. In the event Contractor does not complete the work within the time limit so specified or within such further time as said City Council must have authorized, Contractor must pay to City liquidated damages in the amount of $1,665.00 (One Thousand Six Hundred Sixty-Five Dollars and no/100) per day for each and every day’s delay in finishing the work beyond the completion date so specified. Additional provisions with regard to said time of completion and liquidated damages are set forth in the specifications, which provisions are hereby referred to and incorporated herein by reference. 3. Payments: A. City will pay Contractor for said work performed at the times and in the manner provided in the specifications and at the unit prices stated in Contractor’s bid. B. The award of the contract is for a total amount not to exceed One Million Eight Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars and No Cents ($1,825,000.00). 4. Component Parts and Interpretation: A. This contract consists of the following documents, each of which is on file in the office of the City Clerk and all of which are incorporated herein and made a part hereof by reference thereto (“Contract Documents”): 1) This Agreement City Hall Building Improvements Rohnert Park City Project. No.2025-01 2 OAK #4883-4068-7264 v1 (Rev. 1-24) 4883-4068-7264 v2 2) Notice Inviting Sealed Proposals 3) Instruction and Information to Bidders 4) Accepted Proposal, with all attachments and certifications 5) Performance Bond 6) Payment Bond 7) Special Provisions 8) Standard Specifications 9) Technical specifications 10) Design Standards 11) Plans, Profiles and Detailed Drawings B. In the event of conflict between these documents, the following order of precedence will govern: this Agreement; change orders; supplemental agreements and approved revisions to plans and specifications; special conditions; standard specifications; detail plans; general plans; standard plans; and reference specifications. In the absence of a controlling or contrary provision in the foregoing, the Standard Specifications (2022 edition) of the California Department of Transportation shall apply to this Project. 5. Independent Contractor. Contractor is and will at all times remain as to City a wholly independent contractor. Neither City nor any of its officers, employees, or agents will have control over the conduct of Contractor or any of Contractor’s officers, employees, agents or subcontractors, except as expressly set forth in the Contract Documents. Contractor may not at any time or in any manner represent that it or any of its officers, employees, agents, or subcontractors are in any manner officers, employees, agents or subcontractors of City. 6. Prevailing Wages: A. Copies of the determination of the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations of the prevailing rate of per diem wages for each craft, classification or type of worker needed to execute this Contract will be on file in, and available at, the office of the Director at 601 Carmen Drive, Camarillo, California 93010. B. Contractor must post at the work site, or if there is no regular work site then at its principal office, for the duration of the Contract, a copy of the determination by the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations of the specified prevailing rate of per diem wages. (Labor Code Sec. 1773.2.) C. Contractor, and any subcontractor Contractor may engage may pay not less than the specified prevailing rate of per diem wages to all workers employed in the execution of the Agreement. (Labor Code § 1774.) Contractor is responsible for compliance with Labor Code Section 1776 relative to the retention and inspection of payroll records. D. Contractor must comply with all provisions of Labor Code section 1775. Under Section 1775, Contractor may forfeit as a penalty to City up to two hundred dollars ($200) for each worker Contractor or any subcontractor employs in the execution of the Contract for each calendar day, or portion thereof, in which the worker is paid less than the prevailing rates. Contractor may also be liable to pay the difference between the prevailing wage rates and the amount paid to each worker for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for which each worker was paid less than the prevailing wage rate. City Hall Building Improvements Rohnert Park City Project. No.2025-01 3 OAK #4883-4068-7264 v1 (Rev. 1-24) 4883-4068-7264 v2 E. With each application for payment, Contractor shall also deliver certified payrolls to the City as set forth above in these General Conditions, and concurrently therewith (but in no event less frequently than monthly) directly to the Labor Commissioner in the format prescribed by the Labor Commissioner. F. If federal funds are used to pay for the Work, Contractor and any subcontractor agree to comply, as applicable, with the labor and reporting requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act (40 USC § 276a-7), the Copeland Act (40 USC § 276c and 18 USC § 874), and the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 USC § 327 et. seq.). 7. Hours of Labor: Contractor acknowledges that under California Labor Code sections 1810 and following, eight hours of labor constitutes a legal day’s work. Contractor will forfeit as a penalty to City the sum of twenty-five dollars ($25) for each worker employed in the execution of this Contract by Contractor or any subcontractor for each calendar day during which such worker is required or permitted to work more than eight (8) hours in any one calendar day and forty (40) hours in any one calendar week in violation of the provisions of Labor Code Section 1810. 8. Apprentices: A. Contractor and any subcontractor under him must comply with the requirements of Labor Code Sections 1777.5 and 1777.6. Section 1777.5, as amended, requires Contractor or any subcontractor employing tradesmen in any apprenticeable occupation to apply to the joint apprenticeship committee nearest the site of the public works project and which administers the apprenticeship program in that trade for a certificate of approval. The certificate will also fix the ratio of apprentices to journeymen that will be used in the performance of the Contract. The ratio of apprentices to journeymen in such cases must not be less than one to five except: 1) When unemployment in the area of coverage by the joint apprenticeship committee has exceeded an average of fifteen percent (15%) in the ninety (90) days prior to the request for certificate, or 2) When the number of apprentices in training in that area exceeds a ratio of one (1) to five (5), or 3) When the trade can show that it is replacing at least one-thirtieth (1/30) of its membership through apprenticeship training on an annual basis statewide or locally, or 4) When the assignment of an apprentice to any work performed under a public works contract would create a condition which would jeopardize his life or the life, safety, or property of fellow employees or the public at large, or if the specified task to which the apprentice is to be assigned is of such a nature that training cannot be provided by a journeyman, or 5) When Contractor provides evidence that he employs registered apprentices on all of his contracts on an annual average of not less than one (1) apprentice to eight (8) journeymen. B. Contractor is required to make contributions to funds established for the administration of an apprenticeship program if he employs registered apprentices or journeymen in any apprenticeable trade on such contracts and if other contractors on the public works site are making such contributions. C. Contractor is responsible for making training fund contributions in the amount established in the prevailing wage rate – either to the applicable apprenticeship committee, or the California Apprenticeship Council (“CAC”). D. Contractor is required to submit contract award information for each craft required on City Hall Building Improvements Rohnert Park City Project. No.2025-01 4 OAK #4883-4068-7264 v1 (Rev. 1-24) 4883-4068-7264 v2 the Project using the appropriate form prepared by the Division of Apprenticeship Standards (“DAS”) within the California Department of Industrial Relations (“DIR")—currently the “DAS 140 form.” A copy of the current DAS 140 form is available at https://www.dir.ca.gov/DAS/DASForm140.pdf . If Contractor is approved to train apprentices, Contractor must send the required information to its apprenticeship committee. If Contractor is not approved to train apprentices, Contractor must send the information to all apprenticeship committees that can supply apprentices to the site of the public works project. E. Contractor is required to contact the applicable apprenticeship committee to request apprentices for each craft or trade on the Project using the appropriate form DIR, currently the DAS 142 form. A copy of the current DAS 142 form is available at https://www.dir.ca.gov/DAS/DASForm142.pdf . The form must be submitted at least three business days before apprentices are required. F. Information relative to apprenticeship standards, wage schedules, and other requirements may be obtained from the Director of Industrial Relations, ex officio the Administrator of Apprenticeship, San Francisco, California, or from the Division of Apprenticeship Standards and its branch offices. 9. Labor Discrimination: Labor Code Section 1735 reads as follows: A contractor must not discriminate in the employment of persons upon public works on any basis listed in subdivision (a) of Section 12940 of the Government Code, as those bases are defined in Sections 12926 and 12926.1 of the Government Code, except as otherwise provided in Section 12940 of the Government Code. Every contractor for public works who violates this section is subject to all the penalties imposed for a violation of this chapter. 10. Workers’ Compensation Insurance: A. In accordance with the provisions of Labor Code Article 5, Chapter 1, Part 7, Division 2 (commencing with Section 1860) and Chapter 4, Part 1, Division 4 (commencing with Section 3700), Contractor is required to secure the payment of compensation to his employees and must for that purpose obtain and keep in effect adequate Worker’s Compensation Insurance. B. Contractor is aware of the provisions of Labor Code Section 3700 which requires every employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this Agreement. 11. Indemnity and Insurance: A. To the fullest extent permitted by law (including without limitation California Civil Code Section 2782), Contractor must indemnify, hold harmless, release and defend City, its officers, elected officials, employees, agents, volunteers, and consultants from and against any and all actions, claims, demands, damages, disability, losses, expenses including, but not limited to, attorney's fees and other defense costs and liabilities of any nature that may be asserted by any person or entity including Contractor, in whole or in part, arising out of Contractor’s activities hereunder, including the activities of other persons employed or utilized by Contractor including subcontractors hired by the Contractor in the performance of this Agreement excepting liabilities due to the sole negligence, intentional misconduct or active negligence of the City. This indemnification obligation is not limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages or compensation payable by or for Contractor under Worker’s Compensation, disability or other employee benefit acts or the terms, applicability or limitations of any insurance held or provided by Contractor and must continue to bind the parties after termination/completion of this Agreement. B. Contractor shall procure and maintain throughout the time for performance of the work under this Contract the insurance required by the Special Provisions. The requirement that Contractor City Hall Building Improvements Rohnert Park City Project. No.2025-01 5 OAK #4883-4068-7264 v1 (Rev. 1-24) 4883-4068-7264 v2 procure and maintain insurance shall in no way be construed to limit the Contractor’s duty to indemnify City as provided in the paragraph above. C. Failure of City to monitor compliance with these requirements imposes no additional obligations on City and will in no way act as a waiver of any rights hereunder. 12. City Right of Termination and Right to Complete the Work. A. The City may terminate the Contract when conditions encountered during the work make it impossible or impracticable to proceed, or when the City is prevented from proceeding with the Contract by act of God, by law, or by official action of a public authority. In addition, the occurrence of any of the following is a default by Contractor under this Contract: 1) Contractor refuses or fails to prosecute the Work or any part thereof with such diligence as will insure its completion within the time specified or any permitted extension. 2) Contractor fails to complete the Work on time. 3) Contractor is adjudged bankrupt or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or a receiver is appointed on account of Contractor’s insolvency. 4) Contractor fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials to complete the Work in the time specified. 5) Contractor fails to make prompt payment to any subcontractor or for material or labor. 6) Contractor fails to abide by any applicable laws, ordinances or instructions of City in performing the Work. 7) Contractor breaches or fails to perform any obligation or duty under the Contract. B. Upon the occurrence of a default by Contractor, City will serve a written notice of default on Contractor specifying the nature of the default and the steps needed to correct the default. Unless Contractor cures the default within 10 days after the service of such notice, or satisfactory arrangements acceptable to City for the correction or elimination of such default are made, as determined by City, City may thereafter terminate this Contract by serving written notice on Contractor. In such case, Contractor will not be entitled to receive any further payment, except for Work actually completed prior to such termination in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents. C. In the event of any such termination, City will also immediately serve written notice of the termination upon Contractor’s surety. The surety will have the right to take over and perform pursuant to this Contract; provided, however, that if the surety does not give City written notice of its intention to take over and perform this Contract within five (5) days after service of the notice of termination or does not commence performance within ten (10) days from the date of such notice, City may take over the Work and prosecute the same to completion by contract or by any other method it may deem advisable for the account and at the expense of Contractor. Contractor and the surety will be liable to City for any and all excess costs or other damages incurred by City in completing the Work. D. If City takes over the Work as provided in this Section, City may, without liability for so doing, take possession of, and utilize in completing the Work, such materials, appliances, plant, and other property belonging to Contractor as may be on the site of the Work and necessary for the completion of the Work. 13. Substitution of Securities for Withheld Amounts: City Hall Building Improvements Rohnert Park City Project. No.2025-01 6 OAK #4883-4068-7264 v1 (Rev. 1-24) 4883-4068-7264 v2 A. Pursuant to California Public Contracts Code Section 22300, securities may be substituted for any moneys withheld by a public agency to ensure performance under a contract. At the request and sole expense of the Contractor, securities equivalent to the amount withheld must be deposited with the public agency, or with a state or federally chartered bank as the escrow agent, who must pay such moneys to the Contractor upon satisfactory completion of the contract. B. Securities eligible for substitution under this section must include those listed in the Public Contracts Code Section 22300 or bank or savings and loan certificates of deposit. Contractor must be the beneficial owner of any securities substituted for moneys withheld and must receive any interest thereon. C. Alternatively, Contractor may request and the City shall make payment of retentions earned directly to the escrow agent at the expense of the Contractor. At Contractor’s expense, Contractor may direct the investment of the payments into securities and the Contractor shall receive the interest earned on the investments upon the same terms provided for in Section 22300 for securities deposited by the Contractor. Upon satisfactory completion of the Agreement, Contractor shall receive from the escrow agent all securities, interest, and payments received by the escrow agent from the City, pursuant to the terms of this section. D. Any escrow agreement entered into pursuant to this section must contain as a minimum the following provisions: 1) The amount of securities to be deposited; 2) The terms and conditions of conversion to cash in case of the default of the Contractor; and 3) The termination of the escrow upon completion of the contract. 14. General Provisions A. Authority to Execute. Each party represents and warrants that all necessary action has been taken by such party to authorize the undersigned to execute this Agreement and to bind it to the performance of its obligations. B. Assignment. Contractor may not assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of City, which consent may be withheld in City’s sole discretion since the experience and qualifications of Contractor were material considerations for this Agreement. C. Binding Effect. This Agreement is binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns of the parties. D. Integrated Contract. This Agreement, including the Contract Documents, is the entire, complete, final and exclusive expression of the parties with respect to the Work to be performed under this Agreement and supersedes all other agreements or understandings, whether oral or written, between Contractor and City prior to the execution of this Agreement. E. Modification of Contract. No amendment to or modification of this Agreement will be valid unless made in writing and approved by Contractor and by the City Council, City Manager or Assistant City Manager, as applicable. The parties agree that this requirement for written modifications cannot be waived and that any attempted waiver will be void. F. Counterparts, Facsimile or other Electronic Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which, when taken together, constitute one and the same instrument. Amendments to this Agreement will be considered City Hall Building Improvements Rohnert Park City Project. No.2025-01 7 OAK #4883-4068-7264 v1 (Rev. 1-24) 4883-4068-7264 v2 executed when the signature of a party is delivered by facsimile or other electronic transmission. Such facsimile or other electronic signature will have the same effect as an original signature. G. Waiver. Waiver by any party of any term, condition, or covenant of this Agreement will not constitute a waiver of any other term, condition, or covenant. Waiver by any party of any breach of the provisions of this Agreement will not constitute a waiver of any other provision, or a waiver of any subsequent breach or violation of any provision of this Agreement. Acceptance by City of any Work performed by Contractor will not constitute a waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement. H. Interpretation. This Agreement will be interpreted, construed and governed according to the laws of the State of California. Each party has had the opportunity to review this Contract with legal counsel. The Agreement will be construed simply, as a whole, and in accordance with its fair meaning. It will not be interpreted strictly for or against either party. I. Severability. If any term, condition or covenant of this Agreement is declared or determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Agreement will not be affected, and the Agreement will be read and construed without the invalid, void or unenforceable provision. J. Venue. In the event of litigation between the parties, venue in state trial courts will be in the County of Sonoma. In the event of litigation in a U.S. District Court, venue will be in the Northern District of California. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City of Rohnert Park has caused these presents to be executed by its officers, thereunto duly authorized, and Contractor has subscribed same, all on the day and year first above written. CITY OF ROHNERT PARK C.W.S. CONSTRUCTION GROUP, INC. ____________________________________ Marcela Piedra, City Manager Date Charlie Slack, Jr., Secretary Date Per Resolution No. _________adopted by the Rohnert Park City Council at its meeting of __________________, 2025. ATTEST: APPROVED AS TO FORM: ____________________________________ City Clerk City Attorney SITE RE D W O O D H W Y AVRAM AVE ENTERPRISE DR GENERAL G0.00 TITLE SHEET G0.01 GENERAL ACCESSIBILITY G0.02 GENERAL ACCESSIBILITY ARCHITECTURAL A1.00 SITE PLAN & PROJECT DATA A2.00 FIRST FLOOR PLAN A2.01 SECOND FLOOR PLAN A2.02 ROOF PLAN - DEMOLITON A2.03 ROOF PLAN - PROPOSED A2.04 FIRST FLOOR RCP - EXISTING A2.05 SECOND FLOOR RCP - EXISTING A5.00 SECTIONS A8.00 DETAILS A8.01 DETAILS MECHANICAL MP0.01 COVER SHEET MP0.02 NOTES AND STANDARDS MP0.03 SCHEDULES MP1.01 HVAC PLAN - FIRST FLOOR MP1.02 HVAC PLAN - SECOND FLOOR MP1.03 HVAC ROOF PLAN MP5.01 DETAILS MP5.02 DETAILS MP7.01 TITLE-24 DOCUMENTATION (MECH) MP7.02 TITLE-24 DOCUMENTATION (MECH) ELECTRICAL E001 ELECTRICAL LEGEND & ABBREVIATIONS E002 LIGHTING CALCULATIONS E003 LIGHTING CALCULATIONS E101 ELECTRICAL PLAN FIRST FLOOR E102 ELECTRICAL PLAN SECOND FLOOR E103 ELECTRICAL PLAN ROOF E121 LIGHTING PLAN FIRST FLOOR E122 LIGHTING PLAN SECOND FLOOR E501 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E601 LIGHTING CONTROLS E602 LIGHTING CONTROLS E603 LIGHTING CONTROLS E604 LIGHTING CONTROLS E605 LIGHTING CONTROLS E701 T-24 COMPLIANCE FORMS STRUCTURAL SCS STRUCTURAL COVER SHEET SN1 STRUCTURAL NOTES S1 ROOF FRAMING PLAN SD1 STRUCTURAL ROOF FRAMING DETAILS CITY OF ROHNERT PARK AYUDP AYH RRKQHUW PDUN, CA LOCATION MAP INDEX OF DRAWINGS N REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:BM DRAWN BY:JC SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 G TITLE SHEET CO M M E R C E B L V D CITY HALL REROOF, LIGHTING CONTROLS, & HVAC 1. Definitions A. "Typical" means identical for all conditions, unless otherwise noted. B. "Similar" means comparable characteristics for the condition noted. Verify dimensions and orientations. C. "Provide" means to furnish and install. D. "Furnish" means to furnish, and others will install. 2. Dimensioning Rules: A. Horizontal dimensions are shown to face of finish unless otherwise noted. B. Dimensions noted "Hold", "Clear" or "Clr" must be precisely maintained. C. Dimensions are not adjustable without approval of the Architect or unless noted(). D. Vertical dimensions are from the top of structural floor unless otherwise noted. Vertical dimensions for casework, toilet accessories, handrails and guardrails are from the finish floor, unless otherwise noted. E. Do not scale drawings. If Contractor is unable to locate dimensions for any item of work, consult with the Architect prior to proceeding with construction. F. Dimensions marked V.I.F. shall be "verified" by the Contractor with the Architect prior to the start of construction. 3. The original of these drawings measure 24" x 36". If the sheets in use are smaller than the original the sheets have been reduced in size and the scale must be reduced accordingly. 4. Repetitive items noted in one condition are to be provided complete in all similar conditions. 5. Details are keyed to representative locations only and apply to all similar conditions. 6. During bidding and construction phase, Contractor shall verify all existing and new dimensions in the field. Any conflict or discrepancy between the drawings and actual conditions shall be brought to the attention of the Architect, in writing, before proceeding with any presentation of the bid. Provide a building plan and note any discprecancies. Only written dimensions on drawings shall be used. Do not scale the drawings. 7. All work shall conform to the applicable edition of Uniform Building Code, Uniform Fire Code, Uniform Plumbing Code, Uniform Mechanical Code, National Electrical Code, (latest edition), California Title 24, ADA and all governing codes, amendments, rules regulations, ordinances, laws, orders, approvals, etc., that are required by public authorities with jurisdiction over this project. In the event of conflict, the most stringent requirement shall apply. 7A. All materials, workmanship, and construction shall conform to the current City of Rohnert Park Design and Construction Standards and construction specifications for public improvements. 8. Questions regarding documents, discrepancies, doubts as to meaning, omissions or conflicts in the various parts of the contract documents shall be referred immediately to the Architect, in writing, before proceeding with the work. 9. Contractor shall verify that no conflicts exist between the location of any new and existing mechanical, telephone, electrical, lighting, plumbing (including all piping, ductwork and conduit); and ensure that all required clearances for installation and maintenance of above equipment are provided. Any conflict must be resolved in writing before installation of work in the area of conflict. 10. Provide structural backing for all new cabinets, grab bars, toilet room, equipment, kitchen equipment, shelves, hardware, lighting fixtures, wall trellises, wall canopies and other building elements requiring secure anchorage. 11. Contractor shall maintain strict control of cleanliness and prevent dust from leaving construction areas. Construction vehicles and equipment shall be deployed in a manner which causes as little disruption as possible. The contractor shall dispose of all trash, rubbish, and waste materials of any kind generated by the contractor, subcontractor or any company hired by the contractor on a daily basis. The contractor shall also keep haul roads free from dirt, rubbish, and unnecessary obstructions resulting from site operation. Disposal of all trash, rubbish, and debris materials shall be in a covered receptacle or hauled off site, in accordance with local codes and ordinances governing locations and methods of disposal, and in conformance with all applicable laws and regulations. Waste receptacles shall be covered at the end of every day and during rain events. 12. Sealant, caulking and flashing locations shown on drawings are not intended to be inclusive. Follow manufacturers' installation recommendations and standards industry practices. 13. Safety Measures: At all times the Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for the conditions of the job site including safety of the persons and property, and for all necessary independent engineering reviews of these conditions. The Architect's or Engineer's job site visits are not intended to include review of the adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures. 14. The Contractor shall ensure free flow of air for vented attics, interstitial spaces, and roof decking. This shall include drilling of framing members, provision of additional blocking, and/or provision of insulation baffle and other means. Drilling or notching framing members shall be done with prior approval of the Architect. 15. The design adequacy and safety of the erection bracing, shoring and temporary supports is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Observation visits to the job site by personnel from the Architect shall not include inspection or approval of the above items. 16. Contractor shall ensure all roof drains are performing as designed prior to any work proceeding. 17. These plans are the property of STRATAap and are not to be used in whole or in part for any work other than the locations shown herein. 18. Construction hours shall be limited from 8AM to 6PM Monday through Friday, excluding holidays. This restriction includes the start of any motorized equipment. All contractor's equipment shall be property muffled and shall be shut down when not in use. 19. Before combustible materials may be delivered, stored, or constructed on site, fire flow and access must be provided and approved by the Fire Department per current City Fire code. 20. Record drawings shall be provided to the City upon completion of project and prior to final acceptance. A. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NOTES 1. Smoke Detectors shall be electrically powered with battery back-up. 2. Coordinate with all trades involved and ensure clearances for fixtures, ducts, piping, conduits, etc., necessary to maintain the specified finish ceiling height(s) above the finish floor slab and clearances required for maintenance. Where conflicts occur, clarify actions with the architect prior to the start of work. 3. Gang and finish electrical switches with a one piece coverplate when more than one switch is required at the same location. S.L.D. INTERIORINT. CAULKINGCLKG. SEE LANDSCAPE C.M.U. CLR. CLO. CLS. CONST. CONC. CONN. COMB. COMP. COL. C.O. CNTR. DIA. C.W. CTR. D.F. DF. DET. CONT. D.W. DISP. DIM. DN. D.O. DIV. D.S. DR. ELEC. EA. (E) E.F. E.J. E.E. DWR. DIAG. EXPO. EXP. EXP.B. E.W. E.S. E.N. EQ. ENCL. F.D. F.B.O. F.B. F.A. F.BELL EXT. FH.M.S. F.E.C. F.E. F.H. F.F. F.G. FGL. FDN. ELEV. F. E. ENCLOSURE PANEL EDGE OVERFLOW DRAIN POUNDS PER METAL FRAME PERFORATED PRESSEDFIBERGLASSP.M.F. FLAT HEAD FIRE HYDRANT MACHINE SCREW P.O.T. PROP. PATH OF TRAVEL PROPERTY FACE BRICK FLOOR DRAIN OTHERS FIRE BELL FURNISHED BY CABINET FINISH FLOOR FINISH GRADE FIRE EXTINGUISHER FIRE EXTINGUISHER FOUNDATION EXPOSURE EXPANSION EACH WAY EACH SIDE EQUIVALENT/EQUAL EXPANSION BOLT FACE FIRE ALARM EXTERIOR P.E.N. P.C.F. PL. PLAS. PERF. P.LAM. PLYWD. NAILING CUBIC FOOT PLASTER LAMINATE PLYWOOD PLASTIC PLATE O.D. OBS. O.C. O/ O.A. OFD. OFF. OPP. OUTSIDE OBSCURE ON CENTER OVERALL OVER OPPOSITE OFFICE DIAMETER WINDOWWDW. WATER HEATER WITHOUT WASH FOUNTAIN W.H. W.F. W/O URINAL VINYL NOTED VERIFY IN FIELD COVERING VINYL WALL VESTIBULE VENT TO VINYL TILE ROOF VERTICAL WHITE BOARD WATER CLOSET WOOD VAPOR BARRIER COMPOSITION TILE VERTICAL GRAIN V.T. V.W.C. V.T.R. W/ W. W.C. WD. W.B. WEST WITH UR. V.B. V.C.T. VEST. V.G. V.I.F. VERT. JOIST HANGER LABORATORY MECHANICAL MEDICINE CABINET MACHINE BOLT MANUFACTURER MASONRY OPENING MISCELLANEOUS METAL THRESHOLD NOT IN CONTRACT NOT TO SCALE DIAMETER ELECTRICAL EAST EACH EACH END EXISTING EXHAUST FAN EXPANSION JOINT EDGE NAIL ELEVATION DISHWASHER DOWN DIVISION DISPOSAL DIMENSION DOOR DOWN SPOUT DOOR OPENING DRAWER DIAGONAL NO. NAT. M.T. MTL. N. (N) N.I.C. N.T.S. NOM. NUMBER NATURAL RESISTANT NEW METAL NORTH NOMINAL MFG. MIN. MH. MISC. M.O. MIR. M.R. MED. MECH. MOD. MEMB. MODULAR MEMBRANE MANHOLE MIRROR MINIMUM MOISTURE MEDIUM CONCRETE CONNECTION CONSTRUCTION CENTER COLD WATER DRINKING FOUNTAIN DETAIL DOUGLAS FIR CONTINUOUS CONCRETE CLEAR CLOSURE CLOSET COLUMN CLEAN OUT COMPOSITION COUNTER COMBINATION MASONRY UNIT LAMINATELAM. L.B. LAV. LT. L.P. M.B. M.C. MAT. MAX. L.L. LAG BOLT LAVATORY LOW POINT MATERIAL MAXIMUM LIGHT LIVE LOAD J.H. JAN. INV. KIT. LAB. JT. JST. JANITOR INVERT KITCHEN JOINT JOIST TEMPEREDTEMP. TOP OF PLATE TONGUE AND GROOVE TOE NAIL TOOL JOINT THICK TOP OF CURB THERMOSTAT TYPICAL TELEVISION TUBE STEEL TRANSOM DISPENSER TOILET PAPER TOP OF WALL TERRAZZO UNLESS OTHERWISE UNFINISHED TOP OF PAVEMENT T.STAT. U.O.N. T.V. TYP. T.S. TRN. T.P.D. UNF. T.O.PL. T&G. T.J. T.N. THK. T.O.C. T.O.P. T.O.W. TER. SOUNDPROOF DRAWINGS DRAWINGS SEE MECHANICAL STEEL STATION STANDARD DRAWINGS SQUARE STRUCTURAL TACKBOARD TELEPHONE STORAGE SUSPENDED SANITARY SEWER SEE STRUCTURAL SQUARE FOOT (FEET) STAINLESS STEEL TOP AND BOTTOM SPECIFICATION STA. STRUC. S. STL. STL. STD. STO. T&B TEL. T.B. SUSP. S.M.D. SQ. FT. S.P. S.S.D. S.S. SQ. SPEC. A.B. A.C.P. APPROX. ACOUS. ALT. A.D. AL. AGG. ADJ. AC.T. A/C. BLK. A.F.F. ASPH. BITUM. BLDG. BD. BM. BRG. BRK. BOT. B.U.R. BTWN. BLKG. CIR. CARP. CEM. C.B. C.I. CER.T. CER. CAB. CLG.J. CLG. C.J. ARCH. & @ < # F FACE OF STUDF.O.S. ANCHOR BOLT FIRE RETARDANT FACE OF SHEATHING GALVANIZED IRON GLUE LAMINATED GYPSUM BOARD HOLLOW CORE SHEET METAL AIR CONDITIONING VENTILATION, INSIDE DIAMETER HOLLOW METAL CARPET CIRCLE CAST IRON CEMENT CERAMIC CERAMIC TILE CATCH BASIN CEILING JOINT CEILING JOIST CONSTRUCTION ROOFING BEAM BRICK BOTTOM BEARING BUILT-UP BETWEEN BENCH MARK or CABINET HR. HT. HTG. I.D. H.W. INSUL. H.V.A/C HEATING HEATING HEIGHT HOUR INSULATION HOT WATER H.C. H.B. HDR. H.P. H.M. HDWR. HORIZ. GYP.BD. HDCP. HDWD. HARDWARE HANDICAP HOSE BIB HARDWOOD HEADER HIGH POINT HORIZONTAL APPROXIMATE BLOCK FLOOR ASPHALT BITUMINOUS BUILDING BOARD ABOVE FINISHED BLOCKING ARCHITECT ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING ACOUSTIC ALTERNATE ALUMINUM AREA DRAIN AGGREGATE ADJUSTABLE ACOUSTICAL TILE AIR CONDITIONING GRAB BARG.B. GL. G.I. GND. GR. GLB. G.S.M. G.D. GALVANIZED DISPOSAL GROUND GLASS GRADE BEAM GARBAGE F.R. GA. FUT. FTG. F.R.P. GALV. F.O.SH. REINFORCED GALVANIZED FOOTING GAUGE FUTURE PANEL FIBERGLASS SOLID CORE DRAWINGS LEADER SOUTH SEE ELECTRICAL SHOWER DRAWINGS STORM DRAIN DRAWINGS SECTION SEALANT SLIDING SIMILAR SHEATHING SHEET SEE CIVIL SOAP DISPENSER SOLID BLOCKING ARCHITECTURAL S.DISP. S.E.D. SEAL. SECT. SHR. SL. SIM. SHTG. SHT. S.BLKG. S.C. S.A.D. S. S.D. S.C.D. SEE QUARRY TILE REFRIGERATOR RADIUS REINFORCED ROOF DRAIN CONCRETE PIPE RUBBER BASE REFERENCE REDWOOD WOOD SCREW ROOF HATCH ROUND HEAD ROUND HEAD METAL SCREW ROOM REQUIRED RAIN WATER REINFORCING ROUGH OPENING REFR. RH.M.S. REQ'D. RH.W.S. REINF. R.H. R.O. RM. R.W.L. RDWD. Q.T. RAD. REF. R.C.P. R.D. R.B. FLOOR JOIST FACE OF BEAM FACE OF FINISH FACE OF MASONRY POUND OR NUMBER AND DIAMETER ANGLE AT CENTERLINE PROPERTY LINE FLOOR LINE FIXTUREFIXT. FLR. F.J. F.L. F.O.B. F.O.F. F.O.C. F.N. F.O.M. FLASH. FLOOR FLOOR LINE FLASHING CONCRETE FACE OF FACE NAIL DOUGLAS FIR TREATED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER PRESSURE CHLORIDE POLYVINYL- PAPER TOWEL RECEPTACLE PARTITION P.T.D.F. P.V.C. P.T.R. PTN. P.T.D. C L Ø PR. PAIR P L L GENERAL NOTESABBREVIATIONS PHASING REQUIREMENTS PROJECT DATA APN 143-061-053-000 OCCUPANCY GROUP:B & A-3 AREA (EXISTING)14,771 SF AREA (NEW)N/A AREA (REMODEL)SF CONSTRUCTION TYPE V-N FIRE SPRINKLERS YES NUMBER OF STORIES TWO SMOKE DETECTORS YES SCOPE OF WORK 2022 California Administrative Code (CAC), Part 1, Title 24 CCR 2022 California Building Code (CBC), Part 2, Title 24 CCR 2022 California Electrical Code (CEC), Part 3, Title 24 CCR 2022 California Mechanical Code (CMC), Part 4, Title 24 CCR 2022 California Plumbing Code (CPC), Part 5, Title 24 CCR 2022 California Energy Code, Part 6, Title 24 CCR 2022 California Fire Code (CFC), Part 9, Title 24 CCR 2022 California Existing Building Code (CEBC), Part 10, Title 24 CCR 2022 California Green Building Standards Code (CALGreen), Part 11, Title 24 CCR 2022 California Referenced Standards Code, Part 12, Title 24 CCR Title 19 CCR, Public Safety, State Fire Marshal Regulations APPLICABLE STANDARDS For a list of applicable standards, including California amendments to the NFPA Standards, refer to CBC Chapter 35 and CFC Chapter 80. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO 2022 TITLE 24, CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, CCR. APPLICABLE CODES DEMOLITION OF EXISTING ROOFING, COPING CAPS, HVAC EQUIPMENT & DUCTING, SOLAR MOUNTING SYSTEM, AND INTERIOR LIGHTS & LIGHTING CONTROLS. REPLACE DESIGNATED ROOFING WITH NEW BUILT-UP ROOFING AND INSULATION. PROVIDE NEW ROOF DRAINS AND COPING CAPS AT DESIGNATED LOCATIONS. PROVIDE NEW SEISMIC EXPANSION JOINTS AT DESIGNATED AREAS OF WORK. PROVIDE NEW HVAC EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AS DESIGNATED ON MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS. CASP CERTIFICATION PROJECT DIRECTORY OWNER/CLIENT City of Rohnert Park 130 Avram Avenue Rohnert Park, CA 94928 T 707.588.3300 ARCHITECT STRATA A|P 294 West Napa Street Sonoma, CA 95476 T 707.935.7944 Bennett Martin, AAIA bmartin@strataap.com MECHANICAL ENGINEER 15000 INC. 2901 Cleveland Avenue, Suite 204 Santa Rosa, CA 95403 T 707.577.0363 Jay Takacs LEED AP jay@15000inc.com ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Brokaw Design P.O Box 3103 Rohnert Park, CA 94927 T 707.481.1878 Courtney Chuenyane Mike Burke mike.burke@brokawdesign.com STRUCTURAL ENGINEER ISE Structural Engineers 8775 Sierra College Blvd Suite 450 Roseville, CA 95661 T 951.600.0032 Christian Hainds, PE christian@iseengineers.com 1. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE A CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE THAT ACCOMMODATES THE REPLACEMENT OF THE EXISTING HVAC EQUIPMENT AS TO NOT INTERRUPT CITY OPERATIONS. HVAC SHALL NOT BE DOWN DURING WEEKDAY CITY OPERATIONS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY. WEEKEND WORK SHOULD BE ANTICIPATED TO ACCOMMODATE THIS. 2. ALL WEEKEND CONSTRUCTION WORK IS TO BE APPROVED BY THE CITY PROJECT MANAGER TWO WEEKS IN ADVANCE AS TO NOT DISRUPT CITY STAFF SCHEDULES. 3. COORDINATE NEW ROOFING INSTALLATION WITH HVAC INSTALLATION SCHEDULE ACCOUNTING FOR WEEKEND WORK. 4. ROOFING AND HVAC SCHEDULE SHALL INCLUDE CRANE OPERATIONS. 5. SEQUENCING OF THE LIGHTING AND CONTROLS IS CRITICAL FOR BUILDING OCCUPANTS. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE A CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE IDENTIFYING ROOM BY ROOM REPLACEMENT. AT TIMES THE CONTRACTOR MAY BE REQUIRED TO REVISE THE SCHEDULE BASED ON CITY OPERATIONS IN THE BUILDING. THE CITY WILL MAKE REASONABLE EFFORTS TO ABIDE BY THE REPLACEMENT CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE BUT MAY AT TIMES NEED THE SCHEDULE REVISED DUE TO CITY OPERATIONS WITHIN THE BUILDING. 6. CITY HALL WILL BE OCCUPIED AT ALL TIMES DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD TO CONDUCT CITY BUSINESS. 7. IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY NOTIFY STAFF AT CITY HALL AND CITY PROJECT MANAGER IMMEDIATELY. The following accessibility information is provided as a convenience only and is not intended to describe and/or depict every conceivable condition. Notify the Architect immediately if inconsistencies are encountered between project drawing/diagrams and code requirements. See the California Building Code 2019 edition (CBC) for more information. Access Requirements-ENTRANCES 1. Doors, doorways, and gates that are part of an accessible route shall comply with CBC Section 11B-404. 2. All accessible entrances shall be identified with at least one standard sign and with additional directional signs, as required, visible from approaching pedestrian ways. 3. Every required entrances or passage doorway shall be of such size as to permit the installation of a door not less than 3-feet in width and not less than 6'8" in height. Doors shall be capable of opening at least 90-degrees and shall be so mounted that the clear width of the doorway is not less than 32-inches. 4. Where a pair of doors is utilized at least one of the doors shall provide a clear unobstructed opening width of 32-inches with the leaf positioned at an angle of 90-degrees from its closed position. 5. When an automatic door operator is utilized to operate a pair of doors, at least one of the doors shall provide a clear unobstructed opening width of 32-inches with the door positioned at an angle of 90-degrees from its closed position. 6. Latching and locking doors that are hand activated and which are in a path of travel, shall be operable with a single effort by lever type hardware, panic bars, push-pull activating bars, or other hardware designed to provide passage without requiring the ability to grasp the opening hardware. 7. Hand activated door opening hardware shall be located no less than 34-inches above the floor and no more than 44-inches above the floor. See CBC 2019 Section 11B-404.2.7 8. The floor or landing on each side of an entrance or passage door shall be level (not to exceed 1:48 slope) and clear. The level and clear area shall be as noted in California Building Code (CBC) 2019 edition Section 11B-404.2.4 and FIGURE 11B-404.2.4.1 or as noted elsewhere in the CBC 2019 edition. 9. The floor or landing shall not be more than -inch lower than he threshold of the doorway hange in level between -inch and -inch shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2 10 he space between two consecutive door openings in vestibule, serving other than a required exit stairway shall provide a minimum of 48-inches of clear space from any door opening into such vestibule when the door is positioned at an angle of 90-degrees from its closed position oors in a series shall swing either in the same direction or away from the space between the doors 11 aximum effort to operate doors shall not exceed 5 lbs for interior doors, such pull or push effort being applied at right angels to hinged doors and at the center plane of sliding or folding doors ompensating devices or automatic door operators may be utilized to meet the above standards hen fire doors are required, the maximum effort to operate the door may be increased not to exceed 15 lbs ccess equirements- 1 n buildings and facilities, floors of a given story shall be a common level throughout, or shall be connected by pedestrian ramps, passenger elevators or special access lifts 2 loor surfaces shall be slip-resistant ccess equirements- 1 he clear width of a walking surface shall be 36"min 1 very corridor serving an occupant load of 10 or more shall be not less in width than 44-inches 2 n accessible route with a clear width less that 60 inches shall provide passing spaces at intervals of 200 ft max assing spaces shall be either: a e a space 60 inches min by 60 inches min b an intersection of two walking surfaces complying with ection 11 -304 3 2 and igure 11 -304 3 2 3 ll walks with continuous gradients shall have resting areas, 60 inches in length, at intervals of 400 feet max he resting area shall be at least as wide as the walk he slope of the resting area in all directions shall be 1:48 max 4 very portion of every building in which are installed seats, tables, merchandise, equipment or similar materials shall be provided with aisles leading to an exit ccess equirements- 1 osings he radius of curvature at the leading edge of the tread shall be 1/2 inch maximum osings that project beyond risers shall have the underside of the leading edge curved or beveled isers shall be permitted to slope under the tread at an angle of 30 degrees maximum from vertical he permitted projection of the nosing shall extend 1 1/4 inches maximum over the tread below xception: n existing buildings there is no requirement to retroactively alter existing nosing projections of 1 1/2 inches which were constructed in compliance with the building code in effect at the time of original construction 2 contrasting marking stripe shall be provided on each tread at the nosing or leading edge such that the location of each tread is readily apparent when viewed in descent uch stripe shall be a minimum of 1 inch 25 mm , and a maximum of 2 inches 51 mm , wide 3 tairways shall have handrails on each side except as noted in 11 -505 2 tairways shall have intermediate handrails located in such a manner that all portions of the stairway width required for egress capacity are within 30 inches of a handrail n monumental stairs, handrails shall be located along the most direct path of egress travel per ection 1012 9 4 learance between handrail gripping surfaces and adjacent surfaces shall be 1 1/2 inches 38 mm minimum andrails may be located in a recess if the recess is 3 inches 76 mm maximum deep and 18 inches 457 mm minimum clear above the top of the handrail 5 andrail gripping surfaces shall be continuous along their length and shall not be obstructed along their tops or sides he bottoms of handrail gripping surfaces shall not be obstructed for more than 20 percent of their length here provided, horizontal projections shall occur 1 1/2 inches 38 mm minimum below the bottom of the handrail gripping surface xceptions: a here handrails are provided along walking surfaces with slopes not steeper than 1:20, the bottoms of handrail gripping surfaces shall be permitted to be obstructed along their entire length where they are integral to crash rails or bumper guards b he distance between horizontal projections and the bottom of the gripping surface shall be permitted to be reduced by 1/8 inch 3 2 mm for each ½ inch of additional handrail perimeter dimension that exceeds 4 inches 6 ross section andrail gripping surfaces shall have a cross section complying with ection 11 -505 7 1 or 11 -505 7 2 7 op of gripping surfaces of handrails shall be 34 inches minimum and 38 inches maximum vertically above walking surfaces, stair nosings, and ramp surfaces andrails shall be at a consistent height above walking surfaces, stair nosings and ramp surfaces per ection 11 -505 4 8 op and bottom extension at ramps amp handrails shall extend horizontally above the landing for 12 inches 305 mm minimum beyond the top and bottom of ramp runs xtensions shall return to a wall, guard, or the landing surface, or shall be continuous to the handrail of an adjacent ramp run 9 op extension at stairs t the top of a stair flight, handrails shall extend horizontally above the landing for 12 inches 305 mm minimum beginning directly above the first riser nosing xtensions shall return to a wall, guard, or the landing surface, or shall be continuous to the handrail of an adjacent stair flight 10 ottom extension at stairs t the bottom of a stair flight, handrails shall extend at the slope of the stair flight for a horizontal distance equal to one tread depth beyond the last riser nosing uch extension shall continue with a horizontal extension or shall be continuous to the handrail of an adjacent stair flight or shall return to a wall, guard, or the walking surface t the bottom of a stair flight, a horizontal extension of a handrail shall be 12 inches 305 mm long minimum and a height equal to that of the sloping portion of the handrail as measured above the stair nosings xtension shall return to a wall, guard, or the landing surface, or shall be continuous to the handrail of an adjacent stair flight amps 1 aximum slope must have no more than a 1:12 ratio, or no greater than a 8 33% slope he slopes to be consistent from end to end; a ramp must have a uniform slope with max cross slope of 2 0% 2 he requirement for the minimum width of a ramp is 48 inches top landing and an intermediate landing should be a minimum of 60 inches in width he requirement for the minimum width of a ramp is 48 inches top landing and an intermediate landing should be a minimum of 60 inches in width ross slope max is 1:48 3 amps that have a rise of 6” or less may have a handrail on one side only he top surface of the handrail must be 34″-38″ above the ramp and continuous along the full length of the ramp f the rise is greater than 6”, then an compliant handrail is required on both sides rip shall be 1 1/4" min to 2" max 4 ccess equirements- 1 igns shall comply with ection 11 - 703 here both visual and tactile characters are required, either one sign with both visual and tactile characters, or two separate signs, one with visual, and one with tactile characters, shall be provided 2 igns as specified in ection 11 -703, or in other sections of this code, when included in the construction of new buildings or facilities, or when included, altered or replaced due to additions, alterations or renovations to existing buildings or facilities, and when a permit is required, shall comply with ections 11 -703 1 1 1 and 11 -703 1 1 2 36 m i n 48 min 24 max 610 32 m i n 32 m i n 36 m i n 24 max FIGURE 11B-403.5.1 CLEAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE 42 min 48 m i n X < 48 42 min X < 48 36 min 36 min 60 m i n (a) 180 degree turn (b) 180 degree turn (Exception) FIGURE 11B-403.5.2 CLEAR WIDTH AT TURNS (c) folding door (a) hinged door (b) sliding door 32 min 815 32 min 815 32 min 815 90 ° FIGURE 11B-404.2.3 CLEAR WIDTH OF DOORWAYS 60 m i n 18 min (a) front approach, pull side 48 m i n (b) front approach, push side 48 m i n 12 min (c) front approach, push side, door provided with both closer and latch 36 min 60 m i n (d) hinge approach, pull side 44 m i n 22 min (f) hinge approach, push side (g) hinge approach, push side, door provided with both closer and latch 48 m i n 22 min 24 min 60 m i n (h) latch approach, pull side 24 min 44 m i n (j) latch approach, push side (k) latch approach, push side, door provided with closer 24 min 48 m i n Add 6 inches at exterior side of exterior door. FIGURE 11B-404.2.4.1 MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT MANUAL SWING DOORS AND GATES 48 m i n (a) front approach (b) side approach 42 m i n 22 min 42 m i n (c) pocket or hinge approach 24 min 42 m i n (d) stop or latch approach FIGURE 11B-404.2.4.2 MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORWAYS WITHOUT DOORS, SLIDING DOORS, GATES, AND FOLDING DOORS 60 m i n 24 min at exterior X > 8 (a) pull side 48 m i n (b) push side 48 m i n 12 min (c) push side, door provided with both closer and latch X > 8 FIGURE 11B-404.2.4.3 MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT RECESSED DOORS AND GATES 18 min at interior 48 min 48 min (a)(b) 48 min (c) FIGURE 11B-404.2.4.6 DOORS IN SERIES AND GATES IN SERIES ½ max ¼ max 1 2 ¼ ¼ ½ 60 m i n 24 min 36 m i n 36 min 12 min 12 min 60 min base ar m ar m 48 min 30 m i n 30 min 48 min 30 m i n 48 m i n (a) forward (b) parallel 36 min X > 2 4 60 min X > 1 5 FIGURE 11B-302.2 CARPET PILE HEIGHT FIGURE 11B-303.2 VERTICAL CHANGE IN LEVEL FIGURE 11B-303.3 BEVELED CHANGE IN LEVEL FIGURE 11B-304.3.2 T-SHAPED TURNING SPACE FIGURE 11B-305.3 CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE FIGURE 11B-305.5 POSITION OF CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE FIGURE 11B-305.7.1 MANEUVERING CLEARANCE IN AN ALCOVE, FORWARD APPROACH FIGURE 11B-305.7.2 MANEUVERING CLEARANCE IN AN ALCOVE, PARALLEL APPROACH ramp run landinglanding 72 min 60 min landing ramp run ra m p r u n 60 min 72 m i n at least as wide as ramp run (a) straight (b) change in directionFIGURE 11B-405.7 RAMP LANDINGS (C) top landing 60 min 60 m i n 17-25 9 6 max 30 m i n (a) elevation (b) plan FIGURE 11B-306.2 TOE CLEARANCE 11 min 27 m i n 8 min 9 min (a) elevation (b) plan 30 m i n 25 max FIGURE 11B-306.3 KNEE CLEARANCE 11 min 27 m i n 8 min 9 min (c) elevation@ lavatory 29 m i n 4 max 100 X ³ 8 0 20 3 0 X > 2 7 68 5 FIGURE 11B-307.2 LIMITS OF PROTRUDING OBJECTS LIBRARY /8-2 5 FIGURE 11B-703.3.2 HEIGHT OF RAISED CHARACTERS REFUGE AREA OF AREA OF REFUGE 48 m i n 60 m a x FIGURE 11B-703.4.1 HEIGHT OF TACTILE CHARACTERS ABOVE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND 18 min 18 min45° centered on tactile charactersLC FIGURE 11B-703.4.3 LOCATION OF TACTILE SIGNS AT DOORS 48 " T O B O T T O M O F B R A I L E 60 " T O C E N T E R O F G E O M E T R I C D O O R S Y M B O L FINISHED FLOOR IDENTIFICATION SYMBOL FOR UNISEX SANITARY FACILITIES SHALL BE A CIRCLE 1/4" THICK AND 12" DIAMETER W/ A 1/4" THICK TRIANGLE SUPERIMPOSED ON CIRCLE AND CENTER WITHIN THE 12" DIAMETER. TRIANGLE SHALL CONTRAST WITH WHITE TRIANGLE ON BLUE CIRCLE, CIRCLE SHALL CONTRAST W/ DOOR (PMS 300) TRIANGLE SHALL PROVIDE 1/8" RADIUS MAX. @ CORNERS/EDGES 9" MIN. 1 0 - 3 / 8 " 10-3/8" 9" x 9"12" DIA. THE OUTSIDE DIMENSION OF PICTOGRAM FIELD SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6" IN HEIGHT. RAISED CHARACTERS AND PICTORIAL SYMBOLS SHALL BE DUPLICATED IN BRAILLE INDICATES BASELINE OF LOWEST BRAILLE CELL INDICTES 60" A.F.F. MAXIMUM EXTENT FOR RAISED CHARACTER SIGN AS MEASURED TO THE BASELINE OF THE HIGHEST LINE OF RAISED CHARACTER 9 ACCESSIBLE RESTROOM SIGNAGE N.T.S. C OF DOOR L ℄ OF SIGN ℄ OF SIGN 48 " T O B O T T O M L O W E S T L I N E O F B R A I L E 60 " T O C E N T E R O F G E O M E T R I C D O O R S Y M B O L 1-1/8" LETTER HEIGHT 3/8" 9" 9" 36" SQ. FIGURE COLOR TO BE WHITE BACKGROUND COLOR TO APPROXIMATE FS 15090 BLUE IN FEDERAL STANDARD 595C NOTE: MARKINGS THAT EXCEED THE MINIMUM DIMENSIONS SHALL SCALE THE FIGURE PROPORTIONALLY WITH THE BACKGROUND. 36 " S Q . 60 " M A X T O H I G H E S T L I N E O F R A I S E D C H A R A C T E R 3/8" MIN. 4" 1'-0" 1" 1" HIGH UPPER CASE TEXT. USE CONTRASTING COLOR COLOR 1 SEE A1.02 FOR OCCUPANT LOAD BRAILLE MAX. OCCUPANCY LOAD: ### MAX. OCCUPANCY SIGN N.T.S. TACTILE EXIT SIGNS N.T.S. ROOM IDENTIFICATION SIGN N.T.S. 4" 1'-0" 1" 1" HIGH UPPER CASE TEXT. USE CONTRASTING COLOR COLOR 1 BRAILLE 60 " MA X . A. F . F . ROOM NAME EQ.EQ. 60 " MA X . A. F . F . Assistive Listening System Available at Reception Desk ***Please Ask*** 1'-6" 10 " 5" 60 " MA X . A. F . F . ALS SIGN N.T.S. BRAILLE 1" HIGH UPPER CASE TEXT. USE CONTRASTING COLOR COLOR 1 BRAILLE EXIT 1'-0" 6" 1/4" THICK CARBONATE SHEET 1" UPPER CASE TEXT RAISED 1/32" WITH GRADE 2 BRAILLE. VERIFY ALL BRAILLE EQ.EQ. 3" 3/ 8 " MI N 3/ 8 " - 1 / 2 " TY P 60 " MA X . A. F . F . 2 3 4 5 REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:BM DRAWN BY:JC SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 G GENERAL ACCESSABILITY 5 max 15 min 380125 FIGURE 11B-602.5 DRINKING FOUNTAIN SPOUT LOCATION -18 LC 17-19 CL (a) wheelchair accessible water closets (b) ambulatory accessible water closets FIGURE 11B-604.2 WATER CLOSET LOCATION 17 60 m i n 56 min FIGURE 11B-604.3.1 SIZE OF CLEARANCE AT WATER CLOSET 48 min CLEARANCE DOOR PERMITTED TO SWING OVER HATCHED PORTION OF MANEUVERING SPACE 12 max 42 min 54 min transfer side 12 min LC 24 min 36 min FIGURE 11B-604.5.1 SIDE WALL GRAB BAR AT WATER CLOSET 24 min FIGURE 11B-604.5.2 REAR WALL GRAB BAR AT WATER CLOSET 19 7-9 LC FIGURE 11B-604.7 DISPENSER OUTLET LOCATION 56 min @ wall mounted water closet 59 min @ floor mounted water closet 60 min @ side door maneuvering space (a) out-swinging door clearance 56 min @ wall mounted water closet 59 min @ floor mounted water closet 60 min maneuvering space(b) in-swinging door clearance 36 min 60 m i n 60 m i n door permitted to swing over hatched portion of maneuvering space FIGURE 11B-604.8.1.1.2 MANEUVERING SPACE WITH SIDE-OPENING DOOR 60 m i n 56 min @ wall mounted water closet 59 min @ floor mounted water closet 48 min (a) out-swinging door clearance 56 min @ wall mounted water closet 59 min @ floor mounted water closet 48 min (b) in-swinging door clearance maneuvering space maneuvering space 36 min door permitted to swing over hatched portion of maneuvering space60 m i n FIGURE 11B-604.8.1.1.2 MANEUVERING SPACE WITH END-OPENING DOOR 4 max 4 m a x alternate door location 35-37 890-940 15 2 5 60 m i n 10 6 5 44 m i n FIGURE 11B-604.8.1.2 WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE TOILET COMPARTMENT DOORS FIGURE 11B-604.8.2 AMBULATORY ACCESSIBLE TOILET COMPARTMENT (a) elevation adult 150 9 min 230 6 min partition 6 min 150 6 min 150 (c) plan 6 min (b) elevation children 12 min 150 305 partition FIGURE 11B-604.8.1.4 WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE TOILET COMPARTMENT TOE CLEARANCE (b) stall type (a) wall hung type 17 max 13½ min 13½ min FIGURE 11B-605.2 HEIGHT AND DEPTH OF URINALS WASTE TOWEL DRYER SANITARY NAPKINS SOAP MIRROR GRAB BAR 3'-4"A.F.F 0'-0" F.F 33" MIN 36" MAX A.F.F 2'-10"A.F.F 3'-4"A.F.F 14" MIN. 19"MAX. A.F.F TOILET PAPER The following ADA information is provided as a convenience only and is not intended to describe and/or depict every conceivable condition. Notify the Architect immediately if inconsistencies are encountered between project drawing/diagrams and code requirements. See the California Building Code 2019 CBC CH 11B edition for more information. SANITARY FACILITIES (GENERAL) 1. Where toilet facilities and bathing facilities are provided, they shall be made accessible to the physically disabled. Where toilet facilities and bathing facilities are provided in facilities permitted not to connect stories by an accessible route, toilet facilities and bathing facilities shall be provided on a story connected by an accessible route to an accessible entrance. 2. Where toilet rooms are provided, each toilet room shall be made accessible to the physically disabled.Where bathing rooms are provided, each bathing room shall be made accessible to the physically disabled. 3. All doorways leading to sanitary facilities shall have 32-inches clear unobstructed openings. 4. Doorways leading to men's sanitary facilities shall be identified by an equalateral triangle 1/4 inch thick with edges 12 inches long and a vertex pointing upward. Women's sanitary facilities shall be identified by a circle , 1/4 inch thick and 12 inches in diameter. Unisex sanitary facilities shall be identified by a circle 1/4 inch thick, 12 inches in diameter with a 1/4 inch thick triangle superimposed on the circle and within the 12 inch diameter. These geometric symbols shall be centered on the door at a height of 60 inches and their color and contrast shall be distinctly different from the color and contrast of the door. See signage section for additional sign requirements. TOILET ROOM FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES 1. The height of accessible water closets shall be a minimum of 17-inches and a maximum of 19-inches measured to the top of the toilet seat. 2. Provide 17 to18 inches from the centerline of the water closet to the adjacent wall finish. 3. Toilet flush controls shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. Controls for the flush valves shall be mounted on the wide side of the toilet areas, no more than 44-inches above the floor. The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 pounds. 4.Wheelchair accessible compartments shall be 60 inches wide minimum measured perpendicular to the side wall, and 56 inches deep minimum for wall hung water closets and 59 inches deep minimum for floor mounted water closets measured perpendicular to the rear wall. 5.Where urinals are provided a clear space for front approach of 30-inches wide x 48-inches long in front of the urinal. 6. A clear floor space 30-inches wide x 48-inches long shall be provide in front of a lavatory to allow a forward approach. Such clear floor space shall adjoin or overlap an accessible route and unless otherwise specified, clear floor space shall be permitted to include 19 inches maximum knee and toe clearance under accessible lavatories. 7.Lavatories and sinks shall be installed with the front of the higher of the rim or counter surface 34 inches maximum above the finish floor or ground. 8.Where knee clearance is required under an element as part of a clear floor space, the knee clearance shall be 11 inches deep minimum at 9 inches above the finish floor or ground, and 8 inches deep minimum at 27 inches above the finish floor or ground. 9.Water supply and drain pipes under lavatories and sinks shall be insulated of otherwise configured to protect against contact. There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories and sinks. 10. Faucet controls and operating mechanisms shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 lbs. Lever-operated, push-type and electronically controlled mechanisms are examples of acceptable designs. Self-closing valves are allowed if the faucet remains open for at least 10-seconds. 11. Mirrors mounted above lavatories shall be mounted with the bottom edge 40-inches maximum above the finish floor or ground. Mirrors not located above lavatories or countertops shall be installed with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface 35 inches maximum above the finish floor or ground. 12. Locate towel, sanitary napkin, and waste receptacles with all operable parts not more than 40-inches from the floor. 13.Locate toilet tissue dispensers on the wall with centerline of dispenser 7 to 9 inches of the front edge of the toilet seat. GRAB BARS FOR WATER CLOSETS 1. Grab bars for water closets shall have a circular cross section with an outside diameter of 1-1/4" min. and 2" max. Non-circular cross sections shall have a cross-section dimension of 2" max and a perimeter of 4" min. and 4.8" max. 2. The space between the wall and the grab bar shall be 1-1/2". The space between the grab bar and projecting objects below and at the ends shall be 1-1/2" min. The space between the grab bar and projecting objects above shall be 12 inches min. 3. Grab bars shall be installed in a horizontal position, 33 inches min. and 36 inches max. above the finish floor measured to the top of the gripping surface. 4. Grab bars and any wall or other surfaces adjacent to grab bars shall be free of sharp or abrasive elements and shall have rounded edges. 5. Grab bars shall not rotate within their fittings. 6. Allowable stresses shall not be exceeded for materials used when a vertical or horizontal force of 250 pounds is applied to any point on the grab bar, fastener, mounting device, or supporting structure. UNOBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH 1. Where a high forward reach is over an obstruction, the clear floor space shall extend beneath the element for a distance not less than the required reach depth over the obstruction. The high forward reach shall be 48 inches maximum where the reach depth is 20 inches maximum. Where the reach depth exceeds 20 inches, the high forward reach shall be 44 inches maximum and the reach depth shall be 25 inches maximum. TYPICAL TOILET ACCESSORY MOUNTING HEIGHTS(b)(a) 4-6.25 perimeter 2.25 max 2. 2 5 m a x 12 m i n 1½ min (a) projecting objects (b) recessed objects FIGURE 11B-609.2.2 GRAB BAR NON-CIRCULAR CROSS SECTION FIGURE 11B-609.3 SPACING OF GRAB BARS GRAB BARS RAISED TRUNCATED DOME RAISED TRUNCATED DOME PATTERN (IN-LINE) 0.2" HEIGHT 2.3" - 2.4" 2.3" - 2.4 1. PRECAST TACTILE WARNING SURFACE TILE SHALL BE SET IN CONCRETE. NOTES: EDGE DETAIL (CAST IN PLACE METHOD) FINISH GRADE SURFACE 2. COLOR TO BE SAFETY YELLOW (FEDERAL COLOR #33538) TRUNCATED DOMES LC 18 min 11 min 27 m i n 8 min 9 min elevation 29 m i n plan 30 min 48 m i n TYP. LAVATORY 34 m a x 17 - 1 9 TY P . 20 max >20-25 max 48 m a x 44 m a x (a)(b) FIGURE 11B-308.2.2 OBSTRUCTED HIGH FORWARD REACH 5" MAX. 18"-19" 27 " M I N . 36 " M A X . 6" M A X . 36 " M A X . 32 " C L E A R DRINKING FOUNTAIN 36" , 11 -502 6, 36"x36" min 0 03 WHEEL STOP PER 11B-502.7.2 70 Q 11 -502 6 PEDESTRIAN ROUTE (CONDITION VARIES) NO PARKING @ "" 12" : 1 ""; , 2 "" "" 36" 36" ACCESSIBILITY PARKING SIGN PER CBC 11B-502.6, TYP. FINISH GRADE VAN ACCESSIBLE PARKING ONLY MINIMUM FINE $250 VAN ACEESSIBLE IDENTIFICATION SIGN ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALL 5'-0" @ 8'-0" @ TOW AWAY SIGN PER CBC 11B-502.8, TYP. FINISH GRADE Unauthorized vehicles parked in designated accessible spaces not displaying distinguishing placards or special license plates issued for persons with disabilities will be towed away at the owners expense. Towed vehicles may be reclaimed at: ____________________ or by telephoning________________. ADDITIONAL SIGN - TOW AWAY SIGN PER CBC 11B-502.8 SIGN AT VAN STALL ONLY. BLUE BORDER. 0.65" MIN SURFACE MOUNTED TACTILE WARNING TILE BASE DIA OF 0.9"-0.92" 22.9mm - 23.4mm TOP DIA OF 0.45"-0.47" 11..4mm - 11.9mm CITY OF SANTA ROSA POLICE DEPT 707.584.2600 GRAB BAR MOUNTING DETAIL REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:BM DRAWN BY:JC SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 G GENERAL ACCESSABILITY MAIN BUILDING X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X XXX PARCEL "A" AVRAM AVENUE COUNCIL CHAMBER N.I.C. PARKING LOT SH A R E D P A R K I N G L O T AT 1 2 0 A V R A M A V E . PARKING LOT CARPOOL ONLY CARPOOL ONLY HYBRID/ ELECTRIC VEHICLE HYBRID/ ELECTRIC VEHICLE 33 1 2 4 4 4 5 6 7 8 8 4 4 9 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS & REQUIRED CLEARANCES W/ EQUIPMENT & COORDINATE W/ ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS PRIOR TO ORDERING & INSTALLATION. 2. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCY IN THE FIELD (E) ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE (E) ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL INDICATES AREA OF WORK (E) CONCRETE PATH OF TRAVEL UPDATES AS PART OF FUTURE PERMIT CONTRACTOR LAYDOWN AREA (E) PROPERTY LINE PROJECT DATA: APN:143-061-053-000 TRACT:1513.05 BLOCK:4 OCCUPANCY:B & A-3 TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: MAIN BUILDING:V-N COUNCIL CHAMBER:V-N ZONING:R-H LOT SIZE:36,590 S.F. EXISTING BUILDING FOOTPRINT:9,007 S.F. ALLOWABLE BUILDING HEIGHT:45'-0" ACTUAL BUILDING HEIGHT:35'-4" ALLOWABLE NUMBER OF STORIES:A3=1, B=2 ACTUAL NUMBER OF STORIES:A3=1, B=2 FLOOR AREA RATIO:0.24 SPRINKLERED: YES PARKING: PARKING SPACES REQUIRED:60 25% REDUCTION:15 10% REDUCTION:6 TOTAL STALLS REQUIRED:45 PARKING SPACES PROVIDED: STANDARD STALLS:23 COMPACT STALLS:11 ACCESSIBLE STALLS:4 VAN ACCESSIBLE STALLS:1 ELECTRIC VEHICLE STALLS:0 CARPOOL STALLS: 2 TOTAL STALLS PROVIDED:42 BUILDING FLOOR AREA: OCCUPANCY EXISTING FLOOR AREA FIRST FLOOR:B 6,648 S.F. SECOND FLOOR:B 6,101 S.F. (2) UTILITY ROOMS:B 162 S.F. TOTAL B OCCUPANCY:12,911 S.F. COUNCIL CHAMBER:A-3 1,860 S.F. TOTAL A-3 OCCUPANCY:1,860 S.F. TOTAL FLOOR AREA 14,771 S.F. (E) ACCESSIBLE STALL TO REMAIN, N.I.C. (E) VAN ACCESSIBLE STALL TO REMAIN, N.I.C. (E) ACCESSIBLE STALL SIGNAGE TO REMAIN, N.I.C. (E) ACCESSIBLE MARKED PARKING STALL TO BE IMPROVED IN COMPLIANCE WITH 2010 ADAS AND 2022 CBC CHAPTER 11B UNDER A SEPARATE PERMIT. (E) BICYCLE STORAGE TO REMAIN, N.I.C. (E) BIOSWALE TO REMAIN, N.I.C. (E) FLAG POLE TO REMAIN, N.I.C. AREA OF WORK CONTRACTOR LAYDOWN AREA 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A SITE PLAN & PRO-ECT 'ATA GENERAL NOTES CODE ANALYSIS N REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:BM DRAWN BY:JC SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 LEGEND 3/32" = 1'-0" 1 SITE PLAN KEY NOTES UP UP COPIER +21' A.F.F. cl cl cl cl CL CO P I E R WALKWAY ABOVE ACRYLICSHOWERSFREEWILLK-12102-C 1 TYP 1 TYP 1 TYP A5.00 1 A5.00 2 1 TYP 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS & REQUIRED CLEARANCES W/ EQUIPMENT & COORDINATE W/ ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS PRIOR TO ORDERING & INSTALLATION. 2. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCY IN THE FIELD (N) LIGHTING CONTROLS AT ENTIRE FLOOR, S.E.D. FOR FULL SCOPE OF WORK 1 A FIRST FLOOR PLAN GENERAL NOTES KEY PLAN NOTES N REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:BM DRAWN BY:JC SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 LEGEND 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 FIRST FLOOR PLAN - FOR REFERENCE ONLY DOWN DOWN UTILITY ROOM ROOF BELOW OPEN TO FIRST FLOOR LOBBY BELOW OPEN TO ASSEMBLY HALL BELOW REF. VENDING STOVE/ OVEN SINK AREA FOR MECHANICAL UNITS VENDING D.W. MDF/ PBX MDF UPS FUTURE UPS ATTIC 1 TYP 1 TYP 1 TYP A5.00 1 A5.00 2 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS & REQUIRED CLEARANCES W/ EQUIPMENT & COORDINATE W/ ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS PRIOR TO ORDERING & INSTALLATION. 2. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCY IN THE FIELD (N) LIGHTING CONTROLS AT ENTIRE FLOOR, S.E.D. FOR FULL SCOPE OF WORK 1 A SECON' FLOOR PLAN GENERAL NOTES KEY PLAN NOTES N REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:BM DRAWN BY:JC SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 LEGEND 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 SECOND FLOOR PLAN - FOR REFERENCE ONLY D1 TYP D2 TYP D2 TYP D2 TYP D2 TYP D2 TYP D2 TYP D2 TYP D2 TYP D3 TYP D3 TYP D3 TYP D3 TYP D3 TYP D3 TYP D3 TYP D3 TYP D4 TYP D4 TYP D4 TYP D13 D13 D13 D13 D13 TYP D13 TYP D6 TYP D6 TYP D6 TYP D6 TYP D6 TYP D6 TYP D6 TYP D6 TYP D6 TYP D6 TYP D7 TYP D7 TYP D7 TYP D8 TYP D9 TYP D9 TYP D9 TYP D9 TYP D10 TYP D12 TYP D11 TYP D11 TYP D11 TYP D11 TYP D11 TYP D11 TYP D11 TYP D1 TYP D13 D6 TYP D6 TYP D11 TYP D9 TYP D9 TYP D12 TYP D11 TYP D13 TYP D13 TYP D6 TYP D13 TYP D13 TYP D14 D14 D14 D5 D14 D14 D14 D13 TYP D13 TYP 1. SEE SHEET NOTES FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF WORK 2. CONTRACTOR TO TEST ALL ROOF DRAINS PRIOR TO RE-ROOFING THE BUILDING. 3. REMOVE AND PROPERLY DISPOSE OF ALL EXISTING ROOFING MATERIAL TO THE DECK 4. REMOVE (E) CONDUIT, WIRING, PIPING, DUCTWORK & ANY ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS, INCLUDING SUPPORT SYSTEMS & REINSTALL AS REQUIRED AT ROOF TO PERFORM NEW WORK. 5. (E) HVAC UNITS TO BE RE-SET. DE-ENERGIZE & LOCK OUT/TAG OUT EXISTING EQUIPMENT BRANCH FEEDER. REMOVE EXISTING UNIT DISCONNECTING MEANS AND DISPOSE. 6. INSPECT THE SUBSTRATE FOR DAMAGE, REPLACE IN-KIND UPON APPROVAL. (E) SOLAR TUBE SKYLIGHT (E) 4X4 SKYLIGHT (E) SOLAR PANEL (E) PARAPET WALL TO RECEIVE (N) COPING (E) EXPANSION JOINT TRANSITION TO BE REPLACED IN KIND (E) DRAIN AND O.F. DRAIN TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED (E) EXHAUST FAN (E) BUILT-UP ROOF AND ASSOCIATED UNDERLAYMENT TO BE REMOVED. ROOF DECK TO BE PREPPED PER ROOFING MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS, TYP. REMOVE (E) BUILT-UP ROOFING, CANT. AND FLASHING AT PARAPET, TYP. ALL REMOVE (E) METAL COPING CAP, TYP. AT MAIN ROOF (E) SKYLIGHT AND CURB TO REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED (E) CANOPY ROOF MOUNTED SOLAR PANELS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN, N.I.C. (E) SOLAR PANELS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, (E) SUPPORTS, AND STAND OFFS TO BE DEMOLISHED IN THEIR ENTIRETY. (E) V.T.R. TO BE EXTENDED MIN. 12" ABOVE COMPLETED (N) ROOF ASSEMBLY, TYP. ALL (E)LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED, S.E.D. (E) ROOF DRAIN AND OVERFLOW TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH (N) DRAIN AND OVERFLOW (E) ROOF ACCESS HATCH TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH NEW. PROVIDE NEW CURB AND FLASHING (E) SOLAR TUBE TO BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED. PROVIDE NEW SQUARE HOUSING, CURB, AND FLASHING (E) EXPANSION JOINT SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED IN KIND, SEE A8.01 (E) HVAC UNIT AND DUCTING TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED. PROVIDE (N) FLASHING AND CURB, TYP. METAL ROOFING AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT N.I.C. D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 A ROOF PLAN 'E0OLITION GENERAL NOTES DEMOLITION KEY PLAN NOTES N REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:BM DRAWN BY:JC SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 LEGEND 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 ROOF PLAN - DEMOLITION A5.00 1 A5.00 2 SL O P E SL O P E SL O P E A8.00 15 SIM A8.00 16 A8.00 17 A8.00 17 A8.00 13 A8.00 9 A8.00 8 A8.00 1 A8.00 16 A8.00 4 TYP A8.00 9 A8.00 9 SIM A8.00 12 SL O P E 1 TYP 1 TYP 1 TYP 2 TYP 4 TYP 1 TYP 2 TYP 6 TYP 7 8 3 TYP 10 TYP 10 TYP 11111111 1111 9 TYP 12 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS & REQUIRED CLEARANCES W/ EQUIPMENT & COORDINATE W/ ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS PRIOR TO ORDERING & INSTALLATION. 2. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCY IN THE FIELD 3. (E) HVAC UNITS TO BE RE-SET. DE-ENERGIZE & LOCK OUT/TAG OUT EXISTING EQUIPMENT BRANCH FEEDER. REMOVE EXISTING UNIT DISCONNECTING MEANS AND DISPOSE 4. ALL UNDERLAYMENT AND METAL FLASHING ARE TO BE REMOVED. PREPARE FOR (E) WOOD SUBSTRATE TO ACCEPT (N) UNDERLAYMENT AND ROOFING AS SPECIFIED. 5. ALL ITEMS TO REMAIN SHALL BE PROTECTED IN PLACE. 6. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL QUANTITIES 7. ALL NEW ELECTRICAL SHALL BE CONCEALED (E) SOLAR TUBE SKYLIGHT WITH (N) HOUSING (E) 4X4 SKYLIGHT (N) COPING AT PARAPET WALL (N) EXPANSION JOINT (N)DRAIN AND OVERFLOW (N) EXHAUST FAN (N) EXTERIOR FLAG LIGHT (N) ROOFING AND INSULATION. SEE DETAIL 14/A8.00 FOR ROOF ASSEMBLY AND ROOFING SCOPE OF WORK BELOW FOR NOTES PROVIDE NEW CRICKETS . SLOPE 3/4" PER FT. MIN., TYP. U.N.O. (N) HOUSING AT (E) SOLAR TUBE SKYLIGHT PROVIDE (N) ROOF DRAIN AND OVERFLOW COMBINATION ZURN Z164. RE-ROUTE (E) PIPES TO FIT NEW LOCATION AND CONNECT TO (E) R.W.L. AND OVERFLOW PIPES. PATCH DECK AS REQUIRED (N) EXHAUST VENT OR PASSIVE AIR VENT INSTALL PER DETAILS 7 AND 10/A8.00 EXTEND (E) PLUMBING VENT. SEE DETAIL 16/A8.00 (N) LIGHT FIXTURE, SEE E122 (N) ROOF HATCH AT (E) OPENING. INSTALL PER DETAIL 1/A8.00 (N) AIR HANDLING UNIT, S.M.D. PROVIDE (N) METAL COPING PER DETAIL 15/A8.00, TYP. U.N.O. (N)RELOCATED HVAC UNITS, S.M.D. (N) MECHANICAL DUCTING, S.M.D. NOTE: ALL DUCTING ON ROOF IS NEW. 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 10 11 12 1. SEE SHEET NOTES FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF WORK 2.RAISE CURBS TO A MINIMUM OF 8" ABOVE THE COMPLETED ROOFING SYSTEM. 3.INSTALL NEW DRAIN BODIES AND OVERFLOWS, ALL DRAINS TO HAVE POSITIVE SLOPE. 4.PROPERLY CLEAN AND PRIME THE DECK AS REQUIRED. 5.INSTALL A BASE LAYER OF POLYISOCYANURATE INSULATION R-10 MIN, MECHANICALLY ATTACHED. 6.INSTALL TAPERED CRICKETS BEHIND ALL CURBS AND BETWEEN DRAINS FOR CONSTANT POSITIVE DRAINAGE, NO PONDING WATER ACCEPTED, MINIMUM SLOPE OF CRICKET TO BE 3/4:12”. 7.INSTALL A 1/2” DENSDECK PRIME ON THE FIELD AND STEEP SLOPPED AREAS, 1/4” DENSDECK ON THE VERTICAL WALLS FULLY ADHERED WITH INSUL-LOCK HR. 8.INSTALL ONE LAYER OF FLEXBASE 80 IN GREEN-LOCK MEMBRANE ADHESIVE. 9.INSTALL ONE LAYER OF KEE-STONE 60 FB MINERAL IN KEE-LOCK SPLATTER FOAM, PER MANUFACTURER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 10. INSTALL (N) EXPANSION JOINT WHERE (E), PER DETAILS. 11. NEW 22-GAUGE KYNAR COATED PERIMETER R-MER EDGER COPING CAP ASSEMBLY AND PROJECTION METAL FLASHING. 12. NO CONDUITS SHALL BE MOUNTED TO THE WALL FLASHINGS. 13. ALL ROOFTOP MOUNTED CONDUITS OR GAS LINES SHALL BE MOUNTED TO AN EQUIPMENT SUPPORT EVERY 20’ OR AT ALL CORNERS SUPPORTED WITH FLOATING RUBBER DURABLOCK 7’ O.C WITH PIPE CLAMPS LEFT LOOSE. 14. CLEAN UP THE PROJECT SITE DAILY. 15. PROVIDE A SINGLE SOURCE WARRANTY OF 30-YEAR NO DOLLAR LIMIT COVERING ALL COMPONENTS OF THE ROOFING SYSTEM AT CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE BASIC WIND SPEED AND MEETING MANUFACTURER-PROVIDED ENGINEERED CALCULATIONS. A2.03 ROOF PLAN - PROPOSED GENERAL NOTES KEY PLAN NOTES N REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:BM DRAWN BY:JC SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 LEGEND 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 ROOF PLAN - PROPOSED ROOFING SCOPE OF WORK UP UP COPIER +21' A.F.F. cl cl cl cl CL CO P I E R WALKWAY ABOVE ACRYLICSHOWERSFREEWILLK-12102-C 1 TYP 1 TYP 2 TYP 1 TYP 2 TYP 1 TYP 2 TYP 1 TYP 2 TYP 1 TYP 2 TYP 2 TYP 1 TYP 1 TYP 1 TYP 1 TYP 1 TYP 1 TYP 1 TYP 1 TYP 2 TYP 2 TYP 2 TYP 2 TYP 2 TYP 2 TYP 2 TYP 2 TYP 2 TYP 2 TYP 2 TYP 2 TYP 2 TYP 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS & REQUIRED CLEARANCES W/ EQUIPMENT & COORDINATE W/ ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS PRIOR TO ORDERING & INSTALLATION. 2. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCY IN THE FIELD (E) SOLAR TUBE (E) MECHANICAL GRILLE (E) MECHANICAL GRILLE (E) EXHAUST FAN (E) LIGHT FIXTURE (E) LIGHT FIXTURE (E) LIGHT FIXTURE (E) SUPPLY DIFFUSER IN SOFFIT (E) LIGHTING FIXTURE, S.E.D. FOR FULL SCOPE OF WORK (E) MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, S.M.D. FOR FULL SCOPE OF WORK 1 2 A FIRST FLOOR RCP E;ISTING GENERAL NOTES KEY PLAN NOTES N REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:BM DRAWN BY:JC SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 LEGEND 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - EXISTING REF. VENDING STOVE/ OVEN SINK VENDING D.W. AREA FOR MECHANICAL UNITS MDF/ PBX MDF UPS FUTURE UPS 2 TYP 1 TYP 2 TYP 2 TYP 2 TYP 2 TYP 1 TYP 1 TYP 1 TYP 1 TYP 1 TYP 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS & REQUIRED CLEARANCES W/ EQUIPMENT & COORDINATE W/ ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS PRIOR TO ORDERING & INSTALLATION. 2. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCY IN THE FIELD (E) SOLAR TUBE (E) MECHANICAL GRILLE (E) MECHANICAL GRILLE (E) EXHAUST FAN (E) LIGHT FIXTURE (E) LIGHT FIXTURE (E) LIGHT FIXTURE (E) SUPPLY DIFFUSER IN SOFFIT (E) LIGHTING FIXTURE, S.E.D. FOR FULL SCOPE OF WORK (E) MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, S.M.D. FOR FULL SCOPE OF WORK 1 2 A SECON' FLOOR RCP E;ISTING GENERAL NOTES KEY PLAN NOTES N REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:BM DRAWN BY:JC SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 LEGEND 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 SECOND FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - EXISTING 16 A8.00 15 A8.00 9 A8.00 4 A8.00 8 A8.00 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS & REQUIRED CLEARANCES W/ EQUIPMENT & COORDINATE W/ ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS PRIOR TO ORDERING & INSTALLATION. 2. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCY IN THE FIELD (E) LIGHTING FIXTURE, S.E.D. FOR FULL SCOPE OF WORK (E) MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, S.M.D. FOR FULL SCOPE OF WORK 1 2 3, 4 A8.01 8 A8.00 4 A8.00 A8.00 5 A SECTIONS GENERAL NOTES KEY PLAN NOTES REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:BM DRAWN BY:JC SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 LEGEND 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 CROSS SECTION 1/4" = 1'-0" 2 COUNCIL CHAMBERS MECHANICAL WELL LONGITUDINAL SECTION 8" M I N INSULATION COVERBOARD ANCHOR BY OTHERS ROOF HATCH EXTERIOR LOCK PROVISION WOOD DECK TERMINATION BAR FASTENED @ 8"O.C. MAX. THROUGH BUTYL TAPE (MIN. 1.5" EMBEDMENT) 60 MIL NON-FLEECE BACKED KEE CAP FLASHING PLY 3" MIN. ON FIELD MODIFIED BASE FLASHING PLY 6" MIN. ON FIELD CANT STRIP 60 MIL FLEECE BACKED KEE MEMBRANE MODIFIED BASE PLY HOT AIR WELD WATER CUT-OFF MASTIC COUNTERFLASHING SEALANT, REFERENCE SPECIFICATION FASTENER WITH NEOPRENE WASHER THROUGH CONTINUOUS BUTYL TAPE NOTE: REFERENCE SPECIFICATION FOR MEMBRANE ADHESIVE TYPE, AND INSULATION/COVER BOARD TYPE AND ATTACHMENT METHOD. TEXT 8" M I N [2 0 3 M M ] PREMANUFACTURED EQUIPMENT SUPPORT INSULATION COVERBOARDNOTE: REFERENCE SPECIFICATION FOR MEMBRANE ADHESIVE TYPE, AND INSULATION/COVER BOARD TYPE AND ATTACHMENT METHOD. WOOD DECK FLASHING FASTENED 8" O.C. [203MM] METAL CAP SECURED 24" O.C. W/ FASTENERS W/NEOPRENE WASHERSBOLTS WITH NEOPRENE WASHERS NEOPRENE PAD 60 MIL NON-FLEECE BACKED KEE CAP FLASHING PLY 3" MIN. ON FIELD - TERMINATE AT TOP OF NAILER, BUT DO NOT TURN OVER TOP MODIFIED BASE FLASHING PLY 6" MIN. ON FIELD - WRAP UP AND OVER NAILERS SA HIGH TEMP UNDERLAYMENT 60 MIL FLEECE BACKED KEE MEMBRANE MODIFIED BASE PLY HOT AIR WELD WATER CUT-OFF MASTIC8" M I N INSULATION COVERBOARDNOTE: REFERENCE SPECIFICATION FOR MEMBRANE ADHESIVE TYPE, AND INSULATION/COVER BOARD TYPE AND ATTACHMENT METHOD. WOOD DECK FLASHING FASTENED 8" O.C. METAL CAP SECURED 24" O.C. W/ FASTENERS W/NEOPRENE WASHERS MTL EXHAUST FAN COVER 60 MIL NON-FLEECE BACKED KEE CAP FLASHING PLY 3" MIN. ON FIELD - TERMINATE AT TOP OF CURB, BUT DO NOT TURN OVER TOP MODIFIED BASE FLASHING PLY 6" MIN. ON FIELD - WRAP UP AND OVER CURB 60 MIL FLEECE BACKED KEE MEMBRANE MODIFIED BASE PLY HOT AIR WELD WATER CUT-OFF MASTIC 8" M I N INSULATION COVERBOARD STORM COLLAR SET IN MASTIC, PRIME FLANGE UMBRELLA DRAWBAND OR WELD UMBRELLA TO STACK HEAT STACK NOTE: REFERENCE SPECIFICATION FOR MEMBRANE ADHESIVE TYPE, AND INSULATION/COVER BOARD TYPE AND ATTACHMENT METHOD. SEAL GAP AROUND PIPES W/FOAM WOOD DECK 60 MIL NON-FLEECE BACKED KEE CAP FLASHING PLY 3" MIN. ON FIELD MODIFIED BASE FLASHING PLY 6" MIN. ON FIELD TEMPERATURE APPROPRIATE ELASTOMERIC SEALANT SEALANT, REFERENCE SPECIFICATION 4" MIN. 60 MIL FLEECE BACKED KEE MEMBRANE MODIFIED BASE PLY HOT AIR WELD WATER CUT-OFF MASTIC 8" M I N COVERBOARD NOTE: REFERENCE SPECIFICATION FOR MEMBRANE ADHESIVE TYPE, AND INSULATION/COVER BOARD TYPE AND ATTACHMENT METHOD. INSULATION WOOD DECK EXISTING CEMENT PLASTER COUNTERFLASHING FASTENED @ 8"O.C. MAX. THROUGH BUTYL TAPE (MIN. 1.5" EMBEDMENT) TERMINATION BAR FASTENED @ 8"O.C. MAX. THROUGH BUTYL TAPE 60 MIL NON-FLEECE BACKED KEE CAP FLASHING PLY 3" MIN. ON FIELD MODIFIED BASE FLASHING PLY 6" MIN. ON FIELD CANT STRIP SEALANT, REFERENCE SPECIFICATION SILL TRIM 60 MIL FLEECE BACKED KEE MEMBRANE MODIFIED BASE PLY WATER CUT-OFF MASTIC HOT AIR WELD 8" M I N CANT STRIP INSULATION COVERBOARDNOTE: REFERENCE SPECIFICATION FOR MEMBRANE ADHESIVE TYPE, AND INSULATION/COVER BOARD TYPE AND ATTACHMENT METHOD. WOOD DECK METAL CAP SECURED 24" O.C. W/ FASTENERS W/NEOPRENE WASHERS FLASHING FASTENED 8" O.C. BOLTS WITH NEOPRENE WASHERS NEOPRENE PAD MODIFIED BASE FLASHING PLY 6" MIN. ON FIELD - WRAP UP AND OVER NAILERS 60 MIL NON-FLEECE BACKED KEE CAP FLASHING PLY 3" MIN. ON FIELD - TERMINATE AT TOP OF NAILER, BUT DO NOT TURN OVER TOP SA HIGH TEMP UNDERLAYMENT 60 MIL FLEECE BACKED KEE MEMBRANE MODIFIED BASE PLY HOT AIR WELD WATER CUT-OFF MASTIC 8" M I N 2" X 10" MINIMUM CANT STRIP INSULATION COVERBOARD NOTE: REFERENCE SPECIFICATION FOR MEMBRANE ADHESIVE TYPE, AND INSULATION/COVER BOARD TYPE AND ATTACHMENT METHOD. WOOD DECK MTL COUNTERFLASHING FASTENED 8" O.C. W/NEOPRENE WASHERS EXTRUDED ALUMINUM FRAME W/WEEP HOLES SKYLIGHT MODIFIED BASE FLASHING PLY 6" MIN. ON FIELD 60 MIL NON-FLEECE BACKED KEE CAP FLASHING PLY 3" MIN. ON FIELD TERMINATION BAR FASTENED @ 8"O.C. MAX. THROUGH BUTYL TAPE SEALANT, REFERENCE SPECIFICATION 60 MIL FLEECE BACKED KEE MEMBRANE MODIFIED BASE PLY HOT AIR WELD WATER CUT-OFF MASTIC 1" MI N . 8" MI N CANT STRIP INSULATION COVERBOARD NOTE: REFERENCE SPECIFICATION FOR MEMBRANE ADHESIVE TYPE, AND INSULATION/COVER BOARD TYPE AND ATTACHMENT METHOD. SEALING MATERIAL-MUST BE CONTINUOUS ON THE PERIMETER WOOD NAILER NOMINAL FLASHING RECEIVER UNIT MOUNTING CURB WOOD DECK METAL COUNTERFLASHING FASTENED 8" O.C. SCREW OR RIVET TO FLASHING RECEIVER ONLY BASE OF UNIT EXTENDS 1/2" MINIMUM BEYOND AND DOWN OVER TOP OF CURB 60 MIL NON-FLEECE BACKED KEE CAP FLASHING PLY 3" MIN. ON FIELD MODIFIED BASE FLASHING PLY 6" MIN. ON FIELD TERMINATION BAR FASTENED @ 8"O.C. MAX. THROUGH BUTYL TAPE SEALANT, REFERENCE SPECIFICATION 60 MIL FLEECE BACKED KEE MEMBRANE MODIFIED BASE PLY HOT AIR WELD WATER CUT-OFF MASTIC 8" M I N CANT STRIP INSULATION COVERBOARD NOTE: REFERENCE SPECIFICATION FOR MEMBRANE ADHESIVE TYPE, AND INSULATION/COVER BOARD TYPE AND ATTACHMENT METHOD. WOOD DECK METAL CAP SECURED 12" O.C. W/ FASTENERS & NEOPRENE WASHERS PASSIVE AIR/VENT INTAKE FLASHING FASTENED 8" O.C. 60 MIL NON-FLEECE BACKED KEE CAP FLASHING PLY 3" MIN. ON FIELD - TERMINATE AT TOP OF NAILER, BUT DO NOT TURN OVER TOP MODIFIED BASE FLASHING PLY 6" MIN. ON FIELD - WRAP UP AND OVER NAILER 60 MIL FLEECE BACKED KEE MEMBRANE MODIFIED BASE PLY HOT AIR WELD WATER CUT-OFF MASTIC 8" M I N 3" INSULATION COVERBOARD NOTE: REFERENCE SPECIFICATION FOR MEMBRANE ADHESIVE TYPE, AND INSULATION/COVER BOARD TYPE AND ATTACHMENT METHOD. WOOD DECK 60 MIL NON-FLEECE BACKED KEE CAP FLASHING PLY 3" MIN. ON FIELD MODIFIED BASE FLASHING PLY 6" MIN. ON FIELD CANT STRIP CAST IN PLACE SLIP FLASHING EXISTING DOOR THRESHOLD SET IN MASTIC TERMINATION BAR FASTENED @ 8"O.C. MAX. THROUGH BUTYL TAPE (MIN. 1.5" EMBEDMENT) SEALANT, REFERENCE SPECIFICATION 60 MIL FLEECE BACKED KEE MEMBRANE MODIFIED BASE PLY WATER CUT-OFF MASTIC HOT AIR WELD 60 MIL FLEECE BACKED KEE MEMBRANE BASE PLIES WITH ADHESIVE 1/2" DENSDECK ON DECK, 1/4" ON WALLS, FULLY ADHERED (F.A.) TO INSULATION BASE LAYER POLYISOCYANURATE INSULATION R-10 MIN. MECHANICALLY FASTEN (M.F.) EXISTING WOOD DECK PROTECTION LAYER UNIPER RUBBER BLOCK W/ UNISTRUT FIXED TO THE TOP. LOAD NOT TO EXCEED 50LBS PER 6"LENGTH 2" MIN. ELECTRICAL CONDUIT / PLUMBING PIPING (N) PIPE STRAP ONE SIZE LARGER THAN PIPE, TYP. ROOF SYSTEMMASTIC PER MFG REQ. TYP. NOTES: 1. APPROXIMATELY 1/8" (3 mm) DIAMETER BEAD OF CUT-EDGE SEALANT IS REQUIRED ON CUT EDGES OF REINFORCED MEMBRANE. 1 FLASHING HEIGHT APPROX. 3" (75 mm) CURB HEIGHT CREASE LINE KEE MEMBRANE CUT ALONG LINES 45° KEE INSIDE CORNER 3 2 3" AP P R O X . KEE MEMBRANECANT STRIP FLAPS FOLDED BELOW 8" min. TERM BAR/REGLET (CORNER NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY) HOT AIR WELD WATER CUT-OFF MASTIC WALLS, FULLY ADHERED (F.A.) TO COVERBOARD OVERFLOW, SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS 2" EXTERNAL WATER DAM FOR OVERFLOW DRAINAGE ROOF DRAIN MODIFIED BASE FLASHING PLY 6" MIN. ON FIELD MODIFIED BASE PLY SOFT METAL FLASHING (30" MIN.) SET IN MASTIC, WRAPPED DOWN 2" MIN., PRIME TOP SURFACE LEADER NOTE: REFERENCE SPECIFICATION FOR MEMBRANE ADHESIVE TYPE, AND INSULATION/COVER BOARD TYPE AND ATTACHMENT METHOD. INSULATION, FIT TIGHT TO DRAIN SLOPE= 1 2:12 DRAIN BOWL & CLAMP CONNECTION HUBFASTENER(S) & STRESS PLATE(S) 12"O.C. AROUND SUMP AREA WOOD DECK 60 MIL NON-FLEECE BACKED KEE MEMBRANE, SET IN SPECIFIED ADHESIVE HOT AIR WELD WATER CUT-OFF MASTIC 60 MIL FLEECE BACKED KEE MEMBRANE, SET IN SPECIFIED ADHESIVE 3'-0" MIN.3'-0" MIN. CANT STRIP INSULATION STAGGER ALL JOINTS, FASTEN PER SPECIFICATION PLIES DECK SLOPE PER SPECIFICATION COPING COVER x 10'-0" 6" CONCEALED SPLICE PLATE @ EACH JOINT ANCHOR PLATE @ 5'-0" o.c. (4) FASTENERS PER ANCHOR PLATE HPR MODIFIED MEMBRANE FLASHING PLY 9" MIN. ON FIELD BASE FLASHING PLY 6" MIN. ON FIELD HPR MODIFIED MEMBRANE2' - 0 " M A X . DECK SET LEAD FLANGE IN MASTIC, PRIME FLANGE BEFORE STRIPPING BASE PLY PLUMBING VENT STACK INSULATION, STAGGER ALL JOINTS, ADHERE PER SPECIFICATION ROLL DOWN LEAD FLASHING 1" MIN. DOWN INTO PIPE POLYURETHANE SEALANT 60MIL THERMOPLASTIC FB MEMBRANE 60MIL THERMOPLASTIC FB MEMBRANE 3" MIN. ON FIELD, HEAT WELD BASE FLASHING PLY 8" MIN. ON FIELD 12 " M I N . 4" MIN. 8" M I N INSULATION COVERBOARD NOTE: REFERENCE SPECIFICATION FOR MEMBRANE ADHESIVE TYPE, AND INSULATION/COVER BOARD TYPE AND ATTACHMENT METHOD. COMPRESSIBLE INSULATION FLEXIBLE VAPOR RETARDER TO SERVE AS INSULATION RETAINER WOOD DECK FASTENER W/NEOPRENE WASHERS @ 8"O.C. MAX. THROUGH BUTYL TAPE 60 MIL NON-FLEECE BACKED KEE CAP FLASHING PLY 3" MIN. ON FIELD MODIFIED BASE FLASHING PLY 6" MIN. ON FIELD, WRAP UP AND OVER NAILER 60 MIL FLEECE BACKED KEE MEMBRANE MODIFIED BASE PLY CANT STRIP EXPAN-O-FLASH (STYLE WS) ELASTOMERIC BELLOWS, CLOSED CELL FOAM BACKER AND INTEGRAL 4" WIDE & 2"X2" MTL. FLANGES METAL CAP FASTENED @ 8"O.C. MAX. THROUGH BUTYL TAPE (MIN. 1.5" EMBEDMENT) CEMENT PLASTER UNDERLAYMENT WATER CUT-OFF MASTIC HOT AIR WELD 5- 1 / 8 " M I N 4" M I N TWO PIECE COUNTERFLASHING ALL PLIES SET IN BITUMEN SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR SURFACING INSULATION, STAGGER ALL JOINTS, ADHERE PER SPECIFICATION (E) DECK 12" MIN 4"BASE PLY 60MIL THERMOPLASTIC FB MEMBRANE BASE FLASHING PLY 8"MIN. ON FIELD 60MIL THERMOPASTIC FB MEMBRANE 3"MIN ON FIELD, HEAT WELD POLYURETHANE SEALANT SPLIT LEAD ROOF JACK POLYURETHANE SEALANT DRAWBAND KEE PIPE BOOT MTL RAIN COLLAR OVERLAPPING LEAD JACK 8" M I N 4" MI N . 2" X 10" MINIMUM CANT STRIP INSULATION COVERBOARD NOTE: REFERENCE SPECIFICATION FOR MEMBRANE ADHESIVE TYPE, AND INSULATION/COVER BOARD TYPE AND ATTACHMENT METHOD. WOOD DECK MTL COUNTERFLASHING FASTENED 8" O.C. W/NEOPRENE WASHERS MODIFIED BASE FLASHING PLY 6" MIN. ON FIELD - WRAP UP AND OVER NAILERS, FASTEN @ 8" O.C. 60 MIL NON-FLEECE BACKED KEE CAP FLASHING PLY 3" MIN. ON FIELD TERMINATION BAR FASTENED @ 8"O.C. MAX. THROUGH BUTYL TAPE SEALANT, REFERENCE SPECIFICATION SHEET MTL ENCLOSURE -CROSSBREAK OR SLOPE FOR DRAINAGE SHEET MTL OR FLEX-TUBE COLLAR SLOPE PIPES DOWN AND AWAY FROM HOOD INSULATE VOID TO PREVENT CONDENSATION MIN. 4" CLEARANCE FROM PIPE TO TOP OF CURB; MIN. 2" BETWEEN PIPES SEALANT, REFERENCE SPECIFICATION 60 MIL FLEECE BACKED KEE MEMBRANE MODIFIED BASE PLY HOT AIR WELD WATER CUT-OFF MASTIC A 'ETAILS REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:BM DRAWN BY:JC SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 1 HATCH DETAIL 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 6 PRE-FABRICATED CURB 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 2 HEAT STACK 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 7 EXHAUST FAN 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3 EQUIPMENT SUPPORT DETAIL 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 8 FLASHING AT EXISTING PLASTER 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 4 HVAC UNIT CURB 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 9 ROOFING AT SKYLIGHT 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 5 DOOR THRESHOLD 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 10 PASSIVE AIR INTAKE 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 14 BUILT UP ROOF ASSEMBLY 3" = 1'-0" 11 TYPICAL FLOATING PIPE SUPPORT 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 12 INSIDE CORNER FLASHING 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 13 ROOF DRAIN WITH OVERFLOW SUMPED 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 15 COPING CAP DETAIL 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 16 PLUMBING STACK 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 17 EXPANSION JOINT AT PLASTER WALL 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 18 PIPE FLASHING 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 19 PIPE HOUSING EXPAND-O-FLASH (STYLE CF/EJ) ELASTOMERIC BELLOWS, CLOSED CELL FOAM BACKER AND INTEGRAL 4" WIDE MTL WALL FLANGE AND 2"X2" CURB FLANGE, TYP. COUNTERFLASHING OVER WALL FLANGE FACTORY SOLDERED MTL FLANGES AT TRANSITION FACTORY SEWN AND SEALED BELLOWS AT BELLOWS TRANSITION EXPAND-O-GARD (STYLE WS) ELASTOMERIC BELLOWS AND INTEGRAL 4" WIDE MTL WALL FLANGES, TYP APPROVED CURB, SEE DETAIL 17/A8.00 APPROVED ROOFING SYSTEM, SEE DETAIL 14/A8.00 EXISTING WALLS ROLL BACK EXISTING WALL VAPOR BARRIER TO ALLOW FOR FLANGE INSTALL. ROLL BACK POST INSTALLATION CONTINUOUS BEAD OF SEALANT APPLIED 1-1/2" FROM FACE OF WALL, TYP. @ EA. FLANGE STYLE WS EXPAND-O-GARD W/INTEGRAL 4" MTL. FLANGES, TYP. FASTEN FLANGE TO (E) WALL WITH APPROPRIATE FASTENER @ 12"O.C. MAX (E) WALL FINISH EXPAND-O-FLASH (STYLE CF/EJ) ELASTOMERIC BELLOWS, CLOSED CELL FOAM BACKER AND INTEGRAL 4" WIDE MTL WALL FLANGE AND 2"X2" CURB FLANGE, TYP. FACTORY SOLDERED MTL FLANGES AT TRANSITION FACTORY SEWN AND SEALED BELLOWS AT BELLOWS TRANSITION COUNTERFLASHING OVER WALL FLANGE EXPAND-O-GARD (STYLE WS) ELASTOMERIC BELLOWS AND INTEGRAL 4" WIDE MTL WALL FLANGES, TYP APPROVED ROOFING SYSTEM, SEE DETAIL 14/A8.00 APPROVED CURB, SEE DETAIL 17/A8.00 A 'ETAILS REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:BM DRAWN BY:JC SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 1 ROOF TO WALL VERTICAL INSIDE CORNER EXPANSION JOINT 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3 ROOF TO WALL VERTICAL OUTSIDE CORNER EXPANSION JOINT 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 2 WALL INSIDE CORNER EXP. JOINT MP0.01 COVER SHEET REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:JMT/MJT DRAWN BY:MJT/AP SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:06.10.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 ph o n e : 7 0 7 . 5 7 7 . 0 3 6 3 fa x : 7 0 7 . 5 7 7 . 0 3 6 4 he a t i n g , v e n t i l a t i o n , a i r c o n d i t i o n i n g + p l u m b i n g d e s i g n a n d e n g i n e e r i n g 15 0 0 0 I N C . 60 8 5 S T A T E F A R M D R . # 1 3 0 RO H N E R T P A R K , C A 9 4 9 2 8 EFORPDERETSIGER REE N I G N E LANOISS L I F O R N IAS T A TEOF CA CHAN I C A LME M 36958 Exp 9/30/26 WEHTTAM E R R OTJ. CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SHOW AND DEMONSTRATE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST HAVING SUCCESSFULLY INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF FIVE (5) OF THE SAME OR SIMILAR SYSTEM TYPES AS INCLUDED WITHIN THIS PLAN SET WITHIN THE PAST FIVE YEARS. SUBMIT TO MEOR. PROVIDE FOR APPROVAL, PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, A WRITTEN STATEMENT INDICATING THE PROJECT NAMES, DATES COMPLETED, OWNER'S NAME AND CONTACT INFORMATION. SUBMIT TO MEOR. A GENERAL BUILDING CONTRACTOR, AS DEFINED BY CALIFORNIA BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONS CODE (BPC) DIVISION 3, CHAPTER 9, ARTICLE 4, SECTIONS 7055, 7056, 7057, 7058 AND 7059, AND ALL RELATED SUBSECTIONS SHALL HOLD A "B" LICENSE. A GENERAL ENGINEERING CONTRACTOR, AS DEFINED BY CALIFORNIA BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONS CODE (BPC) DIVISION 3, CHAPTER 9, ARTICLE 4, SECTIONS 7055, 7056, 7057, 7058 AND 7059, AND ALL RELATED SUBSECTIONS SHALL HOLD AN "A" LICENSE. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: INSTALLERS FOR SPECIALTY SYSTEMS REQUIRING FACTORY TRAINING FOR MECHANICAL/PLUMBING SYSTEMS INDICATED WITHIN THIS PLAN SET SHALL HAVE AT LEAST ONE PERSON FACTORY TRAINED AND CERTIFIED FOR INSTALLATION AND SERVICE OF THE SYSTEM BEING INSTALLED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE EQUIPMENT BEING INSTALLED. THIS PERSON SHALL AT ALL TIMES SUPERVISE THE INSTALLATION OF ALL OTHER INSTALLERS AND ASSURE ALL WORK IS DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. ALL OTHER INSTALLERS SHALL BE TRAINED AND CERTIFIED IN HVAC INSTALLATION (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO REFRIGERANT PIPING AND CONTROLS) BY A NATIONAL OR REGIONALLY RECOGNIZED ORGANIZATION. PROVIDE FOR APPROVAL, PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, COPIES OF INSTALLERS CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER PROOF OF QUALIFICATIONS. SUBMIT TO MEOR. CONTRACTOR STATE LICENSE BOARD REQUIREMENTS (CSLB): PER THE CALIFORNIA BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONS CODE (BPC) DIVISION 3, CHAPTER 9, ARTICLE 4, SECTIONS 7055, 7056, 7057, 7058 AND 7059, AND ALL RELATED SUBSECTIONS, SPECIALTY CONTRACTORS, AS DEFINED BY THE CSLB, SHALL HOLD THE FOLLOWING LICENSES AT A MINIMUM TO PERFORM THE WORK RELATED HEREIN: C-4: BOILER, HOT WATER HEATING AND STEAM FITTING CONTRACTOR C-7: LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEMS CONTRACTOR C-10: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR C-16: FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR C-20: WARM-AIR HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING CONTRACTOR C-34: PIPELINE CONTRACTOR C-36: PLUMBING CONTRACTOR C-38: REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR C-60: WELDING CONTRACTOR REFER ALSO TO: https://www.cslb.ca.gov/About_Us/Library/Licensing_Classifications/ CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION SET, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL SPECIFICATIONS (BOOK TYPE/PROVIDED SEPARATELY), DRAWINGS, PROJECT MANUAL, CALCULATIONS AND CUT-SHEETS. ADDITIONAL LIST OF DOCUMENTS AND DRAWINGS CONTAINED HEREIN, INCLUDE; DOCUMENT LIST PIPE DROP PIPE BREAK PIPE RISE GATE VALVE BALL VALVE WYE STRAINER (WITH DRAIN VALVE) UNION THERMOMETER CAP INSTALLED ON PIPE PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE PORT (PETE'S PLUG) CHECK VALVE PRESSURE GAUGE MOTORIZED 2-WAY CONTROL VALVE PLUG VALVE PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVE INLINE PIPE DROP INLINE PIPE RISE FLEXIBLE DUCT/EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SUPPLY DIFFUSER OUTLET (CEILING) RETURN GRILLE INLET (CEILING) EXHAUST GRILLE INLET (CEILING) DETAIL REFERENCE T SHEET NUMBER DETAIL NUMBER1 M0.01 EQUIPMENT TAG EQUIPMENT # EQUIPMENT TAGAC 1 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER TURNING VANES IN RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK DUCTWORK CROSS SECTION M FSD DUCT SMOKE DETECTORSD LEGEND /A CFM + DUCT DROP DUCT RISE (TO PLAN LEVEL ABOVE) H S CO DUCT BREAK (ROUND/RECT) TC THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE DUCT, ROUND OR RECT. (AS NOTED PER PLANS) SIZE ON PLANS REFERS TO NOMINAL ID DUCT, ROUND OR RECT. (AS NOTED PER PLANS) SIZE ON PLANS REFERS TO NOMINAL ID DUCT, INTERNALLY INSULATED (ROUND OR RECT.) SIZE ON PLANS REFERS TO NOMINAL ID. DUCT, EXTERNALLY INSULATED (ROUND OR RECT.) SIZE ON PLANS REFERS TO NOMINAL ID. TITLE 24 COMPLIANT THERMOSTAT, TIMECLOCK (TOP MOUNTED AT 48" AFF) HUMIDISTAT, CO2 SENSOR, CO SENSOR @ MFG REC. HEIGHT. AIR OUTLET/INLET CALL-OUT TYPE / FLOW (PRESSURE) LOW LEAKAGE OPPOSED BLADE MOTORIZED DAMPER SYMBOL ARROWS INDICATE BLOW PATTERN DESCRIPTION WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR (PDI CERTIFIED) FLOOR CLEANOUT CLEANOUT TO GRADE END PLUG CLEANOUT WALL CLEANOUT MOTORIZED 3-WAY CONTROL VALVE (DIVERTING OR MIXING) SEISMIC GAS SHUT OFF VALVE HOSE BIBB (ELEVATION, PLAN) CIRCUIT SETTER/BALANCING VAVLVE AUTOMATIC AIR VENT MANUAL AIR VENT GAS PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE (PLAN, ELEVATION) FLOOR SINK (12X12, 12X6) SYMBOL DESCRIPTION FLOOR DRAIN VENT THROUGH ROOF WYE STRAINER (WITHOUT DRAIN VALVE) DOMESTIC WATER PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE (PLAN, ELEVATION) BUTTERFLY VALVE PUMP (ARROW INDICATES FLOW DIRECTION) FLEX PIPE CONNECTOR CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY / RETURN AC COIL CONDENSATE DIRECTION OF FLOW CHILLED WATER SUPPLY / RETURN DIRECTION OF PITCH IN PIPING, AT % SLOPE HEATING HOT WATER SUPPLY / RETURN CD CWRCWS HHWR CHWR HHWS CHWS R 2% ACCESS PANELAP POINT OF CONNECTION METER (GAS OR WATER)M REFRIGERANT PIPE (SINGLE LINE REPRESENTS 2-3 PIPE BUNDLE) SANITARY SEWER PIPE (BELOW GRADE) SANITARY SEWER PIPE (ABOVE GRADE OR FINISHED FLOOR) SPIN IN DUCT FITTING - ROUND TAP TO SQUARE MAIN (DOUBLE LINE, SINGLE LINE) LOW LOSS FITTING - SQUARE TO ROUND (DOUBLE LINE, SINGLE LINE) 90° RADIUS ELBOW (R = 1.5D), SQUARE OR ROUND 45° RADIUS ELBOW (R = 1.5D), SQUARE OR ROUND DUCT TRANSITION (RD - RD, SQ - SQ) SQUARE TO ROUND TRANSITION GW GW GREASE WASTE PIPE (BELOW GRADE) GREASE WASTE PIPE (ABOVE GRADE OR FINISHED FLOOR) 90° CONICAL TAP 90° TAP BACKDRAFT DAMPER BDD BAROMETRIC RELIEF DAMPER BRD FD SD CRD COMBINATION FIRE & SMOKE DAMPER FIRE DAMPER SMOKE DAMPER CEILING RADIATION DAMPER 45° LATERAL TAP WYE FITTING, ROUND (DOUBLE LINE, SINGLE LINE) G NATURAL GAS PIPE (ABOVE AND BELOW GRADE) N NATURAL GAS PIPE (ABOVE AND BELOW GRADE) VENT PIPE (ABOVE AND BELOW GRADE) AR ARGON GAS PIPE (ABOVE GRADE) CA COMPRESSED AIR PIPE (ABOVE GRADE) C2H2 ACETYLENE GAS PIPE (ABOVE GRADE) O2 OXYGEN GAS PIPE (ABOVE GRADE) N2 NITROGEN GAS PIPE (ABOVE GRADE) DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPE DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPE DOMESTIC HOT WATER RETURN PIPE TW CWHW A B AB DT DWG EQ # GENERAL NOTES 1. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND ARE INTENDED TO BE USED AS A GUIDE FOR THE INSTALLATION OF A COMPLETE MECHANICAL SYSTEM. DO NOT SCALE PLANS. CONTRACTOR SHALL AMEND ALL INFORMATION AS REQUIRED AS SITE CONDITIONS WARRANT. 2. WHERE INDICATED BY "SUBMIT TO MEOR", PROVIDE DETAILED SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW BY MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD. ALL DRAWINGS SHALL BE IN 1/4"=1'-0" SCALE AND ELECTRONIC. ALL SUBMITTALS SHALL BE ELECTRONIC. 3. PROVIDE ALL EQUIPMENT AND LABOR NECESSARY FOR THE COMPLETE AND WORKABLE INSTALLATION OF ALL SPECIFIED AND OWNER SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES. 4. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCES. 5. ALL DAMPERS INSTALLED OVER AREAS WITH HARD CEILINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH EITHER REMOTE OPERATORS OR ACCESS PANELS. 6. COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL ACCESS PANELS WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. 7. DO NOT CUT ANY STRUCTURAL MEMBERS OR STUDS WITHOUT PROPER COORDINATION WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 8. ALL DUCTWORK AND MECHANICAL/PLUMBING PIPING SHALL BE RUN PERPENDICULAR TO STRUCTURE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 9. DUCTWORK AND MECHANICAL/PLUMBING PIPING SHALL AVOID ARCHITECTURAL OPENINGS AND SHALL BE RUN CONCEALED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 10. DUCTWORK AND MECHANICAL/PLUMBING PIPING SHALL MAINTAIN A CLEARANCE OF 1" MINIMUM FROM ALL COMBUSTIBLE SURFACES. 11. ALL DUCT SIZES SHOWN REPRESENT CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. WHERE DUCT LINING OCCURS, INCREASE DUCT SIZE INDICATED TO SUIT. 12. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE, AND FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND ACTUAL CONDITIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO BID. 13. ROOF MOUNTED DUCTWORK SHALL BE SLOPED TO SHED WATER. 14. ALL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED WITH SEISMIC VIBRATION ISOLATORS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 2" STATIC DEFLECTION. 15. REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE SIZED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 16. PROVIDE COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS AT ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED SHAFTS AND SEPARATIONS PER CALIFORNIA STATE FIRE MARSHAL REQUIREMENTS. 17. THE DRAWINGS REPRESENT THE DIAGRAMMATIC GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF THE SCOPE OF WORK AND SHOULD NOT BE USED SOLELY TO DETERMINE SCOPE. CONTRACTORS SHALL BID THE ENTIRE SET OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS INCLUDING CROSS DISCIPLINE INFORMATION AND WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS. ALL BIDS BASED UPON DRAWING INFORMATION ONLY CAN BE ASSUMED TO BE INCOMPLETE AND INCONCLUSIVE TO DETERMINE ENTIRE SCOPE OF WORK. 18. AIR MOVING SYSTEMS SUPPLYING IN EXCESS OF 2000 CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE TO ENCLOSED SPACES WITHIN BUILDINGS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH AN AUTOMATIC SHUTOFF. SHUTOFFS SHALL STOP THE AIR-MOVING EQUIPMENT WHEN SMOKE IS DETECTED IN A SUPPLY-AIR DUCT OR WHEN SMOKE IS DETECTED IN ROOMS SERVED BY THE SYSTEM. EXCEPTIONS: (1) ROOMS HAVE A DIRECT EXIT TO THE EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING NOT TO EXCEED 100FT, OR (2) SYSTEMS ARE DESIGNED FOR SMOKE CONTROL (2022 CMC 609.1). 19. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY VOLTAGES AND ALL OTHER ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS WITH ELECTRICAL PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT. 20. DESIGN AND EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCES ARE BASED ON THE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULED AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. ANY ALTERATIONS OR SUBSTITUTIONS OF ANY EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUBMITTED, REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD PRIOR TO ORDERING OF EQUIPMENT. 21. PROVIDE LINE OR LOW VOLTAGE POWER WIRING FOR ALL CONTROLS. COORDINATE CONTROL SYSTEM POWER REQUIREMENTS WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR INCLUDING DAMPER MOTORS, CONTROL PANELS AND ALL DEVICES REQUIRING POWER. ALL WIRING AND COMPONENTS SHALL BY INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE LATEST EDITION. 22. COORDINATE FINAL ELECTRICAL AMPERAGES AND VOLTAGES WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT. 23. FACTORY-MADE FLEXIBLE AIR DUCTS AND CONNECTORS SHALL BE NOT MORE THAN 5 FEET IN LENGTH AND SHALL NOT BE USED IN LIEU OF RIGID ELBOWS OR FITTINGS, PER 2022 CMC 603.4.1. 24. CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE ACCEPTANCE TESTING: THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE REQUIRES ACCEPTANCE TESTING ON MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. THE REQUIRED TESTS ARE INDICATED ON THE TITLE 24 DOCUMENTATION FORMS. ACCEPTANCE TESTING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A CALIFORNIA CERTIFIED ACCEPTANCE TEST TECHNICIAN. ANY TESTS THAT DO NOT PASS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER FOR REVIEW. ALL NOTED ACCEPTANCE TESTING MUST BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO BENEFICIAL OCCUPANCY. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ACCEPTANCE TESTING AND SUBMIT COMPLETED ACCEPTANCE TEST FORMS TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 25. DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, NOTES AND CALCULATIONS ARE FOR PERMIT SUBMITTAL ONLY TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. PLANS ARE NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, BIDDING AND/OR ESTIMATING UNTIL STAMPED AND SIGNED BY A LICENSED MECHANICAL ENGINEER AND THIS NOTE IS REMOVED. 26. PROVIDE ALL CONTROL WIRING AND DEVICES AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND WORKABLE SYSTEM. ALL WIRING AND DEVICES SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE. COORDINATE POWER REQUIREMENTS WITH ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR. 27. VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT A SIZE EQUAL TO THE LINE SIZE OF THE PIPING SHOWN. 28. VALVES, SHOCK ABSORBERS, IN-LINE EQUIPMENT, ETC., SHALL NOT BE USED AS A LOCATION FOR SUPPORTS. 29. PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE AND AS CLOSE TO STRUCTURE AS POSSIBLE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 30. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING ON ALL PIPING GREATER THAN 12" FROM STRUCTURE. REFER ALSO TO MEP ANCHORAGE NOTES. 31. MINIMUM INDIRECT WASTE AIR GAPS OVER FLOOR SINKS/DRAINS SHALL BE TWICE THE PIPE DIAMETER OF WASTE PIPE. 32. EACH VENT PIPE SHALL TERMINATE NOT LESS THAN TEN (10) FEET FROM, OR AT LEAST (3) FEET ABOVE ANY OPERABLE WINDOW, DOOR, OPENING, AIR INTAKE, OR VENT SHAFT, NOR LESS THAN (3) FEET IN EVERY DIRECTION FROM ANY LOT LINE; ALLEY AND STREET EXCEPTED. PER 2022 CPC 906.2 33. AN ACCESSIBLE SHUTOFF VALVE OF A TYPE SET FORTH IN CPC SECTION 1211.5, SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE FUEL SUPPLY PIPING OUTSIDE OF EACH APPLIANCE AND AHEAD OF THE UNION CONNECTION THERETO, AND IN ADDITION TO ANY VALVE ON THE APPLIANCE. SHUTOFF VALVES SHALL BE WITHIN SIX (6) FEET OF THE APPLIANCE IT SERVES, AND IN THE SAME ROOM OR SPACE WHERE THE APPLIANCE IS LOCATED. PER 2022 CPC 1212.6. 34. CONDENSATE WASTE DISPOSAL: THE WASTE PIPING SHALL HAVE A SLOPE OF NOT LESS THAN 1/8" PER FOOT OR ONE PERCENT SLOPE AND SHALL BE OF APPROVED CORROSION-RESISTANT MATERIAL NOT SMALLER THAN THE OUTLET SIZE AS REQUIRED IN 2022 CPC TABLE 814.3. CONDENSATE OR WASTE WATER SHALL NOT DRAIN OVER A PUBLIC WAY. PER 2022 CPC 814.5. 35. PROVIDE NAIL PLATES AT ALL STUD PIPING PENETRATIONS. 36. AT PUBLIC-USE LAVATORIES, PROVIDE MIXING VALVE (WATTS LFMMV OR APPROVED EQUAL) TO LIMIT HOT WATER SUPPLY TEMPERATURE TO A MAXIMUM OF 120°F. PER 2022 CPC, SECTION 407.3, THE WATER HEATER THERMOSTAT SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED A CONTROL FOR HOT WATER SUPPLY TEMPERATURE, UNLESS THE WATER HEATER CONFORMS TO ASSE 1084. PROVIDE A DIRECT REPLACEMENT HEATING, COOLING, VENTILATION, AND CONTROLS SYSTEMS DESIGN FOR ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL. SCOPE OF WORK CALGREEN NOTES PLUMBING/PIPING SPECIFIC: 1. IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALGREEN REQUIREMENTS, ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS. NOTE, ACTUAL DESIGN MAY EXCEED THE MINIMUMS NOTED BELOW. SEE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ACTUAL FIXTURE SPECIFICATIONS. a.WATER CLOSETS (TOILETS) - FLUSHOMETER VALVE-TYPE SINGLE FLUSH EFFECTIVE FLUSH VOLUME: 1.28 GALLONS PER FLUSH (4.8 L) ASME A 112.19.2/CSA B45.I b.WATER CLOSETS (TOILETS) - FLUSHOMETER VALVE-TYPE DUAL FLUSH: EFFECTIVE FLUSH VOLUME: 1.28 GALLONS PER FLUSH (4.8 L). ASME A 112.19.14 AND U.S. EPA WATERSENSE TANK-TYPE HIGH-EFFICIENCY TOILET SPECIFICATION. c.WATER CLOSETS (TOILETS) - TANK TYPE: EFFECTIVE FLUSH VOLUME: 1.28 GALLONS PER FLUSH (4.8 L) U.S. EPA WATERSENSE TANK-TYPE HIGH-EFFICIENCY TOILET SPECIFICATION. d.URINALS - WALL MOUNTED: EFFECTIVE FLUSH VOLUME: 0.125 GALLONS PER FLUSH (0.47 L) ASME A 112.19.2/CSA B45.1 e.URINALS - ALL OTHER EFFECTIVE FLUSH VOLUME: 0.50 GALLONS PER FLUSH (1.9 L) ASME A 112.19.2/CSA B45.1 f.SHOWERHEAD (SINGLE VALVE) MAXIMUM FLOW RATE: 1.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 80 PSI. (6.8 L/MIN) ASME A 112.18.1/CSA B125.1 AND U.S. EPA WATERSENSE SPECIFICATION FOR SHOWERHEADS. g.MULTIPLE SHOWERHEADS (SERVING ONE SHOWER) THE COMBINED FLOW RATE OF ALL SHOWERHEADS AND/OR OTHER SHOWER OUTLETS CONTROLLED BY A SINGLE VALVE SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 80 PSI, OR THE SHOWER SHALL BE DESIGNED TO ALLOW ONLY ONE SHOWER OUTLET TO BE IN OPERATION AT A TIME. h.LAVATORY FAUCETS: RESIDENTIAL MAXIMUM FLOW RATE: 1.2 GPM AT 60 PSI (4.5 L/MIN) MINIMUM FLOW RATE: 0.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 20 PSI (3.0 L/MIN) ASME A 112.18.1/CSA B125.1 i.LAVATORY FAUCETS: NONRESIDENTIAL MAXIMUM FLOW RATE: 0.5 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 60 PSI. (1.9 L/MIN) ASME A 112.18.1/CSA B125.1 j.METERING FAUCETS: RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS MAXIMUM WATER USE: 0.20 GALLONS (0.8 L) PER METERING CYCLE ASME A 112.18.1/CSA B125.1 k.KITCHEN FAUCETS: MAXIMUM FLOW RATE: 1.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 60 PSI (6.8 L/MIN) MAY TEMPORARILY INCREASE THE FLOW ABOVE THE MAXIMUM RATE, BUT NOT TO EXCEED 2.2 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 60 PSI, AND MUST DEFAULT TO A MAXIMUM FLOW RATE OF 1.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 60 PSI. ASME A 112.18.1/CSA B125.1 l.PRE-RINSE SPRAY VALVES: SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS IN THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATION, TITLE 20 (APPLIANCE EFFICIENCY REGULATIONS), SECTION 1605.1 (h)(4) TABLE H-2, SECTION 1605.3 (h)(4)(A), AND SECTION 1607 (d)(7) AND SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH AN INTEGRAL AUTOMATIC SHUTOFF. m.WASH FOUNTAINS: MAXIMUM FLOW RATE: 1.8 GALLON PER MINUTE/20 [RIM SPACE (INCHES) AT 60 PSI] n.METERING FAUCETS FOR WASH FOUNATAIN: METERING FAUCETS FOR WASH FOUNTAINS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM FLOW RATE OF NOT MORE THAN 0.20 GALLONS PER MINUTE/20 [RIM SPACE (INCHES) AT 60 PSI]. o.SUBMETERS: SHALL BE INSTALLED TO MEASURE WATER USAGE OF INDIVIDUAL RENTAL DWELLING UNITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE. 2. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE, AND SHALL MEET THE APPLICABLE STANDARDS REFERENCED IN TABLE 1701.1 OF THE CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE. HVAC SPECIFIC (COMMERCIAL): 1. HVAC SYSTEM INSTALLERS SHALL BE TRAINED AND CERTIFIED IN THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF HVAC SYSTEMS. 2. PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION TO SHOW COMPLIANCE WITH CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, PLANS, INSTALLER CERTIFICATIONS, INSPECTION REPORTS, TO DEMONSTRATE SUBSTANTIAL CONFORMANCE. WHEN SPECIFIC DOCUMENTATION OR SPECIAL INSPECTION IS NECESSARY TO VERIFY COMPLIANCE, THAT METHOD OF COMPLIANCE WILL BE SPECIFIED IN THE APPROPRIATE SECTION OR IDENTIFIED IN THE APPLICATION CHECKLIST 3. AABC COMPLIANCE: COMPLY WITH AABC'S MANUAL MN_1 "AABC NATIONAL STANDARDS", AS APPLICABLE TO MECHANICAL AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT AND APPARATUS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. DEVELOP A WRITTEN PLAN OF PROCEDURES TO BE INCLUDED FOR TESTING AND BALANCING. SUBMIT CERTIFIED TEST REPORTS SIGNED BY THE TEST AND BALANCE SUPERVISOR WHO PERFORMED TESTING AND BALANCING WORK. PROVIDE A COPY OF THE FINAL TEST REPORT TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY. 4. THE PERMANENT HVAC SYSTEM SHALL ONLY BE USED DURING CONSTRUCTION IF NECESSARY TO CONDITION THE BUILDING OR AREAS OF ADDITION OR ALTERATION WITHIN THE REQUIRED TEMPERATURE RANGE FOR MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION. 5. IF THE HVAC SYSTEM IS USED DURING CONSTRUCTION , USE RETURN AIR FILTERS WITH A MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REPORTING VALUE (MERV) OF 8, BASED ON ASHRAE 52.2-1999, OR AN AVERAGE EFFICIENCY OF 30% BASED ON ASHRAE 52.1-1992. REPLACE ALL FILTERS IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY, OR, IF THE BUILDING IS OCCUPIED DURING ALTERATION, AT THE CONCLUSION OF CONSTRUCTION. 6. AT THE TIME OF ROUGH INSTALLATION, DURING STORAGE ON THE CONSTRUCTION SITE AND UNTIL FINAL STARTUP OF THE HEATING, COOLING, AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT, ALL DUCT AND OTHER RELATED AIR DISTRIBUTION COMPONENT OPENINGS SHALL BE COVERED WITH TAPE, PLASTIC, SHEET METAL OR OTHER METHODS OF ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY. 7. PROVIDE REGULARLY OCCUPIED AREAS OF THE BUILDING WITH AIR FILTRATION MEDIA FOR OUTSIDE AND RETURN AIR THAT PROVIDES AT LEAST A MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REPORTING VALUE (MERV) OF 13. 8. NO HVAC REFRIGERANT SYSTEMS USING HYDROCHLOROFLUOROCARBONS OR HALONS SHALL BE USED ON THE PROJECT. 9. PROVIDE THE BUILDING OWNER WITH DETAILED OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND COPIES OF GUARANTEES/WARRANTIES FOR EACH SYSTEM PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION. HVAC SPECIFIC (RESIDENTIAL): 1. BATHROOM EXHAUST FANS: a.FANS SHALL BE ENERGY STAR COMPLIANT AND BE DUCTED TO TERMINATE OUTSIDE THE BUILDING. b. UNLESS FUNCTIONING AS A COMPONENT OF A WHOLE HOUSE VENTILATION SYSTEM, FANS MUST BE CONTROLLED BY A HUMIDITY CONTROL - HUMIDITY CONTROLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF ADJUSTMENT BETWEEN A RELATIVE HUMIDITY RANGE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 50% TO A MAXIMUM OF 80%. A HUMIDITY CONTROL MAY UTILIZE MANUAL OR AUTOMATIC MEANS OF ADJUSTMENT. - A HUMIDITY CONTROL MAY BE A SEPARATE COMPONENT TO THE EXHAUST FAN AND IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE INTEGRAL (I.E., BUILT-IN) 2. HVAC SYSTEM INSTALLERS SHALL BE TRAINED AND CERTIFIED IN THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF HVAC SYSTEMS. REFER TO SECTION 702.1 IN THE CALGREEN CODE. 3. PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION TO SHOW COMPLIANCE WITH CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, PLANS, INSTALLER CERTIFICATIONS, INSPECTION REPORTS, TO DEMONSTRATE SUBSTANTIAL CONFORMANCE. WHEN SPECIFIC DOCUMENTATION OR SPECIAL INSPECTION IS NECESSARY TO VERIFY COMPLIANCE, THAT METHOD OF COMPLIANCE WILL BE SPECIFIED IN THE APPROPRIATE SECTION OR IDENTIFIED IN THE APPLICATION CHECKLIST 4. AABC COMPLIANCE: COMPLY WITH AABC'S MANUAL MN_1 "AABC NATIONAL STANDARDS", AS APPLICABLE TO MECHANICAL AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT AND APPARATUS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. DEVELOP A WRITTEN PLAN OF PROCEDURES TO BE INCLUDED FOR TESTING AND BALANCING. SUBMIT CERTIFIED TEST REPORTS SIGNED BY THE TEST AND BALANCE SUPERVISOR WHO PERFORMED TESTING AND BALANCING WORK. PROVIDE A COPY OF THE FINAL TEST REPORT TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY. 5. AT THE TIME OF ROUGH INSTALLATION, DURING STORAGE ON THE CONSTRUCTION SITE AND UNTIL FINAL STARTUP OF THE HEATING, COOLING, AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT, ALL DUCT AND OTHER RELATED AIR DISTRIBUTION COMPONENT OPENINGS SHALL BE COVERED WITH TAPE, PLASTIC, SHEET METAL OR OTHER METHODS OF ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY. 6. PROVIDE THE BUILDING OWNER WITH DETAILED OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND COPIES OF GUARANTEES/WARRANTIES FOR EACH SYSTEM PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION. 1. DOMESTIC COLD WATER IS ASSUMED TO BE AT A TEMPERATURE OF ±60°F. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY AND CONFIRM DOMESTIC WATER TEMPERATURE AT BUILDING MAIN PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2. HOT WATER DELIVERY SHALL BE AT A TEMPERATURE 120°F, DESIGNED WITH A 60°F TEMPERATURE RISE (WITH THE EXCEPTION OF PUBLIC LAVATORIES WHERE AN ASSE 1070 MIXING VALVE IS REQUIRED TO TEMPER THE WATER TO 105°F). 3. SANITARY SEWER PIPING SHALL SLOPE AT 1/4" PER FOOT IN THE DIRECTION OF FLOW UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 4. PENETRATIONS THROUGH FOOTINGS AND/OR FOUNDATIONS SHALL BE SLEEVED AND COORDINATED WITH THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD. DESIGN ASSUMPTIONS/CRITERIA MP0.01 COVER SHEET MP0.02 NOTES AND STANDARDS MP0.03 SCHEDULES MP1.01 HVAC PLAN - FIRST FLOOR MP1.02 HVAC PLAN - SECOND FLOOR MP1.03 HVAC ROOF PLAN MP5.01 DETAILS MP5.02 DETAILS MP7.01 TITLE 24 DOCUMENTATION (MECH) MP7.02 TITLE 24 DOCUMENTATION (MECH) COORDINATED SHOP DRAWINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATION 230000, SECTION 1.05(G). MANUFACTURER CONTROL DIAGRAMS AND SEQUENCES OF OPERATION EQUIPMENT/PRODUCT SUBMITTALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS 220000, SECTION 1.05 AND 230000 SECTION 1.05. EQUIPMENT TEST AND BALANCE (TAB) REPORTS. REQUIRED SUBMITTALS THE BASIS OF DESIGN IS TO REPLACE HEATING, COOLING, AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT IN KIND WITH THE INTENT TO REUSE EXISTING BUILDING DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS. EXISTING SYSTEMS AND AREAS THAT ARE NOT DIRECTLY OBSERVABLE UTILIZE ARCHIVE PLANS DATED APRIL 2, 2007 (PROJECT NUMBER 0527). NEW DDC CONTROLS SYSTEM SHALL BE AUTOMATED LOGIC CORPORATION (ALC) FOR ALL NEW MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (BACNET). BASIS OF DESIGN REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:JMT/MJT DRAWN BY:MJT/AP SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:06.10.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 ph o n e : 7 0 7 . 5 7 7 . 0 3 6 3 fa x : 7 0 7 . 5 7 7 . 0 3 6 4 he a t i n g , v e n t i l a t i o n , a i r c o n d i t i o n i n g + p l u m b i n g d e s i g n a n d e n g i n e e r i n g 15 0 0 0 I N C . 60 8 5 S T A T E F A R M D R . # 1 3 0 RO H N E R T P A R K , C A 9 4 9 2 8 EFORPDERETSIGER REE N I G N E LANOISS L I F O R N IAS T A TEOF CA CHAN I C A LME M 36958 Exp 9/30/26 WEHTTAM E R R OTJ. FOR EXISTING MECHANICAL (PLUMBING AND/OR HVAC) EQUIPMENT INTENDED TO BE REUSED AS PART OF THE PROJECT DESIGN, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE PROPER EQUIPMENT FUNCTION BY PERFORMING A FULL SERVICE DIAGNOSTIC CHECK, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: HVAC AIRSIDE SYSTEMS: 1. TIGHTEN ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS. 2. CHECK AIRFLOW, REFRIGERANT LEVEL, CURRENT (AMPERE) DRAW. 3. CLEAN EVAPORATOR AND CONDENSER COILS. 4. INSPECT INDOOR FAN COIL DRAIN PAN AND DRAIN LINES. 5. CLEAN FAN BLADES AND CHECK FOR DUCT LEAKS. 6. CHECK AND VERIFY ECONOMIZER OPERATION. 7. PROGRAM THERMOSTATS TO OWNER SETPOINT AND TIME REQUIREMENTS. 8. LUBRICATE ALL MOVING PARTS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 9. REPLACE BELTS AND FILTERS. 10. CLEAN COOLING COILS (ROOFTOP UNIT ONLY). 11. COMB EVAPORATIVE SECTIONS (ROOFTOP UNIT ONLY). 12. INSPECT HEAT EXCHANGER AND BURNER COMBUSTION (HEATING SPECIFIC). 13. CHECK AND ENSURE REFRIGERANT LEVEL AND CHARGE ARE WITHIN THE MANUFACTURER'S OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES. 14. DYNAMICALLY BALANCE BLOWER MOTOR. HVAC WATERSIDE (COIL): 1. VISUAL INSPECTIONS: 1.1. CHECK ALL CONNECTIONS, VALVES AND THE COIL ITSELF FOR ANY SIGNS OF VISIBLE LEAKS. 1.2. INSPECT INSULATION ON PIPES FOR DAMAGE OR WEAR. 1.3. INSPECT FOR ANY SIGNS OF CORROSION ON THE COIL AND THE SURROUNDING/ASSOCIATED COMPONENTS. 2. CLEANING: 2.1. REMOVE DUST, DIRT AND DEBRIS FROM THE COIL SURFACE 2.2. FLUSH THE SYSTEM TO REMOVE SEDIMENT AND BUILDUP (IF REQUIRED) WITH NON ABRASIVE CLEANING AGENT 2.3. INSPECT AND CLEAN STRAINERS OR FILTERS TO ENSURE PROPER FLOW. 3. FUNCTIONAL CHECKS: 3.1. CONFIRM WATER IS FLOWING PROPERLY THROUGH COIL AND CHECK FOR ANY BLOCKAGES. 3.2. MEASURE INLET AND OUTLET TEMPERATURES TO CONFIRM COIL IS OPERATING WITHIN EXPECTED RANGE. 3.3. CONFIRM CONTROL VALVES ARE FUNCTIONING PROPERLY AND ARE NOT STUCK OR LEAKING. DOMESTIC WATER HEATING SYSTEMS: 1. VISUAL INSPECTIONS: 1.1. INSPECTING THE TANK, PIPES AND FITTINGS FOR ANY VISUAL SIGNS OF LEAKS. 1.2. REMOVE AND INSPECT THE ANODE ROD FOR CORROSION. REPLACE IF MORE THAN 50% CORRODED. 1.3. INSPECT THE PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE (PRV) TO ENSURE PROPER FUNCTION AND LEAK FREE. 2. CLEANING: 2.1. FLUSH THE TANK BY DRAINING TO REMOVE SEDIMENT BUILDUP. USE A HOSE TO DIRECT WATER TO A CODE APPROVED DRAINAGE AREA. 2.2. FOR FUEL GAS (NG/LPG) HEATERS, CLEAR THE BURNER AND PILOT LIGHT AREA TO ENSURE PROPER COMBUSTION. 2.3. CHECK AND CLEAN THE VENTING SYSTEM TO ENSURE THE SYSTEM IS CLEAR OF ANY OBSTRUCTIONS OR SEDIMENT BUILD UP. 3. FUNCTIONAL CHECKS: 3.1. TEST THE TEMPERATURE SETTINGS AND CONFIRM THE THERMOSTAT IS SET TO THE RECOMMENDED TEMPERATURE (DEFAULT OF 120°F). 3.2. FOR ELECTRIC HEATERS (NON FUEL GAS), TEST THE HEATING ELEMENTS FOR CONTINUITY AND REPLACE IF NECESSARY. UPON COMPLETION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ISSUE A DIAGNOSTIC REPORT TO THE OWNER FOR RECORD OF EQUIPMENT STATUS. REPORT ANY DEFICIENCIES TO OWNER. SUBMIT TO MEOR. SERVICE CHECK NOTES (N) (E) AD AFC AFF AFG AL ALM AP APSI ATR BF BG BHP BLKG BO BTU BTUH BV CD CFF CFH CFM CHWR CHWS CK COTG CTE CW DB DIA DN EA EAT EC EFF ESP EWT F FBO FC FCO FD FD FLA FS FSD FT FT2 G GC GC GPM GV HB HHWR HWS HP HW IFC IN INS INS IS IW LAT LBS LWT MAX MBH MCA MFR MIN MOCP NA NIC OA OD OP POC PRTV PRV PSI RA RD RL RPBP RS RWL S SA SA SAD SCD SD SD SED SMD SOV SP SP SPD SQFT SS SSD T TH TPV TSP TYP U UG UON V V/P/H VD VTR W/ W/O WA WB WC WCO WT NEW EXISTING ACCESS DOOR ABOVE FINISHED CEILING ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ABOVE FINISHED GRADE ACOUSTICALLY LINED ALUMINUM ACCESS PANEL ABSOLUTE PRESSURE ALL THREAD ROD BELOW FLOOR BELOW GRADE BRAKE HORSEPOWER BLOCKING BY OTHERS BRITISH THERMAL UNITS BRITISH THERMAL UNITS BALL VALVE CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING CAPPED FOR FUTURE CUBIC FEET PER HOUR CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CHILLED WATER RETURN CHILLED WATER SUPPLY CHECK VALVE CLEANOUT TO GRADE CONNECT TO EXISTING DOMESTIC COLD WATER DRY BULB TEMPERATURE DIAMETER DOWN EXHAUST AIR ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR EFFICIENCY EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE ENTERING WATER DEGREES FAHRENHEIT FURNISHED BY OTHERS FLEXIBLE CONNECTION FLOOR CLEANOUT FLOOR DRAIN FIRE DAMPER FULL LOAD AMPERES FLOOR SINK COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE FEET SQUARE FEET GAS PIPING GAS COCK GENERAL CONTRACTOR GALLONS PER MINUTE GATE VALVE HOSE BIBB HEATING HOT WATER RETURN HEATING HOT WATER SUPPLY HORSEPOWER DOMESTIC HOT WATER IN FURRED CEILING INCH INCHES INSULATION IN SOFFIT INDIRECT WASTE LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE POUNDS LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE MAXIMUM BTUH, THOUSANDS MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPERES MANUFACTURER MINIMUM MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT NOT APPLICABLE NOT IN CONTRACT OUTSIDE AIR OVERFLOW DRAIN OWNER PROVIDED POINT OF CONNECTION PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE GAUGE PRESSURE (POUNDS RETURN AIR ROOF DRAIN REFRIGERANT LIQUID PIPING REDUCED PRESSURE REFRIGERANT SUCTION PIPING RAINWATER LEADER SENSOR SHOCK ABSORBER SUPPLY AIR SEE ARCHITECTURAL SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS STORM DRAIN SMOKE DETECTOR SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS SHUT OFF VALVE SPRINKLER STATIC PRESSURE SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS SQUARE FEET SANITARY SEWER SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS THERMOSTAT THERMOMETER TRAP PRIMER VALVE TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE TYPICAL UNION UNDERGROUND UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED VENT PIPING VOLTS/PHASE/HERTZ VENT THROUGH ROOF WITH WITHOUT WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR WET BULB TEMPERATURE WATER COLUMN WALL CLEANOUT WEIGHT PER HOUR DAMPER TEMPERATURE DRAWINGS BACKFLOW PREVENTER PER SQUARE INCH) RELIEF VALVE PROTECTION VOLUME DAMPER GSMS GALVANIZED SHEET METAL SCREW SMS SHEET METAL SCREW OC ON CENTER NOT ALL ABBREVIATIONS LISTED HEREIN APPEAR ON THE DRAWINGS. PTDF PRESSURE TREATED DOUGLAS FIR VIF VERIFY IN FIELD RVD RELIEF VALVE DISCHARGE K KILOGRAMS AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION DWV DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT ECM ELECTRONIC COMMUTATED MOTOR GPF GALLONS PER FLUSH GWP GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL CV CONSTANT VOLUME DH DUCT HEATER EDH ELECTRIC DUCT HEATER FPM FEET PER MINUTE HR HEAT RECOVERY HX HEAT EXCHANGER MAT MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE NO NORMALLY OPEN NC NORMALLY CLOSED PH PRE-HEAT RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE SEER SEASONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO SHGF SOLAR HEAT GAIN FACTOR SHR SENSIBLE HEAT RATIO VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VSD VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE CWV COMBINATION WASTE & VENT ABBREVIATIONS IS.ISSUE. PRE-BALANCE REQUIREMENTS A. AIR FLOW AT ALL GRILLES IN AREA OF WORK TO BE MEASURED PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. B. FOLLOWING ANY PROPOSED DEMOLITION OF DUCTWORK, EXISTING AIR HANDLERS AND EXHAUST FANS SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO ENSURE AIR FLOW RATES IN OCCUPIED AREAS REMAIN AT PRE-CONSTRUCTION LEVELS. LEVELS SHALL BE MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. C. AIR FLOW RATES SHALL BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED AND MAINTAINED AT PRE-MEASURED VALUES THROUGH THE COURSE OF WORK SHOWN. D. AFTER COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION, AIR FLOWS OF EXISTING AIR HANDLERS AND EXHAUST FANS SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO RESTORE ALL AFFECTED AIR FLOW RATES TO PRE-CONSTRUCTION VALUES. BDD BACKDRAFT DAMPER APPLICABLE CODE: 2022 CBC MEP COMPONENT ANCHORAGE NOTE ALL MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS SHALL BE ANCHORED AND INSTALLED PER THE DETAILS ON THE AHJ-APPROVED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. THE FOLLOWING COMPONENTS SHALL BE ANCHORED OR BRACED TO MEET THE FORCE AND DISPLACEMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESCRIBED IN THE 2022 CBC SECTIONS 1617A.1.18 THROUGH 1617A.1.26 AND ASCE 7-16 CHAPTERS 13, 26, AND 30: 1. ALL PERMANENT EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS. 2. TEMPORARY, MOVABLE OR MOBILE EQUIPMENT THAT IS PERMANENTLY ATTACHED (E.G. HARD WIRED) TO THE BUILDING UTILITY SERVICES SUCH AS ELECTRICITY, GAS OR WATER. "PERMANENTLY ATTACHED" SHALL INCLUDE ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS EXCEPT PLUGS FOR 110/220 VOLT RECEPTACLES HAVING A FLEXIBLE CABLE. 3. TEMPORARY, MOVABLE OR MOBILE EQUIPMENT WHICH IS HEAVIER THAN 400 POUNDS OR HAS A CENTER OF MASS LOCATED 4 FEET OR MORE ABOVE THE ADJACENT FLOOR OR ROOF LEVEL ASSEMBLY THAT DIRECTLY SUPPORT THE COMPONENT IS REQUIRED TO BE RESTRAINED IN A MANNER APPROVED BY THE AHJ. THE FOLLOWING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS SHALL BE POSITIVELY ATTACHED TO THE STRUCTURE AND NEED NOT DEMONSTRATE DESIGN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REFERENCES NOTED ABOVE. THESE COMPONENTS SHALL HAVE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS PROVIDED BETWEEN THE COMPONENT AND THE ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK, PIPING, AND CONDUIT. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS MUST ALLOW MOVEMENT IN BOTH TRANSVERSE AND LONGITUDINAL DIRECTIONS: A. COMPONENTS WEIGHING LESS THAN 400 POUNDS AND HAVING AND CENTER OF MASS LOCATED 4 FEET OR LESS ABOVE THE ADJACENT FLOOR OR ROOF LEVEL THAT DIRECTLY SUPPORT THE COMPONENT. B. COMPONENTS WEIGHING LESS THAN 20 POUNDS, OR IN THE CASE OF DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS, LESS THAN 5 POUNDS PER FOOT, WHICH ARE SUSPENDED FROM A ROOF OR FLOOR OR HUNG FROM A WALL. THE ANCHORAGE OF ALL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING COMPONENTS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL IN GENERAL RESPONSIBLE CHARGE OR STRUCTURAL ENGINEER DELEGATED RESPONSIBILITY AND HAVE ACCEPTANCE BY THE AHJ. THE PROJECT INSPECTOR WILL VERIFY THAT ALL COMPONENTS AND EQUIPMENT HAVE BEEN ANCHORED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ABOVE REQUIREMENTS. PIPING, DUCTWORK, AND ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM BRACING NOTE PIPING, DUCTWORK, AND ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE BRACED TO COMPLY WITH THE FORCES AND DISPLACEMENTS PRESCRIBED IN ASCE 7-16 SECTIONS 13.3 AS DEFINED IN ASCE 7-16 SECTIONS 13.6.5, 13.6.6, 13.6.7, 13.6.8; AND 2022 CBC, SECTIONS 1617A.1.24, 1617A.1.25 AND 1617A.1.26. THE METHOD OF SHOWING BRACING AND ATTACHMENTS TO THE STRUCTURE FOR THE IDENTIFIED DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ARE AS NOTED BELOW. WHEN BRACING AND ATTACHMENTS ARE BASED ON A PREAPPROVED INSTALLATION GUIDE (E.G. HCAi OPM FOR 2010 CBC OR LATER), COPIES OF THE BRACING SYSTEM INSTALLATION GUIDE OR MANUAL SHALL BE AVAILABLE ON THE JOBSITE PRIOR TO THE START OF AND DURING THE HANGING AND BRACING OF THE DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS. THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD SHALL VERIFY THE ADEQUACY OF THE STRUCTURE TO SUPPORT THE HANGER AND BRACE LOADS. MECHANICAL PIPING (MP), MECHANICAL DUCTS (MD), PLUMBING PIPING (PP) ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS (E): MP☐ MD☐ PP☐ E☐OPTION 1: DETAILED ON THE APPROVED DRAWINGS WITH PROJECT SPECIFIC NOTES AND DETAILS. MP☐ MD☐ PP☐ E☐OPTION 2: SHALL COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE OSHPD PRE-APPROVAL (OPM #) #0043-13, AS INCLUDED IN THESE DRAWINGS WITH PROJECT-SPECIFIC NOTES AND DETAILS. ANCHORAGE NOTES NO NO NO R410A REFRIGERANT NOTE REMARKS: 1. THE PROVISIONS LISTEN WITHIN THE TABLE ARE IN REFERENCE TO CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 17, DIVISION 3, CHAPTER, 1 SUBCHAPTER 10 CLIMATE CHANGE, ARTICLE 4, AND ARE NOT EXHAUSTIVE. 2. THE GWP OF R410A IS APPROXIMATELY 2,088 AND IS THE CURRENT BASIS OF DESIGN FOR THIS PROJECT. 3. EQUIPMENT UTILIZING REFRIGERANTS EXCEEDING THE GWP USED FOR INSTALLATION AFTER THE ASSOCIATED EFFECTIVE DATE MUST HAVE A DATE OF MANUFACTURER LISTED ON THE EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE DATA DEMONSTRATING THE EQUIPMENT WAS MANUFACTURED PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE. 4. EQUIPMENT WITH A DATE OF MANUFACTURER AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE LISTED ABOVE MUST UTILIZE LOW GWP REFRIGERANTS SUCH AS R-32, R-454B, ETC. AS OUTLINED BY THE CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCE BOARD (CARB). 5. EQUIPMENT UTILIZING NEW LOW GWP REFRIGERANTS MAY HAVE GREATER WEIGHT, GREATER POWER DRAW, AND/OR DIFFER CHASSIS SIZE. THE CURRENT SET OF PLANS IS BASED UPON R-410A, AND IT IS THE REQUIREMENT OF THE CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE THE ABOVE PARAMETERS SHOULD THERE BE A DELAY IN EQUIPMENT PROCUREMENT WHICH FORCES A CHANGE IN REFRIGERANT TYPE. 6. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT VALID FOR CONSTRUCTION AFTER 1/1/2025 IF >750 GWP REFRIGERANTS ARE UTILIZED FOR CONVENTIONAL HVAC EQUIPMENT (1/1/2026 FOR VRF/VRV EQUIPMENT). EQUIPMENT TYPE (GENERAL END USE) EQUIPMENT TYPE (SPECIFIC END USE) PROHIBITED SUBSTANCES EFFECTIVE DATE NEW AIR-CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT, STATIONARY ROOM/WALL/WINDOW AIR-CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT, PTACs, PTHPs, PORTABLE AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT, AND RESIDENTIAL DEHUMIDIFIERS REFRIGERANTS WITH A GWP OF 750 OR GREATER PROHIBITED AS OF: JANUARY 1, 2023 NEW AIR-CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT, STATIONARY OTHER AIR-CONDITIONING (NEW) EQUIPMENT, RESIDENTIAL AND NON-RESIDENTIAL REFRIGERANTS WITH A GWP OF 750 OR GREATER PROHIBITED AS OF: JANUARY 1, 2025 EQUIPMENT IN PROJECT NEW AIR-CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT, STATIONARY VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW (VRV) SYSTEM, VARIABLE REFRIGERANT VOLUME (VRV) SYSTEM (NEW) REFRIGERANTS WITH A GWP OF 750 OR GREATER PROHIBITED AS OF: JANUARY 1, 2026 APPLICABLE CODES/REFERENCES CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE - 2022 EDITION: 1. CBC CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (VOLUME 1 & 2) 2. CMC CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE 3. CPC CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE 4. CEC CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE 5. CFC CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE 6. CEnC CALIFORNIA ENERGY COMMISSION 7. CGBS CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (CALGREEN) NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (PARTIAL LIST): 1. NFPA 13 AUTOMATIC FIRE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK, 2022 EDITION 2. NFPA 70 NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE, 2023 EDITION 3. NFPA 54 NATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE, 2024 EDITION AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS: 1. ASCE 7 MINIMUM DESIGN LOADS FOR BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATION AND AIR-CONDITION ENGINEERS (PARTIAL): 1. ASHRAE STANDARD 15-2022 SAFETY STANDARD FOR REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS 2. ASHRAE STANDARD 62.1-2022 VENTILATION AND ACCEPTABLE INDOOR AIR QUALITY 3. ASHRAE STANDARD 62.2-2022 VENTILATION AND ACCEPTABLE INDOOR AIR QUALITY IN RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS 4. ASHRAE STANDARD 90.1-2022 ENERGY STANDARD FOR SITES AND BUILDINGS EXCEPT LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS THE SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITION CONTRACTORS' NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (PARTIAL): 1. HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, METAL AND FLEXIBLE 2. SEISMIC RESTRAINT MANUAL, GUIDELINES FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS NOTE: PARTIAL LIST, REFER TO RESPECTIVE TRADE SHEETS FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES 1. NEW EQUIPMENT UTILIZES EITHER R454B LOW GWP REFRIGERANT (466) AND/OR R32 LOW GWP REFRIGERANT (675) AS REQURED BY CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCE BOARD (CARB) AND ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA). THERE IS LIMITED PRODUCT DATA AVAILABLE BY THE MANUFACTURER REGARDING THESE UNITS AND THE SCHEDULE VALUES REPRESENTS THE MOST CURRENT PERFORMANCE DATA. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPARE FINAL PERFORMANCE DATA LISTED HEREIN WITH THE MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO EQUIPMENT ORDER AND NOTIFY MEOR OF DISCREPANCIES. 2. REFRIGERANT R454B AND R32 IS CLASSIFIED BY ASHRAE AS CATEGORY A2L, AND SHALL COMPLY WITH 2022 CMC SECTION 1104.6 AND ALL RELATED SUB-SECTIONS 3. 2022 CMC 1104.6.2.3 (REFRIGERANT DETECTION SYSTEMS) - REFRIGERANT DETECTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S LISTING AND ASHRAE 15. 4. 2022 CMC 1104.6.2.4 (REFRIGERANT CONCENTRATION ABOVE LIMIT) - WHEN THE REFRIGERANT DETECTION SYSTEM SENSES A REFRIGERANT EXCEEDING ITS RCL SEPTOINT AND 25% LFL SETPOINT, THE FOLLOWING ACTIONS SHALL BE TAKEN: 4.1.(1) THE SUPPLY AIR FAN OF THE EQUIPMENT SHALL ACTIVATE WITH A MINIMUM AIRFLOW RATE AS SPECIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 4.2.(2) AUTOMATICALLY TURN OFF THE COMPRESSOR AND ALL OTHER ELECTRICAL DEVICES, EXCLUDING THE CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMERS, CONTROL SYSTEMS, AND THE SUPPLY AIR FAN. THE SUPPLY AIR FAN SHALL CONTINUE TO OPERATE FOR A MINIMUM OF FIVE MINUTES AFTER THE REFRIGERANT DETECTION SYSTEM (RDS) HAS SENSED A DROP IN THE REFRIGERANT CONCENTRATION BELOW THE VALUE SPECIFIED IN 2022 CMC SECTION 1104.6.6(b), EXCEPT WHERE THE COMPRESSOR OPERATION REDUCES THE LEAK RATE OR THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF RELEASED REFRIGERANT TO THE INDOOR SPACE. 4.3.(3) ANY DEVICE THAT CONTROLS AIRFLOW LOCATED WITHIN THE PRODUCT OF IN DUCTWORK THAT SUPPLIES TO THE OCCUPIED SPACE SHALL BE FULLY OPEN. ANY DEVISE THAT CONTROLS AIFRLOW SHALL BE LISTED (THIRD PARTY CERTIFIED). 4.4.(4) MITIGATION ACTION REQUIRED BY THE EQUIPMENT LISTING SHALL BE INITIATED [ASHRAE 15:7.6.2.4]. 5. REFER ALSO TO REQUIREMENTS LISTED WITHIN UL 60335-2-40 FOR REFRIGERANT DETECTION SYSTEMS. REFRIGERANT MONITORING NOTE GW GREASE WASTE GENERAL REMARKS 1. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING MATERIAL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARDS AS LISTED WITHIN 2022 CPC, TABLE 604.1. 2. GAS PIPING MATERIAL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARDS AS LISTED WITHIN 2022 CPC, SECTION 1208.6. 3. DRAIN, WASTE AND VENT PIPING MATERIAL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARDS AS LISTED WITHIN 2022 CPC, TABLE 701.2. 4. MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS, SOLVENTS, JOINING MATERIALS AND ALL OTHER PIPING COMPONENT MATERIAL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARDS AS LISTED IN TABLE 1701.1. 5. BELOW GRADE DOMESTIC WATER PIPE SHALL CONFORM WITH ANSI/NSF-61 STANDARDS AND BE UL LISTED 6. PROVIDE ALL DIELECTRIC UNIONS NECESSARY FOR TRANSITIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS. 7. WHERE PRESENT, ALL UTILITY SERVICE PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS OUTLINED ABOVE ARE SUPERCEDED BY LOCAL JURISDICTIONAL UTILITY SERVICE REQUIREMENTS AND INSTALLATION DETAILS. PIPE MATERIAL SCHEDULE NATURAL GAS ABOVEGROUND, INTERIOR UP TO 2" BLACK STEEL, SCH 40 ASTM A53 THREADED GALVANIZED WELDED ANSI B31.8 GROOVED ASTM A536, ASTM A47, ASTM A53 NATURAL GAS ABOVEGROUND, INTERIOR GREATER THAN 2" BLACK STEEL, SCH 40 ASTM A53 WELDED SILVER TOP COAT WELDED ANSI B31.8 GROOVED ASTM A536, ASTM A47, ASTM A53 HVAC REFRIGERANT ALL UP TO 3" DIAMETER COPPER, ACR ASTM B280 BRAZED ANSI B16.50 COOLING CONDENSATE ALL UP TO 3" DIAMETER COPPER, TYPE L & M ASTM B88 COPPER, DWV ASTM B306 SOLDERED ANSI B16.18/B16.22 MP0.02 NOTES AND STANDARDS REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:JMT/MJT DRAWN BY:MJT/AP SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:06.10.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 ph o n e : 7 0 7 . 5 7 7 . 0 3 6 3 fa x : 7 0 7 . 5 7 7 . 0 3 6 4 he a t i n g , v e n t i l a t i o n , a i r c o n d i t i o n i n g + p l u m b i n g d e s i g n a n d e n g i n e e r i n g 15 0 0 0 I N C . 60 8 5 S T A T E F A R M D R . # 1 3 0 RO H N E R T P A R K , C A 9 4 9 2 8 EFORPDERETSIGER REE N I G N E LANOISS L I F O R N IAS T A TEOF CA CHAN I C A LME M 36958 Exp 9/30/26 WEHTTAM E R R OTJ. REMARKS: EER2/SEER2/IEER ROOFTOP PACKAGED UNIT SCHEDULE MANUFACTURER MODEL #WEIGHT ELECTRICAL DATA V/Ø/H MOCPMCA REMARKSNOMINAL CFM ESP (INCHES W.C.) SUPPLY FAN (BHP) COOLING (MBH) TC SC AFUE %HEATING (MBH) INPUT OUTPUT RTU 1 1280 0.8 0.48 36.0 26.0 11.8/14.0/NA 60 49 81 208-230/3/60 22 30 820 RTU 2 1800 0.8 1.01 48.0 34.6 11.8/14.0/NA 60 49 81 208-230/3/60 26 30 881 RTU 3 1650 0.8 0.88 48.0 34.6 11.8/14.0/NA 60 49 81 208-230/3/60 26 30 881 RTU 4 1900 0.8 1.11 60.0 43.2 11.4/14.0/NA 60 49 81 208-230/3/60 31 45 894 CARRIER 48FEGM04A2A5-0A6C CARRIER 48FEGM05A2A5-0A6C CARRIER 48FEGM05A2A5-0A6C CARRIER 48FEGM06A2A5-0A6C ALL UNIT 1. DRY BULB ECONOMIZER WITH POWER EXHAUST AND FAULT DETECTION DIAGNOSTIC (REFER TO POWER EXHAUST SCHEDULE). 2. UNIT WEIGHT INDICATES BASE UNIT WEIGHT + ACCESSORIES (DOES NOT INCLUDE POWER EXHAUST AND ECONOMIZER, SEE POWER EXHAUST SCHEDULE FOR WEIGHT AND ELECTRICAL INFORMATION. 3. SINGLE STAGE GAS HEATING. 4. PROVIDE WITH 7-DAY PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT. CONTROLLER SHALL BE CAPABLE OF DEMAND CONTROL VENTILATION (DCV) OPERATION. 5. PROVIDE SUPPLY AIR SMOKE DETECTOR. 6. PROVIDE MERV-13 FILTERS. 7. ULTRA-LOW NOX, NATURAL GAS HEATING. 8. DISCONNECT IN NEMA-3R ENCLOSURE. 9. STD/MEDIUM STATIC MOTOR. 10. FLUE DEFLECTOR 11. R454B REFRIGERANT 12. UNIT INCLUDES POWER EXHAUST AND ECONOMIZER WEIGHT AND ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS. 13. BACNET OR MSTP BMS COMPATIBLE. 14. FACTORY WIRED 115V CONVENIENCE OUTLET. 15. SINGLE POINT POWER 16. GALVANIZED DOUBLE WALL INSULATED CABINET. 17. UNIT INTENDED AS DIRECT PLACEMENT TYPE. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM EXACT SITE DIMENSIONS AND CONFIRM OPERATIONAL CLEARANCES WITH MNFR. PRIOR TO EQUIPMENT ORDER. 225 210 360 315 MIN OA CFM GENERAL SCHEDULE NOTES: a. UNIT SCHEDULED UTILIZES NEW R454B, LOW GWP REFRIGERANT (466) AS REQUIRED BY CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCE BOARD. THERE IS LIMITED PRODUCT DATA AVAILABLE BY THE MANUFACTURER REGARDING THESE UNITS AND THE SCHEDULED VALUES REPRESENT THE MOST CURRENT PERFORMANCE DATA. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPARE FINAL PERFORMANCE DATA LISTED HEREIN WITH THE MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO EQUIPMENT ORDER AND NOTIFY MEOR OF DISCREPANCIES. b. REFRIGERANT R454B IS CLASSIFIED BY ASHRAE AS CATEGORY A2L, AND SHALL COMPLY WITH 2022 CMC SECTION 1104.6 AND ALL RELATED SUBSECTIONS. c. 2022 CMC 1104.6.2.3 (REFRIGERANT DETECTION SYSTEMS) - REFRIGERANT DETECTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S LISTING, ASHRAE 15, AND UL 60335-2-40. d. 2022 CMC 1104.6.2.4 (REFRIGERANT CONCENTRATION ABOVE LIMIT) - WHEN THE REFRIGERANT DETECTION SYSTEM SENSES A REFRIGERANT EXCEEDING ITS SETPOINT, THE FOLLOWING ACTIONS SHALL BE TAKEN: d.a.(1) THE SUPPLY AIR FAN OF THE EQUIPMENT SHALL ACTIVATE WITH A MINIMUM AIRFLOW RATE AS SPECIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER. d.b.(2) AUTOMATICALLY TURN OFF THE COMPRESSOR AND ALL OTHER ELECTRICAL DEVICES, EXCLUDING THE CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMERS, CONTROL SYSTEMS, AND THE SUPPLY AIR FAN. THE SUPPLY AIR FAN SHALL CONTINUE TO OPERATE FOR A MINIMUM OF FIVE MINUTES AFTER THE REFRIGERANT DETECTION SYSTEM HAS SENSED A DROP IN THE REFRIGERANT CONCENTRATION BELOW THE VALUE SPECIFIED IN 2022 CMC SECTION 1104.6.6(b), EXCEPT WHERE THE COMPRESSOR OPERATION REDUCES THE LEAK RATE OR THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF RELEASED REFRIGERANT TO THE INDOOR SPACE. d.c.(3) ANY DEVICE THAT CONTROLS AIRFLOW LOCATED WITHIN THE PRODUCT OF IN DUCTWORK EQUIPMEN T THAT SUPPLIES TO THE OCCUPIED SPACE SHALL BE FULLY OPEN. ANY DEVICE THAT CONTROLS AIRFLOW SHALL BE LISTED (THIRD PARTY CERTIFIED) d.d.(4) MITIGATION ACTION REQUIRED BY THE EQUIPMENT LISTING SHALL BE INITIATED [ASHRAE 15.7.6.2.4] RTU 5 3000 1.35 1.41 102.0 74.6 12.15/NA/14.8 210 170.1 81 208/3/60 51 70 1597 AAON RNA-007 1200 ALL ALL ALL TBD REMARKS: POWER EXHAUST SCHEDULE TYPE # MANUFACTURER MODEL #WEIGHTELECTRICAL DATA V/Ø/H MCA REMARKSHI/LO CFM ESP (INCHES W.C.) PE 1 MICROMETL PECD-SRT12CB-D2DH-2LH 1280 0.50 230/3/60 4.9 191 ALL HP 1/2 LOCATION/ORIENTATION ON UNIT/VERTICAL MOCP 8.8 SUBMIT TO MEOR PE 2 MICROMETL PECD-SRT34CB-D2DH-2L1 PE 3 MICROMETL PECD-SRT34CB-D2DH-2L1 PE 4 MICROMETL PECH-SRT12CB-D2DH-2LH 1. VERTICAL DUCT CONFIGURATION. 2. MODULATING POWER EXHAUST. 3. DISCONNECT IN NEMA-3R ENCLOSURE. 4. MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR. 5. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR. 6. HONEYWELL JADE W7220 ECONOMIZER CONTROLLER WITH FAULT DETECTION AND DIAGNOSTIC. 7. HORIZONTAL CONFIGURATION. ECONOMIZER AND POWER EXHAUST ARE SEPARATE MODULES, WITH THE POWER EXHAUST DUCT MOUNTED AND THE ECONOMIZER MOUNTED ON THE RTU. 8. SUPPORT LEGS, COORDINATE SLEEPER LOCATION WITH SEOR 1800 0.50 230/3/60 4.9 191 ALL1/2 ON UNIT/VERTICAL8.8 1650 0.50 230/3/60 4.9 191 ALL1/2 ON UNIT/VERTICAL8.8 1900 0.50 230/3/60 4.9 225 ALL1/2 DUCT MOUNT/HRIZONTAL8.8 REMARKS: AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT SCHEDULE TYPE MANUFACTURER #MODEL # COOLING (MBH) TC SC ELECTRICAL DATA VOLTS/Ø/Hz MOCPMCA REMARKSNO. OF CIRCUITS WEIGHT LBS CU 1 CARRIER 26SPA636W003 36.0 ALL SEER2 26.0 16.0 1 208-230/1/60 17.6 30 310 1. DISCONNECT IN NEMA-3R ENCLOSURE. 2. TIME-DELAY RELAY 3. SOUND HOOD 4. SUPPORT FEET/MOUNTING BRACKET 5. CYCLE PROTECTOR 6. CRANKCASE HEATER 7. SCROLL COMPRESSOR 8. INTERNAL THERMAL OVERLOAD 9. INTERNAL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE 10. FILTER DRIER 11. SIZE REFRIGERANT PIPING PER MANUFACTURER GUIDELINES BASED ON TOTAL EQUIVALENT LENGTH. CU 2 CARRIER 26SPA636W003 36.0 ALL26.0 16.0 1 208-230/1/60 17.6 30 310 CU 3 CARRIER 26SPA648W003 48.0 ALL34.6 16.0 1 208-230/1/60 29.1 50 334 CU 4 CARRIER 26SPA636W003 36.0 ALL26.0 16.0 1 208-230/1/60 17.6 30 310 COOLING COIL SCHEDULE MANUFACTURER MODEL # WEIGHT REMARKSREFRIGERANT REMARKS: TAG # CC 1 CARRIER CAAMP3617AMA R454B 80 ALL CC 2 ALL CC 3 CARRIER CAAMP4821AMA 90 ALL CC 4 ALL AIRFLOW (CFM) 1000 1400 CARRIER 80 ALL1050 CARRIER 80 ALL1000 EER2 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONER SCHEDULE TYPE # MANUFACTURER MODEL #EER2 WEIGHTCOOLING (MBH) TC SC ELECTRICAL DATA V/Ø/H MOCPMCA REMARKS 122208-230/1/6022.933.212.91 ACU MITSUBISHI PUY-A36NKA7 ALL25.0 30.0 REMARKS: SET UNIT LEVEL AND PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. PAINT EXTERIOR REFRIGERANT PIPING WITH (2) COATS OF U.V. RESISTANT WHITE PAINT. DISCONNECT IN NEMA-3R ENCLOSURE. PROVIDE CONTROLLER AND PREPARE FOR INTEGRATION WITH AUTOMATED LOGIC BMS. 1. 2. 3. 4. R454B REFRIGERANT. VERIFY PIPING DIAMETERS WITH MNFR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. REFRIGERATION SHALL BE ROUTED AND SIZED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND AUTHORIZED SIZING SOFTWARE. 5. 6. 2 ACU SEER2 22.0 79208-230/1/609.212.013.053 ACU MITSUBISHI MUY-GS12NA ALL10.0 15.0 122208-230/1/6022.030.69.24 ACU MITSUBISHI MUY-GS30NA2 ALL22.0 25.0 25.6 19.2 SCTC CFM FAN COIL SCHEDULE (R-454B) COOLING (MBH)REMARKSWEIGHTTAG # MANUFACTURER MODEL # 1 MITSUBISHI PLA-A36EA8 932 33.2 22.9 90 FC ELECTRICAL DATA 2 FC REMARKS: PROVIDE AUTOMATED LOGIC OPTI-POINT THERMOSTAT (TBPL-24-H-A). PROVIDE WITH DISCONNECT SWITCH. PROVIDE WITH ACCESSORY REFCO COMBI CONDENSATE PUMP. PROVIDE PROCON PAC-UKPRC001-CN-1 FOR INTEGRATION WITH AUTOMATED LOGIC BMS CONTROL (BACNET MSTP) 1. 2. 3. 4. MULTI-SPEED FAN COIL UNIT. MERV-13 FILTER. PROVIDE WITH ACCESSORY REFCO GOBI CONDENSATE PUMP. INDOOR UNIT POWERED BY OUTDOOR UNIT. COOLING ONLY UNIT. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 3 FC 4 FC MITSUBISHI MSY-GS12NA 222 12.0 9.2 23 MITSUBISHI MSY-GS30NA2 932 30.6 22.0 45 SUBMIT TO MEOR BY OUTDOOR UNIT INDOOR UNIT POWERED BY OUTDOOR UNIT INDOOR UNIT POWERED BY OUTDOOR UNIT INDOOR UNIT POWERED SUBMIT TO MEOR SUBMIT TO MEOR SUBMIT TO MEOR SUBMIT TO MEOR 122208-230/1/6022.933.28.8MITSUBISHI MUY-GS36NA2 ALL22.0 25.018.5 MITSUBISHI MSY-GS36NA2 932 33.2 22.9 45BY OUTDOOR UNIT INDOOR UNIT POWERED REMARKS: ULTRA-LOW NOX. CONCENTRIC VENT KIT. MERV-13 FILTER. 1. 2. 3. ELECTRICAL DATA MCAV/Ø/HGAS IN GAS OUT GAS-FIRED FURNACE SCHEDULE HEATING (MBH)REMARKS MOCPAFUE (%) MANUFACTURER MODEL # TAG # COOLING ESP F 1 CARRIER 59MN7C080V171110 1000 0.85 80.0 78.0 97.4 115/1/60 11.4 14.7 ALL F 2 F 3 CARRIER 59MN7C120V221114 1400 0.85 120.0 117.0 97.2 115/1/60 14.4 18.5 ALL F 4 CFM UPFLOW CONFIGURATION. PROVIDE AUTOMATED LOGIC OPTI-POINT THERMOSTAT (TBPL-24-H-A). 4. 5. CARRIER 59MN7C080V171112 1050 0.85 80.0 78.0 97.4 115/1/60 11.4 14.7 ALL CARRIER 59MN7C080V171110 1000 0.85 80.0 78.0 97.4 115/1/60 11.4 14.7 ALL EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE MANUFACTURER MODEL # TAG # CFM ESP (IN. WC) RPM HP BHP V/Ø/HZ REMARKS AE-12-433-A GREENHECK 1 EF 400 0.7 1716 1/4 0.16 115/1/60 WATTS - WT. (LBS) 44 1, 4, 5 AE-12-433-A GREENHECK 2 EF 400 0.5 1499 1/4 0.11 115/1/60-44 1, 4, 5 SQ-7-M1-VG GREENHECK 3 EF 350 0.4 1758 1/2 0.04 115/1/60-51 1, 2, 4, 5 SP-A200 GREENHECK 4 EF 200 0.25 837 - -115/1/6043 25 3, 6 5 EF REMARKS: DISCONNECT IN NEMA-3R ENCLOSURE. PROVIDE INTEGRAL DEHUMIDISTAT. TIE INTO MANUAL SWITCH FOR OCCUPIED OPERATION. 1. 2. 3. CONTINUOUS OPERATION. BACKDRAFT DAMPER. PROVIDE OUTLET COLLAR WITH INTEGRAL BACKDRAFT DAMPER 4. 5. 6. SP-AP0511W GREENHECK 6 EF 50 0.25 820 - -115/1/6017 10 3, 6 SP-A200 GREENHECK 200 0.25 837 - -115/1/6043 25 3, 6 SUBMIT TO MEOR SUBMIT TO MEOR COOLING (MBH) TC SC 36.0 26.0 36.0 26.0 48.0 34.6 36.0 26.0 COIL P.D. (IN. W.C.) 0.142 0.247 0.156 0.142 REFRIGERANT R454B R454B R454B R454B CAAMP3617AMA CAAMP3617AMA R454B R454B R454B 1. R454B REFRIGERANT TXV. 2. UPFLOW CONFIGURATION. 3. PRIMARY AND OVERFLOW CONDENSATE DRAIN CONNECTIONS. ROUTE 3/4" PRIMARY AND OVERFLOW TO NEAREST RECEPTOR AND TERMINATE WITH 2" AIR GAP ABOVE FLOOD LEVEL RIM. SLOPE AT MIN. 1/8"/FT. MOUNTING DETAIL 6 MP501 6 MP501 6 MP501 6 MP501 MOUNTING DETAIL 10 MP501 11 MP501 11 MP501 11 MP501 MOUNTING DETAIL 5 MP501 5 MP501 5 MP501 5 MP501 5 MP501 MOUNTING DETAIL 9 MP501 9 MP501 13 MP501 12 MP501 12 MP501 12 MP501 MOUNTING DETAIL 7 MP501 7 MP501 7 MP501 MOUNTING DETAIL 8 MP501 8 MP501 8 MP501 8 MP501 MOUNTING DETAIL 6 MP501 6 MP501 6 MP501 6 MP501 TAG # CONNECT GAS PER DETAIL 4/MP5.01 CONNECT CONDENSATE PER DETAIL 3/MP5.01. 6. 7. FIELD LOCATE EXACT POSITION10. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 ALL 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 (E) PLATFORM MP0.03 SCHEDULES UP UP COPIER +21' A.F.F. cl cl cl cl CL CO P I E R WALKWAY ABOVE ACRYLICSHOWERSFREEWILLK-12102-C T FC 3 T T T T T T T T T EF 6 4 15 5 1TYP. EF 4 EF 3 66 M M M M M 2 3 7 7 7 7 8 F 2 CC 2 F 4 CC 4 F 3 CC 3 9 10 11 12 F 1 CC 1 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 TYP 21 HVAC SHEET NOTES REPLACE (E) ZONE THERMOSTAT WITH AUTOMATED LOGIC OPTIPOINT BACNET STANDARD THERMOSTAT. INTEGRATE THERMOSTAT WITH NEW AUTOMATED LOGIC GLOBAL CONTROL PANEL. REFRIGERANT PIPE FROM ABOVE. SEE MP1.02 FOR CONTINUATION. TYPICAL WHERE SHOWN. REFRIGERANT PIPING TO COOLING COILS IN UTILITY ROOM. CONNECT TO (E) 6" Ø EXHAUST DUCTWORK AT LOCATION SHOWN. CONNECT TO (E) 8" Ø EXHAUST DUCTWORK AT LOCATION SHOWN. CONNECT TO (E) 12" Ø EXHAUST DUCTWORK AT LOCATION SHOWN. (E) FRESH AIR INTAKE WITH MODULATING MOTORIZED DAMPER AND STATIONARY LOUVER. MOTORIZED DAMPER SHALL BE INTEGRATED INTO NEW AUTOMATED LOGIC GLOBAL CONTROL PANEL. (E) RETURN AIR PLENUM TO REMAIN. CONNECT TO (E) 14"X14" RETURN DUCTWORK IN UTILITY ROOM BELOW CEILING. VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION OF DUCTWORK IN FIELD PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. CONNECT TO (E) 18"X12" SUPPLY DUCTWORK IN UTILITY ROOM BELOW CEILING. VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION OF DUCTWORK IN FIELD PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. CONNECT TO (E) 18"X12" SUPPLY DUCTWORK IN UTILITY ROOM BELOW CEILING. VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION OF DUCTWORK IN FIELD PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. CONNECT TO (E) 18"X12" RETURN DUCTWORK IN UTILITY ROOM BELOW CEILING. VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION OF DUCTWORK IN FIELD PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. CONNECT TO (E) 16"X12" SUPPLY DUCTWORK IN UTILITY ROOM BELOW CEILING. VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION OF DUCTWORK IN FIELD PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. CONNECT TO (E) 16"X12" RETURN DUCTWORK IN UTILITY ROOM BELOW CEILING. VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION OF DUCTWORK IN FIELD PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. CONNECT TO (E) 14" Ø RETURN DUCTS IN UTILITY ROOM BELOW CEILING. VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION OF DUCTWORK IN FIELD PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. CONNECT TO (E) 30"X14" SUPPLY DUCT IN UTILITY ROOM BELOW CEILING. VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION OF DUCTWORK IN FIELD PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2" COMBUSTION AIR AND 2" EXHAUST VENT PIPE FROM FURNACE TO CONCENTRIC VENT THROUGH ROOF. FLASH AND SEAL PENETRATION WEATHERTIGHT. TYPICAL U.O.N. 3" COMBUSTION AIR AND 3" EXHAUST VENT PIPE FROM FURNACE TO CONCENTRIC VENT THROUGH ROOF. FLASH AND SEAL PENETRATION WEATHERTIGHT. INTEGRATE TWO POSITION MOTORIZED DAMPER IN RELIEF DUCTWORK WITH NEW AUTOMATED LOGIC CONTROLS GLOBAL CONTROL PANEL. CONNECT TO (E) CONDENSATE DRAIN BRANCH PIPE. (E) RELIEF AIR DUCT AND LOUVER TO REMAIN FOR REUSE. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" HVAC PLAN - FIRST FLOOR1 REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:JMT/MJT DRAWN BY:MJT/AP SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:06.10.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 ph o n e : 7 0 7 . 5 7 7 . 0 3 6 3 fa x : 7 0 7 . 5 7 7 . 0 3 6 4 he a t i n g , v e n t i l a t i o n , a i r c o n d i t i o n i n g + p l u m b i n g d e s i g n a n d e n g i n e e r i n g 15 0 0 0 I N C . 60 8 5 S T A T E F A R M D R . # 1 3 0 RO H N E R T P A R K , C A 9 4 9 2 8 EFORPDERETSIGER REE N I G N E LANOISS L I F O R N IAS T A TEOF CA CHAN I C A LME M 36958 Exp 9/30/26 WEHTTAM E R R OTJ. MP1.01 HVAC PLAN - FIRST FLOOR N DOWN DOWN UTILITY ROOM ROOF BELOW OPEN TO FIRST FLOOR LOBBY BELOW OPEN TO ASSEMBLY HALL BELOW REF. VENDING STOVE/ OVEN SINK AREA FOR MECHANICAL UNITS VENDING D.W. MDF/ PBX MDF UPS FUTURE UPS ATTIC FC 2 EF 5 FC 1 5 T T T T T T 4 TYP. 1 1 2 3 6 TYP. 7 TYP. 8 8 HVAC SHEET NOTES REFRIGERANT PIPING FROM ABOVE TO FIRST FLOOR. SEE MP1.01 AND MP1.03 FOR CONTINUATION. REFRIGERANT PIPE FROM ABOVE. SEE MP1.03 FOR CONTINUATION. REFRIGERANT PIPING DOWN TO FIRST FLOOR. SEE MP1.01 FOR CONTINUATION. REPLACE (E) ZONE THERMOSTAT WITH AUTOMATED LOGIC OPTIPOINT BACNET STANDARD THERMOSTAT. INTEGRATE THERMOSTAT WITH NEW AUTOMATED LOGIC GLOBAL CONTROL PANEL. TYPICAL WHERE SHOWN. CONNECT TO (E) 8" Ø EXHAUST DUCTWORK AT LOCATION SHOWN. (E) GAS PIPING, SHOWN FOR PROXIMITY REFERENCE ONLY. (E) CONDENSATE PIPING, SHOWN FOR PROXIMITY REFERENCE ONLY. CONNECT TO (E) CONDENSATE DRAIN BRANCH PIPE. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" HVAC PLAN - SECOND FLOOR1 REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:JMT/MJT DRAWN BY:MJT/AP SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:06.10.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 ph o n e : 7 0 7 . 5 7 7 . 0 3 6 3 fa x : 7 0 7 . 5 7 7 . 0 3 6 4 he a t i n g , v e n t i l a t i o n , a i r c o n d i t i o n i n g + p l u m b i n g d e s i g n a n d e n g i n e e r i n g 15 0 0 0 I N C . 60 8 5 S T A T E F A R M D R . # 1 3 0 RO H N E R T P A R K , C A 9 4 9 2 8 EFORPDERETSIGER REE N I G N E LANOISS L I F O R N IAS T A TEOF CA CHAN I C A LME M 36958 Exp 9/30/26 WEHTTAM E R R OTJ. MP1.02 HVAC PLAN SECOND FLOOR N SL O P E SL O P E SL O P E SL O P E RTU 4 RTU 3 PE 4 PE 2 RTU 2 PE 3 RTU 5 EF 2 ACU 1 CU 3 CU 1 CU 2 CU 4 ACU 3 EF 1 ACU 2 ACU 4 2 14 TYP. 4 TYP. 5 5 6 7 TYP. TYP PE 1 RTU 1 CD 3/4" G1" G CDCD CD24X14 14X18 12X14 2 20X18 1 14X26 8 10 3/4" G 3/4" G 11 11 10 11 9 11 RL&S RL & S 11 10 12 13 TYP. 3TYP. 15 TYP. 3 TYP 16 16 17 18 18 214X14 22X12 HVAC SHEET NOTES CONNECT TO (E) RETURN ROOFTOP DUCTWORK , MOUNT PE-4 ON RETURN DUCTWORK AT LOCATION SHOWN. PROVIDE SUPPORT LEGS INTO SLEEPER/BASE RAIL ASSEMBLY. CONNECT TO (E) SUPPLY ROOFTOP DUCTWORK AT LOCATION SHOWN. PROVIDE WITH ANCILLARY FITTINGS AS REQUIRED TO CONNECT TO NEW DUCT. CONNECT SA AND RA TO (E) DUCT DROPS BELOW CURB AT POC. PROVIDE WITH ANCILLARY FITTINGS AS REQUIRED TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS. OFFSET AS NECESSARY TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS. TYPICAL WHERE SHOWN. REFRIGERANT PIPING DOWN TO SECOND FLOOR. SEE MP1.02 FOR CONTINUATION. ROUTE PIPING IN SIMILAR CONFIGURATION AS PREVIOUSLY DEMOLISHED PIPING. FLASH AND SEAL ROOF PENETRATIONS WEATHERTIGHT (SAD FOR FLASHING DETAILS). ROOFTOP EXHAUST FAN, MAINTAIN 10'-0" RADIAL CLEARANCE FROM FRESH AIR INTAKES AND 3'-0" FROM OPENINGS INTO THE BUILDING. TYPICAL WHERE SHOWN. FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTOR TO EQUIPMENT, DURO DYNE OR EQUAL. SHADED AREA INDICATES MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED SERVICE CLEARANCE. MINIMUM OPERATING CLEARANCE REQUIRED IS 18" OFFSET FROM UNIT. PROVIDE WITH 1-1/2" INTERIOR DUCT LINER. CONNECT 3/4"G TO (E) STUB UP AT ROOF LEVEL AT POC. PROVIDE WITH ANCILLARY FITTINGS AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTION. CONNECT 1"G TO (E) STUB UP AT ROOF LEVEL AT POC. PROVIDE WITH ANCILLARY FITTINGS AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTION. CONNECT 3/4"CD TO STUB UP AT ROOF LEVEL AT POC. PROVIDE WITH ANCILLARY FITTINGS AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTION. POWER EXHAUST ECONOMIZER INCLUDES SEPARATE POWER EXHAUST (DUCT) AND ECONOMIZER (RTU) ATTACHMENTS. REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S DIAGRAMS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION. CONNECT GAS TO ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT WITH DIRT LEG, FLEX CONNECTOR AND SHUT OFF VALVE PER 4/MP5.01. TYPICAL UON. CONNECT 3/4" CONDENSATE DRAIN TO EQUIPMENT PER 3/MP5.01. SLOPE AWAY FROM UNIT AT 1/8"/FT SLOPE TO CONNECTION AT ROOF LEVEL (SHEET NOTE #11). TYPICAL UON. SUPPORT REFRIGERANT PIPING ON ROOF PER DETAIL 2/MP5.01, TYP. CONNECT TO (E) EA DUCT BELOW ROOF AT POC. PROVIDE WITH ANCILLARY FITTINGS AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTION. LOCATE ACU-4 ON EXISTING PLATFORM ASSEMBLY. ROUTE REF. PIPING IN SAME MANNER AS ORIGINAL PIPING CONFIGURATION/PATHWAY. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" HVAC ROOF PLAN1 REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:JMT/MJT DRAWN BY:MJT/AP SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:06.10.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 ph o n e : 7 0 7 . 5 7 7 . 0 3 6 3 fa x : 7 0 7 . 5 7 7 . 0 3 6 4 he a t i n g , v e n t i l a t i o n , a i r c o n d i t i o n i n g + p l u m b i n g d e s i g n a n d e n g i n e e r i n g 15 0 0 0 I N C . 60 8 5 S T A T E F A R M D R . # 1 3 0 RO H N E R T P A R K , C A 9 4 9 2 8 EFORPDERETSIGER REE N I G N E LANOISS L I F O R N IAS T A TEOF CA CHAN I C A LME M 36958 Exp 9/30/26 WEHTTAM E R R OTJ. MP1.03 HVAC ROOF PLAN N REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:JMT/MJT DRAWN BY:MJT/AP SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:06.10.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 ph o n e : 7 0 7 . 5 7 7 . 0 3 6 3 fa x : 7 0 7 . 5 7 7 . 0 3 6 4 he a t i n g , v e n t i l a t i o n , a i r c o n d i t i o n i n g + p l u m b i n g d e s i g n a n d e n g i n e e r i n g 15 0 0 0 I N C . 60 8 5 S T A T E F A R M D R . # 1 3 0 RO H N E R T P A R K , C A 9 4 9 2 8 EFORPDERETSIGER REE N I G N E LANOISS L I F O R N IAS T A TEOF CA CHAN I C A LME M 36958 Exp 9/30/26 WEHTTAM E R R OTJ. SCALE: NONE CONDENSATE PIPE SUPPORT ON ROOF THIS METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION UTILIZES MATERIAL APPROVED BY THE U.S. GREEN BUILDING COUNCIL FOR LEEDS CREDITS SET DURA-BLOK BASE IN BED OF NON-HARDENING MASTIC ROOFING AND ROOF STRUCTURE BELOW CONDENSATE PIPING 1 B-LINE DURA-BLOK BASE AND CHANNEL, MODEL DBE10-8 OR LARGER AS REQUIRED. ADJUST HEIGHT TO MAINTAIN (MIN.) 1/8" PER FT. SLOPE. B-LINE B2000 SERIES PIPE CLAMP WITH LOCKING NUT AND BOLT. PER ROOFING CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENT, PROVIDE ONE SIZE LARGER THAN PIPE TO ALLOW FOR EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION. FRONT ELEVATION SIDE ELEVATION SLOPE 1/8" / FT SCALE: NONE GAS & REF. PIPE SUPPORT ON ROOF THIS METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION UTILIZES MATERIAL APPROVED BY THE U.S. GREEN BUILDING COUNCIL FOR LEEDS CREDITS SET DURA-BLOK BASE IN BED OF NON-HARDENING MASTIC ROOFING AND ROOF STRUCTURE BELOW GAS PIPING 6" MIN NOTES: 1. INSTALL SUPPORTS AT PER 2022 CPC TABLE 313.3 SPACING REQUIREMENTS. 2 B-LINE DURA-BLOK BASE AND CHANNEL, MODEL DB10 OR LARGER AS REQUIRED FRONT ELEVATION SIDE ELEVATION SCALE: NONE FUEL GAS CONNECTION DETAIL4 GAS PIPING GAS FIRED EQUIPMENT DIRT LEG 6" UL LISTED FLEXIBLE CONNECTION SCALE: NONE CONDENSATE DRAIN CONNECTION3 H = FAN OUTLET PRESSURE (IN. W.C. + 1/2" MINIMUM) DRAW-THROUGH CONFIGURATION BLOW-THROUGH CONFIGURATION H H/2 MIN. H 1 2" MIN. OPEN VENT TEE (TYP) CONDENSATE PIPING SEE PLANS FOR ROUTING COPPER CONDENSATE PIPING TYPE L (OR DMV), SEE SPECIFICATION 22 13 13 (TYPICAL) AC UNIT AND/OR COOLING COIL CONNECTION (TYP) PROVIDE 1/2" ARMAFLEX INSULATION ON ALL CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING. QUARTER TURN, FULL PORT BALL VALVE SCALE: NONE FURNACE/CC ATTACHMENT DETAIL6 6A - 6A - PLAN/SECTION VIEW 6B - ELEVATION VIEW B-LINE B22 STRUT CUT TO LENGTH IN FIELD. STRUT SHALL SPAN A MINIMUM OF (3) WALL STUDS (E) WALL STUD, VERIFY IN FIELD, TYPICAL WHERE SHOWN 1/4"X2-1/2" LAG BOLT WITH WASHER THROUGH STRUT INTO (E) STUD 2"Wx2"Dx4"Lx12GA. ANGLE BRACKET (B-LINE OR EQUAL). SECURE TO STRUT WITH 1/4" B-LINE STUD NUT, HEX HEAD, AND FENDER WASHER (TYP EA SIDE) SECURE FURNACE TO BRACKET WITH #10 SELF TAPPING GSMS (TYP 2 PER BRACKET) FURNACE, SEE PLANS FOR LOCATION 6A -SIM GENERAL NOTES: 1. PROVIDE SILICONE SEALANT/CAULK AT GSMS PENETRATIONS INTO EQUIPMENT. 2. ATTACHMENTS TO EQUIPMENT SHALL OCCUR ABOVE THE CONDENSATE DRAIN PAN PER MNFR GUIDELINES (E) PLYWOOD FURNACE PLATFORM (S.A.D.) (E) FURNACE PLATFORM, VERIFY IN FIELD 2"Wx2"Dx4"Lx12GA. ANGLE BRACKET (B-LINE OR EQUAL). SECURE BRACKET TO FURNACE WITH (2) #10 SELF TAPPING GSMS AND BRACKET TO PLATFORM WITH (2) #10 SELF TAPPING GSMS, TYPICAL OF TWO PER SIDE. 2"Wx2"Dx4"Tx12GA. FLAT BRACKET PLATE (B-LINE OR EQUAL). SECURE TO FURNACE WITH (2) #10 SELF TAPPING GSMS AND TO COOLING COIL WITH (2) #10 SELF TAPPING GSMS, TYPICAL OF ONE PER SIDE. 2/3 COIL HEIGHT 2/3 FURNACE HEIGHT SCALE: NONE CURB MOUNTED ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT5 MECHANICAL UNIT ON ROOF SECURE TO CURB WITH 12 GAUGE Z-CLIP AND GSMS. PROVIDE THREE EQUALLY SPACED CLIPS ON LONG SIDE AND TWO ON SHORT SIDE. SECURE CLIP TO CURB AND UNIT WITH #10 GSMS 1/4" NEOPRENE ISOLATOR AROUND PERIMETER OF CURB SECURE COUNTERFLASHING TO CURB WITH 10d NAILS 8" O.C. INSULATED MANUFACTURED ROOFING TO EXTEND 18" AWAY FROM CURB CANT STRIP AROUND PERIMETER SECURE Z-CLIP W/ THREE #10 GSMS ON EACH SIDE COUNTERFLASHING SHEETMETAL KICK-OUT EXTEND ROOFING OVER CURB ROOF CURB. SSD FOR ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE SSD FOR FRAMING AND CONNECTION SCALE: NONE CONDENSING UNIT ON SLEEPER DETAIL7 CANT STRIP ROOF ALL OVER CONDENSING UNIT MOUNTED ON B-LINE B22 CHANNEL W/ SPRING NUT AND LOCK WASHER SECURE CHANNEL TO 4X8 PTDF SLEEPER ASSEMBLY W/ 3/8" LAG SCREW, MINIMUM 3" PENETRATION PROVIDE G.S.M. FLASHING ALL AROUND WITH COUNTER- FLASHING AND KICK-OUT NOTE: SSD FOR SLEEPER ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE SCALE: NONE ROOFTOP EXHAUST FAN MOUNTING DETAIL9 CANT STRIP AROUND PERIMETER COUNTERFLASHING SHEETMETAL KICK-OUT EXTEND ROOFING OVER CURB EXHAUST FAN ON ROOF. SECURE TO CURB WITH #10X3/4" SMS (TYP-3 PER SIDE) 1/4" NEOPRENE ISOLATOR AROUND PERIMETER OF CURB SECURE COUNTERFLASHING TO CURB WITH 10D NAILS 8" O.C. INSULATED MANUFACTURED 8" ROOF CURB. SECURE CURB TO BLOCKING WITH 2"X3/8" LAG BOLT (TYP. 2 PER SIDE) ROOFING TO EXTEND 18" AWAY FROM CURB BLOCKING, REFER TO STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR REQUIREMENTS DUCT - BETWEEN CEILING GRILL AND FAN. SIZE TO MATCH GRILLE SIZE SHOWN ON PLANTS SCALE: NONE CEILING CASSETTE IN WOOD FRAME CEILING10 45° SECURE 2"X2"X18 GAUGE CLIP TO STRUCTURE W/ 1/2" GRADE 5 BOLT THRU CENTER OF WOOD JOISTS WITH WASHERS AND LOCKING STUD NUT (TYP. 4) SECURE 3/32" GUY WIRE AT 45° ANGLE (SPLAYED) WITH #10 WOOD SCREW (TYP.4) (AS REQUIRED BY SMACNA GUIDLINES) 3/8" ALL THREAD ROD, SECURE TO CHANNEL WITH LOCKING STUD NUT SECURE TO UNIT WITH LOCK WASHER AND NUT WOOD FRAMING FOR CEILING OPENING LAYED FLAT, ON ALL FOUR SIDES CEILING CASSETTE INSTALLED IN CEILING PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SCALE: NONE FAN COIL MOUNTING DETAIL11 WALL, VERIFY IN FIELD FAN COIL UNIT, S.M.D. PROVIDE 4X BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. WITH SIMPSON A-34 @ TOP AND BOTTOM MANUFACTURER'S MOUNTING BRACKET SECURE TO WALL WITH 3/8" LAG BOLT (TYP-3) ON CENTER MOUNT UNIT PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS SCALE: NONE CEILING EXHAUST FAN MOUNTING AT HARD LID12 CEILING EXHAUST FAN FAN GRILLE BLOCKING ON (TWO) SIDES OF FAN. SECURE BLOCKING WITH SIMPSON A34 CLIPS, EACH END & EACH SIDE, TO BUILDING FRAMING. FACTORY SUPPLIED MOUNTING CLIP SECURED TO FAN WITH SEKF- TAPPING SMS AND BLOCKING WITH #10X3/4 SMS SCALE: NONE ROD ATTACHMENT TO ROOF STRUCTURE14 SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW 1-5/8"X1-5/8" B-LINE B22 CHANNEL ALL THREAD ROD PLATE WASHER AND LOCKING NUT FOR CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT REFER TO MOUNTING DETAIL CEILING FRAMING, S.S.D. AND S.A.D. 3/8" LAG BOLT (TYPICAL OF 3 PER STRUT) SCALE: NONE TO WOOD STRUCTURE FRAMING15 FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW LOCKING NUT ALL THREAD ROD ROD ATTACHMENT BLOCKING OR JOIST CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY SECURE 1/4"x2"x2' ANGLE TO STRUCTURAL CHANNEL WITH 3/8" MACHINE BOLT, LOCK WASHER AND DOUBLE NUTS SECURE ALL THREAD ROD TO ANGLE WITH LOCK WASHER AND DOUBLE NUTS FOR CONNECTION TO UNIT REFER TO MOUNTING DETAIL FOR EQUIPMENT OR PIPE SCALE: NONE CONDENSING UNIT ON PLATFORM DETAIL8 (E) ROOF STRUCTURE BELOW SECURE FLASHING CAP AT 6" O.C. CANT STRIP ALL AROUND CONDENSING UNIT. SECURE TO PLATFORM W/ 3/8"X2" LAG SCREWS @ EACH MOUNTING CLIP. SET SCREWS IN MASTIC. SCREWS TO SECURE INTO 4"X4" CROSS BRACING 4"X8" BUILT-UP MECHANICAL PLATFORM, 4X4 PTDF ALL SIDES AND AT 16" O.C. OR WHERE UNIT MOUNTING OCCURS. SECURE WITH 2"X2"X16 GAUGE CLIPS AND #12X10" WOOD SCREWS 24 GAUGE SHEET METAL CAP WITH KICK-OUT ALL AROUND, SECURE TO PLATFORM WITH #10X3/4 SMS SECURE PLATFORM TO STRUCTURE - SSD FOR REQUIREMENTS NOTE: S.A.D. FOR ROOF WATERPROOFING AND FLASHING NOTES: 1. INSTALL SUPPORTS AT PER 2022 CPC TABLE 313.3 SPACING REQUIREMENTS. SCALE: NONE INLINE FAN MOUNTING DETAIL13 3/32" AIRCRAFT CABLE SEISMIC SUPPORT. SPLAY AT 45° EACH DIRECTION (TYP. 4) 3/8" ALL THREAD ROD NEOPRENE WASHER (TYP) FAN UNIT CEILING DUCT LOCK WASHER & DOUBLE NUT NOTE: SUPPORT SYSTEM SHALL IN ACCORDANCE MASON-WEST OPM-0043-13 8" MIN. 14 " M I N . 14 " M I N . COVERBOARD NOTES: CURB SHALL BE MICROMETL OR EQUAL 8" M I N . B-LINE B2000 SERIES PIPE CLAMP WITH LOCKING NUT AND BOLT. PER ROOFING CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENT, PROVIDE ONE SIZE LARGER THAN PIPE TO ALLOW FOR EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION. MP5.01 DETAILS REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:JMT/MJT DRAWN BY:MJT/AP SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:06.10.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 ph o n e : 7 0 7 . 5 7 7 . 0 3 6 3 fa x : 7 0 7 . 5 7 7 . 0 3 6 4 he a t i n g , v e n t i l a t i o n , a i r c o n d i t i o n i n g + p l u m b i n g d e s i g n a n d e n g i n e e r i n g 15 0 0 0 I N C . 60 8 5 S T A T E F A R M D R . # 1 3 0 RO H N E R T P A R K , C A 9 4 9 2 8 EFORPDERETSIGER REE N I G N E LANOISS L I F O R N IAS T A TEOF CA CHAN I C A LME M 36958 Exp 9/30/26 WEHTTAM E R R OTJ. PAIR AT 10FT SPACING STRAP ROD 1"X22 GA 10 GA 1"X18 GA 0'-0 3/8" 1"X16 GA 0'-0 3/8" 1 1/2"X16 GA 0'-0 1/2" 1 1/2"X16 GA 0'-0 1/2" NOT GIVEN 0'-0 1/2" SPECIAL ANALYSIS REQUIRED PAIR AT 5FT SPACING STRAP ROD 1"X22 GA 12 GA 1"X22 GA 0'-0 1/4" 1"X20 GA 0'-0 3/8" 1"X18 GA 0'-0 3/8" 1"X16 GA 0'-0 3/8" 1"X16 GA 0'-0 3/8" SPECIAL ANALYSIS REQUIRED PAIR AT 4FT SPACING STRAP ROD 1"X22 GA 12 GA 1"X22 GA 0'-0 1/4" 1"X22 GA 0'-0 1/4" 1"X20 GA 0'-0 1/4" 1"X18 GA 0'-0 3/8" 1"X16 GA 0'-0 3/8" SPECIAL ANALYSIS REQUIRED PAIR AT 8FT SPACING STRAP ROD 1"X22 GA 10 GA 1"X20 GA 0'-0 3/8" 1"X18 GA 0'-0 3/8" 1"X16 GA 0'-0 1/2" 1 1/2"X16 GA 0'-0 1/2" 1 1/2"X16 GA 0'-0 1/2" SPECIAL ANALYSIS REQUIRED MAXIMUM HALF OF DUCT PERIM. P/2 = 30" P/2 = 72" P/2 = 96" P/2 = 120" P/2 = 168" P/2 = 192" P/2 = 193" MAXIMUM HALF OF DUCT PERIM. P/2 = 30" P/2 = 72" P/2 = 96" P/2 = 120" P/2 = 168" P/2 = 192" P/2 = 193" 1 RECT. DUCT HANGER SI=ING (TABLE) TABLE 5-1: RECTANGULAR DUCT HANGERS MINIMUM SIZE; SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONST. STD. METAL AND FLEXIBLE 3RD ED. WHEN STRAPS ARE LAP JOINED USE THESE MINIMUM FASTENERS 1"X18, 20, 22 GA - TWO #10 OR ONE 1 4" BOLT 1"X16 GA - TWO 1/4" DIAMETER 1-1/2" X 16 GA - TWO 3/8" DIAMETER PLACE FASTENERS IN SERIES, NOT SIDE BY SIDE. SINGLE HANGER MAX ALLOWABLE LOAD STRAP WIRE OR ROD (DIA.) 1"X22 GA - 260 LBS. 1"X20 GA - 320 LBS. 1"X18 GA - 420 LBS. 1"X16 GA - 700 LBS. 1-1/2" GA - 1100 LBS. 0.106" - 80 LBS. 0.135" - 120 LBS. 0.162" - 160 LBS. 1/4" - 270 LBS. 3/8" - 680 LBS. 1/2" - 1250 LBS. 5/8" - 2000 LBS. 3/4" - 3000 LBS. NOTES 1. DIMENSIONS OTHER THAN GAGE ARE IN INCHES 2. TABLES ALLOW FOR DUCT WEIGHT, 1LB./SF INSULATION WEIGHT AND NORMAL REINFORCEMENT AND TRAPEZE WEIGHT, BUT NO EXTERNAL LOADS. 3. STRAPS ARE GALVANIZED STEEL; OTHER MATERIALS ARE UNCOATED STEEL. 4. ALLOWABLE LOADS FOR P/2 ASSUME THAT DUCTS ARE 16 GA MAXIMUM, EXCEPT WHEN THAT MAXIMUM DUCT DIMENSION (W) IS OVER 60 IN. THEN P/2 MAXIMUM IS 1.25 W. 5. 12, 10, OR 8 GA WIRE IS STEEL OF BLACK ANNEALED, BRIGHT BASIC, OR GALVANIZED TYPE. 6. CABLE HANGING SYSTEMS WITH ADJUSTABLE MECHANICAL DEVICE. HANGER STRAPS TRAPEZE HANGER 60" MAX 1" MIN. SCREWS MAY BE OMITTED IF HANGER LOOPS ROD RECT. DUCT HANGER SI=ING (DRAWINGS) STRUT UNLESS FOOT OF STRAP IS PLACED UNDER A BOTTOM REINFORCEMENT SCREWS SIZE BOLT(S) FOR LOAD STRAP OR ANGLE STRAP NOTE: SEISMIC BRACING WILL BE REQUIRED IN ADDITION TO THE DUCT HANGING COMPONENTS SHOWN UNLESS EXEMPTED BY ASCE 7-05 SECTION 13.1.4 OR DUCTS ARE PROVIDED WITH SUPPORTS THAT COMPLY WITH THE EXCEPTIONS LISTED WITHIN ASCE 7, SECTION 13.6.6. RECT. DUCT HANGER SI=ING (CONNECTIONS) 3/4" S.M.S. SEE TABLE 5-1 FOR HANGER STRAP SIZE HANGER STRAP CONNECTION N228WO CHANNEL NUT B22 TYPE CHANNEL B3205- 3/8" ALL THREADED ROD TRAPEZE CONNECTION 36" DIA. MAX HANGER 24" DIA. MAX SUPPORT A: HANGER STRAP AND BAND SUPPORT B: HANGER STRAP LOOP SUPPORT C: DUAL MOUNTED IN CASING DIAMETER MAXIMUM SPACING WIRE DIAMETER ROD STRAP 10" DN 12'-0"(1) 12 GA. 3/8"1" X 22 GA 11-18"12'-0"(2) 12 GA OR (1) 8 GA 3/8"1" X 22 GA 19-24"12'-0"(2) 10 GA. 3/8"1" X 22 GA 25-36"12'-0"(2) 8 GA 3/8"1" X 20 GA 37-50"12'-0"USE ROD OR STRAP (2) 3/8"(2) 1" X 20 GA 51-60"12'-0"USE ROD OR STRAP (2) 3/8"(2) 1" X 18 GA 61-84"12'-0"USE ROD OR STRAP (2) 3/8"(2) 1" X 16 GA 85-96"12'-0"USE ROD OR STRAP (2) 1/2"(2) 1 1/2" X 16 GA BAND OF SAME SIZE AS STRAP HANGER SEE CONNECTIONS ROUND DUCT HANGER SI=ING (DRAWINGS) 2 ROUND DUCT HANGER SI=ING (TABLE) ROUND DUCT HANGER SI=ING (CONNECTIONS) TABLE 5-2: MINIMUM HANGER SIZES FOR ROUND DUCTS SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONST. STD. METAL AND FLEXIBLE 3RD ED. HANGER RODS, WIRES OR STRAPS 3/8" MACHINE BOLT LOCK NUT AND WASHER LOCK NUT AND WASHER REFER TO TABLE 5-2 FOR SIZING CONNECTION A CONNECTION B CONNECTION C1 (ROD) AND C2 (STRAP) B3205 ALL THREADED ROD LOCK NUT AND WASHER HANGER STRAP LOCK NUT AND WASHER 3/8" MACHINE BOLT HANGER STRAP SUPPORT BAND BAND ONE HALF ROUND MAY BE USED IF DUCT SHAPE IS MAINTAINED NOTE: SEISMIC BRACING WILL BE REQUIRED IN ADDITION TO THE DUCT HANGING COMPONENTS SHOWN UNLESS EXEMPTED BY ASCE 7-05 SECTION 13.1.4 OR DUCTS ARE PROVIDED WITH SUPPORTS THAT COMPLY WITH THE EXCEPTIONS LISTED WITHIN ASCE 7, SECTION 13.6.6. NOTES: 1. STRAPS ARE GALVANIZED STEEL; RODS ARE UNCOATED OR GALVANIZED STEEL; WIRE IS BLACK ANNEALED, BRIGHT BASIC OR GALVANIZED STEEL. ALL ARE ALTERNATIVES. 2. TABLE ALLOWS FOR CONVENTIONAL WALL THICKNESS, AND JOINT SYSTEMS PLUS ONE LB./SF INSULATION WEIGHT. IF HEAVIER DUCTS ARE TO BE INSTALLED, ADJUST HANGER SIZES TO BE WITHIN THEIR LOAD LIMITS; SEE ALLOWABLE LOADS WITH TABLE 5-1. HANGER SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED BY SPECIAL ANALYSIS. SCALE: NONE PIPE HANGING DETAIL3 B-LINE B3690 ADJUSTABLE J PIPE HANGER PIPE SIZE ATR SIZE 1/2"3/8" 3/4"3/8" 1"3/8" 1-1/4"3/8" 1-1/2"3/8" 2"3/8" 2-1/2"1/2" 3"1/2" 3-1/2"1/2" SERVICE PIPING, REFER TO PLANS FOR SIZE. ADJUST HANGER SIZE ACCORDINGLY TO ACCOMMODATE O.D. OF INSULATION. PROVIDE WITH B3151 SHIELD WHEN SUPPORTING INSULATED PIPING ALL THREADED ROD - ROD SIZE SHALL BE BASED UPON PIPE SIZE PER ADJACENT SIZING TABLE REFER TO CORRESPONDING ATTACHMENT DETAIL FOR CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE. INSTALL WITHIN 12" OF BOTTOM OF ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE NOTE: HANG AT INTERVALS PER 2022 CPC TABLE 313.3 LOCK NUTS AT EACH SIDE (TYP) FIT PIPE TIGHT TO BOTTOM OF ATR SCALE: NONE REFRIGERANT PIPE HANGING DETAIL4 3/8" ALL THREAD ROD ARMAFLEX PIPE INSULATION FOR CONNNCTION TO STRUCTURE REFER TO COORESPONDING ATTACHMENT DETAIL LOCK NUTS (BOTH SIDES) REFRIGERANT LIQUID LINE B-LINE HANGER (SIZED PER LINE SIZE) REFRIGERANT SUCTION LINE. NOTE: INSULATION THICKNESS SHALL BE SIZED PER 2022 CEC TABLE 120.3-A REQUIREMENTS SCALE: NONE PIPE CURB/PENETRATION DETAIL5 CANT STRIP ALL AROUND 24 GAUGE SHEET METAL ENCLOSURE FOR PIPE PENETRATION. PROVIDE 1/4" MESH SCREEN AT INLET AND BREAK BOTTOM TO SLOPE TO EXTERIOR. SECURE TO CURB W/ #10X3/4 SMS @ 8" OC. (MIN 3 PER SIDE) COUNTERFLASHING WITH KICK-OUT, SECURE TO CURB WITH #10X3/4 SMS @ 8" O.C. (MIN. 3 PER SIDE) 2"X8" PTDF PRE-FABRICATED WOOD CURB. SECURE TO BLOCKING WITH 10d NAILS 3 PER SIDE EXTEND ROOFING TO 18" FROM CURB 4"X4" BLOCKING ALL AROUND, SECURE TO FRAMING WITH HU HANGERS SCALE: NONE PIPE THROUGH ROOF 6 SEE PLANS FOR CON'T GALV. STEEL RENFORCING BOOT. SEAMLESS 4 LB. LEAD FLASHING. (E) WOOD ROOF STRUCTURE. REUSE (E) PENETRATION WHERE PRACTICAL SEE PLANS FOR CON'T. BUILT-UP ROOFING UP/OVER. NOTE: DETAIL BASED ON ELMDOR/STONEMAN SERIES 900-VFH. COMPRESSION TYPE FLASHING COLLAR RUN BUILT-UP ROOFING UP/ UNDER-FIELD SEAL W/ GE TYPE II SILICONE RUBBER CAULK. NOTE: SAD FOR FLASHING DETAILS/REQUIREMENTS NOTE: SAD FOR FLASHING DETAILS/REQUIREMENTS SCALE: NONE DUCT SUPPORT ON ROOF7 (E) FRAMING BELOW, SSD. NEW ROOFING CANT STRIP 3" EMBEDMENT MINIMUM 27" (24" CLEAR INSIDE DUCT - MAXIMUM) B-LINE B22 CHANNEL, DIAGONAL TRANSVERSE BRACE ±18" MAX. MIN. 6" EXTENSION, TYP. EACH SIDE B-LINE B280FL POST BASE 24 GA. G.S.M CAP ALL AROUND ROOFTOP DUCTWORK (INSULATED WHERE OCCURS) B-LINE B22 CHANNEL, SECURE DUCTWORK TO CHANNEL W/ #10 GSMS (TYP-3 PER SIDE) 2"X2"X16 GAUGE ANGLE, SECURE TO CHANNEL W/ #10 GSMS SECURE CHANNEL TO POST BASE W/ 1/2" MACHINE BOLTS (TYPICAL OF (2) 1/4" LAG BOLT WITH NEOPRENE WASHERS (MIN. 21/2" PENETRATION, TYP-2 EA.) 3/8" LAG SCREW AT EACH END. LAG SCREW TO BE MIN. 4" FROM EDGE OF SLEEPER CONTINUOUS 8X8 PTDF SLEEPER SCALE: NONE DUCT PENETRATION THROUGH (E) ROOF OPNG.8 DUCTWORK ON ROOF FLASHING KICK OUT (E) CURB (E) ROOF DECK (E) FRAMING GSM SHROUD SOLDER COUNTERFLASHING TO DUCT (N) SHEET METAL COUNTERFLASHING ALL SEAMS SHALL BE FULLY SOLDERED SECURE FLASHING TO CURB WITH #10X3/4" G.S.M.S. (6 PER SIDE @ 4" O.C.) 8" M I N . FILL WITH 1 HOUR FIRE RATED FOAM AND BLANK OFF, SEAL AROUND ALL PIPES. 12 " M I N . 8" M I N . MP5.02 DETAILS SCALE: NONE WIRE ATTACHMENT TO JOIST DETAIL9 JOIST ASSEMBLY #12 TIE WIRE, 4 TURNS 1/4" DIA. SCREW EYE WITH FULL THREAD EMBEDMENT (2" MIN.) INSTALL IN DIRECTION OF WIRE. NOTE: DO NOT INSTALL SCREW PARALLEL TO THE BOTTOM CHORD LAMINATIONS. REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:JMT/MJT DRAWN BY:MJT/AP SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:06.10.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 ph o n e : 7 0 7 . 5 7 7 . 0 3 6 3 fa x : 7 0 7 . 5 7 7 . 0 3 6 4 he a t i n g , v e n t i l a t i o n , a i r c o n d i t i o n i n g + p l u m b i n g d e s i g n a n d e n g i n e e r i n g 15 0 0 0 I N C . 60 8 5 S T A T E F A R M D R . # 1 3 0 RO H N E R T P A R K , C A 9 4 9 2 8 EFORPDERETSIGER REE N I G N E LANOISS L I F O R N IAS T A TEOF CA CHAN I C A LME M 36958 Exp 9/30/26 WEHTTAM E R R OTJ. MP7.01 TITLE 24 DOCUMENTATION (MECH) REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:JMT/MJT DRAWN BY:MJT/AP SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:06.10.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 ph o n e : 7 0 7 . 5 7 7 . 0 3 6 3 fa x : 7 0 7 . 5 7 7 . 0 3 6 4 he a t i n g , v e n t i l a t i o n , a i r c o n d i t i o n i n g + p l u m b i n g d e s i g n a n d e n g i n e e r i n g 15 0 0 0 I N C . 60 8 5 S T A T E F A R M D R . # 1 3 0 RO H N E R T P A R K , C A 9 4 9 2 8 EFORPDERETSIGER REE N I G N E LANOISS L I F O R N IAS T A TEOF CA CHAN I C A LME M 36958 Exp 9/30/26 WEHTTAM E R R OTJ. MP7.02 TITLE 24 DOCUMENTATION (MECH) LIGHT FIXTURE, 1 x 4 - PENDANT MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, 1 x 8 - PENDANT MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, 1 x 4 - RECESSED MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, 1 x 8 - RECESSED MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, 1 x 4 - SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, 2 x 2 - RECESSED MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, 2 x 4 - RECESSED MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, 2 x 2 - SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, 2 x 4 - SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, 4' STRIP - SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, 8' STRIP - SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, EGRESS - WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, EXIT DOUBLE FACE - CEILING MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, EXIT DOUBLE FACE - WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, EXIT SINGLE FACE - CEILING MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, 1 x 8 - SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, EXIT SINGLE FACE - WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE - PENDANT MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE - RECESSED MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, WALL WASH - RECESSED MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE - POLE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, NO ARM - POLE MOUNTED OR BOLLARD LIGHT FIXTURE - SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE - WALL MOUNTED CIRCUIT - CONCEALED CIRCUIT - EXPOSED CIRCUIT - UNDER FLOOR, GROUND OR SLAB CIRCUIT - HOME RUN CIRCUIT - STUB OUT CIRCUIT - STUB DOWN CIRCUIT - STUB UP CIRCUIT - COMPLETE CONNECTION E-001 ELECTRICAL LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS E-002 LIGHTING CALCULATIONS E-003 LIGHTING CALCULATIONS E-101 ELECTRICAL PLAN - FIRST FLOOR E-102 ELECTRICAL PLAN - SECOND FLOOR E-103 ELECTRICAL PLAN - ROOF E-111 LIGHTING PLAN - FIRST FLOOR E-112 LIGHTING PLAN - SECOND FLOOR E-501 DETAILS - ELECTRICAL E-601 LIGHTING CONTROLS E-602 LIGHTING CONTROLS E-603 LIGHTING CONTROLS E-604 LIGHTING CONTROLS E-605 LIGHTING CONTROLS E-701 T-24 COMPLIANCE FORMS DEMO KEYED NOTE TAG ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TAG KEYED NOTE TAG1 X X MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TAG X REVISION DELTA EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S IDENTIFICATION NUMBER1 ATS PANEL CIRCUIT BREAKER FUSE ATS PANEL 1LA 100A 3P XXXA XXP XXXA XXP UTILITY FUSE GROUND ROD M M METER METER CT TRANSFORMER JUNCTION BOX - WALL MOUNTED +18" A.F.F. U.O.N.J J J JUNCTION BOX - FLOOR MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX - CEILING MOUNTED POWER OUTLET, DEDICATED DUPLEX - FLOOR MOUNTED, FLUSH LID U.O.N. POWER OUTLET, FOURPLEX - CEILING MOUNTED POWER OUTLET, FOURPLEX - FLOOR MOUNTED, FLUSH LID U.O.N. POWER OUTLET, DEDICATED FOURPLEX - FLOOR MOUNTED, FLUSH LID U.O.N. POWER OUTLET, DUPLEX - FLOOR MOUNTED, FLUSH LID U.O.N. POWER OUTLET, DEDICATED DUPLEX - WALL MOUNTED +18" A.F.F. U.O.N. POWER OUTLET, SWITCHED DUPLEX - +18" A.F.F. U.O.N. POWER OUTLET, FOURPLEX - WALL MOUNTED +18" A.F.F. U.O.N. POWER OUTLET, DEDICATED FOURPLEX - WALL MOUNTED +18" A.F.F. U.O.N. POWER OUTLET , DUPLEX - WALL MOUNTED +18" A.F.F. U.O.N. POWER OUTLET, SIMPLEX - WALL MOUNTED +18" A.F.F. U.O.N. SWITCH, 3-WAY CONTROL - WALL MOUNTED +42" A.F.F. U.O.N. SWITCH, DIMMER CONTROL - WALL MOUNTED +42" A.F.F U.O.N. SWITCH, MOTOR RATED - NOTED MOUNTING LV MASTER CONTROL - WALL MOUNTED +42" A.F.F U.O.N. LV VACANCY SENSOR CONTROL - CEILING MOUNTED SWITCH, SINGLE CONTROL - WALL MOUNTED +42" A.F.F. U.O.N. S3 SD SM POWER OUTLET, DEDICATED DUPLEX - CEILING MOUNTED POWER OUTLET, DEDICATED FOURPLEX - CEILING MOUNTED POWER OUTLET, DUPLEX - CEILING MOUNTED S4 SWITCH, 4 WAY CONTROL - WALL MOUNTED +42" A.F.F. U.O.N. S PC SWITCH, PHOTO CELL ELECTRICAL DEVICES LIGHT FIXTURES DIAGRAMS EQUIPMENT CIRCUITING MISCELLANEOUS DISCONNECT, NON-FUSED DISCONNECT, WITH FUSE DIVISION 15 FAN STARTER, WITH CIRCUIT BREAKER STARTER, WITH FUSE STARTER, NON-FUSED PANELBOARD FLUSH PANELBOARD SURFACE ENCLOSURE FLUSH DISTRIBUTION BOARD ENCLOSURE SURFACE METER SECTION MOTOR MTTB M TRANSFORMER SITE PULL BOX / VAULT SECURITY TC ASTRONOMICAL TIME CLOCK PLUG LOAD CONTROLLER - MOUNT IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION CONTROLS LV SCENE SWITCH - WALL MOUNTED +42" A.F.F U.O.N. (NUMBER OF SCENE BUTTONS AS INDICATED)Sx ROOM LIGHTING CONTROLLER - MOUNT IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION (NUMBER OF ZONES AS INDICATED)RCx S V1 S V2 SWITCH, VACANCY CONTROL - SINGLE POLE - WALL MTD +42" A.F.F U.O.N. SWITCH, VACANCY CONTROL - DUAL POLE - WALL MOUNTED +42" A.F.F U.O.N. (FAN CONTROL SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH TIME DELAY) V DL LV DAYLIGHTING SENSOR CONTROL - DUAL ZONE - CEILING MOUNTED PLC M LIGHT FIXTURE, EXIT WITH EGRESS - WALL/CEILING MOUNTED DC MS SECURITY MOTION SENSOR: +84" AFF TO TOP OF SINGLE GANG BOX, 3/4" CONDUIT STUBBED TO ACCESSIBLE SPACE ABOVE CEILING SECURITY DOOR CONTACT: 1/2" CONDUIT FROM DOOR FRAME STUBBED TO ACCESSIBLE SPACE ABOVE CEILING INTRUSION ALARM KEYPAD: +44" TO TOP OF SINGLE GANG BOX, 3/4" CONDUIT STUBBED TO ACCESSIBLE SPACE ABOVE CEILINGK SINGLE GANG BOX FOR SECURITY CAMERA: 3/4" CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE SPACE ABOVE CEILING, MOUNT HIGH ON WALL, VERIFY BOX LOCATIONS AND HEIGHTS WITH DISTRICT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN T LOW VOLTAGE VOICE/DATA OUTLET - NOTED MOUNTING VOICE/DATA OUTLET - WALL MOUNTED +18" A.F.F. DATA OUTLET FOR EXTERIOR WIRELESS ACCESS POINT, +10'-0" A.F.F. DATA OUTLET - WALL MOUNTED +18" A.F.F. VOICE OUTLET - +48" A.F.F. TO CENTER WITH PHONE MOUNT KEYSTONE WALL PLATE, SINGLE GANG, 1-PORT STAINLESS STEEL VOICE OUTLET - WALL MOUNTED +18" A.F.F. WP EXTERIOR SPEAKER: +96" A.F.F. U.O.N., 3/4" CONDUIT STUBBED INTO ACCESSIBLE SPACE ABOVE CEILING SPEAKER/ CLOCK: +96" A.F.F. U.O.N., 1" CONDUIT STUBBED INTO ACCESSIBLE SPACE ABOVE CEILING WP CEILING SPEAKER DATA OUTLET - CEILING MOUNTED WALL MOUNTED SPEAKER: +96" A.F.F. U.O.N., 3/4" CONDUIT STUBBED INTO ACCESSIBLE SPACE ABOVE CEILING DATA OUTLET - CEILING MOUNTED FOR WIRELESS ACCESS POINT.WAP DATA OUTLET - NOTED MOUNTED WAP WP 4-GANG IN-WALL A/V CONNECTION ENCLOSURE (HUBBELL #NSAV124M) WITH (1) RECEPTACLE POWER KIT MOUNTED AT +60" AT FLAT PANEL LOCATION. PROVIDE 1" CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE AV1 TV OUTLET, WALL MOUNTED +18" A.F.F., U.O.N., 3/4" CONDUIT STUBBED INTO ACCESSIBLE SPACE ABOVE CEILING TV VOICE OUTLET - FLOOR MOUNTED DATA OUTLET - FLOOR MOUNTED VOICE/DATA OUTLET - FLOOR MOUNTED ABBREVIATIONS ELECTRICAL SHEET INDEX ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS A. ALL HEIGHTS CALLED OUT ON PLANS ARE TO CENTERLINE OF DEVICE, U.O.N. B. FOLLOW ALL ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS PER CBC CHAPTER 11B FOR DEVICE MOUNTING: ·MAX UNOBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH 48-INCHES TO TOP OF DEVICE. ·MIN UNOBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH 15-INCHES TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE. ·MAX OBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH 44-INCHES TO TOP OF DEVICE. ·MAX OBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH 46-INCHES TO TOP OF DEVICE. XX X E1 E2 X E- X DETAIL REFERENCE DETAIL REFERENCE PLAN NORTH ARROW LV SWITCH, UP TO FOUR ZONES, EACH WITH ON/OFF AND DIMMER CONTROL - WALL MOUNTED +42" A.F.F U.O.N.DX SWITCH, DIMMER WITH VACANCY CONTROL - WALL MOUNTED +42" A.F.F U.O.N.SVD A AMPERES AC ALTERNATING CURRENT AF AMP FRAME AFD ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE A.F.F. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT AIC AMPS INTERRUPTING CAPACITY AL ALUMINUM ANN ANNUNCIATOR APPROX APPROXIMATE ARF ABOVE RAISED FLOOR ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFE SWITCH AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE BAT BATTERY BFG BELOW FINISH GRADE CATV CABLE TELEVISION CENTERLINE C, CND CONDUIT CB CIRCUIT BREAKER CCTV CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION CKT CIRCUIT CO CONDUIT ONLY COMM COMMUNICATIONS CONST CONSTRUCTION CONT CONTINUED CP CONTROL PANEL CPT CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER CU COPPER DC DIRECT CURRENT DWG DRAWING (E) EXISTING EA EACH EF EXHAUST FAN EGU ENGINE GENERATOR UNIT EM EMERGENCY LIGHT W/BATTERY BACKUP EMT ELECTRICAL METALLIC CONDUIT ENT ELECTRICAL NON-METALLIC CONDUIT EP EXPLOSION PROOF EQ EQUAL EQUIV EQUIVALENT EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER (F) FUTURE FA FIRE ALARM FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FC FAN COIL FDR FEEDER FLUOR FLUORESCENT FU FUSE G, GND GROUND GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER GFI GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER GFR GROUND FAULT RELAY HID HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE HO CONTROL SWITCH, "HAND - OFF" HOA CONTROL SWITCH, "HAND - OFF- AUTO" HOR CONTROL SWITCH, "HAND - OFF- REMOTE" HP HORSE POWER HPS HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM HV HIGH VOLTAGE HVAC HEATING, VENTILATION & AIR-COND. IC INTERRUPTING CAPACITY IG ISOLATED GROUND IMC INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT JB JUNCTION BOX KV KILO VOLT KVA KILO VOLT-AMP KW KILO WATT KWH KILO WATT-HOUR LPS LOW PRESSURE SODIUM LTG LIGHTING LV LOW VOLTAGE MAX MAXIMUM MC METAL-CLAD MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MCP MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTOR MFR, MFGR MANUFACTURER MH METAL HALIDE MIN MINIMUM MLO MAIN LUGS ONLY MDP MAIN DISTRIBUTION BOARD MSB MAIN SWITCHBOARD MTD MOUNTED MTS MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH MV MEDIUM VOLTAGE (N) NEW N, NEUT NEUTRAL N/A NOT APPLICABLE NC NORMALLY CLOSED NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NL NIGHT LIGHT NO NORMALLY OPEN NTS NOT TO SCALE OC ON CENTER PNL PANEL PT POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PB PULL BOX, ELECTRICAL R RADIUS RECEPT RECEPTACLE, OUTLET REQD REQUIRED RGS, RSG RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT RTU REMOTE TERMINAL UNIT SD STORM DRAIN SP SPACE, SPARE SS STAINLESS STEEL STD STANDARDS, APPLICABLE SW SWITCH SWBD SWITCHBOARD SWGR SWITCHGEAR T THERMOSTAT TP TAMPER PROOF TV TELEVISION TVSS TRANSIENT VOLT. SURGE SUPPRESSOR TYP TYPICAL UF UNDER FLOOR UG UNDER GROUND U.O.N. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED UPS UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY V VOLT VA VOLT-AMP VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE W/ WITH W/0 WITHOUT WH WATER HEATER WHM WATT-HOUR METER WP WEATHER PROOF XFMR TRANSFORMER CL O LV OCCUPANCY SENSOR CONTROL - CEILING MOUNTED APPLICABLE CODES & STANDARDS REFERENCES PARTIAL LIST OF APPLICABLE CODES AS OF January 1, 2023* 2022 California Administrative Code (CAC), Part 1, Title 24 CCR* 2022 California Building Code (CBC), Part 2, Title 24 CCR (2021 International Building Code, Vol. 1 & 2, and 2022 California amendments) 2022 California Electrical Code (CEC), Part 3, Title 24 CCR (2020 National Electrical Code and 2022 California Amendments) 2022 California Mechanical Code (CMC), Part 4, Title 24 CCR (2021 IAPMO Uniform Mechanical Code and 2022 California amendments) 2022 California Plumbing Code (CPC), Part 5, Title 24 CCR (2021 IAPMO Uniform Plumbing Code and 2022 California amendments) 2022 California Energy Code (CEC), Part 6, Title 24 CCR 2022 California Fire Code (CFC), Part 9, Title 24 CCR (2021 International Fire Code and 2022 California Amendments) 2022 California Existing Building Code (CEBC), Part 10, Title 24 CCR (2021 International Existing Building Code and 2022 California Amendments) 2022 California Green Building Standards Code (CALGreen), Part 11, Title 24 CCR 2022 California Referenced Standards Code, Part 12, Title 24 CCR Title 19 CCR, Public Safety, State Fire Marshal Regulations 2019 ASME A17.1/CSA B44-13 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators (per 2022 CBC Part 2 Ch 35) Note: Cal/OSHA Elevator Unit enforces CCR Title 8 and uses the 2004 ASME A17.1 by adoption PARTIAL LIST OF APPLICABLE STANDARDS NFPA 13 - Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems (CA amended)......................2022 Edition NFPA 14 - Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems (CA amended)....2019 Edition NFPA 17 - Standard for Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems.............................................2021 Edition NFPA 17A - Standard for Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems..........................................2021 Edition NFPA 20 - Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection..................2019 Edition NFPA 22 - Standard for Water Tanks for Private Fire Protection..........................................2018 Edition NFPA 24 - Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances (CA amended)........................................................................2019 Edition NFPA 72 - National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code (CA amended).....................................2022 Edition NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives.....................................2019 Edition NFPA 2001 - Standard on Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems (CA amended)............2018 Edition UL 300 - Standard for Fire Testing of Fire Extinguishing Systems for Protection of Commercial Cooking Equipment..........................................................2005 (R2010) UL 464 - Audible Signaling Devices for Fire Alarm and Signaling Systems, Including Accessories................................................................................................2003 Edition UL 521 - Standard for Heat Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems.......................1999 Edition UL 1971 - Standard for Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired.....................................2002 (R2010) ICC 300 - Standard for Bleachers, Folding and Telescopic Seating, and Grandstands........2017 Edition For a complete list of applicable NFPA standards refer to 2022 CBC (SFM) Chapter 35 and California Fire Code Chapter 80. See California Building Code Chapter 35 for State of California amendments to the NFPA Standards. *All parts of the 2022 California Building Code become effective January 1, 2023 except the effective date for the use of the 2022 Building Energy Efficiency Standards (Title 24, Part 1, Chapter 10) is January 8, 2023 and the effective date for the use of the California Administrative Code (Title 24, Part 1, Chapter 4) is March 5, 2022. ACCEPTANCE TESTS ACCEPTANCE TESTS ARE REQUIRED TO BE COMPLETED ON NEWLY INSTALLED OR REPLACEMENT OF LIGHTING CONTROLS BEFORE PROJECT COMPLETION PER THE CALIFORNIA ADMINISTRATION CODE SECTION 10-103. ACCEPTANCE TESTS MUST BE PERFORMED BY A CERTIFIED ACCEPTANCE TEST TECHNICIAN (ATT). THE ACCEPTANCE TESTING PROCEDURES MUST BE REPEATED, AND DEFICIENCIES CORRECTED UNTIL THE INSTALLATION OF THE SPECIFIED SYSTEMS CONFORM AND PASS THE REQUIRED ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA. COMPLETED NRCA FORMS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE PROJECT INSPECTOR AND THE DISTRICT. P.O. BOX 3103 ROHNERT PARK, CA 94927 www.brokawdesign.com 21 3 4 X BrokawDesign REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:CAC DRAWN BY:MOB SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 E001 ELECTRICAL LEGEND & ABBREVIATIONS P.O. BOX 3103 ROHNERT PARK, CA 94927 www.brokawdesign.com 21 3 4 X BrokawDesign REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:CAC DRAWN BY:MOB SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 E002 LIGHTING CALCULATIONS P.O. BOX 3103 ROHNERT PARK, CA 94927 www.brokawdesign.com 21 3 4 X BrokawDesign REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:CAC DRAWN BY:MOB SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 E003 LIGHTING CALCULATIONS A. ALL EXTERIOR MOUNTED DEVICES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH WP OR NEMA 3R RATING. B. PROVIDE HUB TYPE FITTINGS ON EXTERIOR CONDUITS. C. ALL EMPTY BOXES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH BLANK COVER PLATES. D. ALL EXPOSED CONDUITS IN NON EQUIPMENT ROOMS SHALL BE PAINTED AFTER INSTALLATION TO MATCH SURFACE IT IS MOUNTED TO. E. VERIFY COLOR OF ALL DEVICES AND COVER PLATES WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO ORDERING. F.ALL EXTERIOR COVER PLATES SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL. G. ALL ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE COORDINATED TO MAINTAIN WALL AND CEILING RATING INDICATED ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DOCUMENTS. H. WORKING CLEARANCES FOR PANELBOARDS AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS (NOT SERVICE ENTRANCE) UNDER 600V SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: FOR 208V, 3P, 4W SYSTEMS MAINTAIN A MINIMUM 36-INCHES IN FRONT OF EQUIPMENT. FOR 240V OR 480V SYSTEMS MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 48-INCHES ON FRONT OF EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE MINIMUM 6'-6" HEADROOM AT ALL LOCATIONS. SHEET NOTES - ELECTRICAL X 1. ROOF MOUNTED PV CELLS AND MOUNTING HARDWARE. REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF. 2. REMOVE ALL ROOF MOUNTED PV CONDUIT AND WIRING BACK TO (E) PV INVERTERS. DE-ENERGIZE AND DECOMMISSION PV EQUIPMENT NO LONGER UTILIZED. 3. NOT USED. 4. NOT USED. 5. NOT USED. 6. EXISTING HVAC EQUIPMENT POWER: DE-ENERGIZE EXISTING HVAC EQUIPMENT BRANCH FEEDER\CIRCUIT AND RETAIN FOR NEW REPLACEMENT EQUIPMENT. EXTEND CIRCUIT IF NECESSARY TO CONNECT TO NEW EQUIPMENT DISCONNECT. CONNECT COMPLETE AND TEST. KEYED NOTES - ELECTRICAL UP UP 3 / A-8.0 VARIES101 LOBBY 1 / A-8.0 9'-0"102 OPEN OFFICE - / - 9'-0"103 OFFICE - / - 9'-0"104 STORAGE - / - 9'-0"105 OFFICE 2 / A 8.0 9'-0"106 OPEN OFFICE 9'-0"107 COPY / STORAGE - / - 8'-0"108 DUPLO / STORAGE 4 / A 8.0 8'-0"109 WOMEN'S R.R. 5 / A 8.0 8'-0"110 MEN'S R.R. - 9'-0"111 OFFICE - / - 9'-0"112 OFFICE 7 / A 8.0 9'-0"114 5 / A 8.1 9'-0"115 OFFICE - / - 9'-0"116 OFFICE 6 / A 8.1 9'-0"117 CONFERENCE 1 / A 8.1 9'-0"119 OPEN OFFICE - / - 9'-0"120 OFFICE 4 / A 8.1 8'-0"121 SHOWER 3 / A 8.1 9'-0"122 COPY / STORAGE 7 / A 8.1 124 JAN. STORAGE - / - 131 UTILITY 9'-0"125 AUDIO/VIDEO3 / A 8.4 129.1 CONFERENCE 2 / A 8.1 9'-0"118 OPEN OFFICE 2 / A 8.2 123 HALLWAY - / - 9'-0"130 WORK ROOM 1 / A 8.4 9'-0"132 LOBBY 1 / A 8.2 9'-0"126 STORAGE COPIER - / - 9'-0" - / - +21' A.F.F. cl cl cl cl VARIES - 8'-0"133 JAN. STORAGE 3 / A 8.4 129.2 CONFERENCE VARIES - VARIES134 UTILITY ROOM CL 3 / A 8.4 129 CITY COUNCIL VARIES 12'-0"135 STORAGE - / - 9'-0"128 MACHINE ROOM - / - -127 ELEVATOR - / - 6 / A 8.0 VARIES113 HALLWAY WORK ROOM CO P I E R WALKWAY ABOVE 9'-0" VARIES F 4 WP FURNACE: 11.4 MCA/20 MOCP X,XX F 2 WP FURNACE: 11.4 MCA/20 MOCP X,XX 66 F 1 WP FURNACE: 11.4 MCA/20 MOCP X,XX 6 F 3 FURNACE: 11.4 MCA/20 MOCP X,XX 6 EF 3 SM 6 FC 3 FAN COIL: FED FROM CU-2 6 EF 6 SM 6 EF 4 SM 6 P.O. BOX 3103 ROHNERT PARK, CA 94927 www.brokawdesign.com 21 3 4 X BrokawDesign REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:CAC DRAWN BY:MOB SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ELECTRICAL PLAN - FIRST FLOOR SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1 E101 ELECTRICAL PLAN FIRST FLOOR DOWN DOWN UTILITY ROOM ROOF BELOW OPEN TO FIRST FLOOR LOBBY BELOW OPEN TO ASSEMBLY HALL BELOW - / - 9'-0"201 LOBBY 9'-0"203 OPEN OFFICE 8'-0"210 COPY / STORAGE - / - 9'-0"204 OPEN OFFICE 9'-0"206 CONFERENCE 9'-0"208 LIBRARY / PLAN ROOM / STORAGE - / - 9'-0"207 EQUIPMENT ROOM 8'-0"212 WOMEN'S R.R. 8'-0"213 MEN'S R.R. - / - 9'-0"211 OPEN OFFICE - / - 9'-0"215 OFFICE 9'-0"216 LUNCH ROOM - / - 9'-0"219 CONFERENCE - / - 217 HALLWAY - / - 9'-0"214 HALLWAY 8'-0"209 HALLWAY AREA FOR MECHANICAL UNITS 9'-0" - / - 9'-0"202 HALLWAY - / - 9'-0"218 OFFICE - / - -205 ELEVATOR MDF/ PBX MDF UPS FUTURE UPS ATTIC - / - - / - - / - - / - - / - - / -- / - - / - FC 2 FAN COIL: FED FROM CU-2 FC 1 FAN COIL: FED FROM CU-2 6 6 EF 5 6 EXHAUST FAN: 115V,0- X,XX X 1. ROOF MOUNTED PV CELLS AND MOUNTING HARDWARE. REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF. 2. REMOVE ALL ROOF MOUNTED PV CONDUIT AND WIRING BACK TO (E) PV INVERTERS. DE-ENERGIZE AND DECOMMISSION PV EQUIPMENT NO LONGER UTILIZED. 3. NOT USED. 4. NOT USED. 5. NOT USED. 6. EXISTING HVAC EQUIPMENT POWER: DE-ENERGIZE EXISTING HVAC EQUIPMENT BRANCH FEEDER\CIRCUIT AND RETAIN FOR NEW REPLACEMENT EQUIPMENT. EXTEND CIRCUIT IF NECESSARY TO CONNECT TO NEW EQUIPMENT DISCONNECT. CONNECT COMPLETE AND TEST. KEYED NOTES - ELECTRICAL A. ALL EXTERIOR MOUNTED DEVICES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH WP OR NEMA 3R RATING. B. PROVIDE HUB TYPE FITTINGS ON EXTERIOR CONDUITS. C. ALL EMPTY BOXES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH BLANK COVER PLATES. D. ALL EXPOSED CONDUITS IN NON EQUIPMENT ROOMS SHALL BE PAINTED AFTER INSTALLATION TO MATCH SURFACE IT IS MOUNTED TO. E. VERIFY COLOR OF ALL DEVICES AND COVER PLATES WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO ORDERING. F.ALL EXTERIOR COVER PLATES SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL. G. ALL ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE COORDINATED TO MAINTAIN WALL AND CEILING RATING INDICATED ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DOCUMENTS. H. WORKING CLEARANCES FOR PANELBOARDS AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS (NOT SERVICE ENTRANCE) UNDER 600V SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: FOR 208V, 3P, 4W SYSTEMS MAINTAIN A MINIMUM 36-INCHES IN FRONT OF EQUIPMENT. FOR 240V OR 480V SYSTEMS MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 48-INCHES ON FRONT OF EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE MINIMUM 6'-6" HEADROOM AT ALL LOCATIONS. SHEET NOTES - ELECTRICAL P.O. BOX 3103 ROHNERT PARK, CA 94927 www.brokawdesign.com 21 3 4 X BrokawDesign REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:CAC DRAWN BY:MOB SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ELECTRICAL PLAN - SECOND FLOOR SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1 E102 ELECTRICAL PLAN SECOND FLOOR WP RTU 4 ROOF TOP PACKAGE UNIT: 208V,3PH 31 MCA/45 MOCP EXISTING PV CABLING, TYPICAL1 EXISTING PV SYSTEM, TYPICAL2 PE 4 POWER EXHAUST UNIT: 208V,3PH 4.9MCA/8.8 MOCP X,XX (E) PV CELLS AND MOUNTING SYSTEM TO REMAIN. WP RTU 2 WP RTU 3 WP RTU 1 WP WP PE 2 POWER EXHAUST UNIT: 208V,3PH 4.9MCA/8.8 MOCP X,XX WP PE 1 POWER EXHAUST UNIT: 208V,3PH 4.9MCA/8.8 MOCP X,XX ROOF TOP PACKAGE UNIT: 208V,3PH 26 MCA / 30 MOCP X,XX ROOF TOP PACKAGE UNIT: 208V,3PH 26 MCA/30 MOCP X,XX ROOF TOP PACKAGE UNIT: 208V,3PH 22 MCA/30 MOCP X,XX ACU 1 WP SPLIT SYSTEM: 208V,1PH 25 MCA/30 MOCP X,XX EF 2 WP WP CU 3 CONDENSING UNIT: 208V,1PH 29 MCA/50 MOCP X,XX PE 3 POWER EXHAUST UNIT: 208V,3PH 4.9MCA/8.8 MOCP X,XX WP CU 1 WP CONDENSING UNIT: 208V,1PH 18 MCA/30 MOCP EF 1 ACU 3 SPLIT SYSTEM: 208V,1PH 10 MCA/15 MOCP WP ACU 4 SPLIT SYSTEM: 208V,1PH 22 MCA/25 MOCP X,XX WP RTU 5 ROOF TOP PACKAGE UNIT: 208V,3PH 51 MCA / 70 MOCP WP SM SM WP EXHAUST FAN: 115V,1/4HP 0- X,XX EXHAUST FAN: 115V,1/4HP - X,XX ACU 2 WP SPLIT SYSTEM: 208V,1PH 25 MCA/25 MOCP X,XX 666 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 66 6 6 6 WP 6 CU 4 SPLIT SYSTEM: 208V,1PH 18 MCA/30 MOCP CU 2 CONDENSING UNIT: 208V,1PH 18 MCA/30 MOCP WP 6 EXISTING PV SYSTEM, TYPICAL2EXISTING PV SYSTEM, TYPICAL2 EXISTING PV SYSTEM, TYPICAL2 A. ALL ROOF CONDUITS SHALL BE MOUNTED ON COOPER DURA-BLOK OR EQUAL AT MAX 10FT ON CENTER. B. ALL ROOF MOUNTED CONDUITS SHALL BE IMC OR RGS WITH WATERTIGHT FITTINGS. C. ALL ELECTRICAL ROOF PENETRATIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED COMPLETE, COORDINATED WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND WATER TIGHT. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR REQUIREMENTS. D. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OF DIVISION 23 EQUIPMENT WITH THE DIVISION 23 CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. E. LOCATIONS OF DIVISION 23 EQUIPMENT IS DIAGRAMMATIC. THE DIVISION 26 CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. F. ALL EXTERIOR MOUNTED DEVICES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH WP OR NEMA 3R RATING. G. PROVIDE HUB TYPE FITTINGS ON EXTERIOR CONDUITS. H. ALL EMPTY BOXES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH BLANK WP STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATES. I. ALL ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE COORDINATED AND MAINTAIN WALL AND CEILING RATING INDICATED ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DOCUMENTS. SHEET NOTES - ROOF ELECTRICAL X 1. ROOF MOUNTED PV CELLS AND MOUNTING HARDWARE. REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF. 2. REMOVE ALL ROOF MOUNTED PV CONDUIT AND WIRING BACK TO (E) PV INVERTERS. DE-ENERGIZE AND DECOMMISSION PV EQUIPMENT NO LONGER UTILIZED. 3. NOT USED. 4. NOT USED. 5. NOT USED. 6. EXISTING HVAC EQUIPMENT POWER: DE-ENERGIZE EXISTING HVAC EQUIPMENT BRANCH FEEDER\CIRCUIT AND RETAIN FOR NEW REPLACEMENT EQUIPMENT. EXTEND CIRCUIT IF NECESSARY TO CONNECT TO NEW EQUIPMENT DISCONNECT. CONNECT COMPLETE AND TEST. KEYED NOTES - ELECTRICAL P.O. BOX 3103 ROHNERT PARK, CA 94927 www.brokawdesign.com 21 3 4 X BrokawDesign REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:CAC DRAWN BY:MOB SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 E103 ELECTRICAL PLAN ROOF ELECTRICAL PLAN - ROOF SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1 UP UP 3 / A-8.0 VARIES101 LOBBY 1 / A-8.0 9'-0"102 OPEN OFFICE - / - 9'-0"103 OFFICE - / - 9'-0"104 STORAGE - / - 9'-0"105 OFFICE 2 / A 8.0 9'-0"106 OPEN OFFICE 9'-0"107 COPY / STORAGE - / - 8'-0"108 DUPLO / STORAGE 4 / A 8.0 8'-0"109 WOMEN'S R.R. 5 / A 8.0 8'-0"110 MEN'S R.R. - 9'-0"111 OFFICE - / - 9'-0"112 OFFICE 7 / A 8.0 9'-0"114 5 / A 8.1 9'-0"115 OFFICE - / - 9'-0"116 OFFICE 6 / A 8.1 9'-0"117 CONFERENCE 1 / A 8.1 9'-0"119 OPEN OFFICE - / - 9'-0"120 OFFICE 4 / A 8.1 8'-0"121 SHOWER 3 / A 8.1 9'-0"122 COPY / STORAGE 7 / A 8.1 124 JAN. STORAGE - / - 131 UTILITY 9'-0"125 AUDIO/VIDEO3 / A 8.4 129.1 CONFERENCE 2 / A 8.1 9'-0"118 OPEN OFFICE 2 / A 8.2 123 HALLWAY - / - 9'-0"130 WORK ROOM 1 / A 8.4 9'-0"132 LOBBY 1 / A 8.2 9'-0"126 STORAGE COPIER - / - 9'-0" - / - +21' A.F.F. cl cl cl cl VARIES - 8'-0"133 JAN. STORAGE 3 / A 8.4 129.2 CONFERENCE VARIES - VARIES134 UTILITY ROOM CL 3 / A 8.4 129 CITY COUNCIL VARIES 12'-0"135 STORAGE - / - 9'-0"128 MACHINE ROOM - / - -127 ELEVATOR - / - 6 / A 8.0 VARIES113 HALLWAY WORK ROOM CO P I E R WALKWAY ABOVE 9'-0" VARIES UP UP COPIER +21' A.F.F. cl cl cl cl CL CO P I E R WALKWAY ABOVE DX DX S V1 DXDXDX DX DX DX DX DX DX DXDX DX DX DX S V1 DX DX DX DX DX DX DX DX DX DX DXDX DX DX S S S M H C H B LSA F A12 A16 A12 A8 A8 D M A8 A8 A8 A12 A8 A12 H H A8A8 A8 A16 A12 A12 H H C H H 1 E E Ce B Ce B1 DX DX DX J J TYP, RM 129.1 TYP, RM 129.1 TYP, RM 129.2 D D D D EM EM D J J 2 2 A20 Ae Ae Ce Ce EM EM EM EM EM EMCe 2 J J 2 EM EM Ae Ae Me Ce J 2 2 2 EM V DL V V V V V V V DL V DL D A. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR COORDINATED CEILING INFORMATION. VERIFY THE CEILING TYPES IN ALL SPACES WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND COORDINATE WITH THE LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE INSTALLED. MINOR ADJUSTMENTS IN LOCATION MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND PROVIDED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF ALL LIGHT FIXTURES WITH MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND FIRE SPRINKLER HEADS AND PIPING PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF ANY SYSTEMS B. THE FIXTURE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH ALL NECESSARY HARDWARE, CLIPS, TRIM, ETC. FOR A COMPLETE AND "FINISHED" INSTALLATION. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY BLOCKING. C. PROVIDE COMMON FACE PLATE FOR ALL SWITCHES IN GANGED GROUPS. INDIVIDUAL FACE PLATES FOR GROUPS OF SWITCHES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. D. VERIFY ROUGH-IN LOCATIONS OF ALL DEVICES WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. DO NOT PULL ANY CONDUCTORS OR CABLE UNTIL THE DEVICE LOCATIONS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED AND ACCEPTED. E. CONTRACTOR MAY REDUCE WIRING THAT IS OVERSIZED DUE TO VOLTAGE DROP DOWN WHEN WITHIN 10-FT OF FIXTURE / DEVICE. F. VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF BUILDING FIXTURES WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. SHEET NOTES - LIGHTING X 1. ELEVATOR PIT LIGHT: NO WORK. 2. EXISTING OCCUPANCY SENSOR: REMOVE SWITCH AND SAFE OFF. PROVIDE BLANK COVER ON EXISTING SWITCH LOCATION. 3. FLAG LIGHT FIXTURE: REPLACE (E) LIGHT FIXTURE WITH NEW LED FLOOD LIGHT. FIXTURE SHALL BE A TARGETTI DART, ROUND MAXI DRL-41-BT-L2-SP-3500K-ANTI GLARE SHIELD-ROTATIONAL BRACKET. RECONNECT TO EXISTING LIGHTING CONTROLS. CONNECT COMPLETE. FOR MOUNTING, SEE ARCHITECTURAL. KEYED NOTES -LIGHTING P.O. BOX 3103 ROHNERT PARK, CA 94927 www.brokawdesign.com 21 3 4 X BrokawDesign REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:CAC DRAWN BY:MOB SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 E121 LIGHTING PLAN FIRST FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN - FIRST FLOOR SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1 DOWN DOWN UTILITY ROOM ROOF BELOW OPEN TO FIRST FLOOR LOBBY BELOW OPEN TO ASSEMBLY HALL BELOW - / - 9'-0"201 LOBBY 9'-0"203 OPEN OFFICE 8'-0"210 COPY / STORAGE - / - 9'-0"204 OPEN OFFICE 9'-0"206 CONFERENCE 9'-0"208 LIBRARY / PLAN ROOM / STORAGE - / - 9'-0"207 EQUIPMENT ROOM 8'-0"212 WOMEN'S R.R. 8'-0"213 MEN'S R.R. - / - 9'-0"211 OPEN OFFICE - / - 9'-0"215 OFFICE 9'-0"216 LUNCH ROOM - / - 9'-0"219 CONFERENCE - / - 217 HALLWAY - / - 9'-0"214 HALLWAY 8'-0"209 HALLWAY AREA FOR MECHANICAL UNITS 9'-0" - / - 9'-0"202 HALLWAY - / - 9'-0"218 OFFICE - / - -205 ELEVATOR MDF/ PBX MDF UPS FUTURE UPS ATTIC - / - - / - - / - - / - - / - - / -- / - - / - AREA FOR MECHANICAL UNITS MDF/ PBX MDF UPS FUTURE UPS S V1 DX S V1 DX S DX DX DX DX S DX DX DX DX DX DX A24 A8 A28 V DL VV V VV V V E16 EM EM EM EM EM EM EM EM EM EM EM EM EM EM EM EMEM EM EM EM Be Be Be Be Ce Ce Ce Ae Ae Ae Ge G Ce Ce E E C Ce A8 A8 A8A12 A8 A8 A16A20 BTYPICAL LOBBY A20 A20 A12 A12 A12 A12 A8 A8 E16 A12 J C A4 3 A. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR COORDINATED CEILING INFORMATION. VERIFY THE CEILING TYPES IN ALL SPACES WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND COORDINATE WITH THE LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE INSTALLED. MINOR ADJUSTMENTS IN LOCATION MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND PROVIDED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF ALL LIGHT FIXTURES WITH MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND FIRE SPRINKLER HEADS AND PIPING PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF ANY SYSTEMS B. THE FIXTURE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH ALL NECESSARY HARDWARE, CLIPS, TRIM, ETC. FOR A COMPLETE AND "FINISHED" INSTALLATION. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY BLOCKING. C. PROVIDE COMMON FACE PLATE FOR ALL SWITCHES IN GANGED GROUPS. INDIVIDUAL FACE PLATES FOR GROUPS OF SWITCHES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. D. VERIFY ROUGH-IN LOCATIONS OF ALL DEVICES WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. DO NOT PULL ANY CONDUCTORS OR CABLE UNTIL THE DEVICE LOCATIONS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED AND ACCEPTED. E. CONTRACTOR MAY REDUCE WIRING THAT IS OVERSIZED DUE TO VOLTAGE DROP DOWN WHEN WITHIN 10-FT OF FIXTURE / DEVICE. F. VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF BUILDING FIXTURES WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. SHEET NOTES - LIGHTING X 1. ELEVATOR PIT LIGHT: NO WORK. 2. EXISTING OCCUPANCY SENSOR: REMOVE SWITCH AND SAFE OFF. PROVIDE BLANK COVER ON EXISTING SWITCH LOCATION. 3. FLAG LIGHT FIXTURE: REPLACE (E) LIGHT FIXTURE WITH NEW LED FLOOD LIGHT. FIXTURE SHALL BE A TARGETTI DART, ROUND MAXI DRL-41-BT-L2-SP-3500K-ANTI GLARE SHIELD-ROTATIONAL BRACKET. RECONNECT TO EXISTING LIGHTING CONTROLS. CONNECT COMPLETE. FOR MOUNTING, SEE ARCHITECTURAL. KEYED NOTES -LIGHTING P.O. BOX 3103 ROHNERT PARK, CA 94927 www.brokawdesign.com 21 3 4 X BrokawDesign REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:CAC DRAWN BY:MOB SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 E122 LIGHTING PLAN SECOND FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN - SECOND FLOOR SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1 TYPICAL CONTROLS - WIRELESS NOT TO SCALE1 POWER PACK LIGHTING LOADSJBOX LINE VOLTAGE PLUG LOAD CONTROLLER CONTROLLED PLUG LOADS (CS)JBOX LINE VOLTAGE DAYLIGHTING/ VACANCY SENSOR - RCM PDT ADCX A. BASED ON NLIGHT WIRELESS SYSTEM. B. CONTROLLED RECEPTACLES SHALL BE TIED IN WITH ROOM OCCUPANCY SENSOR TO SHUT OFF WHEN ROOM IS VACANT; UN-CONTROLLED RECEPTACLES SHALL REMAIN HOT. C. PROVIDE SOFTWARE "SENSORVIEW" AND SETUP ON OWNER'S COMPUTER FOR OWNER'S FUTURE USE. DETAIL NOTES SCENE SWITCH 2 OR 4 RPODB DX UN-CONTROLLED PLUG LOADS DIMMING LIGHTING LOADS CONTROL WIRING CLASS 2 PLC DIMMER SWITCH - RPOD BA - UP TO TWO ZONES RPP20 EFP (EMERGENCY ER EQUIPPED, IF NEEDED) RPP20 LINE VOLTAGE LINE VOLTAGE Sx RC1 VDL ECLYPSE AND TIMECLOCK - NECYD NLTAIR G2 EMERGENCY LINE VOLTAGE (IF REQUIRED) BATTERY TC LINE VOLTAGE LAN LINE BATTERY CONTROL WIRING CLASS 2 (24V) 0-10V AND ALL OTHER - DIMMING DX HARD WIRED MAY BE INTEGRAL TO FIXTURE T-BAR FIXTURE MOUNTING (FOR FIXTURES WEIGHING 10-56 LBS) NOT TO SCALE3 T-BAR CEILING GRID SYSTEM MAIN RUNNER LIGHT FIXTURE SAFETY WIRE SUPPORT HOLE (TYP) RECESSED 2x4 LIGHT FIXTURE (MAX WEIGHT = 56 LBS) #12 SLACK SAFETY WIRE TIED TO FIXTURE SEISMIC CLIP OR SAFETY WIRE SUPPORT HOLES AND FASTENED TO BUILDING STRUCTURE. PROVIDE (2) SLACK SAFETY WIRES PER LIGHT FIXTURE AT DIAGONAL CORNERS. 2 E521 NOTES: 1. LIGHT FIXTURES WITH SIZE OF 2' x 4' OR LESS, WEIGHING GREATER THAN 10 LBS. BUT LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 56 LBS MAY BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY ON THE CEILING RUNNERS, BUT THEY SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) #12 GAUGE SLACK SAFETY WIRES CONNECTED FROM THE FIXTURE HOUSING AT DIAGONAL CORNERS TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. T-BAR CEILING GRID SYSTEM CROSS RUNNER PROVIDE (2) #10x3/4" STS THROUGH MAIN RUNNER INTO FIXTURE HOUSING. INSTALL SCREWS AT DIAGONAL CORNERS. SEE FOR ATTACHMENT (TYP) HANGER & BRACE WIRE DETAIL NOT TO SCALE2 1" WIDE x 16 GA W/ 2-#10 SMS BRACE WIRES: (4) TIGHT TURNS IN 1 1/2" AT BOTH ENDSVERTICAL HANGER WIRE OR SAFETY WIRE: #12 GAUGE, MAX WEIGHT PER HANGER = 50 LBS 2" STEEL JOIST OR BLOCKING - OPTION 1 HANGER/SAFETY WIRES: (3) TIGHT TURNS IN 3" AT BOTH ENDS DIAGONAL BRACE WIRE: #12 GAUGE 2" 30° - 45° VERTICAL HANGER WIRE OR SAFETY WIRE: #12 GAUGE, MAX WEIGHT PER HANGER = 50 LBS HANGER/SAFETY WIRES: (3) TIGHT TURNS IN 3" AT BOTH ENDS 1/4" x 2" SELF TAPPING EYE LAG SCREW WITH 3/4" DRILLPOINT. DOC'S INDUSTRIES I-LAG #750SD (ICC ESR-3135) ROOF SHEATING ROOF JOIST BRACE WIRES: (4) TIGHT TURNS IN 1 1/2" AT BOTH ENDS DIAGONAL BRACE WIRE: #12 GAUGE 30° - 45° ROOF JOIST STL. STRAP 1" WIDE x 12 GA BEND TO ALIGN WITH WIRE, ATTACH WITH (1)#10 SMS STEEL JOIST OR BLOCKING STEEL JOIST OR BLOCKING - OPTION 2 DOWN LIGHT FIXTURE 1/2" FLEX CONDUIT CONNECTION HANGER WIRE (TYP 2 EACH FIXTURE). SEE FIXTURE TRIM RINGRIGIDLY ATTACH CHANNEL BAR TO FRAMING MEMBER WITH #10 STS (TOTAL 4 SCREWS PER FIXTURE; ONE AT EACH END OF 2 CHANNEL BARS) FACTORY FRAME-IN KIT METAL FRAMING MEMBER (TYP) RECESSED DOWNLIGHT FIXTURE NOT TO SCALE4 GYP BOARD CEILING GRID TILE 2 E521 P.O. BOX 3103 ROHNERT PARK, CA 94927 www.brokawdesign.com 21 3 4 X BrokawDesign REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:CAC DRAWN BY:MOB SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 E501 ELECTRICAL DETAILS P.O. BOX 3103 ROHNERT PARK, CA 94927 www.brokawdesign.com 21 3 4 X BrokawDesign REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:CAC DRAWN BY:MOB SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 E601 LIGHTING CONTROLS P.O. BOX 3103 ROHNERT PARK, CA 94927 www.brokawdesign.com 21 3 4 X BrokawDesign REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:CAC DRAWN BY:MOB SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 E602 LIGHTING CONTROLS P.O. BOX 3103 ROHNERT PARK, CA 94927 www.brokawdesign.com 21 3 4 X BrokawDesign REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:CAC DRAWN BY:MOB SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 E603 LIGHTING CONTROLS P.O. BOX 3103 ROHNERT PARK, CA 94927 www.brokawdesign.com 21 3 4 X BrokawDesign REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:CAC DRAWN BY:MOB SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 E604 LIGHTING CONTROLS P.O. BOX 3103 ROHNERT PARK, CA 94927 www.brokawdesign.com 21 3 4 X BrokawDesign REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:CAC DRAWN BY:MOB SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 E605 LIGHTING CONTROLS P.O. BOX 3103 ROHNERT PARK, CA 94927 www.brokawdesign.com 21 3 4 X BrokawDesign REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:CAC DRAWN BY:MOB SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 ---- ---- ---- DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 E701 T-24 COMPLIANCE FORMS REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:CH DRAWN BY:CH SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:06.09.2025 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 W W W . I S E E N G I N E E R S . C O M SCS A T S A T O CF E A I L FI O NR No. C86438 Exp. 03/31/27 ETSIG E R P R E D R SEFO G I RE E N OSI N L A N E CIV I L C HRI S T I A N A . H A I N D S STRUCTURAL COVER SHEET SCS STRUCTURAL COVER SHEET SN1 STRUCTURAL NOTES GENERAL NOTES PLANS S1 ROOF FRAMING PLAN STRUCTURAL DETAILS SD1 STRUCTURAL ROOF FRAMING DETAILS SHEET INDEXDESIGN PARAMETERS GRAVITY DESIGN PARAMETERS: (PSF, SERVICE LOADS) DEAD ROOF LIVE SNOW LIVE TOTAL (E) ROOF:15 20 --35 (E) SOLAR:3 ---3 (E) FLOOR:15 --100 115 (E) EXT WALL:15 ---15 (E) INT WALL:10 ---10 PROJECT DESIGN CRITERIA BUILDING CODE:2022 CBC LOCATION (LATITUDE / LONGITUDE):38.3427°N / 122.7094°W SEISMIC DESIGN PARAMETERS: RISK CATEGORY:II SITE CLASS:D - DEFAULT SHORT PERIOD SPECTRAL ACCELERATION, Ss:1.675 1s PERIOD SPECTRAL ACCELERATION, S1:0.634 SHORT PERIOD SPECTRAL RESPONSE, SDS:1.340 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENT, SD1:1.078 SITE COEFFICIENT, Fa:1.20 SITE COEFFICENT, Fv:1.70 SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY:D SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR, Ie:1.00 N.T.S. NAILS 1.DIAPHRAGM NAILING: ALL FLOOR SHEATHING, ROOF SHEATHING AND SHEAR PANELS CONSTRUCTED USING WOOD-BASED STRUCTURAL-USE PANELS SHALL BE FASTENED WITH COMMON NAILS. HARDWARE SHALL BE NAILED PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS, OTHERWISE SHORT NAILS MAY BE USED. NAILING SHALL BE PER THE BUILDING CODE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE PLANS OR DETAILS. 2.NAIL GUNS: MUST BE EQUIPPED WITH A FLUSH NAILER ATTACHMENT FOR NAILING OF PLYWOOD SHEAR WALLS, FLOOR SHEATHING AND ROOF SHEATHING. 3.NAIL MANUFACTURING: ALL NAILS MUST BE DOMESTICALLY MANUFACTURED & MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CURRENT BUILDING CODE. 4.GALVANIZED NAILS: ALL NAILS INTO PRESSURE TREATED LUMBER SHALL BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED OR OTHER APPROVED COATING TO RESIST CORROSION UNLESS PRESSURE TREATED PLATE IS TREATED WITH BORATE. WOOD FRAMING 1.SAWN LUMBER: ALL STRUCTURAL SAWN LUMBER SHALL BE DOUGLAS FIR LARCH WITH 19% MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF THE FOLLOWING GRADES, CONFORMING TO STANDARD GRADING RULES FOR WEST COAST LUMBER NO. 17, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. THE LUMBER GRADES AS SPECIFIED BELOW MEET MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS: 2.GRADE STAMPS: WHERE POSSIBLE ALL LUMBER GRADE STAMPS SHALL REMAIN ON LUMBER AFTER INSTALLATION. CONVENTIONAL LUMBER SHALL MEET DOC PS 20 REQ. 3.PRESSURE TREATED LUMBER: ALL EXPOSED EXTERIOR WOOD AND WOOD BEARING ON CONCRETE OR MASONRY SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED FIR. ALL NAILS TO PLATES TREATED w/ BORATE MAY BE STANDARD NAILS, FOR ALL OTHER PRESSURE TREATED PLATES, USE HOT DIP GALVANIZED NAILS. 4.PLYWOOD/OSB: EACH WOOD-BASED STRUCTURAL-USE PANEL USED FOR DIAPHRAGM CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY A REGISTERED STAMP OR BRAND OF AN ICC-APPROVED COMPLIANCE ASSURANCE AGENCY.WOOD-BASED STRUCTURAL-USE PANELS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF DOC PS 1 OR PS 2. ALL PANELS SHALL BE GLUED WITH EXTERIOR TYPE GLUE MEETING APA SPECIFICATIONS. PANELS PERMANENTLY EXPOSED TO THE OUTDOORS SHALL BE EXTERIOR TYPE. 5.METAL CONNECTORS: ALL METAL CONNECTORS SHALL BE THOSE MANUFACTURED BY SIMPSON STRONG TIE OR USP LUMBER CONNECTORS. THE NAILS FOR THESE CONNECTORS SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURERS FOR CAPACITY OF THE HARDWARE. ALL CALLOUTS REFER TO SIMPSON PRODUCT CODES AND NAMES. REFER TO CROSS REFERENCE TABLES PROVIDED BY USP IN THEIR PRODUCT CATALOGS. 6.FIRE STOPS: PROVIDE FIRE STOPS AT ALL INTERSECTIONS OF STUD WALLS AT FLOOR, CEILING AND ROOF. FIRE STOPS SHALL BE 2x NOMINAL THICKNESS OF WOOD AND SHALL BE THE FULL WIDTH OF THE ENCLOSED SPACE. PLACE FIRESTOPS AT A MAXIMUM SPACING OF 10'-0" IN THE VERTICAL DIRECTION. PROVIDE 2x FIRE STOPS IN ALL FURRED SPACES, VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL, AND AT A MAXIMUM SPACING OF 10'-0" IN EACH DIRECTION AND AT THE SAME LINES AS FIRE STOPS IN ADJACENT STUD WALLS. 7.BOLT HOLES: IN WOOD SHALL BE 1/32" TO 1/16" LARGER THAN THE NOMINAL BOLT DIAMETER . ALL BOLTS SHALL HAVE A STANDARD CUT WASHER UNDER HEAD AND NUT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 8.BOLTS: ALL BOLTS USED FOR WOOD CONNECTIONS SHALL BE ASTM A307, U.N.O. ALL NUTS AND BOLTS SHALL BE RE-TIGHTENED PRIOR TO THE APPLICATION OF SHEATHING, PLASTER, ETC. 9.NOTCHING & CUTTING: STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SHALL NOT BE CUT FOR PIPES, ETC. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DETAILED. NOTCHING OF HORIZONTAL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SHALL CONFORM TO THE BUILDING CODE. NOTCHING AND BORING OF STUDS AND TOP PLATES SHALL CONFORM TO THE BUILDING CODE. 10.JOIST BLOCKING: PROVIDE 2x BLOCKING BETWEEN JOISTS AND RAFTERS AT ALL BEARING SUPPORTS U.N.O. CROSS BRIDGING OR SOLID BLOCKING SHALL BE PROVIDED AT 8'-0" O.C. MAXIMUM FOR ALL JOISTS UNLESS BOTH EDGES ARE HELD IN LINE FOR THEIR ENTIRE LENGTH. 11.JOIST HANGERS: FOR I-JOISTS, PROVIDE SIMPSON "IUS" HANGER. FOR CONVENTIONAL JOIST, USE SIMPSON "LUS" HANGER, OR EQUIVALENT. 12.BEAM BEARING: ALL BEAMS TO BE SUPPORTED WITH FULL BEARING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 13.CONVENTIONAL FRAMING: ALL CONVENTIONAL FRAMED PORTIONS OF THE STRUCTURE ARE TO BE CONSTRUCTED PER CBC SECTION 2308 . 14.WALLS ON WOOD FLOOR: PROVIDE SINGLE FLOOR JOIST BELOW NON-BEARING, PARALLEL WALLS 10'-0" OR LONGER. 15.FINGER JOINTED STUDS: IT IS STRUCTURALLY ACCEPTABLE TO USE STRUCTURAL GLUED (FINGER-JOINTED) LUMBER. ALL FINGER-JOINTED LUMBER MUST BE "CER EXT JNTS" AND CONFORM WITH THE WWPA'S GLUED PRODUCTS PROCEDURES AND QUALITY CONTROL. FINGER-JOINTED LUMBER IS TO BE STAMPED WITH "CER EXT JNTS" AND MAY BE USED INTERCHANGEABLE WITH ANY SOLID-SAWN LUMBER PRODUCT OF THE SAME SPECIES AND GRADES. PLEASE REFER TO LUMBER SPECIFICATION IN THE STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES AND CALCULATIONS. 16.PLATE WASHERS AT NON-SILL PLATE APPLICATION: MINIMUM SIZE FOR SQUARE PLATE WASHERS: (REFER TO PLANS FOR SILL PLATE WASHER REQUIREMENTS.) LUMBER GRADES CONDITION GRADE PLATES & BLOCKING STANDARD OR BETTER STUDS TO 10'-0" IN HEIGHT STANDARD OR BETTER STUDS OVER 10'-0" IN HEIGHT #2 2x RAFTER JOISTS #2 4x6 THROUGH 4x12 BEAMS, HEADER & POSTS #2 4x14 BEAMS, HEADERS & POSTS #1 4x4 POSTS, HEADERS #2 6x AND LARGER POSTS, BEAMS, STRINGERS #1 PLATE WASHERS NON SILL PLATE APPLICATION BOLT SIZE PLATE WASHER SIZE 1 2"3 16" x 2" x 2" 5 8"1 4" x 2 1 2" x 2 1 2" 3 4"5 16" x 2 3 4" x 2 3 4" 7 8"5 16" x 3" x 3" 1"3 8" x 3 1 2" x 3 1 2" WOOD MANUFACTURED PLATED TRUSSES 1.MANUFACTURED PLATED TRUSSES ARE A DEFERRED SUBMITTAL ITEM. SEE DESIGN/BUILD NOT SECTION FOR REQUIREMENTS. 2.GRAVITY LOADS: REFER TO PROJECT DESIGN CRITERIA FOR ALL ROOF & FLOOR MEMBER GRAVITY LOAD REQUIREMENTS. TRUSSES SHALL BE DESIGNED WITH CONSIDERATION FOR ALL SUPERIMPOSED LOADING, SUCH AS CHIMNEY FLUE FRAMING, MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, ETC. 3.LATERAL LOADS: TRUSSES SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR SPECIFIC DRAG LOADS NOTED ON THE STRUCTURAL PLANS. ALL GABLE END TRUSSES SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR A MINIMUM 1000# LATERAL LOAD. 4.MATERIAL: ALL TRUSSES SHALL UTILIZE DOUGLAS FIR LUMBER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 5.DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION: THE STRUCTURAL DESIGN, MEANS OF CONSTRUCTION AND BRACING OF TRUSSES IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE TRUSS MANUFACTURER AND ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR THE TRUSS DESIGN AND NOT ISE. 6.SHOP DRAWINGS: THE TRUSS SUPPLIER SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO ISE FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL FOR GENERAL CONFORMANCE TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURAL DESIGN. THE SHOP DRAWINGS SHOULD INCLUDE A FLOOR PLAN LAYOUT AND DESIGN FOR EACH SPECIFIC TRUSS. THE TRUSS CALCULATION SHOULD INCLUDE MATERIAL TYPE, LOADING, TRUSS PROFILE AND REACTIONS. 7.HANGERS: THE TRUSS SUPPLIER SHALL SPECIFY ALL TRUSS TO TRUSS & TRUSS TO FRAMING MEMBER HANGERS. 8.LAYOUT & SPACING: THE STRUCTURAL PLANS SPECIFY A RECOMMENDED SPACING OF TRUSSES. THE TRUSS DESIGN PACKAGE DETERMINES THE FINAL SPACING OF TRUSSES. THE INTENT OF THE STRUCTURAL PLANS IS A RECOMMENDATION AND IN NO WAY REPRESENTS THE FINAL TRUSS SHAPE, CONFIGURATION OR SPACING. 9.TRUSS DEFLECTION SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: DEFLECTION CRITERIA LEVEL LIVE LOAD TOTAL LOAD ROOF L/360 L/240 FLOOR L/600 L/240 ABBREVIATIONS AB = ANCHOR BOLT ABV = ABOVE ADD'L = ADDITIONAL ALT = ALTERNATE AWA = ALIGN WITH ABOVE BEW = BOTTOM EACH WAY BLK = BLOCK BLKG = BLOCKING BLW = BELOW BM = BEAM BN = BOUNDARY NAILING BRG = BEARING BTM = BOTTOM BTWN = BETWEEN BTR = BETTER CBC = CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE CLG = CEILING CONC = CONCRETE DBL = DOUBLE DF = DOUGLAS FIR DIA = DIAMETER DJ = DECK JOIST DP = DEEP DR = DROP EA = EACH EI = EXPANSION INDEX EMBED = EMBEDMENT EN = EDGE NAILING EW = EACH WAY EWB = ENGINEERED WOOD BEAM EXT = EXTERIOR FA = FROM ABOVE FDN = FOUNDATION FH = FULL HEIGHT FJ = FLOOR JOIST FL = FLUSH FLR = FLOOR FNGR = FINGER FRMG = FRAMING FT = FEET GA = GAGE GLB = GLU-LAM GT = GIRDER TRUSS HDR = HEADER HDWR = HARDWARE HGR = HANGER IBC = INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE IN = INCH INFO = INFORMATION INT = INTERIOR JST = JOIST LSL = LAMINATED STRAND LUMBER LVL = LAMINATED VENEER LUMBER MAX = MAXIMUM MFR = MANUFACTURER MIN = MINIMUM MULT = MULTIPLE N/A = NOT APPLICABLE N/P = NOT PROVIDED O/C = ON CENTER PI PLASTICITY INDEX PLT = PLATE PLYWD = PLYWOOD PNL = PANEL PSL = PARALLEL STRAND LUMBER PT = PRESSURE TREATED REV = REVISION REQ = REQUIRED RF = ROOF RR = ROOF RAFTER SHTG = SHEATHING SIM = SIMILAR SPN = SOLE PLATE NAILING SQ = SQUARE SQSH = SQUASH STD = STANDARD SW = SHEAR WALL TP = TOP PLATE TSL = TRIANGULAR STRAND LUMBER TYP = TYPICAL UBC = UNIFORM BUILDING CODE UNO = UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE WWM = WELDED WIRE MESH W/ = WITH W/O = WITHOUT MANUFACTURED LUMBER PRODUCTS 1.MANUFACTURED LUMBER: ALL MANUFACTURED SHALL HAVE ICC APPROVAL FOR THE LATEST BUILDING CODE. 2.SIZES & STRENGTH: THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM DESIGN VALUES MUST BE ACHIEVED FOR EACH TYPE OF MANUFACTURED LUMBER SPECIFIED ON THE STRUCTURAL PLANS. 3.I-JOISTS: PROVIDE FLOOR I-JOISTS AS MANUFACTURED BY I-LEVEL OR APPROVED EQUAL. THE FLOOR I-JOIST SIZES NOTED ON PLAN REFERENCE I-LEVEL PRODUCT. 4. FOR UNPROTECTED EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS, CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE EXTERIOR GRADE PRODUCTS OF EQUIVALENT DESIGN CAPACITY PER MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR TO IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE STRUCTURAL EOR OF ANY DISCREPANCIES, PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER BEAM TYPE MINIMUM DESIGN VALUES Fb (PSI)Fv (PSI)E (PSI x 10^6) PSL - PARALLAM 2,900 290 2.2 LVL - MICROLAM 2,600 285 1.9 LSL - TIMBERSTRAND 2,325 310 1.55 RIM - TIMBERSTRAND 1,700 400 1.3 GENERAL NOTES 1.FIELD VERIFICATION: FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. PROMPTLY NOTIFY ARCHITECT (STRUCTURAL ENGINEER) IN CASE OF DISCREPANCIES. 2.DESIGN INTENT: CONTRACT DOCUMENTS INDICATE DESIGN INTENT FORE STRUCTURE IN ITS COMPLETED STATE. THEY DO NOT INDICATE METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION. PROMPTLY NOTIFY ARCHITECT (STRUCTURAL ENGINEER), PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH WORK, IF DESIGN INTENT REQUIRES FURTHER CLARIFICATION. 3.DEVIATIONS, MODIFICATIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS TO APPROVED STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS: MUST BE ACCEPTED IN WRITING BY ARCHITECT (STRUCTURAL ENGINEER) AND APPROVED BY GOVERNING CODE AUTHORITY. NO DEVIATION, MODIFICATION OR SUBSTITUTION WILL BE ACCEPTED VIA SHOP DRAWING REVIEW. 4.PROCEDURES OF CONSTRUCTION: CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROCEDURES OF CONSTRUCTION COMPLYING WITH NATIONAL, STATE AND LOCAL SAFETY ORDINANCES. SITE VISITS (INCLUDING STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION) BY ARCHITECT (STRUCTURAL ENGINEER) DO NOT CONSTITUTE SUPERVISIONS OF METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION. A.PROTECTION OF UTILITIES: LOCATE EXISTING UTILITIES, INCLUDING THOSE NOT SHOWN ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, AND PROTECT THEM FROM DAMAGE. CONTRACTOR BEARS EXPENSE OF REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF UTILITIES IN CONJUNCTION WITH EXECUTION OF WORK. B.EXCAVATIONS: PROTECT STRUCTURE, ADJACENT STRUCTURES, ADJACENT PROPERTIES, STREETS, AND UTILITIES DURING EXCAVATION UTILIZING LAGGING, SHORING, UNDERPINNING AT SIDES AND RELATED PROCEDURES AS MAY BE REQUIRED. PROVIDE NECESSARY SUPPORTS FOR SOIL EXCAVATIONS. CONTRACTOR AND AFFECTED TRADES SHALL REFER TO GEOTECHNICAL REPORT FOR MORE INFORMATION. C.PROTECTION OF STRUCTURE: PROVIDE NECESSARY MEASURES TO PROTECT STRUCTURE DURING EXECUTION OF WORK. D.CONTRACTOR PROPOSED REVISIONS: WHERE A REVISION OF STRUCTURAL DESIGN OR CONNECTION IS PROPOSED BY CONTRACTOR TO ACCOMMODATE CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES, CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE AND/OR DIMENSION MODIFICATIONS, CONTRACTOR SHALL RETAIN A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER LICENSED IN STATE OF CALIFORNIA TO PERFORM DESIGN. SUBMIT STAMPED AND SIGNED DESIGN DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS TO THE ARCHITECT (STRUCTURAL ENGINEER) FOR REVIEW AND THE GOVERNING CODE AUTHORITY FOR APPROVAL. E.ERECTION PLANS: DETERMINE PHASES OF WORK REQUIRING ERECTION PLANS ACCORDING TO APPLICABLE SAFETY REGULATIONS. MAINTAIN CERTIFIED COPIES OF ERECTION PLANS AT SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION. F.SHORING, BRACING, AND OTHER TEMPORARY SUPPORTS: DESIGN AND ERECT SHORING, BRACING, AND OTHER TEMPORARY SUPPORTS WHERE STRUCTURE HAS NOT ATTAINED DESIGN STRENGTH AND AS REQUIRED FOR SAFE ERECTION. ENSURE FLOOR, ROOF, AND WALL MEMBERS ARE SECURELY SHORED AND BRACED DURING CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE SHORING AT ELEVATED BEAMS AND SLABS SUPPORTING CONCRETE OR MASONRY WALLS DURING AND AFTER WALL POUR UNTIL WALL ATTAINS DESIGN STRENGTH. G.TEMPORARY LOADING: ENSURE CONSTRUCTION LOADS DO NOT EXCEED INDICATED DESIGN LIVE LOAD VALUES. NOTIFY AFFECTED SUB-CONTRACTOR TRADES OF THESE DESIGN LOAD LIMITS. H.FABRICATION, SHIPMENT, AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL: ENSURE STRESSES OCCURRING DURING FABRICATION, SHIPMENT, AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL ARE TEMPORARY AND ARE LESS THAN DESIGN AND ALLOWABLE STRESS CAPACITIES OF INDIVIDUAL MEMBERS. DO NOT IMPAIR FULL DESIGN AND LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY OF MEMBERS DUE TO FABRICATION, SHIPMENT, OR ERECTION. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTROLLING ERECTION SEQUENCE, ERECTION PROCEDURE, TEMPERATURE DIFFERENTIALS AND WELD SHRINKAGE TO MINIMIZE RESIDUE STRESSES. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL MATERIALS FOR THE ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL SUCH AS TEMPORARY BRACING AND GUY CABLES AS MAY BE NECESSARY AT NO ADDITIONAL COST. REMOVE THESE MATERIALS UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING BY OWNER. DO NOT TIGHTEN BOLTS IN TYPICAL BEAM TO COLUMN CONNECTIONS FOR ERECTION PURPOSES. I.SECURING REINFORCING STEEL, DOWELS, ANCHOR BOLTS AND EMBEDS: FIRMLY SUPPORT AND ACCURATELY PLACE COMPLYING WITH ACI STANDARDS PRIOR TO CASTING CONCRETE OR GROUT IN MASONRY WALLS. USE TIES AND SUPPORT BARS IN ADDITION TO REINFORCING STEEL SHOWN WHERE NECESSARY. NO WELDING OR REINFORCING STEEL, INCLUDING TACK WELDING, IS PERMITTED UNLESS OTHERWISE ACCEPTED IN WRITING BY ARCHITECT (STRUCTURAL ENGINEER). PROVIDE PLASTIC OR PLASTIC COATED CHAIRS AND SPACERS WHEN RESTING ON EXPOSED SURFACES. 5.COORDINATION RESPONSIBILITY: CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION OF WORK INCLUDING THAT OF SUB-CONTRACTOR TRADES. 6.SUBMITTALS: SUBMIT TO ARCHITECT (STRUCTURAL ENGINEER) AS INDICATED ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW SUBMITTAL FOR COMPLETENESS AND COMPLIANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION. A.REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) SUBMITTALS: ACCOMPANY RFI'S WITH PARTIAL STRUCTURAL FOUNDATION OR FRAMING PLANS SHOWING LOCATION IN QUESTION AND AFFECTED STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. COPY PARTIAL PLAN FROM STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND INDICATE GRID LINE LOCATIONS AND FLOOR LEVEL. ALSO PROVIDE PROPERLY DRAWN ENGINEERING SKETCHES ILLUSTRATING ISSUES AND CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSED SOLUTIONS. PHOTOGRAPHS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTES TO ENGINEERING SKETCHES. 7.CONTRACT DOCUMENTS USE: REVIEW CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IN THEIR ENTIRETY BEFORE PERFORMING STRUCTURAL RELATED WORK AND BEFORE DEVELOPING SHOP DRAWINGS. BRING DISCREPANCIES TO THE IMMEDIATE ATTENTION OF ARCHITECT (STRUCTURAL ENGINEER) BEFORE STARTING WORK. A. SCALING OF DRAWINGS: NOT PERMITTED. B. ADDITIONAL STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS: SEE SPECIFICATIONS. C. BUILDING GEOMETRY: SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR BUILDING GEOMETRY INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, TOP OF FLOOR AND ROOF ELEVATIONS; DEPRESSIONS; SLOPES; CURBS; DRAINS; TRENCHES; SLAB AND DECK EDGE LOCATIONS; WALL OVERALL DIMENSIONS; AND SIZE AND LOCATIONS OF OPENINGS IN FLOORS, ROOF AND WALLS. D. NON-STRUCTURAL ITEMS REQUIRING SPECIAL PROVISIONS: SEE ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR NON-STRUCTURAL ITEMS REQUIRING SPECIAL PROVISIONS DURING CONSTRUCTION. THEY INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, NON-STRUCTURAL WALLS; SIZE AND LOCATIONS OF OPENINGS AND SLEEVES PENETRATING STRUCTURE; SIZE AND LOCATION OF CONCRETE CURBS AND PADS; AND SIZE AND LOCATION OF PIPING, DUCTWORK, AND EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGES MOUNTED OR SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE. VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. 8.MATERIALS: FURNISH AND INSTALL IN COMPLIANCE WITH LEGALLY CONSTITUTED PUBLIC AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION INCLUDING COUNTY AND LOCAL ORDINANCES AND SAFETY ORDERS OF STATE INDUSTRIAL ACCIDENT COMMISSION, OSHA. 9.PENETRATIONS, EMBEDMENT, AND OPENINGS IN STRUCTURAL MEMBERS: NO PENETRATION, EMBEDMENT, OPENING, SLEEVE, PIPE, OR CONDUIT SHALL OCCUR IN STRUCTURAL MEMBERS INCLUDING FOOTINGS, SLABS, WALLS, COLUMNS, AND BEAMS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SHOWN OR INDICATED ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 10.TYPICAL DETAILS: DETAILS ON SD SERIES SHEETS ARE APPLICABLE THROUGHOUT PROJECT WHEREVER THE DESCRIBED CONDITION OCCURS AND MAY OR MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY REFERENCED ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR IDENTIFYING THESE DETAILS AND UNDERSTANDING EXTENT OF THEIR APPLICATION PRIOR TO PERFORMING WORK. 11.WATERPROOFING & DRAINAGE: WATERPROOFING AND DRAINAGE IS OUTSIDE INNOVATIVE STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING'S SCOPE, EXPERIENCE, AND PROFESSIONAL EXPERTISE. INNOVATIVE STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING RECOMMENDS HIRING A WATERPROOFING & DRAINAGE PROFESSIONAL. IF NO WATERPROOFING PROFESSIONAL IS HIRED, OWNER AND CONTRACTOR ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY OF ALL WATERPROOFING & DRAINAGE REQUIREMENTS. INNOVATIVE STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING ACCEPTS NO LIABILITY AND SHALL BE HELD HARMLESS FOR ALL WATERPROOFING AND DRAINAGE REQUIREMENTS. GLUED LAMINATED LUMBER 1.FABRICATION AND WORKMANSHIP: ALL FABRICATION AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL CONFORM TO THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL GLUED LAMINATED DOUGLAS FIR (COAST REGION) LUMBER BY THE WEST COAST LUMBERMEN'S ASSOCIATION AND CURRENT EDITION OF TIMBER CONSTRUCTION. 2.MATERIAL: ALL GLUED LAMINATED MEMBERS SHALL BE DOUGLAS FIR, COMBINATION 24F WITH WATERPROOF RESORCINAL OR PHENOL RESORCINAL GLUE CONFORMING TO THE FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS MIL-A-397-B. REFERENCE THE FOLLOWING TABLE FOR GLU-LAM GRADE BASED ON USE: 3.FINISH: FINISH OF THE MEMBERS SHALL BE INDUSTRIAL APPEARANCE GRADE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE STANDARD APPEARANCE GRADES OF THE A.I.T.C. 4.INSPECTION: A CERTIFICATE OF INSPECTION FOR EACH GLU-LAM BEAM FROM AN APPROVED TESTING AGENCY SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO AND APPROVED BY THE LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND BY THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO ERECTION. ALL GLU-LAM BEAMS SHALL BE PROPERLY IDENTIFIED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT. GLU-LAM BEAMS SHALL BE MARKED ANSI/AITC STANDARD A1901.1. THE CERTIFICATE SHOULD BE PROVIDED TO THE FIELD INSPECTOR AND SHALL STATE THE BEAM PROPERTIES AND CAMBER. 5.CAMBER: ALL GLU-LAM BEAMS SHALL HAVE A STANDARD CAMBER BASED ON RADIUS OF 3500 FT., U.N.O. GLUE-LAMINATED BEAM SPECIFICATIONS BEAM CONDITION GRADE: SIMPLY SUPPORTED DF/DF 24F-V4 CANTILEVERED DF/DF 24F-V8 CONTINUOUS OVER SUPPORTS DF/DF 24F-V8 REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:CH DRAWN BY:CH SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:06.09.2025 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 W W W . I S E E N G I N E E R S . C O M SN1 A T S A T O CF E A I L FI O NR No. C86438 Exp. 03/31/27 ETSIG E R P R E D R SEFO G I RE E N OSI N L A N E CIV I L C HRI S T I A N A . H A I N D S STRUCTURAL NOTES N.T.S. 1 1 A A C C D D E E F F H H M M N N Q Q S S T T R R P P L L K.2 K.2 J.3 J.3 1.2 1.2 2.6 2.6 3.9 4 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 15 15 3.4 3.4 6 6 7 7 8 8 13 13 14 145 Tr u e No r t h SOLID HATCH INDICATES APPROX EXTENTS OF (N) MECH UNIT OVER CURB DIFF = +107# (N) RTU-4 EQ. WT. = 894# (N) RTU-2 EQ. WT. = 881# (N) RTU-3 EQ. WT. = 881# 4 SD1 4 SD1 5 SD1 DIFF = -486# DIFF = -464# (N) 4x6 MIN. FL BM, TYP. U.N.O. (N) HU HGR TO (E) ROOF FRM'G, TYP. CROSSHATCH INDICATES APPROX EXTENTS OF (E) MECH UNIT, TYP. 4 SD1 4 SD1 (E ) R O O F T R U S S E S AT 4 8 " O . C . (E ) R O O F TR U S S E S A T 48 " O . C . (E ) R O O F T R U S S E S AT 4 8 " O . C . (E) CONT 2x10 ROOF FRM'G AT 24" O.C. DIFF = -464#(N) RTU-1 EQ. WT. = 820# DIFF = -395# (N) RTU-5 EQ. WT. = 1597# (E ) G L B 5 18" x 3 0 " (E) GLB 5 18" x 13 12" (N) 8x12 UNDER (N) STANDOFFS (N) 6x8 POST (N) HU HGR TO (E) GLB (N) 4x10 MIN. MAX L = 8'-0" DIFF = +5# DIFF = +5# DIFF = +5# DIFF = +9# (N) CU-3 EQ. WT. = 334# (N) CU-1 EQ. WT. = 310# (N) CU-4 EQ. WT. = 310# MOUNT (N) CU UNITS TO (E) CURB RAIL SYSTEM w/ (E) HARDWARE, TYP. HATCH INDICATES EXTENTS OF (N) SOLAR PANELS & RACK SYSTEM PER ELECT PLANS, REF SHT E103 (E) 2x6 ROOF FRM'G AT 24" O.C., TYP. BTWN GRIDS M & N 7'-6" MAX. (E) SPAN (E ) R O O F T R U S S E S AT 4 8 " O . C . MI N . 2 0 " ( E ) D E P T H FI E L D V E R I F Y MI N . 2 0 " ( E ) D E P T H FI E L D V E R I F Y MI N . 2 0 " ( E ) D E P T H FI E L D V E R I F Y MI N . 2 0 " ( E ) D E P T H FI E L D V E R I F Y (N) ACU-1 EQ. WT. = 122# (N) ACU-3 EQ. WT. = 79# (N) ACU-4 EQ. WT. = 122# (N) ACU-2 EQ. WT. = 122# DIFF = +79# DIFF = +122# DIFF = +122# DIFF = +122# 7 SD1 AS R E Q ' D A T OV H U N I T S 6 SD1 AS REQ'D AT OVH UNIT (N) EF-2 EQ. WT. = 44# (N) EF-1 EQ. WT. = 44# DIFF = -6# DIFF = -6# (N) CU-2 EQ. WT. = 310# REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:CH DRAWN BY:CH SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:06.09.2025 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 W W W . I S E E N G I N E E R S . C O M S1 A T S A T O CF E A I L FI O NR No. C86438 Exp. 03/31/27 ETSIG E R P R E D R SEFO G I RE E N OSI N L A N E CIV I L C HRI S T I A N A . H A I N D S 1. REFER TO STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTE SHEET (SN SERIES) AND DETAILS (SD SERIES) FOR INFORMATION NOT SHOWN ON THE MAIN FRAMING PLANS. 2. REFER TO MAIN FRAMING PLAN FOR ALL INFORMATION NOT SHOWN ON THE ALTERNATE ELEVATIONS AND OPTIONS. 3. WHERE ALIGNED (E) JOIST AND/OR (E) TRUSS INTERFERES w/ FUTURE INSTALLATION OF M.E.P. INSTALLATION, CONTACT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. M.E.P. DESIGNER TO COORDINATE (N) ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH (E) JOIST AND/OR (E) TRUSS LOCATIONS WHERE CONFLICTS WITH (N) ROOF TOP MECHANICAL UNITS OCCUR. INDICATES DETAIL CUT LOCATION. REFER TO DETAIL # AND STRUCTURAL SHEET NUMBER FOR MORE INFORMATION. TEXT ABOVE BUBBLE INDICATES REVISED HARDWARE OTHER THAN NOTED IN DETAILDETAIL # SHEET # REQUIRED ANCHOR/SPACINGAT XX" O.C. INDICATES (E) WOOD MANF PLATED OR OPEN WEB ROOF TRUSSES AT SPACING PER PLAN X XX INDICATES SPAN AND DIRECTION OF DECK JOISTS. DECK JOIST SIZE AND SPACING PER PLANS. RIPPED TO SLOPE PER ARCHITECT, U.N.O. PER PLAN. INDICATES SPAN AND DIRECTION OF ROOF RAFTERS. RAFTER SIZE AND SPACING PER PLANS. INDICATES (E) STUD WALLS BLW. COORDINATE STUD WALL SIZE WITH ARCH. PLANS. FRAMING NOTES FRAMING LEGEND & SYMBOLS STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION IS NOT REQUIRED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD. STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION REQUIREMENTS INDICATES DIFFERENCE BTWN (E) UNIT WT AND (N) UNIT WT; NEGATIVE VALUES INDICATE (N) UNIT WT IS LESS THAN (E) DIFF = +/-XXX# ROOF FRAMING PLAN DO NOT SCALE PLANS FOR CONSTRUCTION DIMENSIONS. ALL CONSTRUCTION DIMENSIONS SHOULD BE VERIFIED WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL SET OF PLANS ROOF FRAMING PLAN 1/8" = 1'-0" NOTES: 1. RUN LONG DIMENSION OF SHEATHING ACROSS (PERPENDICULAR TO) JOIST AND RAFTERS. PANELS SHALL BE SPACED 18" FOR THERMAL EXPANSION. 2. STAGGER END JOINTS 2'-0" MINIMUM. 3. BOUNDARY NAILING APPLIES TO PERIMETER PLATE LINES, CHORDS, TIES, AND AS CALLED FOR ON DRAWINGS. 4. SEE PLANS FOR NAILING AT BLOCKED DIAPHRAGMS. 5. NAILS SHALL HAVE 3 8" MIN. EDGE DISTANCE. 6. ALL JOISTS AND RAFTERS SHALL BE LAID OUT IN 4'-0" MODULE TO COINCIDE WITH THE SHEATHING. 7. USE TONGUE-AND-GROOVE SHEATHING AT FLOORS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 8. SEE DETAIL 'B' FOR FRAMING WHERE SHEATHING JOINTS ARE OFFSET DUE TO RAFTER OR JOIST LAP SPLICES. 9. PROVIDE A 18" GAP BETWEEN ALL PANEL EDGES TYPICAL. 2'-0" MIN. WIDTH NOTES: 1. ALL ROOF SHEATHING TO BE EXPOSURE 1 OR EXTERIOR PER TABLE 2306.3.1. 7 16" SHEATHING IS NOT STRUCTURALLY ACCEPTABLE FOR ROOF SHEATHING. 2. ALL ROOF NAILS MUST BE 10d MIN. SCALE: N.T.S. HORIZONTAL DIAPHRAGM LAYOUT AND NAILING SCHEDULE HORIZONTAL ROOF AND FLOOR SHEATHING SCHEDULE HORIZONTAL DIAPHRAGM SCHEDULE - 2022 CBC MAXIMUM SPACING PANEL DESCRIPTION NAIL SIZE EDGE NAILING BOUNDARY NAILING FIELD NAILING ROOF 48" O.C. 23 32" WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL, 48/24 10d 6" o.c. 6" o.c. 12" o.c. ROOF 24" O.C. 15 32" WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL, 24/0 10d 6" o.c. 6" o.c. 12" o.c. DETAIL - "A"DETAIL - "B" SHEATHING LAYOUT AND NAILING USE 2x4 FLAT BLK'G AT EDGE JOINTS WHERE BLOCKED DIAPHRAGM IS CALLED OUT. SEE DETAIL 'A' 2 3 SCALE: N.T.S. RAFTERS, TRUSSES OR FLOOR JOISTS, TYPICAL UNBLOCKED PANEL EDGE, U.N.O. ON PLAN, TYPICAL F.N. - FIELD NAILING, TYPICAL E.N. - EDGE NAILING, TYPICAL B.N. - BOUNDARY NAILING, TYPICAL E.N., TYP. RAFTER OR JOIST BLK'G 2x4 BLK'G w/ 16d AT 12" o.c. TO JOIST OR RAFTER E.N., TYP. SUPPORT STRUT AT OVERHANGING UNITS BLK'G BLW 7 SCALE: N.T.S. UNISTRUT P9000 SECTION w/ MIN. 4 12" OVERLAP INTO TUBE BLW, PROVIDE 12" MB AT TOP HOLE TO CONNECT SECTIONS 412" 4"x4"x14" L PLATE AT T.O. UNISTRUT P9000, SEE SECTION BLW (N) MECHANICAL UNIT PER PLAN AT CORNERS, PROVIDE (4)-#12 STS FROM PLT TO B.O. MECH UNIT RAIL (E) MECH UNIT CURB WHERE (N) UNIT OVERHANGS EDGES OF CURB SECTION A A -- UNISTRUT P9012 SECTION BASE w/ (4)-12"Ø LAG SCREWS TO (N) BLK'G (N) 8x8 BLK'G w/ (N) ROOF E.N. & HGRs EA. SIDE TO (E) FRM'G PER PLAN, CENTER BLK'G BLW UNISTRUT TO ALLOW FOR ALL SCREWS TO BE INSTALLED 4"x4"x14" L PLATE AT T.O. UNISTRUT P9000 (4)-#12 STS FROM PLT TO B.O. MECH UNIT RAIL 4" T Y P . 18 -1 SCALE: N.T.S. SUPPORT STRUT AT OVERHANGING UNITS ALIGNED BM BLW 6 SCALE: N.T.S. UNISTRUT P9000 SECTION w/ MIN. 4 12" OVERLAP INTO TUBE BLW, PROVIDE 12" MB AT TOP HOLE TO CONNECT SECTIONS 412" 4"x4"x14" L PLATE AT T.O. UNISTRUT P9000, SEE SECTION BLW (N) MECHANICAL UNIT PER PLAN AT CORNERS, PROVIDE (4)-#12 STS FROM PLT TO B.O. MECH UNIT RAIL (E) MECH UNIT CURB WHERE (N) UNIT OVERHANGS EDGES OF CURB SECTION A A -- UNISTRUT P9012 SECTION BASE w/ (4)-12"Ø LAG SCREWS TO (N) BLK'G (N) 8x MIN WIDTH BM w/ (N) ROOF E.N. PER PLAN, CENTER BM BLW UNISTRUT TO ALLOW FOR ALL SCREWS TO BE INSTALLED 4"x4"x14" L PLATE AT T.O. UNISTRUT P9000 (4)-#12 STS FROM PLT TO B.O. MECH UNIT RAIL 4" T Y P . 18 TYPICAL MECHANICAL CURB ATTACHMENT 4 SCALE: N.T.S. (N) MECHANICAL UNIT ATTACHMENT TO CURB PER MECHANICAL PLANS (E) FRM'G AT (D) ROOF CURB (N) PREFABRICATED MECHANICAL CURB PER MECHANICAL PLANS 14" x 4" LAG SCREWS AT 32" O.C. & AT EA. CORNER OF CURB TO WOOD MEMBER (N) FL BM PER PLAN TO SUPPORT ATTACHMENT FOR (N) HVAC UNIT FRAMING AT ROTATED CURB FOR (N) MECH UNIT 5 SCALE: N.T.S. (E) ROOF FRM'G AT 48" O.C. MAX. 48" MAX (E) MEMBERS AT PERIMETER OF (D) ROOF CURB FOR UNIT ABV PERIMETER OF (D) ROOF CURB FOR UNIT ABV PERIMETER OF (N) ROOF CURB FOR UNIT ABV PROVIDE (N) 4x FRM'G PER PLAN w/ (N) E.N. PER DTL 4/- & HUC HGRs EA END OF BM TO (E) FRM'G MAX BM LENGTH = 6'-0" REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:CH DRAWN BY:CH SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 BID DOCUMENTS 06.12.2025 ---- ---- ---- DATE:06.09.2025 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 W W W . I S E E N G I N E E R S . C O M SD1 A T S A T O CF E A I L FI O NR No. C86438 Exp. 03/31/27 ETSIG E R P R E D R SEFO G I RE E N OSI N L A N E CIV I L C HRI S T I A N A . H A I N D S STRUCTURAL ROOF FRAMING DETAILS N.T.S. CITY OF ROHNERT PARK BID DOCUMENT SPECIFICATIONS CITY HALL REROOF, LIGHTING CONTROLS, AND HVAC June 12, 2025 STRATA ARCHITECTURE & PLANNING STRATAAP.COM 707.935.7944 INFO@STRATAAP.COM SECTION 00002 PROJECT DIRECTORY Project: City Hall Re-roof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC Location: 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, California 94928 Owner: City of Rohnert Park 600 Enterprise Dr. Rohnert Park, California 94928 Terrie Zwillinger, CIP Program Manager Department of Public Works Tele: 707.588.3331 Email: tzwillinger@rpcity.org Architect: STRATA a|p PO Box 1207 Sonoma, California 95476 Brad Johnson, AIA Tele: 707.935.7944 Email: bjohnson@strataap.com Roofing: Garland Company, INc. 3800 E. 91st Street Cleveland, Ohio 44105 Vince Harper, Territory Manager Tele: 209.712.8780 Email: vharper@garland.com Mechanical: 15000 Inc. 6085 State Farm Road Rohnert Park, California 94928 Matt Torre, P.E. Tele: 707.577.0363 Email: Matt@15000inc.com Electrical Engineer: Brokaw Design 6060 Dawn Drive Rohnert Park, California 94928 Courtney Chuenyane, P.E., LEED AP Mike Burke, Project Manager Tele: 707.827.3064 Email: Mike.burke@brokawdesign.com Structural Engineer: ISE Structural Engineers 8775 Sierra Blvd, Suite 450 Roseville, CA 95661 Christian Hainds, PE, Project Manager Tele: 951.397.2543 Email: christian@iseengineers.com MP0.01 COVER SHEET REVISIONS 1 CONSULTANT 60% C.D.10.15.2024 PROJECT 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, CA 94928 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL RE-ROOF, LIGHTING, & HVAC SHEET TITLE CHECKED BY:JMT/MJT DRAWN BY:AP/MJT SCALE: PROJECT NO.439-24 DRAWING NO. 2 3 4 5 6 ---- ---- ---- ---- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION DATE:09.12.2024 ARCHITECT PERMIT SUBMITTAL 03.14.2025 ph o n e : 7 0 7 . 5 7 7 . 0 3 6 3 fa x : 7 0 7 . 5 7 7 . 0 3 6 4 he a t i n g , v e n t i l a t i o n , a i r c o n d i t i o n i n g + p l u m b i n g d e s i g n a n d e n g i n e e r i n g 15 0 0 0 I N C . 60 8 5 S T A T E F A R M D R . # 1 3 0 RO H N E R T P A R K , C A 9 4 9 2 8 EFORPDERETSIGER RE E N I G N E LANOISS L I F O R NIAS TATEOF CA CHAN I C A LME M 36958 Exp 9/30/26 WEHTTAM E RROTJ. CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SHOW AND DEMONSTRATE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST HAVING SUCCESSFULLY INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF FIVE (5) OF THE SAME OR SIMILAR SYSTEM TYPES AS INCLUDED WITHIN THIS PLAN SET WITHIN THE PAST FIVE YEARS. SUBMIT TO MEOR. PROVIDE FOR APPROVAL, PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, A WRITTEN STATEMENT INDICATING THE PROJECT NAMES, DATES COMPLETED, OWNER'S NAME AND CONTACT INFORMATION. SUBMIT TO MEOR. A GENERAL BUILDING CONTRACTOR, AS DEFINED BY CALIFORNIA BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONS CODE (BPC) DIVISION 3, CHAPTER 9, ARTICLE 4, SECTIONS 7055, 7056, 7057, 7058 AND 7059, AND ALL RELATED SUBSECTIONS SHALL HOLD A "B" LICENSE. A GENERAL ENGINEERING CONTRACTOR, AS DEFINED BY CALIFORNIA BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONS CODE (BPC) DIVISION 3, CHAPTER 9, ARTICLE 4, SECTIONS 7055, 7056, 7057, 7058 AND 7059, AND ALL RELATED SUBSECTIONS SHALL HOLD AN "A" LICENSE. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: INSTALLERS FOR SPECIALTY SYSTEMS REQUIRING FACTORY TRAINING FOR MECHANICAL/PLUMBING SYSTEMS INDICATED WITHIN THIS PLAN SET SHALL HAVE AT LEAST ONE PERSON FACTORY TRAINED AND CERTIFIED FOR INSTALLATION AND SERVICE OF THE SYSTEM BEING INSTALLED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE EQUIPMENT BEING INSTALLED. THIS PERSON SHALL AT ALL TIMES SUPERVISE THE INSTALLATION OF ALL OTHER INSTALLERS AND ASSURE ALL WORK IS DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. ALL OTHER INSTALLERS SHALL BE TRAINED AND CERTIFIED IN HVAC INSTALLATION (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO REFRIGERANT PIPING AND CONTROLS) BY A NATIONAL OR REGIONALLY RECOGNIZED ORGANIZATION. PROVIDE FOR APPROVAL, PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, COPIES OF INSTALLERS CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER PROOF OF QUALIFICATIONS. SUBMIT TO MEOR. CONTRACTOR STATE LICENSE BOARD REQUIREMENTS (CSLB): PER THE CALIFORNIA BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONS CODE (BPC) DIVISION 3, CHAPTER 9, ARTICLE 4, SECTIONS 7055, 7056, 7057, 7058 AND 7059, AND ALL RELATED SUBSECTIONS, SPECIALTY CONTRACTORS, AS DEFINED BY THE CSLB, SHALL HOLD THE FOLLOWING LICENSES AT A MINIMUM TO PERFORM THE WORK RELATED HEREIN: C-4: BOILER, HOT WATER HEATING AND STEAM FITTING CONTRACTOR C-7: LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEMS CONTRACTOR C-10: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR C-16: FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR C-20: WARM-AIR HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING CONTRACTOR C-34: PIPELINE CONTRACTOR C-36: PLUMBING CONTRACTOR C-38: REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR C-60: WELDING CONTRACTOR REFER ALSO TO: https://www.cslb.ca.gov/About_Us/Library/Licensing_Classifications/ CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION SET, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL SPECIFICATIONS (BOOK TYPE/PROVIDED SEPARATELY), DRAWINGS, PROJECT MANUAL, CALCULATIONS AND CUT-SHEETS. ADDITIONAL LIST OF DOCUMENTS AND DRAWINGS CONTAINED HEREIN, INCLUDE; DOCUMENT LIST PIPE DROP PIPE BREAK PIPE RISE GATE VALVE BALL VALVE WYE STRAINER (WITH DRAIN VALVE) UNION THERMOMETER CAP INSTALLED ON PIPE PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE PORT (PETE'S PLUG) CHECK VALVE PRESSURE GAUGE MOTORIZED 2-WAY CONTROL VALVE PLUG VALVE PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVE INLINE PIPE DROP INLINE PIPE RISE FLEXIBLE DUCT/EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SUPPLY DIFFUSER OUTLET (CEILING) RETURN GRILLE INLET (CEILING) EXHAUST GRILLE INLET (CEILING) DETAIL REFERENCE T SHEET NUMBERDETAIL NUMBER1 M0.01 EQUIPMENT TAGEQUIPMENT #EQUIPMENT TAGAC 1 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER TURNING VANES IN RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK DUCTWORK CROSS SECTION M FSD DUCT SMOKE DETECTORSD LEGEND /A CFM + DUCT DROP DUCT RISE (TO PLAN LEVEL ABOVE) HSCO DUCT BREAK (ROUND/RECT) TC THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE DUCT, ROUND OR RECT. (AS NOTED PER PLANS)SIZE ON PLANS REFERS TO NOMINAL IDDUCT, ROUND OR RECT. (AS NOTED PER PLANS)SIZE ON PLANS REFERS TO NOMINAL IDDUCT, INTERNALLY INSULATED (ROUND OR RECT.)SIZE ON PLANS REFERS TO NOMINAL ID. DUCT, EXTERNALLY INSULATED (ROUND OR RECT.)SIZE ON PLANS REFERS TO NOMINAL ID. TITLE 24 COMPLIANT THERMOSTAT, TIMECLOCK (TOP MOUNTED AT 48" AFF) HUMIDISTAT, CO2 SENSOR, CO SENSOR@ MFG REC. HEIGHT. AIR OUTLET/INLET CALL-OUT TYPE / FLOW (PRESSURE) LOW LEAKAGE OPPOSED BLADEMOTORIZED DAMPER SYMBOL ARROWS INDICATE BLOW PATTERN DESCRIPTION WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR (PDI CERTIFIED) FLOOR CLEANOUT CLEANOUT TO GRADE END PLUG CLEANOUT WALL CLEANOUT MOTORIZED 3-WAY CONTROL VALVE(DIVERTING OR MIXING) SEISMIC GAS SHUT OFF VALVE HOSE BIBB (ELEVATION, PLAN) CIRCUIT SETTER/BALANCING VAVLVE AUTOMATIC AIR VENT MANUAL AIR VENT GAS PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE (PLAN, ELEVATION) FLOOR SINK (12X12, 12X6) SYMBOL DESCRIPTION FLOOR DRAIN VENT THROUGH ROOF WYE STRAINER (WITHOUT DRAIN VALVE) DOMESTIC WATER PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE (PLAN, ELEVATION) BUTTERFLY VALVE PUMP (ARROW INDICATES FLOW DIRECTION) FLEX PIPE CONNECTOR CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY / RETURN AC COIL CONDENSATE DIRECTION OF FLOW CHILLED WATER SUPPLY / RETURN DIRECTION OF PITCH IN PIPING, AT % SLOPE HEATING HOT WATER SUPPLY / RETURN CD CWRCWS HHWR CHWR HHWS CHWS R 2% ACCESS PANELAP POINT OF CONNECTION METER (GAS OR WATER)M REFRIGERANT PIPE(SINGLE LINE REPRESENTS 2-3 PIPE BUNDLE) SANITARY SEWER PIPE (BELOW GRADE) SANITARY SEWER PIPE (ABOVE GRADE OR FINISHED FLOOR) SPIN IN DUCT FITTING - ROUND TAP TO SQUARE MAIN (DOUBLE LINE, SINGLE LINE) LOW LOSS FITTING - SQUARE TO ROUND (DOUBLE LINE, SINGLE LINE) 90° RADIUS ELBOW (R = 1.5D), SQUARE OR ROUND 45° RADIUS ELBOW (R = 1.5D), SQUARE OR ROUND DUCT TRANSITION (RD - RD, SQ - SQ) SQUARE TO ROUND TRANSITION GW GW GREASE WASTE PIPE (BELOW GRADE) GREASE WASTE PIPE (ABOVE GRADE OR FINISHED FLOOR) 90° CONICAL TAP 90° TAP BACKDRAFT DAMPERBDD BAROMETRIC RELIEF DAMPERBRD FD SD CRD COMBINATION FIRE & SMOKE DAMPER FIRE DAMPER SMOKE DAMPER CEILING RADIATION DAMPER 45° LATERAL TAP WYE FITTING, ROUND (DOUBLE LINE, SINGLE LINE) G NATURAL GAS PIPE (ABOVE AND BELOW GRADE) N NATURAL GAS PIPE (ABOVE AND BELOW GRADE) VENT PIPE (ABOVE AND BELOW GRADE) AR ARGON GAS PIPE (ABOVE GRADE) CA COMPRESSED AIR PIPE (ABOVE GRADE) C2H2 ACETYLENE GAS PIPE (ABOVE GRADE) O2 OXYGEN GAS PIPE (ABOVE GRADE) N2 NITROGEN GAS PIPE (ABOVE GRADE) DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPE DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPE DOMESTIC HOT WATER RETURN PIPE TW CWHW AB AB DT DWG EQ # GENERAL NOTES1. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND ARE INTENDED TO BE USED AS A GUIDEFOR THE INSTALLATION OF A COMPLETE MECHANICAL SYSTEM. CONTRACTORSHALL AMEND ALL INFORMATION AS REQUIRED AS SITE CONDITIONS WARRANT.2. WHERE INDICATED BY "SUBMIT TO MEOR", PROVIDE DETAILED SUBMITTALS FORREVIEW BY MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD. ALL DRAWINGS SHALL BE IN1/4"=1'-0" SCALE AND ELECTRONIC. ALL SUBMITTALS SHALL BE ELECTRONIC.3. PROVIDE ALL EQUIPMENT AND LABOR NECESSARY FOR THE COMPLETE ANDWORKABLE INSTALLATION OF ALL SPECIFIED AND OWNER SUPPLIED EQUIPMENTAND FIXTURES. 4. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCES. 5. ALL DAMPERS INSTALLED OVER AREAS WITH HARD CEILINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH EITHER REMOTE OPERATORS OR ACCESS PANELS. 6. COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL ACCESS PANELS WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. 7. DO NOT CUT ANY STRUCTURAL MEMBERS OR STUDS WITHOUT PROPER COORDINATION WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 8. ALL DUCTWORK AND MECHANICAL/PLUMBING PIPING SHALL BE RUN PERPENDICULAR TO STRUCTURE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 9. DUCTWORK AND MECHANICAL/PLUMBING PIPING SHALL AVOID ARCHITECTURAL OPENINGS AND SHALL BE RUN CONCEALED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 10. DUCTWORK AND MECHANICAL/PLUMBING PIPING SHALL MAINTAIN A CLEARANCE OF 1" MINIMUM FROM ALL COMBUSTIBLE SURFACES. 11. ALL DUCT SIZES SHOWN REPRESENT CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. WHERE DUCT LINING OCCURS, INCREASE DUCT SIZE INDICATED TO SUIT. 12. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE, AND FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND ACTUAL CONDITIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO BID. 13. ROOF MOUNTED DUCTWORK SHALL BE SLOPED TO SHED WATER. 14. ALL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED WITH SEISMIC VIBRATION ISOLATORS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 2" STATIC DEFLECTION. 15. REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE SIZED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 16. PROVIDE COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS AT ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED SHAFTS AND SEPARATIONS PER CALIFORNIA STATE FIRE MARSHAL REQUIREMENTS. 17. THE DRAWINGS REPRESENT THE DIAGRAMMATIC GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF THE SCOPE OF WORK AND SHOULD NOT BE USED SOLELY TO DETERMINE SCOPE. CONTRACTORS SHALL BID THE ENTIRE SET OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS INCLUDING CROSS DISCIPLINE INFORMATION AND WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS. ALL BIDS BASED UPON DRAWING INFORMATION ONLY CAN BE ASSUMED TO BE INCOMPLETE AND INCONCLUSIVE TO DETERMINE ENTIRE SCOPE OF WORK. 18. AIR MOVING SYSTEMS SUPPLYING IN EXCESS OF 2000 CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE TO ENCLOSED SPACES WITHIN BUILDINGS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH AN AUTOMATIC SHUTOFF. SHUTOFFS SHALL STOP THE AIR-MOVING EQUIPMENT WHEN SMOKE IS DETECTED IN A SUPPLY-AIR DUCT OR WHEN SMOKE IS DETECTED IN ROOMS SERVED BY THE SYSTEM. EXCEPTIONS: (1) ROOMS HAVE A DIRECT EXIT TO THE EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING NOT TO EXCEED 100FT, OR (2) SYSTEMS ARE DESIGNED FOR SMOKE CONTROL (2022 CMC 609.1). 19. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY VOLTAGES AND ALL OTHER ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS WITH ELECTRICAL PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT. 20.DESIGN AND EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCES ARE BASED ON THE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULED AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. ANY ALTERATIONS OR SUBSTITUTIONS OF ANY EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUBMITTED, REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD PRIOR TO ORDERING OF EQUIPMENT. 21. PROVIDE LINE OR LOW VOLTAGE POWER WIRING FOR ALL CONTROLS.COORDINATE CONTROL SYSTEM POWER REQUIREMENTS WITH ELECTRICALCONTRACTOR INCLUDING DAMPER MOTORS, CONTROL PANELS AND ALLDEVICES REQUIRING POWER. ALL WIRING AND COMPONENTS SHALL BYINSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODELATEST EDITION.22. COORDINATE FINAL ELECTRICAL AMPERAGES AND VOLTAGES WITH ELECTRICALCONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT.23. FACTORY-MADE FLEXIBLE AIR DUCTS AND CONNECTORS SHALL BE NOT MORE THAN 5 FEET IN LENGTH AND SHALL NOT BE USED IN LIEU OF RIGID ELBOWS OR FITTINGS, PER 2022 CMC 603.4.1. 24. CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE ACCEPTANCE TESTING: THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE REQUIRES ACCEPTANCE TESTING ON MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. THE REQUIRED TESTS ARE INDICATED ON THE TITLE 24 DOCUMENTATION FORMS. ACCEPTANCE TESTING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A CALIFORNIA CERTIFIED ACCEPTANCE TEST TECHNICIAN. ANY TESTS THAT DO NOT PASS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER FOR REVIEW. ALL NOTED ACCEPTANCE TESTING MUST BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO BENEFICIAL OCCUPANCY. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ACCEPTANCE TESTING AND SUBMIT COMPLETED ACCEPTANCE TEST FORMS TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 25. DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, NOTES AND CALCULATIONS ARE FOR PERMIT SUBMITTAL ONLY TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. PLANS ARE NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, BIDDING AND/OR ESTIMATING UNTIL STAMPED AND SIGNED BY A LICENSED MECHANICAL ENGINEER AND THIS NOTE IS REMOVED. 26. PROVIDE ALL CONTROL WIRING AND DEVICES AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND WORKABLE SYSTEM. ALL WIRING AND DEVICES SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE. COORDINATE POWER REQUIREMENTS WITH ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR. 27. VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT A SIZE EQUAL TO THE LINE SIZE OF THE PIPING SHOWN. 28. VALVES, SHOCK ABSORBERS, IN-LINE EQUIPMENT, ETC., SHALL NOT BE USED AS A LOCATION FOR SUPPORTS. 29. PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE AND AS CLOSE TO STRUCTURE AS POSSIBLE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 30. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING ON ALL PIPING GREATER THAN 12" FROM STRUCTURE. REFER ALSO TO MEP ANCHORAGE NOTES. 31. MINIMUM INDIRECT WASTE AIR GAPS OVER FLOOR SINKS/DRAINS SHALL BE TWICE THE PIPE DIAMETER OF WASTE PIPE. 32. EACH VENT PIPE SHALL TERMINATE NOT LESS THAN TEN (10) FEET FROM, OR AT LEAST (3) FEET ABOVE ANY OPERABLE WINDOW, DOOR, OPENING, AIR INTAKE, OR VENT SHAFT, NOR LESS THAN (3) FEET IN EVERY DIRECTION FROM ANY LOT LINE; ALLEY AND STREET EXCEPTED. PER 2022 CPC 906.2 33. AN ACCESSIBLE SHUTOFF VALVE OF A TYPE SET FORTH IN CPC SECTION 1211.5, SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE FUEL SUPPLY PIPING OUTSIDE OF EACH APPLIANCE AND AHEAD OF THE UNION CONNECTION THERETO, AND IN ADDITION TO ANY VALVE ON THE APPLIANCE. SHUTOFF VALVES SHALL BE WITHIN SIX (6) FEET OF THE APPLIANCE IT SERVES, AND IN THE SAME ROOM OR SPACE WHERE THE APPLIANCE IS LOCATED. PER 2022 CPC 1212.6. 34. CONDENSATE WASTE DISPOSAL: THE WASTE PIPING SHALL HAVE A SLOPE OF NOT LESS THAN 1/8" PER FOOT OR ONE PERCENT SLOPE AND SHALL BE OF APPROVED CORROSION-RESISTANT MATERIAL NOT SMALLER THAN THE OUTLET SIZE AS REQUIRED IN 2022 CPC TABLE 814.3. CONDENSATE OR WASTE WATER SHALL NOT DRAIN OVER A PUBLIC WAY. PER 2022 CPC 814.5. 35. PROVIDE NAIL PLATES AT ALL STUD PIPING PENETRATIONS. 36. AT PUBLIC-USE LAVATORIES, PROVIDE MIXING VALVE (WATTS LFMMV OR APPROVED EQUAL) TO LIMIT HOT WATER SUPPLY TEMPERATURE TO A MAXIMUM OF 120°F. PER 2022 CPC, SECTION 407.3, THE WATER HEATER THERMOSTAT SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED A CONTROL FOR HOT WATER SUPPLY TEMPERATURE, UNLESS THE WATER HEATER CONFORMS TO ASSE 1084. PROVIDE A DIRECT REPLACEMENT HEATING, COOLING, VENTILATION, AND CONTROLS SYSTEMS DESIGN FOR ROHNERT PARK CITY HALL. SCOPE OF WORK CALGREEN NOTESPLUMBING/PIPING SPECIFIC:1. IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALGREEN REQUIREMENTS, ALL PLUMBING FIXTURESSHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS. NOTE, ACTUALDESIGN MAY EXCEED THE MINIMUMS NOTED BELOW. SEE PLANS ANDSPECIFICATIONS FOR ACTUAL FIXTURE SPECIFICATIONS.a.WATER CLOSETS (TOILETS) - FLUSHOMETER VALVE-TYPE SINGLE FLUSHEFFECTIVE FLUSH VOLUME: 1.28 GALLONS PER FLUSH (4.8 L)ASME A 112.19.2/CSA B45.I b.WATER CLOSETS (TOILETS) - FLUSHOMETER VALVE-TYPE DUAL FLUSH: EFFECTIVE FLUSH VOLUME: 1.28 GALLONS PER FLUSH (4.8 L). ASME A 112.19.14 AND U.S. EPA WATERSENSE TANK-TYPE HIGH-EFFICIENCY TOILET SPECIFICATION. c.WATER CLOSETS (TOILETS) - TANK TYPE: EFFECTIVE FLUSH VOLUME: 1.28 GALLONS PER FLUSH (4.8 L) U.S. EPA WATERSENSE TANK-TYPE HIGH-EFFICIENCY TOILET SPECIFICATION. d.URINALS - WALL MOUNTED: EFFECTIVE FLUSH VOLUME: 0.125 GALLONS PER FLUSH (0.47 L) ASME A 112.19.2/CSA B45.1 e.URINALS - ALL OTHER EFFECTIVE FLUSH VOLUME: 0.50 GALLONS PER FLUSH (1.9 L) ASME A 112.19.2/CSA B45.1 f.SHOWERHEAD (SINGLE VALVE) MAXIMUM FLOW RATE: 1.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 80 PSI. (6.8 L/MIN) ASME A 112.18.1/CSA B125.1 AND U.S. EPA WATERSENSE SPECIFICATION FOR SHOWERHEADS. g.MULTIPLE SHOWERHEADS (SERVING ONE SHOWER) THE COMBINED FLOW RATE OF ALL SHOWERHEADS AND/OR OTHER SHOWER OUTLETS CONTROLLED BY A SINGLE VALVE SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 80 PSI, OR THE SHOWER SHALL BE DESIGNED TO ALLOW ONLY ONE SHOWER OUTLET TO BE IN OPERATION AT A TIME. h.LAVATORY FAUCETS: RESIDENTIAL MAXIMUM FLOW RATE: 1.2 GPM AT 60 PSI (4.5 L/MIN) MINIMUM FLOW RATE: 0.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 20 PSI (3.0 L/MIN) ASME A 112.18.1/CSA B125.1 i.LAVATORY FAUCETS: NONRESIDENTIAL MAXIMUM FLOW RATE: 0.5 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 60 PSI. (1.9 L/MIN) ASME A 112.18.1/CSA B125.1 j.METERING FAUCETS: RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS MAXIMUM WATER USE: 0.20 GALLONS (0.8 L) PER METERING CYCLE ASME A 112.18.1/CSA B125.1 k.KITCHEN FAUCETS: MAXIMUM FLOW RATE: 1.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 60 PSI (6.8 L/MIN) MAY TEMPORARILY INCREASE THE FLOW ABOVE THE MAXIMUM RATE, BUT NOT TO EXCEED 2.2 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 60 PSI, AND MUST DEFAULT TO A MAXIMUM FLOW RATE OF 1.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 60 PSI. ASME A 112.18.1/CSA B125.1 l.PRE-RINSE SPRAY VALVES: SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS IN THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATION, TITLE 20 (APPLIANCE EFFICIENCY REGULATIONS), SECTION 1605.1 (h)(4) TABLE H-2, SECTION 1605.3 (h)(4)(A), AND SECTION 1607 (d)(7) AND SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH AN INTEGRAL AUTOMATIC SHUTOFF. m.WASH FOUNTAINS: MAXIMUM FLOW RATE: 1.8 GALLON PER MINUTE/20 [RIM SPACE (INCHES) AT 60 PSI] n.METERING FAUCETS FOR WASH FOUNATAIN: METERING FAUCETS FOR WASH FOUNTAINS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM FLOW RATE OF NOT MORE THAN 0.20 GALLONS PER MINUTE/20 [RIM SPACE (INCHES) AT 60 PSI]. o.SUBMETERS: SHALL BE INSTALLED TO MEASURE WATER USAGE OF INDIVIDUAL RENTAL DWELLING UNITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE. 2. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE, AND SHALL MEET THE APPLICABLE STANDARDS REFERENCED IN TABLE 1701.1 OF THE CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE. HVAC SPECIFIC (COMMERCIAL):1. HVAC SYSTEM INSTALLERS SHALL BE TRAINED AND CERTIFIED IN THE PROPERINSTALLATION OF HVAC SYSTEMS.2. PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION TO SHOW COMPLIANCE WITH CONSTRUCTIONDOCUMENTS, PLANS, INSTALLER CERTIFICATIONS, INSPECTION REPORTS, TODEMONSTRATE SUBSTANTIAL CONFORMANCE. WHEN SPECIFIC DOCUMENTATIONOR SPECIAL INSPECTION IS NECESSARY TO VERIFY COMPLIANCE, THAT METHODOF COMPLIANCE WILL BE SPECIFIED IN THE APPROPRIATE SECTION OR IDENTIFIEDIN THE APPLICATION CHECKLIST 3. AABC COMPLIANCE: COMPLY WITH AABC'S MANUAL MN_1 "AABC NATIONAL STANDARDS", AS APPLICABLE TO MECHANICAL AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT AND APPARATUS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. DEVELOP A WRITTEN PLAN OF PROCEDURES TO BE INCLUDED FOR TESTING AND BALANCING. SUBMIT CERTIFIED TEST REPORTS SIGNED BY THE TEST AND BALANCE SUPERVISOR WHO PERFORMED TESTING AND BALANCING WORK. PROVIDE A COPY OF THE FINAL TEST REPORT TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY. 4. THE PERMANENT HVAC SYSTEM SHALL ONLY BE USED DURING CONSTRUCTION IF NECESSARY TO CONDITION THE BUILDING OR AREAS OF ADDITION OR ALTERATION WITHIN THE REQUIRED TEMPERATURE RANGE FOR MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION. 5. IF THE HVAC SYSTEM IS USED DURING CONSTRUCTION , USE RETURN AIR FILTERS WITH A MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REPORTING VALUE (MERV) OF 8, BASED ON ASHRAE 52.2-1999, OR AN AVERAGE EFFICIENCY OF 30% BASED ON ASHRAE 52.1-1992. REPLACE ALL FILTERS IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY, OR, IF THE BUILDING IS OCCUPIED DURING ALTERATION, AT THE CONCLUSION OF CONSTRUCTION. 6. AT THE TIME OF ROUGH INSTALLATION, DURING STORAGE ON THE CONSTRUCTION SITE AND UNTIL FINAL STARTUP OF THE HEATING, COOLING, AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT, ALL DUCT AND OTHER RELATED AIR DISTRIBUTION COMPONENT OPENINGS SHALL BE COVERED WITH TAPE, PLASTIC, SHEET METAL OR OTHER METHODS OF ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY. 7. PROVIDE REGULARLY OCCUPIED AREAS OF THE BUILDING WITH AIR FILTRATION MEDIA FOR OUTSIDE AND RETURN AIR THAT PROVIDES AT LEAST A MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REPORTING VALUE (MERV) OF 13. 8. NO HVAC REFRIGERANT SYSTEMS USING HYDROCHLOROFLUOROCARBONS OR HALONS SHALL BE USED ON THE PROJECT. 9. PROVIDE THE BUILDING OWNER WITH DETAILED OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND COPIES OF GUARANTEES/WARRANTIES FOR EACH SYSTEM PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION. HVAC SPECIFIC (RESIDENTIAL): 1. BATHROOM EXHAUST FANS: a. FANS SHALL BE ENERGY STAR COMPLIANT AND BE DUCTED TO TERMINATE OUTSIDE THE BUILDING. b. UNLESS FUNCTIONING AS A COMPONENT OF A WHOLE HOUSE VENTILATION SYSTEM, FANS MUST BE CONTROLLED BY A HUMIDITY CONTROL -HUMIDITY CONTROLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF ADJUSTMENT BETWEEN A RELATIVE HUMIDITY RANGE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 50% TO A MAXIMUM OF 80%. A HUMIDITY CONTROL MAY UTILIZE MANUAL OR AUTOMATIC MEANS OF ADJUSTMENT. - A HUMIDITY CONTROL MAY BE A SEPARATE COMPONENT TO THE EXHAUST FAN AND IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE INTEGRAL (I.E., BUILT-IN) 2. HVAC SYSTEM INSTALLERS SHALL BE TRAINED AND CERTIFIED IN THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF HVAC SYSTEMS. REFER TO SECTION 702.1 IN THE CALGREEN CODE. 3. PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION TO SHOW COMPLIANCE WITH CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, PLANS, INSTALLER CERTIFICATIONS, INSPECTION REPORTS, TO DEMONSTRATE SUBSTANTIAL CONFORMANCE. WHEN SPECIFIC DOCUMENTATION OR SPECIAL INSPECTION IS NECESSARY TO VERIFY COMPLIANCE, THAT METHOD OF COMPLIANCE WILL BE SPECIFIED IN THE APPROPRIATE SECTION OR IDENTIFIED IN THE APPLICATION CHECKLIST 4.AABC COMPLIANCE: COMPLY WITH AABC'S MANUAL MN_1 "AABC NATIONAL STANDARDS", AS APPLICABLE TO MECHANICAL AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT AND APPARATUS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. DEVELOP A WRITTEN PLAN OF PROCEDURES TO BE INCLUDED FOR TESTING AND BALANCING. SUBMIT CERTIFIED TEST REPORTS SIGNED BY THE TEST AND BALANCE SUPERVISOR WHO PERFORMED TESTING AND BALANCING WORK. PROVIDE A COPY OF THE FINAL TEST REPORT TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY. 5. AT THE TIME OF ROUGH INSTALLATION, DURING STORAGE ON THE CONSTRUCTION SITE AND UNTIL FINAL STARTUP OF THE HEATING, COOLING, AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT, ALL DUCT AND OTHER RELATED AIR DISTRIBUTION COMPONENT OPENINGS SHALL BE COVERED WITH TAPE, PLASTIC, SHEET METAL OR OTHER METHODS OF ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY. 6. PROVIDE THE BUILDING OWNER WITH DETAILED OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND COPIES OF GUARANTEES/WARRANTIES FOR EACH SYSTEM PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION. 1. DOMESTIC COLD WATER IS ASSUMED TO BE AT A TEMPERATURE OF ±60°F. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY AND CONFIRM DOMESTIC WATER TEMPERATURE AT BUILDING MAIN PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2. HOT WATER DELIVERY SHALL BE AT A TEMPERATURE 120°F, DESIGNED WITH A 60°F TEMPERATURE RISE (WITH THE EXCEPTION OF PUBLIC LAVATORIES WHERE AN ASSE 1070 MIXING VALVE IS REQUIRED TO TEMPER THE WATER TO 105°F). 3. SANITARY SEWER PIPING SHALL SLOPE AT 1/4" PER FOOT IN THE DIRECTION OF FLOW UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 4. PENETRATIONS THROUGH FOOTINGS AND/OR FOUNDATIONS SHALL BE SLEEVED AND COORDINATED WITH THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD. DESIGN ASSUMPTIONS/CRITERIA MP0.01 COVER SHEET MP0.02 NOTES AND STANDARDS MP0.03 SCHEDULES MP1.01 HVAC PLAN - FIRST FLOOR MP1.02 HVAC PLAN - SECOND FLOOR MP1.03 HVAC ROOF PLAN MP5.01 DETAILS MP5.02 DETAILS MP7.01 TITLE 24 DOCUMENTATION (MECH) MP7.02 TITLE 24 DOCUMENTATION (MECH) COORDINATED SHOP DRAWINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATION 230000, SECTION 1.05(G). MANUFACTURER CONTROL DIAGRAMS AND SEQUENCES OF OPERATION EQUIPMENT/PRODUCT SUBMITTALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS 220000, SECTION 1.05 AND 230000 SECTION 1.05. EQUIPMENT TEST AND BALANCE (TAB) REPORTS. REQUIRED SUBMITTALS THE BASIS OF DESIGN IS TO REPLACE HEATING, COOLING, AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT IN KIND WITH THE INTENT TO REUSE EXISTING BUILDING DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS. EXISTING SYSTEMS AND AREAS THAT ARE NOT DIRECTLY OBSERVABLE UTILIZE ARCHIVE PLANS DATED APRIL 2, 2007 (PROJECT NUMBER 0527). NEW DDC CONTROLS SYSTEM SHALL BE AUTOMATED LOGIC CORPORATION (ALC) FOR ALL NEW MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (BACNET). BASIS OF DESIGN DELTA DESCRIPTION DATE SHEET NUMBER: PLAN REVISIONS ENGINEER STAMP & SIGNATURE TEAM CONTACT INFORMATION: DATE: SHEET TITLE: CONTACT INFORMATION: PROJECT INFORMATION:CITY OFROHNERT PARKCITY HALL RE-ROOF& LIGHTING130 AVRAM AVE ROHNERT PARK, CA 94928 ARCHITECT: STRATA a|p ARCHITECTURE AND PLANNING 23562 ARNOLD DR SONOMA, CA 95476 707-935-7944 GOVERNING JURISDICTION: CITY OF ROHNERT PARK BUILDING DIVISION 130 AVRAM AVE ROHNERT PARK, CA 94928 707-588-2226 ISE PROJECT NO.: 24-7852PROJECT MANAGER:CHRISTIAN HAINDS, PE EXT. 1005CHRISTIAN@ISEENGINEERS.COMPROJECT DESIGN ENGINEER:-W W W .I S E E N G I N E E R S .C O M3800 W A T T A V E N U E . S T E #1 2 5SACRAMENTO, C A 9 5 8 2 1TELE:9 1 6 .6 6 0 .5 8 5 2SOCAL | N O R C A L | C O L O R A D O 3/13/2025 SCS A T S A T O CFE AI L FI O NR No. C86438 Exp. 03/31/25 ETSIG E R P RE D R SEFO G I REE N OSIN L A N E CIV I L C HRIS T I A N A. H A I N D S STRUCTURAL COVER SHEET SCS STRUCTURAL COVER SHEETSN1 STRUCTURAL NOTESGENERAL NOTESPLANSS1ROOF FRAMING PLANSTRUCTURAL DETAILSSD1 STRUCTURAL ROOF FRAMING DETAILSSHEET INDEXDESIGN PARAMETERS GRAVITY DESIGN PARAMETERS: (PSF, SERVICE LOADS) DEAD ROOF LIVE SNOW LIVE TOTAL (E) ROOF:15 20 --35 (E) SOLAR:3 ---3 (E) FLOOR:15 --100 115 (E) EXT WALL:15 ---15 (E) INT WALL:10 ---10 PROJECT DESIGN CRITERIA BUILDING CODE:2022 CBC LOCATION (LATITUDE / LONGITUDE):38.3427°N / 122.7094°W SEISMIC DESIGN PARAMETERS: RISK CATEGORY:II SITE CLASS:D - DEFAULT SHORT PERIOD SPECTRAL ACCELERATION, Ss:1.675 1s PERIOD SPECTRAL ACCELERATION, S1:0.634 SHORT PERIOD SPECTRAL RESPONSE, SDS:1.340 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENT, SD1:1.078 SITE COEFFICIENT, Fa:1.20 SITE COEFFICENT, Fv:1.70 SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY:D SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR, Ie:1.00 SECTION 00005 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00002 Project Directory 00005 Table of Contents DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 11 00 Work Summary 01 31 13 Coordination 01 31 21 Project Meetings 01 32 16 Project Schedule 01 32 33 Applicable Standards 01 33 24 Submittals and Substitutions 01 60 00 Product Requirements 01 64 00 Owner Furnished Products 01 71 13 Mobilization and Demobilization 01 73 29 Cutting and Patching 01 74 13 Cleaning 01 77 00 Project Closeout DIVISION 02 EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 41 19 Selective Demolition DIVISION 06 WOOD, PLASTICS & COMPOSITES 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry 06 20 13 Exterior Finish Carpentry DIVISION 07 THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 01 50 Preparation for Roof Replacement 07 22 16 Roof Insulation 07 41 13 Metal Roof Panels 07 55 00 Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07 71 00 Roof Specialities 07 72 00 Roof Accessories 07 92 00 Sealants and Caulking DIVISION 09 FINISHES 09 91 00 Painting DIVISION 22 PLUMBING 22 00 00 General Requirements for Plumbing 22 05 53 Identification for Piping and Equipment 22 11 23 Facility Natural Gas System 22 13 13 Condensate Drainage DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING & AIRCONDITIONING (HVAC) 23 00 00 General Requirements, HVAC 23 00 01 Coordination 23 01 30.51 HVAC Air Distribution System Cleaning 23 05 48 Vibration and Seismic Control for HVAC 23 05 53 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing 23 09 23 Direct Digital Controls (DDC) 23 23 00 Refrigerant Piping 23 31 13 Metal Ducts 23 51 23 Gas Vents 23 80 00 Decentralized HVAC Equipment DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 26 05 19 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes 26 05 44 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling 26 05 48.16 Seismic Controsl for Electrical Systems 26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 09 43.19 Wireless-Network Lighting Controls D I V I S I O N 0 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS D I V I S I O N 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 11 00 WORK SUMMARY City of Rohnert Park Work Summary City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 11 00-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. The Bid Documents for this project include the following: 1. Site Drawings and Photographs, and 2. Project Manual. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor and his Subcontractors shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, supervision, permits, and incidents required to safely and legally perform the work for the City of Rohnert Park, City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC project including, but not limited to: 1. Demolition of existing roof. 2. Installation of new roofing and associated accessories. 3. Demolition of roof mounted and interior HVAC systems throughout the building. 4. Installation of new HVAC systems on the roof and throughout the building. 5. Demolition of lighting, lighting controls, and all associated equipment and accessories. 6. Installation of a new lighting, lighting controls, and associated equipment and accessories. B. It is the intent of the Bid Documents to include everything necessary and required for proper completion of the work. All work is to be performed as required to carry out the intent whether or not each individual item is specifically stated. C. All work shall be performed in accordance with Bid Documents, industry standards, state and local requirements, federal requirements, and fire official requirements. 1.03 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Contractor shall carefully compare and study the project, specifications, drawings, and all other applicable Bid Documents. No “extras” shall be allowed for any errors, discrepancies, or omissions that contractor failed to report to the Owner prior to award of the contract. B. Contractors shall tour the project sufficiently, prior to the bid, to adequately bid the project, taking into consideration project delays and slower production due to compliance with all applicable code required inspections. C. Failure to examine the project building and the site and to become familiar with the existing conditions shall not constitute cause for a complaint or claim for extra payment. Accept project site as it exists. D. Contractor shall notify the Owner of any condition not in conformance with the project requirements. END OF SECTION SECTION 01 31 21 PROJECT MEETINGS City of Rohnert Park Project Meetings City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 31 21 -1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: To enable orderly review during progress of the Work, and to provide for systematic discussion of problems, the Architect will conduct project meetings throughout the construction period. B. Related Work Described Elsewhere: The Contractor's relations with his subcontractors and materials suppliers, and discussions relative thereto, are the Contractor's responsibility and are not part of project meetings contents. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Persons designated by the Contractor to attend and participate in the project meetings shall have all required authority to commit the Contractor to solutions agreed upon in the project meetings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Agenda Items: To the maximum extent practicable, advise the Architect at least 24 hours in advance of project meetings regarding all items to be added to the agenda. B. Minutes: The Contractor will compile minutes of each project meeting and will furnish copies to the Owner and Architect. The Contractor may make and distribute such other copies as he wishes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MEETING SCHEDULE A. Except as noted below for Preconstruction Meeting, project meetings will be held weekly. Coordinate as necessary to establish mutually acceptable schedule for meetings. 3.02 MEETING LOCATION A. To the maximum extent practicable, meetings will be held at the job site. 3.03 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Preconstruction Meeting will be scheduled within ten days after the Owner has issued Notice to Proceed. Provide attendance by authorized representatives of the Contractor and all major subcontractors. The Architect will advise other interested parties and request their attendance. B. Minimum Agenda: Distribute data on and discuss: 1. Organizational arrangement of Contractor's forces and personnel and those of subcontractors, materials suppliers and Architect. 2. Channels and procedures for communications. 3. Construction Schedule, including sequence of critical work. 4. Contract Documents, including distribution of required copies of original Documents and revisions. 5. Processing of Shop Drawings and other data submitted to the Architect for review. 6. Processing of field decisions and Change Orders. City of Rohnert Park Project Meetings City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 31 21 -2 7. Rules and regulations governing performance of the work. 8. Procedures for safety and first aid, security, quality control, housekeeping, and other related matters. 3.04 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Attendance: To the maximum extent practicable, assign the same person to represent the Contractor at project meetings throughout progress of the work. Subcontractors, materials suppliers, and others may be invited to attend those project meetings in which their aspects of the Work are involved. B. Minimum Agenda: Review, revise as necessary and approve minutes of previous meeting. Contractor shall provide: Current Weekly Report Three-Week Look Ahead Schedule Review progress of the Work since last meeting, including status of submittals for approval. Identify problems which impede planned progress. Develop corrective measures and procedures to regain planned schedule. Complete other current business. END OF SECTION SECTION 01 31 13 COORDINATION City of Rohnert Park Coordination City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 31 13 -1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provision of coordination of the Work of the Contract. B. Related Sections: The completion of the work described in this Section may require work in or coordination with other Sections of these specifications. The Contractor and the sub-contractor shall be responsible for identifying and including all related work in other Sections of these specifications and/or drawings necessary for a complete installation of the work described in this Section. These related Sections include but are not limited to the following: C. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including Contract Documents, Special Provisions and Standard Specifications apply to this Section. 1.02 GENERAL COORDINATION A. Contractor shall be responsible for all project coordination. B. Coordinate schedules, submittals, and work of the various trades to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction, with provisions for accommodating items to be installed later. Coordinate the work among the Specifications and Drawings. Work shown on any drawing or specification is required by the Contract irrespective of the trade subdivision. Contractor shall require each trade subcontractor to review all other subdivisions of the documents for related work and shall coordinate the subcontracts accordingly. C. Require all parties involved in the performance of the Work to cooperate in the overall coordination of the work under the direction of the Contractor. Each party, when requested to do so, shall furnish information concerning its portion of the work, and shall respond promptly and reasonably to the decisions and requests of persons designated with coordination, supervisory, administrative, or similar authority. D. The Drawings use graphic symbols to show certain physical relationships of the various elements and systems and their interfacing with other elements and systems. Establishing and coordinating the actual physical relationships is the responsibility of the Contractor. Layout and arrange all elements to contribute to safety and efficiency while maintaining the intent of the design. Before work proceeds in areas of potential conflict for installing different components of the work, Contractor shall prepare supplementary drawings for review by the Owner and resolve the conflict. E. Coordinate completion and cleanup Work of various trades in preparation for the Completion. 1.03 SUBCONTRACT COORDINATION A. Coordinate the Work and do not delegate responsibility for coordination to any Subcontractor. B. Anticipate the interrelationship of all Subcontractors and their relationship with the Work. C. Resolve differences or disputes between Subcontractors concerning coordination, interference, or extent of work between sections of the specifications. Contractor's decisions, if consistent with the Contract Document requirements, shall be final. 1. If the Architect is required to resolve disputes between the Contractor and his Subcontractors, all associated costs will be billed directly to the Contractor as Additional Services by the Architect. D. Coordinate the work of Subcontractors so that their portions of the work are performed in a manner that minimizes interference with the progress of the Work. City of Rohnert Park Coordination City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 31 13 -2 1.04 ADMINISTRATION A. General: The Contractor shall prepare a written memorandum on required coordination activities. Include such items as required notices, reports and attendance at meetings. Distribute this memorandum to each trade performing work at the project site. Prepare similar memorandum for separate contractors where interfacing of their work is required. B. Coordination Meetings: Conduct general project coordination meetings with Subcontractors at least weekly at regularly scheduled times convenient for all parties involved. The coordination meetings shall be held far enough in advance of a particular Subcontractors work so as to avoid conflict with the work of other trades. Request representation at each meeting by every party currently involved in coordination or planning for the work of the entire project. Keep the Owner informed about coordination meetings. Conduct meetings in a manner which will resolve coordination problems. Record results and minutes of each meeting and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to the Owner. Owner may attend weekly jobsite meetings with subcontractors. C. Superintendent: Provide a full-time Superintendent experienced in administration and supervision of building construction. This Superintendent shall be authorized to act as general coordinator of interfaces between units of work. This Superintendent shall be on site, during the construction period as needed to coordinate and supervise the work. Construction coordination shall be his/her principal duty. 1. For the purpose of this provision, “Interface” is defined to include scheduling and sequencing of work, sharing of access to work spaces, installations, protection of each other's work, cutting and patching, tolerances, cleaning, selections for compatibility, preparation of coordination drawings, inspections, tests, and temporary facilities and services. 1.05 COORDINATION WITH WORK PERFORMED BY OWNER UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS A. Contractor is responsible for coordinate with the work of other contractors, including scheduling and work necessary for other contractors to perform their work including but not limited to block outs, bracing, blocking, reinforcement, and electrical and mechanical connects. B. Use Coordination Drawings of structural, mechanical, and electrical Work, together with shop drawings and layout drawings of affected Work to check, coordinate and integrate the Work to prevent interferences. C. Contractor shall coordinate shop drawings to include any and all penetrations of framing members and finish material resulting from the coordination of and with the work of the Owner’s mechanical and electrical subcontractors. D. Do not install any finishes that may impact the work of Owner’s Contractor’s without prior review and approval of Architect. 1.06 COORDINATION WITH PUBLIC UTILITY AND SAFETY PROVIDERS A. These providers include, but are not limited to: The local Fire Department, electrical, gas, internet and telephone providers, and the City of Rohnert Park. B. Contractor is responsible for coordination with all utility service that may be affected by the project. C. Public utility hookup fees shall be paid by the Owner. City of Rohnert Park Coordination City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 31 13 -3 1.07 COORDINATION WITH CITY STAFF AND PUBLIC A. Contractor to coordinate activities so as to not disrupt the functioning of the building and the use by city staff and the public. Contractor is to ensure the safety of the city staff and the public for the duration of the project. 1. This includes the removal of HVAC systems and replacements. Contractor to deliver an HVAC Removal and Replacement sequencing plan detailing the timeline of removal occurring in a timely manner with minimal shut off days. If possible, this should occur over the weekend if HVAC will not be operable for extended periods of time. City staff must be notified of any changes to sequence plan for coordination with site staff. 2. Removal and replacement of lighting and lighting controls will similarly require a phased or zoned plan indicating stages or zones during construction. Contractor to coordinate the timeline of these phases to allow City Project Manager to coordinate and schedule work disruptions at the site. Contractor is responsible for clear advance notice detailing these phases. END OF SECTION SECTION 01 31 21 PROJECT MEETINGS City of Rohnert Park Project Meetings City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 31 21-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: To enable orderly review during progress of the Work, and to provide for systematic discussion of problems, the Architect will conduct project meetings throughout the construction period. B. Related Work Described Elsewhere: The Contractor's relations with his subcontractors and materials suppliers, and discussions relative thereto, are the Contractor's responsibility and are not part of project meetings contents. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Persons designated by the Contractor to attend and participate in the project meetings shall have all required authority to commit the Contractor to solutions agreed upon in the project meetings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Agenda Items: To the maximum extent practicable, advise the Architect at least 24 hours in advance of project meetings regarding all items to be added to the agenda. B. Minutes: The Contractor will compile minutes of each project meeting and will furnish copies to the Owner and Architect. The Contractor may make and distribute such other copies as he wishes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MEETING SCHEDULE A. Except as noted below for Preconstruction Meeting, project meetings will be held weekly. Coordinate as necessary to establish mutually acceptable schedule for meetings. 3.02 MEETING LOCATION A. To the maximum extent practicable, meetings will be held at the job site. 3.03 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Preconstruction Meeting will be scheduled within ten days after the Owner has issued Notice to Proceed. Provide attendance by authorized representatives of the Contractor and all major subcontractors. The Architect will advise other interested parties and request their attendance. B. Minimum Agenda: Distribute data on and discuss: 1. Organizational arrangement of Contractor's forces and personnel and those of subcontractors, materials suppliers and Architect. 2. Channels and procedures for communications. 3. Construction Schedule, including sequence of critical work. 4. Contract Documents, including distribution of required copies of original Documents and revisions. 5. Processing of Shop Drawings and other data submitted to the Architect for review. 6. Processing of field decisions and Change Orders. City of Rohnert Park Project Meetings City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 31 21-2 7. Rules and regulations governing performance of the work. 8. Procedures for safety and first aid, security, quality control, housekeeping, and other related matters. 9. Proposed Staging Area to be indicated on site plan showing minimal impact to parking. 3.04 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Attendance: To the maximum extent practicable, assign the same person to represent the Contractor at project meetings throughout progress of the work. Subcontractors, materials suppliers, and others may be invited to attend those project meetings in which their aspects of the Work are involved. B. Minimum Agenda: Review, revise as necessary and approve minutes of previous meeting. Contractor shall provide: Current Weekly Report Three-Week Look Ahead Schedule Review progress of the Work since last meeting, including status of submittals for approval. Identify problems which impede planned progress. Develop corrective measures and procedures to regain planned schedule. Complete other current business. END OF SECTION SECTION 01 32 16 PROJECT SCHEDULE City of Rohnert Park Project Schedule City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 32 16 -1 PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: To assure adequate planning and execution of the work so that the work is completed within the number of calendar days allowed in the Contract, and to assist the Owner and Architect in appraising the reasonableness of the proposed schedule and in evaluating progress of the work, prepare and maintain the schedules as described in this Section. B. Definition: "Day" used throughout the Contract, unless otherwise stated, means "calendar day". 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Perform all data preparation, analysis, charting, and updating in accordance with all recommendations contained in the current edition of "CPM In Construction" manual of Associated General Contractors, or in accordance with other standards approved by the Owner and Architect. B. Reliance upon approved schedule: 1. The Project schedule as approved by the Owner and Architect will be an integral part of the Contract, and will establish interim contract completion dates for the various activities. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Comply with the provisions of all specification sections. B. All measurements shall be in U.S. customary units. C. Preliminary Analysis: Within ten days after receipt of Notice to Proceed, submit one reproducible copy and four prints of a preliminary Project Schedule, plus four prints of proposed forms for Materials Status Reports, prepared in accordance with Part Three of this Section. D. Periodic Reports: 1. On the first working day of each month following submittals described above, submit four prints of the Project Schedule updated as described in Part Three of this Section. 2. Accompanying each periodic submittal of Project Schedule submit four prints of the Materials Status Reports updated as described in Part Three of this Section. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PROJECT ANALYSIS A. Diagram: 1. Graphically show the order and interdependence of all activities necessary to complete the Work, and the sequence in which each activity is to be accomplished, as planned by the Contractor and his project field superintendent in coordination with all Subcontractors whose work is shown on the diagram. Activities shown on the diagram shall include, but are not necessarily limited to: a. Project mobilization; b. Submittals and approvals of Shop Drawings and Samples; c. Procurement of equipment and critical materials; d. Fabrication of special material and equipment, and their installation and testing; City of Rohnert Park Project Schedule City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 32 16 -2 e. Final clean up; f. Final inspection and testing; g. All activities by the Owner and Architect that affect progress, required dates for completion, or both, for all and for each part of the Work. 2. The detail of information shall be such that duration times of activities shall normally range from one to 15 days. The selection and number of activities shall be subject to the Owner's and Architect’s approvals. 3. Show on the diagram, as a minimum for each activity, preceding and following event numbers, description of each activity, cost, and activity duration in calendar days. Submit diagram on a sheet 30" high by the width required. B. Mathematical Analysis: 1. Furnish a mathematical analysis of the diagram by manual or computer aided means, including a tabulation of each activity. Show the following information as a minimum for each activity: a. Preceding and following event number; b. Activity description; c. Estimated duration of activities; d. Earliest start date (by calendar date); e. Latest start date (by calendar date); f. Earliest finish date (by calendar date); g. Latest finish date (by calendar date); h. Slack or float (in calendar days); i. Monetary value of the activity; j. Percentage of activity completed; k. Contractor's earnings based on portion of activity completed. 2. The means used in making the mathematical analysis shall be capable of compiling the total value of completed and partially completed activities, and be capable of accepting modifications approved for time and logic adjustment. C. Periodic Reports: 1. If computer-aided means are used, list the activities in computer printout sorts as follows: a. By the preceding event number from lowest to highest, and then in order of the following event number: b. By the amount of float, then in order of preceding event numbers, and then in order of succeeding event numbers; c. In order of preceding event numbers, and then in order of succeeding event numbers (show the dollar amount and dollars spent to date for each activity); d. Other sorts requested by the Architect, for which the Contractor will be reimbursed in accordance with the General Conditions provisions for "Changes". 2. If computer-aids are not used, provide equivalent information to the approval of the Owner and Architect. 2.02 MATERIALS STATUS REPORTS A. Format: The Contractor's standard materials status report form will be acceptable if, in the Owner's and Architect’s judgments, it provides sufficient pertinent data to determine that materials procurement flow is adequate for all needs of the Work. B. Content: Show at limit the following information: 1. Item description, listed in accordance with Specifications Section number in which the item is called for; 2. Purchase Order number and date of issue; 3. Vendor name; City of Rohnert Park Project Schedule City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 32 16 -3 4. Date shipped, and shipping means utilized; 5. Estimated date of arrival at job site; 6. Actual date of arrival at job site, and receiving report number. C. Data Processing: Process the data by manual or computer-aided methods, but to a degree of promptness and accuracy assuring complete display of all pertinent current information at date of each periodic report. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PRELIMINARY ANALYSIS A. Contents: 1. Show all activities of the Contractor under this Work for the period between receipt of Notice to Proceed and submittal of Project Schedule required under Article 1.03 above. 2. Show the Contractor's general approach to remainder of the Work. 3. Show cost of all activities scheduled for performance before submittal and approval of the Project Schedule. B. Submittal: Submittal shall be in accordance with Article 1.03 above. 3.02 PROJECT SCHEDULE A. As soon as practicable after receipt of Notice to Proceed, complete the Project analysis described in Articles 2.1 above, in preliminary form. Meet with the Owner and Architect, review contents of proposed Project Schedule, and make all revisions agreed upon. Submit in accordance with Article 1.03 above. 3.03 MATERIALS STATUS REPORT A. As soon as practicable after receipt of Notice to Proceed, meet with the Owner and Architect, review contents of proposed Materials Status Reports, and make all revisions to format agreed upon. 3.04 PERIODIC REPORTS A. Project Schedule: 1. Contents: a. Report actual progress by updating the mathematical analysis. b. Note on the summary report, or clearly show on a revised issue of affected portions of the detailed diagram, all revisions causing changes in the detailed program. c. Revise the summary report as necessary for clarity. d. Show activities or portions of activities completed during the reporting period, and their actual value. e. State the percentage of Work actually completed as scheduled as of the report date, and the progress along the critical path in terms of days ahead of or behind the allowable dates. f. If the Work is behind schedule, also report progress along other paths with negative slack. g. Include a narrative report which shows, but is not necessarily limited to: h. A description of the problem areas, current and anticipated; i. Delaying factors, and their impact; j. An explanation of corrective actions taken or proposed. 2. Show the date of latest revision. Submit in accordance with the provisions of Article 1.03 above. City of Rohnert Park Project Schedule City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 32 16 -4 B. Materials Status Report: 1. On the letter of transmittal accompanying periodic reports, on an accompanying summary sheet, or by other means acceptable to the Owner and Architect, clearly indicate those items the deliveries of which are critically overdue or otherwise hazardous to maintenance of the approved schedule. 2. Submit in accordance with the provisions of Article 1.03 above. 3.05 REVISIONS A. Make only those revisions to approved Project Schedule and approved Materials Status Reports as are approved in advance by the Owner and Architect. END OF SECTION SECTION 01 32 33 APPLICABLE STANDARDS City of Rohnert Park Applicable Standards City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 32 33 -1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: 1. Throughout the Contract Documents, reference is made to codes and standards which establish qualities and types of workmanship and materials, and which establish methods for testing and reporting on the pertinent characteristics. 2. Where materials or workmanship are required by these Contract Documents to meet or exceed the specifically named code or standard, it is the Contractor's responsibility to provide materials and workmanship which meet or exceed the specifically named code or standard. 3. It is also the Contractor's responsibility, when so required by the Contract Documents or by written request from the Owner and Architect, to deliver to the Owner and Architect all required proof that the materials or workmanship, or both, meet or exceed the requirements of the specifically named code or standard. Such proof shall be in the form requested in writing by the Owner and Architect and generally will be required to be copies of a certified report of tests conducted by a testing agency approved for that purpose by the Owner and Architect. B. All measurements shall be in imperial units. C. Related Work Described Elsewhere: Specific naming of codes or standards occurs on the Drawings and in other Sections of these Specifications. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE Familiarity with Pertinent Codes and Standards: In procuring all items used in this Work, it is the Contractor's responsibility to verify the detailed requirements of the specifically named codes and standards and to verify that the items procured for use in this Work meet or exceed the specified requirements. Rejection of Non-Complying Items: The Owner and Architect reserves the right to reject items incorporated into the Work which fail to meet the specified minimum requirements. The Owner and Architect further reserves the right, and without prejudice to other recourse the Owner and Architect may take, to accept non-complying items subject to an adjustment in the Contract Amount as approved by the Owner and Architect. Applicable Standards listed in these Specifications include, but are not necessarily limited to, standards promulgated by the following agencies and organizations: ASSHTO = American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, 341 National Press Building, Washington, D.C. 20004. ACI = American Concrete Institute, Box 19150, Redford Station, Detroit, Michigan 48129. AISC = American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc., 1221 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10020. ANSI = American National Standards Institute (successor to USASI and ASA), 1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018. ASTM = American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103. AWS = American Welding Society, Inc., 2501 N.W. 7th Street, Miami, Florida 33125. AWWA = American Water Works Association, Inc., 6666 West Quincy Avenue, Denver, Colorado 80235. City of Rohnert Park Applicable Standards City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 32 33 -2 CRSI = Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, 228 North LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60610. CS = Commercial Standard of NBS, U.S. Department of Commerce, Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. FGMA = Flat Glass Marketing Association, 3310 Harrison, Topeka, Kansas 66611. NAAMM = National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers, 1033 South Boulevard, Oak Park, Illinois 60302. NEC = National Electrical Code (see NFPA). NEMA = National Electrical Manufacturers Association, 155 East 44th Street, New York, New York 10017. NFPA = National Fire Protection Association, 470 Atlantic Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 12210. SDI = Steel Deck Institute, 135 Addison Avenue, Elmhurst, Illinois 60125. SSPC = Steel Structures Painting Council, 4400 5th Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213. TCA = Tile Council of America, Inc., P.O. Box 326, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. UL = Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., 207 East Ohio Street, Chicago, Illinois 60611. CBSC = 2013 California Building Standard Code. ICC = International Code Council - 5203 Leesburg Pike, Suite 600; Falls Church, VA 22041-3401. Fed. Specs. and Fed Standards: Specifications Sales (3FRI), Bldg. 197, Washington Navy Yard, General Services Administration, Washington, D.C. 20407. END OF SECTION SECTION 01 33 24 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS City of Rohnert Park Submittals & Substitutions City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 33 24 -1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work included: 1. Make submittals required by the Contract Documents, and revise and resubmit as necessary to establish compliance with the specified requirements. B. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 2. Individual requirements for submittals also may be described in pertinent Sections of these Specifications. 3. See General Conditions for submittal of schedules, cost breakdown, subcontractors’ list, etc. C. Work not included: 1. Unrequired submittals will not be reviewed by the Architect. 2. The Contractor may require his subcontractors to provide drawings, setting diagrams, and similar information to help coordinate the Work, but such data shall remain between the Contractor and his subcontractors and will not be reviewed by the Architect. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Coordination of submittals: 1. Prior to each submittal, carefully review and coordinate all aspects of each item being submitted. 2. Verify that each item and the submittal for it conform in all respects with the specified requirements. 3. Shop drawings shall be submitted by the Contractor. Shop drawings shall be stamped and signed by the Contractor showing that they have been reviewed and approved by him/her before being sent to the Architect. a. Details shall be identified by reference number to sheet and detail, schedule or room numbers on the Contract Drawings. b. Submittals that have not been reviewed by the Contractor and do not bear a stamp of review by the Contractor will be returned and will not be reviewed by the Architect. 4. All Shop Drawings and material submittals shall be numbered in sequence of submittal. Resubmittals shall receive a new number. 5. Fabrication of work shall not be started or any parts shipped or transported to the job site prior to the review of shop drawings by the Architect, and compliance with the Contract Documents has been verified. 6. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for coordinating and verifying schedules, quantities and dimensions shown on Shop Drawings. The Architect assumes no responsibility for checking schedules, quantities or dimensions. B. Substitutions: 1. The Contract is based on the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents. Substitutions will be considered only when substantiated by the Contractor's submittal of required data within 5 calendar days after the Notice to Proceed. Only one substitution request will be considered for each specified item. Unless noted otherwise in a specific Section of the Specifications after 5 calendar days after the Notice to Proceed it will be assumed all items are to be as specified in these documents and substitutions may not be accepted by the Architect. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify the Architect in writing, of any deviations in the submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 3. The following products do not require further approval except for interface within the Work: City of Rohnert Park Submittals & Substitutions City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 33 24 -2 a. Products specified by reference to standard specifications such as ASTM and similar standards. b. Products specified by manufacturer's name and catalog model number. c. The Contractor, however, shall submit to the Architect a letter stating that the products submitted will be as stated in a. and b. above. 4. Do not substitute materials, equipment, or methods unless such substitution has been specifically approved in writing for this Work by the Architect. C. Time for review of substitutions: 1. In the interest of time, substitutions are not encouraged unless absolutely unavoidable. When submitting an item for substitution for a specified item, submit all pertinent data required to enable the Architect to make an accurate and timely evaluation. Incomplete submittals or insufficient data will be cause for the submittal to be rejected. 2. Requests for extension of the time directly or indirectly related to approval of substituted items will not be granted. 3. Additional review time by the Architect caused by a substitution shall in no way be charged as a delay to the Project. 4. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to avoid delays through the process of substitution. D. "Or equal": 1. Where the phrase "or equal," or "as approved equal," occurs in the Contract Documents, do not assume that the materials, equipment, or methods will be considered as equal unless the item has been specifically so reviewed by the Architect and deemed in conformance with design intent and quality established for this Work. 2. The decision of the Architect shall be final. 3. If submittals on "or equal" items are not made within the prescribed time or are incomplete, then the item or material originally specified shall be supplied. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals of Shop Drawings, Samples, substitution requests, and other items in accordance with the provisions of this Section. B. Submittals shall include all technical and performance data on the product or material required for the Architect to make a fair evaluation, including physical samples if deemed necessary by the Architect. C. Incomplete submittals will be returned to the Contractor and will not be reviewed by the Architect. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any delays caused by making incomplete submittals D. For purposes of uniformity, only one make and/or brand of material will be accepted for each type of material used. All electrical material shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., and shall meet their requirements and bear their label. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Scale and measurements: Make Shop Drawings accurately to a scale sufficiently large to show all pertinent aspects of the item and its method of connection to the Work. B. Types of prints required: 1. Submit Shop Drawings in the form of an electronic PDF file or hard copy. C. Review comments of the Architect will be shown on the transparency when it is returned to the Contractor. The Contractor may make and distribute such copies as are required for his purposes. City of Rohnert Park Submittals & Substitutions City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 33 24 -3 D. Review of Shop Drawings and submittals is only for general conformance with the design concept, colors, texture of material and general compliance with the Contract Documents. Any action indicated or shown is subject to the requirements of the Contract Drawings and Specifications. Review of Shop Drawings is not intended to modify or change in any way the Contract Documents (any deviations shall be separately stated in writing). The Contractor shall be solely responsible for fabrication processes and methods, field dimensions and quantities. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS' LITERATURE A. Where contents of submitted literature from manufacturers includes data not pertinent to the submittal, clearly show which portions of the contents is being submitted for review. B. Submit the number of paper copies which are required to be returned, plus three copies which will be retained by the Architect or submit one electronic copy in PDF format to the Owner and Architect. 2.3 SAMPLES A. Provide Sample or Samples identical to the precise article proposed to be provided. Identify as described under "Identification of submittals" below. B. Number of Samples required: 1. Unless otherwise specified, submit Samples in the quantity which is required to be returned, plus one which will be retained by the Architect. 2.4 COLORS AND PATTERNS A. Unless the precise color and pattern is specifically called out in the Contract Documents, and whenever a choice of color or pattern is available in the specified products, submit accurate color and pattern charts to the Architect for selection. B. Within 10 days from the Notice to Proceed, General Contractor shall submit to the Architect a list of manufacturers of all products or materials requiring color selections, which will be used on the job. Samples of the manufacturer’s complete color range shall also be submitted at this time. Color selections will not be made by the Architect until color samples for all items to be selected have been submitted. The Architect will not make partial color selections. C. Failure of the Contractor to submit all color charts for all products or materials requiring color selections within 10 days, thus requiring additional time for the Architect to make selections, shall not be grounds for a delay claim. D. Allow 10 working days after the receipt of all color lists of all products or materials requiring color selections for the Architect to make color selections. E. All concrete colors including the natural concrete color shall have 3’x3’ samples poured in place on site. Review and approval by Architect is required for all concrete colors and finish prior to final placement. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 IDENTIFICATION OF SUBMITTALS A. Each submittal shall be numbered or named consecutively by the Contractor and all documentation shall refer to that number. 1. When material is resubmitted for any reason, transmit under a new letter of transmittal and with a new transmittal number. 2. On resubmittals, cite the original submittal number for reference. City of Rohnert Park Submittals & Substitutions City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 33 24 -4 B. Accompany each submittal with a letter of transmittal or e-mail showing all information required for identification and checking. C. On at least the first page of each submittal, and elsewhere as required for positive identification, show the submittal number in which the item was included. D. Maintain an accurate submittal log for the duration of the Work, showing current status of all submittals at all times. Make the submittal log available to the Architect for his review upon request. 3.2 GROUPING OF SUBMITTALS A. Unless otherwise specified, make submittals in groups containing all associated items to assure that information is available for checking each item when it is received. 1. Partial submittals may be rejected as not complying with the provisions of the Contract. 2. The Contractor may be held liable for delays so occasioned. 3.3 TIMING OF SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals far enough in advance of scheduled dates for installation to provide time required for reviews, for securing necessary approvals, for possible revisions and resubmittals, and for placing orders and securing delivery. The Contractor will be solely responsible for any delays caused by not making submittals in time for proper review. B. In scheduling, allow Sufficient time for review by the Architect following his receipt of the submittal as set forth in the General Conditions. 3.4 ARCHITECT'S REVIEW A. Review by the Architect does not relieve the General Contractor from responsibility for errors which may exist in the submitted data nor does review by the Architect relieve the Contractor from responsibility or in any way change the original Contract. B. Revisions: 1. Make revisions required by the Architect. 2. If the Contractor considers any required revision to be a change, he shall so notify the Architect as provided for in the Contract Documents. 3. Make only those revisions directed by the Architect. C. Reimbursement of Architect's costs: 1. In the event substitutions are proposed to the Architect after the Contract has been awarded, the Architect will record all time used by him and by his consultants in evaluation of each such proposed substitution. 2. Whether or not the Architect approves a proposed substitution, the Contractor promptly upon receipt of the Architect's billing shall reimburse the Architect at his standard billing rates and that of his consultants for all time spent by them in evaluating the proposed substitution. 3. If the Contractor does not reimburse the Architect for all time spent by them in evaluating the proposed substitution, with the authorization of the Owner, the amounts due the Architect will be deducted from the pay request. END OF SECTION City of Rohnert Park Submittals & Substitutions City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 33 24 -5 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM TO: STRATAap PROJECT: We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the above project: Section Paragraph Specified Item Proposed Substitution: Attached complete technical data, including laboratory tests, if applicable. Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications, which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. Fill in blanks below: What affect does the substitution have on other trades? Yes No Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on the Drawings? Differences between proposed substitution and specified item? Manufacturer’s guarantees of the proposed and specified items are: o Same o Different (explain on attachment) The undersigned states that the function, appearance, and quality of the proposed substitution are equivalent or superior to the specified item. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? Yes No Submitted by: Contractor Street Address City, CA Zip By: Firm: Phone: Fax: Date: For use by Architect/Engineer: o Accepted o Accepted as noted o Not Accepted o Received too late City of Rohnert Park Product Requirements City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 60 00 -1 SECTION 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 33 24 "Substitution Procedures" for requests for substitutions. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Comparable Product Requests: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within [15] days of receipt of request, or [seven] days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Form of Approval: As specified in Section 01 33 24 "Submittal Procedures." b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. City of Rohnert Park Product Requirements City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 60 00 -2 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected. C. Storage: 1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 1.6 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed. 3. Refer to other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. City of Rohnert Park Product Requirements City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 60 00 -3 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection. 5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products. B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. 2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. 3. Products: a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience may be considered by the City. b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 4. Manufacturers: a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience may be considered by the City. b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product. 5. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample", provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. 1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product. D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. 2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. City of Rohnert Park Product Requirements City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 60 00 -4 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested. END OF SECTION SECTION 01 71 13 MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION City of Rohnert Park Mobilization & Demobilization City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 71 13 -1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Mobilization and demobilization requirements. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Mobilization includes bringing in all necessary equipment to the site to do the work. It also includes all labor materials and equipment to set up temporary offices, structures, facilities, signs and utilities. B. Demobilization includes removing all construction equipment and debris so site is left clean. 1.03 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Field Office: CONTRACTOR’S OPTION (Not required). If provided, the Contractor's field office must be confined to the designated staging area as determined by City of Rohnert Park’s project manager. B. Phone: Contractor shall maintain a mobile phone on site at all times with a number available to the Project Manager and Architect. C. Utilities: Owner will provide power, water. Contractor shall provide all other temporary utilities required. D. Sanitary facilities: Contractor to provide and maintain. E. Construction and Support: Set up and maintain in a neat and orderly manner temporary enclosures, identification signs, and waste material disposal. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Temporary Materials: CONTRACTOR’S OPTION. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATIONS A. Relocate and modify temporary facilities as required. B. Install temporary utility service or connect to existing service. C. Locate field office, storage sheds, sanitary facilities and other temporary construction and support facilities for easy access and within the staging area shown on the plans. Use of gasoline-burning, open flame or salamander type heating units is prohibited. D. Conform to local standards and codes for erection of adequate fences and barricades. Maintain all signing, barricades, fencing, drainage, and other items as required to protect public and private property from damage caused by demolition operations. E. Coordinate location of storage areas to avoid interference with drainage, traffic, or private property. F. Provide and maintain all temporary signage required by the Work. G. Provide and install safety barriers as required by the work to protect employees and the public. 3.02 REMOVALS A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment: 1. At completion of work. B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation of temporary facilities. C. Restore areas to original or to specified conditions at completion of the Work. END OF SECTION City of Rohnert Park Cutting & Patching City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 73 29 -1 SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: This Section establishes general requirements pertaining to cutting (including excavating), fitting, and patching of the Work required to: 1. Make the several parts fit properly. 2. Removal of weather damaged material in preparation for replacement. 3. Uncover Work to provide for installation, inspection or both of ill-timed Work. 4. Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents. 5. Remove and replace defective work. 6. Remove and replace work described in the contract documents. B. Related Work Described Elsewhere: 1. In addition to other requirements specified, upon the Owner's request, uncover Work to provide for inspection by the Owner of covered Work, and remove samples of installed materials for testing. 2. Do not cut or alter work performed under separate contract without the Owner's written permission. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform all cutting and patching in strict accordance with pertinent requirements of these Specifications and, in the event no such requirements are determined, in conformance with the Owner's written direction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Request for the Owner 's Consent: 1. Prior to cutting which affects structural safety, submit written request to the Owner for permission to proceed with cutting. 2. Should conditions of the Work, or Schedule, indicate a required change of materials or methods for cutting and patching, so notify the Owner and secure his written permission prior to processing. B. Notice to the Owner: 1. Prior to cutting and patching performed pursuant to the Owner's instructions, submit cost estimate to the Owner. Secure the Owner's approval of cost estimates and type of cost reimbursement before proceeding with cutting and patching. 2. Submit written notice to the Owner designating time the Work will be uncovered, to provide for the Owner's observation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. For replacement of Work removed, use materials which comply with the pertinent Sections of these Specifications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONDITIONS A. Inspection: 1. Inspect existing conditions, including elements subject to movement or damage during cutting, excavating, backfilling, and patching. 2. After uncovering the Work, inspect conditions affecting installation of new Work. B. Discrepancies: City of Rohnert Park Cutting & Patching City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 73 29 -2 1. If uncovered conditions are not as anticipated, immediately notify the Owner and secure needed directions. 2. Do not proceed in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.02 PREPARATION PRIOR TO CUTTING A. Provide all required protection including, but not necessarily limited to, shoring, bracing, and support to maintain structural integrity of the Work. 3.03 PERFORMANCE A. Perform cutting and demolition by methods which will prevent damage to other portions of the Work and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repair and new work. Perform fitting and adjustment of products to provide finished installation complying with the specified tolerances and finishes. B. The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting or patching of its work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and fit it to receive or be received by work of other contractors shown upon, or reasonably implied by, the Drawings and Specifications for the completed structure, and Contractor shall make good after them. C. Contractor shall match existing and adjoining materials and details wherever possible. Re-use of existing materials may be allowed only where specifically designated in the Contract Documents or approved by the Architect or Owner. D. The Contractor shall not endanger any work by cutting, digging or otherwise and shall not cut or alter the work of any other contractor, without the prior written consent of the Owner. E. Contractor shall uncover out-of-sequence, defective and non-conforming work, provide openings for penetrations of existing surfaces and provide samples for testing. Contractor shall seal penetrations through floors, walls and ceilings. END OF SECTION City of Rohnert Park Cleaning City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 74 13 -1 SECTION 01 74 13 CLEANING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Throughout the construction period, maintain the buildings and site in a standard of cleanliness as described in this Section. B. In addition to standards described in this Section, comply with all requirements for cleaning up as described in various other Sections of these Specifications. C. Related Sections: The completion of the work described in this Section may require work in or coordination with other Sections of these specifications. The Contractor and the sub-contractor shall be responsible for identifying and including all related work in other Sections of these specifications and/or drawings necessary for a complete installation of the work described in this Section. These related Sections include but are not limited to the following: 1. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Inspection: Conduct daily inspection, and more often, if necessary, to verify that requirements of cleanliness are being met. B. Codes and Standards: In addition to the standards described in this Section, comply with all pertinent requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEANING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Provide all required personnel, equipment, and materials needed to maintain the specified standard of cleanliness. 2.02 COMPATIBILITY A. Use only the cleaning materials and equipment which are compatible with the surface being cleaned, as recommended by the manufacturer of the material or as approved by the architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: 1. Retain all stored items in an orderly arrangement allowing maximum access, not impeding drainage or traffic, and providing the required protection of materials. 2. Do not allow the accumulation of scrap, debris, waste material, and other items not required for construction of this Work. 3. At least twice each month, and more often, if necessary, completely remove all scrap, debris, and waste material from the job site. 4. Provide adequate storage for all items awaiting removal from the job site, observing all requirements for fire protection and protection of the ecology. B. Site: 1. Daily, and more often, if necessary, inspect the site and pick up all scrap, debris, and waste material. Remove all such items to the place designated for their storage. City of Rohnert Park Cleaning City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 74 13 -2 2. Weekly, and more often, if necessary, inspect all arrangements of materials stored on the site; restock, tidy, or otherwise service all arrangements to meet the requirements of subparagraphs 3.1.1. 3. Maintain the site in a neat and orderly condition at all times. C. Structures: 1. Weekly, and more often, if necessary, inspect the structures and pick up all scrap, debris, and waste material. Remove all such items to the place designated for their storage. 2. Weekly, and more often, if necessary, sweep all interior spaces clean. "Clean," for the purpose of this sub-paragraph, shall be interpreted as meaning free from dust and other material capable of being removed by use of reasonable effort and hand-held broom. 3. As required preparatory to installation of succeeding materials, clean the structures or pertinent portions thereof to the degree of cleanliness recommended by the manufacturer of the succeeding material, using all equipment and materials required to achieve the required cleanliness. 3.02 FINAL CLEANING A. Definition: Except as otherwise specifically provided, "clean," for the purpose of this Article, shall be interpreted as meaning the level of cleanliness generally provided by skilled cleaning using commercial quality building maintenance equipment and materials. B. General: Prior to completion of the Work, remove from the job site all tools, surplus materials, equipment, scrap, debris, and waste. Conduct final progress cleaning as described in Article 3.01 above. C. Site: Unless otherwise specifically directed by the architect, broom clean all paved areas on the site and all public paved areas directly adjacent to the site. Completely remove all resultant debris. D. Structures: 1. Exterior: Visually inspect all exterior surfaces and remove all traces of soil, waste material, smudges, and other foreign matter. Remove all traces of splashed materials from adjacent surfaces. If necessary to achieve a uniform degree of exterior cleanliness, hose down the exterior of the structure. In the event of stubborn stains not removable with water, the architect may require light sandblasting or other cleaning at no additional cost to the City. 2. Interior: Visually inspect all interior surfaces and remove all traces of soil, waste material, smudges, and other foreign matter. Remove all traces of splashed materials from adjacent surfaces. Remove all paint dropping, spots, stains, and dirt from finished surfaces. Use only the specified cleaning materials and equipment. E. Timing: Schedule final cleaning as approved by the architect to enable the City to accept a completely clean project. END OF SECTION City of Rohnert Park Project Close Out City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 77 00 -1 SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section describes contract closeout procedures including: 1. Project record documents 2. Product Data 3. Operation and Maintenance data 4. Removal of temporary construction facilities 5. Final completion 6. Final cleaning 7. Material, equipment and finish data 8. Project guarantee 9. Warranties 10. Restorative and Remedial Work 11. Turn-in 12. Fire Inspection Coordination 13. Building Inspection Coordination B. Related Sections: The completion of the work described in this Section may require work in or coordination with other Sections of these specifications. The Contractor and the sub-contractor shall be responsible for identifying and including all related work in other Sections of these specifications and/or drawings necessary for a complete installation of the work described in this Section. These related Sections include but are not limited to the following: 1. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintenance of Documents and Samples: 1. Store Project documents and samples in field office apart from documents used for construction. 2. Maintain Project documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. 3. Do not use Project record documents for construction. B. Recording: 1. Record information carefully and neatly, with felt tip pens, in color code designated, and in the manner approved in advance by the Architect. a. Information recording will be continuous throughout construction. Information shall be recorded at the time of event(s) and shall be available at all times for review by the Architect and Owner. 2. Label each document “Project Record” in large, neat, printed letters. City of Rohnert Park Project Close Out City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 77 00 -2 C. Record Drawings: 1. Record the following kinds of information on black line or blue line prints or in electronic PDF format: a. Changes made by Change Orders and other modifications described in the General Conditions. b. Locations of work buried under or outside the building, such as plumbing and electrical lines and conduits. c. Locations of work concealed inside the building whose general location is changed from that shown on the Contract Documents. d. Locations of items, not necessarily concealed, which have been changed, with the Architect’s prior acceptance, from the locations indicated on the Contract Documents. e. Locations of significant items such as main power disconnect, main water and gas shutoffs, motor disconnects, filters, controls, isolating valves and the like shall be highlighted on the record drawings. f. Provide line diagrams of all installed electrical power, lighting, switching, low voltage, security electronics, subpanels, meter mains, termination points, transformers and systems. g. In addition to the previously specified requirements for record drawings: Keep up to date during the entire progress of the work, and make available to the Architect. Furnish additional drawings necessary for clarification. Record deviations from the sizes, locations, and other features of installations shown in the Contract Documents. Establish locations of underground work by dimensions to column lines or walls, locating turns, and by referenced centerline or invert elevations and rates of fall. Give sufficient information to locate work concealed in the Building. Drawing to Scale: Locate main runs of piping, conduit, ductwork, and similar items by dimensions. Locate other items either by dimensions or in relation to spaces within the building. 2. Furnish reproducible record drawings, made from final Shop Drawings, updated to show actual conditions, for specified work. D. “As-Built” Drawings: 1. At time of acceptance of the work and prior to final payment, using the record drawings for reference, prepare “As-Built” drawings on permanent, transparent, reproducible prints or in electronic PDF format that will be furnished by the Architect and paid for by the Owner. 2. Employ a professional draftsman to prepare the “As-Built” drawings from the record drawings; record information in ink in electronic PDF format. E. Specifications and Addenda: 1. Mark each Specification Section to record: a. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and supplier of each product and item of equipment incorporated in the work. b. Changes made by Change Order and other modifications described in the General Conditions. F. Large Scale Layout Drawings: 1. The preparations of large scale detailed layout drawings are required for the coordination of the work, specifically Divisions 15 and 16 of the Specifications. These layout drawings are not Shop Drawings as defined by the General Conditions, but, together with Shop Drawings or layout drawings of affected Sections, are used to check, coordinate, and integrate the work of the various Sections. 2. Provide layout drawings as part of the Project record documents. City of Rohnert Park Project Close Out City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 77 00 -3 G. Record Construction Schedule: Using the latest Progress Schedule required by Section 01 32 16 as a reference, submit a Record Construction Schedule showing the actual dates and duration of construction activities. H. Sign and date the completed Project record documents; deliver to the Architect who will deliver to the Owner after Final Acceptance of the Work. 1.03 PRODUCT DATA A. Furnish three copies of manufacturers’ product data, specifications, installation instructions, and maintenance instructions for products incorporated in the work; information specified herein shall be for products in addition to equipment items requiring operating and maintenance data specified elsewhere in this Section. All product data pertaining to an item shall be assembled together. B. Sign and date the completed product data, and submit to the Architect, who will deliver them to the Owner. 1.04 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. General: Where maintenance manuals, record data, and operating instructions are specified, assemble in three ring, plastic binders sized for 8-1/2" x 11" sheets or in electronic PDF format; include the following: 1. Identification on, or readable through, the front cover containing the Project name and address and the general subject matter in the manual. 2. Typewritten index near the front of the manual indicating locations of emergency data for equipment included in the manual. 3. Instructions regarding operation and maintenance of the equipment included in the manual. 4. Replaceable parts, part numbers, cost, and name and address of nearest parts distributor. 5. Copy of each warranty and service contract issued for the equipment included in the manual. 6. Include additional data required for the Owner’s operation and maintenance. B. Catalog Data: Where contents of manuals include manufacturers' catalog pages, indicate the items included in the Project and delete data which is not applicable. C. Shop Drawings: Furnish one set of reviewed or revised Shop Drawings showing changes made during construction and/or installation. D. Number of Copies Required: 1. Submit manuals in the quantity required to be returned, plus the following which will be retained by the Architect: a. Two copies of other manuals; In lieu of paper copies, manuals may be submitted in electronic PDF format. 1.05 INSTRUCTION OF THE OWNER’S PERSONNEL A. Furnish qualified personnel for on the job instruction of the Owner’s oper ating and maintenance personnel. 1.06 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES A. Remove temporary materials, equipment, services, and construction prior to Substantial Completion Inspection. B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. C. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. City of Rohnert Park Project Close Out City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 77 00 -4 1.07 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. When Contractor considers Work or designated portion of the Work as substantially complete, Contractor shall submit written notice to Owner, with list of items to be completed or corrected. B. Within reasonable time, Architect and Owner will inspect to determine status of completion. C. Should Architect and Owner determine that Work is not substantially complete, Owner will promptly notify Contractor in writing, listing all defects and omissions. D. Contractor shall remedy deficiencies and send a second written notice of substantial completion. Owner and Architect will reinspect the Work. If deficiencies previously noted are not corrected on reinspection, then Contractor shall pay the cost of the reinspection. E. When Owner and Architect concurs that Work is substantially complete, Owner will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion, accompanied by Contractor’s list of items to be complete or corrected as verified by Owner and Architect. F. Manufactured units, equipment and systems that require startup must have been started up and run for periods prescribed by Owner before a Certificate of Substantial Completion will be issued. The term “Substantial Completion” is defined in the General Conditions of the Contract. 1. Certification that all mechanical, electrical, plumbing, and hardware equipment has been tested and is operational. The Contractor will provide copies of all test results and reports including a binder by division fully indexed, outlining all equipment and performance tests. See Section 01 33 24 - Submittals and Substitutions. 1.08 COMMISSIONING: A. Building Commissioning: 1. Not Applicable 1.09 FINAL COMPLETION A. Final Completion is defined in the General Conditions. Final Completion occurs when Work meets requirements for Owner’s Final Acceptance. When Contractor considers Work is finally complete, submit written certification that: 1. Contractor has inspected Work for compliance with Contract Documents, and all requirements for Final Acceptance have been met. 2. Except for Contractor maintenance after Final Acceptance, Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents and deficiencies listed with Certificate of Substantial Completion have been corrected. Operation of equipment and systems have been reviewed with Owner Maintenance and Operational personnel, have been tested in the presence of Owner’s representative, and are operative. 3. Work is complete and ready for final inspection. B. In addition to submittals required by conditions of Contract, Contractor shall provide submittals required by governing authorities and submit final statement of accounting giving total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. C. When Architect and Owner finds Work is acceptable and final submittal is complete, Owner will issue final change order reflecting approved adjustments to Contract Sum not previously made by Change Order. Should Architect or Owner determine that Work is incomplete or defective: 1. Owner promptly will so notify Contractor, in writing, listing the incomplete or defective items. City of Rohnert Park Project Close Out City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 77 00 -5 2. Contractor shall promptly remedy the deficiencies and notify the Owner when it is ready for re inspection. 3. When Architect and Owner determine that the Work is acceptable under the Contract Documents, Owner will request Contractor to make closeout submittals. D. Final adjustments of accounts: 1. Contractor shall submit a final statement of accounting to Owner, showing all adjustments to the Contract Sum and complete and execute a notarized Final Lien Release. 2. If so required, Owner shall prepare a final Change Order for submittal to Contractor, showing adjustment to the Contract Sum that were not previously made into a Contract Modification. 1.10 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B. Clean interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. 1. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition, clean or replace filters of mechanical equipment operated during construction, clean ducts, blowers and coils of units operated without filters during construction. 2. Employ skilled workers for final cleaning. C. Clean Site; mechanically sweep paved areas. D. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from Site. 1.11 MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT AND FINISH DATA A. Contractor shall submit two sets of data for primary materials, equipment and finishes as required under each specification section prior to final inspection, bound in 8-1/2" by 11" three-ring binders with durable plastic covers to Owner for Owner’s records. In lieu of paper copies, Contractor may submit an electronic version of material data in PDF format. 1.12 MISCELLANEOUS PROJECT RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Refer to other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping requirements and submittals in connection with various construction activities. Immediately prior to Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order, properly identified and bound or filed, ready for use and reference. Submit to Owner for Owner’s records. 1.13 PROJECT GUARANTEE A. Contractor shall guarantee Work done under Contract against failures, leaks or breaks or other unsatisfactory conditions due to defective equipment, materials or workmanship, and perform repair work or replacement required, at Contractor’s sole expense, for period of one year from date of Final Acceptance. B. Neither recordation of final acceptance nor final certificate for payment nor provision of the Contract nor partial or entire use or occupancy of premises by Owner shall constitute acceptance of Work not done in accordance with Contract Documents nor relieve Contractor of liability in respect to express warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. C. Owner may make repairs to defective Work as set forth in the General Conditions, if, within 5 working days after mailing of written notice of defective work to Contractor or authorized agent, Contractor shall neglect to make or undertake repair with due diligence; provided, however, that in case of leak or emergency where, in opinion of Owner, delay would cause hazard to health or serious loss or damage, repairs may be made without notice being sent to Contractor, and Contractor shall pay cost thereof. City of Rohnert Park Project Close Out City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 77 00 -6 D. If, after installation, operation or use of materials or equipment to be furnished under Contract proves to be unsatisfactory to Owner, Owner shall have right to operate and use materials or equipment until it can, without damage to Owner, be taken out of service for correction or replacement. Period of use of defective materials or equipment pending correction or replacement shall in no way decrease guarantee period required for acceptable corrected or replaced items of materials or equipment. E. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to limit, relieve or release Contractor’s, subcontractors’ and equipment suppliers’ liability to Owner for damages sustained as result of latent defects in equipment caused by negligence of suppliers’ agents, employees or subcontractors. Stated in another manner, warranty contained in the Contract Documents shall not amount to, nor shall it be deemed to be, waiver by Owner of any rights or remedies (or time limits in which to enforce such rights or remedies) it may have for defective workmanship or defective materials under laws of this State pertaining to acts of negligence. 1.14 WARRANTIES A. Execute Contractor’s submittals and assemble warranty documents, and operations and maintenance manuals, executed or supplied by subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. 1. Provide table of contents and assemble in 8-1/2" by 11" three-ring binder with durable plastic cover, appropriately separated and organized. 2. Assemble in Specification Section order. B. The Contractor shall not be held responsible for defects due to misuse, negligence, willful damage, improper maintenance or accident caused by Others, or for defective parts whose replacement is necessitated by failure of Owner’s maintenance forces to properly clean and service them, provided the Contractor has furnished complete maintenance instructions and appropriate instruction to the Owner. C. Submit material prior to final application for payment. 1. For equipment put into use with Owner’s permission during construction, submit within ten (10) working days after first operation. 2. For items of Work delayed materially beyond Date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten (10) working days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. D. Warranties are intended to protect Owner against failure of work and against deficient, defective and faulty materials and workmanship, regardless of sources. E. Limitations: Warranties are not intended to cover failures that result from the following: 1. Unusual or abnormal phenomena of the elements 2. Vandalism after substantial completion 3. Insurrection or acts of aggression including war F. Related Damages and Losses: Remove and replace Work which is damaged as result of defective Work, or which must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted Work. G. Warranty Reinstatement: After correction of warranted Work, reinstate warranty for corrected Work to date of original warranty expiration or to a date not less than 365 days after corrected Work was done, whichever is later. H. Replacement Cost: Replace or restore failing warranted items without regard to anticipated useful service lives. I. Warranty Forms: Submit drafts to Owner for approval prior to execution. Forms shall not detract from or confuse requirements or interpretations of Contract Documents. 1. Warranty shall be countersigned by manufacturers. City of Rohnert Park Project Close Out City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 77 00 -7 2. Where specified, warranty shall be countersigned by subcontractors and installers. J. Rejection of Warranties: Owner reserves right to reject unsolicited and coincidental product warranties that detract from or confuse requirements or interpretations of Contract Documents. K. Term of Warranties: For materials, equipment, systems and workmanship warranty period shall be one (1) year minimum from date of final completion of entire Work except where: 1. Detailed specifications for certain materials, equipment or systems require longer warranty periods. 2. Materials, equipment or systems are put into beneficial use of Owner prior to Final Completion as agreed to in writing by Owner. L. Warranty of Title: No material, supplies, or equipment for Work under Contract shall be purchased subject to any chattel mortgage, security agreement, or under a conditional sale or other agreement by which an interest therein or any part thereof is retained by seller or supplier. Contractor warrants good title to all material, supplies, and equipment installed or incorporated in Work and agrees upon completion of all work to deliver premises, together with improvements and appurtenances constructed or placed thereon by Contractor, to Owner free from any claim, liens, security interest, or charges, and further agrees that neither Contractor nor any person, firm, or corporation furnishing any materials or labor for any Work covered by Contract shall have right to lien upon premises or improvement or appurtenances thereon. Nothing contained in this Paragraph, however, shall defeat or impair right of persons furnishing materials or labor under bond given by Contractor for their protection or any rights under law permitting persons to look to funds due Contractor in hands of Owner. 1.15 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE CONTRACTS A. Compile, review, and submit specified service and maintenance contracts as specified for warranties and bonds. 1.16 PREPARATION FOR FINAL INSPECTION A. Perform final cleaning as specified in Section 01 74 13. B. Assemble warranties, service and maintenance contracts, operating and maintenance instructions, and other items as specified, and submit to the Architect. C. Remove temporary tapes, wrapping, coatings, paper labels, and other similar items. Dust, mop, wash, or wipe exposed and semi-exposed surfaces. D. At the Contractor’s request, the Architect will attend a pre-final detailed Project review, to allow the Contractor to gather the majority of punch list items while the subcontractors are still on the Project. Provide a typewritten list of all items remaining to be completed or corrected; list by room number and item number. Segregate plumbing, HVAC, and electrical on separate lists. If the Owner requires that the Architect perform, assemble or assist in creating the pre- final project list in order to move the Project to completion, the Architect shall be compensated for all associated costs which will be deducted from the progress payment due the Contractor. Any associated costs resulting from the additional work will be processed as a Deductive Change Order in accordance with the General Conditions. If the Architect or Owner determines that the list is inadequate, non-descriptive or incomplete based on the review, the Architect shall generate the list. The Architect shall be compensated fall all associated costs which will be deducted from the progress payment due the Contractor. Any associated costs resulting from the additional work will be processed as a Deductive Change Order in accordance with the General Conditions. City of Rohnert Park Project Close Out City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 01 77 00 -8 E. At the Contractor’s request, the Architect will make a final Project review when the items in the pre-final punch list have been completed and after final cleanup, operation tests and the like have been performed. F. When the Architect determines that the Project is substantially complete and that final punch list items are completed, a final Project Inspection Report shall be executed. G. Upon execution of the Final Project Inspection Report, record and pay for Notice of Completion and furnish copies to the Owner and the Architect. 1.17 RESTORATION OF DAMAGED WORK A. Restore or replace damaged materials and finishes caused by movement of equipment or other operations of the Contractor or as specified or directed by the Architect, at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Restoration shall be equal to the original work, and finishes shall match the appearance of existing adjacent work. 1.18 REMEDIAL WORK A. Replace work due to faulty workmanship or materials at no additional Cost to the Owner. B. Coordinate work with the Owner and perform at such time and manner to cause minimal interruption and inconvenience to the Owner’s operations. 1.19 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Where specified, provide extra materials in the quantities and manner specified. B. Store these materials as directed by the Owner. C. Delivery and certification of extra materials shall be prerequisite to Substantial Completion. 1.20 TURN-IN A. Contract Documents will not be closed out and final payment will not be made until all personnel Identification Media, vehicle permits and keys issued to Contractor during prosecution of Work are turned in to Owner. 1.21 RELEASE OF CLAIMS A. Contract Documents will not be closed out and final payment will not be made until a Release of Any and All Claims, is completed and executed by Contractor and Owner. 1.22 FIRE INSPECTION COORDINATION A. Contractor shall coordinate fire inspection and secure sufficient notice to Owner to permit convenient scheduling. 1.23 BUILDING INSPECTION COORDINATION A. Contractor shall coordinate with Owner’s and Building inspectors a final inspection for the purpose of obtaining final approval an occupancy certificate. END OF SECTION D I V I S I O N 02 EXISTING CONDITIONS SECTION 024119 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION City of Rohnert Park Selective Demolition City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 02 41 19 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure. 2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements. 3. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off -site unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled. B. Remove and Salvage: Carefully detach from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and deliver to Owner. C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare for reuse, store in a secure location, and reinstall where indicated. D. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be permanently removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at project site with demolition subcontractor. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by an EPA-approved certification program. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Owner will utilize portions of building during selective demolition. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. B. Hazardous Materials: Hazardous materials are present in buildings and structures to be selectively demolished. General Contractor to coordinate demolition activities with hazardous material abatement. C. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. City of Rohnert Park Selective Demolition City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 02 41 19 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PEFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Standards: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities to be disconnected have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations. B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. C. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly report to design team lead. D. Survey of Existing Conditions: Compare existing conditions in field with those indicated on drawings. Report any discrepancies to design team lead. 3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems to remain and protect them against damage. B. Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with Owner’s representative. 2. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building. 3. Disconnect, demolish, and remove components indicated to be removed. a. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. b. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational. c. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Section 01 50 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. City of Rohnert Park Selective Demolition City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 02 41 19 - 3 C. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. 3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 2. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 3. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. 4. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 5. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. B. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. 3.5 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an approved landfill. 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. 3.6 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. END OF SECTION D I V I S I O N 06 WOOD, PLASTICS & COMPOSITES ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00 - 1 City of Rohnert Park – City Hall Re-Roof & Lighting Rohnert Park, California 16 1000-1 Strata a|p Architecture & Planning ROUGH CARPENTRY SPECIFICATIONS Strata Project No. 439-24 SECTION 06 10 00 — ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 PRINCIPAL WORK IN THIS SECTION A. The requirements of the Owner‘s General and Supplementary Conditions, and Division 0 and Division 1 general requirements apply to the work of this Section. B. Coordinate the work of this Section with related trades. C. Verify applicable dimensions, clearances and heights at the jobsite. D. Furnish materials and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings, as specified herein and as necessary to complete the work required by project conditions, including but not limited to: 1. Rough appropriately graded structural wood framing 2. Rough framing hardware 3. Tackle, guys, braces, scaffolds, staying and equipment necessary to erect components and hold them safely in position until permanent connections are completed. 4. Wood blocking 5. Wood shims 6. Plywood 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 2022 California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 24, California Building Standards Commission (CBSC) www.bsc.ca.gov current edition at time of permit issuance. B. (CCR) Title 24, (CBSC) Chapter 11 — California Green Building Standards Code 1. Nonresidential new construction a. AII occupancy types C. American Plywood Association (APA), www.apawood.org D. AFPA (WFCM) - Wood Frame Construction Manual for One- and Two-Family Dwellings; 2018. E. American National Standards Institute (ANSI), www.ansi.org F. American Society For Testing and Materials (ASTM), www.astm.org G. American Wood Protection Association (AWPA), www.awpa.com H. National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA), www.nfpa.org I. Underwriters Laboratory (UL), www.ul.com J. Western Wood Products Association (WWPA) K. PS 1 - Structural Plywood; 2019. L. PS 2 - Performance Standard for Wood-Based Structural-Use Panels; 2018. M. PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard; 2020. N. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2023. O. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2023. P. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2023C. 1.3 PERFORMANCE, TESTING AND INSPECTION ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00 - 2 City of Rohnert Park – City Hall Re-Roof & Lighting Rohnert Park, California 16 1000-2 Strata a|p Architecture & Planning ROUGH CARPENTRY SPECIFICATIONS Strata Project No. 439-24 A. General: 1. Comply with manufacturer’s standards. 2. Comply with Building Code. 3. Job site inspections shall be done as herein specified and as listed in drawings. 4. Comply with manufacturers standards. B. Standards: Item Name of Test Performance Testing Std. Plywood Fire/Smoke Developed Class A (Class 1) ASTM E84 Lumber Moisture Control 19% or less Wood Lumber: Sill Plates Grade DF-L #2 or better Treatment Pressure treated, PTDF bearing P.T.D.F. stamp AWPB CBC 2303.J.3 Wood Lumber: Studs Grade <10’-0” long: DF-L STD or better > 10‘-0” long: DF-L No. 2 or better Wood Lumber: Top Plates DF-L No. 2 or better, U.N.O. Wood Lumber: 2x Rafters & Joists Wood Lumber: 4x4 Posts & Headers Wood Lumber: 4x6 thru 4x12 Beams, Headers, & Posts Wood Lumber: 4x14 Beams, Headers, & Posts Grade D.F. No. 1 or better Wood Lumber: 6x and Beams, Headers, & Posts Refer to Drawings and as herein specified. C. Sustainability: 1. Refer to Division 1 sustainability requirements. 2. Refer to product criteria identified herein. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00 - 3 City of Rohnert Park – City Hall Re-Roof & Lighting Rohnert Park, California 16 1000-3 Strata a|p Architecture & Planning ROUGH CARPENTRY SPECIFICATIONS Strata Project No. 439-24 D. Construction Testing / Inspection by others: Item Name of Test Performance Results By Whom Framing and connections Compliance with design Comply Building Inspector E. Construction Monitoring/observations by others: Item Name of Test Performance Results By Whom Rough Framing Const. Waste Management Comply Refer to Division 1 for construction waste management and disposal/recycling requirements 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Division 1 for substitution, deviation and/or submittal procedures. B. Submit O&M (Operation and Maintenance) manuals in accordance with Division J requirements and as herein specified C. Refer to Division 1 for sustainability requirements D. Submit Manufacturer‘s data and shop drawings. 1. List of materials proposed to be used including fasteners, sealants and adhesives. 2. Shop drawings of all conditions, including plywood, species, grades, stress properties, etc. 1.5 QUALITYASSURANCE A. Refer to Division 1 for quality control requirements. B. All wood products/materials shall be free of decay, mold, etc. 1. All wood shall be inspected by General Contractor prior to installation and all pieces of lumber found to have any sign of mold or fungus shall be rejected and removed from site and replaced by General Contractor. C. Contractor/InstaIIer/Fabricator shall have been in business for five (5) years providing/installing/finishing projects of similar size and complexity. D. Manufacturer shall have been in business for five (5) years providing/installing/finishing projects of similar size and complexity. E. Miscellaneous criteria: 1. Lumber and plywood source quality control: Provide materials graded under one of the following: a. Rules 17, Standard Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber, most current adopted edition - WCLIB. b. Standard Grading Rules for Western Lumber, most current adopted edition - WWPA. c. Standard Specifications for Grades of California Redwood Lumber, most current adopted edition - RIS. d. Plywood Specification and Grade Guide of American Plywood Association, most current adopted edition - APA. 2. Grade mark each piece of lumber. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00 - 4 City of Rohnert Park – City Hall Re-Roof & Lighting Rohnert Park, California 16 1000-4 Strata a|p Architecture & Planning ROUGH CARPENTRY SPECIFICATIONS Strata Project No. 439-24 a. Marking must be done by recognized agency. b. Plywood sheathing: Each panel shall be legibly identified as to type, grade and species by APA grade, comply with PS 1 -83 (ANSI A199.1) 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Refer to Division 1 for product delivery, storage and handling requirements. B. After delivery, be responsible for storage, protection and placing of all items to be installed under this Section. C. Repair damaged material and/or work, as directed by Architect. All work must be clean and free of soil, grease, dirt, finger or tool marks after installation. 1.7 JOB CONDITIONS A. Field-verify that all components, substrates, backing, etc. provided by others are installed correctly before proceeding with installation of products as herein specified. 1.8 PROTECTION A. Protect finish surfaces at all times from surfaces and material adjacent to them. B. Finish work defaced with other materials on surface shall be replaced. C. Protect work under this section from damage by other trades. 1.9 GUARANTEE / WARRANTY A. Refer to Division 1 for closeout submittal procedures. B. Furnish one (1) year written warranty signed by manufacturer and installer agreeing to repair and/or replace work which has failed as a result of defects in materials or workmanship. 1. Upon notification of Owner within the warranty period, such defects shall be repaired and replaced at no cost to the Owner. 1.10 RELATED WORK / SECTIONS A. Related work includes, but is not limited to the following: 1. Plywood sheathing other than structural sheathing 2. Structural plywood sheathing B. Related Sections include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Division 1 2. Section 07 62 00 — Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim C. Related Documents include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Division 1 Supplementary Conditions 1.11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit as part of project closeout: ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00 - 5 City of Rohnert Park – City Hall Re-Roof & Lighting Rohnert Park, California 16 1000-5 Strata a|p Architecture & Planning ROUGH CARPENTRY SPECIFICATIONS Strata Project No. 439-24 B. Complete instructions regarding maintenance of the materials, finishes, etc. C. Refer to Division 1 for closeout submittal procedures. 1.12 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Schedule work and sequence with General Contractor. B. Schedule required testing, prior to the installation of materials, components, etc. 1.13 TESTING AGENT A. Refer to Division 1 for Testing Laboratory service requirements. B. The Owner reserves the right to change testing laboratories if the need arises. 1.14 GENERAL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Rough framing and sheathing in accordance with specifications, Structural and Architectural drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Single source responsibility, specified items shall be from one manufacturer for each product type. B. Acceptable manufacturer shall be one of the following and as herein listed and in Drawings: 1. Refer to documents and as herein specified 2. Plywood: a. Structural plywood as herein specified and/or indicated in Drawings 3. Wood Lumber a. Selected from listed types & certified manufacturers as herein specified and/or indicated in Drawings. 4. Pressure Treated Wood 5. Wolmanized Heavy Duty, www.wolmanized.com 6. Accessories: Simpson Strong Tie, www.strongtie.com 7. Reviewed Equivalent by Architect. a. Substitutions and deviations shall require Architect‘s approval and shall be given in letterform. b. Refer to Division 1 for substitution, deviation and/or submittal procedures. c. Proposed alternate products must be equal in terms of chemical composition, color, finish, configuration, performance standards, etc. C. All products and materials indicated shall be installed according to current listed specification requirements and manufacturers specifications/recommendations. D. Refer to drawings, details, and other related specification section whether listed or not. E. Details shall set basic requirements for size and configuration of system ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00 - 6 City of Rohnert Park – City Hall Re-Roof & Lighting Rohnert Park, California 16 1000-6 Strata a|p Architecture & Planning ROUGH CARPENTRY SPECIFICATIONS Strata Project No. 439-24 2.2 MATERIALS A. Framing Lumber 1. Lumber: a. Species: Coast Region Douglas Fir-Larch (DF-L), unless otherwise noted. 1) Lumber designated DF South by WWPA not acceptable. b. All lumber new with no re-use except as permitted by Architect. c. Schedule: (Grades not less than the following) 1) Refer to Drawings and as herein specified. B. Plywood Sheathing 1. Structural Sheathing: a. Group: I Interior Type CD with Exterior Glue (US Product Standard PS 1 -83); b. Edges: T & G edges, unless indicated otherwise c. Exposure: CD Exposure 1, Structural 1. d. Building Code: Section 2306 e. Application: Roof and Wall 1) Mfgr: To be coordinated with Architect a) Product: i. Panel Rating: Exposure I or Exterior a. Testing Standard: ASTM E84 (01) ii. Span Rating: Refer to structural documents iii. Material: In compliance with with DOC PS 1 or PS 2 b) Finish: To be coordinated with Architect c) Edges: Butt Edges w/ 1/8" Gap Btwn Panels d) Grooves: None e) Thickness: 15/32” or 23/32” f) Panel Size: Install plywood on indicated roof full height and width g) Warranty: 25 year C. Moisture Pressure Treated Wood 1. Wood used as follows shall be pressure treated and shall bear the stamp of an independent agency operating under the supervision of the American Lumber Standards Committee. a. Schedule: 1) Wood is in contract with earth, concrete and masonry units. 2) Wood is within 1 2" of height above earth. 3) Wood is within 6" of exterior paving that is sloping away from building and exterior paving is at least 18" wide. 4) Where indicated in drawings. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00 - 7 City of Rohnert Park – City Hall Re-Roof & Lighting Rohnert Park, California 16 1000-7 Strata a|p Architecture & Planning ROUGH CARPENTRY SPECIFICATIONS Strata Project No. 439-24 b. Treat all cut ends of P.T.D.F. with approved preservative. D. Rough Hardware 1. Fasteners: Zinc-coated, galvanized for exterior use or when used in exterior walls, in accordance with ASTM A153. Select fasteners for the type, grade and class required for the installation of miscellaneous metal items. a. Standard bolts and nuts:Regular hexagon head type, ASTM A307, Grade A. b. Lag bolts: Square head type, FS FF-B-561. c. Machine screws: Cadmium-plated steel, FS FF-S-92. d. Wood screws: Flat head carbon steel, FS FF-S-1 1 1. e. Plain washers: Round, general assembly grade carbon steel, FS FF-W-92. f. Lock washers: Helical spring type carbon steel, FS FF-W-84. g. Fastenings to concrete: Self-drilling or non-drilling concrete anchors, equal to "Red-Head" by Phillips Drill Co., Molly "Parabolt" or "Wej-It Corp., of the sizes indicated or required. h. Nails: Common wire nails or spikes; box nails not permitted. Bright finish finishing nails for all exposed non-structural interior work. Hot-dip galvanized for exterior locations. i. Miscellaneous Fasteners: Steel hardware, joist hangers, post base, framing anchors, tie downs: ASTM A36; galvanized at exterior locations; Simpson, Silver, or approved equal. E. Flashing Caps 1. Flashing Caps: a. Welded galvanized and painted Sheet metal flashing caps. I) Refer to Section 07 62 00 — Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim and Section 09 90 00 — Paintings & Coatings. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00 - 8 City of Rohnert Park – City Hall Re-Roof & Lighting Rohnert Park, California 16 1000-8 Strata a|p Architecture & Planning ROUGH CARPENTRY SPECIFICATIONS Strata Project No. 439-24 F. Fire Retardant Lumber 2.3 OTHER MATERIALS A. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the General Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION / EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: 1. Examine areas and conditions under which work is to be performed. 2. Identify conditions detrimental to proper or timely completion of work and coordinate with General Contractor to rectify. B. Surface: 1. Examine and verify that receiving conditions of substrate have no defects or errors which would result in poor or potentially defective application, or cause latent defects in workmanship. a. Examine all lumber, plywood, etc to ensure all wood is free of visible signs of decay, fungus, mold, etc. 1) Wood which has any of these defects shall be removed from site and replaced at General Contractor‘s expense. 3.2 COORDINATION A. Refer to Division 1 for project coordination requirements. B. General Contractor shall coordinate work as herein specified, in accordance with drawings and as required to complete scope of work with all related trades. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Prepare work, substrates, etc. in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Perform work in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, as herein specified and in accordance with drawings. 2. Install all members straight, true, level, plumb, and firmly anchored in place. 3. Set all hOriZontal or sloped members with crown up. 4. Do not notch, bore, or cut members for pipes, ducts or conduit, or for other reasons except as shown or as specifically reviewed in advance by Architect. 5. Install preservative treated/decay resistant sill plate lumber at all sill locations. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00 - 9 City of Rohnert Park – City Hall Re-Roof & Lighting Rohnert Park, California 16 1000-9 Strata a|p Architecture & Planning ROUGH CARPENTRY SPECIFICATIONS Strata Project No. 439-24 6. Install preservative treated/decay resistant lumber at all locations within 6" of grade/earth 7. Install preservative treated/decay resistant lumber at all locations set on top of concrete floor slabs and/or concrete curbs. 8. Install at all locations indicated on Drawings and/or details. B. Bracing: Provide temporary bracing sufficient to keep structure stable, plumb, and in line until completed. 1. Temporary shoring and bracing for masonry work: Furnish, locate and install as required for adequate support. Leave in place 15 days after masonry has set, unless earlier removal is approved by Architect. C. Framing: 1. Bearings: Make all bearings full unless otherwise indicated. 2. Where framing members slope, cut or notch the ends as required to give uniform bearing surface. D. Flashing Caps: a. Install fully welded sheet metal flashing cap with return sides on top of all exposed portions of wood beams, outriggers, Glue Laminated Beams (GLB), etc; refer to Section 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim. 1) Run flashing continuous the full length of exposed portion and under adjacent roof, covering, etc. to insure water does not run under the cap. E. Blocking and Bridging 1. Install blocking required to support items of finish and to cut off concealed draft openings, both vertical and horizontal, between ceiling and floor areas. a. Fire Stops: Firestopping shall be provided to cut off all concealed draft openings (both vertical and horizontal) and shall form an effective barrier between stories and between a top story and roof spaces. It shall be used in specific locations, as follows: 1) In exterior or interior stud walls, at ceiling and floor levels. 2) In all stud walls and partitions, including furred spaces, so placed that the maximum dimensions of any concealed space is not over 10 feet. 3) Between stair stringers at top and bottom and between studs along with in line with run of stair adjoining stud walls and partitions. 4) Around top, bottom, sides and ends of sliding door pockets. 5) In spaces between chimneys and wood framing, loose noncombustible supports, or a metal collar tightly fitted to the chimney and nailed to the wood framing may be used. 6) Any other locations not specifically mentioned above, such as holes for pipes, shafting, behind furring strips and similar places which could afford a passage for flames. b. Fire Stops when of wood shall be 2-inch nominal thickness. If the width of the opening is such that more than one piece of lumber is necessary, there shall be two thicknesses of 1- ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00 - 10 City of Rohnert Park – City Hall Re-Roof & Lighting Rohnert Park, California 16 1000-10 Strata a|p Architecture & Planning ROUGH CARPENTRY SPECIFICATIONS Strata Project No. 439-24 inch nominal material with joints broken or one thickness of 3/4 inch plywood with joints backed by 3/4 inch plywood. c. Fire Stops may also be of gypsum board cement, mineral wood or other approved noncombustible materials securely fastened in place. d. Bridging: 1) Install wood cross bridging (not less than 2" x 3" nominal), metal cross bridging of equal strength, or solid blocking between joists where the span exceeds 8'-0". 2) Provide maximum distance of 8'-0" between a line of bridging and a bearing. 3) Cross bridging may be omitted for roof and ceiling joists where the omission is permitted by code, except where otherwise indicated on the drawings. 4) Install solid blocking between joists at points of support and wherever sheathing is discontinuous. Blocking may be omitted where joists are supported on metal hangers. e. Metal Backing Plates (for surface mounted items, furnished by others): Horizontal steel 6" x 16 gauge x distance between vertical supporting studs (3 studs minimum). Refer to drawings details for special requirements. 1) Refer to Section 05 50 00 - Metal Fabrications. F. Installation of Plywood Sheathing 1. General: a. Place plywood with face grain perpendicular to supports and continuously over at least two supports, except where otherwise shown on the Drawings. 1) Center joints accurately over supports, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 2) Structural sheathing, refer to structural drawings for additional information. 2. Fastening: a. Plywood Siding, Backing Panels & Wainscot’s 1) Securely fasten with Galvanized or corrosive-resistant fasteners, type. 2) Fasteners shall penetrate minimum of 1 -1/2” into wood studs when plywood is applied over gypsum sheathing. a) Coordinate with structural documents. 3) Fasteners shall penetrate minimum of 1" into studs when plywood is applied over plywood or wood. a) Coordinate with structural documents. 4) Securely fasten with nails at 6" O.C. at all panel edges & 1 2" O.C. at intermediate supports. a) Confirm nail size, type & spacing with Structural Contract drawings & Structural Contract drawings & Structural Engineer. b) Coordinate with structural documents. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00 - 11 City of Rohnert Park – City Hall Re-Roof & Lighting Rohnert Park, California 16 1000-11 Strata a|p Architecture & Planning ROUGH CARPENTRY SPECIFICATIONS Strata Project No. 439-24 5) All panels’ edges must occur over studs or solid blocking, type. 6) Support spacing is J6” O.C. or 24” O.C. a) Coordinate with structural documents. G. Fastening General 1. Nailing: a. Use only common wide nails or spikes of the dimension shown on the Nailing Schedule, except where otherwise specifically notes on the Drawings. b. For all conditions not covered in the Nailing Schedule provide penetration into the piece receiving the point of not less than 1/2 the length of the nail or spike, provided, however, that 16d nails may be used to connect two pieces of 2" (nominal) thickness. c. Nail without splitting wood. d. Pre-bore as required, and prepare at all existing framing. e. Remove split members and replace with members complying with the specified requirements. f. Refer to structural drawings for additional information. 2. Bolting: a. Drill holes 1/16" larger in diameter than the bolts being used, maximum. b. Drill straight and true from one side only. c. Do not bare bolts threads on wood, use washers under bolt heads and nut where both bear on wood, and use washers under all nuts. 3. Screws: Driving into place is not permitted. In placing lag screws, first bore holes of same diameter and depth as shank; bore holes for threaded portion of screws with bit no larger than base of thread. a. For wood screws, No. 14 and larger, drill lead holes for shank and threaded portions 7/8 times shank and thread root diameter, respectively. H. Fastening Schedule 1. Unless otherwise directed by the Architect and/or Structural Engineer, comply with the nailing schedule and other fastening requirements contained in the applicable building code. 1. Steel Plates or Shapes Bolted to Wood 1. Bore holes in timber shall be bolt diameter plus 1/16" maximum; use steel pieces as templates for locations of holes; tighten nuts or rods and bolts at time of installation and re-tighten before covering up and just before final acceptance of work; examine accessible nuts; cut protruding bolt ends off to within 1/8 inch of bolt head and file all burrs off. 2. At wood plate bolted to floor/roof beam top flange, countersink and counter-bore wood plate only as detailed and signed by Structural Engineer. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00 - 12 City of Rohnert Park – City Hall Re-Roof & Lighting Rohnert Park, California 16 1000-12 Strata a|p Architecture & Planning ROUGH CARPENTRY SPECIFICATIONS Strata Project No. 439-24 3. Nailing: Penetration of nails or spikes not shown otherwise shall be half the length of nails into piece receiving points; however, to connect pieces 2 inches net in thickness, 16d common nails shall be used unless shown otherwise. Do not drive nails closer together than the required penetration, nor closer to edge of piece of lumber or timber than half the required penetration; size of nails to be such that splitting will not occur; bore holes for nails wherever necessary to prevent splitting; bore diameter of hole smaller than diameter of nail spike; see Nailing Notes on Drawings. Wherever nails of normal length may penetrate and show in exposed work, use nail of specified diameter and shorter length. 4. Screws: Driving into place not permitted. Soap may be used to lubricate screws. In placing lag screws, first bore holes of same diameter and depth as shank; bore holes for threaded portion of screws with bit no larger than base of thread. For wood screws, No. 14 and larger, drill lead holes for shank and threaded portions 7/8 times shank and thread root diameter, respectively. 5. Steel plates or shapes bolted to wood: Bore holes in timber shall be bolt diameter plus 1/J6"; use steel pieces as templates for locations of holes; tighten nuts or rods and bolts at time of installation and re-tighten before covering up and just before final acceptance of work; examine accessible nuts; cut protruding bolt ends off to within 1/8 inch of bolt head and file all burrs off. At wood plate bolted to floor/roof beam top flange, countersink and counter-bore wood plate such that the nut is flush or below (1/4" max. the top of the wood plate). 6. Temporary shoring and bracing for masonry work: Furnish, locate and install as required for adequate support. Leave in place 15 days after masonry has set, unless Architect approves earlier removal. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Alignment 1. On framing members to receive a finished surface, align the finish subsurface to vary not more than 1/8" from the plane of surfaces of adjacent furring and framing members. 3.6 FINISHING A. Refer to Section 09 90 00 — Paintings & Coatings B. Refer to Section 09 24 00 — Portland Cement Plaster Assembly. 3.7 PROTECTION AND CLEAN UP A. Refer to Division 1 for protection and cleaning requirements. B. Subcontractor will keep the work areas in a clean and safe condition so his rubbish, waste, and debris do not interfere with the work of others. C. Protect work and materials of this Section prior to and during installation, and protect the installed work and materials of other trades. 1. Clean adjacent surfaces free of caulking or sealant with mechanical action or solvent as necessary, avoiding damage to other materials. D. Perform work in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, as herein specified and in accordance with drawings. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00 - 13 City of Rohnert Park – City Hall Re-Roof & Lighting Rohnert Park, California 16 1000-13 Strata a|p Architecture & Planning ROUGH CARPENTRY SPECIFICATIONS Strata Project No. 439-24 E. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no cost to the Owner. F. After completion of work in this section, remove all erection equipment and implements of service, and debris. G. Leave entire area in a neat, clean, acceptable condition. H. Provide Guarantee/Warranties and Bonds as required in this specification section and as listed in Division 1 closeout submittal procedures. 1. Provide record drawings in accordance with Division 1 closeout submittal procedures. J. Close out, on-site inspection will be at the discretion of the Architect after he receives the General Contractor‘s NOTICE of ”Certificate of Substantial Completion”. END OF SECTION 06 10 00 SECTION 06 20 13 EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY City of Rohnert Park Exterior Finish Carpentry City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 06 20 13 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Work that replaces wood removed due to dryrot, or as required by drawings or by field conditions. a. Exterior wood trim. b. Lumber, plywood and hardboard siding. c. Plywood soffits. d. Exterior railings. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry 2. Section 09 91 00 Painting 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. B. Samples: For each type of product involving selection of colors, profiles, or textures. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Compliance Certificates: 1. For lumber that is not marked with grade stamp. 2. For preservative-treated wood that is not marked with treatment-quality mark. B. Evaluation Reports: For the following, from ICC-ES: 1. Wood-preservative-treated wood. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED MATERIALS A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1; Use Category UC3b. 1. Kiln dry lumber and plywood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 and 18 percent respectively. 2. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Application: Where required do to exposure. 2.2 EXTERIOR TRIM A. Lumber Trim: 1. Species and Grade: Western Red Cedar Clear Grade or Redwood Heart B. 2. Maximum Moisture Content: 15 percent. City of Rohnert Park Exterior Finish Carpentry City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 06 20 13 - 2 3. Face Surface: Surfaced (smooth) or saw textured to match existing. 2.3 FIBER CEMENT SIDING A. James Hardie: 1. Horizontal Siding B. Thickness: Match existing. C. Pattern: Lap Siding D. Surface: Select Cedermill 2.4 FIBER CEMENT TRIM A. James Hardie: 1. Hardie Trim B. Thickness: Match existing. C. Pattern: NA D. Surface: Select Cedermill 2.5 FIBER CEMENT SOFFITS A. James Hardie: B. Thickness: Match existing.. C. Surface: Venter Cedarmill 2.6 EXTERIOR RAILINGS A. Railings: Clear, kiln-dried, solid, Western Red Cedar Clear Grade or Redwood Heart B.Douglas ; railing stock to match existing. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Fasteners for Exterior Finish Carpentry: Provide nails or screws, in sufficient length to penetrate not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) into wood substrate per manufacturer requirements. 1. For prefinished items, provide matching prefinished aluminum fasteners where face fastening is required. 2. For applications not otherwise indicated, provide hot-dip galvanized-steel fasteners. B. Sealants: Latex, complying with ASTM C 834 Type OP, Grade NF and with applicable requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants," recommended by sealant manufacturer and manufacturer of substrates for intended application. City of Rohnert Park Exterior Finish Carpentry City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 06 20 13 - 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Prime lumber and moldings to be painted, including both faces and edges, unless factory primed. Cut to required lengths and prime ends. Comply with requirements in Section 09 91 00 " Painting." 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install exterior finish carpentry level, plumb, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. Use concealed shims where necessary for alignment. 1. Scribe and cut exterior finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. Refinish and seal cuts as recommended by manufacturer. 3.3 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM INSTALLATION A. Install flat-grain lumber with bark side exposed to weather. B. Install trim to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. C. Install trim with minimum number of joints practical, using full -length pieces from maximum lengths of lumber available. Do not use pieces less than 24 inches (610 mm) long except where necessary. 1. Use scarf joints for end-to-end joints. 2. Stagger end joints in adjacent and related members. D. Fit exterior joints to exclude water. Cope at returns and miter at corners. 3.4 SIDING INSTALLATION A. Install siding to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Lumber Siding: Apply starter strip along bottom edge of sheathing or sill. Install first course of siding with lower edge at least 1/8 inch (3 mm) below starter strip and subsequent courses lapped 1 inch (25 mm) over course below. Nail at each stud. Do not allow nails to penetrate more than one thickness of siding. C. Plywood Siding: Install panels with edges over framing or blocking. Nail at 6 inches (150 mm) o.c. at panel perimeter and 12 inches (300 mm) o.c. at intermediate supports unless manufacturer recommends closer spacing. Leave 1/16-inch (1.5-mm) gap between adjacent panels and 1/8-inch (3-mm) gap at perimeter, openings, and horizontal joints unless otherwise recommended by panel manufacturer. 1. Seal butt joints at inside and outside corners and at trim locations. END OF SECTION D I V I S I O N 07 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION City of Rohnert Park Preparation for Reroofing City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 07 01 55 - 1 01 01 55-1 SECTION 07 01 55 PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Removal of existing roofing system in preparation for a new roof membrane system. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 62 00 – Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 1.03 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Repair Existing Wood Deck: 1. Basis of Measurement: By the square foot. 2. Basis of Payment: Includes replacing decking with new material of same thickness. B. Repair Existing Wood Trim, Fascia Board, etc. 1. Basis of Measurement: By the board foot. 2. Basis of Payment: Includes replacing wood trim, fascia board, etc. with new material of same type and thickness. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C208 - Standard Specification for Cellulosic Fiber Insulating Board ; 2008a. 1.05 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Pre-installation Meeting: Convene one week before starting work of this section. B. Schedule work to coincide with commencement of installation of new roofing system. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not remove existing roofing membrane when weather conditions threaten the integrity of the building contents or intended continued occupancy. B. Maintain continuous temporary protection prior to and during installation of new roofing system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Temporary Protection: Sheet polyethylene; provide weights to retain sheeting in position. B. Protection Board: ASTM C208 cellulose fiber board, one face finished with mineral fiber, asphalt and kraft paper. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing roof surface is clear and ready for work of this section. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Sweep roof surface clean of loose matter. B. Remove loose refuse and dispose off site. 3.03 MATERIAL REMOVAL A. Remove only existing roofing materials that can be replaced with new materials as the weather will permit. City of Rohnert Park Preparation for Reroofing City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 07 01 55 - 2 B. Remove metal counter flashings. C. Remove roofing membrane, perimeter base flashings, flashings around roof protrusions, pitch pans and pockets. D. Remove insulation and fasteners, cant strips, wood blocking, etc. E. Remove sheathing paper and underlay. F. Where necessary, repair existing wood deck surface to provide smooth working surface for new roof system. G. Identify any areas of existing wood deck, fascia and trim which are unsound, have dry rot or are otherwise recommended for replacement and advise Owner for its approval before proceeding. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The drawings identify the approximate limits to material removal. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Provide temporary protective sheeting over uncovered deck surfaces. B. Turn sheeting up and over parapets and curbing. Retain sheeting in position with temporary fasteners. C. Provide for surface drainage from sheeting to existing drainage facilities. D. Do not permit traffic over unprotected or repaired deck surface. E. Contractor is responsible for any damage resulting to building, occupants and contents which results from inadequate temporary protective measures against wind and rain during course of construction. F. Contractor to provide secure temporary fenced area for the storage of material including the existing clay roof tiles which are to be reused on the building. 3.06 SCHEDULES A. All Roof Areas: Remove existing roofing system(s), perimeter flashings, base flashings, counter flashings, vent stack flashings, roofing membrane, and existing nailers, accessories, etc. B. Remove roof mounted mechanical equipment and reinstall, as necessary. See mechanical drawings. END OF SECTION SECTION 07 22 16 ROOF INSULATION City of Rohnert Park Roof Insulation City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 07 22 16 -1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Roof insulation and installation. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry. B. Section 07 55 00 – Modified Bitumen Roofing 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM A-167-94a Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip B. ASTM A- 653 Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc - Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process C. ASTM B-29 Pig Lead D. ASTM B-32 Solder Metal E. ASTM C-165-95 Test Method for Measuring Compressive Properties of Thermal Insulation F. ASTM C-208-95 Specifications for Cellulosic Fiber Insulating Board G. ASTM C-209-92 Test Method for Cellulosic Fiber Insulating Board H. ASTM C-272-91 Test Method for Water Absorption of Core Materials for Structural Sandwich Constructions I. ASTM C 518 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. J. ASTM C-728-91 Specification for Perlite Thermal Insulation Board K. ASTM D-5 Test Method for Penetration of Bituminous Materials L. ASTM D-36 Test Method for Softening Point of Bitumen (Ring and Ball Apparatus) M. ASTM D-92 Test Method for Flash and Fire Pints by Cleveland Open Cup N. ASTM D-312 Specification for Asphalt Used in Roofing O. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. P. ASTM E 96 - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. Q. ASTM E 2114-01 - Standard Terminology for Sustainability Relative to the Performance of Buildings R. ASTM 2129 -01 - Standard Practice for Data Collection for Sustainability Assessment of Building Product S. SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association T. UL Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., Northbrook, Illinois U. FS HH-I-1972 Insulation Board, Polyisocyanurate V. WH Warnock Hersey International, Inc. Middleton, WI City of Rohnert Park Roof Insulation City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 07 22 16 -2 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each product specified. B. Provide approval letters from insulation manufacturer for use of their insulation within this roofing system type. C. Provide a sample of each insulation type. D. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate complete installation details of tapered insulation system, including identification of each insulation block, sequence of installation, layout, drain locations, roof slopes, thicknesses, crickets, and saddles. 2. Include: Outline of roof, location of drains and scuppers, complete board layout of tapered insulation components, thickness, and the average "R" value for the completed insulation system. E. Certifications: Submit all the following: 1. Roof manufacturer's certification that insulation fasteners furnished are acceptable to roof manufacturer. 2. Roof manufacturer's certification that insulation furnished is acceptable to roofing manufacturer as a component of roofing system and is eligible for roof manufacturer's system warranty. 3. Certification that insulation and fastening system furnished is Tested and Approved by Factory Mutual for 1-90 Wind Up-Lift Requirements. 1.05 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. No ponding of water on roof, all runoff flows to drain. B. All roof insulation overlaid with perlite board. No roofing installed over exposed insulation. 1.06 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Fire Classification, ASTM E-108; Section specifies a roof system with an external fire rating. The descriptions given below are general descriptions. The insulation, recovery board, and all other components shall be included as required by the membrane manufacturer to provide a Factory Mutual Class 1A fire resistance rating or Listed by Underwriter's Laboratories or Warnock Hersey for external fire tests of ASTM - E - 108 Class A. B. Provide continuity of thermal barrier at building enclosure elements. C. Flame spread less than 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. D. Smoke density less than 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened packaging, with identifying tags or labels intact and legible. B. Coordinate scheduling for timely deliveries and prompt installation of materials. C. Store insulation and support system in a dry, protected area out of direct sunlight. If storage area is outdoors, store material off the ground and protected by a suitable waterproof cover. D. Remove insulation which is warped, broken or exposed from moisture from the site. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Handle and install insulation system only under conditions and temperatures recommended by the manufacturer. City of Rohnert Park Roof Insulation City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 07 22 16 -3 B. Coordinate insulation placement to assure that material can be covered promptly with roof. Do not leave insulation exposed overnight or to inclement weather. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Provide warranty coordinated with the requirements of other sections specifying roof products. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Viking Products Group 2. or approved equal. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Polyisocyanurate Roof Insulation: Provide thicknesses of insulation as indicated, or as required to provide minimum slopes indicated or required. Provide combination of types and thicknesses to provide a complete system. 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Provide assembly with composite flame spread rating of 25 or less and smoke developed of 50 or less, as determined in accordance with ASTM E 84. 2. Factory tapered, closed cell polyisocyanurate foam core, where indicated on ROOF PLAN. 3. Board insulation, closed cell polyisocyanurate foam core. a. Completed R-Value: R-30. b. R-Value per inch: 5.6. 4. Insulation board shall meet the following requirements: a. UL, WH or FM listed under Roofing Systems b. Federal Specification HH-I-1972: Class 1 c. Dimensional Stability ASTM D2126: 2% max. d. Compressive Strength ASTM D1621: Grade 3, min. 25 psi. e. Vapor Permeability ASTM E-96: 1 perm max. f. Foam Core Density ASTM D1622: 2.0 pcf min. g. Water Absorption ASTM C209: <1 % h. Flame Spread ASTM E 84: 25 max. i. R-Factor HR per inch thickness ASTM C 518: (Design Value) B. Tapered Foam Roof Insulation with Fiber-Reinforced Facers: Tapered H-Shield; closed-cell polyisocyanurate foam core and bonded to fiber-reinforced facers on both sides; conforming to ASTM C 1289, Type II, Class 1 with square edges. 1. Blowing Agent: Zero ODP, 3rd generation. 2. Fire Ratings: a. UL 790 (ASTM E 108), Class A. 3. FM Approval, Wind Uplift Classification: 1-90. 4. Compressive Strength: 25 pounds per square inch (172 kPa) Grade 3. 5. R Value: Provide Insulation with LTTR (Long Term Thermal Resistance) in accordance with ASTM C 1289. a. Minimum insulation thickness: 2.6”. 6. Slope of tapered board shall be: a. 1/2 inch (13 mm) per foot. b. Slope as indicated on the Drawings C. Related Materials: 1. Fiber Cant, crickets and Tapered Edge Strips: Performed rigid insulation units of sizes/shapes indicated or as required to achieve configurations shown, of perlite or organic fiberboard. City of Rohnert Park Roof Insulation City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 07 22 16 -4 a. Foam insulation adhesive: Viking Products DeckGrabber E HR Insulation Adhesive by The Garland Company or approved equal. D. Cover Board: 1. Premolded coated wood fiber board 1/2-inch thickness. a. Celotex, Structodeck or approved equal. E. Fasteners: 1. Corrosion resistant screw fastener as recommended by roof membrane manufacturer. 2. Factory Mutual Tested and Approved with 3 in. coated disc for 1-90 rating, length required to penetrate deck one inch. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that roof framing system is complete and ready to receive insulation system. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Verify that work which penetrates roof deck has been completed. 2. Verify that wood nailers are properly and securely installed. 3. Examine surfaces for defects, rough spots, ridges, depressions, foreign material, moisture, and unevenness. 4. Do not proceed until defects are corrected. 5. Do not apply insulation until substrate is sufficiently dry, 12 percent moisture maximum, and ready to receive insulation and adhesive. 6. Broom clean substrate immediately prior to application. 7. Use additional insulation to fill depressions and low spots that would otherwise cause ponding water. 3.02 DECK PREPARATION A. Verify flatness and tightness of joints of decking. B. Confirm dry deck by moisture meter with 12 percent moisture maximum. C. Place insulation boards in a method to maximize contact bedding. Notch out undersides of boards which directly cover structural fasteners or strapping which are attached to the roof deck. Make notch equal to the length, width and depth of structural strap or fastener. Install boards to prevent "bubbles", high spots or dams across direction of required drainage flow. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Install roof insulation in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings. 1. Re-Roofing existing systems: a. Remove existing membrane to the roof deck and clean surface of debris or irregularities. b. Verify that the existing decking is dry and sound. c. Install insulation panels and coverboard per wind uplift calculations. d. Butt edges and stagger the joints in accordance with good roofing practice and fasten as per manufacturer's specifications. e. Install the new roofing membrane according to the roof manufacturer's specifications. 2. Place boards in a method to maximize contact bedding. Notch out undersides of insulation where insulation directly covers structural fasteners which are attached to the roof deck. Make notch equal to the length, width and depth of steel strap. 3. Filler pieces of insulation require at least two fasteners per piece if size of insulation is less than four square feet. 4. All joints shall be staggered and offset a minimum of 6” from the previous layer. 5. Base layer insulation: City of Rohnert Park Roof Insulation City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 07 22 16 -5 a. Install no more than 3” of thermal insulation as a single layer. Mechanically attach all thermal insulation on metal and wood decks. Fasteners shall only penetrate the top flute of structural deck or through wood decking. Fasteners shall not penetrate top flute of structural deck more than 1”. 6. Multi-layer Insulation systems: Adhere subsequent layers with FM approved adhesive. a. DeckGrabber E HR Insulation Adhesive 7. Coverboard: Adhere subsequent layers with FM approved adhesive. a. DeckGrabber E HR Insulation Adhesive 8. Install the new roofing membrane according to the roof manufacturer's specifications. 1.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. Attachment with Insulation Adhesive. 1. Approved insulation board shall be fully attached to the existing membrane with an approved insulation adhesive. 2. Set the boards long joints continuous and short joints staggered. Each insulation board shall be butt firmly against adjoining panels. All open joints shall be eliminated. 3. All boards shall be cut and fitted where the roof deck intersects a vertical surface. The boards shall be cut to fit a minimum of 1/4" away from the vertical surface. 4. Cant Strips: Install preformed 45-degree cant strips at junctures of vertical surface. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove debris and cartons from roof deck. Protect finished work to ensure that insulation remains clean and dry, ready to receive roofing membrane. END OF SECTION SECTION 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM City of Rohnert Park Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 07 62 00 -1 PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the Conditions of the Contract and Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Provide all labor, equipment, and materials to fabricate and install the following. 1. Install all new coping cap system for all building parapets, 24 ga. R-Mer Edge Coping where currently installed and or shown on drawings. 2. Drainage calculations of roof area are applicable. 3. All GSM flashings required for new assemblies. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 07 Section Common Work Results for Thermal and Moisture Protection. 1.3 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A653 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. 2. ASTM A792 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminum-Zinc Alloy Coated by the Hot-Dip Process. 3. ASTM B209 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. 4. ASTM B221 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes. 5. ASTM D692 Standard Specification for Coarse Aggregate for Bituminous Paving Mixtures. B. Warnock Hersey International, Inc., Middleton, WI (WH) C. Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FMRC) D. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) E. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA) 1. 1993 Edition Architectural Sheet Metal Manual F. National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA) 1. Roofing and Waterproofing Manual G. Single Ply Roofing Institute (SPRI) 1. Wind Design Guide for Use with Low Slope Roofing 1.4 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. Product Data: 1. Provide manufacturer's specification data sheets for each product. 2. Metal material characteristics and installation recommendations. 3. Submit color chart prior to material ordering and/or fabrication so that equivalent colors to those specified can be approved. B. Samples: Submit two (2) samples, illustrating typical metal edge, coping, gutters, fascia extenders for material and finish. C. Shop Drawings 1. For manufactured and shop fabricated gravel stops, fascia, scuppers, and all other sheet metal fabrications. 2. Indicate material profile, jointing pattern, jointing details, fastening methods, flashing, terminations, and installation details. 3. Indicate type, gauge and finish of metal. D. Specimen Warranty: Provide an unexecuted copy of the warranty specified for this Project, identifying the terms and conditions required of the Manufacturer and the Owner. City of Rohnert Park Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 07 62 00 -2 1.5 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A. Design and Test Reports: Provide the following certified test reports from an independent testing laboratory: 1. Independent laboratory testing report for system design load and seam integrity. 2. Professional engineer's documentation that system incorporates sufficient allowance for stress and movement. 3. A letter from an officer of the manufacturing company certifying that the materials furnished for this project are the same as represented in tests and supporting data. 4. Manufacturer's verifications that the panels are factory roll-formed. 5. UL 1897: Test report must be submitted for windstorm rating no less than that specified in Design and Performance Criteria article. The proposed roof system must have approval over specified substrate with steel framing spaced no further apart than as specified. 6. FM 4470: Test report must be submitted for windstorm rating no less than that specified in Design and Performance Criteria article. The proposed roof system must have approval over specified substrate with steel framing spaced no further apart than as specified. 7. ASTM E108 or similar evidence of Class A Fire Resistance B. Mill production reports certifying that the steel thicknesses are within allowable tolerances of the nominal or minimum thickness or gauge specified. C. Qualification Data for Installer. Refer to Quality Assurance Article below. D. Certification of work progress inspection. Refer to Quality Assurance Article below. E. Certifications: 1. Submit roof manufacturer's certification that metal fasteners furnished are acceptable to roof manufacturer. 2. Submit roof manufacturer's certification that metal furnished is acceptable to roofing manufacturer as a component of roofing system and is eligible for roof manufacturer's system warranty. 1.6 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. General: Comply with Requirements of Section 01 77 00 – Project Closeout. B. Special Project Warranty: Provide specified warranty for the Project, executed by the authorized agent of the Manufacturer. C. Roofing Maintenance Instructions. Provide a manual of manufacturer's recommendations for maintenance of installed roofing systems. D. Insurance Certification: Assist Owner in preparation and submittal of roof installation acceptance certification as may be necessary in connection with fire and extended coverage insurance on roofing and associated work. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Engage an experienced roofing contractor specializing in sheet metal flashing work with a minimum of five (5) years experience. B. Maintain a full-time supervisor/foreman who is on the job-site at all times during installation. Foreman must have a minimum of five (5) years experience with the installation of similar system to that specified. C. Source Limitation: Obtain components from a single manufacturer. Secondary products which cannot be supplied by the specified manufacturer shall be approved in writing by the primary manufacturer prior to bidding. D. Upon request fabricator/installer shall submit work experience and evidence of financial responsibility. The Owner's representative reserves the right to inspect fabrication facilities in determining qualifications. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened containers or packages with labels intact and legible. City of Rohnert Park Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 07 62 00 -3 B. Stack pre-formed and pre-finished material to prevent twisting, bending, or abrasion, and to provide ventilation. Slope metal sheets to ensure drainage. C. Prevent contact with materials which may cause discoloration or staining. 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Determine that work of other trades will not hamper or conflict with necessary fabrication and storage requirements for pre-formed metal edge system. 1.10 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE CRITERIA A. Thermal expansion and contraction: 1. Completed metal edge flashing system shall be capable of withstanding expansion and contraction of components caused by changes in temperature without buckling, producing excess stress on structure, anchors or fasteners, or reducing performance ability. B. Factory Mutual Approvals 1. Factory Mutual Research Corporation's (FMRC) wind uplift resistance classification: The roof perimeter flashing as defined in the FMRC Loss Prevention Data Sheets 1-7 and 1-49 shall be classified under an FM rating. R-Mer Edge Snap-On Coping Cap shall be classified as FM <1-60, 1-75, 1-90, 1-105, 1-120, 1-135, 1-150, 1-165, 1-180>. 1. Factory Mutual Research Corporation's (FMRC) wind uplift resistance classification: The roof perimeter flashing as defined in the FMRC Loss Prevention Data Sheets 1-7 and 1-49 shall be classified under an FM rating. R-Mer Edge Snap-On Fascia shall be classified as FM <1-195, 1-210, 1-255>. 1.11 WARRANTIES A. Owner shall receive two (2) warranty from manufacturer of roofing materials covering all of the following criteria. Multiple warranties are not acceptable. 1. Pre-finished metal material shall require a written twenty (20)-year non-prorated warranty covering fade, chalking and film integrity. The material shall not show a color change greater than 5 NBS color units per ASTM D2244 or chalking excess of 8 units per ASTM D659. If either occurs material shall be replaced per warranty, at no cost to the Owner. 2. Changes: Changes or alterations in the edge metal system without prior written consent from the manufacturer shall render the system unacceptable for a warranty. 3. Warranty shall commence on date of substantial completion or final payment, whichever is agreed by contract. 4. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with a notarized written warranty assuring that all sheet metal work including caulking and fasteners to be watertight and secure for a period of five years from the date of final acceptance of the building. Warranty shall include all materials and workmanship required to repair any leaks that develop, and make good any damage to other work or equipment caused by such leaks or the repairs thereof. 5. Installing roofing contractor shall be responsible for the installation of the edge metal system in general accordance with the membrane manufacturer's recommendations. 6. Installing contractor shall certify that the edge metal system has been installed per the manufacturer's printed details and specifications. 7. One manufacturer shall provide a single warranty for all accessory metal for flashings, metal edges and copings, along with the warranty for metal roof areas, membrane roof areas, and any transitions between two different material types. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Refer to Division 01 Section "Common Product Requirements." City of Rohnert Park Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 07 62 00 -4 B. Basis of Design: Materials, manufacturer's product designations, and/or manufacturer's names specified herein shall be regarded as the minimum standard of quality required for work of this Section. Comply with all manufacturer and contractor/fabricator quality and performance criteria specified in Part 1. 2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. The design is based upon roofing systems engineered, sourced and manufactured by The Garland Company 3800 East 91st Street Cleveland, Ohio 44105 Vince Harper Telephone: (209) 712-8780 vharper@garlandind.com Website: www.garlandco.com B. Or pre-approved equal. 2.3 MATERIALS A. General: Product designations for the materials used in this section shall be based on performance characteristics of the half-round provided by the Garland Company, Cleveland, OH, and shall form the basis of the contract documents. B. Materials: 1. Exposed base metal material: A. Coping cap, Gutter and Flashing - Garland R-Mer Edge System(s) Aluminum-zinc alloy (galvalume) coated steel, ASTM A792, coating designation AZ-50, in thickness of .0217 nom./ 22 gauge or 0.157 nom; 36" to 48" by coil length, chemically treated, commercial or lock-forming quality. 2. Unexposed base metal material: A. Garland Zinc-coated steel, ASTM A653, coating designation G-90, in thickness of 0.0299 nom. / 22 gauge, 36" to 48" by coil length, chemically treated, commercial or lock-forming quality. 3. Minimum gauge of steel or thickness of Aluminum to be specified in accordance with Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association, Inc. recommendations. C. Finishes: 1. Exposed surfaces for coated panels: A. Steel Finishes: Garland fluorocarbon finish. Epoxy primer baked both sides, .2-.25 mils thickness as approved by finish coat manufacturer. Weathering finish as referred by National Coil Coaters Association (NCCA). PROPERTY TEST METHOD FLUOROCARBON* Pencil ASTM D3363 HB-H Hardness NCCA II-2 Bend ASTM D-4145 O-T NCCA II-19 Cross-Hatch ASTM D3359 no loss of Adhesion adhesion Gloss ASTM D523 25+/-5% (60° angle) Reverse ASTM D2794 no cracking or Impact loss of City of Rohnert Park Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 07 62 00 -5 adhesion Nominal ASTM D1005 Thickness Primer 0.2 mils Topcoat 0.8 mils TOTAL 1.0 mils * Subject to minimum quantity requirements B. Color shall be as specified C. Copper Weight: 20] ounce per square foot. 2. Exposed and unexposed surfaces for mill finish flashing, fascia, and coping cap, shall be as shipped from the mill. 3. Exposed and unexposed surfaces for anodized aluminum flashing, fascia, and coping cap, shall be as shipped from mill. 2.4 RELATED MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES A. Metal Primer: Zinc chromate type. B. Plastic Cement: ASTM D 4586 C. Sealant: Tuff Stuff non sag urethane sealant. 1. Corrosion resistant screw fastener as recommended by metal manufacturer. Finish exposed fasteners same as flashing metal. 2. Fastening shall conform to Factory Mutual requirements or as stated on section details, whichever is more stringent. D. Gutter and Downspout Anchorage Devices: Material as specified for system. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 EXECUTION, GENERAL A. Refer to Division 07 for Thermal and Moisture Protection. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Isolate metal products from dissimilar metals, masonry or concrete with bituminous paint, tape, or slip sheet. Use gasketed fasteners where required to prevent corrosive reactions. 3.3 GENERAL A. Secure fascia to wood nailers at the bottom edge with a continuous cleat. B. Fastening of metal to walls and wood blocking shall comply with building code standards. C. All accessories or other items essential to the completeness of sheet metal installation, whether specifically indicated or not, shall be provided and of the same material as item to which applied. D. Allow sufficient clearances for expansion and contraction of linear metal components. Secure metal using fasteners as required by the system. Exposed face fastening will be rejected. 3.4 INSPECTION A. Verify that curbs are solidly set and nailing strips located. B. Perform field measurements prior to fabrication. C. Coordinate work with work of other trades. D. Verify that substrate is dry, clean and free of foreign matter. E. Commencement of installation shall be considered acceptance of existing conditions. City of Rohnert Park Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 07 62 00 -6 3.5 MANUFACTURED SHEET METAL SYSTEMS A. Provide factory-fabricated accessories including, but not limited to, fascia extenders, miters, scuppers, joint covers, etc. Refer to Source limitation provision in Part 1. 3.6 SHOP-FABRICATED SHEET METAL A. Metal work shall be shop fabricated to configurations and forms in accordance with recognized sheet metal practices. B. Hem exposed edges. C. Angle bottom edges of exposed vertical surfaces to form drip. D. Lap corners with adjoining pieces fastened and set in sealant. E. Form joints for gravel stop fascia system, coping cap with a 3/8" opening between sections. Back the opening with an internal drainage plate formed to the profile of fascia piece. F. Install sheet metal to comply with referenced SMACNA and NRCA standards. 3.7 FLASHING MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Edge Metal with Gutter where not already installed. 1. Position base plies of the Built-Up and/or Modified Roofing membrane over the roof edge covering nailers completely, fastening eight (8) inches on center. Install membrane and cap sheet with proper material and procedure according to manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Install gutter and strapping fastening six (6) inches on center. 3. Install continuous cleat on face of nailer and fasten six (6) inches on center. 4. Install new edge metal hooked to continuous cleat. Set metal flange into roofing cement, nail every three (3) inches on center, and prime at a rate of one hundred (100) square feet per gallon. 5. Strip in edge metal with base flashing membrane extending six (6) inches into roof field, followed with a cap sheet extending nine (9) inches into the roof field. Install membrane and cap sheet with proper material and procedure according to manufacturer's recommendations. 3.8 CLEANING A. Clean installed work in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. B. Replace damaged work than cannot be restored by normal cleaning methods. 3.9 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT A. Remove and properly dispose of waste products generated. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction 3.10 FINAL INSPECTION A. At completion of installation and associated work, meet with Contractor, Architect, installer, installer of associated work, Owner, roofing system manufacturer's representative, and other representatives directly concerned with performance of roofing system. B. Inspect work and flashing of roof penetrations, walls, curbs and other equipment. List all items requiring correction or completion and furnish copy of list to each party in attendance. C. Repair or replace deteriorated or defective work found at time above inspection as required to a produce an installation which is free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements. D. Notify the Architect & Owner upon completion of corrections. E. Following the final inspection, provide written notice of acceptance of the installation from the roofing system manufacturer. City of Rohnert Park Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 07 62 00 -7 F. Immediately correct roof leakage during construction. If the Contractor does not respond within twenty-four (24) hours, the Owner will exercise rights to correct the Work under the terms of the Conditions of the Contract. 3.11 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A. At a time and date agreed to by the Owner, instruct the Owner's facility manager, or other representative designated by the Owner, on the following procedures: 1. Troubleshooting procedures. 2. Notification procedures for reporting leaks or other apparent roofing problems. 3. Maintenance. 4. The Owner's obligations for maintaining the warranty in effect and force. 5. The Manufacturer's obligations for maintaining the warranty in effect and force. END OF SECTION D I V I S I O N 09 FINISHES SECTION 09 25 10 GYPSUM BOARD City of Rohnert Park GYPSUM BOARD City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 09 25 10 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section describes the requirements for furnishing and installing gypsum board and associated accessories. B. Related Sections: The completion of the work described in this Section may require work in or coordination with other Sections of these specifications. The Contractor and the sub -contractor shall be responsible for identifying and including all related work in other Sections of these specifications and/or drawings necessary for a complete installation of the work described in this Section. These related Sections include but are not limited to the following: 1. Drawings, Specifications and general provisions of the contract General Conditions apply to this Section. 2. Section 09 91 00 - Painting 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer’s specifications and installation instructions for each type of gypsum wallboard and accessory required. B. Material Samples: Provide (2) 12" x 12" gypsum wallboard panels with smooth, Level 5 type finish. C. Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Provide documentation that the manufacturer meets the specified qualifications. 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Gypsum wallboard, including accessories and fasteners, shall be the products of the same manufacturer. B. Gypsum wallboard work shall comply with ASTM C840, and the IBC unless otherwise indicated or specified. C. Installation and finishing of gypsum wallboard shall comply with GA -216. D. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where gypsum wallboard systems with fire-resistance ratings are indicated, provide materials and installations identical with those of applicable assemblies tested in accordance with ASTM E119 by fire testing laboratories acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Provide fire-resistance-rated assemblies identical to those indicated by reference to GA File No’s. in GA-600 “Fire Resistance Design Manual” or to design designations in UL “Fire Resistance Directory” or in listing of other testing and agencies acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. E. Allowable Tolerances: 1. Gypsum wallboard surfaces shall have no measurable variation in any 2 foot direction and a maximum variation of 1/8" in 10 feet when a straightedge is laid on the surface in any direction. Specified tolerances apply to both plumbness of walls and levelness of ceilings. 2. Shim work as required to comply with specified tolerances. 3. Do not exceed 1/16" offset between planes of abutting sheets at edges or ends. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery: City of Rohnert Park GYPSUM BOARD City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 09 25 10 - 2 1. Deliver materials to the Project site in original package containers or bundles with manufacturer’s labels intact and legible. 2. Deliver fire-rated materials bearing the testing agency’s label and classification identification. B. Storage: 1. Store materials indoors in a dry area, under cover, and stacked flat off the floor. 2. Stack wallboard so that long lengths are not over short lengths. C. Handle wallboard to avoid damaging face and edges of sheets. D. Protect metal corner beads and trim from being bent or damaged. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Establish and maintain environmental conditions for application and finishing gypsum board to comply with ASTM C840 and with gypsum board manufacturer’s recommendations. B. Minimum Room Temperatures: For no adhesive attachment of gypsum board to framing, maintain not less than 40F. For adhesive attachment and finishing of gypsum board, maintain not less than 50F for 48-hours prior to application and continuously thereafter until drying is complete. C. Ventilate building spaces to remove water not required for drying joint treatment materials. Avoid drafts during dry, hot weather to prevent materials from drying too rapidly. D. Provide for continuous ventilation during installation, using as close to 100% outside air as possible. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Georgia-Pacific Corp., Gold Bond Building Products, Div., National Gypsum, United States Gypsum or approved equal. 2.02 GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS A. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C36, 5/8"-thick, with tapered and wrapped long edges. B. Fire Rated Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C36, Type X, 5/8"-thick, with tapered and wrapped long edges. C. Moisture-Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C630, Type X, 5/8"-thick, with tapered and wrapped long edges. Provide for exposed and concealed locations at walls of toilet rooms, janitor rooms, and other wet spaces; do not use on ceilings. D. Glass Mat-Faced Gypsum Sheathing: ASTM C79, 1/2"-thick Georgia Pacific DensGlass Gold Exterior Guard, or approved equal. 2.03 GYPSUM BOARD ACCESSORIES A. High Build Spray-Applied Primer/Surfacer: USG Sheetrock Brand “Tuff -Hide” or approved equal. B. Screws: ASTM C954 or ASTM C1002. 1. Use Type S screws for gypsum board attachment to light steel framing. 2. Use Type S-12 screws for gypsum board attachment to 20 -gauge and heavier steel framing. 3. Use Type G screws for gypsum board attachment to gypsum board. City of Rohnert Park GYPSUM BOARD City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 09 25 10 - 3 C. Metal Trim: 1. Corner Bead: Fine-mesh expanded-steel wing type, zinc coated in conformance with ASTM A643, G40 coating designation. 2. Control Joint: Steel, perforated -flange wing type, with single bead, zinc coated in conformance with ASTM A643, G40 coating designation. 3. Edge Trim: Fine-mesh expanded-steel flange, zinc coated in conformance with ASTM A643, G40 coating designation. D. Reveals: 1. 1/2" Reveal Mounting: Fry Reglet DRM -625-50 or approved equal. 2. “F” Reveal Molding, 1/2": DRMF-625-50 or approved equal. E. Joint-Treatment Materials: ASTM C475. 1. Joint Tape: Paper reinforcing tape. 2. Joint Compound: Ready mixed, all -purpose; one grade for bedding tapes and filling depressions, one for second and third coats. 3. Water-Resistant Joint Compound: Use special joint compound to treat joints and cut edges of moisture-resistant gypsum wallboard. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for the installation of gypsum wallboard and accessories. 1. Check framing for accurate spacing, alignment, plumbness, and levelness. Verify that both new and existing framing members will result in gypsum wallboard surfaces complying with specified tolerances. 2. Verify spacing of installed framing does not exceed maximum allowable for thickness of wallboard to be used. 3. Verify door frames are set for thickness of wallboard to be used. 4. Repair protrusions of framing, twisted framing members, or unaligned members before installation of wallboard commences. B. Do not commence the installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 APPLICATION OF GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS A. Apply materials in conformance with ASTM C840 and ASTM C79, the manufacturer’s instructions, and as indicated. Gypsum board is not to be applied to exterior ceilings, soffits or sills. B. When gypsum board is to be applied to both walls and ceilings, apply to ceilings first. C. For partitions, apply sheets with long dimension perpendicular to framing members with abutting ends over supports. Where ceiling heights exceed 8'-1" and where required by fire resistive ratings, apply sheets with long dimension parallel to framing members. For ceilings, apply sheets with long dimension either perpendicular or parallel to framing members to result in fewest joints. D. Use sheets of maximum lengths to minimize end joints. E. Neatly fit and stagger end joints. F. Locate joints on different studs at opposite sides of partition. City of Rohnert Park GYPSUM BOARD City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 09 25 10 - 4 G. Cut and fit neatly around outlets and switches. Back -to-back wall penetrations shall be at least two stud spaces apart for acoustic insulation. H. Double-Layer Application: 1. Apply base layer with long dimension parallel to and centered on framing; apply face layer perpendicular to framing. Apply face layer parallel to framing where required by fire-resistive ratings. 2. Stagger sheets of each layer so that joints of each layer are 16" apart. I. Apply gypsum wallboard to curved framing by dampening paper face or scoring approximately 1” on center. Moisten face and back paper and allow water to soak into core where bending radii require. J. Isolation of Gypsum Board Products from Other Construction: 1. Provide perimeter relief where wallboard abuts structural decks, ceilings, vertical structural elements, or window sections. 2. Gypsum sheathing should be spaced not less than 1/4" from abutting masonry to minimize wicking. 3. Finish wallboard edge with metal casing bead. 4. Seal space between casing bead and structure with continuous sealant bead. 5. Seal around electrical boxes and conduit and pipe penetrations. 6. Seal at base of wallboard sheets. K. Acoustic Control Requirements for Sound Walls: 1. Leave a 1/8" to 1/4" space between gypsum wallboard and adjacent construction to provide a space for acoustical sealant. 2. Seal airtight with acoustical sealant material specified in Section 07 90 00. 3. Seal penetrations through walls, or cuts in one face of walls, with a full bead of sealant at perimeter; this includes provisions for electrical outlet and switch boxes, pipes, ducts, and similar items. 4. Seal electrical boxes at the back with specified sheet sealant pad. Where wires enter the boxes, seal the openings airtight around the wires and knockout openings. L. Installation of Fasteners: 1. Do not locate fasteners less than 3/8" from edges or ends of sheets. Do not locate fasteners less than one” from edges or ends in horizontal applications. 2. Fire-Rated Partitions: Install fasteners in accordance with UBC Table 7-B. 3. Non-Fire-Rated Partitions: Install fasteners in accordance with UBC Table 25-G. 4. Fire-Rated Ceilings: Install fasteners in accordance with UBC Table 7 -C and Gypsum Association “Fire-Resistance Design Manual.” 5. Non-Fire-Rated Ceilings: Install fasteners spaced not more than 12" on center for screws, 7" for nails. 6. Install screws using powered screw guns with adjustable screw-depth control head. Drive shank perpendicular to wallboard surface. Do not hammer screws. 7. Set fastener heads slightly below surface of wallboard, but do not break or strip paper face around fastener. 8. Stagger fasteners opposite each other on adjacent ends and edges. City of Rohnert Park GYPSUM BOARD City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 09 25 10 - 5 9. Omit fasteners at edges where metal edge trim will be installed. M. Installation of Accessories: 1. Install corner trim at vertical and horizontal external corners and angles, and edge trim at junctions of wallboard and other materials and at exposed edges. 2. Control Joints: a. Ceilings: Maximum area for ceilings with perimeter relief shall be 2,500-sq. ft.; maximum area for ceilings without perimeter relief shall be 900-sq. ft. Do not exceed 50-feet between control joints in ceilings with perimeter relief; 30 -feet between control joints in ceilings without perimeter relief. b. Walls and Partitions: Maximum spacing between control joints shall not exceed 30-feet. 3.03 TAPING AND FINISHING A. Finish Levels: Unless otherwise scheduled, required finish levels for various areas shall be as follows: 1. In areas of temporary construction, no taping or accessories are required. 2. In plenum areas above ceilings, attics, electrical closets, and other areas not normally exposed to the public, joints and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound. Surfaces shall be free of excess joint compound. Tool marks and ridges are acceptable. 3. Where water-resistant gypsum backing board is used as a substrate for tile, joints and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound and one separate coat of joint compound applied over joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. Surface shall be free of excess joint compound. Tool marks and ridges not affecting the installation of tile are acceptable. 4. On surfaces to receive eggshell, semigloss, or gloss paints, and surfaces subject to severe or critical natural or artificial side lighting, joints and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound and two separate coats of joint compound applied over joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. Level 5 smooth finish. The surface shall be free of tool marks and ridges. 5. Unless otherwise specified in another finish level, joints and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound and two separate coats of joint compound applied over joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. Joint compound shall be smooth and free of tool marks and ridges. B. Mix joint finishing compounds in accordance with manufacturer’s directions. C. Joints: 1. Center tape over joint and embed in uniform layer of joint compound of sufficient width and depth to provide firm and complete bond. Apply skim coat while embedding tape. a. Treat angles with reinforcing tape folded to conform to adjacent surfaces and straight, true angles. 2. Apply finishing compound over taped joints. Apply number of coats specified for each finish level. a. Spread first coat evenly and feather out beyond joint center approximately 3 -1/2". b. After first coat is dry, sand or smooth to eliminate any high spots or excessive compound and cover with second coat with edges feathered out approximately 6" from center of joint. After second coat is dry, lightly sand with fine sandpaper or wipe with a damp sponge to leave a smooth even surface. When sanding, exercise caution not to raise nap of the gypsum board paper. D. Give dimples at fastener heads and marred spots on surface of wallboard one coat of joint compound and two coats of finishing compound, applied in same manner specified for joints. City of Rohnert Park GYPSUM BOARD City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 09 25 10 - 6 E. Cut edges and openings around pipes and fixtures shall be caulked flush with sanitary sealant as specified in Section 07 90 10. F. Install metal corner accessories at external corners. 1. Conceal flanges of metal accessories with a minimum of two coats of compound. 2. Extend compound 8" to 10" each side of accessories. G. In the completed installation, wallboard shall have plumb and straight surfaces with no waves or buckles. Joints, fastener heads, and trim flanges shall be invisible after finishing. Surfaces shall be uniformly smooth and ready for painting or other decoration. 3.04 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Maintain temperature and humidity conditions as required to protect the installation. B. Protect completed wallboard from damage or deterioration until final acceptance of the Work. END OF SECTION D I V I S I O N 22 PLUMBING SECTION 22 00 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - PLUMBING City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS – PLUMBING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 00 00 - 1 PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION – This Section 22 00 00 includes General Requirements for the work comprising the following sections: A. Section 22 05 29 Hangers and Supports B. Section 22 05 53 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment C. Section 22 11 23 Natural Gas Piping D. Section 22 13 13 Condensate Drainage 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide all materials, equipment, labor, fabrication, specialties, and items necessary and incidental to the installations. B. Work included shall also include transportation, storage, utilities and required licenses and permits. 1.03 RELATED WORK AND REQUIREMENTS A. The work of this Section shall require work in coordination with other Divisions outside of this Section as follows: 1. Section 01 00 00 General Requirements 2. Section 01 33 23 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 3. Section 26 00 00 General Requirements, Electrical 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with Division 1 requirements regarding Quality Control and Assurance. B. Products Criteria: 1. Standard Products: Material and equipment shall be the standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the products for at least 3 years. However, digital electronics devices, software and systems such as controls, instruments, computer workstation, shall be the current generation of technology and basic design that has a proven satisfactory service record of at least three years. 2. Equipment Service: There shall be permanent service organizations, authorized and trained by manufacturers of the equipment supplied, located within 100 miles of the project. These organizations shall come to the site and provide acceptable service to restore operations within four hours of receipt of notification by phone, e-mail or fax in event of an emergency, such as the shut-down of equipment; or City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS – PLUMBING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 00 00 - 2 within 24 hours in a non-emergency. Names, mail and e-mail addresses and phone numbers of service organizations providing service under these conditions for (as applicable to the project): pumps, critical instrumentation, computer workstation and programming shall be submitted for project record and inserted into the operations and maintenance manual. 3. All items furnished shall be free from defects that would adversely affect the performance, maintainability and appearance of individual components and overall assembly. 4. The products and execution of work specified in Division 22 shall conform to the referenced codes and standards as required by the specifications. Local codes and amendments enforced by the local code official shall be enforced, if required by local authorities such as the natural gas supplier. If the local codes are more stringent, then the local code shall apply. Any conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer of Record. 5. Multiple Units: When two or more units of materials or equipment of the same type or class are required, these units shall be products of one manufacturer. 6. Assembled Units: Manufacturers of equipment assemblies, which use components made by others, assume complete responsibility for the final assembled product. 7. Nameplates: Nameplate bearing manufacturer's name or identifiable trademark shall be securely affixed in a conspicuous place on equipment, or name or trademark cast integrally with equipment, stamped, or otherwise permanently marked on each item of equipment. 8. Asbestos products or equipment or materials containing asbestos shall not be used. C. Manufacturer's Recommendations: Where installation procedures or any part thereof are required to be in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the material being installed, printed copies of these recommendations shall be furnished to the Engineer of Record prior to installation. Installation of the item will not be allowed to proceed until the recommendations are received. Failure to furnish these recommendations can be cause for rejection of the material. D. Execution (Installation, Construction) Quality: 1. All items shall be applied and installed in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Conflicts between the manufacturer's instructions and the contract drawings and specifications shall be referred to the Engineer of Record for resolution. Written hard copies or computer files of manufacturer’s installation instructions shall be provided to the Engineer of Record at least two weeks prior to commencing installation of any item. 2. Complete layout drawings shall be required by Paragraph, SUBMITTALS. Construction work shall not start on any system until the layout drawings have been approved. E. Plumbing Systems: CPC, California Plumbing Code, 2022. City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS – PLUMBING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 00 00 - 3 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Division 1 requirements regarding submittals and the requirements herein. B. Contractor shall make all necessary field measurements and investigations to assure that the equipment and assemblies will meet contract requirements. C. If equipment is submitted which differs in arrangement from that shown, provide drawings that show the rearrangement of all associated systems. Approval will be given only if all features of the equipment and associated systems, including accessibility, are equivalent to that required by the contract. D. Prior to submitting layout drawings for approval, contractor shall certify in writing that manufacturers of all major items of equipment have each reviewed drawings and specifications and have jointly coordinated and properly integrated their equipment and controls to provide a complete and efficient installation. E. Upon request by Engineer of Record, lists of previous installations for selected items of equipment shall be provided. Contact persons who will serve as references, with telephone numbers and e-mail addresses shall be submitted with the references. F. Manufacturer's Literature and Data: Manufacturer’s literature shall be submitted under the pertinent section rather than under this section. 1. Electric motor data and variable speed drive data shall be submitted with the driven equipment. 2. Equipment and materials identification. 3. Fire stopping materials. 4. Hangers, inserts, supports and bracing. Provide load calculations for variable spring and constant support hangers. 5. Wall, floor, and ceiling plates. G. Maintenance Data and Operating Instructions: 1. Maintenance and operating manuals in accordance with Division 01 for systems and equipment and as stated herein. 2. Listing of recommended replacement parts for keeping in stock supply, including sources of supply, for equipment shall be provided. 3. The listing shall include belts for equipment: Belt manufacturer, model number, size and style, and distinguished whether of multiple belt sets. H. Clearly and neatly strike out of irrelevant information. Clearly and neatly tag and mark equipment, options and specialties and special features. Key tags to match tags on Drawings. 1. If substituting on Specified equipment provide comprehensive written comparison of characteristics between specified and substituted equipment. Doing a data “dump” of Operation and Maintenance manuals, and similar “total catalog dumps” shall not be an acceptable method of submission. City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS – PLUMBING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 00 00 - 4 I. Provide information in an easily readable and legible format presentation. J. Provide an index with corresponding labeled and tabbed dividers for sections, in a three- ring hard cover binder or hard cover binding folder. Loose leaf sections, provided separately, shall not be acceptable. Front index shall include, at a minimum: 1. Full, formal, name and address, including zip code, for job. 2. Company name, address, phone, and fax numbers of General Contractor, including phone land line number of job trailer and cellular phone number and name of job site Superintendent. Also provide contact name of office Project Manager. 3. Name, address, phone, and fax number of Plumbing Contractor, including phone land line of job trailer, if applicable, and cellular phone number and name of job site Superintendent. Also provide contact name of office Project Manager. K. Submit all items at the same time. L. Unless specified otherwise in Division 1 requirements submit 5 copies of data. Engineer will return 4 copies while retaining one for internal office use as a Project Record Document. M. Paper copies shall be the only acceptable submittal medium. N. Submittals shall be prepared and submitted in a timely fashion to allow adequate time for ordering of long lead time equipment and materials. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protection of Equipment: 1. Equipment and material placed on the job site shall remain in the custody of the Contractor until phased acceptance, whether the Owner has reimbursed the Contractor for the equipment and material, or not. The Contractor is solely responsible for the protection of such equipment and material against any damage. 2. Damaged equipment shall be replaced with an identical unit as determined and directed by the Engineer of Record. Such replacement shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Interiors of new equipment and piping systems shall be protected against entry of foreign matter. Both inside and outside shall be cleaned before painting or placing equipment in operation. 4. Existing equipment and piping being worked on by the Contractor shall be under the custody and responsibility of the Contractor and shall be protected as required for new work. B. Cleanliness of Piping and Equipment Systems: City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS – PLUMBING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 00 00 - 5 1. Care shall be exercised in the storage and handling of equipment and piping material to be incorporated in the work. Debris arising from cutting, threading, and welding of piping shall be removed. 2. Piping systems shall be flushed, blown, or pigged as necessary to deliver clean systems. 3. The interior of all tanks shall be cleaned prior to delivery and beneficial use by the Owner. All piping shall be tested in accordance with the specifications and the California Plumbing Code (CPC), latest edition. All filters, strainers, fixture faucets shall be flushed of debris prior to final acceptance. 4. Contractor shall be fully responsible for all costs, damage, and delay arising from failure to provide clean systems. 1.07 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS A. The publications listed below shall form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only. B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 1. Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (BPVC): 2. SEC IX-2021 Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; Section IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications. C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A36/A36M-2019 Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel 2. A575-96-2020 Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Merchant Quality, M-Grades R (2002) 3. E84-2021 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 4. E119-2021 Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials D. Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS) of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc: 1. SP-58 Pipe Hangers and Supports-Materials, Design and Manufacture 2. SP 69 Pipe Hangers and Supports-Selection and Application E. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 1. MG1-2003 Motors and Generators 1.08 CODES, REGULATIONS, STANDARDS, AND GUIDELINES A. Work shall be in accordance with requirements of the latest jurisdiction adopted editions of the following: City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS – PLUMBING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 00 00 - 6 1. CBC - California Building Code, 2022 Edition 2. CMC - California Mechanical Code, 2022 Edition 3. CPC - California Plumbing Code, 2022 Edition 4. CGBCS California Green Building Construction Standards, 2022 Edition 5. CEC - California Electrical Code, 2022 Edition 6. CFC - California Fire Code, 2022 Edition 7. CEC - California Energy Commission, Title 24, Part VI, 2022 Edition B. The work shall comply with the latest editions of the following guidelines and standards: 1. AABC Associated Air Balance Council 2. AGA American Gas Association 3. AMCA Air Movement and Control Association 4. ANSI American National Standards Institute 5. ARI American Refrigeration Institute 6. ASHRAE American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers 7. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 8. ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 9. NEC National Electric Code 10. NFPA National Fire Protection Association 11. SMACNA Sheetmetal and Air-Conditioning Contractors National Association 12. UL Underwriters Laboratories C. When the work calls for more stringent requirements than the above listings the Specifications and Drawings shall take precedence. 1.09 SITE VISIT AND FAMILIARIZATION A. Visit the site and become familiar with the Drawings and Specifications. Examine the site and understand the conditions under which the Contract shall be performed. B. Refer to Division 1 for Pre-Bid Conference requirements. 1.10 REVIEW OF CONSTRUCTION A. Work may be reviewed, without prior notice, at any time by representatives of Owner. City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS – PLUMBING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 00 00 - 7 B. Advise Owner and Owner Representative when work is ready for review at the following times: 1. Prior to concealment of Work in walls and above ceilings and any other enclosable spaces. Conceal Work only after obtaining Owner and Architect consent. C. Maintain an on the job set of Specifications and Drawings for use by Owner and representatives. 1.11 BID DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION A. Specifications describe quality of materials and equipment. B. Drawings describe the work in diagrammatic form. Drawings do not show exact detail and arrangements. Final requirements of the Work shall be determined by the Contractor after coordination with other trades. 1.12 DEFINITIONS A. Definitions following may not match those in other sections. Definitions listed here govern this part of the Work and take precedence over those listed elsewhere. 1. Concealed: Embedded in masonry or other construction, installed in furred spaces, within partitions or hung ceilings, in trenches, crawl spaces, or in enclosures. 2. Connect: Complete hook-up of items with required services. 3. Down: A vertical pipe or piece of work that does penetrate a floor. 4. Drop: A vertical pipe or piece of work that does not penetrate a floor. 5. Exposed: Not installed underground or “concealed” as defined within this list. 6. Provide: To furnish, supply, install and connect up complete and ready safe and regular operation of particular work referred to unless specifically noted. 7. Supply: To purchase, procure, acquire and deliver compete with related accessories. 8. Work: Labor, materials, equipment, apparatus, controls, accessories and other items required for complete and proper operation. 9. Install: To erect, mount and connect complete with related accessories. 10. Riser: A vertical pipe or piece of work having a vertical length greater than one story height. 11. Indicated, Shown or Noted: As indicated, shown, or noted on Drawings and Specifications. 12. Other Division(s): Specification Sections that do not include the HVAC Divisions. City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS – PLUMBING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 00 00 - 8 13. Motor Controllers: Manual or magnetic starters (with or without switches), individual pushbuttons or hand-off-automatic (HOA) switches controlling the operation of the motors. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Materials, equipment, and supplies shall be new and latest types and models of manufacturers and shall bear identification markings, nameplates, and labels. B. Equipment specified by manufacturer’s number shall include all accessories, controls, etc., listed in catalog as standard with equipment. Provide optional or additional accessories as specified or scheduled incidental to the Work such as, but not limited to, caulking, gaskets, sealants, fasteners, etc. C. Where no specific make of material or equipment is mentioned, any first-class product of good reputable manufacturer may be used, provided it conforms to requirements of system and meets acceptance of Owner. D. Equipment, material and supplies damaged during transportation, installation and operation is considered as totally damaged and shall be replaced with new. Variance from this is permitted only with approval of Owner. E. Provide an authorized representative to constantly supervise work of this Division, check all materials prior to installation for conformance with Drawings, Specifications, reviewed Submittals and reviewed Coordination Drawings as referenced in Part 1. F. Electrical Work performed in the service of the plumbing and piping installation shall conform to Division 26 Electrical requirements. Provide weatherproof devices and installations for Work exposed to the elements. 2.02 FACTORY-ASSEMBLED PRODUCTS A. Standardization of components shall be maximized to reduce spare part requirements. B. Manufacturers of equipment assemblies that include components made by others shall assume complete responsibility for final assembled unit. 1. All components of an assembled unit need not be products of same manufacturer. 2. Constituent parts that are alike shall be products of a single manufacturer. 3. Components shall be compatible with each other and with the total assembly for intended service. 4. Contractor shall guarantee performance of assemblies of components and shall repair or replace elements of the assemblies as required to deliver specified performance of the complete assembly. C. Components of equipment shall bear manufacturer's name and trademark, model number, serial number and performance data on a name plate securely affixed in a conspicuous place, or cast integral with, stamped or otherwise permanently marked upon the components of the equipment. City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS – PLUMBING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 00 00 - 9 D. Major items of equipment, which serve the same function, shall be the same make and model 2.03 COMPATIBILITY OF RELATED EQUIPMENT A. Equipment and materials installed shall be compatible in all respects with other items being furnished and with existing items so that the result will be a complete and fully operational system that conforms to contract requirements. 2.04 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS IDENTIFICATION A. Interior (Indoor) Equipment: Engraved nameplates, with letters not less than 3/16-inch high of brass with black-filled letters, or rigid black plastic with white letters. B. Exterior (Outdoor) Equipment: Brass nameplates, with engraved black filled letters, not less than 3/16-inch high riveted or bolted to the equipment. C. Control Items: All temperature, pressure, and controllers shall be labeled, and the component’s function identified. Identify and label each item as they appear on the control diagrams. D. Valve Tags and Lists: 1. Plumbing: All valves shall be provided with valve tags and listed on a valve list (Fixture stops not included). 2. Valve tags: Engraved black filled numbers and letters not less than 1/2-inch high for number designation, and not less than 1/4-inch for service designation on 19 gage, 1-1/2 inches round brass disc, attached with brass "S" hook or brass chain. 3. Valve lists: Valve lists shall be created using a word processing program and printed on plastic coated cards. The plastic-coated valve list card(s), sized 8-1/2 inches by 11 inches shall show valve tag number, valve function and area of control for each service or system. The valve list shall be in a punched 3-ring binder notebook. A copy of the valve list shall be mounted in picture frames for mounting to a wall. 4. A detailed plan for each floor of the building indicating the location and valve number for each valve shall be provided. Each valve location shall be identified with a color-coded sticker or thumb tack in ceiling. 2.05 PIPE AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS AND RESTRAINTS A. Model numbers listed are by Cooper Industries. B. For Attachment to Steel Construction: MSS SP-58. 1. Welded attachment: Type 22. 2. Beam clamps: Types 20, 21, 28 or 29. Type 23 C-clamp may be used for individual copper tubing up to 7/8-inch outside diameter. C. For Attachment to Wood Construction: Wood screws or lag bolts. City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS – PLUMBING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 00 00 - 10 D. Hanger Rods: Hot-rolled steel, ASTM A36 or A575 for allowable load listed in MSS SP- 58. For piping, provide adjustment means for controlling level or slope. Types 13 or 15 turn-buckles shall provide 1-1/2 inches minimum of adjustment and incorporate locknuts. All-thread rods are acceptable. E. Multiple (Trapeze) Hangers: Galvanized, cold formed, lipped steel channel horizontal member, not less than 1-5/8 inches by 1-5/8 inches, No. 12 gage, designed to accept special spring held, hardened steel nuts. Trapeze hangers are not permitted for steam supply and condensate piping. 1. Allowable hanger load: Manufacturers rating less 200 pounds. 2. Guide individual pipes on the horizontal member of every other trapeze hanger with 1/4-inch U-bolt fabricated from steel rod. Provide Type 40 insulation shield, secured by two 1/2-inch galvanized steel bands, or insulated calcium silicate shield for insulated piping at each hanger. F. Pipe Hangers and Supports: (MSS SP-58), use hangers sized to encircle insulation on insulated piping. To protect insulation, provide Type 39 saddles for roller type supports or insulated calcium silicate shields. Provide Type 40 insulation shield or insulated calcium silicate shield at all other types of supports and hangers including those for insulated piping. 1. General Types (MSS SP-58): a. Standard clevis hanger: Type 1; provide locknut. b. Riser clamps: Type 8. c. Wall brackets: Types 31, 32 or 33. d. Roller supports: Type 41, 43, 44 and 46. e. Saddle support: Type 36, 37 or 38. f. Turnbuckle: Types 13 or 15. g. U-bolt clamp: Type 24. h. Copper Tube: 1. Hangers, clamps and other support material in contact with tubing shall be painted with copper colored epoxy paint, plastic coated or taped with isolation tape to prevent electrolysis. 2. For vertical runs use epoxy painted or plastic-coated riser clamps. 3. For supporting tube to strut: Provide epoxy painted pipe straps for copper tube or plastic inserted vibration isolation clamps. 4. Insulated Lines: Provide pre-insulated calcium silicate shields sized for copper tube. City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS – PLUMBING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 00 00 - 11 i. Spring hangers are required on all plumbing system pumps one horsepower and greater. 2. Plumbing Piping (Other Than General Types): a. Horizontal piping: Type 1, 5, 7, 9, and 10. b. Chrome plated piping: Chrome plated supports. c. Hangers and supports in pipe chase: Prefabricated system ABS self-extinguishing material, not subject to electrolytic action, to hold piping, prevent vibration and compensate for all static and operational conditions. d. Blocking, stays and bracing: Angle iron or preformed metal channel shapes, 18 gage minimum. G. Pre-insulated Calcium Silicate Shields: 1. Provide 360-degree water resistant high density 140 psi compressive strength calcium silicate shields encased in galvanized metal. 2. Pre-insulated calcium silicate shields to be installed at the point of support during erection. 3. Shield thickness shall match the pipe insulation. 4. The type of shield is selected by the temperature of the pipe, the load it must carry, and the type of support it will be used with. a. Shields for supporting cold water shall have insulation that extends a minimum of one inch past the sheet metal. b. The insulated calcium silicate shield shall support the maximum allowable water filled span as indicated in MSS-SP 69. To support the load, the shields shall have one or more of the following features: structural inserts 600 psi compressive strength, an extra bottom metal shield, or formed structural steel (ASTM A36) wear plates welded to the bottom sheet metal jacket. 5. Shields may be used on steel clevis hanger type supports, roller supports or flat surfaces. 2.06 PIPE PENETRATIONS A. Pipe penetration sleeves shall be installed for all piping other than rectangular blocked out floor openings for risers in mechanical bays. B. Pipe penetration sleeve materials shall comply with all fire stopping requirements for each penetration. C. To prevent accidental liquid spills from passing to a lower level, provide the following: City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS – PLUMBING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 00 00 - 12 1. For sleeves: Extend sleeve 1 inch above finished floor and provide sealant for watertight joint. 2. For blocked out floor openings: Provide 1-1/2 inch angle set in silicone adhesive around opening. 3. For drilled penetrations: Provide 1-1/2 inch angle ring or square set in silicone adhesive around penetration. D. Penetrations are not allowed through beams or ribs but may be installed in concrete beam flanges. Any deviation from these requirements must receive prior approval of Structural Engineer of Record. E. Sheet metal, plastic, or moisture resistant fiber sleeves shall be provided for pipe passing through floors, interior walls, and partitions, unless brass or steel pipe sleeves are specifically called for below. F. Cast iron or zinc coated pipe sleeves shall be provided for pipe passing through exterior walls below grade. The space between the sleeve and pipe shall be made watertight with a modular or link rubber seal. The link seal shall be applied at both ends of the sleeve. G. Galvanized steel or an alternate black iron pipe with asphalt coating sleeves shall be for pipe passing through concrete beam flanges, except where brass pipe sleeves are called for. A galvanized steel Sleeve shall be provided for pipe passing through floor of mechanical rooms, laundry work rooms, and animal rooms above basement. Except in mechanical rooms, sleeves shall connect to a floor plate. H. Brass Pipe Sleeves shall be provided for pipe passing through quarry tile, terrazzo or ceramic tile floors. The sleeve shall connect to a floor plate. I. Sleeve clearance through floors, walls, partitions, and beam flanges shall be 1 inch greater in diameter than external diameter of pipe. Sleeve for pipe with insulation shall be large enough to accommodate the insulation plus 1 inch in diameter. Interior openings shall be caulked tight with fire stopping material and sealant to prevent the spread of fire, smoke, and gases. 2.07 TOOLS AND LUBRICANTS A. Furnish, and turn over to the Owner, special tools not readily available commercially, that are required for disassembly or adjustment of equipment and machinery furnished. 2.08 WALL, FLOOR AND CEILING PLATES A. Material and Type: Chrome plated brass or chrome plated steel, one piece or split type with concealed hinge, with set screw for fastening to pipe, or sleeve. Use plates that fit tight around pipes, cover openings around pipes and cover the entire pipe sleeve projection. City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS – PLUMBING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 00 00 - 13 B. Thickness: Not less than 3/32-inch for floor plates. For wall and ceiling plates, not less than 0.025-inch for up to 3-inch pipe, 0.035-inch for larger pipe. C. Locations: Use where pipe penetrates floors, walls, and ceilings in exposed locations, in finished areas only. Wall plates shall be used where insulation ends on exposed water supply pipe drop from overhead. A watertight joint shall be provided in spaces where brass or steel pipe sleeves are specified. 2.09 ASBESTOS A. Materials containing asbestos are not permitted. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 ARRANGEMENT AND INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT AND PIPING A. Location of piping, sleeves, inserts, hangers, and equipment, access provisions shall be coordinated with the work of all trades. Piping, sleeves, inserts, hangers, and equipment shall be located clear of windows, doors, openings, light outlets, and other services and utilities. Equipment layout drawings shall be prepared to coordinate proper location and personnel access of all facilities. The drawings shall be submitted for review. B. Manufacturer's published recommendations shall be followed for installation methods not otherwise specified. C. Operating Personnel Access and Observation Provisions: All equipment and systems shall be arranged to provide clear view and easy access, without use of portable ladders, for maintenance and operation of all devices including, but not limited to: all equipment items, valves, filters, strainers, transmitters, sensors, and control devices. All gages and indicators shall be clearly visible by personnel standing on the floor or on permanent platforms. Maintenance and operating space and access provisions that are shown on the drawings shall not be changed nor reduced. D. Structural systems necessary for pipe and equipment support shall be coordinated to permit proper installation. E. Location of pipe sleeves, trenches and chases shall be accurately coordinated with equipment and piping locations. F. Cutting Holes: 1. Holes through concrete and masonry shall be cut by rotary core drill. Pneumatic hammer, impact electric, and hand or manual hammer type drill will not be allowed, except as permitted by Structural Engineer of Record where working area space is limited. 2. Holes shall be located to avoid interference with structural members such as beams or grade beams. Holes shall be laid out in advance and drilling done only after approval by Structural Engineer of Record. If the Contractor considers it necessary to drill through structural members, this matter shall be referred to Structural Engineer of Record for approval. City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS – PLUMBING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 00 00 - 14 3. Waterproof membrane shall not be penetrated. Pipe floor penetration block outs shall be provided outside the extents of the waterproof membrane. G. Minor Piping: Generally, small diameter pipe runs from drips and drains, water cooling, and other service are not shown but must be provided. H. Protection and Cleaning: 1. Equipment and materials shall be carefully handled, properly stored, and adequately protected to prevent damage before and during installation, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by the Engineer of Record. Damaged or defective items in the opinion of the Engineer of Record, shall be replaced. 2. Protect all finished parts of equipment, such as shafts and bearings where accessible, from rust prior to operation by means of protective grease coating and wrapping. Close pipe openings with caps or plugs during installation. Pipe openings, equipment, and plumbing fixtures shall be tightly covered against dirt or mechanical injury. At completion of all work thoroughly clean fixtures, exposed materials and equipment. I. Interconnection of Controls and Instruments: Electrical interconnection is generally not shown but shall be provided. This includes interconnections of sensors, transmitters, transducers, control devices, control and instrumentation panels, instruments and computer workstations. Comply with NFPA-70. J. Work in bathrooms, restrooms, housekeeping closets: All pipe penetrations behind escutcheons shall be sealed with plumber’s putty. K. Switchgear Drip Protection: Every effort shall be made to eliminate the installation of pipe above electrical and telephone switchgear. If this is not possible, encase pipe in a second pipe with a minimum of joints. L. Inaccessible Equipment: 1. Where the Owner determines that the Contractor has installed equipment not conveniently accessible for operation and maintenance, equipment shall be removed and reinstalled or remedial action performed as directed at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. The term "conveniently accessible" is defined as capable of being reached without the use of ladders, or without climbing or crawling under or over obstacles such as electrical conduit, motors, fans, pumps, belt guards, transformers, high voltage lines, piping, and ductwork. 3.02 TEMPORARY PIPING AND EQUIPMENT A. Continuity of operation of existing facilities may require temporary installation or relocation of equipment and piping. Temporary equipment or pipe installation or relocation shall be provided to maintain continuity of operation of existing facilities. B. The Contractor shall provide all required facilities in accordance with the requirements of phased construction and maintenance of service. All piping and equipment shall be City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS – PLUMBING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 00 00 - 15 properly supported, sloped to drain, operate without excessive stress, and shall be insulated where injury can occur to personnel by contact with operating facilities. C. Temporary facilities and piping shall be completely removed and any openings in structures sealed. Necessary blind flanges and caps shall be provided to seal open piping remaining in service. 3.03 PIPE AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Where hanger spacing does not correspond with joist or rib spacing, use structural steel channels secured directly to joist and rib structure that will correspond to the required hanger spacing, and then suspend the equipment and piping from the channels. Holes shall be drilled or burned in structural steel ONLY with the prior written approval of the Structural Engineer of Record. B. The use of chain pipe supports, wire or strap hangers; wood for blocking, stays and bracing, or hangers suspended from piping above shall not be permitted. Rusty products shall be replaced. C. Hanger rods shall be used that are straight and vertical. Turnbuckles for vertical adjustments may be omitted where limited space prevents use. A minimum of 15 mm (1/2-inch) clearance between pipe or piping covering and adjacent work shall be provided. D. For horizontal and vertical plumbing pipe supports, refer to the California Plumbing Code (CPC), latest edition, and these specifications. E. Overhead Supports: 1. The basic structural system of the building is designed to sustain the loads imposed by equipment and piping to be supported overhead. 2. Provide steel structural members, in addition to those shown, of adequate capability to support the imposed loads, located in accordance with the final approved layout of equipment and piping. 3. Tubing and capillary systems shall be supported in channel troughs. F. Floor Supports: 1. Provide concrete bases, concrete anchor blocks and pedestals, and structural steel systems for support of equipment and piping. Concrete bases and structural systems shall be anchored and doweled to resist forces under operating and seismic conditions (if applicable) without excessive displacement or structural failure. 2. Bases and supports shall not be located and installed until equipment mounted thereon has been approved. Bases shall be sized to match equipment mounted thereon plus 2 inch excess on all edges. Structural drawings shall be reviewed for additional requirements. Bases shall be neatly finished and smoothed, shall have chamfered edges at the top, and shall be suitable for painting. 3. All equipment shall be shimmed, leveled, firmly anchored, and grouted with epoxy grout. Anchor bolts shall be placed in sleeves, anchored to the bases. Fill City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS – PLUMBING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 00 00 - 16 the annular space between sleeves and bolts with a grout material to permit alignment and realignment. 3.04 LUBRICATION A. All equipment and devices requiring lubrication shall be lubricated prior to initial operation. All devices and equipment shall be field checked for proper lubrication. B. All devices and equipment shall be equipped with required lubrication fittings. A minimum of one quart of oil and one pound of grease of manufacturer's recommended grade and type for each different application shall be provided. All materials shall be delivered to the Owner in unopened containers that are properly identified as to application. C. A separate grease gun with attachments for applicable fittings shall be provided for each type of grease applied. D. All lubrication points shall be accessible without disassembling equipment, except to remove access plates. E. All lubrication points shall be extended to one side of the equipment. 3.05 CLEANING AND PAINTING A. Prior to final inspection and acceptance of the plant and facilities for beneficial use by the Owner, the plant facilities, equipment, and systems shall be thoroughly cleaned and painted. B. In addition, the following special conditions apply: 1. Cleaning shall be thorough. Solvents, cleaning materials and methods recommended by the manufacturers shall be used for the specific tasks. All rust shall be removed prior to painting and from surfaces to remain unpainted. Scratches, scuffs, and abrasions shall be repaired prior to applying prime and finish coats. 2. The following Material And Equipment shall NOT be painted: a. Motors, controllers, control switches, and safety switches. b. Control and interlock devices. c. Regulators. d. Pressure reducing valves. e. Control valves and thermostatic elements. f. Lubrication devices and grease fittings. g. Copper, brass, aluminum, stainless steel and bronze surfaces. h. Valve stems and rotating shafts. City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS – PLUMBING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 00 00 - 17 i. Pressure gages and thermometers. j. Glass. k. Name plates. 3. Control and instrument panels shall be cleaned and damaged surfaces repaired. Touch-up painting shall be made with matching paint obtained from manufacturer or computer matched. 4. Pumps, motors, steel and cast-iron bases, and coupling guards shall be cleaned, and shall be touched-up with the same color as utilized by the pump manufacturer. 5. Temporary Facilities: Apply paint to surfaces that do not have existing finish coats. 6. The result shall be a smooth, even-colored, even-textured factory finish on all items. The entire piece of equipment shall be repainted, if necessary, to achieve this. 3.06 IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A. Laminated plastic signs, with engraved lettering not less than 3/16-inch high, shall be provided that designates equipment function, for all equipment, switches, motor controllers, relays, meters, control devices, including automatic control valves. Nomenclature and identification symbols shall correspond to that used in maintenance manual, and in diagrams specified elsewhere. Attach by chain, adhesive, or screws. B. Factory Built Equipment: Metal plate, securely attached, with name and address of manufacturer, serial number, model number, size, performance shall be placed on factory-built equipment. 3.07 STARTUP AND TEMPORARY OPERATION A. Startup of equipment shall be performed as described in the equipment specifications. Vibration within specified tolerance shall be verified prior to extended operation. 3.08 OPERATING AND PERFORMANCE TESTS A. Should evidence of malfunction in any tested system, or piece of equipment or component part thereof, occur during or because of tests, make proper corrections, repairs or replacements, and repeat tests at no additional cost to the Owner. B. When completion of certain work or system occurs at a time when final control settings and adjustments cannot be properly made to make performance tests, then make performance tests such systems respectively during first actual seasonal use of respective systems following completion of work. 3.09 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Provide four bound copies. The operations and maintenance manuals shall be delivered to the Owner not less than 30 days prior to completion of a phase or final inspection. City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS – PLUMBING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 00 00 - 18 B. All new and temporary equipment and all elements of each assembly shall be included. C. Data sheet on each device listing model, size, capacity, pressure, speed, horsepower, impeller size, and other information shall be included. D. Manufacturer’s installation, maintenance, repair, and operation instructions for each device shall be included. Assembly drawings and parts lists shall also be included. A summary of operating precautions and reasons for precautions shall be included in the Operations and Maintenance Manual. E. Lubrication instructions, type and quantity of lubricant shall be included. F. Schematic diagrams and wiring diagrams of all control systems corrected to include all field modifications shall be included. G. Set points of all interlock devices shall be listed. H. Trouble-shooting guide for the control system troubleshooting guide shall be inserted into the Operations and Maintenance Manual. I. The combustion control system sequence of operation corrected with submittal review comments shall be inserted into the Operations and Maintenance Manual. J. Emergency procedures. 3.10 PROTECTION OF WORK A. Cap all fixture, pipe and equipment openings daily to protect from dust, moisture and incidental debris. B. Porous materials that become wetted shall be replaced with new. Drying is not sufficient as it introduces the possibility of microbial growth. This applies to insulation and any material that acts as a sponge. C. All air distribution shall be capped during construction to prevent accumulation of dirt, dust, and debris. 3.11 SAFETY A. The contractor shall be solely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of all persons and property during performance of the work. This shall also apply to non- normal working hours. 3.12 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Contractor is required to provide record Drawings in accordance with Division 01 – General Requirements and this section. B. Keep and accurate record of job progress including as-built locations and of the Work. Keep record up-to-date on legible full-size copies as job progresses. Make available to Owner and Owner representatives during project. City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS – PLUMBING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 00 00 - 19 C. In addition to any other requirements, include on as-built Drawings the following: 1. Changes in location of piping or equipment. 2. Ceiling access panel locations. 3. Position of buried or concealed mains accurately dimensioned, both horizontally and vertically. 3.13 COMPLETION A. When Work is completed, or when Owner or Owner representative directs, remove surplus equipment, material, waste, and rubbish, and leave building in satisfactory condition. B. Adjust faucets and flush valves to give proper supply of water and leave in first class condition. 3.14 WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES A. Contractor is required to provide warranties in accordance with Division 1 – General Requirements. 1. Collect all warranties and guarantees for materials and equipment and neatly fill out all required information for the Owner. Provide one copy of each certificate for turn over to Architect. Arrange certificates in a tabbed and indexed binder for Architect ease of use. B. At the completion of the work contractor shall guarantee to repair or replace materials and workmanship found defective for a period of one year from date of filing of Notice of Completion. This work shall be performed at no cost to the Owner. 1. Work of other trades damaged because of faulty workmanship or materials shall be repaired at no cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION SECTION 22 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS City of Rohnert Park HANGERS & SUPPORTS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 05 29 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. The work covered under this section consists of providing all necessary labor, supervision, materials, equipment and services to completely execute the hangers and supports as described in this specification. B. All work of this section shall comply with Section 22 00 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS – PLUMBING. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM B633-2019 - Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel 2. ASTM A123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot-Galvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated from Rolled, Pressed, and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars, and Strip 3. ASTM A653 – Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process 4. ASTM A1011 - Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability (Formerly ASTM A570) 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data on all hanger and support devices, including shields and attachment methods. Product data to include, but not limited to materials, finishes, approvals, load ratings, and dimensional information. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel pipe hangers and supports shall have the manufacturer’s name, part number, and applicable size stamped in the part itself for identification. B. Hangers and supports shall be designed and manufactured in conformance with MSS SP 58. C. Supports for sprinkler piping shall be in conformance with NFPA 13. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience. City of Rohnert Park HANGERS & SUPPORTS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 05 29 - 2 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification. B. Protect from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and damage, by storing in original packaging. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Model numbers are Cooper B-Line. Engineer approved equivalent is acceptable. 2.02 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Single Pipe Hangers 1. Uninsulated pipes 2 inch and smaller: a. Adjustable steel swivel ring (band type) hanger, B-Line B3170. b. Adjustable steel swivel J-hanger, B-Line B3690. c. Malleable iron ring hanger, B-Line B3198R or hinged ring hanger, B3198H. d. Malleable iron split-ring hanger with eye socket, B-Line B3173 with B3222. e. Adjustable steel clevis hanger, B-Line B3104 or B3100. 2. Uninsulated pipes 2-1/2 inch and larger: a. Adjustable steel clevis hanger, B-Line B3100. b. Pipe roll with sockets, B-Line B3114. c. Adjustable steel yoke pipe roll, B-Line B3110. B. Pipe Clamps 1. When flexibility in the hanger assembly is required due to horizontal movement, use pipe clamps with weld-less eye nuts, B-Line B3140 or B3142 with B3200. For insulated lines use double bolted pipe clamps, B-Line B3144 or B3146 with B3200. C. Wall Supports 1. Pipes 4 inch and smaller: a. Carbon steel hook, B-Line B3191. City of Rohnert Park HANGERS & SUPPORTS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 05 29 - 3 b. Carbon steel J-hanger, B-Line B3690. D. Copper Tubing Supports 1. Hangers shall be sized to fit copper tubing outside diameters. a. Adjustable steel swivel ring (band type) hanger, B-Line B3170CT. b. Malleable iron ring hanger, B-Line B3198RCT or hinged ring hanger B3198HCT. c. Malleable iron split-ring hanger with eye socket, B-Line B3173CT with B3222. d. Adjustable steel clevis hanger, B-Line B3104CT. 2. For supporting vertical runs use epoxy painted or plastic coated riser clamps, B - Line B3373CT or B3373CTC. 3. For supporting copper tube to strut use epoxy painted pipe straps sized for copper tubing, B-Line B2000 series, or plastic inserted vibration isolation clamps, B- Line BVT series. E. Supplementary Structural Supports 1. Design and fabricate supports using structural quality steel bolted framing materials as manufactured by Cooper B-Line. Channels shall be roll formed, 12 gauge ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33 steel, 1-5/8 inch by 1-5/8 inch or greater as required by loading conditions. Submit designs for pipe tunnels, pipe galleries, etc., to engineer for approval. Use clamps and fittings designed for use with the 2.03 UPPER ATTACHMENTS A. Beam Clamps 1. Beam clamps shall be used where piping is to be suspended from building steel. Clamp type shall be selected on the basis of load to be supported, and load configuration. 2. C-Clamps shall have locknuts and cup point set screws, B-Line B351L, or B3036L. Top flange c-clamps shall be used when attaching a hanger rod to the top flange of structural shapes, B-Line B3034 or B3033. Refer to manufacturer’s recommendation for setscrew torque. Retaining straps shall be used to maintain the clamps position on the beam where required. 3. Center loaded beam clamps shall be used where specified. Steel clamps shall be B-Line B3050, or B3055. Malleable iron or forged steel beam clamps with cross bolt shall be B-Line B3054 or B3291-B3297 Series as required to fit beams. 2.04 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SUPPORTS City of Rohnert Park HANGERS & SUPPORTS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 05 29 - 4 A. For refrigeration, air conditioning, hydraulic, pneumatic, and other vibrating system applications, use a clamp that has a vibration dampening insert and a nylon inserted locknut. For copper and steel tubing use B-Line BVT series Vibraclamps, for pipe sizes use BVP series. B. For larger tubing or piping subjected to vibration, use neoprene or spring hangers as required. C. For base mounted equipment use vibration pads, molded neoprene mounts, or spring mounts as required. D. Vibration isolation products as manufactured by B-Line, Vibratrol systems. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Hanger Rods shall be threaded on both ends, or be continuously threaded rods of circular cross section. Use adjusting locknuts at upper attachments and hangers. No wire, chain, or perforated straps are allowed. B. Shields shall be 180 degree galvanized sheet metal, 12 inch minimum length, 18 gauge minimum thickness, designed to match outside diameter of the insulated pipe, B-Line B3151. C. Pipe protection saddles shall be formed from carbon steel, 1/8 inch minimum thickness, sized for insulation thickness. Saddles for pipe sizes greater than 12 inch shall have a center support rib. 2.06 FINISHES A. Indoor Finishes 1. Hangers and clamps for support of bare copper piping shall be coated with copper colored epoxy paint, B-Line Dura-Copper®. Additional PVC coating of the epoxy painted hanger shall be used where necessary. 2. Hangers for other than bare copper pipe shall be zinc plated in accordance with ASTM B633 OR shall have an electro-deposited green epoxy finish, B-Line Dura-Green®. 3. Strut channels shall be pre-galvanized in accordance with ASTM A653 SS Grade 33 G90 OR have an electro-deposited green epoxy finish, B-Line Dura-Green®. B. Outdoor and Corrosive Area Finishes 1. Hangers and strut located outdoors shall be hot dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123. All hanger hardware shall be hot dip galvanized or stainless steel. Zinc plated hardware is not acceptable for outdoor or corrosive use. 2. Hangers and strut located in corrosive areas shall be type 304 [316] stainless steel with stainless steel hardware. City of Rohnert Park HANGERS & SUPPORTS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 05 29 - 5 PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation products in accordance with the manufacturer’s written instruction, commercial and industrial standards, and recognized industry practices to ensure that the installation serves the intended purpose. Surfaces to be attached to shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to making attachments. 3.02 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Pipe shall be adequately supported by pipe hanger and supports specified in PART 2 PRODUCTS. Hangers for insulated pipes shall be sized to accommodate insulation thickness. B. Horizontal steel piping shall be supported in accordance with MSS SP-69 Tables 3 and 4, excerpts of which follow below: NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (in) ROD DIAMETER (in) MAXIMUM SPACING (ft) 1/2 TO 1-1/4 3/8 7 1-1/2 3/8 9 2 3/8 10 2-1/2 1/2 11 C. Horizontal copper tubing shall be supported in accordance with MSS SP-69 Tables 3 and 4, excerpts of which follow below: NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (in) ROD DIAMETER (in) MAXIMUM SPACING (ft) 1/2 TO 3/4 3/8 5 1 3/8 6 1-1/4 3/8 7 1-1/2 3/8 8 2 3/8 8 8 3/4 16 City of Rohnert Park HANGERS & SUPPORTS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 05 29 - 6 D. Provide means of preventing dissimilar metal contact such as plastic coated hangers, copper colored epoxy paint, or non-adhesive isolation tape- B-Line Iso-pipe. Galvanized felt isolators sized for copper tubing may also be used, B-Line B3195CT. E. Install hangers to provide a minimum of 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. F. Place a hanger within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. G. Support vertical piping independently of connected horizontal piping. Support vertical pipes at every floor. Wherever possible, locate riser clamps directly below pipe couplings or shear lugs. H. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at the same elevation, provide trapeze hangers as specified in Part 2. Trapeze hangers shall be spaced according to the smallest pipe size, or install intermediate supports according to schedule in this section. I. Do not support piping from other pipes, ductwork or other equipment that is not building structure. END OF SECTION SECTION 22 05 53 PIPING IDENTIFICATION City of Rohnert Park IDENTIFICATION FOR PIPING & EQUIPMENT City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 05 53 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide complete piping system identification work from equipment for all types of piping systems identified as a part of these specifications. Types of piping identification shall consist of: 1. Painted Identification Materials 2. Plasticized Tags 3. Engraved Plastic Laminate Signs 4. Plastic Tape B. Lettering, Size, Colors, and viewing angles of identification devices shall comply with ANSI A13.1. C. All work of this section shall comply with Section 22 00 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS – PLUMBING. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING PAINT IDENTIFICATION A. All exposed piping and piping in accessible chases and areas above ceilings with panels, including stainless steel, galvanized steel, copper, PVC, and Fiberglass RTR piping, shall be completely and totally painted for identification purposes. Piping shall be identified with lettering or tags designating the service of each piping system, shall have flow directional arrows, and shall be completely painted and color coded as scheduled below. All piping scheduled to be color coded shall be completely painted or coated with the indicated colors. B. Each pipe identification shall consist of color coding in accordance with PART 3, a painted label, and a directional flow arrow. The painted label and directional arrow shall be placed between color bands. City of Rohnert Park IDENTIFICATION FOR PIPING & EQUIPMENT City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 05 53 - 2 C. Color Bands and Arrows: Pipe color bands shall be painted on the pipe. Paper or plastic banding of pipe shall not be acceptable. Arrows shall be of the same color as the lettering and shall point away from the lettered labels in the direction of the flow. Color band size shall be as follows: PIPE SIZE COLOR BAND SIZE Less than 1” diameter 1” wide 1” to 12” diameter 1 pipe diameter wide Greater than 12” diameter 12” wide D. For cases where there are insulated lines wrapped with aluminum sheathing, stainless steel sheathing, or gray fabric, the background color shall be applied to a 24-inch length of pipe section and color band centered within the 24 inch field of background color. E. Paint Colors: Paint colors shall conform to the following Federal designations: 1. Light Blue 15200 2. Dark Blue 15102 3. Red 11105 4. Yellow 13655 5. Orange 12246 6. White 17875 7. Light Brown 10219 8. Dark Brown 10080 9. Light Green 34540 10. Green 14187 11. Black 17038 12. Silver 17178 13. Grey 16314 14. Purple 27144 F. Lettering: Contents identification labels shall be stenciled directly on pipes. Black identification letters shall be used where the background pipe color is light, and white City of Rohnert Park IDENTIFICATION FOR PIPING & EQUIPMENT City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 05 53 - 3 identification letters where the background color is dark. The size of the letters for identification labels shall be as follows: Pipe Diameter Letter Size 5/8" to 1" 5/16" high 1" to 3" 3/4" high over 3" 2" high 2.02 SMALL PIPE IDENTIFICATION A. Identifying devices for valves and the sections of pipe that are too short to be identified with color bands, lettered labels, and arrows shall be identified with metal tags as specified herein. B. Metal tags shall be of stainless steel with embossed lettering. All tags shall be designed to be firmly attached to the valves or short pipes or to the structure immediately adjacent to such valves or short pipes. 2.03 IDENTIFICATION LOCATIONS A. Straight lines of pipe shall be identified at intervals of 30 feet maximum, and at least once in each room unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. B. Piping shall also be identified at a point approximately within 2 feet of all turns, ells, valves, and on the upstream side of all distribution fittings or branches and on both sides of each floor, wall or barrier through which the line passes. C. For pipe runs of 50 feet or less the distance between bands shall be 30 inches. For pipe runs of 50 feet or more, spacing between bands shall be 72 inches. D. Sections of pipe that are too short to be identified with color bands, lettered labels, and directional arrows shall be tagged and identified similar to valves. 2.04 PIPING IDENTIFICATION TAPE/SIGNS A. Plastic Tape 1. General: Manufacturer’s standard color-coded pressure sensitive self adhesive vinyl tape, not less than 3 mils thick. a. Width: Provide 1-1/2” inch wide tape markers on pipes with outside diameters (including insulation, if any) of less than 6 inches, 2-1/2 inch wide tape for larger pipes. b. Color: By ANSI A13.1 designation except where other color selection is indicated. B. Engraved-Plastic Laminate Signs: City of Rohnert Park IDENTIFICATION FOR PIPING & EQUIPMENT City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 05 53 - 4 1. General: Provide engraving stock melamine plastic laminate complying with FS L-P-387 in the size and thickness indicated, engraved with engraver’s standard letter style of the size, and working indicated, black with white core (letter core) except as otherwise indicated, punched for mechanical fastening except where adhesive mounting is necessary because of substrate. a. Thickness: 1/6 inch for units up to 20 sq. in. or 8 inch in length; 1/8 inch for larger units. b. Fasteners: Self-tapping stainless screws, except contact type permanent adhesive where screws cannot or should not penetrate the substrate. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require insulation, painting or other covering or finish, including valve tags in mechanical spaces, install identification after completion of covering and painting. Install identification prior to installation of acoustical ceiling and removable concealment. END OF SECTION SECTION 22 11 23 FACILITY NATURAL GAS SYSTEM City of Rohnert Park NATURAL GAS PIPING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 11 23 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide complete natural gas plumbing systems from point of connection at existing stub to all fuel consuming equipment. B. System shall be complete with piping, pressure reducing valves, plug valves and related specialties required for an operational system. C. All work of this section shall comply with Section 22 00 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - PLUMBING PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 FUEL GAS PIPING A. Pipe: Black steel, ASTM A53, Schedule 40. B. Nipples: Steel, ASTM A733, Schedule 40. C. Fittings: 1. Sizes 2 inch under ANSI B 16.3 threaded malleable iron. 2. Over 2 inches and up to 4 inch) ANSI B16.11 socket welded. 3. Over 4 inch ANSI 16.9 butt welded. D. Joints: Provide welded or threaded joints. 2.02 EXTERIOR PIPING A. 2 inches and smaller, Schedule 40 galvanized, threaded connections. B. 2-1/2” and larger, Schedule 40 black Iron (ungalvanized steel), welded connections. Welds shall be painted with Rust-Oleum pain and finished with silver top coat. 2.03 VALVES A. Ball Valve: Bronze body, rated for 150 psi at 365ºF, 250 psi at 250ºF, reinforced TFE seat, stem seal and thrust washer; end entry, threaded ends, UL-listed for natural or LP gas shut off service when used on those services. B. Gas Vent Cocks: Type 701: Bronze body, tee handle, rated for 30 psi at 100ºF, ground plug, rated for tight shut-off on fuel gas service. 2.04 WATERPROOFING A. Provide at points where pipes pass through membrane waterproofed floors or walls in contact with earth. City of Rohnert Park NATURAL GAS PIPING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 11 23 - 2 B. Floors: Provide cast iron stack sleeve with flashing device and a n under-deck clamp. After stack is passed through sleeve, provide a waterproofed caulked joint at top hub. C. Walls: See detail shown on drawings. 2.05 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Provide dielectric couplings or unions between ferrous and non-ferrous pipe. 2.06 GAS EQUIPMENT CONNECTORS A. Flexible connectors with Teflon core, interlocked galvanized steel protective casing, AGA certified design. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Gas Service: Contact the local gas utility company service planning representative and coordinate with and arrange with the utility company for gas service to the project including finalization of service application as required. Furnish and install all materials and labor necessary for complete installation as noted on drawings. Submit shop drawings and obtain approval from the utility company prior to fabrication. B. General: Comply with the codes listed in 22 00 00 and the following: 1. Install branch piping for fuel gas and connect to all fixtures, valves, cocks, outlets, casework, cabinets and equipment, including those furnished by the Owner or specified in other sections. 2. Pipe shall be round and straight. Cutting shall be done with proper tools. Pipe, shall be reamed to full size after cutting. 3. All pipe runs shall be laid out to avoid interference with other work. 4. Install valves with stem in horizontal position whenever possible. All valves shall be easily accessible. 5. Install union and shut-off valve on pressure piping at connections to equipment. 6. Pipe Hangers, Supports and Accessories: a. All piping shall be supported per the International Fuel Gas Code, Chapter No. 4. b. Shop Painting and Plating: Hangers, supports, rods, inserts and accessories used for Pipe supports shall be shop coated with red lead or zinc Chromate primer paint. Electroplated copper hanger rods, hangers and accessories may be used with copper tubing. c. Floor, Wall and Ceiling Plates, Supports, Hangers: 1. Solid or split un-plated cast iron, chrome plated in finished areas. City of Rohnert Park NATURAL GAS PIPING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 11 23 - 3 2. All plates shall be provided with set screws. 3. Pipe Hangers: Height adjustable clevis type. 4. Adjustable Floor Rests and Base Flanges: Steel. 5. Hanger Rods: Mild, low carbon steel, fully threaded or Threaded at each end with two removable nuts at each end for positioning rod and hanger and locking each in place. 6. Riser Clamps: Malleable iron or steel. 7. Self-drilling type expansion shields shall be "Phillips" type, with case hardened steel expander plugs. 8. Miscellaneous Materials: As specified, required, directed or as noted on the drawings for proper installation of hangers, supports and accessories. City of Rohnert Park NATURAL GAS PIPING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 11 23 - 4 7. Install cast chrome plated escutcheon with set screw at each wall, floor and ceiling penetration in exposed finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. 8. Penetrations: a. Fire Stopping: Where pipes pass through fire partitions, fire walls, smoke partitions, or floors, install a fire stop that provides an effective barrier against the spread of fire, Hilti or equal. Completely fill and seal clearances between piping and openings with the fire stopping materials. b. Waterproofing: At floor penetrations, completely seal clearances around the pipe and make watertight with sealant. C. Piping shall conform to the following: 1. Fuel Gas: a. Entire fuel gas piping installation shall be in accordance with requirements of NFPA 54. b. Provide fuel gas piping with plugged drip pockets at low points. c. Install automatic shutoff valve (earthquake valve) on discharge side of meter. Valve shall positively shut off supply of gas in case of pressure failure, remain shut off until manually reopened, and be provided with outside adjustment for reset. 3.02 CLEANING OF SYSTEM AFTER INSTALLATION A. Clean all piping systems to remove all dirt, coatings and debris. Remove all valves, controls etc., and reinstall after piping system has been cleaned. 3.03 PIPE THREADING A. Threaded joints shall be made up without caulking or the use of filler except approved joint compound that is chemically restive to natural gas. Joint compound shall be used sparingly, and applied to male threads only. 3.04 PURGING A. Any sections of indoor gas piping intended to be removed, relocated and/or demolished shall be purged in accordance with all applicable codes and this section. B. Indoor piping disconnected indoors shall be purged and vented directly to the outdoors in accordance with NFPA-54. Piping shall be purged outdoors a minimum of 10’ from any sources of ignition and not less than 10’ away from building openings and a minimum of 25’ away from mechanical air intake openings. Purging shall be continuously monitored. C. Upon placing indoor gas piping into operation, piping containing air from testing and greater than 2-1/2” inches in a length in excess of 50’ shall be purged and filled with inert gas. The inert gas shall then be displaced with fuel gas in accordance with NFPA 54. City of Rohnert Park NATURAL GAS PIPING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 11 23 - 5 Gas piping 3” and 4” and in excess of 30’ in length shall follow the requirements of this section and be purged in accordance with NFPA 54, Section 12:8.3.1.2. 3.05 TESTING A. All tests shall be made in the presence of the local authorities having jurisdiction. At least 72 hours (three days) notice shall be given in advance of all tests. Contractor shall make preliminary tests prior to giving notice of final test. 1. Contractor shall furnish all pumps, gauges, instruments and any other equipment, including test medium necessary for conducting prescribed tests. B. Gas System 1. Prior to testing the new gas system (downstream of point of connection to existing system) the piping shall be cleaned by blowing the system clear of moisture, dust, and foreign particulates with oil free air or nitrogen. 2. For low pressure (less than 14” water column) test new gas system downstream from point of connection to existing systems. (do not test existing system). Testing of the new system may be done in whole or in parts. Testing shall be done prior to connecting to equipment. Test shall be for 1 hour at a pressure of three times that of the operating pressure (minimum 10 psi), with no pressure drop, using air, CO2 or nitrogen. If piping system fails the test the leaky portion(s) shall be redone and the system retested until it passes. 3. For pressure higher than 14” water column, test new gas system downstream from point of connection to existing systems. (do not test existing system). Testing of the new system may be done in whole or in parts. Testing shall be done prior to connecting to equipment. Test shall be for 1 hour at a pressure of a minimum of 60 psi, with no pressure drop, using air, CO2 or nitrogen. If piping system fails the test the leaky portion(s) shall be redone and the system retested until it passes. END OF SECTION SECTION 22 13 13 CONDENSATE DRAINAGE SYSTEM City of Rohnert Park CONDENSATE DRAINAGE City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 13 13 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide complete condensate drainage system from point of connection at HVAC equipment to termination points, whether shown on the drawings or not. Connections to include, but not limited to: 1. Primary condensate routed to an approved receptor per 2022 CPC from each piece of HVAC equipment. 2. Secondary condensate routed to a readily observable location per 2022 CPC from each piece of HVAC equipment. 3. Condensate drain lines routed to an approved receptors from all condensing flues and gas-fired heating equipment. B. System shall be complete with piping, pressure reducing valves, plug valves and related specialties required for an operational system. C. All work of this section shall comply with Section 22 00 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS – PLUMBING PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE A. All: 1. DWV copper or type L copper with 95/5 solder joints and DWV or wrought fittings. 2.02 NEUTRALIZATION A. Provide acid-neutralization for all condensing type gas-fired heating equipment shown on the Drawings and included within the specifications. 1. 0-200 MBH: Provide Asurity CNHK-4K wall mounted neutralizer cartridge. Kit to include all parts necessary for proper installation inclusive of clamps, fittings, tubing and neutralizing material. Provide six-months of refill neutralizing material. City of Rohnert Park CONDENSATE DRAINAGE City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 22 13 13 - 2 PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. Piping shall be run parallel to buildings lines and supported at intervals specified. All changes in direction shall be made with standard fittings. Clean out plugs shall be installed at all cumulative changes of direction of 135 degrees or more as a minimum and as shown on the Drawings. B. Piping shall be run free of traps (except trap at equipment connection) and shall be pitched at ¼” vertical drop for every foot of horizontal run. C. Provide complete condensate drainage system as shown on the drawings D. Remove cutting and threading burrs before assembling piping. 3.02 PIPE JOINTS A. Cut square and remove all burrs. Ream both ends to full size of pipe inside diameter. Clean ends of tubing to depth of fittings. Use sand cloth, sandpaper or steel wool for cleaning. Apply a coat of Nibco Copperized Flux to tubing and fittings. Solder paste or liquid flux shall not be permitted. 3.03 TESTING A. All tests shall be made in the presence of the Engineer and the local authorities having jurisdiction. At least 72 hours (three days) notice shall be given in advance of all tests. Contractor shall make preliminary tests prior to giving notice of final test. 1. Contractor shall furnish all pumps, gauges, instruments, and any other equipment, including test medium necessary for conducting prescribed tests. B. Condensate Drainage System 1. Test condensate drainage systems prior to final connection to equipment. Test shall be for 4 hours with the piping filled full of water. If piping system fails, the test the leaky portion(s) shall be redone, and the system retested until it passes. END OF SECTION D I V I S I O N 23 HEATING, VENTILATING and AIRCONDITIONING (HVAC) SECTION 23 00 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC) City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, HVAC City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 00 00 - 1 PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. The requirements of this section apply to all sections of Division 23. B. Section 23 00 00 includes General Requirements for Division 23 work including, but not limited to the following sections: 1. Section 23 00 01 Coordination 2. Section 23 01 30 51 HVAC Air-Distribution System Cleaning 3. Section 23 05 48 Vibration and Seismic Control for HVAC 4. Section 23 05 53 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment 5. Section 23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing 6. Section 23 09 23 Direct Digital Controls (DDC) 7. Section 23 23 00 Refrigerant Piping 8. Section 23 31 13 Metal Ducts 9. Section 23 51 23 Gas Vents 10. Section 23 80 00 Decentralized HVAC Equipment City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, HVAC City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 00 00 - 2 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide all materials, equipment, labor, fabrication, specialties, and items necessary and incidental to the installations of a complete system or piece of equipment. B. Work included shall also include transportation, storage, utilities and required licenses and permits. 1.03 RELATED WORK AND REQUIREMENTS A. The work of this Section shall require work in coordination with other Divisions outside of this Section as follows: 1. Section 01 00 00 General Requirements 2. Section 01 33 23 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 3. Section 26 00 00 General Requirements, Electrical 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with Division 01 requirements regarding Quality Control. B. Mechanical, electrical, and associated systems shall be safe, reliable, efficient, durable, easily and safely operable and maintainable, easily and safely accessible, and in compliance with applicable codes as specified. The systems shall be comprised of high quality institutional-class and industrial-class products of manufacturers that are experienced specialists in the required product lines. All construction firms and personnel shall be experienced and qualified specialists in their respective industrial and institutional HVAC system, as applicable. C. Products Criteria: 1. Standard Products: Material and equipment shall be the standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the products for at least 3 years. The design, model and size of each item shall have been in satisfactory and efficient operation on at least three installations for approximately three years. However, digital electronics devices, software and systems such as controls, instruments, computer workstation, shall be the current generation of technology and basic design that has a proven satisfactory service record of at least three years. See other specification sections for any exceptions. 2. All items furnished shall be free from defects that would adversely affect the performance, maintainability and appearance of individual components and overall assembly. 3. Conform to codes and standards as required by the specifications. Conform to local codes, if required by local authorities such as the natural gas supplier, if the local codes are more stringent than those specified, the more stringent requirement shall be used. City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, HVAC City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 00 00 - 3 4. Multiple Units: When two or more units of materials or equipment of the same type or class are required, these units shall be products of one manufacturer. 5. Assembled Units: Manufacturers of equipment assemblies, which use components made by others, assume complete responsibility for the final assembled product. 6. Nameplates: Nameplate bearing manufacturer's name or identifiable trademark shall be securely affixed in a conspicuous place on equipment, or name or trademark cast integrally with equipment, stamped or otherwise permanently marked on each item of equipment. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Division 01 requirements regarding submittals. B. Contractor shall make all necessary field measurements and investigations to assure that the equipment and assemblies will meet contract requirements. C. If equipment is submitted which differs in arrangement from that shown, provide drawings that show the rearrangement of all associated systems. Approval will be given only if all features of the equipment and associated systems, including accessibility, are equivalent to that required by the contract. D. Prior to submitting layout drawings for approval, contractor shall certify in writing that manufacturers of all major items of equipment have each reviewed drawings and specifications and have jointly coordinated and properly integrated their equipment and controls to provide a complete and efficient installation. E. Upon request by Engineer, provide lists of previous installations for selected items of equipment. Include contact persons who will serve as references, with telephone numbers and e-mail addresses. F. Submittals and layout drawings for interdependent items, containing applicable descriptive information, shall be furnished together and complete in a group. Coordinate and properly integrate materials and equipment in each group to provide a completely compatible and efficient installation. Final review and approvals will be made only by groups. Submittals and shop drawings shall also incorporate the following items: 1. Clear and neat strike out of irrelevant information. 2. Clearly and neatly tag and mark equipment, options and specialties and special features. 3. Key tags to match tags on Drawings. a. If substituting on Specified equipment provide comprehensive written comparison of characteristics between specified and substituted equipment. 4. Provide information in an easily readable and legible format presentation. City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, HVAC City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 00 00 - 4 5. Provide an index with corresponding labeled and tabbed dividers for sections, in a three-ring hard cover binder or hard cover binding folder. Loose leaf sections, provided separately, shall not be acceptable. Front index shall include, at a minimum: a. Full, formal, name and address, including zip code, for job. b. Company name, address, phone and fax numbers of General Contractor, including phone land line number of job trailer and cellular phone number and name of job site Superintendent. 6. Submit all items at same time, including all controls information, in one binder/folder. Excluding controls for a later, separate, review shall not be acceptable. 7. Unless specified otherwise in Division 01 requirements submit 5 copies of data. Engineer will return 4 copies while retaining one for internal office use as a Project Record Document. 8. Electronic copies shall be an acceptable submittal medium provided requirements of Division 01 are met. 9. Submittals shall be prepared and submitted in a timely fashion to allow adequate time for ordering of long lead time equipment and materials. G. Layout and Coordination Drawings: 1. Submit complete, consolidated, and coordinated layout drawings for all new systems, and for existing systems that are in the same areas. Refer to the General Conditions. 2. The drawings shall include plan views, elevations and sections of all systems and shall be on a scale of not less than 1/8-inch equal to one foot. Clearly identify and dimension, horizontally and vertically, the proposed locations of the principal items of equipment. The drawings shall clearly show locations and adequate clearance for all equipment, piping, valves, control panels and other items. Show the access means for all items requiring access for operations and maintenance. Provide detailed layout drawings of all piping and duct systems. 3. Do not install equipment foundations, equipment or piping until layout drawings have been approved. 4. In addition, for HVAC systems, provide details of the following: a. Mechanical equipment rooms. b. Duct or equipment penetrations of floors, walls, ceilings, or roofs. 5. Failure of Contractor to provide adequate coordination and Coordination Drawings shall not be grounds for adjustment of Project cost or extension of time. H. Manufacturer's Literature and Data: Submit under the pertinent section rather than under this section. City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, HVAC City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 00 00 - 5 1. Submit belt drive with the driven equipment. Submit selection data for specific drives when requested by the Engineer of Record. 2. Submit electric motor data and variable speed drive data with the driven equipment. 3. Equipment and materials identification. 4. Fire-stopping materials. 5. Hangers, inserts, supports and bracing. Provide load calculations for variable spring and constant support hangers. 6. Wall, floor, and ceiling plates. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protection of Equipment: 1. Equipment and material placed on the job site shall remain in the custody of the Contractor until phased acceptance, whether the Owner has reimbursed the Contractor for the equipment and material, or not. The Contractor is solely responsible for the protection of such equipment and material against any damage. 2. Place damaged equipment in first class, new operating condition; or replace same as determined and directed by the Engineer. 3. Protect interiors of new equipment and piping systems against entry of foreign matter. Clean both inside and outside before painting or placing equipment in operation. 4. Existing equipment and piping being worked on by the Contractor shall be under the custody and responsibility of the Contractor and shall be protected as required for new work. B. Cleanliness of Equipment and Products: 1. Exercise care in storage and handling of equipment and piping material to be incorporated in the work. Remove debris arising from cutting, threading and welding of piping or ductwork. 2. Contractor shall be fully responsible for all costs, damage, and delay arising from failure to provide clean systems. 1.07 CODES, REGULATIONS, STANDARDS, AND GUIDELINES A. Work shall be in accordance with requirements of the latest jurisdiction adopted editions of the following: 1. CBC - California Building Code, 2022 Edition 2. CMC - California Mechanical Code, 2022 Edition 3. CPC - California Plumbing Code, 2022 Edition City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, HVAC City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 00 00 - 6 4. CGBCS California Green Building Construction Standards, 2022 Edition 5. CEC - California Electrical Code, 2022 Edition 6. CFC - California Fire Code, 2022 Edition 7. CEC - California Energy Commission, Title 24, Part VI, 2022 Edition B. The work shall comply with the latest editions of the following guidelines and standards: 1. AABC Associated Air Balance Council 2. AGA American Gas Association 3. AMCA Air Movement and Control Association 4. ANSI American National Standards Institute 5. ARI American Refrigeration Institute 6. ASHRAE American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers 7. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 8. ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 9. NEC National Electric Code 10. NFPA National Fire Protection Association 11. SMACNA Sheetmetal and Air-Conditioning Contractors National Association 12. UL Underwriters Laboratories C. When the work calls for more stringent requirements than the above listings the Specifications and Drawings shall take precedence. City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, HVAC City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 00 00 - 7 1.08 SITE VISIT AND FAMILIARIZATION A. Visit the site and become familiar with the Drawings and Specifications. Examine the site and understand the conditions under which the Contract shall be performed. B. Refer to Division 01 for any Pre-Bid Conference requirements. 1.09 REVIEW OF CONSTRUCTION A. Work may be reviewed, without prior notice, at any time by representatives of the Owner. B. Advise Owner when work is ready for review at the following times: 1. Prior to concealment of work in walls. 2. Prior to concealment of work and above ceilings and any other enclosable spaces. Conceal Work only after obtaining Owner and Architect consent. 3. Maintain an on the job set of Specifications and Drawings for use by Owner and representatives. 1.10 BID DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION A. Specifications describe quality of materials and equipment. B. Drawings describe the work in diagrammatic form. Drawings do not show exact detail and arrangements. Final requirements of the Work shall be determined by the Contractor after coordination with other trades. C. All equipment, systems and items indicated on the drawings and specifications are to be assumed as new unless specifically noted otherwise. 1.11 DEFINITIONS A. Definitions following may not match those in other sections. Definitions listed here govern this part of the Work and take precedence over those listed elsewhere. 1. Concealed Embedded within the construction or installed in furred spaces, within partitions or hung ceilings, in trenches, crawl spaces, or within enclosures. 2. Connect Complete hook-up of items with required services including all final items necessary for a completely functional installation. 3. Down A vertical pipe, duct or piece of work that does penetrate a floor. 4. Drop A vertical pipe, duct or piece of work that does not penetrate a floor. 5. Exposed Not installed underground or concealed as defined within this list. 6. Indicated As indicated on the Drawings and Specifications. City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, HVAC City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 00 00 - 8 7. Install To erect, mount and connect complete with related accessories. 8. Noted As indicated on the Drawings and Specifications. 9. Provide To furnish, supply, install and connect up complete, ready, safe and in regular operation of particular work referred to. 10. Riser A vertical pipe, duct or piece of work having a vertical length greater than one story height. 11. Shown As indicated on the Drawings and Specifications. 12. Supply To purchase, procure, acquire and deliver compete with related accessories. 13. Work Labor, materials, equipment, apparatus, controls, accessories and other items required for complete and proper operation. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT USED City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, HVAC City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 00 00 - 9 PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery and handling shall be performed in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. Provide dust and weather covers. B. Protect materials from loss or damage. Lost or damaged materials shall be replaced with new at no increase in Contract Sum. C. All mechanical equipment requiring power shall be installed with the required working spaces clearances required by the California Electrical Code, Table 110.26 (A)(1) Working Spaces. D. All facility service piping and conduits shall be concealed behind finishes. No exposed piping or raceways will be permitted unless specifically noted in writing on the drawings. Coordinate with pertinent sections of other Divisions providing demolition and new finishes. Jointly determine extent of demolition and finish removal necessary to install all indicated facilities services systems concealed behind wall, floor, ceiling finishes. 3.02 PROTECTION OF WORK A. Cap all duct, pipe, and equipment openings daily to protect from dust, moisture and incidental debris. Equipment not capped shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to recommencing construction. B. Porous materials that become wetted shall be replaced with new. Drying is not sufficient as it introduces the possibility of microbial growth. This applies to duct liner, insulation wrap, flex duct and any material that has the potential to absorb moisture. C. All air distribution shall be capped during construction to prevent accumulation of dirt, dust, and debris. 3.03 CLEANING AND PRESENTATION A. Prepare Work for painting by leaving surfaces free of oil, dust, rust, scale, adhesions, and debris. B. Remove all shipping labels and tags. C. Exterior surfaces of piping, insulation, ducting and equipment shall be left clean. D. Inside visible portions of grille cans and adjacent ducting including insulation stick pins, dampers and specialties shall be painted with two coats of flat black paint. E. Scratched and marred surfaces of factory painted equipment and materials shall be touched up with matching color/type paint. 1. Clean as recommended by manufacturer. Do not use material or methods which may damage finish surface or surrounding construction. City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, HVAC City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 00 00 - 10 F. Cut ends of strut pieces and uncoated/non-galvanized steel materials exposed to the elements shall be painted with two coats of rust inhibiting paint with color and type matched to installation. 3.04 SAFETY A. The contractor shall be solely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of all persons and property during performance of the work. This shall also apply to normal and non-normal working hours. 3.05 CUTTING OF STRUCTURE A. Do not cut beams, girders, columns, or any other structural members, or run any pipes, ducts, or work through slabs, unless specifically shown on the Drawings, or unless written approval is obtained from the Owner. B. Cutting of walls, floors, or other parts of the building or repairing any work due to neglect of properly directing the locations of necessary openings and framing beforehand shall be done at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.06 SPECIAL TOOLS A. Furnish to Owner one set of special tools required to operate, adjust, dismantle, or repair any equipment within this Division. Special tools mean those not normally found in possession of mechanics or maintenance personnel. Also provide location of supplier where extra sets can be purchased. 3.07 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Contractor is required to provide record Drawings in accordance with Division 01 and this section. B. Keep and accurate record of job progress including as-built locations and of the Work. Keep record up-to-date on legible copies as job progresses. Drawings shall be of the same size as provided to the contractor. Make available to Owner and Owner representatives during job. C. In addition to any other requirements, include on as-built Drawings the following: 1. Changes in location of piping, duct, or equipment. 2. Ceiling access panel locations. 3. Position of buried or concealed mains accurately dimensioned, both horizontally and vertically. 3.08 COMPLETION A. When work is completed, or when Owner or Owner representative directs, remove surplus equipment, material, waste, and rubbish, and leave building in satisfactory condition. City of Rohnert Park GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, HVAC City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 00 00 - 11 B. Adjust and program thermostats and controls per owner direction and as indicated within Division 23 requirements. 3.09 WARRANTEES AND GUARANTEES A. Contractor is required to provide warranties in accordance with Division 01 – General Requirements. 1. Collect all warranties and guarantees for materials and equipment and neatly fill out all required information for the Owner. Provide one copy of each certificate for turn over to Architect. Arrange certificates in a tabbed and indexed binder for Architect ease of use. B. At the completion of the work contractor shall guarantee to repair or replace materials and workmanship found defective for a period of one year from date of filing of Notice of Completion. This work shall be performed at no cost to the Owner. 1. Work of other trades damaged because of faulty workmanship or materials shall be repaired at no cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION SECTION 23 01 00 COORDINATION City of Rohnert Park COORDINATION City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 00 01 - 1 PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provision of coordination of the Work of the Contract. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide all materials, equipment, labor, fabrication, specialties, measurements, IOMs and items necessary and incidental to the coordinated installation of complete systems or equipment as indicated on the Contract Documents. 1.03 RELATED WORK AND REQUIREMENTS A. The work of this Section shall require work in coordination with other Divisions outside of this Section as follows: 1. Section 01 00 00 General Requirements 1.04 GENERAL COORDINATION A. Contractor shall be responsible for all project coordination. B. Coordinate schedules, submittals, and work of the various trades to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction, with provisions for accommodating items to be installed later. Coordinate the work among the Specifications and Drawings. Work shown on any drawing or specification is required by the Contract irrespective of the trade sub - division. Contractor shall require each trade subcontractor to review all other subdivisions of the documents for related work and shall coordinate the subcontracts accordingly. C. Require all parties involved in the performance of the Work to cooperate in the overall coordination of the work under the direction of the Contractor. Each party, when requested to do so, shall furnish information concerning its portion of the work and shall respond promptly and reasonably to the decisions and requests of persons designated with coordination, supervisory, administrative, or similar authority. D. The Drawings use graphic symbols to show certain physical relationships of the various elements and systems and their interfacing with other elements and systems. Establishing and coordinating the actual physical relationships is the responsibility of the Contractor. Layout and arrange all elements to contribute to safety and efficiency while maintaining the intent of the design. Before work proceeds in areas of potential conflict for installing different components of the work, Contractor shall prepare supplementary drawings for review by the Architect and resolve the conflict. E. Coordinate continuous checking of architectural and structural clearances for accessibility of equipment and mechanical and electrical systems. No allowances of any kind will be made for the Contractor's failure to coordinate sequence of installing materials/equipment into position. Contractor shall verify that equipment will fit within the prescribed equipment room spaces. City of Rohnert Park COORDINATION City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 00 01 - 2 F. Prior to installation of each major unit of work which requires coordination and interfacing with other work, meet at project site with installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators who are involved in or affected by unit of work. Review progress of other work and preparations for the work under consideration. G. Coordinate the tolerances of all materials to ensure a proper fit in achieving the requirements of the Contract Documents. H. Coordinate matching finish, texture, color, etc. for the new work on existing components in the project. I. Coordinate work of like materials by submitting pilot samples to the Architect for review of acceptable ranges of finish textures and color variation. J. Coordinate completion and cleanup Work of various trades in preparation for the Substantial Completion and for occupancy of the building. 1.05 SUBCONTRACT COORDINATION A. The General Contractor shall coordinate the Work and do not delegate responsibility for coordination to any Subcontractor. B. Anticipate the interrelationship of all Subcontractors and their relationship with the Work. C. Resolve differences or disputes between Subcontractors concerning coordination, interference, or extent of work between sections of the specifications. Contractor's decisions, if consistent with the Contract Document requirements, shall be final. D. Coordinate the work of Subcontractors so that their portions of the work are performed in a manner that minimizes interference with the progress of the Work. 1.06 ADMINISTRATION A. General: Prepare a written memorandum on required coordination activities. Include such items as required notices, reports, and attendance at meetings. Distribute this memorandum to each trade performing work at the project site. Prepare similar memorandum for separate contractors where interfacing of their work is required. B. Coordination Meetings: Conduct general project coordination meetings with Subcontractors at least weekly at regularly scheduled times convenient for all parties involved. These meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as regular project meetings and special preinstallation meetings. Request representation at each meeting by every party currently involved in coordination or planning for the work of the entire project. Keep the Owner Representatives informed about coordination meetings. Conduct meetings in a manner which will resolve coordination problems. Record results and minutes of each meeting and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to the Owner Representatives. Owner Representatives may attend weekly jobsite meetings with subcontractors. C. Superintendent: Provide a full-time Superintendent experienced in administration and supervision of building construction. This Superintendent shall be authorized to act as general coordinator of interfaces between units of work. This Superintendent shall be on site, continuously during the construction period. Construction coordination shall be his/her principal duty. City of Rohnert Park COORDINATION City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 00 01 - 3 1. For the purpose of this provision, "interface" is defined to include scheduling and sequencing of work, sharing of access to workspaces, installations, protection of each other's work, cutting and patching, tolerances, cleaning, selections for compatibility, preparation of coordination drawings, inspections, tests and temporary facilities and services. 2. Mechanical/Electrical Coordinator: Provide a single individual, a mechanical/ electrical coordinator, experienced in administrative and supervisory coordination of mechanical and electrical work. This experience in coordination shall include coordination of the type of mechanical/electrical work required for this project. The mechanical/electrical coordinator is required to act as the specialized coordinator of interfaces both within mechanical/electrical work and between that work and other trades. The Mechanical/Electrical Coordinator shall be on site, full time during the construction period. Project Superintendent may serve as mechanical/electrical coordinator. 1.07 COORDINATION DRAWINGS AND SUBMISSION A. Prepare Coordination Drawings where required before beginning fabrication or delivery of materials and equipment to the jobsite. 1. Coordination Drawings shall clearly indicate coordination of mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, electrical, lighting, signal, and equipment installations with structural, architectural and finish elements. 2. Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0". Scale may be revised to 1/4"=1'-0" with consent of all involved subcontractors. B. Keep copies of Coordination Drawings at the jobsite. C. Contractor shall provide the Owner with a record copy of initial Coordination Drawings and with revisions to Coordination Drawings, within three (3) working days of completion of each drawing or revised drawing and 30 days before work begins. The Owner will verify that Coordination Drawings have been made, but no approval of these drawings will be made. Include in submission of drawings the names of coordination staff. D. Coordination Drawings shall include, but are not limited to structural, fire protection, plumbing, heating, ventilation and air conditioning, electrical power and lighting, security, life safety, data, telephone system, existing or reinstalled equipment and new equipment. E. Coordination Drawings, shall indicate layout of Work for all trades, for purposes of showing overlays and potential conflicts of crossover work and adjoining work. F. Conditionally revise Coordination Drawings as subsequent work is added to areas containing existing work. G. Provide dimensions and elevations where conflicts may exist and coordinate conflicts on Coordination Drawings to prevent conflicts in the field. H. Contractor shall require Subcontractors to develop Subcontractor Coordination Plans of the same scale as Contractor's Coordination Drawings to assist in making transcripts for transfer City of Rohnert Park COORDINATION City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 00 01 - 4 to Coordination Drawings; use approved Shop Drawings for Coordination Drawings where available. I. Coordination Drawings shall include dates and signatures of Contractor and Subcontractors involved in coordination; signed Coordination Drawings shall be subject to examination by the Owner at any time. Failure to maintain up-to-date drawings will be considered non- conformance with Contract Documents and progress payment will be withheld. J. Failure of Contractor to provide adequate coordination and Coordination Drawings shall not be grounds for adjustment of Project cost or extension of time. 1.08 STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION A. Use Coordination Drawings of structural, mechanical, plumbing, and electrical Work, together with shop drawings and layout drawings of affected Work to check, coordinate and integrate the Work to prevent interferences. B. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical Work which are indicated by graphic symbols on Contract Documents. C. Routing shown for pipes, ducts and conduits on Drawings are shown by graphic symbols only; make runs parallel with lines of building. D. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance and for repairs. E. Conceal pipes, ducts and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated, coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. F. Where there is a potential conflict in the layout or interferences between the work, including structural and architectural, layout the work with tape or other means to depict the layout on site to reduce or resolve the conflict and to allow the Owner to review the work prior to execution. The tape or other means to depict layout shall not cause any damage, change in color or appearance of any work to remain, or leave a residue. G. Contractor shall coordinate steel shop drawings to include all penetrations of framing members resulting from the coordination of and with the work of the mechanical and electrical subcontractors. See Section 05120 for additional structural coordination requirements. 1. Steel shop drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the mechanical, electrical and plumbing subcontractors prior to submission and fabrication. 1.09 INTERSTITIAL SPACE COORDINATION A. Contractor shall provide Coordination Drawings for the Interstitial Spaces to resolve installation conflicts prior to final approval of any shop drawings. B. All conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the Architect. C. Elements to include in the Coordination Drawings: 1. Mechanical ducts and pipes, including floor penetrations. City of Rohnert Park COORDINATION City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 00 01 - 5 2. Plumbing pipes. 3. Fire branch lines and sprinkler heads. 4. Electrical bus ducts. 5. Telephone communication and data lines. 6. Interstitial space access. 7. Structural elements including, but not limited to, beams, columns, slabs, hangers and seismic bracing. 8. Suspended ceilings. 9. Insulation. 10. Security system elements. 11. Others as necessary. D. Schedule of Submission 1. Refer to Coordination Drawings and Submission specified in this Section. 2. Review of the coordinated drawings shall be required prior to approval of any of the sub-system shop drawings for the elements listed above. 3. An as-built version of this drawing should be required at the end of installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION SECTION 23 01 30.51 HVAC AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM CLEANING City of Rohnert Park HVAC AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM CLEANING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 02 30.51 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide complete duct cleaning services for the all components associated with the Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning equipment, distribution and systems. B. All work of this section shall comply with Section 23 00 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR -CONDITIONING (HVAC). 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 23 05 93 - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NADCA (National Air Duct Cleaners Association) Mechanical Cleaning of Non-Porous Air Conveyance System Components B. NADCA (National Air Duct Cleaners Association) Understanding Microbial contamination in HVAC Systems C. NAIMA (North American Insulation Manufacturers Association) Cleaning Fibrous Glass Insulated Air Duct Systems 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. A Regular Member in good standing of NADCA (National Air Duct Cleaners Association). Maintain membership for the entire duration of the project. Maintain a staff of at least one Certified Air System Cleaning Specialist (ASCS). 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Refer to Division 1, General Conditions, Submittals. B. Refer to Section 23 00 00 for additional submittal requirements. C. Include manufacturer's data and/or Contractor data for the following: 1. List of equipment to be used. 2. Product description and MSDS sheets for cleaners, biocides and encapsulants. 3. Access doors. 1.06 HVAC SYSTEM CLEANING CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS A. Membership: The HVAC system cleaning contractor shall be a certified member of the National Air Duct Cleaners Association (NADCA), or shall maintain membership in a City of Rohnert Park HVAC AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM CLEANING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 02 30.51 - 2 nationally recognized non-profit industry organization dedicated to the cleaning of HVAC systems. B. Certification: The HVAC system cleaning contractor shall have a minimum of one (1) Air System Cleaning Specialist (ASCS) certified by NADCA on a full time basis, or shall have staff certified by a nationally recognized certification program and organization dedicated to the cleaning of HVAC systems. C. Supervisor Qualifications: A person certified as an ASCS by NADCA, or maintaining an equivalent certification by a nationally recognized program and organization, shall be responsible for the total work herein specified. D. Experience: The HVAC system cleaning contractor shall submit records of experience in the field of HVAC system cleaning as requested by the owner. Bids shall only be considered from firms which are regularly engaged in HVAC system maintenance with an emphasis on HVAC system cleaning and decontamination. E. Equipment, Materials and Labor: The HVAC system cleaning contractor shall possess and furnish all necessary equipment, materials and labor to adequately perform the specified services. 1. The contractor shall assure that its employees have received safety equipment training, medical surveillance programs, individual health protection measures, and manufacturer’s product and material safety data sheets (MSDS) as required for the work by the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration, and as described by this specification. For work performed in countries outside of the U.S.A., contractors should comply with applicable national safety codes and standards. 2. The contractor shall maintain a copy of all current MSDS documentation and safety certifications at the site at all times, as well as comply with all other site documentation requirements of applicable OSHA programs and this specification 3. Contractor shall submit to the owner all Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all chemical products proposed to be used in the cleaning process. F. Licensing: The HVAC system cleaning contractor shall provide proof of maintaining the proper license(s), if any, as required to do work in this state. Contractor shall comply with all Federal, state and local rules, regulations, and licensing requirements. 1.07 STANDARDS A. NADCA Standards: The HVAC system cleaning contractor shall perform the services specified here in accordance with the current published standards of the National Air Duct Cleaners Association (NADCA). 1. All terms in this specification shall have their meaning defined as stated in the NADCA Standards. 2. NADCA Standards must be followed with no modifications or deviations being allowed. City of Rohnert Park HVAC AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM CLEANING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 02 30.51 - 3 1.08 DOCUMENTS A. Mechanical Drawings: The owner shall provide the HVAC system cleaning contractor with one copy of the following documents: 1. Project drawings and specifications. 2. Approved construction revisions pertaining to the HVAC system. 3. Any existing indoor air quality (IAQ) assessments or environmental reports prepared for the facility. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Use products which conform to NFPA 90A, possessing a flame spread rating of not over 25 and a smoke developed rating no higher than 50. 2.02 CLEANERS, BIOCIDES AND ENCAPSULANTS A. Manufacturer: H.B. Fuller/Foster, Porter, or approved equal. B. Cleaners, biocides and encapsulants shall be water based products specifically designed for application to HVAC duct interiors and capable of being applied with airless spray equipment. Biocides and encapsulants must be colored differently than substrate to be coated. C. Biocidal agents to be formulated for long term fungicidal activity with no loss on aging. Biocidal agents must be registered with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency for use on the interior of HVAC duct systems. D. Cured biocides and encapsulants must provide tough washable elastic protective finish able to withstand light impact or abrasion without breaking down over time or releasing fibers. 2.03 EQUIPMENT A. Particulate Collection Equipment: Fan/filter unit sized to create sufficient quantity of negative pressure for capture and filtration of air and contaminants dislodged during duct cleaning. Equipment to include pre-filtration and HEPA final filtration with 99.97% collection efficiency for 0.3 micron size particles. B. Portable pressure washers to be capable of 500 psig to 1000 psig operation. C. Power brush systems designed specifically for duct cleaning. 2.04 SCOPE OF WORK A. Scope: This section defines the minimum requirements necessary to render HVAC components clean, and to verify the cleanliness through inspection and/or testing in accordance with items specified herein and applicable NADCA Standards. City of Rohnert Park HVAC AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM CLEANING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 02 30.51 - 4 B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the removal of visible surface contaminants and deposits from within the HVAC system in strict accordance with these specifications. C. The HVAC system includes any interior surface of the facility’s air distribution system for conditioned spaces and/or occupied zones. This includes the entire heating, air-conditioning and ventilation system from the points where the air enters the system to the points where the air is discharged from the system. The return air grilles, return air ducts to the air handling unit (AHU), the interior surfaces of the AHU, mixing box, coil compartment, condensate drain pans, supply air ducts, fans, fan housing, fan blades, turning vanes, filters, filter housings, and supply diffusers are all considered part of the HVAC system. The HVAC system may also include other components such as dedicated exhaust and ventilation components and make-up air systems. 2.05 SYSTEM COMPONENT INSPECTION AND SITE PREPARATION A. HVAC System Component Inspections: Prior to the commencement of any cleaning work, the HVAC system cleaning contractor shall perform a visual inspection of the HVAC system to determine appropriate methods, tools, and equipment required to satisfactorily complete this project. The cleanliness inspection should include air handling units and representative areas of the HVAC system components and ductwork. In HVAC systems that include multiple air handling units, a representative sample of the units should be inspected. B. The cleanliness inspection shall be conducted without negatively impacting the indoor environment through excessive disruption of settled dust, microbial amplification or other debris. In cases where contamination is suspected, and/or in sensitive environments where even small amounts of contaminant may be of concern, environmental engineering control measures should be implemented 1. Damaged system components found during the inspection shall be documented and brought to the attention of the owner. C. Site Evaluation and Preparations: Contractor shall conduct a site evaluation, and establish a specific, coordinated plan which details how each area of the building will be protected during the various phases of the project. D. Inspector Qualifications: Qualified personnel should perform the HVAC cleanliness inspection to determine the need for cleaning. At minimum, such personnel should have an understanding of HVAC system design, and experience in utilizing accepted indoor environmental sampling practices, current industry HVAC cleaning procedures, and applicable industry standards. 2.06 GENERAL HVAC SYSTEM CLEANING REQUIREMENTS A. Containment: Debris removed during cleaning shall be collected and precautions must be taken to ensure that Debris is not otherwise dispersed outside the HVAC system during the cleaning process. B. Particulate Collection: Where the Particulate Collection Equipment is exhausting inside the building, HEPA filtration with 99.97% collection efficiency for 0.3 -micron size (or greater) particles shall be used. When the Particulate Collection Equipment is exhausting outside the building, Mechanical Cleaning operations shall be undertaken only with Particulate City of Rohnert Park HVAC AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM CLEANING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 02 30.51 - 5 Collection Equipment in place, including adequate filtration to contain Debris removed from the HVAC system. When the Particulate Collection Equipment is exhausting outside the building, precautions shall be taken to locate the equipment down wind and away from all air intakes and other points of entry into the building. C. Controlling Odors: Measures shall be employed to control odors and/or mist vapors during the cleaning process. D. Component Cleaning: Cleaning methods shall be employed such that all HVAC system components must be Visibly Clean as defined in applicable standards (see NADCA Standards). Upon completion, all components must be returned to those settings recorded just prior to cleaning operations. E. Air-Volume Control Devices: Dampers and any air-directional mechanical devices inside the HVAC system must have their position marked prior to cleaning and, upon completion, must be restored to their marked position. F. Service Openings: The contractor shall utilize service openings, as required for proper cleaning, at various points of the HVAC system for physical and mechanical entry, and inspection. 1. Contractor shall utilize the existing service openings already installed in the HVAC system where possible. 2. Other openings shall be created where needed and they must be created so they can be sealed in accordance with industry codes and standards. 3. Closures must not significantly hinder, restrict, or alter the airflow within the system. 4. Closures must be properly insulated to prevent heat loss/gain or condensation on surfaces within the system. 5. Openings must not compromise the structural integrity of the system. 6. Construction techniques used in the creation of openings should conform to requirements of applicable building and fire codes, and applicable NFPA, SMACNA and NADCA Standards. 7. Cutting service openings into flexible duct is not permitted. Flexible duct shall be disconnected at the ends as needed for proper cleaning and inspection. 8. Rigid fiber glass duct systems shall be resealed in accordance with NAIMA recommended practices. Only closure techniques that comply with UL Standard 181 or UL Standard 181a are suitable for fiber glass duct system closures. 9. All service openings capable of being re-opened for future inspection or remediation shall be clearly marked and shall have their location reported to the owner in project report documents. City of Rohnert Park HVAC AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM CLEANING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 02 30.51 - 6 G. Ceiling sections (tile): The contractor may remove and reinstall ceiling sections to gain access to HVAC systems during the cleaning process. H. Air distribution devices (registers, grilles & diffusers): The contractor shall clean all air distribution devices. I. Air handling units, terminal units (VAV, Dual duct boxes, etc.), blowers and exhaust fans: The contractor shall insure that supply, return, and exhaust fans and blowers are thoroughly cleaned. Areas to be cleaned include blowers, fan housings, plenums (except ceiling supply and return plenums), scrolls, blades, or vanes, shafts, baffles, dampers and drive assemblies. All visible surface contamination deposits shall be removed in accordance with NADCA Standards. Contractor shall: 1. Clean all air handling units (AHU) internal surfaces, components and condensate collectors and drains. 2. Assure that a suitable operative drainage system is in place prior to beginning wash down procedures. 3. Clean all coils and related components, including evaporator fins. J. Duct Systems. Contractor shall: 1. Create service openings in the system as necessary in order to accommodate cleaning of otherwise inaccessible areas. 2. Mechanically clean all duct systems to remove all visible contaminants, such that the systems are capable of passing Cleaning Verification Tests (see NADCA Standards). 2.07 HEALTH AND SAFETY A. Safety Standards: Cleaning contractors shall comply with applicable federal, state, and local requirements for protecting the safety of the contractor’s employees, building occupants, and the environment. In particular, all applicable standards of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) shall be followed when working in accordance with this specification. B. Occupant Safety: No processes or materials shall be employed in such a manner that they will introduce additional hazards into occupied spaces. C. Disposal of Debris: All Debris removed from the HVAC System shall be disposed of in accordance with applicable federal, state and local requirements. 2.08 MECHANICAL CLEANING METHODOLOGY A. Source Removal Cleaning Methods: The HVAC system shall be cleaned using Source Removal mechanical cleaning methods designed to extract contaminants from within the HVAC system and safely remove contaminants from the facility. It is the contractor’s City of Rohnert Park HVAC AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM CLEANING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 02 30.51 - 7 responsibility to select Source Removal methods that will render the HVAC system Visibly Clean and capable of passing cleaning verification methods (See applicable NADCA Standards) and other specified tests, in accordance with all general requirements. No cleaning method, or combination of methods, shall be used which could potentially damage components of the HVAC system or negatively alter the integrity of the system. 1. All methods used shall incorporate the use of vacuum collection devices that are operated continuously during cleaning. A vacuum device shall be connected to the downstream end of the section being cleaned through a predetermined opening. The vacuum collection device must be of sufficient power to render all areas being cleaned under negative pressure, such that containment of debris and the protection of the indoor environment are assured. 2. All vacuum devices exhausting air inside the building shall be equipped with HEPA filters (minimum efficiency), including hand -held vacuums and wet-vacuums. 3. All vacuum devices exhausting air outside the facility shall be equipped with Particulate Collection including adequate filtration to contain Debris removed from the HVAC system. Such devices shall exhaust in a manner that will not allow contaminants to re-enter the facility. Release of debris outdoors must not violate any outdoor environmental standards, codes or regulations. 4. All methods require mechanical agitation devices to dislodge debris adhered to interior HVAC system surfaces, such that debris may be safely conveyed to vacuum collection devices. Acceptable methods will include those, which will not potentially damage the integrity of the ductwork, nor damage porous surface materials such as liners inside the ductwork or system components. B. Methods of Cleaning Fibrous Glass Insulated Components 1. Fibrous glass thermal or acoustical insulation elements present in any equipment or ductwork shall be thoroughly cleaned with HEPA vacuuming equipment, while the HVAC system is under constant negative pressure, and not permitted to get wet in accordance with applicable NADCA and NAIMA standards and recommendations. 2. Cleaning methods used shall not cause damage to fibrous glass components and will render the system capable of passing Cleaning Verification Tests (see NADCA Standards). C. Damaged Fibrous Glass Material 1. Evidence of damage: If there is any evidence of damage, deterioration, delaminating, friable material, mold or fungus growth, or moisture such that fibrous glass materials cannot be restored by cleaning or resurfacing with an acceptable insulation repair coating, they shall be identified for replacement. 2. Replacement: When requested or specified, Contractor must be capable of remediating exposed damaged insulation in air handlers and/or ductwork requiring replacement. City of Rohnert Park HVAC AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM CLEANING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 02 30.51 - 8 3. Replacement material: In the event fiber glass materials must be replaced, all materials shall conform to applicable industry codes and standards, including those of UL and SMACNA. 4. Replacement of damaged insulation is not covered by this specification. D. Cleaning of coils 1. Any cleaning method may be used which will render the Coil Visibly Clean and capable of passing Coil Cleaning Verification (refer to applicable NADCA Standards). Coil drain pans shall be subject to Non -Porous Surfaces Cleaning Verification. The drain for the condensate drain pan shall be operational. Cleaning methods shall not cause any appreciable damage to, displacement of, inhibit heat transfer, or erosion of the coil surface or fins, and shall conform to coil manufacturer recommendations when available. Coils shall be thoroughly rinsed with clean water to remove any latent residues. E. Antimicrobial Agents and Coatings 1. Antimicrobial agents shall only be applied if active fungal growth is reasonably suspected, or where unacceptable levels of fungal contamination have been verified through testing. 2. Application of any antimicrobial agents used to control the growth of fungal or bacteriological contaminants shall be performed after the removal of surface deposits and debris. 3. When used, antimicrobial treatments and coatings shall be applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s written recommendations and EPA registration listing. 4. Antimicrobial coatings shall be applied according to the manufacturer’s written instructions. Coatings shall be sprayed directly onto interior ductwork surfaces, rather than “fogged” downstream onto surfaces. 2.09 CLEANLINESS VERIFICATION A. General: Verification of HVAC System cleanliness will be determined after mechanical cleaning and before the application of any treatment or introduction of any treatment-related substance to the HVAC system, including biocidal agents and coatings. B. Visual Inspection: The HVAC system shall be inspected visually to ensure that no visible contaminants are present. 1. If no contaminants are evident through visual inspection, the HVAC system shall be considered clean; however, the owner reserves the right to further verify system cleanliness through Surface Comparison Testing or the NADCA vacuum test specified in the NADCA standards. City of Rohnert Park HVAC AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM CLEANING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 02 30.51 - 9 2. If visible contaminants are evident through visual inspection, those portions of the system where contaminants are visible shall be re -cleaned and subjected to re- inspection for cleanliness. 3. NADCA vacuum test analysis should be performed by a qualified third party experienced in testing of this nature. C. Verification of Coil Cleaning 1. Cleaning must restore the coil pressure drop to within 10 percent of the pressure drop measured when the coil was first installed. If the original pressure drop is not known, the coil will be considered clean only if the coil is free of foreign matter and chemical residue, based on a thorough visual inspection (refer to NADCA Standards). 2.10 PRE-EXISTING SYSTEM DAMAGE A. Contractor is not responsible for problems resulting from prior inappropriate or careless cleaning techniques of others. 2.11 POST PROJECT REPORTING A. At the conclusion of the project, the Contractor shall provide a report to the owner indicating the following: 1. Success of the cleaning project, as verified through visual inspection and/or gravimetric analysis. 2. Areas of the system found to be damaged and/or in need of repair. 2.12 APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND PUBLICATIONS A. The following current standards and publications of the issues currently in effect form a part of this specification to the extent indicated by any reference thereto: 1. National Air Duct Cleaners Association (NADCA): “Assessment, Cleaning & Restoration of HVAC Systems (ACR 2013),” Latest Edition. 2. National Air Duct Cleaners Association (NADCA): “Understanding Microbial Contamination in HVAC Systems,” Latest Edition. 3. National Air Duct Cleaners Association (NADCA): “Introduction to HVAC System Cleaning Services,” Latest Edition. 4. National Air Duct Cleaners Association (NADCA): Standard 05 “Requirements for the Installation of Service Openings in HVAC Systems,” Latest Edition. 5. Underwriters’ Laboratories (UL): UL Standard 181. City of Rohnert Park HVAC AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM CLEANING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 02 30.51 - 10 6. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE): Standard 62.1, "Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality". 7. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): "Building Air Quality," Latest Edition. 8. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association (SMACNA): “HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible,” Latest Edition. 9. North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (NAIMA): "Cleaning Fibrous Glass Insulated Air Duct Systems," Latest Edition. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Use products and equipment in accordance with manufacturer ’s instructions. 3.02 CLEANING A. Clean ductwork systems and associated turning vanes, dampers, coils, VAV boxes, drain pans, plenums, diffusers, registers, grilles and louvers; air handling units and associated fans, coils, drain pans, plenums and dampers; fans; terminal units and other equipment described below: System/Component Location Action Supply Duct Systems Throughout Building Remove Liner, Clean, Encapsulant Return Duct Systems Throughout Building Clean Transfer Duct Systems Throughout Building Clean Exhaust/Relief Duct Systems Throughout Building Clean Outside Air/Mixed Air Duct Systems Throughout Building Clean B. Visually inspect systems and site prior to cleaning. Document and report damaged system components to Owner’s Construction Representative prior to cleaning. Mark damper and other component positions prior to cleaning and reset after cleaning to original position. Establish a specific, coordinated plan detailing how each area of the building will be protected during the various phases of work. C. Protect building occupants, components and furnishings from cleaning activities. Use polyethylene sheeting covers and barriers where cleaning will disperse debris outside the HVAC systems. Install critical barriers within the building, at inlets/outlets and within the system to prevent migration of dust and debris to clean areas. D. Use particulate collection equipment to remove and capture debris. Connect to system downstream of cleaning operations. Wherever possible, duct the exhaust to the exterior of the City of Rohnert Park HVAC AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM CLEANING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 02 30.51 - 11 building. Avoid discharge near air intakes and points of entry. Arrange source of makeup air to flow from clean area to work area negatively pressurizing work area. Take measures to control offensive odors and vapors during the cleaning process. E. Clean systems using mechanical cleaning methods, such as vacuum cleaning, compressed air sweeping and mechanical brushing, designed to extract contaminants from within the HVAC system and safely remove contaminants from the facility. No cleaning methods are to be used which damage components of the system or negatively alter the integrity of the system. F. Clean fibrous glass thermal or acoustical insulation with HEPA vacuuming equipment. Document locations of damage, deterioration, delamination, mold, fungus growth or excessive moisture which cannot be restored by cleaning or resurfacing with repair coating. Report locations and conditions to Architect/Engineer and Owner’s Project Representative for determination of removal and/or replacement. G. Where fibrous glass thermal or acoustical insulation is to be removed, scrape and brush metal clean. Remove loose fasteners, weld pins where required for cleaning work and sheet metal covers associated with insulation. Patch and seal fastener openings. H. Where systems and equipment containing filters are cleaned, obtain replacement filters from building occupant and replace existing filters. I. Verification of HVAC system cleanliness will be performed after cleaning and prior to application of biocides and encapsulants. The Contractor shall notify the Owner’s Construction Representative and Architect/Engineer in advance of verification. Verification will consist of inspection by the Contractor, Owner’s Construction Representative and/or Architect/Engineer. If surfaces are visibly clean, no contaminants are evident through visual inspection and coils are within 10% of design pressure drop, the HVAC system shall be considered clean. However the Owner reserves the right to further verify system cleanliness through third party gravimetric or wipe testing analysis per NADCA standards. 3.03 BIOCIDES AND ENCAPSULANTS A. Biocides and encapsulants are to be applied only after cleaning and verification have been completed and surfaces are dry. System fans are to remain off and critical barriers maintained to prevent migration of biocides and encapsulants from the HVAC systems. B. Apply biocides to the following surfaces which are suspected of or have been tested and verified for microbial contamination: 1. Plenums and ductwork around and 5’ downstream of cooling coils. C. Apply encapsulants to the following surfaces where microbial contamination is not suspected: 1. Damaged fibrous glass thermal or acoustical insulation. 2. Sheet metal where thermal or acoustical insulation has been removed. City of Rohnert Park HVAC AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM CLEANING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 02 30.51 - 12 3. Revise above locations to be site and project specific. The need for encapsulants should be determined through prior field inspection of equipment and ductwork where accessible. D. Biocides and encapsulants to be directly sprayed (not fogged), brushed or rolled onto surfaces to achieve a continuous film of thickness recommended by manufacturer. Increase application rate on porous or rough surfaces. Protect coils, fan blades, bearings, damper linkages and seals, fire/smoke dampers, humidifiers, airflow sensors, pressure sensors, temperature sensors and humidity sensors during application of biocides and encapsulants. Clean any overspray from these components immediately. Allow products to fully cure prior to using HVAC systems. Operate systems during unoccupied hours flushing with fresh air to purge system prior to occupied use. 3.04 CLEANING REPORT A. Provide a report describing pre-cleaning inspection and damage, systems cleaned, methods and materials used, problems encountered, final verification and any remaining problems noted. Submit three copies to Owner’s Construction Representative. 3.05 ACCESS DOORS A. Install access doors where indicated on the drawings and in locations where access is required for cleaning or inspection. See specification Section 23 33 00 for access door requirements. B. Size and numbers of duct access doors to be sufficient to perform the intended service. Minimum access door size shall be 8 x 8 inch size for hand access, 18 x 18 inch size for shoulder access, or other size as indicated. Install access doors on both inlet and outlet sides of reheat coils as well as other duct mounted coils if not existing. END OF SECTION SECTION 23 05 48 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL City of Rohnert Park VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 05 48 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide complete vibration and seismic control for the Work as required by this Section for HVAC equipment and accessories indicated in the Contract Documents. B. All work of this section shall comply with Section 22 00 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC). 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Only firms whose products of vibration isolation products, of types and sizes required and have been in exceptional use in similar service for not less than five years shall be considered. B. Unless otherwise indicated, obtain isolation units from a single manufacturer. C. Where vibration isolation support units are indicated for minimum static deflection , provide manufacturer’s certification that units have been tested and comply with the indicated requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with specification Division 01 and Section 23 00 00. B. In addition, manufacturer's literature and data shall include: 1. Bases. 2. Seismic restraint provisions and bolting. 3. Duct liner C. Isolator manufacturer shall furnish with submittal load calculations for selection of isolators, including supplemental bases, based on lowest operating speed of equipment supported. D. Seismic Requirements: Submittals are required for all equipment anchors, supports and seismic restraints. Submittals shall include; weights, dimensions, standard connections, and manufacturer's certification that all specified equipment will withstand seismic lateral force requirements as shown on drawings and required by their scheduled weights and centers of gravity. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTORS City of Rohnert Park VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 05 48 - 2 A. Isolate all equipment from ductwork with flexible ductwork connections and, for outside installations, UV resistant flexible connections, reinforced with steel wire mesh where required for strength to withstand duct pressure indicated. Form connectors with full - faced flanges and accordion bellows to perform as flexible isolation units, and manufacturer’s standard length for each size unless otherwise indicated. B. Equip each unit with galvanized steel retaining rings for airtight connections to ductwork. Flexible duct connectors exposed to the outside shall be watertight and exteriors finished with an impregnated fiberglass cloth bonded to flexible connectors. All flexible connectors shall meet or exceed the requirements of NFPA bulletin 90A, U.L. listing 181, Class 1. 2.02 DUCT LINER A. Supply and return ductwork shall have acoustic lining where shown on the drawings and as specified herein. Acoustic lining shall be a minimum of 1-1/2 inches thickness and incorporate an integral mat-face of type in accordance with NFPA 90A, of minimum 1- 1/2 lb. per cubic foot density. Adhere mat-faced duct liner with a fire retardant adhesive. Mechanical fasteners that do not pierce the sheet metal shall be on min. 16 inch centers on top sections (when duct width exceeds 12 inches) and on sides when height exceeds 24 inches. All leading edges at beginning of runs and all exposed edges shall be installed with sheet metal nosings to prevent delamination and prevent peel off. 1. Insulate all supply and return ductwork min. 20 ft. from HVAC units, or to lengths shown on drawings. 2. Where ductwork is acoustically lined, thermal insulation is not required if the thermal performance is at least equal to that specified for thermal insulation. 3. Sizes shown on drawings for lined ducts are inside-clear dimensions. B. Duct dimensions listed on the Drawings are net interior clear dimensions. Incorporate allowances for linings and insulation to provide the net clear dimensional data provided. C. Provide duct lining including facings and adhesives with incombustible materials meeting all code requirements and fire and smoke hazard ratings as tested by procedure ASTM E- 84M, NFPA 225, and U.L. 723, not exceeding flame spread 25 and developed smoke of 50. 2.03 SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT A. Bolt pad mounted equipment, without vibration isolators, to the floor or other support using ASTM A307 standard bolting materials and methods. B. Floor mounted equipment, with vibration Isolators: Type SS. Where Type N isolators are used provide channel frame base horizontal restraints bolted to the floor, or other support, on all sides of the equipment size and material required for the base shall be as recommended by the isolator manufacturer. City of Rohnert Park VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 05 48 - 3 C. On all sided of suspended equipment, provide bracing for rigid supports and provide restraints for resiliently supported equipment. The slack cable restraint method, Mason Industries, or equal, is acceptable. 2.04 BASES A. Rails (Type R): Rails with isolator brackets shall be designed to reduce mounting height of equipment and cradle machines having legs or bases that do not require a complete supplementary base. To assure adequate stiffness, height of members shall be a minimum of 1/12 of longest base dimension but not less than 100 mm (4 inches). Where rails are used with neoprene mounts for small fans or close coupled pumps, extend rails to compensate overhang of housing. B. Integral Structural Steel Base (Type B): Design base with isolator brackets to reduce mounting height of equipment which require a complete supplementary rigid base. To assure adequate stiffness, height of members shall be a minimum of 1/12 of longest base dimension, but not less than 100 mm (four inches). C. Inertia Base (Type I): Base shall be a reinforced concrete inertia base. Pour concrete into a welded steel channel frame, incorporating pre-located equipment anchor bolts and pipe sleeves. Level the concrete to provide a smooth uniform bearing surface for equipment mounting. Provide grout under uneven supports. Channel depth shall be a minimum of 1/12 of longest dimension of base but not less than 150 mm (six inches). Form shall include 13-mm (1/2-inch) reinforcing bars welded in place on minimum of 203 mm (eight inch) centers running both ways in a layer 40 mm (1-1/2 inches) above bottom. Use height saving brackets in all mounting locations. Weight of inertia base shall be equal to or greater than weight of equipment supported to provide a maximum peak -to- peak displacement of 2 mm (1/16 inch). D. Curb Mounted Isolation Base (Type CB): Fabricate from aluminum to fit on top of standard curb with overlap to allow water run-off and have wind and water seals which shall not interfere with spring action. Provide resilient snubbers with 6 mm (1/4 inch) clearance for wind resistance. Top and bottom bearing surfaces shall have sponge type weather seals. Integral spring isolators shall comply with Spring Isolator (Type S) requirements. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 ACOUSTIC LINING INSTALLATION A. Acoustic linings shall be adhered to all interior sides of duct with minimum 100% coverage for fire-retardant adhesive similar to Benjamin Foster 4 and with weld pins and washer or equivalent mechanical fastening starting 3 inches form edges and sides, 12 inches on center , all sides. Minimum one row per side for duct size of 12 inches size or less. Mechanical fasteners shall cause quilting of surface. Neoprene coated surface shall be toward air stream. Before installing liner seal all butting edges and final edges with heavy coat of adhesive to seal off air between lining and duct. All exposed edges of lining shall be installed with sheet metal nosing 1-1/2” wide, two gauges heavier than duct. Installation shall be suitable for duct velocities up to 3,000 feet per minute. 3.02 BALANCING AND ALIGNMENT OF ROTATING EQUIPMENT City of Rohnert Park VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 05 48 - 4 A. Statically and dynamically balance all pumps, fans, compressors and drivers. Align shafts of pumps, fans, and drivers to limit noise and vibration to specified values. Level and anchor equipment as necessary to achieve and maintain proper alignment. 3.03 SOUND LEVELS A. Sound level limitations apply to all burners, fans, blowers, pumps, compressors, control valves, pressure reducing valves, motors, and turbines. B. Sound levels shall not exceed 85 DBA when measured 1400 mm (4.5-feet) above the floor and 910 mm (3-feet) horizontally from each surface of the smallest imaginary rectangular box which could completely enclose the entire unit which contains the sound source. Sound level limitations apply to the operation of the equipment at all loads within the equipment requirements. C. If sound levels exceed requirements, modify or replace the equipment as necessary to achieve required sound levels and other specified requirements. 1. Submit all proposed modifications or replacements for review prior to starting the work. 2. After completing the work, provide complete retest of equipment operation and performance. END OF SECTION SECTION 23 05 53 HVAC IDENTIFICATION City of Rohnert Park IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING & EQUIPMENT City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 05 53 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide complete HVAC system identification work for all equipment and ducting from point of connection at HVAC equipment to termination points. Types of HVAC identification shall consist of: 1. Painted Identification Materials 2. Plasticized Tags 3. Engraved Plastic Laminate Signs 4. Plastic Tape B. Lettering, Size, Colors, and viewing angles of identification devices shall comply with ANSI A13.1. C. All work of this section shall comply with Section 23 00 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC) PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 HVAC IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Painted Identification Materials: 1. Stencils: Standard fiberboard stencils with letters not less than 1-1/4 inches high for ductwork and not less than ¾” inches high for access door signs and similar operational instructions. 2. Identification paint: Standard exterior type stenciling enamel of wither brushing grade or pressurized spray can form and grade. 3. Identification Paint: Standard identification enamel. B. Plastic Tape 1. General: Manufacturer’s standard color-coded pressure sensitive self-adhesive vinyl tape, not less than 3 mils thick. a. Width: Provide 1-1/2” inch wide tape markers on pipes with outside diameters (including insulation, if any) of less than 6 inches, 2-1/2 inch wide tape for larger pipes. b. Color: By ANSI A13.1 designation except where other color selection is indicated. City of Rohnert Park IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING & EQUIPMENT City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 05 53 - 2 C. Engraved-Plastic Laminate Signs: 1. General: Provide engraving stock melamine plastic laminate complying with FS L-P-387 in the size and thickness indicated, engraved with engraver’s standard letter style of the size and working indicated, black with white core (letter core) except as otherwise indicated, punched for mechanical fastening except where adhesive mounting is necessary because of substrate. a. Thickness: 1/6 inch for units up to 20 sq. in. or 8 inch in length; 1/8 inch for larger units. b. Fasteners: Self-tapping stainless screws, except contact type permanent adhesive where screws cannot or should not penetrate the substrate. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require insulation, painting or other covering or finish, including valve tags in mechanical spaces, install identification after completion of covering and painting. Install identification prior to installation of acoustical ceiling and removable concealment. 3.02 GENERAL DUCTWORK IDENTIFICATION A. Identify air supply, return, exhaust, outside air and intake relief ducting with stenciled signs and arrows, showing ductwork service in direction of flow, in black or white (whichever provides best contrast) B. In each space where ductwork is exposed, or concealed by removable ceiling system, locate signs near points of ductwork origin of where the ducts continue on into concealed enclosures and at 50 ft. spacing along exposed runs. 1. Access doors shall be provided with stenciled or plastic-laminate type signs on each access door in ductwork and housings, indicating purpose of access (to what equipment) and other maintenance and operating instructions and appropriate safety and procedural information. City of Rohnert Park IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING & EQUIPMENT City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 05 53 - 3 3.03 HVAC EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. Install engraved plastic laminate signs on or near each equipment item and each operational device, if not otherwise specified for each item or device. Provide signs for the following general categories of equipment and operational devices: 1. Furnaces 2. Package Units (RTUs and PEs) 3. Exhaust Fans 4. Split System Fan Coils 5. Condensing Units 6. Heat Pumps 7. Significant Shut Off Valves (Isolation) 8. Main control and operating dampers, including safety devices and hazardous units. B. Where lettering larger than 1 inch height is needed for proper identification, because of distance from normal location of required identification, stenciled signs may be provided in lieu of engraved plastic, at Installer’s option. C. Minimum 1/4" high lettering for name of unit where viewing distance is less than 2 feet and 1/2" high for distances up to 6 feet and proportionately larger lettering for greater distances. Provide secondary lettering of 2/3 or 3/4 the size of the principal lettering. D. In addition to name of identified unit, provide lettering to distinguish between multiple units, inform operator of operating requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazard and improper operations. END OF SECTION SECTION 23 05 93 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING City of Rohnert Park TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 05 93 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: This Section covers requirements for testing, adjusting, and balancing work for the air distribution systems and associated equipment and apparatus described herein. B. All work of this section shall comply with Section 23 00 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC). 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Engage the services of an independent balancing and testing agency specializing in the balancing and testing of heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems to perform the work. B. TAB Agency: 1. The TAB agency shall be a subcontractor of the General Contractor and shall report to and be paid by the General Contractor. 2. The TAB agency shall be a certified member of AABC to perform TAB service for HVAC, water balancing and vibrations and sound testing of equipment. The certification shall be maintained for the entire duration of duties specified herein. If, for any reason, the agency loses subject certification during this period, the General Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of Record and submit another TAB firm for approval. Any agency that has been the subject of disciplinary action by AABC within the five years preceding Contract Award shall not be eligible to perform any work related to the TAB. All work performed in this Section and in other related Sections by the TAB agency shall be considered invalid if the TAB agency loses its certification prior to Contract completion, and the successor agency’s review shows unsatisfactory work performed by the predecessor agency. C. TAB Specialist: 1. The TAB specialist shall be a member of the AABC, NEBB, or TABB. The certification shall be maintained for the entire duration of duties specified herein. If, for any reason, the Specialist loses subject certification during this period, the General Contractor shall immediately notify the Resident Engineer and submit another TAB Specialist for approval. Any individual that has been the subject of disciplinary action by the AABC within the five years preceding Contract Award shall not be eligible to perform any duties related to the HVAC systems, including TAB. All work specified in this Section and in other related Sections performed by the TAB specialist shall be considered invalid if the TAB Specialist loses its certification prior to Contract completion and must be performed by an approved successor. City of Rohnert Park TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 05 93 - 2 2. TAB Specialist shall be identified by the General Contractor within 60 days after the notice to proceed. The TAB specialist will be coordinating, scheduling and reporting all TAB work and related activities and will provide necessary information as required by the Resident Engineer. The responsibilities would specifically include: a. Shall directly supervise all TAB work. b. Shall sign the TAB reports that bear the seal of the TAB standard. The reports shall be accompanied by report forms and schematic drawings required by the TAB standard, AABC. c. Would follow all TAB work through its satisfactory completion. d. Shall provide final markings of settings of all HVAC adjustment devices. e. Permanently mark location of duct test ports. 3. All TAB technicians performing actual TAB work shall be experienced and must have done satisfactory work on a minimum of 3 projects comparable in size and complexity to this project. Qualifications must be certified by the TAB agency in writing. 4. Test Equipment Criteria: The instrumentation shall meet the accuracy/calibration requirements established by AABC National Standards. Provide calibration history of the instruments to be used for test and balance purpose. 5. Tab Criteria: a. One or more of the applicable AABC or SMACNA publications, supplemented by ASHRAE Handbook "HVAC Applications" Chapter 36, and requirements stated herein shall be the basis for planning, procedures, and reports. b. Flow rate tolerance: Following tolerances are allowed. For tolerances not mentioned herein follow ASHRAE Handbook "HVAC Applications", Chapter 36, as a guideline. Air Filter resistance during tests, artificially imposed if necessary, shall be at least 90 percent of final values for pre- filters and after-filters. 1. Air handling unit and all other fans, cubic meters/min (cubic feet per minute): Minus 0 percent to plus l0 percent. 2. Air terminal units (maximum values): Minus 2 percent to plus l0 percent. 3. Exhaust hoods/cabinets: 0 percent to plus l0 percent. 4. Minimum outside air: 0 percent to plus 10 percent. 5. Individual room air outlets and inlets, and air flow rates not mentioned above: Minus 2 percent to plus l0 percent except if the air to a space is 100 CFM or less the tolerance would be 0 to plus 5 percent. City of Rohnert Park TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 05 93 - 3 c. Systems shall be adjusted for energy efficient operation as described in PART 3. d. Typical TAB procedures and results shall be demonstrated to the Resident Engineer for one air distribution system (including all fans, three terminal units, three rooms) and one hydronic system (pumps and three coils) as follows: 1. When field TAB work begins. 2. During each partial final inspection and the final inspection for the project if requested by VA. D. AABC Compliance: Comply with AABC's Manual MN-1 "AABC National Standards", as applicable to mechanical air distribution systems and associated equipment and apparatus, except as otherwise specified. E. Industry Standards: Comply with American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc. (ASHRAE) recommendations pertaining to measurements, instruments, and testing, adjusting and balancing, except as otherwise specified. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Submittal Requirements of Division 01. B. Submit names and qualifications of TAB agency and TAB specialists within 60 days after the notice to proceed. Submit information on three recently completed projects and a list of proposed test equipment. C. For use by the Resident Engineer staff, submit one complete set of applicable AABC publications that will be the basis of TAB work. D. Submit Following for Review and Approval: 1. Design Review Report within 90 days for conventional design projects and within 60 days for design-build projects after the system layout on air and water side is completed by the Contractor. 2. Systems inspection report on equipment and installation for conformance with design. 3. Duct Air Leakage Test Report. 4. Systems Readiness Report. 5. Intermediate and Final TAB reports covering flow balance and adjustments, performance tests, vibration tests and sound tests. 6. Include in final reports uncorrected installation deficiencies noted during TAB and applicable explanatory comments on test results that differ from design requirements. City of Rohnert Park TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 05 93 - 4 7. Submit certification that balancing personnel have been trained in accordance with AABC standards. 8. Submit certification of test equipment calibration and currency. 9. Maintenance Data: Include in maintenance manuals, copies of certified test reports. 10. Submit certified test reports signed by the Test and Balance Supervisor who performed testing and balancing work. In addition, have report certified by a Registered Professional Engineer who is familiar with testing and balancing work and also with project. E. Prior to request for Final or Partial Final inspection, submit completed Test and Balance report for the area. F. Make all other submittals specified under this Section. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with TAB work until work has been completed and is operable. Ensure that there is no latent residual work still to be completed. B. Do not proceed until work scheduled for testing, adjusting, and balancing is clean and free from debris, dirt and discarded building materials. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. PATCHING MATERIALS: Except as otherwise indicated, use same products as used by original installer for patching holes in insulation, ductwork and housings which have been cut or drilled for test purposes, including access for test instruments, attaching jigs, and similar purposes. In each case, patching shall be completed by original installer. B. TEST INSTRUMENTS: Utilize test instruments and equipment for testing and balancing work required, of type, precision, and capacity as recommended in AABC's Manual MN-1 "AABC National Standards". 2.02 PLUGS A. Provide plastic plugs to seal holes drilled in ductwork for test purposes. 2.03 INSULATION REPAIR MATERIAL A. Provide for repair of insulation removed or damaged for TAB work. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS City of Rohnert Park TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 05 93 - 5 A. Examine installed work and conditions under which testing is to be done to ensure that work has been completed, cleaned and is operable. Do not proceed with testing and balancing work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Tester. B. Test, adjust and balance environmental systems and components, as indicated, in accordance with procedures outlined in applicable standards. C. Test, adjust and balance system during summer season for air conditioning systems and during winter season for heating systems, including at least period of operation at outside conditions within 5 °F (3 °C) wet bulb temperature of maximum summer design condition, and within 10 °F (6 °C) dry bulb temperature of minimum winter design condition. When seasonal operation does not permit measuring final temperatures, then take final temperature readings when seasonal operation does permit. D. Prepare report of test results, including instrumentation calibration reports, in format recommended by applicable standards. E. Patch holes in insulation, ductwork and housings, which have been cut or drilled for test purposes. F. Mark equipment settings, including damper control positions, valve indicators, fan speed control levers and similar controls and devices, to show final settings at completion of testing and balancing work. Provide markings with paint or other suitable permanent identification materials. G. Prepare a report of recommendations for correcting unsatisfactory mechanical performances when system cannot be successfully balanced, including, where necessary, modifications which exceed requirements of the Contract Documents. Submit report to the Engineer for review. Carry out corrective modifications as approved by the Engineer. H. Retest, adjust, and balance systems subsequent to significant system modifications, and resubmit test results. I. Units shall not be operated without air filters. Air filters shall be replaced completely after construction is complete and just prior to air balancing. 3.02 BALANCING PROCEDURES - AIR SYSTEMS A. Prior to balancing, the Contractor shall complete construction of air handling system with all components installed, and controls operative and calibrated. Schedule balancing for completion four calendar weeks prior to the completion of the building or the area the air system is servicing. B. Before balancing, check alignment of fan and motor sheaves. C. Obtain copies of fan pressure volume power characteristics at rated speed. Prepare line drawings of systems with identifying designations for each section of the distribution systems and all outlets. City of Rohnert Park TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 05 93 - 6 D. Set all fans at rated speeds for design volumes and pressure. Simultaneously operate all supply and exhaust systems serving common areas on 100% outside air or full recirculation throughout the balancing period. E. Measure flow and pressure in ducts by means of pitot tube and manometer or U-gage having a minimum sensitivity of 0.02 inch of water. F. For rectangular ducts, take readings at the center point of equal rectangles with not less than 16 and a maximum of 64 readings. Center distances between rectangular areas shall be not more than 6 inches. Take readings as far downstream of fittings as is practicable up to an equivalent of seven duct diameters. G. Measure fan and motor speed with a direct reading tachometer and Strobo Tach. Measure amperage and voltage with direct connected or clamp-on instruments. H. Measure flow at air outlets and inlets with velometer in accordance with air outlet manufacturer's instructions. I. Submit to the Engineer duplicate copies of final test and balancing measurements, drawings and operating data on fan curves. J. Determine actual air volume delivery of all fans by measuring fan performance point on fan pressure volume curve. 1. Measure and record fan performance data on Fan Data Sheet. Plot operating point on fan pressure volume curve. Plot BHP on fan power CFM curve. 2. Measure total system flow in main supply duct by means of pitot tube traverse. 3. If volumes determined by each method described in 1 and 2 above are within 5% of one another, continue test. If, in excess of 5% notify Engineer and have fan checked by manufacturer, then repeat pitot tube traverse. 4. If measured volumes are within 5% of one another but at other than design volume, readjust fan speed for design volume delivery. K. Test and record static pressure drop across all filters and note the condition of the filter at the time of test. L. Test and record entering and leaving db and wb temperature after the air systems have been balanced. Note whether system is on the heating or ventilation cycle. M. After all fans have been adjusted, proceed with balancing of systems. Adjust outside quantities by temperature of outside air, recirculated air and mixture on a day in which outside air is at least 30 °F colder than room air. Maximum and minimum air volumes through outdoor, return and exhaust air combination are to be adjusted in conjunction with automatic controls manufactured by means of linkage stops on damper motors. N. Balance systems to the following tolerances: 1. Fans: Design volume plus 5% City of Rohnert Park TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 05 93 - 7 2. Outlets: Design volume plus 5% 3. Leakage: 3% O. Where duct joints present leakage, the contractor shall reseal joints with 3M EC-800 cement, or equal. P. The following data shall be measured and recorded for all systems after balancing and adjusting to within limits specified herein, for submission of balancing report: 1. Fan Data: a. Manufacturer and model number (where available) b. CFM, design c. CFM, actual d. RPM e. Inlet static pressure f. Discharge static pressure g. Total static pressure h. For purpose of balancing, fan BHP shall be calculated as follows: Actual Amps X Actual Volts BHP = Nameplate Amps X Nameplate Volts X Nameplate HP i. If more accurate reading is necessary for resolution of performance data conflict, use a calibrated wattmeter for measuring power. 2. Motor Data: a. Manufacturer model number b. Horsepower c. Phase d. Frequency e. NEMA code letter f. Rated volts g. Actual volts h. Rated amperes City of Rohnert Park TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 05 93 - 8 i. Actual amperes j. Calculated operating BHP k. Locked rotor amperes 3. Hydronic Coils (where occurs): a. Coil tag or note to which air handler soil serves. b. Airflow in CFM c. Inlet air temperature d. Outlet air temperature e. Air inlet pressure f. Air outlet pressure 4. Electric Heaters (where occurs): a. Manufacturer model number b. Heater size c. Line voltage d. Ampere rating e. Control voltage f. Frequency 5. Air Outlet Data: a. Schedule showing all air outlet locations and numbers assigned to outlets for purpose of test b. Air outlet manufacturer and model number where available c. Size d. Actual free area e. Manufacturers test factor f. Measured velocity g. CFM, design h. CFM, actual City of Rohnert Park TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 05 93 - 9 i. CFM, percentage above or below design 6. Outdoor Air Data: a. Size and inlet b. Actual free area c. Manufacturers test factor d. Measured velocity e. Outdoor air temperature f. Return air temperature g. Mixed air temperature with averaged traverse readings 3.03 AUTOMATIC CONTROL DEVICES: A. Automatically operated devices that are pertinent to the adjustment of the air system shall be set and adjusted to deliver the required quantities of air. All control work shall be done in collaboration with the representative of the control device manufacturer. 3.04 PATCHING MATERIALS: A. Except as otherwise indicated, use the same products as used in the original installation for patching holes in insulation, ductwork and housings which have been cut or drilled for test purposes, including access for test instruments, attaching jigs, and similar purposes. In each case, patching is to be completed by original installer. 3.05 MARKINGS: A. Mark equipment settings, including damper control positions, valve indicators, fan speed control levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings at completion of testing, adjusting and balancing work. Provide markings with paint or other suitable permanent identification materials. 3.06 IDENTIFICATION OF TEST PORTS A. The TAB Specialist shall permanently and legibly identify the location points of duct test ports. If the ductwork has exterior insulation, the identification shall be made on the exterior side of the insulation. All penetrations through ductwork and ductwork insulation shall be sealed to prevent air leaks and maintain integrity of vapor barrier. 3.07 RECOMMENDATIONS A. Prepare a report of recommendations to the Engineer for correcting unsatisfactory mechanical performance when systems cannot be successfully balanced, including, where necessary, modifications. City of Rohnert Park TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 05 93 - 10 B. Retest, adjust and balance systems subsequent to significant system modifications and resubmit test results. END OF SECTION City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 1 SECTION 23 09 23 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. The Building Management System (BMS) manufacturer shall furnish and install a fully integrated building automation system, incorporating direct digital control (DDC) for energy management, equipment monitoring and control, and subsystems with open communications capabilities as herein specified. B. The installation of the control system shall be performed under the direct supervision of the manufacturer with the shop drawings, control diagrams, bill of materials, component designation or identification number and sequence of operation all bearing the name of the manufacturer. The installation contractor shall certify in writing that the shop drawings have been prepared by the equipment manufacturer and that the equipment manufacturer has supervised their installation. In addition, the equipment manufacturer shall certify, in writing, that the shop drawings were prepared by their company and that all temperature control equipment was installed under their direct supervision. C. All materials and equipment used shall be standard components, regularly manufactured for this and/or other systems and not custom designed especially for this project. All systems and components shall have been thoroughly tested and proven in actual use for at least two years. D. BMS manufacturer shall be responsible for all BMS and Temperature Control wiring for a complete and operable system. All wiring shall be done in accordance with all local and national codes. E. All work of this section shall comply with Section 23 00 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC) 1.02 WORK BY OTHERS A. The mechanical contractor installs all components, dampers, flow stations, etc. furnished by BMS manufacturer. B. Electrical Contractor provides: 1. 120V power to all BMS an/or Temperature control panels 2. Wiring of all power feeds through all disconnect starters to electrical motor. 3. Wiring of any remote start/stop switches and manual or automatic motor speed control devices not furnished by BMS manufacturer. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 2 1.03 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Refrigerant Piping 1. Refrigerant leak detection system B. Fire Detection and Alarm 1. Smoke Detectors/Fire Stats 1.04 RELATED WORK A. Division 01 General, Shop Drawings B. Division 23 HVAC C. Division 26 Electrical 1.05 COMMUNICATIONS WITH THIRD PARTY EQUIPMENT A. General: The BMS shall be capable of integrating to any third-party equipment using any of the following standard open protocols: 1. BACnet (IP, SC, Arcnet, or MS/TP) 2. Modbus (RTU or IP) B. The third-party equipment provider shall provide the details of the proposed interface including PICS for BACnet equipment, hardware and software identifiers for the interface points, network identifiers, wiring requirements, communication speeds, and required network accessories. C. The third-party equipment provider is responsible for furnishing and installing their interface pre-programmed and configured with the correct parameters to integrate with the BMS. These parameters include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Communication protocol 2. Correct communication protocol baud rate 3. Points required to be viewed through the BMS. This includes ensuring the points are “in service” and visible to the BMS. 4. Addressing of controller/interface. The BMS provider shall furnish the address. D. The third party equipment manufacturer shall include a minimum of 16 hours of onsite technical support for integration into the BMS. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 3 A. The BMS system shall be designed and installed, commissioned, and serviced by manufacturer employed, factory trained personnel. The manufacturer shall have an in- place support facility within 50 miles of the site with technical staff, spare parts inventory and necessary test and diagnostic equipment. Distributors or licensed installing contractors are not acceptable. B. The manufacturer shall provide an onsite, experienced project manager for this work, responsible for direct supervision of the design, installation, and start up and commissioning of the BMS. C. The Bidder shall be regularly engaged in the manufacturing, installation, and maintenance of BMS systems and shall have a minimum of ten (10) years of demonstrated technical expertise and experience in the manufacture, installation and maintenance of B.M.S. systems similar in size and complexity to this project. D. Materials and equipment shall be the catalogued products of manufacturers regularly engaged in production and installation of automatic temperature control systems and shall be manufacturer's latest standard design that complies with the specification requirements. E. All BMS peer-to-peer network controllers, central system controllers and local user displays shall be UL Listed under Standard UL 916, category PAZX; Standard ULC C100, category UUKL7; and under Standard UL 864, categories UUKL, UDTZ, and QVAX. and be so listed at the time of bid. All floor level controllers shall comply, at a minimum, with UL Standard UL 91 6category PAZX; Standard UL 864, categories UDTZ, and QVAX. and be so listed at the time of Bid. F. The BMS peer-to-peer network controllers and local user display shall also comply with the Australian Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Framework and bear the C-Tic Mark to show compliance. The purpose of the regulation is to minimize electromagnetic interference between electronic products, which may diminish the performance of electrical products or disrupt essential communications. G. All electronic equipment shall conform to the requirements of FCC Regulation, Part 15, Governing Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Interference and be so labeled. H. The manufacturer of the building automation system shall provide documentation supporting compliance with ISO-9002 (Model for Quality Assurance in Production, Installation, and Servicing) and ISO-140001 (The application of well-accepted business management principles to the environment). The intent of this specification requirement is to ensure that the products from the manufacturer are delivered through a Quality System and Framework that will assure consistency in the products delivered for this project. I. This system shall have a documented history of compatibility by design for a minimum of 15 years. Future compatibility shall be supported for no less than 10 years. Compatibility shall be defined as the ability to upgrade existing field panels to current level of technology and extend new field panels on a previously installed network. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 4 J. Compatibility shall be defined as the ability for any existing field panel microprocessor to be connected and directly communicate with new field panels without bridges, routers or protocol converters. 1.07 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Work, materials, and equipment shall comply with the most restrictive of local, state, and federal authorities’ codes and ordinances or these plans and specifications. As a minimum, the installation shall comply with the current editions in effect 30 days prior to the receipt of bids of the following codes: 1. National Electric Code (NEC) 2. International Building Code (IBC) 3. International Mechanical Code (IMC) 4. Underwriters Laboratories (UL/CUL) 5. ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135, BACnet - A Data Communication Protocol for Building Automation and Control Systems 1.08 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE A. Performance Standards. System shall conform to the following minimum standards over network connections. Systems shall be tested using manufacturer’s recommended hardware and software for display through the user’s web browser. 1. Graphic Display. A graphic with 20 dynamic points shall display with current data within 10 sec. 2. Graphic Refresh. A graphic with 20 dynamic points shall update with current data within 8 sec. and shall automatically refresh every 15 sec. 3. Configuration and Tuning Screens. Screens used for configuring, calibrating, or tuning points, PID loops, and similar control logic shall automatically refresh within 6 sec. 4. Object Command. Devices shall react to command of a binary object within 2 sec. Devices shall begin reacting to command of an analog object within 2 sec. 5. Alarm Response Time. An object that goes into alarm shall be annunciated at the browser within 45 sec. 6. Program Execution Frequency. Custom and standard applications shall be capable of running as often as once every 5 sec. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 5 7. Performance. Programmable controllers shall be able to completely execute DDC PID control loops at a frequency adjustable down to once per sec. Select execution times consistent with the mechanical process under control. 8. Multiple Alarm Annunciation. Each user, connected to network accessing the system through their browser (workstation), shall receive alarms within 5 seconds of one another. 9. Reporting Accuracy. BMS Manufacturer shall submit accuracy values with minimum end-to-end accuracy for all control devices and/or sensors. 10. Control Stability and Accuracy. BMS Manufacturer shall submit with minimum end-to-end accuracy for all control devices and/or sensors. 1.09 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data and Shop Drawings: The contractor shall provide shop drawings and product data on hardware, software, and equipment to be installed or provided. No work may begin on any segment of this project until submittals have been approved for conformity with design intent. Provide submittal data in a digital format on suitable digital media such as a USB drive. The submittal data shall be in standard Microsoft (Word, Excel, etc.) or PDF file formats. The shop drawings shall be formatted to fit on 11” x 17” pages and hardware/software product data shall be formatted to fit on 8.5” x 11” pages. When manufacturer's cutsheets apply to a product series rather than a specific product, the data specifically applicable to the project shall be highlighted or clearly indicated by other means. Each submitted piece of literature and drawing shall clearly reference the specification and/or drawing that the submittal is to cover. General catalogs shall not be accepted as cutsheets to fulfill submittal requirements. Select and show submittal quantities appropriate to scope of work. Submittal approval does not relieve Contractor of responsibility to supply sufficient quantities to complete work. Submittals shall be provided within 12 weeks of contract award. Submittals shall include: 1. DDC System Hardware a. A complete bill of materials to be used indicating quantity, manufacturer, model number, and relevant technical data of equipment to be used. b. Manufacturer’s description and technical data such as performance curves, product specifications, and installation and maintenance instructions for items listed below and for relevant items not listed below: 1. Direct digital controllers (controller panels) 2. Transducers and transmitters 3. Sensors (including accuracy data) 4. Actuators City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 6 5. Valves 6. Relays and switches 7. Control panels 8. Power supplies 9. Batteries 10. Operator interface equipment 11. Wiring c. Wiring diagrams and layouts for each control panel. Show termination numbers. d. Schematic diagrams for all field sensors and controllers. Provide floor plans of all sensor locations and control hardware. Riser diagrams showing control network layout, communication protocol, and wire types. 2. Central System Hardware and Software a. A complete bill of material of equipment used indicating quantity, manufacturer, model number, and relevant technical. b. Manufacturer’s description and technical data such as product specifications and installation and maintenance instructions for items listed below and for relevant items furnished under this contract not listed below: 1. Central Processing Unit (CPU) or web server 2. Monitors 3. Keyboards 4. Power supplies 5. Battery backups 6. Interface equipment between CPU or server and control panels 7. Operating System software – web server 8. Color graphic software 9. Third-party software c. Schematic diagrams for all control, communication, and power wiring. Provide a schematic drawing of the central system installation. Label all cables and ports with computer manufacturers’ model numbers and functions. Show interface wiring to control system. d. Network riser diagrams of wiring between central control unit and control panels. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 7 3. Controlled Systems a. Riser diagrams showing control network layout, communication protocol, and wire types. b. A schematic diagram of each controlled system. The schematics shall have all control points labeled with point names shown or listed. The schematics shall graphically show the location of all control elements in the system. c. A schematic wiring diagram of each controlled system. Label control elements and terminals. Where a control element is also shown on control system schematic, use the same name. d. An instrumentation list (Bill of Materials) for each controlled system. List each control system element in a table. Show element name, type of device, manufacturer, model number, and product data sheet number. e. A mounting, wiring, and routing plan-view drawing. The design shall take into account HVAC, electrical, and other systems’ design and elevation requirements. The drawing shall show the specific location of all concrete pads and bases and any special wall bracing for panels to accommodate this work. f. A complete description of the operation of the control system, including sequences of operation. The description shall include and reference a schematic diagram of the controlled system. g. A point list for each control system. List I/O points and software points required to provide specified sequence of operations. Indicate alarmed and trended points. 4. Quantities of items submitted shall be reviewed but are the responsibility of the Contractor. 5. BACnet Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) for each submitted type of controller and operator interface. B. Project Documentation. 1. Upon completion of installation, submit record (as-built) documents for approval before final completion. Provide record documents in a digital format on suitable digital media such as a USB drive. The record documents shall be in standard Microsoft (Word, Excel, etc.) or PDF file formats except as noted below. Record documentation shall include the following: a. Project Record Drawings. b. Testing and Commissioning Reports and Checklists. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 8 c. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manual. d. As-built versions of submittal product data. e. Names, addresses, and telephone numbers of installing contractors and service representatives for equipment and control systems. f. Operator’s manual with procedures for operating control systems: logging on and off, handling alarms, producing point reports, trending data, overriding computer control, and changing setpoints and variables. g. Programming manual or set of manuals with description of programming language and syntax, of statements for algorithms and calculations used, of point database creation and modification, of program creation and modification, and of editor use. h. Engineering, installation, and maintenance manual or set of manuals that explains how to design and install new points, panels, and other hardware; how to perform preventive maintenance and calibration; how to debug hardware problems; and how to repair or replace hardware. i. Documentation of programs operating in the system and object database that can be viewed using technician software tools furnished with system. j. Graphic files, programs, and database to be viewed using technician software tools furnished with system. k. List of recommended spare parts with part numbers and suppliers. l. Complete original-issue documentation, installation, and maintenance information for furnished third-party hardware including computer equipment and sensors. m. Complete original-issue copies of furnished software, including operating systems, custom programming language, operator workstation or web server software, and graphics software. n. Licenses, guarantees, and warranty documents for equipment and systems. o. Recommended preventive maintenance procedures for system components, including schedule of tasks such as inspection, cleaning, and calibration; time between tasks; and task descriptions. 2. Load into the control system for access by the operator through any operator workstation closeout documentation. There shall be a menu or navigation tab to City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 9 access the documentation. The documentation can be loaded into the control system in a pdf format. The following documentation shall be included: a. As-built control diagrams including wiring diagrams and sequences of operations for each controller/piece of equipment. b. All IOM data as follows: 1. IOM from each equipment manufacturer for each piece of equipment (AHUs, FCUs, Chillers, pumps etc.) 2. IOM for each control module and end device installed in the system. C. Training Materials: Provide course outline and materials for each class at least six weeks before first class. Training shall be furnished via instructor-led sessions, computer-based training, or web-based training. Engineer will modify course outlines and materials if necessary to meet Owner’s needs. Engineer will review and approve course outlines and materials at least three weeks before first class. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Provide all services, materials, and equipment necessary for the successful operation of the entire BMS system for a period of one year after system completion. B. Warrant work as follows: 1. Warrant labor and materials for specified control system free from defects for a period of 12 months after final acceptance. Control system failures during warranty period shall be adjusted, repaired, or replaced at no additional cost or reduction in service to Owner. Respond during normal business hours within 24 hours of Owner’s warranty service request. 2. Work shall have a single warranty date, even if Owner receives beneficial use due to early system start-up. If specified work is split into multiple contracts or a multi-phase contract, each contract or phase shall have a separate warranty start date and period. 3. If the engineer determines that equipment and systems operate satisfactorily at the end of final start-up, testing, and commissioning phase, the engineer will certify in writing that control system operation has been tested and accepted in accordance with the terms of this specification. Date of acceptance shall begin warranty period. 4. All Manufacturer’s software/firmware for web server/workstation and controllers shall be updated to the latest versions that are available from the manufacturer within 30 days from the date of end of the warranty. These updates shall be installed and checked out before the end of the warranty. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 10 5. Provide updates to web server software, project-specific software, graphic software, database software, and firmware that resolve the contractor- identified software deficiencies at no charge during warranty period. If available, Owner can purchase in-warranty service agreement to receive upgrades for functional enhancements associated with above-mentioned items. Do not install updates or upgrades without Owner’s written authorization. 6. Exception: Contractor shall not be required to warrant reused devices except those that have been rebuilt or repaired and factory recertified. Installation labor and materials shall be warranted. Demonstrate operable condition of reused devices at time of Engineer’s acceptance. 1.11 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only. A. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers. B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 90A-09 Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. C. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 1. 181-08 UL Standard for Safety Factory-Made Air Ducts and Connectors. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 11 PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Automated Logic (ALC). Any proposed substitution must be pre-approved prior to bidding utilizing the pre-bid substitution form, if available. If not available, owner has deemed the product as a client-wide standards. B. No substitutions or equals will be accepted with pre-approval. 2.02 SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE A. The design of the BMS must connect to, and provide full operability, of the existing ALC network throughout the client properties to a single user interface, location as selected by owner. B. The system shall be configured as a distributed processing network(s) capable of expansion as specified below. C. The design of BMS shall allow the co-existence of new Primary controllers with existing Primary controllers in the same network without the use of gateways or protocol converters. D. Interbuilding LAN 1. Interbuilding LAN: Used for communication between Primary Controller LANs located in each building, and multiple networked Operator Workstations located in selected buildings. The LAN will consist of using Ethernet backbone TCP/IP protocol. EMS workstation(s) shall employ native TCP/IP protocol with the Ethernet 10baseT (IEEE802.3) physical layer standard. The Apogee Ethernet Microserver (AEM) shall employ native TCP/IP on the Ethernet. The AEM should not require third party routers, gateways, or translators for TCP/IP protocol for Interbuilding and Primary LAN’s. 2. Primary Controller LAN: Used to control Primary Controllers which generally control central plant equipment, air handling within a building. This LAN may be Ethernet or a separate high-speed peer-to-peer network. The AEM shall employ native TCP/IP on the Ethernet. 3. Secondary Controller LAN: Polling or peer-to-peer LAN to support Terminal Control Units/application specific controllers and interfaces to other third-party LANs. The secondary controller LAN shall interconnect with the Primary Controller LAN. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Use new products the manufacturer is currently manufacturing and selling for use in new installations. Do not use this installation as a product test site unless explicitly City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 12 approved in writing by Owner. Spare parts shall be available for at least five years after completion of this contract. 2.04 COMMUNICATION A. Control products, communication media, connectors, repeaters, hubs, and routers shall comprise a BACnet internetwork. Controller and operator interface communication shall conform to ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135, BACnet. B. All IP based controllers shall be capable of providing IPv4 and IPv6 protocol standards as defined by the Internet Data Communications Standard. C. The BMS contractor shall furnish and install all communication media, connectors, repeaters and network switches/routers, and network devices necessary to provide a complete and workable control network for both high speed Ethernet communications network/LAN and serial networks. The control network shall adhere to the owner’s testing, labeling, administration, and documentation requirements established and presented for the site. The dedicated control's network shall be capable of connecting to a separate owner/customer LAN. D. Each controller shall have a communication port for temporary connection to a laptop computer or other operator interface. Connection shall support memory downloads and other commissioning and troubleshooting operations. E. Internetwork operator interface and value passing shall be transparent to internetwork architecture. 1. An operator interface connected to a controller shall allow the operator to interface with each internetwork controller as if directly connected. Controller information such as data, status, and control algorithms shall be viewable and editable from each internetwork controller. 2. Inputs, outputs, and control variables used to integrate control strategies across multiple controllers shall be readable by each controller on the internetwork. Program and test all cross-controller links required to execute specified sequences of operation. An authorized operator shall be able to edit cross- controller links by typing a standard object address or by using a point-and-click interface. F. BACnet Secure Connect (BACnet/SC). BACnet/SC is a datalink option that makes the full use of TLS WebSocket connections as defined by addendum to the ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135. 1. The BMS contractor shall furnish and install a network designed to allow for implementation of BACnet/SC. The network shall be installed with as many devices capable of using BACnet/SC at time of installation. 2. The BMS contractor shall furnish and install all BACnet workstations/servers, routers, and building controllers capable of using BACnet/SC. Any BACnet City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 13 workstations/servers, routers, or building controllers that do not have BACnet/SC capability at time of installation shall have the ability to provide BACnet/SC capability with a software/firmware update/patch. BACnet/SC capability shall not require the physical replacement of the BACnet workstation/server, router, or building controller hardware. G. Building Control Panels, and Controllers with real-time clocks shall use the BACnet Time Synchronization service. System shall automatically synchronize system clocks daily from an operator-designated device via the internetwork. The system shall automatically adjust for daylight saving and standard time as applicable. H. System shall be expandable to at least twice the required BACnet objects. No additional licensing/software fees shall be required to add controllers, associated devices, and wiring. I. System shall support Web services data exchange with any other system that complies with XML (extensible markup language) and SOAP (simple object access protocol) standards. Web services support shall as a minimum be provided at the workstation or web server level and shall enable data to be read from or written to the system. 1. System shall support Web services read data requests by retrieving requested trend data or point values (I/O hardware points, analog value software points, or binary value software points) from any system controller or from the trend history database. 2. System shall support Web services write data request to each analog and binary object that can be edited through the system operator interface by downloading a numeric value to the specified object. 3. For read or write requests, the system shall require user name and password authentication and shall support TLS (Transport Layer Security) or equivalent data encryption. 4. System shall support discovery through a Web services connection or shall provide a tool available through the Operator Interface that will reveal the path/identifier needed to allow a third party Web services device to read data from or write data to any object in the system which supports this service. 2.05 OPERATOR INTERFACE A. Operator Interface. The web server shall reside on high-speed network with building controllers. Web pages generated by this server shall be compatible with the latest versions of Microsoft Internet Explorer or Edge, Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox, and Apple Safari browsers. Any of these supported browsers connected to the server shall be able to access all system information. Mobile devices shall be recognized by the web server and shall supply the appropriate system content as needed. The Operator Interface (web server with client devices) shall conform to the BACnet Operator Workstation (B-OWS) or BACnet Advanced Workstation (B-AWS) device profile as specified in ASHRAE/ANSI 135 BACnet Annex L. This includes the ability to configure City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 14 and/or reconfigure the system from the client device (change programs, graphics, labels, etc.). B. Communication. Web server and controllers shall communicate using BACnet protocol, including BACnet/SC. Web server and control network backbone shall communicate using ISO 8802-3 (Ethernet) Data Link/Physical layer protocol and BACnet/IP addressing as specified in ANSI/ASHRAE 135, BACnet Annex J. Communication between the web server and client (workstation) shall be HTTP or HTTPS protocol utilizing HTML5 language. Use of Adobe Flash in any part of the communication infrastructure is not acceptable. C. Hardware. 1. Web server and/or workstation. Industry-standard hardware shall meet or exceed DDC system manufacturer’s recommended specifications and shall meet response times specified elsewhere in this document. The web server may also be configured in client/server fashion to accommodate a “workstation” definition. In “workstation” configuration, the workstation will also perform as a server supplying additional clients as needed. The following hardware requirements apply: a. System storage shall have sufficient memory to accommodate: 1. All required system software. 2. A DDC database to accommodate, as a minimum, twice the size of the delivered system database. 3. One year of archival trend data based on the points specified to be trended at their specified trend intervals. b. Provide additional hardware (communication ports, video drivers, network interface cards, cabling, etc.) to facilitate all control functions and software requirements specified for the DDC system. c. Minimum hardware configuration shall include the following: 1. Quad Core Processor 2. 4-24 GB RAM (size dependent on size of system) 3. 500 GB hard disk providing data at 3.0 Gb/sec (size dependent on historical data storage requirements) 4. 16x DVD+/-RW drive 5. Qwerty Keyboard 6. Optical Mouse 7. 24-inch LED Color monitor with 75Hz refresh rate and 1080P resolution to provide a minimum screen resolution of 1920 x 1080 pixels. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 15 8. Serial (USB) and network communication ports, with cables as required for proper DDC system operation. D. System Software. 1. Operating System. Web server shall have an industry-standard professional- grade operating system. Operating system shall meet or exceed the BMS manufacturer’s minimum requirements for their software. Acceptable systems include Microsoft Windows 8.1 or 10, Windows Server 2012 R2 or 2016 or 2019 or 2020, Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.3, or Ubuntu Desktop 18.04 or 20.04 LTS. 2. Security. The web server application shall support Transport Layer Security (TLS) 1.3 capable of encryption of up to 256 bit elliptical curve for transmitting private information over the Internet using HTTPS. Additionally, the web server shall have SHA-2 certificate support capability. 3. Database. System shall support any JDBC (Java Database Connectivity) compliant engine. This includes: MS SQL, My SQL, Apache Derby, PostgreSQL and Oracle. 4. The BMS system shall allow an unlimited number of concurrent users. 5. The BMS manufacturer shall provide all software and tools necessary to provide the following capabilities: a. Create and/or edit any programming used in controllers b. Create and/or edit any graphics used in the system c. Software shall not be subscription based and be given to owner at time of turnover. If software is subscription based, manufacturer shall include 10 years of subscription service. d. The owner shall have the ability to install software on a minimum of five (5) additional owner furnished computers without additional licenses or fees. 6. System Graphics. The operator interface software shall be graphically based and shall include at least one graphic per piece of equipment or occupied zone, graphics for each chilled water and hot water system, and graphics that summarize conditions on each floor of each building included in this contract. Indicate thermal comfort on floor plan summary graphics using dynamic colors to represent zone temperature relative to zone setpoint. a. Minimum graphics resolution shall be 1920 x 1080 for display of detailed system graphics. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 16 b. Floor Plan Graphics. Floor plan graphics shall be capable of allowing the floor plan graphic to dynamically size relative to the end user’s monitor resolution. c. Functionality. Graphics shall allow operator to monitor system status, to view a summary of the most important data for each controlled zone or piece of equipment, to use point-and-click navigation between zones or equipment, and to edit setpoints and other specified parameters. d. Animation. Graphics shall be able to animate by displaying different image files for changed object status. e. Alarm Indication. Indicate areas or equipment in an alarm condition using color or other visual indicator. f. Format. Graphics shall be saved in an industry-standard format such as BMP, JPEG, PNG, GIF, or SVG. Web-based system graphics shall be viewable on browsers compatible with World Wide Web Consortium browser standards. Web graphic format shall require no plug-in or shall only require widely available no-cost plug-ins. 7. Custom Graphics. Custom graphic files shall be created with the use of a graphics generation package furnished with the system. The graphics generation package shall be a graphically based system used to create and modify graphics that are saved in the same formats as are used for system graphics. 8. Graphics Library. Furnish a complete library of standard HVAC equipment graphics such as chillers, boilers, air handlers, terminals, fan coils, and unit ventilators. This library also shall include standard symbols for other equipment including fans, pumps, coils, valves, piping, dampers, and ductwork. The library shall be furnished in a file format compatible with the graphics generation package program. E. System Applications. System shall provide the following functionality to authorized operators as an integral part of the operator interface or as stand-alone software programs. If furnished as part of the interface, the tool shall be available from each workstation or web browser interface. If furnished as a stand-alone program, software shall be installable on a standard PC type personal computer with no limit on the number of copies that can be installed under the system license. 1. Automatic System Database Configuration. Each workstation or web server shall store on its hard disk a copy of the current system database, including controller firmware and software. Stored database shall be automatically updated with each system configuration or controller firmware or software change. 2. Manual Controller Memory Download. Operators shall be able to download memory from the system database to each controller. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 17 3. System Configuration. The workstation software shall provide a method of configuring the system. This shall allow for future system changes or additions by users under proper password. 4. On-Line Help. Provide a context-sensitive, on-line help system to assist the operator in operating and editing the system. On-line help shall be available for all applications and shall provide the relevant data for that particular screen. Additional help information shall be available through the use of hypertext. 5. Security. Each operator shall be required to log on to the system with user name and password in order to view, edit, add, or delete data. a. Operator Access. The user name and password combination shall define accessible viewing, editing, adding, and deleting privileges for that operator. Users with system administrator rights shall be able to create new users and edit the privileges of all existing users. System administrators shall also be able to vary and deny each operator’s privileges based on the geographic location, such as the ability to edit operating parameters in Building A, to view but not edit parameters in Building B, and to not even see equipment in Building C. b. Password Policy Rules. System administrator shall invoke policies for minimum password strength, including number of characters, special characters and numbers, upper and lower case, etc. c. Automatic Log Out. Automatically log out each operator if no keyboard or mouse activity is detected. This auto logoff time period shall be user- adjustable. d. Encrypted Security Data. Store system security data including operator passwords in an encrypted format. System shall not display operator passwords. 6. System Diagnostics. The system shall automatically monitor the operation of all building management panels and controllers. The failure of any device shall be annunciated to the operator. 7. Alarm Processing. System input and status objects shall be configurable to alarm on departing from and on returning to normal state. Operator shall be able to enable or disable each alarm and to configure alarm limits, alarm limit differentials, alarm states, and alarm reactions for each system object. Configure and enable alarm points as required by sequences of operation. Alarms shall be BACnet alarm objects and shall use BACnet alarm services. BMS system shall be capable of assigning alarm sources to categories such as HVAC Critical, or HVAC General. The BMS shall include at a minimum HVAC and FDD categories. BMS system shall allow user to create custom alarm categories. 8. Alarm Messages. Alarm messages shall use the English language descriptor for the object in alarm in such a way that the operator will be able to recognize the City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 18 source, location, and nature of the alarm without relying on acronyms or mnemonics. 9. Alarm Reactions. Operator shall be able to configure (by object) what, if any actions are to be taken during an alarm. As a minimum, the workstation or web server shall be able to log, print, start programs, display messages, send e-mail, send SMS text, and audibly annunciate. 10. Alarm and Event log. Operators shall be able to view all system alarms and changes of state from any location in the system. Events shall be listed chronologically. An operator with the proper security level may acknowledge and delete alarms, and archive closed alarms to the workstation or web server hard disk. 11. Trend Logs. The operator shall be able to configure trend sample or change of value (COV) interval, start time, and stop time for each system data object and shall be able to retrieve data for use in spreadsheets and standard database programs. Controller shall sample and store trend data and shall be able to archive data to the hard disk. Configure trends as specified by the sequences of operation. Trends shall be BACnet trend objects. 12. Object and Property Status and Control. Provide a method for the operator to view, and edit if applicable, the status of any object or property in the system. The status shall be available by menu, on graphics, or through custom programs. 13. Reports and Logs. Operator shall be able to select, to modify, to create, and to print reports and logs. Operator shall be able to store report data in a format accessible by standard spreadsheet and word processing programs. 14. Audit and Security Detail. All users accessing the system shall have their actions recorded. Information recorded shall include: a. Login/logout time and date b. System modifications - with before and after values c. Ability to report user activity based on individual and/or date and time. 15. Standard Reports. Furnish the following standard system reports: a. Objects. System objects and current values filtered by object type, by status (in alarm, locked, normal), by equipment, by geographic location, or by combination of filter criteria. b. Alarm Summary. Current alarms and closed alarms. System shall retain closed alarms for an adjustable period. c. Logs. System shall log the following to a database or text file and shall retain data for an adjustable period: City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 19 1. Alarm History. 2. Trend Data. Operator shall be able to select trends to be logged. 16. Custom Reports. Operator shall be able to create custom reports that retrieve data, including archived trend data, from the system, that analyze data using common algebraic calculations, and that present results in tabular or graphical format. Reports shall be launched from the operator interface. Operator shall be able to schedule reports to automatically run and be emailed to recipients on a recurring basis from the BMS system. F. Workstation Application Editors. Each PC or browser workstation shall support editing of all system applications. The applications shall be downloaded and executed at one or more of the controller panels. 1. Controller. Provide a full-screen editor for each type of application that shall allow the operator to view and change the configuration, name, control parameters, and set points for all controllers. 2. Scheduling. An editor for the scheduling application shall be provided at each workstation. Provide a method of selecting the desired schedule and schedule type. Exception schedules and holidays shall be shown clearly on the calendar. The start and stop times for each object shall be adjustable from this interface. 3. Custom Application Programming. Provide the tools to create, edit, debug, and download custom programs. System shall be fully operable while custom programs are edited, compiled, and downloaded. Programming language shall have the following features: a. Language. Language shall be graphically based or English oriented. If graphically based, language shall use function blocks arranged in a logic diagram that clearly shows control logic flow. Function blocks shall directly provide functions listed below, and operators shall be able to create custom or compound function blocks. If English language oriented, language shall be based on the syntax of BASIC, FORTRAN, C, or PASCAL, and shall allow for free-form programming that is not column-oriented or “fill-in-the-blanks.” b. Programming Environment. Tool shall provide a full-screen, cursor-and- mouse-driven programming environment that incorporates word processing features such as cut and paste. Operators shall be able to insert, add, modify, and delete custom programming code, and to copy blocks of code to a file library for reuse in other control programs. c. Independent Program Modules. Operator shall be able to develop independently executing program modules that can disable, enable and exchange data with other program modules. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 20 d. Debugging and Simulation. Operator shall be able to step through the program observing intermediate values and results. Operator shall be able to adjust input variables to simulate actual operating conditions. Operator shall be able to adjust each step’s time increment to observe operation of delays, integrators, and other time-sensitive control logic. Debugger shall provide error messages for syntax and for execution errors. e. Conditional Statements. Operator shall be able to program conditional logic using compound Boolean (AND, OR, and NOT) and relational (EQUAL, LESS THAN, GREATER THAN, NOT EQUAL) comparisons. f. Mathematical Functions. Language shall support floating-point addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, and square root operations, as well as absolute value calculation and programmatic selection of minimum and maximum values from a list of values. g. Variables. Operator shall be able to use variable values in program conditional statements and mathematical functions. 1. Time Variables. Operator shall be able to use predefined variables to represent time of day, day of the week, month of the year, and date. Other predefined variables or simple control logic shall provide elapsed time in seconds, minutes, hours, and days. Operator shall be able to start, stop, and reset elapsed time variables using the program language. 2. System Variables. Operator shall be able to use predefined variables to represent status and results of Controller Software and shall be able to enable, disable, and change setpoints of Controller Software as described in Controller Software section. 2.06 CONTROLLER SOFTWARE A. All controller software applications shall reside and operate in the system controllers. B. All application software in controllers furnished by BMS manufacturer shall be editable through operator workstation, web browser interface, or workstation. C. Each controller furnished by BMS manufacturer shall have all of its local on-board software applications backed up and saved to the BMS web server. In the event of a controller failure, the BMS server shall download backed up software applications to replacement controller. Controllers furnished by others and integrated into the BMS are not required to be backed up to BMS server. D. Furnish the following applications for building and energy management: 1. System Security City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 21 2. Scheduling. Provide the capability to execute control functions according to a user created or edited schedule. Each schedule shall provide the following schedule options as a minimum: a. Weekly Schedule. Provide separate schedules for each day of the week. Each schedule shall be able to include up to 5 occupied periods (5 start- stop pairs or 10 events). b. Exception Schedules. Provide the ability for the operator to designate any day of the year as an exception schedule. Exception schedules may be defined up to a year in advance. Once an exception schedule has executed, the system shall discard and replace the exception schedule with the standard schedule for that day of the week. c. Holiday Schedules. Provide the capability for the operator to define up to 24 special or holiday schedules. These schedules will be repeated each year. The operator shall be able to define the length of each holiday period. 3. System Coordination. Operator shall be able to group related equipment based on function and location and to use these groups for scheduling and other applications. 4. Binary Alarms. Each binary object shall have the capability to be configured to alarm based on the operator-specified state. Provide the capability to automatically and manually disable alarming. 5. Analog Alarms. Each analog object shall have both high and low alarm limits. The operator shall be able to enable or disable these alarms. 6. Alarm Reporting. The operator shall be able to determine the action to be taken in the event of an alarm. An alarm shall be able to start programs, print, be logged in the event log, generate custom messages, and display on graphics. 7. Remote Communication. System shall automatically contact operator workstation or server on receipt of critical alarms. If no network connection is available, system shall use a modem connection. 8. Demand Limiting. a. The demand-limiting program shall monitor building power consumption from a building power meter (provided by others) which generates pulse signals or a BACnet communications interface. An acceptable alternative is for the system to monitor a watt transducer or current transformer attached to the building feeder lines. b. When power consumption exceeds adjustable levels, system shall automatically adjust setpoints, de-energize low-priority equipment, and take other programmatic actions to reduce demand as specified in in City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 22 sequences of operation. When demand drops below adjustable levels, system shall restore loads as specified. 9. Maintenance Management. The system shall be capable of generating maintenance alarms when equipment exceeds adjustable runtime, equipment starts, or performance limits. Configure and enable maintenance alarms as specified in sequences of operation. 10. Sequencing. Application software shall sequence chillers, boilers, and pumps as specified in sequences of operation. 11. PID Control. System shall provide direct- and reverse-acting PID (proportional- integral-derivative) algorithms. Each algorithm shall have anti-windup and selectable controlled variable, setpoint, and PID gains. Each algorithm shall calculate a time-varying analog value that can be used to position an output or to stage a series of outputs. The calculation interval, PID gains, and other tuning parameters shall be adjustable by a user with the correct security level. 12. Staggered Start. System shall stagger controlled equipment restart after power outage. Operator shall be able to adjust equipment restart order and time delay between equipment restarts. 13. Energy Calculations. a. The system shall accumulate and convert instantaneous power (kW) or flow rates (L/s [gpm]) to energy usage data. b. The system shall calculate a sliding-window average (rolling average). Operator shall be able to adjust window interval to 15 minutes, 30 minutes, or 60 minutes. 14. Anti-Short Cycling. All binary output objects shall be protected from short cycling by means of adjustable minimum on-time and off-time settings. 15. On and Off Control with Differential. Provide an algorithm that allows a binary output to be cycled based on a controlled variable and a setpoint. The algorithm shall be direct-acting or reverse-acting. 16. Runtime Totalization. Provide software to totalize runtime for each binary input and output. Operator shall be able to enable runtime alarm based on exceeded adjustable runtime limit. Configure and enable runtime totalization and alarms as required by sequences of operation. 17. Fault Detection and Diagnostics (FDD). The system shall follow NIST and ASHRAE standards for enhanced monitoring and alarming. The FDD shall reside in the controller and be integral to the programming. Overlay software for primary FDD reporting is not acceptable. FDD capabilities shall include diagnostics for: Simultaneous Heating and Cooling; Continuous Operation; Fraction of Outdoor Air; Analog Output Cycling; Discrete Output Cycling; Sensor Failures; and Run City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 23 Requests Analytics. These FDD alarms must be fully programmed, configured and active within the system. It is not acceptable for the system to have simply have the capability for FDD alarming, the alarming must be fully functional. The alarms shall be categorized and displayed on the BMS system. The FDD alarms shall categorized into one of the following four categories: a. FDD Comfort b. FDD Critical c. FDD Energy d. FDD Maintenance 2.07 CONTROLLERS A. General. Provide an adequate number of Building Controllers (BC), Advanced Application Controllers (AAC), Application Specific Controllers (ASC), Smart Actuators (SA), and Smart Sensors (SS) as required to achieve performance specified by system performance. Every device in the system which executes control logic and directly controls HVAC equipment must conform to a standard BACnet Device profile as specified in ANSI/ASHRAE 135, BACnet Annex L. Unless otherwise specified, hardwired actuators and sensors may be used in lieu of communicating actuators, communicating sensors, BACnet Smart Actuators and BACnet Smart Sensors. B. BACnet. 1. Building Controllers (BCs). Each BC shall conform to BACnet Building Controller (B-BC) device profile as specified in ANSI/ASHRAE 135, BACnet Annex L and shall be listed as a certified B-BC in the BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) Product Listing. 2. Advanced Application Controllers (AACs). Each AAC shall conform to BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC) device profile as specified in ANSI/ASHRAE 135, BACnet Annex L and shall be listed as a certified B-AAC in the BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) Product Listing. 3. Application Specific Controllers (ASCs). Each ASC shall conform to BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC) device profile as specified in ANSI/ASHRAE 135, BACnet Annex L and shall be listed as a certified B-ASC in the BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) Product Listing. 4. Smart Actuators (SAs). An actuator which is controlled by a network connection rather than a binary or analog signal (0-10v, 4-20mA, relay, etc.). Each SA shall conform to BACnet Smart Actuator (B-SA) device profile as specified in ANSI/ASHRAE 135, BACnet Annex L and shall be listed as a certified B-SA in the BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) Product Listing. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 24 5. Smart Sensors (SSs). A sensor which provides information to the BAS via network connection rather than a binary or analog signal (0-10000 ohm, 4- 20mA, dry contact, etc.). Each SS shall conform to BACnet Smart Sensor (B-SS) device profile as specified in ANSI/ASHRAE 135, BACnet Annex L and shall be listed as a certified B-SS in the BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) Product Listing. 6. BACnet Communication. a. Building Controllers (BC). Each BC shall connect to a network using ISO 8802-3 (Ethernet) Data Link/Physical layer protocol using BACnet/IP or BACnet/SC. b. BACnet routing shall be performed by BCs or other BACnet device routers as necessary to connect BCs to networks of AACs and ASCs. c. Each AAC shall connect to a network using ISO 8802-3 (Ethernet) Data Link/Physical layer protocol using BACnet/IP or BACnet/SC. d. Each ASC shall reside on a BACnet network using the ARCNET or MS/TP Data Link/Physical layer protocol. e. Each SA shall reside on a BACnet network using the ARCNET or MS/TP Data Link/Physical layer protocol. f. Each SS shall reside on a BACnet network using ISO 8802-3 (Ethernet) Data Link/Physical layer protocol with BACnet/IP addressing, or it shall reside on a BACnet network using ARCNET or MS/TP Data Link/Physical layer protocol. C. Security. 1. Provide BACnet firewall capability, as defined in the BACnet standard. D. Building Controllers (BC) 1. Communication a. Network Connection. Controller shall support a single point ethernet connection. b. Ethernet Port. Provide one (1) Gig-E port capable of full duplex communication up to 1000 Mbps c. Service Port. Provide one (1) ethernet port for connection to a Portable Operator’s Terminal. d. Serial Port. Provide two (2) serial ports for communication to serial BACnet or serial Modbus networks. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 25 e. Signal Management. BC shall have the ability to manage input and output communication signals to allow distributed controllers to share real and virtual object information and to allow for central monitoring and alarms. f. Data Sharing. Each BC and AAC shall share data as required with each networked BC and AAC. g. Stand-Alone Operation. Each piece of equipment shall be controlled by a single controller to provide stand-alone control in the event of communication failure. All I/O points specified for a piece of equipment shall be integral to its controller. Provide stable and reliable stand- alone control using default values or other method for values normally read over the network such as outdoor air conditions, supply air or water temperature coming from source equipment, etc. 2. Environment. Controller hardware shall be suitable for anticipated ambient conditions. a. Controllers used outdoors or in wet ambient conditions shall be mounted in waterproof enclosures and shall be rated for operation at - 29°C to 60°C (-20°F to 140°F). b. Controllers used in conditioned space shall be mounted in dust- protective enclosures and shall be rated for operation at 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 120°F). 3. Serviceability. Provide diagnostic LEDs for power, communication, and processor. All wiring connections shall be made to a field-removable modular terminal strip or to a termination card connected by a ribbon cable. Each BC and AAC shall continually check its processor and memory circuit status and shall generate an alarm on abnormal operation. System shall continuously check controller network and generate alarm for each controller that fails to respond. 4. Real-time Clock. Controller shall have a real-time clock to keep track of time in the event of a power failure for up to three (3) days. 5. Memory a. Controller memory shall support operating system, database, and programming requirements. b. Each BC shall use nonvolatile memory and shall retain BIOS and application programming in the event of power loss. System shall automatically download dynamic control parameters following power loss. E. Advanced Application/Specific Controllers (AAC/ASC) City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 26 1. Communication a. Network Connection. Controller shall support a single point ethernet connection or a daisy-chained ethernet connection using the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP). b. Ethernet Port. Provide two (2) 10/100 Base T ethernet ports with ethernet switching capability. c. Service Port. Provide one (1) USB port for connection to a Portable Operator’s Terminal or a display. d. Serial Port. Provide two (2) serial ports for communication to serial BACnet or serial Modbus networks. e. Stand-Alone Operation. Each piece of equipment shall be controlled by a single controller to provide stand-alone control in the event of communication failure. All I/O points specified for a piece of equipment shall be integral to its controller. Provide stable and reliable stand- alone control using default values or other method for values normally read over the network such as outdoor air conditions, supply air or water temperature coming from source equipment, etc. 2. Environment. Controller hardware shall be suitable for anticipated ambient conditions. a. Controllers used outdoors or in wet ambient conditions shall be mounted in waterproof enclosures and shall be rated for operation at - 29°C to 60°C (-20°F to 140°F). b. Controllers used in conditioned space shall be mounted in dust- protective enclosures and shall be rated for operation at 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 120°F). 3. Serviceability. Provide diagnostic LEDs for power, communication, and processor. All wiring connections shall be made to a field-removable modular terminal strip or to a termination card connected by a ribbon cable. Each BC and AAC shall continually check its processor and memory circuit status and shall generate an alarm on abnormal operation. System shall continuously check controller network and generate alarm for each controller that fails to respond. 4. Real-time Clock. Controller shall have a real-time clock to keep track of time in the event of a power failure for up to three (3) days. 5. Memory a. Controller memory shall support operating system, database, and programming requirements. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 27 b. Each AAC shall use nonvolatile memory and shall retain BIOS and application programming in the event of power loss. System shall automatically download dynamic control parameters following power loss. F. Immunity to Power and Noise. Controllers shall be able to operate at 90% to 110% of nominal voltage rating and shall perform an orderly shutdown below 80% nominal voltage. G. Transformer. Power supply shall be fused or current limiting and shall be rated at a minimum of 125% of controller power consumption. 2.08 INPUT AND OUTPUT INTERFACE A. General. Hard-wire input and output points to BCs, AACs, or ASCs. B. Protection. All input points and output points shall be protected such that shorting of the point to itself, to another point, or to ground shall cause no damage to the controller. All input and output points shall be protected from voltage up to 24 V of any duration, such that contact with this voltage will cause no controller damage. C. Binary Inputs. Binary inputs shall allow the monitoring of ON/OFF signals from remote devices. Binary inputs shall sense dry contact closure without application of power external to the controller. D. Pulse Accumulation Inputs. Pulse accumulation inputs shall conform to binary input requirements and shall also accumulate up to 10 pulses per second. E. Analog Inputs. Analog inputs shall monitor low-voltage (0–10 Vdc), current (4–20 mA), or resistance (thermistor or RTD) signals. Analog inputs shall be compatible with and field configurable to commonly available sensing devices. F. Binary Outputs. Binary outputs shall provide for ON/OFF operation or a pulsed low- voltage signal for pulse width modulation control. Binary outputs on Building Controllers shall have three-position (on-off-auto) override switches and status lights. Outputs shall be selectable for normally open or normally closed operation. G. Analog Outputs. Analog outputs shall provide a modulating signal for the control of end devices. Outputs shall provide either a 0–10 Vdc or a 4–20 mA signal as required to properly control output devices. Each Building Controller analog output shall have a two-position (auto-manual) switch, a manually adjustable potentiometer, and status lights. Analog outputs shall not drift more than 0.4% of range annually. H. Tri-State Outputs. Control three-point floating electronic actuators without feedback with tri-state outputs (two coordinated binary outputs). Tri-State outputs may be used to provide analog output control in zone control and terminal unit control applications such as VAV terminal units, duct-mounted heating coils, and zone dampers. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 28 I. Universal Inputs and Outputs. Inputs and outputs that can be designated as either binary or analog in software shall conform to the provisions of this section that are appropriate for their designated use. J. Operator Displays. Provide a 4”, 7”, or 10” operator display as noted on drawings for each controller. Operator displays shall be as follows: 1. Physical Display. The display shall be a fully customizable capacitive multi-touch color display unit with the following minimum capabilities: • 4” Display • 7” Display • 10” Display • Display Size (diagonal) • 4” • 7” • 10.1” • Resolution (pixels) • 480 x 272 • 1024 x 600 • 1280 x 800 • Brightness (cd/m2) • 400 • 320 • 350 • Contrast Ratio • 1000:1 • 1000:1 • 800:1 2. Power. Display shall be powered by 24Vdc power. 3. Maximum Colors: The display shall provide 8 bit capability for 16.7 million colors. 4. Touch Screen: The screen shall be a capacitive multi-touch screen using Projected Capacitive Touch (PCAP) technology. 5. Environmental: The display shall operate in conditions of -4° to 140°F with a front IP65 water and dustproof rating and a rear IP20 water and dustproof rating. 6. Communication: The following communication ports shall be provided: a. Ethernet LAN port b. Serial Port c. USB Port d. USB OTG Port 7. System/Memory: The display shall have a dual core processor, flash memory, and a 365-day real time clock/calendar with time and date maintained for a minimum of 72 hours after loss of power(at room temperature). 8. User Interface: Display shall provide the following user interface capabilities: a. Multi-level password protection for security b. Access virtually any point in the controller City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 29 c. View trends d. View and edit BACnet time schedules e. Change setpoints 2.09 POWER SUPPLIES AND LINE FILTERING A. Power Supplies. Control transformers shall be listed by UL. Furnish Class 2 current- limiting type or furnish over-current protection in primary and secondary circuits for Class 2 service in accordance with NEC requirements. Limit connected loads to 80% of rated capacity. 1. DC power supply output shall match output current and voltage requirements. Unit shall be full-wave rectifier type with output ripple of 5.0 mV maximum peak-to-peak. Regulation shall be 1.0% line and load combined, with 100- microsecond response time for 50% load changes. Unit shall have built-in over- voltage and over-current protection and shall be able to withstand 150% current overload for at least three seconds without trip-out or failure. a. Unit shall operate between 0°C and 50°C (32°F and 120°F). EM/RF shall meet FCC Class B and VDE 0871 for Class B and MILSTD 810C for shock and vibration. b. Line voltage units shall be UL recognized and CSA listed. B. Power Line Filtering. 1. Provide internal or external transient voltage and surge suppression for workstations and controllers. Surge protection shall have: a. Dielectric strength of 1000 V minimum b. Response time of 10 nanoseconds or less c. Transverse mode noise attenuation of 65 dB or greater d. Common mode noise attenuation of 150 dB or greater at 40–100 Hz 2.10 LOCAL CONTROL PANELS A. All indoor control cabinets shall be fully enclosed NEMA 1 construction with (hinged door) key-lock latch and removable subpanels. A single key shall be common to all field panels and subpanels. B. Interconnections between internal and face-mounted devices shall be prewired with color-coded stranded conductors neatly installed in plastic troughs and/or tie-wrapped. Terminals for field connections shall be UL listed for 600 volt service, individually identified per control/interlock drawings, with adequate clearance for field wiring. Control terminations for field connection shall be individually identified per control drawings. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 30 C. Provide ON/OFF power switch with overcurrent protection for control power sources to each local panel. 2.11 WIRING AND RACEWAYS A. General. Provide copper wiring, plenum cable, conduit, and raceways as specified in applicable sections of Division 26. B. Insulated wire shall use copper conductors and shall be UL listed for 90°C (200°F) minimum service. 2.12 PERSONAL COMPUTER OPERATOR WORKSTATION HARDWARE A. New system graphics will reside on (E) computer database server. 2.13 MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES A. Thermostats 1. Room thermostats shall be of the gradual acting type with adjustable sensitivity. 2. They shall have a bi-metal sensing element capable of responding to a temperature change of one-tenth of one degree. (Provide all thermostats with limit stops to limit adjustments as required.) 3. Thermostats shall be arranged for either horizontal or vertical mounting. 4. In the vertical position thermostat shall fit on a mullion of movable partitions without overlap. B. Freeze stats: 1. Install freeze stats as indicated on the plans and provide protection for every square foot of coil surface area with one linear foot of element per square foot of coil. a. Upon detection of low temperature, the freeze stats shall stop the associated supply fans and return the automatic dampers to their normal position. Provide manual reset. C. Current Sensing Relay: 1. Provide solid-state, adjustable, current operated relay. Provide a relay which changes switch contact state in response to an adjustable set point value of current in the monitored A/C circuit. 2. Adjust the relay switch point so that the relay responds to motor operation under load as an “on” state and so that the relay responds to an unloaded running motor as an “off” state. A motor with a broken belt is considered an unloaded motor. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 31 3. Provide a status device for all fans and pumps. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 32 PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. The project plans shall be thoroughly examined for control device and equipment locations. Any discrepancies, conflicts, or omissions shall be reported to the architect/engineer for resolution before rough-in work is started. B. The contractor shall inspect the site to verify that equipment may be installed as shown. Any discrepancies, conflicts, or omissions shall be reported to the engineer for resolution before rough-in work is started. C. The contractor shall examine the drawings and specifications for other parts of the work. If headroom or space conditions appear inadequate—or if any discrepancies occur between the plans and the contractor’s work and the plans and the work of others—the contractor shall report these discrepancies to the engineer and shall obtain written instructions for any changes necessary to accommodate the contractor’s work with the work of others. Any changes in the work covered by this specification made necessary by the failure or neglect of the contractor to report such discrepancies shall be made by—and at the expense of—this contractor. 3.02 PROTECTION A. The contractor shall protect all work and material from damage by his/her work or employees and shall be liable for all damage thus caused. B. The contractor shall be responsible for his/her work and equipment until finally inspected, tested, and accepted. The contractor shall protect any material that is not immediately installed. The contractor shall close all open ends of work with temporary covers or plugs during storage and construction to prevent entry of foreign objects. 3.03 COORDINATION A. Site 1. Where the mechanical work will be installed in close proximity to, or will interfere with, work of other trades, the contractor shall assist in working out space conditions to make a satisfactory adjustment. If the contractor installs his/her work before coordinating with other trades, so as to cause any interference with work of other trades, the contractor shall make the necessary changes in his/her work to correct the condition without extra charge. 2. Coordinate and schedule work with other work in the same area and with work dependent upon other work to facilitate mutual progress. B. Test and Balance. 1. The contractor shall furnish a single set of all tools necessary to interface to the control system for test and balance purposes. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 33 2. The contractor shall provide training in the use of these tools. This training will be planned for a minimum of 4 hours. 3. In addition, the contractor shall provide a qualified technician to assist in the test and balance process, until the first 20 terminal units are balanced. 4. The tools used during the test and balance process will be returned at the completion of the testing and balancing. C. Life Safety. 1. Duct smoke detectors required for air handler shutdown are provided under Division 28. Interlock smoke detectors to air handlers for shutdown as specified in sequences of operation. 2. Smoke dampers and actuators required for duct smoke isolation are provided under Division 23. Interlock smoke dampers to air handlers as specified in sequences of operation. 3. Fire and smoke dampers and actuators required for fire-rated walls are provided under Division 23. Fire and smoke damper control is provided under Division 28. D. Coordination with controls specified in other sections or divisions. Other sections and/or divisions of this specification include controls and control devices that are to be part of or interfaced to the control system specified in this section. These controls shall be integrated into the system and coordinated by the contractor as follows: 1. All communication media and equipment shall be provided as specified in Section 23 09 23 Article 2.2 (Communication). 2. Each supplier of a controls product is responsible for the configuration, programming, start up, and testing of that product to meet the sequences of operation described in Section 23 09 93. 3. The contractor shall coordinate and resolve any incompatibility issues that arise between control products provided under this section and those provided under other sections or divisions of this specification. 4. The contractor is responsible for providing all controls described in the contract documents regardless of where within the contract documents these controls are described. 5. The contractor is responsible for the interface of control products provided by multiple suppliers regardless of where this interface is described within the contract documents. 3.04 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 34 A. Install equipment, piping, and wiring/raceway parallel to building lines (i.e. horizontal, vertical, and parallel to walls) wherever possible. B. Provide sufficient slack and flexible connections to allow for vibration of piping and equipment. C. Install equipment in readily accessible locations as defined by Chapter 1 Article 100 Part A of the National Electrical Code (NEC). D. Verify integrity of all wiring to ensure continuity and freedom from shorts and grounds. E. All equipment, installation, and wiring shall comply with industry specifications and standards for performance, reliability, and compatibility and be executed in strict adherence to local codes and standard practices. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. All work, materials, and equipment shall comply with rules and regulations of applicable local, state, and federal codes and ordinances as identified in Section 23 09 23 Article 1.8 (Codes and Standards). B. Contractor shall continually monitor the field installation for code compliance and quality of workmanship. C. Contractor shall have work inspection by local and/or state authorities having jurisdiction over the work. 3.06 WIRING A. All control and interlock wiring shall comply with national and local electrical codes, and Division 26 of this specification, Where the requirements of this section differ from Division 26, the requirements of this section shall take precedence. B. All NEC Class 1 (line voltage) wiring shall be UL listed in approved raceway according to NEC and Division 26 requirements. C. All low-voltage wiring shall meet NEC Class 2 requirements. Low-voltage power circuits shall be sub-fused when required to meet Class 2 current limit. D. Where NEC Class 2 (current-limited) wires are in concealed and accessible locations, including ceiling return air plenums, approved cables not in raceway may be used provided that cables are UL listed for the intended application. E. All wiring in mechanical, electrical, or service rooms – or where subject to mechanical damage – shall be installed in raceway at levels below 3 m (10ft). F. Do not install Class 2 wiring in raceways containing Class 1 wiring. Boxes and panels containing high-voltage wiring and equipment may not be used for low-voltage wiring except for the purpose of interfacing the two (e.g. relays and transformers). City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 35 G. Do not install wiring in raceway containing tubing. H. Where Class 2 wiring is run exposed, wiring is to be run parallel along a surface or perpendicular to it and neatly tied at 3 m (10 ft) intervals. I. Where plenum cables are used without raceway, they shall be supported from or anchored to structural members. Cables shall not be supported by or anchored to ductwork, electrical raceways, piping, or ceiling suspension systems. J. All wire-to-device connections shall be made at a terminal block or terminal strip. All wire-to-wire connections shall be at a terminal block. K. All wiring within enclosures shall be neatly bundled and anchored to permit access and prevent restriction to devices and terminals. L. Maximum allowable voltage for control wiring shall be 120 V. If only higher voltages are available, the contractor shall provide step-down transformers. M. All wiring shall be installed as continuous lengths, with no splices permitted between termination points. N. Install plenum wiring in sleeves where it passes through walls and floors. Maintain fire rating at all penetrations. O. Size of raceway and size and type of wire type shall be the responsibility of the contractor in keeping with the manufacturer’s recommendations and NEC requirements, except as noted elsewhere. P. Include one pull string in each raceway 2.5 cm (1 in.) or larger. Q. Use color-coded conductors throughout with conductors of different colors. R. Control and status relays are to be located in designated enclosures only. These enclosures include packaged equipment control panel enclosures unless they also contain Class 1 starters. S. Conceal all raceways except within mechanical, electrical, or service rooms. Install raceway to maintain a minimum clearance of 15 cm (6 in.) from high-temperature equipment (e.g. steam pipes or flues). T. Secure raceways with raceway clamps fastened to the structure and spaced according to code requirements. Raceways and pull boxes may not be hung on flexible duct strap or tie rods. Raceways may not be run on or attached to ductwork. U. Adhere to this specification’s Division 26 requirements where raceway crosses building expansion joints. V. Install insulated bushings on all raceway ends and openings to enclosures. Seal top end of vertical raceways. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 36 W. The contractor shall terminate all control and/or interlock wiring and shall maintain updated (as-built) wiring diagrams with terminations identified at the job site. X. Flexible metal raceways and liquid-tight flexible metal raceways shall not exceed 1 m (3 ft) in length and shall be supported at each end. Flexible metal raceway less than ½ in. electrical trade size shall not be used. In areas exposed to moisture, including chiller and boiler rooms, liquid-tight, flexible metal raceways shall be used. Y. Raceway must be rigidly installed, adequately supported, properly reamed at both ends, and left clean and free of obstructions. Raceway sections shall be joined with couplings (according to code). Terminations must be made with fittings at boxes, and ends not terminating in boxes shall have bushings installed. 3.07 COMMUNICATION WIRING A. All cabling shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. Follow manufacturer’s installation recommendations for all communication cabling B. Do not install communication wiring in raceways and enclosures containing Class 1 or other Class 2 wiring. C. Maximum pulling, tension, and bend radius for the cable installation, as specified by the cable manufacturer, shall not be exceeded during installation. D. Contractor shall verify the integrity of the entire network following cable installation. Use appropriate test measures for each particular cable. E. When a cable enters or exits a building, a lightning arrestor must be installed between the lines and ground. The lighting arrestor shall be installed according to manufacturer’s instructions. F. All runs of communication wiring shall be unspliced length when that length is commercially available. G. All communication wiring shall be labeled to indicate origination and destination data. H. Grounding of coaxial cable shall be in accordance with NEC regulations article on “Communications Circuits, Cable, and Protector Grounding.” I. BACnet IP, Arcnet, or MS/TP communications wiring shall be installed in accordance with ASHRAE/ANSI Standard 135. This includes but is not limited to: 1. IP a. The network shall use Cat5e or greater cabling for connections. b. Custom made patch cables must use either the T568A or T568 wiring standard and must use the same standard on both ends of the cable. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 37 2. Arcnet a. The network shall use shielded, twisted-pair cable with characteristic impedance between 100 nominal. Distributed capacitance between conductors shall be less than 12.5 pF per foot (41 pF per meter.) b. The maximum length of an Arcnet segment is 610 meters (2000 ft) with AWG 22 cable. c. The maximum number of nodes per segment shall be 32, as specified in the EIA 485 standard. Additional nodes may be accommodated by the use of repeaters. d. An Arcnet network shall have no T connections 3. MS/TP a. The network shall use shielded, twisted-pair cable with characteristic impedance between 100 and 120 ohms. Distributed capacitance between conductors shall be less than 100 pF per meter (30 pF per foot.) b. The maximum length of an MS/TP segment is 1200 meters (4000 ft) with AWG 18 cable. The use of greater distances and/or different wire gauges shall comply with the electrical specifications of EIA-485. c. The maximum number of nodes per segment shall be 32, as specified in the EIA 485 standard. Additional nodes may be accommodated by the use of repeaters. d. An MS/TP EIA-485 network shall have no T connections. 3.08 FIBER OPTIC CABLE A. Maximum pulling tensions as specified by the cable manufacturer shall not be exceeded during installation. Post-installation residual cable tension shall be within cable manufacturer’s specifications. B. All cabling and associated components shall be installed in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions. Minimum cable and unjacketed fiber bend radii, as specified by cable manufacturer, shall be maintained. 3.09 INSTALLATION OF SENSORS A. Install sensors in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. B. Mount sensors rigidly and adequately for environment within which the sensor operates. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 38 C. Room temperature sensors shall be installed on concealed junction boxes properly supported by wall framing. D. All wires attached to sensors shall be sealed in their raceways or in the wall to stop air transmitted from other areas from affecting sensor readings. E. Sensors used in mixing plenums and hot and cold decks shall be of the averaging type. Averaging sensors shall be installed in a serpentine manner vertically across the duct. Each bend shall be supported with a capillary clip. F. Low-limit sensors used in mixing plenums shall be installed in a serpentine manner horizontally across duct. Each bend shall be supported with a capillary clip. Provide 3 m (10 ft) of sensing element for each 1 m2 (1 ft2) of coil area. G. Do not install temperature sensors within the vapor plume of a humidifier. If installing a sensor downstream of a humidifier, install it at least 3 m (10 ft) downstream. H. All pipe-mounted temperature sensors shall be installed in wells. Install liquid temperature sensors with heat-conducting fluid in thermal wells. I. Install outdoor air temperature sensors on north wall, complete with sun shield at designated location. J. Differential Air Static Pressure. 1. Supply Duct Static Pressure. Pipe the high-pressure tap to the duct using a pitot tube. Pipe the low-pressure port to a tee in the high-pressure tap tubing of the corresponding building static pressure sensor (if applicable) or to the location of the duct high-pressure tap and leave open to the plenum. 2. Return Duct Static Pressure. Pipe high-pressure tap to duct using a pitot tube. Pipe the low-pressure port to a tee in the low-pressure tap tubing of the corresponding building static pressure sensor. 3. Building Static Pressure. Pipe the low-pressure port of the pressure sensor to the static pressure port located on the outside of the building through a high- volume accumulator. Pipe the high-pressure port to a location behind a thermostat cover. 4. The piping to the pressure ports on all pressure transducers shall contain a capped test port located adjacent to the transducer. 5. All pressure transducers, other than those controlling VAV boxes, shall be located in field device panels, not on the equipment monitored or on ductwork. Mount transducers in a location accessible for service without use of ladders or special equipment. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 39 6. All air and water differential pressure sensors shall have gauge tees mounted adjacent to the taps. Water gauges shall also have shut-off valves installed before the tee. K. Smoke detectors, freezestats, high-pressure cut-offs, and other safety switches shall be hard-wired to de-energize equipment as described in the sequence of operation. Switches shall require manual reset. Provide contacts that allow DDC software to monitor safety switch status. 1. Smoke detectors utilized for fan shutdown shall be addressable and signal to the fire-alarm control panel upon activation. L. Install humidity sensors for duct mounted humidifiers at least 3 m (10 ft) downstream of the humidifier. Do not install filters between the humidifier and the sensor. 3.10 FLOW SWITCH INSTALLATION A. Use correct paddle for pipe diameter. B. Adjust flow switch according to manufacturer’s instructions. 3.11 ACTUATORS A. General. Mount and link control damper actuators according to manufacturer’s instructions. 1. To compress seals when spring-return actuators are used on normally closed dampers, power actuator to approximately 5° open position, manually close the damper, and then tighten the linkage. 2. Check operation of damper/actuator combination to confirm that actuator modulates damper smoothly throughout stroke to both open and closed positions. 3. Provide all mounting hardware and linkages for actuator installation. B. Electric/Electronic 1. Dampers: Actuators shall be direct mounted on damper shaft or jackshaft unless shown as a linkage installation. For low-leakage dampers with seals, the actuator shall be mounted with a minimum 5° travel available for tightening the damper seal. Actuators shall be mounted following manufacturer’s recommendations. 2. Valves: Actuators shall be connected to valves with adapters approved by the actuator manufacturer. Actuators and adapters shall be mounted following the actuator manufacturer’s recommendations. 3.12 WARNING LABELS City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 40 A. Permanent warning labels shall be affixed to all equipment that can be automatically started by the control system. 1. Labels shall use white lettering (12-point type or larger) on a red background. 2. Warning labels shall read as follows. a. C A U T I O N: This equipment is operating under automatic control and may start or stop at any time without warning. Switch disconnect to “Off” position before servicing. B. Permanent warning labels shall be affixed to all motor starters and control panels that are connected to multiple power sources utilizing separate disconnects. 1. Labels shall use white lettering (12-point type or larger) on a red background. 2. Warning labels shall read as follows. a. C A U T I O N: This equipment is fed from more than one power source with separate disconnects. Disconnect all power sources before servicing. 3.13 IDENTIFICATION OF HARDWARE AND WIRING A. All wiring and cabling, including that within factory-fabricated panels shall be labeled at each end within 5 cm (2 in.) of termination with control system address or termination number. B. All pneumatic tubing shall be labeled at each end within 5 cm (2 in.) of termination with a descriptive identifier. C. Permanently label or code each point of field terminal strips to show the instrument or item served. D. Identify control panels with minimum 1 cm (½ in.) letters on laminated plastic nameplates. E. Identify all other control components with permanent labels. All plug-in components shall be labeled such that label removal of the component does not remove the label. F. Identify room sensors related to terminal boxes or valves with nameplates. G. Manufacturers’ nameplates and UL or CSA labels shall be visible and legible after equipment is installed. H. Identifiers shall match record documents. 3.14 CONTROLLERS City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 41 A. Provide a separate controller for each AHU or other HVAC system. A DDC controller may control more than one system provided that all points associated with the system are assigned to the same DDC controller. Points used for control loop reset, such as outside air or space temperature, are exempt from this requirement. B. Building Controllers and Custom Application Controllers shall be selected to provide the required I/O point capacity required to monitor all of the hardware points listed in sequences of operation. 3.15 PROGRAMMING A. Provide sufficient internal memory for the specified sequences of operation and trend logging. B. Point Naming. Coordinate with owner for point naming conventions. Name points as shown on the equipment points list provided with each sequence of operation or as directed by owner. If character limitations or space restrictions make it advisable to shorten the name, abbreviations as coordinated with owner may be used. Where multiple points with the same name reside in the same controller, each point name may be customized with its associated Program Object number. For example, “Zone Temp 1” for Zone 1, “Zone Temp 2” for Zone 2. C. Software Programming. 1. Provide programming for the system and adhere to the sequences of operation provided. All other system programming necessary for the operation of the system, but not specified in this document, also shall be provided by the contractor. Embed into the control program sufficient comment statements to clearly describe each section of the program. The comment statements shall reflect the language used in the sequences of operation. Use the appropriate technique based on the following programming types: a. Text-based: 1. Must provide actions for all possible situations 2. Must be modular and structured 3. Must be commented b. Graphic-based: 1. Must provide actions for all possible situations 2. Must be documented c. Parameter-based: 1. Must provide actions for all possible situations 2. Must be documented. D. Operator Interface. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 42 1. Standard Graphics. Provide graphics for all mechanical systems and floor plans of the building. This includes each chilled water system, hot water system, chiller, boiler, air handler, and all terminal equipment. Point information on the graphic displays shall dynamically update. Show on each graphic all input and output points for the system. Also show relevant calculated points such as setpoints. As a minimum, show on each equipment graphic the input and output points and relevant calculated points as indicated on the applicable Points List or sequence of operation. 2. The contractor shall provide all the labor necessary to install, initialize, start up, and troubleshoot all operator interface software and its functions as described in this section. This includes any operating system software, the operator interface database, and any third-party software installation and integration required for successful operation of the operator interface. 3.16 CONTROL SYSTEM CHECKOUT AND TESTING A. Startup Testing. All testing listed in this article shall be performed by the contractor and shall make up part of the necessary verification of an operating control system. This testing shall be completed before the owner’s representative is notified of the system demonstration. 1. The contractor shall furnish all labor and test apparatus required to calibrate and prepare for service of all instruments, controls, and accessory equipment furnished under this specification. 2. Verify that all control wiring is properly connected and free of all shorts and ground faults. Verify that terminations are tight. 3. Enable the control systems and verify calibration of all input devices individually. Perform calibration procedures according to manufacturers’ recommendations. 4. Verify that all binary output devices (relays, solenoid valves, two-position actuators and control valves, magnetic starters, etc.) operate properly and that the normal positions are correct. 5. Verify that all analog output devices (I/Ps, actuators, etc.) are functional, that start and span are correct, and that direction and normal positions are correct. The contractor shall check all control valves and automatic dampers to ensure proper action and closure. The contractor shall make any necessary adjustments to valve stem and damper blade travel. 6. Verify that the system operation adheres to the sequences of operation. Simulate and observe all modes of operation by overriding and varying inputs and schedules. Tune all DDC loops. 7. Alarms and Interlocks: City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 43 a. Check each alarm separately by including an appropriate signal at a value that will trip the alarm. b. Interlocks shall be tripped using field contacts to check the logic, as well as to ensure that the fail-safe condition for all actuators is in the proper direction. c. Interlock actions shall be tested by simulating alarm conditions to check the initiating value of the variable and interlock action. 3.17 CONTROL SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Demonstration. 1. Prior to acceptance, the control system shall undergo a series of performance tests to verify operation and compliance with this specification. These tests shall occur after the Contractor has completed the installation, started up the system, and performed his/her own tests. 2. The tests described in this section are to be performed in addition to the tests that the contractor performs as a necessary part of the installation, start-up, and debugging process and as specified in the “Control System Checkout and Testing” article in Part 3 of this specification. The engineer will be present to observe and review these tests. The engineer shall be notified at least 10 days in advance of the start of the testing procedures. 3. The demonstration process shall follow that approved in Part 1, “Submittals.” The approved checklists and forms shall be completed for all systems as part of the demonstration. 4. The contractor shall provide at least two persons equipped with two-way communication and shall demonstrate actual field operation of each control and sensing point for all modes of operation including day, night, occupied, unoccupied, fire/smoke alarm, seasonal changeover, and power failure modes. The purpose is to demonstrate the calibration, response, and action of every point and system. Any test equipment required to prove the proper operation shall be provided by and operated by the contractor. 5. As each control input and output is checked, a log shall be completed showing the date, technician’s initials, and any corrective action taken or needed. 6. Demonstrate compliance with Part 1, “System Performance.” 7. Demonstrate compliance with sequences of operation through all modes of operation. 8. Demonstrate complete operation of operator interface. 9. Additionally, the following items shall be demonstrated: City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 44 a. DDC loop response. The contractor shall supply trend data output in a graphical form showing the step response of each DDC loop. The test shall show the loop’s response to a change in set point, which represents a change of actuator position of at least 25% of its full range. The sampling rate of the trend shall be from 10 seconds to 3 minutes, depending on the speed of the loop. The trend data shall show for each sample the set point, actuator position, and controlled variable values. Any loop that yields unreasonably under-damped or over-damped control shall require further tuning by the Contractor. b. Demand limiting. The contractor shall supply a trend data output showing the action of the demand limiting algorithm. The data shall document the action on a minute-by-minute basis over at least a 30- minute period. Included in the trend shall be building kW, demand limiting set point, and the status of sheddable equipment outputs. c. Optimum start/stop. The contractor shall supply a trend data output showing the capability of the algorithm. The change-of-value or change- of-state trends shall include the output status of all optimally started and stopped equipment, as well as temperature sensor inputs of affected areas. d. Interface to the building fire alarm system. e. Operational logs for each system that indicate all set points, operating points, valve positions, mode, and equipment status shall be submitted to the architect/engineer. These logs shall cover three 48-hour periods and have a sample frequency of not more than 10 minutes. The logs shall be provided in both printed and disk formats. 10. Any tests that fail to demonstrate the operation of the system shall be repeated at a later date. The contractor shall be responsible for any necessary repairs or revisions to the hardware or software to successfully complete all tests. B. Acceptance. 1. All tests described in this specification shall have been performed to the satisfaction of both the engineer and owner prior to the acceptance of the control system as meeting the requirements of completion. Any tests that cannot be performed due to circumstances beyond the control of the contractor may be exempt from the completion requirements if stated as such in writing by the engineer. Such tests shall then be performed as part of the warranty. 2. The system shall not be accepted until all forms and checklists completed as part of the demonstration are submitted and approved as required in Part 1, “Submittals.” 3.18 CLEANING City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 45 A. The contractor shall clean up all debris resulting from his/her activities daily. The contractor shall remove all cartons, containers, crates, etc., under his/her control as soon as their contents have been removed. Waste shall be collected and placed in a designated location. B. At the completion of work in any area, the contractor shall clean all work, equipment, etc., keeping it free from dust, dirt, and debris, etc. C. At the completion of work, all equipment furnished under this section shall be checked for paint damage, and any factory-finished paint that has been damaged shall be repaired to match the adjacent areas. Any cabinet or enclosure that has been deformed shall be replaced with new material and repainted to match the adjacent areas. 3.19 TRAINING A. Provide training for a designated staff of Owner’s representatives. Training shall be provided via self-paced training, web-based or computer-based training, classroom training, or a combination of training methods. B. Training shall enable students to accomplish the following objectives. 1. Day-to-day Operators: a. Proficiently operate the system b. Understand control system architecture and configuration c. Understand DDC system components d. Understand system operation, including DDC system control and optimizing routines (algorithms) e. Operate the workstation and peripherals f. Log on and off the system g. Access graphics, point reports, and logs h. Adjust and change system set points, time schedules, and holiday schedules i. Recognize malfunctions of the system by observation of the printed copy and graphical visual signals j. Understand system drawings and Operation and Maintenance manual k. Understand the job layout and location of control components l. Access data from DDC controllers and ASCs City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 46 m. Operate portable operator’s terminals 2. Advanced Operators: a. Make and change graphics on the workstation b. Create, delete, and modify alarms, including annunciation and routing of these c. Create, delete, and modify point trend logs and graph or print these both on an ad-hoc basis and at user-definable time intervals d. Create, delete, and modify reports e. Add, remove, and modify system’s physical points f. Create, modify, and delete programming g. Add panels when required h. Add operator interface stations i. Create, delete, and modify system displays, both graphical and others j. Perform DDC system field checkout procedures k. Perform DDC controller unit operation and maintenance procedures l. Perform workstation and peripheral operation and maintenance procedures m. Perform DDC system diagnostic procedures n. Configure hardware including PC boards, switches, communication, and I/O points o. Maintain, calibrate, troubleshoot, diagnose, and repair hardware p. Adjust, calibrate, and replace system components 3. System Managers/Administrators: a. Maintain software and prepare backups b. Interface with job-specific, third-party operator software c. Add new users and understand password security procedures C. Organize the training into sessions or modules for the three levels of operators listed above. (Day-to-Day Operators, Advanced Operators, System Managers and City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 47 Administrators). Students will receive one or more of the training packages, depending on knowledge level required. D. Provide course outline and materials according to the “Submittals” article in Part 1 of this specification. Provide one copy of training material per student. E. The instructor(s) shall be factory-trained and experienced in presenting this material. F. Classroom training shall be done using a network of working controllers representative of installed hardware. 3.20 CONTROL VALVE INSTALLATION A. Valve submittals shall be coordinated for type, quantity, size, and piping configuration to ensure compatibility with pipe design. B. Slip-stem control valves shall be installed so that the stem position is not more than 60 degrees from the vertical up position. Ball type control valves shall be installed with the stem in the horizontal position. C. Valves shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. D. Control valves shall be installed so that they are accessible and serviceable and so that actuators may be serviced and removed without interference from structure or other pipes and/or equipment. E. Isolation valves shall be installed so that the control valve body may be serviced without draining the supply/return side piping system. Unions shall be installed at all connections to screw-type control valves. F. Provide tags for all control valves indicating service and number. Tags shall be brass, 1.5 inch in diameter, with ¼ inch high letters. Securely fasten with chain and hook. Match identification numbers as shown on approved controls shop drawings. 3.21 CONTROL DAMPER INSTALLATION A. Damper submittals shall be coordinated for type, quantity, and size to ensure compatibility with sheet metal design. B. Duct openings shall be free of any obstruction or irregularities that might interfere with blade or linkage rotation or actuator mounting. Duct openings shall measure ¼ in. larger than damper dimensions and shall be square, straight, and level. C. Individual damper sections, as well as entire multiple section assemblies, must be completely square and free from racking, twisting, or bending. Measure diagonally from upper corners to opposite lower corners of each damper section. Both dimensions must be within 0.3 cm (1/8 in.) of each other. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 48 D. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for field installation of control dampers. Unless specifically designed for vertical blade application, dampers must be mounted with blade axis horizontal. E. Install extended shaft or jackshaft according to manufacturer’s instructions. (Typically, a sticker on the damper face shows recommended extended shaft location. Attach shaft on labeled side of damper to that blade.) F. Damper blades, axles, and linkage must operate without binding. Before system operation, cycle damper after installation to ensure proper operation. On multiple section assemblies, all sections must open and close simultaneously. G. Provide a visible and accessible indication of damper position on the drive shaft end. H. Support ductwork in area of damper when required to prevent sagging due to damper weight. I. After installation of low-leakage dampers with seals, caulk between frame and duct or opening to prevent leakage around perimeter of damper. 3.22 SMOKE DAMPER INSTALLATION A. The contractor shall coordinate all smoke and smoke/fire damper installation, wiring, and checkout to ensure that these dampers function properly and that they respond to the proper fire alarm system general, zone, and/or detector trips. The contractor shall immediately report any discrepancies to the engineer no less than two weeks prior to inspection by the code authority having jurisdiction. B. Provide complete submittal data to controls system subcontractor for coordination of duct smoke detector interface to HVAC systems. 3.23 DUCT SMOKE DETECTION A. Submit data for coordination of duct smoke detector interface to HVAC systems as required in Part 1, “Submittals.” B. This Contractor shall provide a dry-contact alarm output in the same room as the HVAC equipment to be controlled. 3.24 START-UP AND CHECKOUT PROCEDURES A. Start up, check out, and test all hardware and software and verify communication between all components. 1. Verify that all control wiring is properly connected and free of all shorts and ground faults. Verify that terminations are tight. 2. Verify that all analog and binary input/output points read properly. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 49 3. Verify alarms and interlocks. 4. Verify operation of the integrated system. 3.25 PROJECT MANAGEMENT A. Provide a designated project manager who will be responsible for the following: 1. Construct and maintain project schedule. 2. On-site coordination with all applicable trades, subcontractors, and other integration vendors 3. Authorized to accept and execute orders or instructions from owner/architect. 4. Make necessary field decisions relating to this scope of work. 5. Coordination/Single point of contact 3.26 COMMISSIONING, TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE A. Perform commissioning procedure consisting of field I/O commissioning. Document all commissioning information on commissioning data sheets which shall be submitted prior to acceptance testing. Commissioning work which requires shutdown of system or deviation from normal function shall be performed when the operation of the system is not required. The commissioning must be coordinated with the owner and construction manager to ensure systems are available when needed. Notify the operating personnel in writing of the testing schedule so that authorized personnel from the owner and construction manager are present throughout the commissioning procedure. B. Prior to system program commissioning, verify that each control panel has been installed according to plans, specifications, and approved shop drawings. C. Submit for approval, a detailed acceptance test procedure designed to demonstrate compliance with contractual requirements. This Acceptance test procedure will take place after the commissioning procedure but before final acceptance, to verify that sensors and control devices maintain specified accuracies and the system performance does not degrade over time. D. Refer to HVAC commissioning specification for additional information. 3.01 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION – ROOFTOP HEAT PUMP (RTU-X) A. OCCUPIED: Cooling Stage 1: Economizer Operation (Outside Air Cooling) Conditions: 1. Outside air temperature is below the return air temperature. 2. Outside air is within the acceptable range for free cooling (temperature range shall be 55°F to 75°F and humidity is below a certain threshold). City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 50 3. supply air temperature is set to a maximum of 75°F. B. OCCUPIED: Cooling Stage 1: Economizer Operation (Outside Air Cooling) Operation: 1. The economizer will modulate to bring in outside air and bypass mechanical cooling. 2. The damper position will be adjusted based on the outside air temperature and return air conditions. 3. The compressor and condenser fans will remain off. 4. The fan will operate at the required speed to deliver the necessary airflow for cooling. C. OCCUPIED: Cooling Stage 2: Direct Expansion (DX) Cooling (Mechanical Cooling) Conditions: 1. The outside air is not within the acceptable range for economizer operation. 2. The return air temperature exceeds the cooling setpoint. 3. The economizer damper is closed or partially closed. D. OCCUPIED: Cooling Stage 2: Direct Expansion (DX) Cooling (Mechanical Cooling) Operation: 1. The compressor (heat pump) is activated to provide mechanical cooling via direct expansion. 2. The reversing valve will be energized to allow for cooling mode operation. 3. The condenser and evaporator fans will operate to facilitate heat exchange. 4. The system will cycle the compressor on/off as required to maintain the setpoint temperature. 5. The cooling setpoint can be adjusted (typically 72°F ± 2°F depending on system settings). E. OCCUPIED: Single-Stage Heating (gas-fired) Conditions 1. The return air temperature is lower than the heating setpoint (e.g., 68°F). 2. The gas-fired heat exchanger is capable of providing heating (outside temperature is within operational limits for heating). 3. Outside air damper shall close to minimum position. 4. Heat exchanger shall fire upon on-board unit controls and modulate as necessary to maintain setpoint. 5. The fan will operate at the necessary speed to ensure proper airflow. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 51 F. UNOCCUPIED Cooling Mode (Economizer Operation) Conditions: 1. Outside air temperature is below the return air temperature. 2. Outside air is within the acceptable range for economizer operation. G. UNOCCUPIED Cooling Mode (Economizer Operation) Operation: 1. The economizer will bring in outside air, bypassing mechanical cooling. 2. The damper will be modulated according to outside air temperature and return air conditions. 3. The compressor and condenser fans will remain off. 4. The system will maintain the supply air temperature at the minimum setpoint for cooling (e.g., 75°F). H. UNOCCUPIED Cooling Mode (DX Cooling) Conditions: 1. Outside air is not within the acceptable range for economizer cooling. 2. The return air temperature exceeds the cooling setpoint. I. UNOCCUPIED Cooling Mode (DX Cooling) Operation: 1. The compressor will activate, and the system will operate in the same way as in occupied cooling mode (Stage 2), maintaining the return air temperature at the cooling setpoint. J. UNOCCUPIED Heating Mode Conditions: 1. The return air temperature is lower than the heating setpoint (e.g., 60°F). K. UNOCCUPIED Heating Mode Operation: 1. The system will activate the gas-valve in heating mode. 2. The outside air damper shall close to minimum position. 3. The fan will operate as necessary to maintain airflow and heating performance. L. CHANGEOVER Occupied Mode to Unoccupied Mode: 1. The system will enter unoccupied mode based on a scheduled time or a signal from the building management system (BMS). 2. In unoccupied mode, the system will maintain a reduced setpoint for heating and cooling (e.g., 60°F for heating, 75°F for cooling) and will rely on the economizer when possible. M. CHANGEOVER Unoccupied Mode to Occupied Mode: City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 52 1. The system will return to occupied mode based on a scheduled time or occupancy sensor input. 2. The system will reset the temperature setpoints to the occupied levels and initiate either economizer cooling or mechanical cooling as needed. N. ALARMS High-Pressure/Low-Pressure Cutoff: 1. The system will monitor refrigerant pressures during cooling modes. 2. In the event of high or low pressure exceeding limits, the system will shut down the compressor and generate an alarm. 3.02 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION – SPLIT SYSTEM CONENSING UNIT (CU/FC-X) A. OCCUPIED Cooling Mode Conditions: 1. The building is in occupied mode as determined by either a time schedule or an occupancy sensor signal from the BMS. 2. The room temperature exceeds the cooling setpoint (typically 75°F or 24°C). B. OCCUPIED Cooling Mode Operation: 1. Thermostat Control: The system will maintain the room temperature at the cooling setpoint (typically 75°F or 24°C) as dictated by the thermostat or BMS. 2. Compressor Operation: The compressor will be activated to provide cooling. The system will run in cooling mode until the room temperature reaches the setpoint. 3. Fan Operation: The indoor unit fan will run at an appropriate speed based on the required cooling load. 4. Outdoor Unit (Condenser): The outdoor unit will operate to reject heat, with the condenser fan running as needed to dissipate the heat. C. UNOCCUPIED Cooling Operation (When Cooling Mode is Active) Conditions: 1. The building is in unoccupied mode as determined by the BMS occupancy schedule or input from occupancy sensors. 2. The temperature exceeds the cooling setpoint (e.g., 78°F). D. UNOCCUPIED Cooling Operation (When Cooling Mode is Active) Operation: 1. The BMS detects unoccupied status and adjusts the cooling setpoint to a higher temperature (e.g., 78°F). 2. If cooling is still required (e.g., temperature rises above the new unoccupied setpoint), the heat pump is activated in cooling mode. 3. The compressor and outdoor unit are energized. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 53 4. The indoor fan (air handler) may run at a reduced speed to maintain air circulation but consumes less energy. 5. The system cools the space until the temperature reaches the unoccupied setpoint. 6. The BMS monitors the operation and can cycle the system to save energy if cooling is not required. E. OCCUPIED Mode to UNOCCUPIED Mode: 1. Based on the BMS schedule, the system detects that the space has entered the unoccupied period (e.g., after business hours). 2. The BMS adjusts the temperature setpoints to the unoccupied mode setpoints. 3. The system will transition to energy-saving operation: heating and cooling will be reduced, or the system may cycle based on the new setpoint. 4. The BMS continues to monitor the system's temperature and occupancy signals to ensure comfort during off-hours if necessary. F. UNOCCUPIED Mode to OCCUPIED Mode: 1. The BMS detects the end of the unoccupied period (e.g., before business hours or after occupancy sensors detect movement). 2. The system will revert to the occupied setpoints (e.g., 72°F for cooling, 68°F for heating). 3. The heat pump will activate as needed based on the indoor temperature and the cooling or heating requirements. 4. The indoor fan operates at the required speed to maintain the space within the desired comfort zone. 5. The BMS may send alerts if there are any discrepancies between the temperature setpoints and actual conditions. G. System Safety and Alarms 1. High/Low Pressure Monitoring: The BMS continually monitors refrigerant pressures during cooling and heating operation. In the event of a high or low- pressure fault, the compressor will be turned off and an alarm will be sent to the BMS for action. 2. Filter Status: The BMS will monitor filter status and send alerts if the air filter needs replacement or cleaning, based on runtime or airflow detection. 3. Compressor Cycle Protection: The system will include cycle protection to prevent short cycling of the compressor, and the BMS will ensure that the compressor starts only after a safe delay between cycles. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 54 4. Fault Detection: In the event of a system fault (e.g., compressor failure, sensor failure, power issues), the BMS will trigger an alarm and provide diagnostic information for maintenance. 3.01 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION – SMALL EXHAUST FAN (EF-X) A. Normal Operation 1. Air Conditioning Unit Activation: a. Upon receiving a signal that the nearest air conditioning unit has been turned on, the exhaust fan shall be energized automatically. b. The fan speed is modulated based on static pressure or temperature setpoints as defined in the HVAC system, if applicable. If single speed, fan shall operate at speed and volume set during balancing. 2. Exhaust Fan Control: a. The exhaust fan operates at a predefined minimum speed initially and ramps up to maintain static pressure or airflow requirements, if applicable. If single speed, fan shall operate at continuous rate. b. If multiple fans are involved, a designated standby fan is activated in case of failure of the primary fan. B. Override by Building Energy Management System (BMS) 1. BMS Command: a. The building energy management system can override normal operation to start, stop, or modulate the exhaust fan based on broader energy efficiency or safety protocols. b. Override controls must be accessible via the BEMS interface or a labeled manual switch located near the thermostat, electrical panel, or air handler. 2. Manual Override: a. A manual override switch allows local control of the exhaust fan. This can be used to deactivate or adjust the fan independently of both the air conditioning unit and BEMS signals. C. Safety and Compliance 1. Fail-Safe Mechanism: a. In case of fan failure, an alarm is triggered, and the standby fan is automatically started to ensure continued operation4. City of Rohnert Park DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 09 23 - 55 2. Code Compliance: a. Ensure all override controls meet ASHRAE 62.2 ventilation requirements and are properly labeled for easy identification. 3. Energy Efficiency: a. Use variable frequency drives (VFDs) to modulate fan speed for optimal energy consumption during operation. END OF SECTION SECTION 23 23 00 REFRIGERANT PIPING City of Rohnert Park REFRIGERANT PIPING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 23 00 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide complete piping, specialties, installation and tests in conformity with applicable codes and authorities having jurisdiction for the Work as required by this Section for HVAC equipment indicated on the Contract Drawings and contained herein. B. Refrigerant systems include; 1. Field refrigerant piping for direct expansion HVAC system. C. All work of this section shall comply with; 1. Division 1 General Requirements 2. Section 23 00 00 HVAC General Requirements 3. ASME B31.5-2020 Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Provide complete piping, specialties, installation and tests in conformity with applicable codes and authorities having jurisdiction for the Work as required by this Section for HVAC equipment indicated on the Contract Drawings and contained herein. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with ASHRAE Standard 15, Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration. The application of this Code is intended to assure the safe design, construction, installation, operation, and inspection of every refrigerating system employing a fluid which normally is vaporized and liquefied in its refrigerating cycle. B. Comply with ASME B31.5: Refrigerant Piping and Heat Transfer Components. C. Products shall comply with UL 207 "Refrigerant–Containing Components and Accessories, "Nonelectrical"; or UL 429 "Electrical Operated Valves." 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with specification Division 01. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Complete information for components noted, including valves and refrigerant piping accessories, clearly presented, shall be included to determine compliance with drawings and specifications for components noted below: City of Rohnert Park REFRIGERANT PIPING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 23 00 - 2 a. Tubing and fittings b. Valves c. Strainers d. Moisture-liquid indicators e. Filter-driers f. Flexible metal hose g. Liquid-suction interchanges h. Oil separators (when specified) i. Gages j. Pipe and equipment supports k. Refrigerant and oil l. Pipe/conduit roof penetration cover m. Soldering and brazing materials 2. Layout of refrigerant piping and accessories, including sizing, flow capacities, valves locations, and oil traps slopes of horizontal runs, floor/wall penetrations, and equipment connection details. C. Certification: Copies of certificates for welding procedure, performance qualification record and list of welders' names and symbols. D. Design Manual: Furnish two copies of design manual of refrigerant valves and accessories. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING AND FITTINGS A. Refrigerant Piping: For piping up to 4 inches use Copper refrigerant tube, ASTM B280, cleaned, dehydrated and sealed, marked ACR on hard temper straight lengths. Coils shall be tagged ASTM B280 by the manufacturer B. Fittings, Valves and Accessories: 1. Copper fittings: Wrought copper fittings, ASME B16.22. a. Brazed Joints, refrigerant tubing: Cadmium free, AWS A5.8/A5.8M, 45 percent silver brazing alloy, Class BAg-5. City of Rohnert Park REFRIGERANT PIPING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 23 00 - 3 b. Solder Joints, water and drain: 95-5 tin-antimony, ASTM B32 (95TA). 2. Steel fittings: ASTM wrought steel fittings. a. Refrigerant piping – Welded Joints. 3. Flanges and flanged fittings: ASME B16.24. 4. Refrigeration Valves: a. Stop Valves: Brass or bronze alloy, pack-less, or packed type with gas tight cap, frost proof, back seating. b. Pressure Relief Valves: Comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; UL listed. Forged brass with nonferrous, corrosion resistant internal working parts of high strength, cast iron bodies conforming to ASTM A126, Grade B. Set valves in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 15. c. Solenoid Valves: Comply with ARI 760 and UL 429, UL-listed, two- position, direct acting or pilot-operated, moisture and vapor-proof type of corrosion resisting materials, designed for intended service, and solder- end connections. Fitted with suitable NEMA 250 enclosure of type required by location and normally closed holding coil. d. Thermostatic Expansion Valves: Comply with ARI 750. Brass body with stainless-steel or non-corrosive nonferrous internal parts, diaphragm and spring-loaded (direct-operated) type with sensing bulb and distributor having side connection for hot-gas bypass and external equalizer. Size and operating characteristics as recommended by manufacturer of evaporator and factory set for superheat requirements. Solder-end connections. Testing and rating in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 17. e. Check Valves: Brass or bronze alloy with swing or lift type, with tight closing resilient seals for silent operation; designed for low pressure drop, and with solder-end connections. Direction of flow shall be legibly and permanently indicated on the valve body. 5. Strainers: Designed to permit removing screen without removing strainer from piping system, and provided with screens 80 to 100 mesh in liquid lines NPS 1 and smaller, 60 mesh in liquid lines larger than NPS 1, and 40 mesh in suction lines. Provide strainers in liquid line serving each thermostatic expansion valve, and in suction line serving each refrigerant compressor not equipped with integral strainer. 6. Refrigerant Moisture/Liquid Indicators: Double-ported type having heavy sight glasses sealed into forged bronze body and incorporating means of indicating refrigerant charge and moisture indication. Provide screwed brass seal caps. City of Rohnert Park REFRIGERANT PIPING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 23 00 - 4 7. Refrigerant Filter/Dryers: UL listed, angle or in-line type, as shown on drawings. Conform to ARI Standard 730 and ASHRAE Standard 63.1. Heavy gage steel shell protected with corrosion-resistant paint; perforated baffle plates to prevent desiccant bypass. Size as recommended by manufacturer for service and capacity of system with connection not less than the line size in which installed. Filter driers with replaceable filters shall be furnished with one spare element of each type and size. 8. Flexible Metal Hose: Seamless bronze corrugated hose, covered with bronze wire braid, with standard copper tube ends. Provide in suction and discharge piping of each compressor. 2.02 GAUGES A. Temperature Gauges: Comply with ASME B40.200. Industrial duty type and in required temperature range for service in which installed. Gages shall have Fahrenheit scale in 2- degree graduations and with black number on a white face. The pointer shall be adjustable. Rigid stem type temperature gages shall be provided in thermal wells located within 5 feet of the finished floor. Universal adjustable angle type or remote element type temperature gages shall be provided in thermal wells located 5 to 7 feet above the finished floor. Remote element type temperature gages shall be provided in thermal wells located 7 feet above the finished floor. B. Vacuum and Pressure Gages: Comply with ASME B40.100 and provide with throttling type needle valve or a pulsation dampener and shut-off valve. Gage shall be a minimum of 3-1/2 inches in diameter with a range from 0 psig to approximately 1.5 times the maximum system working pressure. Each gage range shall be selected so that at normal operating pressure, the needle is within the middle-third of the range. 1. Suction: 30 inches Hg vacuum to 250 psig. 2. Discharge: 0 to 500 psig. 2.03 REFRIGERANTS AND OIL A. Provide EPA approved refrigerant and oil for proper system operation. 2.04 PIPE/CONDUIT ROOF PENETRATION COVER A. Prefabricated Roof Curb: Galvanized steel or extruded aluminum 12 inches overall height, continuous welded corner seams, treated wood nailer, 1-1/2 inch thick, 3 lb/cu.ft. density rigid mineral fiberboard insulation with metal liner, built-in cant strip (except for gypsum or tectum decks). For surface insulated roof deck, provide raised cant strip (recessed mounting flange) to start at the upper surface of the insulation. Curbs shall be constructed for pitched roof or ridge mounting as required to keep top of curb level. B. Penetration Cover: Galvanized sheet metal with flanged removable top. Provide 38 mm (1-1/2 inch) thick mineral fiber board insulation. C. Flashing Sleeves: Provide sheet metal sleeves for conduit and pipe penetrations of the penetration cover. Seal watertight penetrations. City of Rohnert Park REFRIGERANT PIPING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 23 00 - 5 2.05 PIPE INSULATION FOR DX HVAC SYSTEMS A. Refer to Section 23 07 00 Thermal Insulation for Mechanical Systems. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install refrigerant piping and refrigerant containing parts in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 15 and ASME B31.5 1. Install piping as short as possible, with a minimum number of joints, elbow and fittings. 2. Install piping with adequate clearance between pipe and adjacent walls and hangers to allow for service and inspection. Space piping, including insulation, to provide 1 inch minimum clearance between adjacent piping or other surface. Use pipe sleeves through walls, floors, and ceilings, sized to permit installation of pipes with full thickness insulation. 3. Locate and orient valves to permit proper operation and access for maintenance of packing, seat and disc. Generally locate valve stems in overhead piping in horizontal position. Provide a union adjacent to one end of all threaded end valves. Control valves usually require reducers to connect to pipe sizes shown on the drawing. 4. Use copper tubing in protective conduit when installed below ground. 5. Install hangers and supports per ASME B31.5 and the refrigerant piping manufacturer's recommendations. 6. Verify refrigerant pipe sizes and install in accordance with manufacturer’s pipe size recommendations. City of Rohnert Park REFRIGERANT PIPING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 23 00 - 6 B. Joint Construction: 1. Brazed Joints: Comply with AWS "Brazing Handbook" and with filler materials complying with AWS A5.8/A5.8M. a. Use Type BcuP, copper-phosphorus alloy for joining copper socket fittings with copper tubing. b. Use Type BAg, cadmium-free silver alloy for joining copper with bronze or steel. c. Swab fittings and valves with manufacturer's recommended cleaning fluid to remove oil and other compounds prior to installation. d. Pass nitrogen gas through the pipe or tubing to prevent oxidation as each joint is brazed. Cap the system with a reusable plug after each brazing operation to retain the nitrogen and prevent entrance of air and moisture. C. Protect refrigerant system during construction against entrance of foreign matter, dirt and moisture; have open ends of piping and connections to compressors, condensers, evaporators and other equipment tightly capped until assembly. D. Pipe relief valve discharge to outdoors for systems containing more than 100 lbs . of refrigerant. E. Firestopping: Fill openings around uninsulated piping penetrating floors or fire walls, with firestop material. 3.02 PIPE AND TUBING INSULATION A. Apply two coats of weather-resistant finish as recommended by the manufacturer to insulation exposed to outdoor weather. 3.03 SIGNS AND IDENTIFICATION A. Each refrigerating system erected on the premises shall be provided with an easily legible permanent sign securely attached and easily accessible, indicating thereon the name and address of the installer, the kind and total number of pounds of refrigerant required in the system for normal operations, and the field test pressure applied. B. Systems containing more than 110 lb of refrigerant shall be provided with durable signs, in accordance with ANSI A13.1 and ANSI Z535.1, having letters not less than 1/2 inch in height designating: 1. Valves and switches for controlling refrigerant flow, the ventilation and the refrigerant compressor(s). 2. Signs on all exposed high pressure and low pressure piping installed outside the machinery room, with name of the refrigerant and the letters "HP" or "LP." 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL City of Rohnert Park REFRIGERANT PIPING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 23 00 - 7 A. Prior to initial operation examine and inspect piping system for conformance to plans and specifications and ASME B31.5. Correct equipment, material, or work rejected because of defects or nonconformance with plans and specifications, and ANSI codes for pressure piping. B. After completion of piping installation and prior to initial operation, conduct test on piping system according to ASME B31.5. Furnish materials and equipment required for tests. Perform tests in the presence of Resident Engineer. If the test fails, correct defects and perform the test again until it is satisfactorily done and all joints are proved tight. 1. Every refrigerant-containing parts of the system that is erected on the premises, except compressors, condensers, evaporators, safety devices, pressure gages, control mechanisms and systems that are factory tested, shall be tested and proved tight after complete installation, and before operation. 2. The high and low side of each system shall be tested and proved tight at not less than the lower of the design pressure or the setting of the pressure -relief device protecting the high or low side of the system, respectively, except systems erected on the premises using non-toxic and non-flammable Group A1 refrigerants with copper tubing not exceeding DN 18 (NPS 5/8). This may be tested by means of the refrigerant charged into the system at the saturated vapor pressure of the refrigerant at 20 degrees C (68 degrees F) minimum. C. Test Medium: A suitable dry gas such as nitrogen or shall be used for pressure testing. The means used to build up test pressure shall have either a pressure -limiting device or pressure-reducing device with a pressure-relief device and a gage on the outlet side. The pressure relief device shall be set above the test pressure but low enough to prevent permanent deformation of the system components. 3.05 SYSTEM TEST AND CHARGING A. System Test and Charging: As recommended by the equipment manufacturer or as follows: 1. Connect a drum of refrigerant to charging connection and introduce enough refrigerant into system to raise the pressure to 70 kPa (10 psi) gage. Close valves and disconnect refrigerant drum. Test system for leaks with halide test torch or other approved method suitable for the test gas used. Repair all leaking joints and retest. 2. Connect a drum of dry nitrogen to charging valve and bring test pressure to design pressure for low side and for high side. Test entire system again for leaks. 3. Evacuate the entire refrigerant system by the triplicate evacuation method with a vacuum pump equipped with an electronic gage reading in microns. Pull the system down to 2245.6 inches of mercury at 60 degrees F. and hold for four hours then break the vacuum with dry nitrogen (or refrigerant). Repeat the evacuation two more times breaking the third vacuum with the refrigeration to be charged and charge with the proper volume of refrigerant. City of Rohnert Park REFRIGERANT PIPING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 23 00 - 8 2.06 LEAK TESTING A. After completion of pressure test in conformance with this section and ASME B31.5- 2020, test all new connections and components of system. Conduct test on piping system and components according to ASTM E515 - Standard Method of Testing for Leaks Using Bubble Emission Techniques and Article 10, section V of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code or by other methods of equal sensitivity. B. Furnish materials and equipment required for tests. Perform tests in the presence of Inspector of Record. If the test fails, correct defects and perform the pressure test again until it is satisfactorily done and all joints are proved tight. Contractor shall utilize Leak - Tec Thin Film 372G formula for all applicable refrigerant formulas or other approved testing medium of equal sensitivity. END OF SECTION SECTION 23 31 13 METAL DUCTS City of Rohnert Park METAL DUCTS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 31 13 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide complete materials, equipment, fabrications, installation and tests in conformity with applicable codes and authorities having jurisdiction for the following: 1. Ductwork and Plenums 2. Fasteners and Sealants 3. Access doors 4. Balancing dampers 5. Backdraft dampers 6. All duct accessories 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. In addition to Section 23 00 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING the following abbreviations apply: 1. Seam: locks or weld applied longitudinally to close section of duct. Examples: longitudinal seam, spiral seam. 2. Joint: abutting connection between duct sections for continuity of air passage. Examples: cross joint, transverse joint, coupling. 3. Reinforcement: hardware applied to strengthen duct. Examples: girth angles, tie rods, fasteners (not connectors). 4. Stiffening: folding, bending, cross-breaking or corrugating of sheets to achieve strength through shape. Examples: pocket lock secures joint and is transverse stiffener, with girth angle and/or fasteners applied (not connectors), joint or stiffener is reinforced. B. Duct Classifications: 1. Velocity: a. Low: to 2,000 feet per minute. b. High: above 2000 feet per minute. 2. Pressure classification: except as noted: a. Low: Up to 2 inches water gauge. b. Medium: Above 2 inches to maximum 6” water gauge. City of Rohnert Park METAL DUCTS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 31 13 - 2 c. High: Above 6” water gauge. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. In addition to Section 23 00 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING quality assurance requirements the ductwork shall: 1. Entire ductwork system, including materials and installation shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 90A. 2. Ductwork and components shall be listed as U.L. 181, Class 1 air duct, flame rating not to exceed 25 and smoke rating not to exceed 50. 3. Fire Safety Code: Comply with NFPA 90A. 4. Duct System Construction and Installation: Referenced SMACNA Standards are the minimum acceptable quality. 5. Duct Sealing, Air Leakage Criteria, and Air Leakage Tests: Ducts shall be sealed as per duct sealing requirements of SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual for duct pressure classes shown on the drawings. 6. Duct accessories exposed to the air stream, such as dampers of all types (except smoke dampers) and access openings, shall be of the same material as the duct or provide at least the same level of corrosion resistance. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Literature and Data: 1. Rectangular ducts: a. Schedules of duct systems, materials and selected SMACNA construction alternatives for joints, sealing, gage and reinforcement. b. Duct liner. c. Sealants and gaskets. d. Access doors. 2. Round and flat oval duct construction details: a. Manufacturer's details for duct fittings. b. Duct liner. c. Sealants and gaskets. d. Access sections. City of Rohnert Park METAL DUCTS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 31 13 - 3 e. Installation instructions. 3. Volume dampers, back draft dampers. 4. Upper hanger attachments. 5. Fire dampers, fire doors, and smoke dampers with installation instructions. 6. Sound attenuators, including pressure drop and acoustic performance. 7. Flexible ducts and clamps, with manufacturer's installation instructions. 8. Flexible connections. 9. Instrument test fittings. 10. Details and design analysis of alternate or optional duct systems. B. Coordination Drawings: Refer to article, SUBMITTALS, in Section 23 00 00. 1.05 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A167-99(2009) Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. 2. A653-09 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip process. 3. A1011-09a Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot rolled, Carbon, structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength. 4. B209-07 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. 5. C1071-05e1 Standard Specification for Fibrous Glass Duct Lining Insulation (Thermal and Sound Absorbing Material). 6. E84-09a Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 90A-09 Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. City of Rohnert Park METAL DUCTS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 31 13 - 4 2. 96-08 Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations. D. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA): 1. 4th Edition HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible. 2. 2012 HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual. 3. 7th Edition Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards. E. F. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 1. 181-08 Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors. 2. 555-06 Standard for Fire Dampers. 3. 555S-06 Standard for Smoke Dampers. City of Rohnert Park METAL DUCTS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 31 13 - 5 PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Spiral round duct: McGill Airflow B. Duct Connection Systems: Ductmate Industries C. Flexible Connections: Ventfabrics D. Flexible Ducts: ATCO Rubber Products, Inc. E. Duct Sealants: Foster F. Flexible Duct Clamps: ATCO Rubber Products G. Spin-in fittings: Buckley Associates, Inc. H. Duct Access Doors at ducts: Ventfabrics I. Duct Access Doors at plenums: Ventfabrics J. Multi-blade volume dampers: Ruskin K. Backdraft Dampers: Ruskin L. Damper Hardware: Young Regulator Company 2.02 DUCT MATERIALS AND SEALANTS A. General: Except for systems specified otherwise, construct ducts, casings, and accessories of galvanized sheet steel, ASTM A653, coating G90; or, aluminum sheet, ASTM B209, alloy 1100, 3003 or 5052. B. Specified Corrosion Resistant Systems: Stainless steel sheet, ASTM A167, Class 302 or 304, Condition A (annealed) Finish No. 4 for exposed ducts and Finish No. 2B for concealed duct or ducts located in mechanical rooms. C. Joint Sealing: Refer to SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, paragraph S1.9. 1. Sealant: Elastomeric compound, gun or brush grade, maximum 25 flame spread and 50 smoke developed (dry state) compounded specifically for sealing ductwork as recommended by the manufacturer. Generally provide liquid sealant, with or without compatible tape, for low clearance slip joints and heavy, permanently elastic, mastic type where clearances are larger. Oil base caulking and glazing compounds are not acceptable because they do not retain elasticity and bond. 2. Tape: Use only tape specifically designated by the sealant manufacturer and apply only over wet sealant. Pressure sensitive tape shall not be used on bare metal or on dry sealant. City of Rohnert Park METAL DUCTS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 31 13 - 6 3. Gaskets in Flanged Joints: Soft neoprene. D. Approved factory made joints may be used. 2.03 DUCT CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION A. Regardless of the pressure classifications outlined in the SMACNA Standards, fabricate and seal the ductwork in accordance with the following pressure classifications: B. Duct Pressure Classification: 1. 2 inch 2. > 2 inch to 3 inch 3. > 3 inch to 4 inch C. Seal Class: All ductwork shall receive Class A Seal D. Round and Flat Oval Ducts: Furnish duct and fittings made by the same manufacturer to insure good fit of slip joints. When submitted and approved in advance, round and flat oval duct, with size converted on the basis of equal pressure drop, may be furnished in lieu of rectangular duct design shown on the drawings. 1. Elbows: Diameters 3 through 8 inches shall be two sections die stamped, all others shall be gored construction, maximum 18 degree angle, with all seams continuously welded or standing seam. Coat galvanized areas of fittings damaged by welding with corrosion resistant aluminum paint or galvanized repair compound. 2. Provide bell mouth, conical tees or taps, laterals, reducers, and other low loss fittings as shown in SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. 3. Ribbed Duct Option: Lighter gage round/oval duct and fittings may be furnished provided certified tests indicating that the rigidity and performance is equivalent to SMACNA standard gage ducts are submitted. a. Ducts: Manufacturer's published standard gage, G90 coating, spiral lock seam construction with an intermediate standing rib. b. Fittings: May be manufacturer's standard as shown in published catalogs, fabricated by spot welding and bonding with neoprene base cement or machine formed seam in lieu of continuous welded seams. 4. Provide flat side reinforcement of oval ducts as recommended by the manufacturer and SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard S3.13. Because of high pressure loss, do not use internal tie-rod reinforcement unless approved by the Engineer. E. Casings and Plenums: Construct in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Section 6, including curbs, access doors, pipe penetrations, eliminators and drain pans. Access doors shall be hollow metal, insulated, with latches and door pulls, 20 City of Rohnert Park METAL DUCTS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 31 13 - 7 inches wide by 48 - 54 inches high. Provide view port in the doors where shown. Provide drain for outside air louver plenum. Outside air plenum shall have exterior insulation. Drain piping shall be routed to the nearest floor drain. F. Volume Dampers: Single blade or opposed blade, multi-louver type as detailed in SMACNA Standards. Refer to SMACNA Detail Figure 2-12 for Single Blade and Figure 2.13 for Multi-blade Volume Dampers. G. Duct Hangers and Supports: Refer to SMACNA Standards Section IV. Avoid use of trapeze hangers for round duct. 2.04 DUCT LINER (Where indicated on drawings) A. Duct sizes shown on drawings for lined duct are clear opening inside lining. B. Rectangular Duct or Casing Liner: ASTM C1071, Type I (flexible), or Type II (board), 25 mm (one inch) minimum thickness, applied with mechanical fasteners and 100 percent coverage of adhesive in conformance with SMACNA, Duct Liner Application Standard. C. Round and Oval Duct Liner: Factory fabricated double-walled with two inch thick sound insulation and inner perforated galvanized metal liner. Construction shall comply with flame and smoke rating required by NFPA 90A. Metal liner shall be 1.0 to 0.60 mm (20 to 24 gage) having perforations not exceeding 2.4 mm (3/32 inch) diameter and approximately 22 percent free area. Metal liner for fittings need not be perforated. Assemblies shall be complete with continuous sheet Mylar liner, 2 mil thickness, between the perforated liner and the insulation to prevent erosion of the insulation. Provide liner couplings/spacer for metal liner. At the end of insulated sections, provide insulation end fittings to reduce outer shell to liner size. Provide liner spacing/concentricity leaving airway unobstructed. 2.05 DUCT ACCESS DOORS, PANELS AND SECTIONS A. Provide access doors, sized and located for maintenance work, upstream, in the following locations: 1. Each duct mounted coil and humidifier. 2. Each fire damper (for link service), smoke damper and automatic control damper. 3. Each duct mounted smoke detector. 4. For kitchen hood exhaust duct, locate access doors at 20 feet intervals and at each change in duct direction. B. Openings shall be as large as feasible in small ducts, 12 inch by 12 inch minimum where possible. Access sections in insulated ducts shall be double-wall, insulated. Transparent shatterproof covers are preferred for uninsulated ducts. 1. For rectangular ducts: Refer to SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards (Figure 2-12). City of Rohnert Park METAL DUCTS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 31 13 - 8 2. For round and flat oval duct: Refer to SMACNA HVAC duct Construction Standards (Figure 2-11). 2.06 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS A. Where duct connections are made to fans and air handling units, install a non-combustible flexible connection of 29 ounce neoprene coated fiberglass fabric approximately 6 inches wide. For connections exposed to sun and weather provide “hypalon” coating in lieu of neoprene. Burning characteristics shall conform to NFPA 90A. Securely fasten flexible connections to round ducts with stainless steel or zinc-coated iron draw bands with worm gear fastener. For rectangular connections, crimp fabric to sheet metal and fasten sheet metal to ducts by screws 2 inches on center. Fabric shall not be stressed other than by air pressure. Allow at least one inch slack to insure that no vibration is transmitted. 2.07 PREFABRICATED ROOF CURBS A. Galvanized steel or extruded aluminum 12 inches above finish roof service, continuous welded corner seams, treated wood nailer, 1-1/2 inch thick, 3 pound/cubic feet density rigid mineral fiberboard insulation with metal liner, built-in cant strip (except for gypsum or tectum decks). For surface insulated roof deck, provide raised cant strip (recessed mounting flange) to start at the upper surface of the insulation. Curbs shall be constructed for pitched roof or ridge mounting as required to keep top of curb level. 2.08 TURNING VANES A. Galvanized steel constructed per SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards for: 1. Single wall vanes with ¾ inch trailing edges (double wall vanes not acceptable). 2. Provide separate equal size sections for vane length greater than those indicated in SMACNA where occurs. 3. Vane runners shall be Type 1 or 2. 4. Vane radius shall be 2 inch for duct widths up to 36 inches and 4-1/2” for larger ducts. 5. Low pressure round duct take-off fittings in rectangular ductwork: a. Factory fabricated spin-in fitting of die-formed galvanized steel with integral balancing damper (spring loaded with locking regulator) and sealed at both ends to prevent leakage. Use no scoops. Buckley Associates, Inc. City of Rohnert Park METAL DUCTS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 31 13 - 9 PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. Fabricate and install ductwork and accessories in accordance with referenced SMACNA Standards: 1. Drawings show the general layout of ductwork and accessories but do not show all required fittings and offsets that may be necessary to connect ducts to equipment, boxes, diffusers, grilles, etc., and to coordinate with other trades. Fabricate ductwork based on field measurements. Provide all necessary fittings and offsets at no additional cost to the owner. Coordinate with other trades for space available and relative location of HVAC equipment and accessories on ceiling grid. Duct sizes on the drawings are inside dimensions which shall be altered by Contractor to other dimensions with the same air handling characteristics where necessary to avoid interferences and clearance difficulties. 2. Provide duct transitions, offsets and connections to dampers, coils, and other equipment in accordance with SMACNA Standards, Section II. Provide streamliner, when an obstruction cannot be avoided and must be taken in by a duct. Repair galvanized areas with galvanizing repair compound. 3. Provide bolted construction and tie-rod reinforcement in accordance with SMACNA Standards. 4. Construct casings, eliminators, and pipe penetrations in accordance with SMACNA Standards, Chapter 6. Design casing access doors to swing against air pressure so that pressure helps to maintain a tight seal. B. Install duct hangers and supports in accordance with SMACNA Standards, Chapter 4. C. Install fire dampers, smoke dampers and combination fire/smoke dampers in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions to conform to the installation used for the rating test. Install fire dampers, smoke dampers and combination fire/smoke dampers at locations indicated and where ducts penetrate fire rated and/or smoke rated walls, shafts and where required by the Resident Engineer. Install with required perimeter mounting angles, sleeves, breakaway duct connections, corrosion resistant springs, bearings, bushings and hinges per UL and NFPA. Demonstrate re-setting of fire dampers and operation of smoke dampers to the Engineer. D. Seal openings around duct penetrations of floors and fire rated partitions with fire stop material as required by NFPA 90A. E. Flexible duct installation: Refer to SMACNA Standards, Chapter 3. Ducts shall be continuous, single pieces not over 5 feet long (NFPA 90A), as straight and short as feasible, adequately supported. Centerline radius of bends shall be not less than two duct diameters. Make connections with clamps as recommended by SMACNA. Clamp per SMACNA with one clamp on the core duct and one on the insulation jacket. Flexible ducts shall not penetrate floors, or any chase or partition designated as a fire or smoke barrier, including corridor partitions fire rated one hour or two hour. Support ducts SMACNA Standards. City of Rohnert Park METAL DUCTS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 31 13 - 10 F. Where diffusers, registers and grilles cannot be installed to avoid seeing inside the duct, paint the inside of the duct with flat black paint to reduce visibility. G. Control Damper Installation: 1. Provide necessary blank-off plates required to install dampers that are smaller than duct size. Provide necessary transitions required to install dampers larger than duct size. 2. Assemble multiple sections dampers with required interconnecting linkage and extend required number of shafts through duct for external mounting of damper motors. 3. Provide necessary sheet metal baffle plates to eliminate stratification and provide air volumes specified. Locate baffles by experimentation, and affix and seal permanently in place, only after stratification problem has been eliminated. 4. Install all damper control/adjustment devices on stand-offs to allow complete coverage of insulation. H. Air Flow Measuring Devices (AFMD): Install units with minimum straight run distances, upstream and downstream as recommended by the manufacturer. I. Low Pressure Duct Liner: Install in accordance with SMACNA, Duct Liner Application Standard. J. Protection and Cleaning: Adequately protect equipment and materials against physical damage. Place equipment in first class operating condition, or return to source of supply for repair or replacement, as determined by Resident Engineer. Protect equipment and ducts during construction against entry of foreign matter to the inside and clean both inside and outside before operation and painting. When new ducts are connected to existing ductwork, clean both new and existing ductwork by mopping and vacuum cleaning inside and outside before operation. K. Ducts exposed to the weather: 1. Make ducts watertight with tops sloped to shed water. Standing pools of water on top of ducts shall not be allowed. a. Arrange seams to not act as dams. b. Place longitudinal seams at bottom of ducts. c. Insure water runoff by sloping entire top of duct down toward sides. d. Longitudinal seams and non-bolted joints shall be sealed with SMACNA approved duct sealant for both interior and exterior applications. e. Bolted duct joints: Top of duct shall have a continuous metal cleat from corner to corner to provide a weather cap. The sides, end and bottom City of Rohnert Park METAL DUCTS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 31 13 - 11 shall have intermediate 6” pieces of metal cleats so that any water can drain away. L. Construct with gauges, joints, bracing, reinforcing, and other details per latest edition of the CMC, AHSRAE, SMACNA and NFPA. Comply with most stringent requirement. Provide ducts with CMC required gauges when penetrating rated construction. M. Provide for duct rigidity by either beading at 12 inches on center, maximum, or crossbreaking outward in ducts with positive pressures and crossbreaking inward for ducts having negative pressures. The exception is for ducts exposed to weather which shall crossbreak outward on top of duct. N. At exposed duct penetrations of walls, floors and ceilings provide sheet metal angle type escutcheons with no sharp corners or edges. For round ducts factory angle rings may be used. O. Frame, trim, caulk and seal all duct penetrations through acoustical walls and partitions. P. Tapers: 1. Pitch sides of ducts in diverging or converging airflow with a maximum 1 to 4 taper. Abrupt bushing type fitting shall not be permitted. Q. Duct openings: 1. Provide openings to accommodate instrumentation, thermometers, smoke detectors, controllers and miscellaneous components. Insert through airtight rubber grommets. 2. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork for insertion of instruments install insulation material inside metal ring for use as a plug. 3. At fire dampers allow adequate length of duct to install access door. R. No exposed sharp metal shall be allowed. 1. All exposed pins, screws and sharp objects shall be covered with hardening silicon. 2. All exposed sheet metal edges shall be hemmed with exposed corners rounded smooth. 3. Remove all sheet metal fish hooks. S. Flexible duct connectors: 1. Install at connections to fans and air handling units and where indicated on the drawings. 2. Install with 2 inches of slack fabric to allow a minimum movement of 1 inch in each direction. City of Rohnert Park METAL DUCTS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 31 13 - 12 T. Elbows: 1. Radius elbows shall have a centerline dimension not less than 1 duct width, unless otherwise noted. 2. Where elbows with turning vanes are shown: a. Install per SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards U. Rectangular duct joints: 1. In medium pressure ductwork transverse joints shall be Ductmate. In low pressure ductwork transverse joints shall be Ductmate except that slip and drive may be used at contractor’s option for ducts less than 24 inches longest side. 2. Longitudinal seams shall be Pittsburge type. Snaplock shall not be allowed. V. Horizontal supports shall be one or two piece clamp band straps or as otherwise detailed on the drawings with one support minimum per sections and additional as required to prevent sagging. W. Vertical supports shall consist of a pedestal at base of vertical or clamp bands with knee bracing or clamp bands with extended ends supported by floor. X. Connections to air distribution (grilles, registers and diffusers) shall be by full radius elbow or by a straight duct connection for one duct diameter or greater. 1. Where space is tight use side inlet plenums (cans) fabricated of minimum 24 gauge galvanized sheet metal, at least as tall as the connecting duct, with turning vanes. 2. Connections to air distribution shall be insulated just the same as for the ductwork. 3. Connections to air outlets shall be sealed with duct sealant. Y. Duct hangers and supports 1. Support horizontal ducts with hangers of size and spacing per SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards with attachments to suit structure type and seismic restraints where required. a. See Hangers and Supports Section 23 05 29 for attachments to structure. 2. Horizontal supports: a. Install hangers at each change in direction of duct. b. Strap hangers: c. Install in pairs on each side of duct, in symmetry, and extend down each side with turn in on bottom of min 2 inches. Metal screw hangers to City of Rohnert Park METAL DUCTS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 31 13 - 13 ducts on bottom, upper and lower sides and no less than 12 inches on center. d. Angle hangers: 1. Provide angle hangers formed by extended vertical bracing angles or by rods connecting to bottom angles if size or bracing angles conform to SMACNA schedules. e. Vertical supports: 1. Support vertical ducts at every floor with angles or channels riveted to ducts. Set angles or channels on floor slab or structural steel members. Z. Volume and Dampers shall be provided at locations shown on the drawings. 1. Volume dampers shall be installed as far away from air outlets as functionally reasonable to avoid noise in the occupied spaces. 2. Provide also in wyes and spin-ins to outlets whether shown on drawings or not, except: a. Where dampers are not shown above inaccessible ceilings. b. To sidewall outlets in exposed ducts (opposed blade dampers in outlets shall be provided). 3.02 DUCT LEAKAGE TESTS AND REPAIR A. Ductwork leakage testing shall be performed by the Testing and Balancing Contractor directly contracted by the General Contractor and independent of the Sheet Metal Contractor. B. Ductwork leakage testing shall be performed for the entire air distribution system (including all supply, return, exhaust and relief ductwork), section by section, including fans, coils and filter sections. Based upon satisfactory initial duct leakage test results, the scope of the testing may be reduced by the Engineer on ductwork constructed to the 2" WG duct pressure classification. In no case shall the leakage testing of ductwork constructed above the 2" WG duct pressure classification or ductwork located in shafts or other inaccessible areas be eliminated. C. Test procedure, apparatus and report shall conform to SMACNA Leakage Test manual. The maximum leakage rate allowed is 4 percent of the design air flow rate. D. All ductwork shall be leak tested first before enclosed in a shaft or covered in other inaccessible areas. E. All tests shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer and the Test and Balance agency. The Test and Balance agency shall measure and record duct leakage and report to the Resident Engineer and identify leakage source with excessive leakage. City of Rohnert Park METAL DUCTS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 31 13 - 14 F. If any portion of the duct system tested fails to meet the permissible leakage level, the Contractor shall rectify sealing of ductwork to bring it into compliance and shall retest it until acceptable leakage is demonstrated to the Resident Engineer. G. All tests and necessary repairs shall be completed prior to insulation or concealment of ductwork. H. Make sure all openings used for testing flow and temperatures by TAB Contractor are sealed properly. END OF SECTION SECTION 23 51 23 GAS FIRED EQUIPMENT VENTS City of Rohnert Park GAS VENTS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 51 23 - 1 PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This Section covers the furnishing and installation of gas-fired equipment vents, as indicated on the Contract Drawings and as specified herein. Included in flue assembly, but not limited to the following, shall be flue pipe, thimbles, flue tops, sealants, joints, and supports and anchors. B. All work of this section shall comply with Section 23 00 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC) 1.02 CODES AND APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. In addition to 23 00 00 General Requirements for Mechanical requirements the following shall also apply: 1. All products furnished under this Section shall conform to the requirements of The National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI Z223.1/NFPA-54 where applicable and shall comply with and be listed to UL 1738, the U.S. Standard for Venting Systems for Gas-Burning Appliances, Category II, III, and IV. Components coming in direct contact with products of combustion shall carry the appropriate UL labels. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDENSING EQUIPMENT (FURNACES, WATER HEATERS) FLUES AND INTAKES A. PVC Schedule 40 pipe and fittings shall be manufactured from a Type I, Grade I Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) compound with a Cell Classification of 12454 per ASTM D1784. The pipe shall be manufactured in strict compliance to ASTM D1785, consistently meeting and/or exceeding the Quality Assurance test requirements of this standard with regard to material, workmanship, burst pressure, flattening, and extrusion quality. The pipe shall be manufactured in the USA, using domestic materials, by an ISO 9001 certified manufacturer. All pipe shall be stored indoors after production at the manufacturing site until shipped from factory. This pipe shall carry the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) seal of approval for potable water applications. All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured by Harvel Plastics, Inc. City of Rohnert Park GAS VENTS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 51 23 - 2 PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate flue installation with work at walls, ceilings and various trades as necessary for proper interfacing and installation. 1. The vent system shall be routed to maintain minimum clearance to combustibles as specified by the manufacturer. 2. Obtain approval on changes from the design prior to the flue vent installation. B. Vent Installation shall conform to the manufacturer’s installation instructions, its UL listing and state/local codes C. Seal between sections of positive-pressure vents according to manufacturer's installation instructions, using only sealants recommended by manufacturer. D. Seal sections and fittings of PVC water heater vent pipe gas tight with solvent welding cements. 3.02 INSPECTION A. Perform the following activities prior to the vent installation: 1. Verify that all openings for the flue vent system are of the size shown on plans, all openings are in the location shown on the Drawings, and all openings are clear of obstructions which might interfere with the installation of the ductwork or accessories. 2. Verify the proposed flue vent route is clear of conflicts. B. The vent system and breechings shall be inspected and cleaned before the final connection to the appliances. 3.03 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION A. Install gas vents as indicated, according to manufacturer’s written installation instructions. Locate to comply with stipulated minimum clearances from combustibles. B. Seal between sections of positive-pressure vents according to manufacturer’s installation instructions, using only sealants recommended by manufacturer. C. Support vents at intervals recommended by the manufacturer to support the weight of the vent and all accessories, without exceeding loading of appliances. 3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Confirm flue vent is free of construction debris. B. After completing system installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris, and repair damaged finishes, including chips, scratches, and abrasions. City of Rohnert Park GAS VENTS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 51 23 - 3 C. Clean breechings internally during installation to remove dust and debris. Clean external surfaces to remove welding slag and mill film. Grind welds smooth. END OF SECTION SECTION 23 80 00 DECENTRALIZED HVAC EQUIPMENT City of Rohnert Park DECENTRALIZED HVAC EQUIPMENT City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 80 00 - 1 PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This Section covers the furnishing and installation of Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) equipment as indicated on the contract drawings, schedules and as specified herein. 1. Fan Coils (FC/#) 2. Gas-fired Furnace (F/#) 3. Exhaust Fan (EF/#) 4. Ductless System Air Conditioner (ACU/#) 5. Packaged Rooftop Units (RTU/#) 6. Power Exhaust Economizer (PE/#) 7. Air-cooled Condensing Units (CU/#) 8. Cooling Coils (CC/#) B. All work of this section shall comply with Section 23 00 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC). C. Definitions: 1. Energy Efficiency Ratio (EER): (Btu hour/Watt) is equal to the measured cooling capacity of the unit by its electrical input. 2. Unitary (ARI): A Unitary Air Conditioner consists of one or more factory -made assemblies which normally include an evaporator or cooling coil, a compressor and condenser combination, and may include a heating function as well. Where such equipment is provided in more than one assembly the separated assemblies are to be designed to be used together and the requirements of rating are based upon use of matched assemblies. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Safety Standards: ASHRAE Standard 15, Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer’s literature and data: City of Rohnert Park DECENTRALIZED HVAC EQUIPMENT City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 80 00 - 2 1. Sufficient information, including capacities, pressure drops and piping connections clearly presented, shall be included to determine compliance with drawings and specifications for units noted below: 1. All systems listed on sheet MP0.03 and as noted in Section 1.01(A). 2. Unit Dimensions required clearances, operating weights accessories and start-up instructions. 3. Electrical requirements, wiring diagrams, interlocking and control wiring showing factory installed and portions to be field installed. 4. Mounting and flashing of the roof curb to the roofing structure with coordinating requirements for the roof membrane system. City of Rohnert Park DECENTRALIZED HVAC EQUIPMENT City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 80 00 - 3 B. Certification: Submit proof of specified ARI Certification. C. Performance Rating: Submit catalog selection data showing equipment ratings and compliance with required sensible-to-heat-ratio, energy efficiency ratio (EER), and coefficient of performance (COP). D. Operating and Maintenance Manual: Submit three copies of Operating and Maintenance manual to Resident Engineer three weeks prior to final inspection. 1.04 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only. A. Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI): 1. 210/240-06 Performance Rating of Unitary Air-Conditioning and Air-Source Heat Pump Equipment 2. 270-95 Sound Rating of Outdoor Unitary Equipment 3. 340/360-04 Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-Conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment 4. 520-04 Positive Displacement Condensing Units B. Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA): 1. 210-99 Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating (ANSI) 2. 410-96 Recommended Safety Practices for Users and Installers of Industrial and Commercial Fans C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. S12.51-02 Acoustics - Determination of Sound Power Levels of Noise Sources Using Sound Pressure - Precision Method for Reverberation Rooms (same as ISO 3741:1999) D. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE): 1. 2004 Handbook HVAC Systems and Equipment 2. 15-04 Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems (ANSI) E. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. B117-03 Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus F. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications: City of Rohnert Park DECENTRALIZED HVAC EQUIPMENT City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 80 00 - 4 1. 90A-02 Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 Refer to MP0.03 for full list of equipment, options and particulars: 2. Fan Coils (FC/#) 3. Gas-fired Furnace (F/#) 4. Exhaust Fan (EF/#) 5. Ductless System Air Conditioner (ACU/#) 6. Packaged Rooftop Units (RTU/#) 7. Power Exhaust Economizer (PE/#) 8. Air-cooled Condensing Units (CU/#) 9. Cooling Coils (CC/#) PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Roof Curb: Install where indicated on the Drawings, level and secure, according to ARI Guideline B. Secure rooftop units to upper curb rail, and secure curb base to roof framing or concrete base with anchor bolts. B. Rooftop Unit Support: Install unit level on structural curbs, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Coordinate wall penetrations and flashing with wall construction. Secure rooftop units to structural support with anchor bolts. C. Install units level and plumb maintaining manufacturer’s recommended clearances and tolerances. D. Install seismic restraints. E. Install and connect pre-charged refrigerant tubing to component's quick-connect fittings. Install tubing to allow access to unit. F. Install wall sleeves in finished wall assembly and weatherproof. Install and anchor wall sleeves to withstand, without damage seismic forces as required by code. 3.02 CONNECTIONS A. Verify condensate drainage requirements. B. Install condensate drain, minimum connection size, with trap and indirect connection to nearest roof drain or area drain or as indicated on the Drawings. City of Rohnert Park DECENTRALIZED HVAC EQUIPMENT City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 23 80 00 - 5 C. Install piping adjacent to units to allow service and maintenance. D. Install ducts to termination at top of roof curb. Cut roof decking only as required for passage of ducts. Do not cut out decking under entire roof curb. E. Install return-air duct continuously through roof structure. F. Connect refrigerant piping to coils with shutoff valves on the suction and liquid lines at the coil and a union or flange at each connection at the coil and condenser. G. Install ducts to the units with flexible duct connections. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Tests and Inspections: After installing units and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test units for compliance with requirements. Inspect for and remove shipping bolts, blocks, and tie-down straps. After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION D I V I S I O N 26 ELECTRICAL SECTION 260500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL City of Rohnert Park COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 00 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Work included in this Section: “Provide” indicates all materials, labor, equipment, services, and incidentals necessary to install the Electrical Work indicated on the contract drawings and these specifications. Work includes, but is not limited to the following: 1. Electrical and telephone services stub-outs and coordination. 2. Distribution feeders, branch circuit wiring, wiring devices and connections to all equipment requiring electrical service. 3. Interior and exterior building lighting fixtures, controls and connections complete. 4. Coordination with Vendor’s associated with the construction of the project. 5. All necessary incidental work not specifically mentioned herein or shown on the drawings shall be provided for complete and functioning systems. B. Work specified in Division 26, 27, 28: 1. Section 260519: Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 2. Section 260526: Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 3. Section 260529: Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 4. Section 260533: Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems 5. Section 260544: Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling 6. Section 260548.16: Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems 7. Section 260553: Identification for Electrical Systems 8. Section 260943: Wireless Network Lighting Controls 1.2 INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS A. Requirements of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 Sections apply to all work in this Section, unless modified herein. B. Provide equipment and materials which conform to, and perform the installation thereof in accordance with the following codes and industry standards. The applicable version of each shall be that in effect as of the date of the Contract: 1. California Electrical Code, latest edition (CEC). 2. California Building Code, latest edition (CBC) 3. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 4. NFPA 101, Life Safety Code. 5. Titles 8, 19 and 24 of the California Code of Regulations (CCR). 6. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 7. California State Fire Marshal (CSFM). City of Rohnert Park COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 00 - 2 8. National Electrical Manufacturers' Association (NEMA). 9. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). a. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC). i. Electrical Safety Orders. ii. Other applicable local codes and ordinances. 10. All local, State and Municipal Codes and Ordinances. C. Where the authority-having-jurisdiction makes an interpretation or decision, as is their prerogative in accordance with the Code, such direction shall be considered a part of these Contract Documents as if contained herein. With respect to completing the intent of the Contract Documents, comply with any and all requirements of the authority-having-jurisdiction and utility company field inspectors, at no additional cost. D. The above referenced codes and standards are considered to be absolute minimum requirements. The Drawings and Specifications shall take precedence over the above referenced codes and standards where materials or workmanship of higher quality or larger size is indicated. Nothing in these Drawings or Specifications shall be construed to allow work not conforming to the applicable codes and standards 1.3 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Examine all relevant Contract Documents including Drawings, Specifications, and Shop Drawings in order to become acquainted with the Work of other installers whose activities will adjoin or be affected by the Electrical Work. 1.4 PERMITS, LICENSES, AND FEES A. Procure and pay for all permits, licenses and fees that are required to carry out and complete the Electrical Work. B. Pay utility company charges for normal or after hours shutdowns, service calls, repairs, and cable locating that are directly related to the installation of the Electrical Work. 1.5 SITE VERIFICATION OF INFORMATION A. Visit the project site prior to submitting a bid and verify the condition, location and dimensions of buildings, equipment, and facilities. The act of submitting a bid shall indicate the Contractor to have familiarized themselves with all discernible conditions and has no exceptions to the existing conditions. There shall be no extra payment approved for work required due to existing conditions, whether specifically mentioned or not. B. Verify at the project site, the accuracy of information shown on the Drawings regarding existing equipment, materials, and facilities. This includes but is not limited to: size, type, rating, quality, age, and serviceability. No allowance will be made on behalf of the Contractor for extra expenses resulting from the failure to discover conditions affecting the Work. City of Rohnert Park COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 00 - 3 C. Lines of other services that are damaged as a result of this work shall promptly be repaired complete to the satisfaction of the Owner at no additional expense to the contract. 1.6 WORKING SPACE A. Maintain adequate work space around, and access to, electrical and mechanical equipment in strict accordance with the applicable Codes. Verify during the course of construction that sufficient space will be available for the installation equipment, fixtures, etc. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conformance: 1. The Contractor shall notify the Owner’s Representative, prior to submission of bid, about any part of the design which fails to comply with abovementioned requirements. 2. If after contract is awarded, minor changes and additions are required by aforementioned authorities, even though such work is not shown on drawings or covered in the specifications, they shall be included at Contractor's expense. B. Coordination: 1. The Contractor shall become familiar with the conditions at the job site, contract drawings and specifications and plan the installation of the electrical work to conform with the existing conditions and that shown and specified so as to provide the best possible assembly of the combined work of all trades. 2. The Contractor shall work out in advance all "tight" conditions, involving all trades and if found necessary, supplementary drawings shall be prepared by this Contractor, for the Owner’s Representative approval before work proceeds in these areas. No additional costs will be considered for work which must be relocated due to conflicts with the work of other trades. 1.8 MATERIALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A. Materials shall be new, high quality, free from defects, of standard make, and of the brand or grade as shown on the Drawings or specified herein. Specific trade names are used in the Drawings and Specifications in order to establish the standard grade and characteristics of said items. This does not imply the right upon the part of the Contractor to use other materials or methods without the approval of the Owner’s Representative. B. Electrical materials and equipment shall bear the label of, or be listed by, the Underwriters’ Laboratories (UL) wherever standards have been established and label service is regularly furnished by that agency. Comply with the installation and application requirements of UL as documented in their published directories. C. Unless specifically noted, equipment and systems shall be the product of a manufacturer who has been in the manufacture of, and has nationally distributed catalogs covering the ratings and specifications of, said equipment or systems, for a period of not less than five (5) years. City of Rohnert Park COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 00 - 4 D. Maintain uniformity throughout the Project by making use of only one make or brand of material for each material used. E. Substitutions of materials or methods will only be allowed if such items are approved in writing by the Owner’s Representative as equal in quality and utility to the specified items. Submit a list of proposed substitutions within thirty (30) days of the award of the Contract. Include on the list the original manufacturer’s name and model number, the proposed manufacturer’s name and model number, catalog cut sheets, ratings, sizes, performance curves, shop drawings, and other data as may be required to demonstrate equality to the specified item. F. The approval of a substitution does not authorize any deviation from the utility, size, function, or durability of the specified item unless specifically pointed out and requested in the proposed substitution list, and said deviation is approved in writing by the Owner’s Representative. Responsibility of the Contractor for dimensional considerations or space conflicts is not relieved by the approval of a substitution. G. If requested by the Owner’s Representative, submit samples of materials and equipment for approval prior to installation. H. Any and all additional costs incurred by the substitution of electrical material or equipment, or installation thereof, whether Owner’s Representative, structural, plumbing, mechanical or electrical, shall be borne by the Contractor under this Section. I. Burden of proof of equality of any substitution for a specified product is the responsibility of this Contractor. J. Where required by Owner’s Representative to ascertain equality of substitute product, Contractor may be requested to provide the specified item and the submitted substitution for comparison, at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.9 ELECTRICAL SUBMITTALS A. See the General Conditions for conditions of submittal approval and general requirements for submission of shop drawings. B. Submit electrical shop drawings and manufacturer's cut sheets for equipment and materials as noted in each Division 26 specification section. Bind the submittals as complete volumes according to classification of equipment such as power, lighting, etc. When possible, make all electrical submittals at the same time. C. Submit shop drawings and supporting data as instruments of the Contractor. Stamp each item in the submittal documents with the Contractor’s stamp, thereby stating that the equipment meets all requirements and conditions of the Drawings and Specifications. In particular, certify that the items shown on the shop drawings conform to the dimensional, environmental, and space restrictions as pertains to all work under this Contract and the work of other parties in conjunction with this Project. D. Provide a blank space on the title page of each submittal classification for the Owner’s Representative’s or Engineers approval stamp and comment field. The minimum size of such space shall be eight inches wide by five inches high. City of Rohnert Park COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 00 - 5 E. Arrange panelboard submittals to show bussing, circuit numbering, and branch circuit protective devices similar the schedules on the Drawings. Show elevations of switchboards, motor control centers, and distribution centers indicating the layout of devices, meters, handles, etc. Provide device ratings, circuit numbers, and nameplate descriptions in table form. Include terminal strip mounting arrangements on elevations for terminal cabinets. 1.10 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The data and information contained on the Drawings is as accurate as was reasonably possible at the time they were produced, but absolute accuracy is not guaranteed. Exact locations, distances, elevations, etc., will be dictated by the actual building and the conditions at the site. B. The layout of electrical equipment, wiring, and accessories is shown in a diagrammatic fashion (not pictorially) in order to achieve clarity and legibility. Although the size and location of electrical equipment is drawn to scale wherever possible, refer to all data in the Contract Documents and field verify this information as the project progresses. Examine Owner’s Representative, structural, mechanical, and other drawings to determine the exact location of conduits, outlets, fixtures, and equipment and to note any conditions which may affect the electrical work. C. The Drawings and Specifications may be superseded by later detail drawings and specifications prepared by the Owner’s Representative. Conform to such detail drawings, specifications, addenda, change orders, other reasonable changes as if they are contained herein. See the General Conditions for change order cost considerations. D. Because the Electrical Drawings may be distorted for clarity of representation, it may be necessary to field verify the exact location of electrical outlets, lights, switches, etc. in order to conform to the architectural elements. The Owner’s Representative reserves the right to make minor changes to the locations of equipment, devices, and wiring shown on the Drawings, at no additional cost, providing the changes are ordered before the rough-in of conduit, boxes, or related items is completed, and no extra material are required. E. For dimensional and locational purposes, the Architectural Drawings take precedence over the Electrical Drawings. Determine the appropriate location of lighting fixtures, outlets, wall- mounted devices, etc. by studying the reflected ceiling plans, building sections, and interior elevations. Report conflicting conditions to the Owner’s Representative before rough-in for adjustments to the locations. F. Conduit quantities, sizes, termination points, and wiring are depicted on the Electrical Drawings. However, not all conduit bends or routing details are necessarily shown. Route conduit so as to conform to the structural conditions, avoid obstructing other trades, maintain space restrictions and keep circulation areas and access openings clear. G. Thoroughly examine the Contract Documents prior to submitting a bid in order to determine electrical requirements which are not necessarily indicated on the Electrical Drawings. Include sufficient allowance in the bid sum to cover the costs of these other requirements. H. Should the Contractor perceive that the Drawings and Specifications do not sufficiently define the intent of electrical work, contact the Owner’s Representative for clarification or additional information. The absence of such contact will be considered as evidence of understanding, on the part of the Contractor, of the intended Electrical Work and the required installation thereof. City of Rohnert Park COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 00 - 6 1.11 WORKMANSHIP A. Constantly supervise the work personally or through an authorized and competent representative. Keep the same foreman or supervisor on the project from commencement through completion. B. Perform the Electrical work using the highest caliber craftsman available. Workmanship shall be first class and of the best quality available to insure a long and trouble free service life. Allow only experienced and competent workmen on the job. 1.12 COOPERATION AND COORDINATION A. Consult with the other installers and trades in coordinating the Work so as to avoid conflicts, omissions and delays. Cooperate with other contractors, third parties, and the Owner in order to expedite the project and provide for the proper execution of the building as a whole. Work performed without regard to other trades or the overall project scheme, may necessarily be required to be moved at the Contractor’s expense. 1.13 MANUFACTURER’S DIRECTIONS A. Adhere to the manufacturer’s directions regarding the proper installation and configuration of electrical equipment where those directions cover points not included in these Drawings and Specifications. 1.14 PROTECTION AND STORAGE A. Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this Division before, during, and after installation and to protect the work and materials of all trades. B. Deliver electrical materials to the site new, and in unbroken packages. Provide for the temporary storage of such materials, equipment, and construction tools in accordance with the General Conditions and in strict accordance with approved manufacturers' recommendations. Protect electrical equipment and materials during transit, storage and handling to prevent damage, soiling and deterioration. C. During shipping storage and handling protect electrical materials from damage of any type including dust, water, over-spray, and temperature. D. Avoid damage during construction to the work and materials of other trades as well as the electrical work and material. Repair or replace, at the Contractor’s expense, defective or damaged items such that the entire Work is completed in a condition satisfactory to the Owner’s Representative. E. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner’s Representative and at no additional cost to the Owner. F. This Contractor shall personally, or through an authorized representative, check all materials upon receipt at jobsite for conformance with approved shop drawings and/or plans and specifications. City of Rohnert Park COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 00 - 7 1.15 EXCAVATION, CUTTING, PATCHING, AND REPAIR A. Perform excavation and backfill required for the installation of electrical sub-structures. Restore grounds, walkways, roadways, curbs, walls, and other existing underground facilities to their original condition. B. Conform to the applicable requirements of Division 2, Earthwork for Utilities, in the selection, placement, and compaction of backfill material and finished surfaces. C. Cut, core-drill, and demolish existing walls, floors, ceilings and other building surfaces as required for the installation of Electrical Work. Obtain the approval of the Owner’s Representative prior to performing any operation which may affect any structural elements of the building. D. Patch and repair wood, plaster, tile, or concrete surfaces which have been damaged by the installation of the Electrical Work so that the finished surface matches the surrounding conditions. 1.16 FLASHING, WATERPROOFING AND SEALING A. In general, install in an approved watertight manner, Electrical Work which pierces exterior walls or waterproofing membranes. Flash and counter-flash roof and wall penetrations in a manner described in other applicable sections of this Specification and as approved by the Owner’s Representative. B. Fit conduits passing through finished walls with steel escutcheon plates of brass, chrome, or painted finish as directed by the Owner’s Representative. Grout penetrations of floor slabs, concrete or masonry walls with an approved grout or silicone elastomeric caulk. 1.17 CLEANING, ADJUSTING, AND TOUCH-UP A. Remove on a daily basis electrical debris, scraps, packaging material and other rubbish. Dispose of such items off-site in an approved manner and debris. Maintain the site free from physical hazards at all times. See the General Conditions for additional requirements. B. After installation, completely clean electrical equipment, fixtures, and materials of excess paint, over-spray, plaster, cement, insulating products, and other foreign matter. Leave the Electrical Work in a clean, finished, dry, level, like new condition. C. Touch-up paint scratches and scuffs on electrical equipment and lighting fixtures with paint recommended by the manufacturer and matching the original item finish. D. Make setting, adjustments, and programming in accordance with the manufactures’ operating and installation instructions. Settings and program variables will be issued by the Owner’s Representative prior to commissioning of the electrical system. City of Rohnert Park COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 00 - 8 1.18 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS A. Throughout the project, maintain accurate and current record documents. Show on the record drawings deviations from the Electrical Drawings, locations of underground conduits and pull- boxes, and concealed equipment which is not readily apparent. Dimension the record drawings using permanent, readily identified benchmarks such as column or wall lines. B. At the completion of the project, present one clearly legible set of the record drawings to the Owner’s Representative. 1.19 SCHEDULING/SEQUENCING A. Place orders for all equipment in time to prevent any delay in construction schedule or completion of project. If any materials or equipment are not ordered in time, additional charges made by equipment manufacturers to complete their equipment in time to meet the construction schedule, together with any special handling charges, shall be borne by this Contractor. B. The Contractor shall coordinate production and delivery schedule for all Owner-supplied equipment with the equipment suppliers to ensure that all Owner-supplied equipment is delivered to site in coordination with the construction schedule and in such a manner as to cause no delays in completion of the Contract as scheduled. 1.20 INSPECTIONS AND TESTING A. Arrange for the inspection of the Work at various stages of completion by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, utility company representatives, and the Owner’s Representative. Comply with all directions and remedial measures issued thereby. Any objections to these orders on the part of the Contractor must be presented to the Owner’s Representative in writing within forty eight (48) hours of the inspection report. B. Coordinate the installation of the Work so that observation of all rough-in, concealed, or underground Work can take place by the Owner’s Representative. Provide a minimum of seventy two (72) hours notice to the Owner’s Representative prior to covering up the work. Uncover Work that has not been properly observed and make repairs to restore the Work and adjoining surfaces to their proper condition at no additional cost. C. Perform tests of the electrical system during the course of the project and at project completion to ensure safe and proper function in accordance with the Contract Documents, manufacturers’ recommendations, and applicable codes. Provide complete documentation of all test results to the Owner’s Representative prior to project completion. Testing shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: 1. Test for short circuits, open circuits, neutral leakage, and improper grounds on feeders and branch circuits. Perform this test with mains in disconnect from feeders, branch circuits closed, fixtures and devices permanently connected, lamps removed from sockets and wall switches closed. 2. Provide insulation resistance tests of all phase and neutral circuit conductors using a 500 Volt Megger for circuits of 240 Volt rating and below, and a 1000 Volt Megger for circuits of 277 volts and above. Minimum acceptable insulation resistance is one (1) megohm. City of Rohnert Park COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 00 - 9 3. Perform a ground resistance test of each main grounding electrode system, ground rod, and supplemental grounding electrode. Utilize a calibrated, direct reading, earth ground test set and make the tests using the “Three-terminal, Fall-of-Potential” method. The maximum allowable earth ground resistance is 25 ohms. 4. Test for proper phase-to-phase and phase-to-neutral operating voltage on the main service and on each separately derived system. Perform this test at full load and at no load. With all circuits at full operating conditions, test the phase and neutral load currents using a clamp-on ammeter. 5. When series rated circuit breakers are used, provide a letter from the manufacturer of the equipment confirming that U.L. series rating exists for all protective devices. State the available fault current from the Utility Company and indicate that the overcurrent devices exceed the available fault current at the respective point of protection. 6. Tests as required by other sections of these Specifications. 7. Tests as prescribed by individual equipment manufacturers whether or not described in these Specifications. D. At project completion, demonstrate to the Owner’s Representative that the entire installation is complete, in proper operation condition and that the Contract has been properly and fully executed. Activate all circuits, lights, devices, and controls under full load and normal operating conditions. Identify faulty items and immediately replace or repair defective equipment, workmanship, and materials to like new condition and retest in the presence of the Owner’s Representative. E. At the completion of the Project, demonstrate to the Owner’s Representative that the entire electrical system is free from short circuits and improper grounds, or upon request of the Owner’s Representative anytime, make necessary tests under the observation of the Owner’s Representative which will ensure that electrical equipment, materials and installation methods are as specified. 1.21 IDENTIFICATION A. Each branch circuit of panelboards to have a permanently fixed number with one word directory, mounted under celluloid on inside of cabinet door, showing circuit numbers and typewritten description of equipment supplied by breakers, including location. 1. All existing panelboards touched shall be updated with new panel schedules. 2. All existing equipment on existing panel schedules shall be transferred to new panel schedules. B. Provide label on all motors: "Caution. Automatic equipment .May start at any time." C. Provide identification of all pull boxes, junction boxes, and conduit stub-ups on the project as outlined below: 1. For Power Feeders: a. Stencil cover with identifying circuit number. b. Lettering 1" high. c. Color of lettering black. d. Place lettering on cover in neat manner; run parallel to long sides of box. City of Rohnert Park COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 00 - 10 2. For branch circuits, grounding, communication, signal, and control systems boxes and blank conduit stub-outs. Paint inside back of each j-box, front of each cover, and ends of each blank conduit stub-out with identifying system color as listed below: System Color 277/480 volt Orange 120/208 volt Blue Telephone/Data Grey Ground system Green Clock Brown Fire Alarm Red Audio/Visual Yellow Security White Low voltage lighting control Orange/White 1.22 GUARANTEE A. In accordance with Division 1 requirements. 1.23 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS A. This Contractor shall obtain and pay for all required permits and arrange for all inspections required. B. Do not allow or cause any of the work to be covered or enclosed until it has been tested and/or inspected. 1.24 WARRANTIES, CERTIFICATES, AND OPERATING MANUALS A. Properly fill out and deliver to the Owner, all warranties, guarantees, certificates, etc. for equipment and materials that are furnished and installed under this Section of the Work. The effective date on each item shall be the date of acceptance of the work by the Owner. B. Deliver to the Owner, a minimum of two (2) copies of the manufacturers’ operating and maintenance manuals for major items of equipment. END OF SECTION 26 05 00 SECTION 26 05 19 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES City of Rohnert Park LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 19 -1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less. 2. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control test reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in CEC, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with CEC. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Wire and Cable (600V) a. American Wire Company b. Belden c. General Wire and Cable Corporation d. Okonite Company e. Rome Cable Corporation f. Cerrowire g. American Insulated Wire h. AFC Cable Systems City of Rohnert Park LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 19 -2 i. Essex j. Simplex Wire and Cable Company 2. Solderless Lugs and Grounding Connections a. Burndy Engineering Company, Inc. b. O.Z. Gedney Company, Inc. c. Penn Union Electric Corporation d. Thomas and Betts Company, Inc. 2.2 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Copper Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70. B. Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70 for Types THHN-THWN and XHHW. 2.3 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. 3. O-Z/Gedney; EGS Electrical Group LLC. 4. 3M; Electrical Products Division. 5. Tyco Electronics Corp. B. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Feeders: Copper Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. B. Branch Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. C. 600-volt class, insulation color coded, minimum No. 12 AWG for branch circuits, No. 14 AWG for control circuits. City of Rohnert Park LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 19 -3 3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. All branch circuits for equipment electrical power, receptacles and lighting shall be concealed spaces where possible. Wiring method shall be MC Cable (copper) with home runs routed in EMT conduit. B. Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. C. Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: Type THHN- THWN, single conductors in raceway. D. Class 1 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway. E. Class 2 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway. F. Insulation type: 1. Standard locations: #12 to #1 AWG: THWN for wet locations and THHN for dry locations. #1/0 through #4/0 AWG: XHHW (55 Mils). 250MCM and larger: XHHW (65 Mils). All wire sizes used shall be based on a 75 degree insulation rating, unless specifically used with 90 degree rated breakers and devices. 2. High temperature and non-standard locations: Provide wire type and insulation category suitable for area of use as defined in CEC table 310-13. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. B. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. C. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. D. Support cables according to Division 26 Sections "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." E. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. F. Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. G. Install all wiring (low voltage and line voltage) in conduit unless noted otherwise in the drawings, but do not pull into conduit until plastering and taping have been completed and conduits and outlets have been thoroughly cleaned and swabbed as necessary to remove water and debris. H. Approximately balance branch circuits about the neutral conductors in panels. City of Rohnert Park LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 19 -4 I. Connections to devices from "thru-feed" branch circuit conductors to be made with pigtails, with no interruption of the branch circuit conductors. J. Neutral conductor identified by white outer braid, with different tracers of "EZ" numbering tags used where more than one neutral conductor is contained in a single raceway. K. Neatly arrange and "marlin" wires in panels and distribution panelboards with "T and B Ty-rap" or approved equal plastic type strapping. L. All wire and cable shall bear the Underwriters' Label, brought to the job in unbroken packages; wire color-coded as follows: Voltage Phasing A B C N 120/208 3PH-4W Black Red Blue White 208 3PH-3W Black Red Blue -- 277/480 3PH-4W Brown Orange Yellow White 480 3PH-3W Brown Orange Yellow -- 120/240 3PH-4W Black Red Blue White 240 3PH-3W Black Red Blue -- M. The equipment grounding conductor shall be insulated copper; where it is insulated, the insulation shall be colored green. N. Label each wire of each electrical system in each pull box, junction box, outlet box, terminal cabinet, and panelboard in which it appears with "EZ" numbering tags indicating the connected circuit numbers. O. Properly identify the “high leg” of 4-wire delta connected systems (in each accessible location) as required by CEC 215-8 and 230-56. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF DICONNECTS, CONNECTORS, AND LUGS A. Equipment Disconnects: All disconnects shall be located to allow proper code required clearance in each area. Locations shown on drawings are diagrammatic only. The contractor shall coordinate exact locations in the field (with other trades) prior to rough-in to insure proper clearances. 1. Motor Disconnect Switches and Safety Switches: General Electric Company Heavy Duty Type "THD", cover interlocked with operating handle so that cover cannot be opened with switch in closed position and switch cannot be closed with cover in open position. 240V or 480V rating, single or multi-pole as required or as noted on drawings, in Nema 1 enclosure indoors or Nema 3R enclosure outdoors unless otherwise noted. Provide dual element motor circuit fuses sized as recommended by equipment manufacturer (for f inal equipment actually installed). 2. Code required disconnects: Provide a local disconnect in addition to the branch circuit protection device for all equipment as required by code (whether shown or not). Disconnects shall consist of a motor rated switch (or disconnect) for all motor loads less City of Rohnert Park LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 19 -5 than 3/4HP or other suitable disconnect sized to match branch circuit conductors and load current of equipment, with number of poles as required. B. Lugs and Connectors: Thomas and Betts "lock-tite", for No. 4 and larger wire; "Scotchlock" fixed spring type with insulator for No. 6 and smaller wire. 1. All splices made up with wire nut connectors shall be solidly twisted together with electricians pliers before connector is installed to ensure a proper connection in the event of wire nut failure. No exceptions. 2. Connectors listed or labeled for “no wire twisting required” are not an acceptable substitute for actual wire twisting. 3. Utilize porcelain type connectors in all high temperature environments (above 105 degrees Celsius). C. Splice Insulation: "Scotch" electrical tape with vinyl plastic backing or rubber tape with protective friction tape for interior work. 1. Provide watertight cast splices for all conductors in site pull boxes or wet locations. 3.5 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling." 3.6 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly according to Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." B. Fire stopping: 3M Fire Protection Products or equal. 1. Fire-rated and smoke barrier construction: Maintain barrier and structural floor fire and smoke resistance ratings including resistance to cold smoke at all penetrations, connections with other surfaces or types of construction, at separations required to permit building movement and sound vibration absorption, an at other construction gaps. 2. Systems or devices listed in the UL Fire Resistance Directory under categories XHCR and XHEZ may be used, providing that it conforms to the construction type, penetration type, annular space requirements and fire rating involved in each separate instance, and that the system be symmetrical for wall penetrations. Systems or devices must be asbestos free. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Tests and Inspections: City of Rohnert Park LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 19 -6 1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test service entrance and feeder conductors for compliance with requirements. 2. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 3. Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each splice in cables and conductors No. 3 AWG and larger. Remove box and equipment covers so splices are accessible to portabl e scanner. a. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of each splice 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. b. Instrument: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device. c. Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a certified report that identifies splices checked and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. C. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION 260519 SECTION 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS City of Rohnert Park GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 26 -1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Grounding systems and equipment. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in CEC, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS A. Insulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33. 4. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch in diameter. 5. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor. 6. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick. 7. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick. City of Rohnert Park GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 26 -2 2.2 CONNECTORS A. Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. B. Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, pressure type with at least two bolts. 1. Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for pipe. C. Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. 2.3 GROUND RODS A. Copper clad steel size 5/8 inch in diameter and 96 inches in length. 2.4 Test Wells A. Provide handholes “Christy G5” or equal, with cast iron traffic lid and hold down screws. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger unless otherwise indicated. B. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install bare copper conductor, No. 4/0 AWG minimum. Bury at least 24 inches below grade. C. Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. 2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. 3. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors. 4. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors. 3.2 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those required by CEC: City of Rohnert Park GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 26 -3 1. Feeders and branch circuits. 2. Lighting circuits. 3. Receptacle circuits. 4. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 5. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 6. Flexible raceway runs. 7. Computer and Rack-Mounted Electronic Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor in branch-circuit runs from equipment-area power panels and power-distribution units. B. Signal and Communication Equipment: In addition to grounding and bonding required by CEC, provide a separate grounding system complying with requirements in TIA/ATIS J-STD-607-A. 1. For telephone, alarm, voice and data, and other communication equipment, provide No. 4 AWG minimum insulated grounding conductor in raceway from grounding electrode system to each service location, terminal cabinet, wiring closet, and central equipment location. 2. Service and Central Equipment Locations and Wiring Closets: Terminate grounding conductor on a 1/4-by-4-by-12-inch grounding bus. 3. Terminal Cabinets: Terminate grounding conductor on cabinet grounding terminal. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. B. Install ground wires in rigid conduit. C. All grounding electrode conductor connections "thermite" or "cad-weld" welded. D. Use approved pressure type solderless connector or use fusion welding for all connections to and bonding of grounding electrode system. All connections shall be visible, readily accessible for testing purposes. Grounding electrode conductor between the grounding electrode and service equipment. E. Terminate grounding conduits at equipment with ground bushing, with ground wire connected through bushing. F. Other than for isolated ground receptacles, provide No. 12 stranded (green) THHN conductor from outlet box to ground screw of every receptacle. G. Ground all isolated sections of metallic raceways. H. Provide #12 minimum stranded (green) THHN conductor sized per CEC, or as noted, connected continuously throughout branch circuit for all circuits, bonded to panel ground bus, and to all electrical devices and equipment enclosures City of Rohnert Park GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 26 -4 I. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install bonding so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 3. Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations; if a disconnect-type connection is required, use a bolted clamp. 3.4 LABELING A. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Requirements for Electrical Installations" The label or its text shall be green. B. Install labels at the telecommunications bonding conductor and grounding equalizer and at the grounding electrode conductor where exposed. 1. Label Text: "If this connector or cable is loose or if it must be removed for any reason, notify the facility manager." 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify tightness of accessible, bolted, electrical connections with a calibrated torque wrench according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground-resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, and at ground test wells. Make tests at ground rods before any conductors are connected. 4. Test system using the three-point fall of potential method only. Record results and submit to Owner’s Representative for approval. B. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values: 1. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity of 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms. 2. Power Distribution Units or Panelboards Serving Electronic Equipment: 3ohm(s). C. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Owner’s Representative promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. END OF SECTION 260526 SECTION 26 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS City of Rohnert Park HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 29 -1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design supports for multiple raceways capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems and its contents. B. Rated Strength: Adequate in tension, shear, and pullout force to resist maximum loads calculated or imposed for this Project, with a minimum structural safety factor of five times the applied force. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For steel slotted support systems. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following: 1. Trapeze hangers. Include Product Data for components. 2. Steel slotted channel systems. Include Product Data for components. 3. Equipment supports. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Comply with CEC. City of Rohnert Park HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 29 -2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Comply with MFMA-4, factory-fabricated components for field assembly. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Allied Tube & Conduit. b. Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. c. ERICO International Corporation. d. GS Metals Corp. e. Thomas & Betts Corporation. f. Unistrut; Tyco International, Ltd. g. Wesanco, Inc. h. General Electric Company i. Republic Steel Corporation 2. Metallic Coatings: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA-4. 3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Manufacturer's standard PVC, polyurethane, or polyester coating applied according to MFMA-4. 4. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA- 4. 5. Channel Dimensions: Selected for applicable load criteria. B. Raceway and Cable Supports: As described in NECA 1 and NECA 101. C. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported. D. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for non-armored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be malleable iron. E. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. F. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following: 1. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. City of Rohnert Park HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 29 -3 a. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) Hilti Inc. 2) ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 3) MKT Fastening, LLC. 4) Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc.; Masterset Fastening Systems Unit. 2. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, stainless steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials in which used. a. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 2) Empire Tool and Manufacturing Co., Inc. 3) Hilti Inc. 4) ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 5) MKT Fastening, LLC. 3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable-iron, slotted support system units similar to MSS Type 18; complying with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58. 4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58, type suitable for attached structural element. 5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM A 325. 6. Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type. 7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel. 2.2 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES A. Description: Welded or bolted, structural-steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions of supported equipment. B. Materials: Comply with requirements in Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for steel shapes and plates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for application of hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems except if requirements in this Section are stricter. City of Rohnert Park HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 29 -4 B. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for EMT, IMC, and RMC as required by CEC. Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch in diameter. C. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze-type supports fabricated with steel slotted support system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding specified design load limits. 1. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with two-bolt conduit clamps. D. Spring-steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1- 1/2-inch and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports. 3.2 SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this Article. B. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb. C. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface-Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code: 1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts. 3. To Masonry: Approved toggle-type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners. 5. To Steel: Welded threaded studs complying with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, with lock washers and nuts 6. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. 7. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted-channel racks attached to substrate by means that meet seismic-restraint strength and anchorage requirements. D. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing bars. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS A. Comply with installation requirements in Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for site- fabricated metal supports. City of Rohnert Park HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 29 -5 B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 3.4 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B. Touchup: Comply with requirements in Division 09 Section "Exterior Paints" for cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal. C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 26 05 29 SECTION 260533 RACEWAYS AND BOXES City of Rohnert Park RACEWAYS AND BOXES City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 33 -1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. All branch circuits for electrical equipment, receptacles and lighting shall be copper wiring routed in EMT conduit home runs and MC cable from device to device. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 260500: Common Work Results for Electrical B. Section 260519: 600-Volt Power Conductors and Cables C. Section 260526: Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems D. Section 260553: Identification for Electrical Systems 1.3 REFERENCES - CODES AND STANDARDS A. ANSI C80.1 Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated. B. ANSI C80.3 Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated. C. ANSI C80.6 American National Standard for Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit. D. ASTM A 48 Standard Specification for Grey Iron Castings. E. NECA (National Electrical Contractor’s Association) – “Standard of Installation.” F. NEMA FB 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) – Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and Cable Assemblies. G. NEMA OS 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) – Sheet-steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports. H. NEMA OS 2 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) – Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers and Box Supports. I. NEMA RN 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit. J. NEMA TC 2 – Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit. K. NEMA TC 3 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) – PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing. L. NEMA TC 6 - Non-Metallic Conduit. City of Rohnert Park RACEWAYS AND BOXES City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 33 -2 M. NEMA 250 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) – Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1,000 Volts Maximum). N. CEC California Electrical Code (CEC). Latest approved edition O. UL 1 Flexible Metal Conduit P. UL 6 Rigid Metal Conduit Q. UL 514B Conduit, Tubing and Cable Fittings. R. UL 651 Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit S. UL 797 Electrical Metallic Tubing T. UL 1242 Intermediate Metal Conduit 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Raceway, boxes and manholes located as indicated on drawings and at other locations required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and compliance with regulatory requirements. Raceway, boxes and manholes are shown in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Provide raceway for complete wiring system. B. All branch circuits for equipment electrical power, receptacles and lighting shall be concealed spaces where possible. Wiring method shall be MC Cable (copper) with home runs routed in EMT conduit. C. In or Under Slab: Provide Schedule 40 non-metallic conduit. D. Underground more than 5 feet (1,500 mm) outside foundation wall: Provide Schedule 40 non- metallic conduit. E. Underground within 5 feet from foundation wall: Provide rigid steel or Schedule 80 non- metallic conduit. F. Provide Schedule 80 or Galvanized Steel with tape wrap rigid steel factory bends greater than 22.5 degrees and for stub-ups through concrete slabs. G. Outdoor Locations, Above Grade: Provide EMT conduit painted to match surface(s). Provide cast metal gasketed outlet, pull, and junction boxes. H. Concealed Dry Locations: Provide electrical metallic tubing for sizes less than 2-inches. Provide galvanized rigid steel or intermediate steel conduit in sizes 2-inches or larger. Provide cast or sheet metal boxes. 1.5 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4 inch (19 mm) unless otherwise specified. City of Rohnert Park RACEWAYS AND BOXES City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 33 -3 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions: Submit application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency having jurisdiction. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product. B. Submit detailed conduit routing plan, for review and approval, prior to installation as follows: 1. Exposed and/or concealed in building walls for conduits larger than 2-inch outside diameter. 2. All underground conduits (3/4-inch and larger) in duct bank; concealed in floor slabs, equipment pads and concrete slabs. C. Product Data: Submit for the following: 1. Rigid Steel Conduit. 2. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT). 3. Liquid tight flexible metal conduit. 4. Nonmetallic conduit. 5. Raceway fittings. 6. Conduit bodies. 7. Surface raceway. 8. Pull boxes, junction boxes. D. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions: 1. Submit application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements. 2. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: 1. Record actual routing of conduits. Provide record (as-built) drawings marked in red to show actual routing of the underground raceway and cable when different from the original contract drawings. Prepare on new, clean set of contract drawings. 2. Record actual locations and mounting heights of outlet, pull boxes, junction boxes and manholes. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide appropriate covering. B. Protect PVC and PVC-coated metallic conduit from sunlight. City of Rohnert Park RACEWAYS AND BOXES City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 33 -4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUIT A. Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit (GRSC or RGS), couplings and elbows shall be hot-dip galvanized, rigid mild steel in accordance with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6. The conduit interior and exterior surfaces shall have a continuous zinc coating with a transparent overcoat of enamel, lacquer, or zinc chromate. Conduit shall be formed with continuous welded seams with a uniform wall thickness, in minimum 10-foot lengths, with threaded ends. B. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT). Electrical metallic tubing, including elbows and bends, shall be zinc coated, mild steel in accordance with the requirements of ANSI C80.3 and UL 797. The interior and exterior surfaces of the tubing shall have a continuous zinc coating. Conduit shall be formed with a continuous welded seam, with a uniform wall thickness, in minimum 10-foot lengths. C. Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit shall be plastic-jacketed, galvanized steel, "Sealtite" Type EF for general service areas or Type HC for high-temperature when used under raised floor or in air plenums. Conduit shall be UL listed. D. Non-Metallic Conduit shall be as follows: 1. Schedule 40: Conduit shall be 90 degree Celsius, polyvinyl chloride in conformance with NEMA TC-2 and UL 651 requirements. 2. Spacers used in duct bank installations shall be high impact plastic, interlocking bases, and intermediate type spacers. Place spacers between 6 and 10 feet apart. 2.2 RACEWAY FITTINGS A. Couplings and Thread Protectors. Each length of threaded conduit shall be provided complete from the manufacturer with a coupling on one end and a thread protector on the other. The thread protector shall have sufficient mechanical strength to protect the threads during normal handling and storage. B. Metal Conduit Fittings shall conform to the requirements of UL 514B where this standard applies. Galvanized steel fittings shall be used with steel conduit. Threaded fittings shall engage a minimum of five threads made up wrench-tight and be compatible with conduit. EMT fittings shall be compression type, UL approved for rain tight applications. C. Liquid-Tight Flexible Conduit Fittings shall be galvanized steel, T&B 53XX series insulated throat, and shall bear the UL label. Die-cast malleable fittings are not acceptable. D. Non-Metallic Conduit Fittings shall be of same material and strength characteristics as the conduit and shall be solvent welded as recommended by manufacturer. End bells shall be plastic, high impact, tapered to fit. Where conduit transition from non-metallic to metallic is required, provide non-metallic female “terminal” adapter. Non-metallic “male” adapters are not acceptable. City of Rohnert Park RACEWAYS AND BOXES City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 33 -5 E. Bushings shall be provided for the termination of all conduits not terminated in hubs, couplings or insulated throat connectors. Grounding type insulated bushings with insulating inserts in metal housings shall be provided for conduit 1-1/4 inches and larger. Standard bushings shall be galvanized steel or malleable iron in all sizes. F. Locknuts. One interior and one exterior locknut shall be provided for all conduit terminations not provided with threaded hubs and couplings. Locknuts shall be designed to securely bond with the conduit to the box when tightened. Locknuts shall be so constructed that they will not be loosened by vibration. 2.3 CONDUIT BODIES A. Malleable iron conduit bodies shall be cast malleable iron with tensile strength meeting ASTM A 48, Class 30A requirements. Malleable conduit bodies shall be finished with an epoxy powder coating. Cover shall be malleable iron with captive screws. B. All conduit bodies’ entrances shall be machined NPT threads with a smooth, rounded, internal conduit stop bushing. C. All conduit bodies shall be equipped with a sealed and gasketed cover. Cover shall be secured using stainless steel machine screws. D. Conduit bodies shall be manufactured by Crouse-Hinds, Appleton, or approved equal. 2.4 CONDUIT SUPPORTS A. Conduit supports shall be furnished and installed in accordance with other section of these specifications. Conduits shall be supported so that fittings are accessible. Support systems shall be limited to electrical conduits only. B. Hanger rods shall be 3/8-inch diameter galvanized threaded steel rods, minimum. Conduit racks over 18-inch wide, over one level, or supporting 2-inch RSC or larger, shall be 1/2-inch diameter rod minimum. C. Conduit Clamps. Conduits in single runs or groups of two shall be supported by steel clamps and clamp backs. They shall be galvanized malleable iron or approved equal cast ferrous metal for steel conduit or tubing. D. Support Channels. Supports for banks of three of more conduits shall be constructed of formed steel support channels (Unistrut, Kindorf, Superstrut, B-Line or approved equal) with associated conduit or tubing clips. Support channels shall be steel, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication with galvanized steel clips for steel conduit or tubing. E. Wall Penetrations. All conduits, raceways, cables and sleeve penetrations through fire rated and hazardous location walls, shafts, floor, ceilings, etc., shall be sealed with a UL-approved fire stopping system, in accordance with specification Section 16060 – Basic Electrical Materials and Methods. City of Rohnert Park RACEWAYS AND BOXES City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 33 -6 2.5 OUTLET BOXES AND SWITCH BOXES A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in the manufacturing of electrical raceways of the types and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 3 years. B. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: ANSI/NEMA OS 1, galvanized flat rolled sheet steel outlet wiring boxes of types, shapes and sizes, including box depths, to suit each respective location and installation; construct with stamped knockouts in back and sides, and with threaded screw holes with corrosion-resistant screws for securing box covers and wiring devices. C. Outlet boxes used in wet outdoor locations, surface mounted shall be cast metal (FS or FD type) with mounting lugs and gasketed covers. D. Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: Rated for weight of equipment supported, per CEC requirements. E. Outlet Box Accessories: Provide outlet box accessories as required for each installation, including mounting brackets, wallboard hangers, extension rings, fixture studs, cable clamps and metal straps for supporting outlet boxes, which are compatible with outlet boxes being used and meeting requirements of individual wiring situations. 2.6 PULL BOXES, JUNCTION BOXES, HANDHOLES AND MANHOLES A. Sheet Metal Boxes shall be NEMA OS 1, NEMA rating as indicated on drawings. Minimum 16 gauge galvanized steel construction with stainless steel hinged cover and neoprene gasket. Cover shall be secured to the body with a continuous, full length, piano type hinge and stainless steel pin on one side and captive screw on the other side. Door shall be equipped with padlock hasp with sealing hole provisions. 1. Provide #10-32 tapped hole provisions for optional ground lug kit. 2. Provide 0.375-16 collar studs for mounting optional panel. 3. Provide external mounting feet for secure wall mounting. 4. Finish: Wash and phosphate undercoat with ANSI 61 gray polyester power finish. B. Surface-Mounted Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, NEMA Type 3R or 4 as indicated, flat-flanged, surface- mounted junction box: 1. Material: Cast Iron. 2. Cover: Furnish with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws. 2.7 CLOSURE FOAM A. All conduit, raceways, cables and sleeves penetrations through fire rated and hazardous location walls, shafts, floor, ceilings, etc., shall be sealed by closure foam as in Dow Corning #3-6548 silicone RTV, GE RTV 850 silicone foam, or approved equal. City of Rohnert Park RACEWAYS AND BOXES City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 33 -7 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify outlet locations and routing and termination locations of raceway prior to rough in. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF RACEWAYS A. Routing 1. Install raceway and boxes in accordance with NECA “Standard of Installation.” 2. Conduit routing shown on drawings is diagrammatic only. Contractor shall field route conduit and raceways between equipment and devices as required to obtain a complete wiring system. 3. Conduit shall not be exposed unless specifically mentioned on the drawings or accepted by the architect. 4. All exposed conduits shall be installed parallel or perpendicular to dominant surfaces with right-angle turns made of symmetrical bends or fittings. 5. Conduit shall not be installed on the outside face of exposed columns, but shall be routed on the web or on the inside of a flange of the column. 6. Except where prevented by the location of other work, a single conduit or a conduit group shall be centered on structural members. 7. Conduit shall be located at least 6 inches from hot water or steam pipes and from other hot surfaces B. Moisture Pockets 1. Moisture pockets shall be eliminated from conduits. If water cannot drain to the natural opening in the conduit system, a hole shall be drilled in the bottom of a pull box or a "C- type" conduit fitting provided in the low point of the conduit run. C. Couplings and Unions 1. Metal conduit shall be joined by threaded conduit couplings, with the conduit ends butted. 2. The use of running threads, Erickson type couplings, split couplings or similar unions are not permitted. D. Conduit Bodies 1. Conduit bends shall meet the requirements of CEC, minimum bend radius of the cable installed or as indicated on the drawings, whichever is greater. 2. Conduits or tubing deformed or crushed in any way shall be removed from the job site. E. Bends and Offsets 1. Changes in direction of conduits shall be made with fittings or bends. 2. Conduit bends shall meet the requirements of CEC, minimum bend radius of the cable installed or as indicated on the drawings, whichever is greater. City of Rohnert Park RACEWAYS AND BOXES City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 33 -8 3. Bends shall be made using appropriate tools or mechanical equipment. The use of a pipe tee or vise for bending conduit or tubing will not be permitted. 4. For non-metallic conduit or plastic coated steel, approved factory bends and offsets shall be used. 5. Conduits or tubing deformed or crushed in any way shall be removed from the job site. 6. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90 degree bends between boxes or outlets F. Cutting and Threading 1. The plane of all conduit ends shall be square with the centerline. 2. Where threads are required, they shall be cut and cleaned prior to conduit reaming. 3. The ends of all conduit and tubing shall be reamed to remove all rough edges and burrs. 4. Cutting oil shall be used in threading operations; the dies shall be kept sharp, and provisions shall be made for chip clearance. 5. Threads on conduits and fittings shall be lubricated with conducting and sealing compound. 6. All steel conduits shall be coated after threading with cold-galvanized zinc coating. The Contractor shall supply this protective material and shall apply it in the field prior to installing conduit or fittings. G. All steel conduit, exposed to weather or in contact with earth, shall be re-galvanized after threading with "Galvanizing Powder M-321" as manufactured by the American Solder and Flux Company of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; "Zincilate 810" as manufactured by Industrial Metal Protectives, Inc., of Dayton, Ohio; "Zinc Rich" coating as manufactured by ZRC Chemical Products Company, Quincy, Massachusetts; or approved equal. The Contractor shall supply this protective material and shall apply it in the field. H. Connections to Boxes and Cabinets 1. Conduit shall be securely fastened to all boxes and cabinets. 2. Threads on metallic conduit shall project through the wall of the box to allow the bushing to butt against the end of the conduit. 3. The locknuts, both inside and outside, shall then be tightened sufficiently to bond the conduit securely to the box. 4. Locknuts on connectors shall be tightened securely to bond the connectors. I. All conduits entering enclosures outdoors or in wet areas shall enter through Meyer’s hubs, or approved equal, or threaded openings. J. Cleaning 1. Precautions shall be taken to prevent the accumulation of water, dirt, or concrete in the conduit. 2. Conduit in which water or other foreign materials have been permitted to accumulate shall be thoroughly cleaned or, where such accumulation cannot be removed by methods acceptable to the Owner /Engineer, the conduit shall be replaced. 3. For conduits sizes 3 inches and larger, draw a flexible testing mandrel approximately 12 inches long with a diameter less than the inside diameter of the conduit through the conduit. After which, draw a stiff bristle brush through until conduit is clear of particles of foreign materials. For conduits less than 3 inches, draw a stiff bristle brush through until conduit is clear of particles and foreign material. City of Rohnert Park RACEWAYS AND BOXES City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 33 -9 K. Empty Conduit 1. All conduits installed for future use shall have a polypropylene pull line with a minimum tensile strength of 200 lbs., Jet Line, Cat. No. 232, polyolefin, or approved equal. Pull line shall be secures at both ends to ensure future accessibility. L. Rooftop Conduits 1. Provide redwood sleepers on waterproof mastic base for all conduit runs exposed on roofs. M. Identification 1. All conduits shall be identified in accordance with other section of these specifications. N. Grounding 1. All conduits shall be grounded in accordance with specification Section 16050 – Basic Electrical Materials and Methods. 2. A solid or stranded bare copper or green insulated copper solid or stranded ground wire shall be provided in all conduits and raceways. O. Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit 1. Galvanized rigid steel conduit shall be installed in areas exposed to weather, vehicle traffic, in hazardous classified areas, for penetrations through foundations, and 10 feet before transition from below grade to 8 feet above grade, unless otherwise noted on the drawings. 2. Steel conduit in contact with earth shall be protected by "Scotchwrap" 10 mil tape applied in double thickness using 50 percent lap turns to 6 inches above grade and 6 inches beyond transition. 3. Expansion joints shall be used where required. P. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduits and Intermediate Steel Conduit 1. PVC -coated, steel conduit and fittings shall be installed where highly corrosive conditions exist, indoors or outdoors. 2. The Contractor shall patch any damaged coating according to the manufacturer's instructions. Q. Electrical Metallic Tubing 1. Electrical metallic tubing shall be installed for all circuits, indoors above concrete slab, where not subject to conditions outlined for rigid galvanized steel conduits. R. Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit 1. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit shall be used in place of regular flexible conduit for connections to motors and transformers, in areas exposed to weather, moisture or oil, and under raised floors. City of Rohnert Park RACEWAYS AND BOXES City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 33 -10 2. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit may be used in place of flexible metal conduit where not otherwise required. S. Non-Metallic Conduit 1. Schedule 40 shall be used for all power, signal feeders and branch circuits, in earth or enclosed in concrete, unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Conduits must be buried in earth in accordance with the CEC. T. Conduit Support 1. Fasten conduit supports to building structures and surfaces in accordance with Section 16050 – Basic Electrical Materials and Methods. 2. Support raceway using coated steel or malleable iron straps, lay-in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, and split hangers. 3. Do not use wire, ceiling support wires or perforated pipe straps to support conduit. Remove any temporary installation support wire. U. Spacing of Supports 1. All conduit runs shall be rigidly supported, except where buried in concrete,. 2. Each conduit shall be supported within one (1) foot of junction boxes and fittings. 3. Spacers used in duct bank installations shall be placed no more than 6 to 10 feet apart. 4. Support spacing along conduit runs shall be as follows. Conduit Size Maximum Distance Between Supports ½ inch through 1-1/4 inch 5 feet 1-1/2 inch and larger 8 feet V. Ground and bond raceway and boxes in accordance with Section 16050 – Basic Electrical Materials and Methods. 3.3 CABINET AND BOX INSTALLATION A. Install electrical boxes as shown on drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections and compliance with regulatory requirements. B. Locate boxes and conduit bodies so as to ensure ready accessibility of electrical wiring, maintain headroom and to present neat mechanical appearance. C. Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas only. In inaccessible ceiling areas, install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6 inches from ceiling access panel or from removable recessed luminaire. D. Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices with each other. E. Use flush mounting outlet boxes in finished areas. City of Rohnert Park RACEWAYS AND BOXES City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 33 -11 1. Do not install flush mounting boxes back-to-back in walls. 2. Provide minimum 6-inch separation between adjacent boxes. 3. Provide minimum 24-inch separation in acoustic rated walls. 4. Use stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs. 5. Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs. 6. Accurately position to allow for surface finish thickness. 7. Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness. 8. Use adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box. F. Support boxes independently of conduits. G. Use code sized gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box. Use code sized gang box with plaster ring for single device outlets. H. Use cast outlet box in exterior locations where exposed to the weather and wet locations (interior or exterior). I. Coordinate installation of electrical boxes and fittings with cable and raceway installation work. Provide knockout closures to cap unused knockout holes where blanks have been removed. J. Avoid using round boxes where conduit must enter box through side of box, which would result in difficult and insecure connections where fastened with a locknut or bushing on rounded surface. K. Fasten boxes rigidly to substrate or structural surfaces to which they are being mounted, or solidly embed electrical boxes in concrete or masonry as appropriate. L. Except as prevented by the location of other work, all junction boxes and outlet boxes shall be centered on structures. M. Conduit openings in boxes shall be made with a hole saw or shall be punched. N. Cabinets and boxes shall be rigidly mounted. 1. Mounting on concrete shall be secured by self-drilling anchors. 2. Mounting on steel shall be by drilled and tapped screw holes, or by special support channels welded to the steel, or by both. 3. Cabinets shall be leveled and fastened to the mounting surface with not less than ¼-inch air space between the enclosure and mounting surface. 4. All mounting holes in the enclosure shall be used. O. Large Pull Boxes - Boxes larger than 100 cubic inches in volume or 12 inches in any dimension. 1. Interior Dry Locations - Use hinged enclosure. 2. Other Locations - Use surface mounted box of appropriate location classification. 3.4 ANCHORS A. Where supports for raceways, boxes, and cabinets are mounted on concrete surfaces, they shall be fastened with self-drilling tubular expansion shell anchors with externally split expansion City of Rohnert Park RACEWAYS AND BOXES City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 33 -12 shells, single-cone expanders, and annular break-off grooved chucking cones. Anchors shall be Phillips "Red Head" or approved equal. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Install knockout closures in unused openings in boxes. 3.6 CLEANING A. Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material. B. Clean exposed surfaces and restore manufacturer’s finish. END OF SECTION 260533 SECTION 26 05 44 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND CABLING City of Rohnert Park SLEEVE & SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND CABLING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 44 -1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sleeves for raceway and cable penetration of non-fire-rated construction walls and floors. 2. Sleeve-seal systems. 3. Sleeve-seal fittings. 4. Grout. 5. Silicone sealants. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for penetration firestopping installed in fire-resistance-rated walls, horizontal assemblies, and smoke barriers, with and without penetrating items. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES A. Wall Sleeves: 1. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc coated, plain ends. 2. Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated. B. Sleeves for Conduits Penetrating Non-Fire-Rated Gypsum Board Assemblies: Galvanized-steel sheet; 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint, with tabs for screw-fastening the sleeve to the board. C. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: 1. Material: Galvanized sheet steel. 2. Minimum Metal Thickness: a. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches and with no side larger than 16 inches thickness shall be 0.052 inch. b. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter 50 inches or more and one or more sides larger than 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.138 inch. City of Rohnert Park SLEEVE & SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND CABLING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 44 -2 2.2 SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS A. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. CALPICO, Inc. c. Metraflex Company (The). d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. e. Proco Products, Inc. 2. Sealing Elements: Nitrile (Buna N) rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. 3. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. 4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, with corrosion-resistant coating, of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. 2.3 SLEEVE-SEAL FITTINGS A. Description: Manufactured plastic, sleeve-type, waterstop assembly made for embedding in concrete slab or wall. Unit shall have plastic or rubber waterstop collar with center opening to match piping OD. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Presealed Systems. 2.4 GROUT A. Description: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior sealing openings in non-fire- rated walls or floors. B. Standard: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cement grout. C. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. 2.5 SILICONE SEALANTS A. Silicone Sealants: Single-component, silicone-based, neutral-curing elastomeric sealants of grade indicated below. City of Rohnert Park SLEEVE & SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND CABLING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 44 -3 1. Grade: Pourable (self-leveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces that are not fire rated. 2. Sealant shall have VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Sealant shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." B. Silicone Foams: Multicomponent, silicone-based liquid elastomers that, when mixed, expand and cure in place to produce a flexible, nonshrinking foam. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR NON-FIRE-RATED ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Comply with NEMA VE 2 for cable tray and cable penetrations. C. Sleeves for Conduits Penetrating Above-Grade Non-Fire-Rated Concrete and Masonry-Unit Floors and Walls: 1. Interior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: a. Seal annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. b. Seal space outside of sleeves with mortar or grout. Pack sealing material solidly between sleeve and wall so no voids remain. Tool exposed surfaces smooth; protect material while curing. 2. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. 3. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and raceway or cable unless sleeve seal is to be installed or unless seismic criteria require different clearance. 4. Install sleeves for wall penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed openings are used. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls. Deburr after cutting. 5. Install sleeves for floor penetrations. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches above finished floor level. Install sleeves during erection of floors. D. Sleeves for Conduits Penetrating Non-Fire-Rated Gypsum Board Assemblies: 1. Use circular metal sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. 2. Seal space outside of sleeves with approved joint compound for gypsum board assemblies. E. Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways and cables with flexible boot-type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. City of Rohnert Park SLEEVE & SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND CABLING City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 44 -4 F. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using cast-iron pipe sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. G. Underground, Exterior-Wall and Floor Penetrations: Install cast-iron pipe sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between raceway or cable and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system. 3.2 SLEEVE-SEAL-SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve-seal systems in sleeves in exterior/interior concrete walls and slabs-on-grade at raceway entries into building or as shown on drawings. B. Install type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway or cable material and size. Position raceway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between raceway or cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. 3.3 SLEEVE-SEAL-FITTING INSTALLATION A. Assemble fitting components of length to be flush with both surfaces of concrete slabs and walls. Position waterstop flange to be centered in concrete slab or wall. B. Secure nailing flanges to concrete forms. C. Using grout, seal the space around outside of sleeve-seal fittings. END OF SECTION 260544 SECTION 26 05 48.16 SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS City of Rohnert Park SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 48.16 -1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Restraint channel bracings. 2. Restraint cables. 3. Seismic-restraint accessories. 4. Mechanical anchor bolts. 5. Adhesive anchor bolts. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for commonly used electrical supports and installation requirements. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Illustrate and indicate style, material, strength, fastening provision, and finish for each type and size of seismic-restraint component used. a. Tabulate types and sizes of seismic restraints, complete with report numbers and rated strength in tension and shear as evaluated by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. b. Annotate to indicate application of each product submitted and compliance with requirements. B. Delegated-Design Submittal: For each seismic-restraint device. 1. Include design calculations and details for selecting seismic restraints complying with performance requirements, design criteria, and analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 2. Design Calculations: Calculate static and dynamic loading caused by equipment weight, operation, and seismic forces required to select seismic restraints and for designing vibration isolation bases. City of Rohnert Park SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 48.16 -2 a. Coordinate design calculations with wind load calculations required for equipment mounted outdoors. Comply with requirements in other Sections for equipment mounted outdoors. 3. Seismic Restraint Details: a. Design Analysis: To support selection and arrangement of seismic restraints. Include calculations of combined tensile and shear loads. b. Details: Indicate fabrication and arrangement. Detail attachments of restraints to the restrained items and to the structure. Show attachment locations, methods, and spacings. Identify components, list their strengths, and indicate directions and values of forces transmitted to the structure during seismic events. Indicate association with vibration isolation devices. c. Preapproval and Evaluation Documentation: By an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, showing maximum ratings of restraint items and the basis for approval (tests or calculations). 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Show coordination of seismic bracing for electrical components with other systems and equipment in the vicinity, including other supports and seismic restraints. B. Welding certificates. C. Field quality-control reports. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with seismic-restraint requirements in the CBC unless requirements in this Section are more stringent. B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." C. Seismic-restraint devices shall have horizontal and vertical load testing and analysis. They shall bear anchorage preapproval from OSHPD in addition to preapproval, showing maximum seismic-restraint ratings, by ICC-ES or another agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Ratings based on independent testing are preferred to ratings based on calculations. If preapproved ratings are not available, submittals based on independent testing are preferred. Calculations (including combining shear and tensile loads) that support seismic-restraint designs must be signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. D. Comply with CEC. City of Rohnert Park SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 48.16 -3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 1. Building Classification Category: III. B. Seismic-Restraint Loading: 1. Site Class as Defined in the CBC: D. 2. Assigned Seismic Use Group or Building Category as Defined in the CBC: III. a. Component Importance Factor: 1.0. b. Component Response Modification Factors: 1) Panel boards, instrumentation cabinets: 6.0. 2) Lighting fixtures: 1.5. 3) Communication equipment: 2.5. 4) Electrical conduit and cable trays: 6.0 c. Component Amplification Factors: 1) Panel boards, instrumentation cabinets: 2.5. 2) Lighting fixtures: 1.0. 3) Communication equipment: 1.0. 4) Electrical conduit and cable trays: 2.5 3. Design Spectral Response Acceleration at Short Periods (0.2 Second). 4. Design Spectral Response Acceleration at 1.0-Second Period. 2.2 RESTRAINT CHANNEL BRACINGS A. Description: MFMA-4, shop- or field-fabricated bracing assembly made of slotted steel channels with accessories for attachment to braced component at one end and to building structure at the other end, with other matching components, and with corrosion-resistant coating; rated in tension, compression, and torsion forces. 2.3 RESTRAINT CABLES A. Restraint Cables: ASTM A 603 galvanized steel cables. End connections made of steel assemblies with thimbles, brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for restraining cable service; with a minimum of two clamping bolts for cable engagement. 2.4 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT ACCESSORIES A. Hanger-Rod Stiffener: Steel tube or steel slotted-support-system sleeve with internally bolted connections to hanger rod. City of Rohnert Park SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 48.16 -4 B. Hinged and Swivel Brace Attachments: Multifunctional steel connectors for attaching hangers to rigid channel bracings and restraint cables. C. Bushings for Floor-Mounted Equipment Anchor Bolts: Neoprene bushings designed for rigid equipment mountings and matched to type and size of anchor bolts and studs. D. Bushing Assemblies for Wall-Mounted Equipment Anchorage: Assemblies of neoprene elements and steel sleeves designed for rigid equipment mountings and matched to type and size of attachment devices used. E. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: One-piece, molded, oil- and water-resistant neoprene, with a flat washer face. 2.5 MECHANICAL ANCHOR BOLTS A. Mechanical Anchor Bolts: Drilled-in and stud-wedge or female-wedge type in zinc-coated steel for interior applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. Select anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488. 2.6 ADHESIVE ANCHOR BOLTS A. Adhesive Anchor Bolts: Drilled-in and capsule anchor system containing PVC or urethane methacrylate-based resin and accelerator, or injected polymer or hybrid mortar adhesive. Provide anchor bolts and hardware with zinc-coated steel for interior applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. Select anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and equipment to receive seismic-control devices for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing-in for reinforcement and cast-in-place anchors to verify actual locations before installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLICATIONS A. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Secure raceways and cables to trapeze member with clamps approved for application by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Hanger-Rod Stiffeners: Install hanger-rod stiffeners where indicated or scheduled on Drawings to receive them and where required to prevent buckling of hanger rods caused by seismic forces. City of Rohnert Park SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 48.16 -5 C. Strength of Support and Seismic-Restraint Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static and seismic loads within specified loading limits. 3.3 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICE INSTALLATION A. Equipment and Hanger Restraints: 1. Install resilient, bolt-isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inch (3.2 mm). 2. Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction providing required submittals for component. B. Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure. C. Install bushing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media where equipment or equipment-mounting channels are attached to wall. D. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing to structure at flanges of beams, at upper truss chords of bar joists, or at concrete members. E. Drilled-in Anchors: 1. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcing or embedded items during coring or drilling. Notify the structural engineer if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. 2. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full design strength. 3. Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to which anchor is to be fastened. 4. Adhesive Anchors: Clean holes to remove loose material and drilling dust prior to installation of adhesive. Place adhesive in holes proceeding from the bottom of the hole and progressing toward the surface in such a manner as to avoid introduction of air pockets in the adhesive. 5. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque using a torque wrench. 6. Install zinc-coated steel anchors for interior and stainless-steel anchors for exterior applications. 3.4 ACCOMMODATION OF DIFFERENTIAL SEISMIC MOTION A. Install flexible connections in runs of raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, and busways where they cross seismic joints, where adjacent sections or branches are supported by different structural elements, and where connection is terminated to equipment that is anchored to a different structural element from the one supporting them as they approach equipment. City of Rohnert Park SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 48.16 -6 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Provide evidence of recent calibration of test equipment by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Schedule test with Owner, through Architect, before connecting anchorage device to restrained component (unless postconnection testing has been approved), and with at least seven days' advance notice. 3. Obtain Architect's approval before transmitting test loads to structure. Provide temporary load-spreading members. 4. Test at least four of each type and size of installed anchors and fasteners selected by Architect. 5. Test to 90 percent of rated proof load of device. C. Seismic controls will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Adjust restraints to permit free movement of equipment within normal mode of operation. END OF SECTION 260548.16 SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS City of Rohnert Park IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 53 -1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The extent of the electrical systems and equipment requiring identification is shown on the drawings, and the extent of identification required is specified herein and in individual sections of work requiring identification. The types of electrical identification specified in this section include the following: 1. Exposed conduit color banding. 2. Cable/conductor identification. 3. Operational instructions and warnings. 4. Equipment/system identification signs. 1.2 REFERENCES - CODES AND STANDARDS A. ANSI Z535.1 - Safety Color Code B. APWA ULCC - Uniform Color Code for Buried Utilities. C. CEC California Electrical Code (CEC). Latest approved edition. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Label the following electrical equipment with nameplates which clearly identify each item, the function or use of the item, and the circuit identification of the feed to the item: 1. All transformers shall be identified by 1-inch high block letters cut in stencil and applied with yellow paint on a flat-black background. The transformer number, primary and secondary voltages, and the kVA shall be shown. 2. All Distribution Panelboards, Power and Lighting Panels, Local Control Panels, Terminal Cabinets and all electrical equipment enclosure shall be identified using laminated plastic nameplates. The equipment number, voltage rating, current rating, number of phases, connection type, short circuit interrupting rating, and circuit number shall be shown 3. All motors, starters, disconnect switches, Time Switches, Special Function Pushbuttons and Switches, and miscellaneous control devices shall be identified by function and circuit number, with 1/4-inch high black characters on a ½-inch wide white stick-on tape where installed indoors and engraved plastic nameplates where installed outdoors. City of Rohnert Park IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 53 -2 4. All underground raceway or cable shall be marked with buried warning tape along its entire length. 5. All exposed raceway longer than 10 feet in length shall be identified. 6. Panelboard Directories: Furnish all panelboards with a complete typewritten directory mounted in the inner door under a clear plastic cover set in a metal frame. B. Branch circuits and devices: 1. Label all individual receptacle outlets and light switches at their faceplate to indicate the panelboard of origin and branch circuit number, as shown on drawings. Labels shall be self adhesive, thermal machine printed type such as Brothers, Panduit, or T&B and shall be clear plastic with black lettering. 2. All branch circuits in outlet boxes shall be identified with circuit number using wrap-around labels (T&B, BRADY or 3M). 3. As an alternative to separate nameplates, device plates may be engraved directly with lettering filled with black enamel. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Catalog data for nameplates, labels, and markers. B. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency specified under regulatory requirements. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation and installation of product. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of CEC – California Electrical Code. B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL), Electrical Testing Laboratories, Inc. (ETL), or other recognized, approved testing and listing agencies as suitable for the purpose specified and shown. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 NAMEPLATES AND LABELS A. Nameplates 1. Engraved three-layer laminated plastic, white letters on black background for normal power and white letters on red background for emergency power. City of Rohnert Park IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 53 -3 Communications and control cabinets shall be labeled with white letters on green background. 2. Locations a. Each electrical distribution board, panelboard and control equipment enclosure. b. Communication cabinets. 3. Letter Size a. Use 1/8-inch letters for identifying individual equipment and loads. b. Use ¼-inch letters for identifying grouped equipment, loads, panelboards, and transfer switches. c. Use ½-inch letters for identifying the main switchboard, motor control centers, transformers and large distribution switchboards. B. Labels 1. Embossed adhesive tape, with 3/16-inch white letters on colored background to match color scheme of plastic laminate labels in 2.1.1. Use only for identification of individual wall switches and receptacles, control device stations, and multi- outlet devices. 2. Thickness a. 1/16-inch for units up to 20 square inches or 8-inch length; 1/8-inch for larger units. 2.2 WIRE MARKERS A. Manufacturers 1. Brady 2. Thomas & Betts 3. 3-M Co. B. Description: Cloth, tape, split sleeve, or tubing type wire markers, self-adhesive. C. Locations: Each conductor at panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet and junction boxes, control panels, motor controllers and starters, and each load connection. D. Legend 1. Power and Lighting Circuits: Branch circuit or feeder feed from. 2. Control Circuits: Control wire number indicated on shop drawings. 3. Neutral Conductors: Clearly indicate the branch circuit or feeder number the neutral serves. In multi-wire circuits where the neutral is shared, mark the neutral with the circuit number of the “A” phase. City of Rohnert Park IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 53 -4 2.3 CONDUIT MARKERS A. Provide manufacturer's standard preprinted, flexible or semi-rigid, permanent, plastic- sheet conduit markers, minimum of 3 mils thick and 1-1/2-inch wide extending 360 degrees around conduits; designed for self-adhesive attachment to conduit. Except as otherwise indicated, provide lettering that indicates the voltage of the conductor(s) in the conduit. Provide 8-inch minimum length for 2-inch and smaller conduit, 12-inch minimum length for larger conduit. B. Location: Furnish markers for each conduit longer than 10 feet. C. Spacing: 20 feet on center. D. Color: Unless otherwise indicated or required by governing regulation, provide orange markers with black letters. 1. Fire Alarm System: Red w/black letters. 2. Telephone System: Green w/yellow letters. 3. Data/Communication. System: White w/black letters. 4. Emergency System: Orange w/black letters. E. Legend: 1. 208 Volt System: Normal 208/120-volts. 2. Fire Alarm System: Fire alarm. 3. Telephone System: Telephone. 4. Data/Communication System: Data/communications. 2.4 FASTENERS A. Secure all labels and nameplates with self-tapping stainless steel screws. Use contact type permanent adhesive where screws cannot or should not penetrate the substrate. 2.5 LETTERING AND GRAPHICS A. Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in the electrical identification work, with the corresponding designations shown, specified or scheduled. Provide numbers, lettering and wording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended by manufacturers or as required for proper identification and operation/maintenance of the electrical systems and equipment. 2.6 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE A. Three-inch minimum width, 5 mil thickness, foil bonded polyethylene tape, detectable type, with suitable continuous warning legend describing buried electrical lines. Tape City of Rohnert Park IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 53 -5 color shall conform to APWA uniform color code using ANSI Z535.1 safety colors. Text shall be black, 2-inch minimum letters. B. Identify underground conduits using underground warning tape. Install one tape per trench at 3 inches below finished grade. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates and labels. B. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces that require finish, install identification after completion of painting. C. Regulations: Comply with governing regulations and the requests of governing authorities for the identification of electrical work. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Install nameplate and label parallel to equipment lines. B. Secure nameplate to equipment front using screws, rivets, or adhesive. C. Secure nameplate to outside moveable surface of door on panelboard. D. Conduit Identification: 1. Where electrical conduit is exposed in spaces with exposed mechanical piping, which is identified by a color-coded method, apply color-coded identification on the electrical conduit in a manner similar to the piping identification. Except as otherwise indicated, use orange as the coded color for conduit. 2. Paint red band or provide red tape on each fire alarm conduit longer than 10 feet, minimum 20 feet on center. E. Cable/Conductor Identification: 1. Apply cable/conductor identification on each cable and conductor in each box/enclosure/cabinet where the wires of more than one circuit or communication/signal system are present, except where another form of identification (such as color-coded conductors) is provided. 2. Match identification with marking system used in panelboards, shop drawings, contract documents, and similar previously established identification for project electrical work. F. Operational Identification and Warnings City of Rohnert Park IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 05 53 -6 1. Wherever reasonably required to ensure safe and efficient operation and mainte- nance of the electrical systems, and electrically connected mechanical systems and general systems and equipment, including the prevention of misuse of electrical facilities by unauthorized personnel, install self-adhesive plastic signs or similar equivalent identification, instruction or warnings on switches, outlets and other controls, devices and covers of electrical enclosures. Where detailed instructions or explanations are needed, provide plasticized tags with clearly written messages adequate for the intended purposes. END OF SECTION 260553 SECTION 26 09 43.19 WIRELESS-NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS City of Rohnert Park WIRELESS-NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 09 43.19 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. System Software Interfaces. 2. System Backbone and Integration Equipment. 3. Wireless Networked Devices. B. Related Requirements: 1. Div. 26: Section 260000 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" for additional abbreviations, definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements applicable to Work specified in this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Data Bus: A wired interface used to communicate with connected devices. B. Device: A collective term for bus or wireless connected devices, including fluorescent ballasts, LED drivers, incandescent luminaires, manual switches, switching relays, sensors, and similar. C. Global: Communication between devices in otherwise separate spaces using a bridging device or system controller. D. Group: A set of devices that communicate together. E. Monitoring: Acquisition, processing, communication, and display of equipment status data, metered electrical parameter values, power quality evaluation data, event and alarm signals, tabulated reports, and event logs. F. RF: Radio-frequency. G. Scene: Digital light level associated with a preset. H. System Backbone: Devices used to connect and manage otherwise separate spaces, including bridging devices and gateways or system controllers. Used to expose devices to software configuration via TCP/IP. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, Ca. City of Rohnert Park WIRELESS-NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 09 43.19 - 2 B. Preinstallation Coordination Meeting(s): For digital-network lighting controls. Conduct meeting(s) at Project Site, 130 Avram Ave, Rohnert Park, Ca before final acceptance of installation. 1. Attendees: Installers, fabricators, representatives of manufacturers, and administrants for field tests and inspections. 2. Engage factory-authorized service representative to attend preinstallation conference and review the submittal drawing, sequence of operation, and device installation best practices with the Project team. 3. Engage factory-authorized service representative to perform cellular signal strength measurements during site walk through and compare to Project plans to verify the placement of cellular antennas and quantity of lighting control system RF access points. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Bill of Materials necessary to install the networked lighting control system. 2. Product Specification Sheets indicating general device descriptions, dimensions, electrical specifications, wiring details, and nomenclature. 3. Information Technology (IT) connection information pertaining to interconnection with facility IT networking equipment and third-party systems. 4. Other Diagrams and Operational Descriptions - as needed to indicate system operation or interaction with other system(s). B. Shop Drawings: 1. Riser Diagrams showing device wiring connections of system backbone and typical per room/area type. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Contractor Startup/Commissioning Worksheet. B. Service Specification Sheets indicating general service descriptions, including startup, training, post-startup support, and service contract terms. C. Field quality-control reports. D. Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's special warranty. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Contracts: 1. Hardware and Software Operation Manuals. 2. Maintenance service agreement. City of Rohnert Park WIRELESS-NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 09 43.19 - 3 3. Software service agreement. B. Warranty documentation. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: 1. Phone Support: Toll-free technical support available from manufacturer through an online tool to schedule a technical support appointment and provide 24/7 emergency support. 2. Remote Support: Manufacturer capable of providing remote support and ability to virtually connect with customers to address issues with visual guidance overlaid on images of real - world objects. 3. Cellular Connectivity: Manufacturer capable of cellular connectivity to a networked lighting control system available to provide remote support within the continental United States. 4. On Site Support: Manufacturer capable of providing a 72-hour, onsite response time within the continental United States. 5. Service Contracts: Manufacturer capable of providing service contracts for continued onsite and remote support of the lighting control system post installation for terms up to 10 years from substantial completion, including: a. Remote and on-site emergency response. b. Remote system performance checks. c. Remote diagnostics. d. Replacement parts. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer warrant that installed lighting control devices perform in accordance with specified requirements and agree to repair or replace, including labor, materials, and equipment, devices that fail to perform as specified within extended warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Faulty operation of lighting control hardware. b. Faulty operation of lighting control firmware. 2. Minimum Warranty Period: Five years from date of shipment. 3. Extended Warranty Period: 2 year(s) from date of shipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM COMPLIANCE A. System components manufactured in accordance with UL 916 and UL 924 standards where applicable. City of Rohnert Park WIRELESS-NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 09 43.19 - 4 B. System components manufactured in accordance with CFR Title 47, Part 15 standards where applicable. C. System components manufactured in accordance with ISED Canada RSS-247 standards where applicable. D. System components manufactured in accordance with IFT-008-2015 and NOM-208-SCFI-2016 standards where applicable. E. System listed as qualified under DesignLights Consortium Networked Lighting Control System Specification v5.0. F. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 2.2 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. System Architecture: 1. System architecture based upon the following concepts: a. Networkable intelligent lighting control devices. b. Standalone lighting control zones using distributed intelligence. c. Optional system backbone for remote, time-based, and global operation. 2. Intelligent lighting control devices with individually addressable network communication capability and having one or more basic lighting control components including: occupancy sensor, photosensor, relay, dimming output, contact closure input, analog 0-10 V(dc) input, and manual wall station capable of indicating switching, dimming, and/or scene control. Combining one or more of these components into a single device enclosure permissible to minimize overall system device count. 3. System capable of interfacing directly with networked luminaires such that either low- voltage network cabling or wireless RF communication is used to interconnect networked luminaires with control components such as sensors, switches, and system backbone. 4. Networked luminaires and intelligent lighting control devices support individual (unique) configuration of device settings and properties, with such configuration residing within the networked luminaires and intelligent control devices. 5. Lighting control zones consisting of one or more networked luminaires and intelligent lighting control devices capable of providing automatic control from sensors (occupancy and/or photosensor) and manual control from local wall stations without requiring connection to a higher-level system backbone. a. Lighting control zones support at least 128 devices per zone. City of Rohnert Park WIRELESS-NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 09 43.19 - 5 b. Capable of being networked with a higher-level system backbone to provide time- based control, control from inputs or systems external to control zone, and remote configuration and monitoring through a software interface. 6. Networked luminaires and intelligent lighting control devices with distributed intelligence programming stored in non-volatile memory, such that following any loss of power the lighting control zones operate according to their defined default settings and sequence of operations. 7. System to include one or more system controllers that provide time-based control. 8. System controller provides means of connecting the lighting control system to a system software interface and building management systems (BMS) via BACnet/IP or BACnet MS/TP protocol. 9. System controller supports both low-voltage wired and wireless RF communication within a single controller device. 10. System devices support firmware update, either remotely or from within the application space, for purposes of upgrading functionality at a later date. 11. System capable of reporting lighting system events and performance data to management software for display and analysis. B. Wireless Networked Control Zone Characteristics: 1. No wired connections between networked devices required for the purposes of system communications. 2. Multiple wireless networking protocols supported: a. Standards-based, distributed star topology type of protocol for 900 MHz communication, to support lighting control applications and IoT applications. b. Bluetooth standard protocol for 2.4 GHz communication that supports direct connection to smartphone or tablet, to support device configuration, control applications, and IoT without requiring the use of a system backbone. 3. Wireless network must be self-healing, such that the loss of backbone or local communication between devices does not result in the loss of local control of lights in the space. 4. Wireless network communication must support uniform and instant response such that all luminaires in a lighting control zone respond immediately and synchronously in response to a sensor or wall station signal. 5. Communication of control signals from sensors and wall stations to networked luminaires and wireless load-control devices occurs directly, without any communication, interpretation, or translation of information through a backbone device such as a wireless access point, communication bridge, or gateway. 6. All wireless communication between lighting control components supports the following five tiers of security measures. a. Data encryption. b. Firmware protection. c. Tamper-proof hardware. d. Authenticated user access. e. Mutual device authentication. City of Rohnert Park WIRELESS-NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 09 43.19 - 6 7. Wireless devices use Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) encryption to secure communication with a unique encryption key generated for each programmed site. 8. Wireless devices use signed firmware to ensure that unmodified, authentic software is always installed. 9. Wireless networked devices capable of communicating a minimum distance of 150 ft. (45 m) between devices under typical site conditions accounting for typical environmental conditions and building construction materials encountered within commercial indoor lighting environments. 10. Minimum Line-of-Sight Communication Range: 1000 ft. (304 m) under ideal environmental conditions. 11. Wireless devices self-identify when communication to system controller cannot be accomplished or when communication to the system controller is lost. a. Self-identification not required for wireless switches or battery-powered devices. 12. Wireless devices self-establish connection to system controller through other devices if direct communication cannot be accomplished or when communication to system controller is lost. a. Communication path formation to utilize existing, wireless networked devices located between system controller and respective end devices. b. No additional hardware for formation of networked communication path between a system controller and end devices required. c. Automatic connection not required for wireless switches or battery-powered devices. 13. Networked control devices suitable for control of egress or emergency light sources without additional, externally mounted UL 924 shunting or 0-10 V(dc) disconnect devices, to provide a compliant sequence of operation while reducing the overall installation and wiring costs of the system. Capable of supporting the following sequence of operation: a. Line-Voltage Power Sensing: Devices listed as UL 924 emergency relays that automatically close load-control relay and provide 100 percent light output upon detection of loss of power sensed via line voltage connection to normal power. b. Normal-Power-Broadcast Sensing: Devices listed as UL 924 emergency relays that automatically close load-control relay and provide 100 percent light output upon loss of a wireless normal-power broadcast from devices connected to normal power. C. System Integration Capabilities: 1. Capable of interface with third-party BMS to support two-way communication using BACnet/IP protocol, BACnet MS/TP protocol, and RESTful API including the following system integration capabilities: a. "Write" messages for control of individual devices, including control of relay and dimming output. b. "Write" messages for control of groups of devices through a single command, including control of relay and dimming output of all devices. c. "Read" messages for individual device status information. City of Rohnert Park WIRELESS-NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 09 43.19 - 7 1) Available status will vary based on device type and capabilities, which may include relay state, dimming output, power measurement, occupancy sensor status, and photosensor light measurement. d. "Read" messages for group status information for occupancy, relay state, and dimming output. e. Activation of pre-defined system Global Profiles. 2. Activation of Global Profiles from third-party systems via dry contact closure output signals or digital commands via RS-232 or RS-485. 3. Activation of demand response levels from Demand Response Automation Servers (DRAS) via OpenADR 2.0a protocol. D. Supported Sequence of Operations: 1. Control Zones: a. Local Control Zones: Networked luminaires and intelligent lighting control devices installed in an area (also referred to as a group of devices) capable of transmitting and tracking occupancy sensor, photosensor, and manual switch information within at least 48 unique control zones to support different and reconfigurable sequences of operation within area. These will also be referred to as local control zones. b. Adjacent Control Zones: Networked luminaires and intelligent lighting control devices capable of tracking occupancy broadcasts from adjacent zones. When this feature is enabled, luminaire output for a vacant zone will reduce to a configurable dimmed state if one or more adjacent zones are occupied. Luminaires will turn off when both primary and adjacent zones are vacant. c. Global Control Zones: Networked luminaires and intelligent lighting control devices located in different areas able to transmit and track information within at least 128 system-wide control zones to support required sequences of operation that may span across multiple areas. Occupancy, photosensor inhibit, and switch commands available across multiple controllers. 2. Wall Station Capabilities: a. Wall stations support the following capabilities: 1) On/Off of a local or global control zone. 2) Continuous dimming control of light level of a local or global control zone. b. Multi-Way Control: Multiple wall stations capable of controlling the same local or global control zones, to support "multi-way" switching and dimming control. 3. Occupancy Sensing Capabilities: a. Occupancy sensors configurable to control a local or global zone. b. Multiple occupancy sensors capable of controlling the same local or global zones. This capability combines occupancy sensing coverage from multiple sensors without consuming multiple control zones. c. Occupancy sensing sequence of operation modes: City of Rohnert Park WIRELESS-NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 09 43.19 - 8 1) On/Off Occupancy Sensing. 2) Partial-On Occupancy Sensing. 3) Partial-Off Occupancy Sensing. 4) Vacancy Sensing (Manual-On/Automatic-Off). d. On/Off, Partial-On, and Partial-Off Occupancy Sensing Modes Sequence of Operation: 1) Occupancy automatically turn lights on to a designated level when occupancy is detected. Designated occupied light level support at least 100 dimming levels. 2) Occupancy sensors automatically turn lights off or to a dimmed state (Partial- Off) when vacancy occurs or if sufficient daylight is detected. Designated unoccupied dim level support at least 100 dimming levels. 3) System capable of combining Partial-Off and Full-Off operation by dimming lights to a designated level when vacant and turning the lights off completely after an additional time delay. 4) Photosensor readings, if enabled in occupancy sensing control zone, automatically adjust light levels during occupied or unoccupied conditions as necessary. 5) Wall station activation changes the dimming level or turns lights off as selected by the occupant. Lights optionally remain in this manually specified light level until the zone becomes vacant. Upon vacancy, normal sequence of operation resumes. e. Vacancy Sensing or Manual-On/Automatic-Off Mode Sequence of Operation: 1) Activation of a wall station is required turn lights on. System capable of programming the zone to turn on to either a designated light level or a previous user-set light level. Initially occupying the space without using a wall station must not result in lights turning on. 2) Occupancy sensors automatically turn lights off or to a dimmed state (Partial- Off) when vacancy occurs or if sufficient daylight is detected. Designated unoccupied dim level support at least 100 dimming levels. 3) System capable of dimming the lights when vacant and then turning the lights off completely after an additional time delay. 4) System capable of an "automatic grace period" immediately following detection of vacancy, during which time any detected occupancy results in the lights reverting to the previous level. After the grace period has expired, the use of a wall station is required to turn lights on. 5) Photosensor readings, if enabled in the Occupancy Sensing control zone, capable of automatically adjusting the light level during occupied or unoccupied conditions as necessary. 6) Wall station interaction changes the dimming level or turns lights off as selected by occupant. Lights remain at manually specified light level until zone becomes vacant; normal sequence of operation resumes upon vacancy. f. Occupancy time delays before dimming or shutting off lights separately programmable for all control zones from 15 seconds to two hours. 4. Photosensor Sensing Capabilities (Automatic Daylight Sensing): City of Rohnert Park WIRELESS-NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 09 43.19 - 9 a. Photosensor devices configurable to control a local zone. b. Photosensor-Based Control: 1) Continuous Dimming: Control zone automatically adjusts dimming output in response to photosenor readings, to maintain a minimum light level consisting of both electric light and daylight sources. Photosensor response configurable to adjust set point and dimming rates. 5. Schedule Capabilities: a. System capable of time schedules for time-of-day to override devices including offsets from dusk and dawn. b. System capable of providing a visible "blink warning" five minutes prior to the end of the schedule. c. Wall stations may be programmed to provide timed extensions/overrides that turn the lights on for an additional time period. 1) Timed override/extension duration programmable for each individual device, zone of devices, or customized group of devices, from five minutes to 12 hours. 6. Global Profile Capabilities: a. System capable of automatically modifying the sequence of operation for selected devices in response to any of the following: 1) Time-of-day schedule. 2) Contact closure input state. 3) Manually triggered wired wall station input. 4) RS-232/RS-485 command to wired input device. 5) BACnet input command. b. Global Profile Capabilities: 1) Global Profiles stored within and executed from the system controller (via internal time clock). Dedicated software host or server is not required to be online to support automatic scheduling and/or operation of Global Profiles. 2) Global Profile time-of-day schedules capable of recurrence settings including daily, specific days of week, every "n" number of days, weekly, monthly, and yearly. Lighting control global profile schedules support definition of start date, end date, end after "n" recurrences, or never ending. 3) Daylight savings time adjustments capable of being performed automatically, if desired. 4) Global Profile holiday schedules follow recurrent settings for specific U.S. holiday dates regardless if they always occur on a specific date or are determined by day/week of the month. 5) Global Profiles capable of being scheduled to run according to timed offsets relative to sunrise or sunset. Sunrise/sunset times automatically derived from location information using an astronomical clock. 6) Software management interface capable of displaying a graphic calendar view of profile schedules for each control zone. City of Rohnert Park WIRELESS-NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 09 43.19 - 10 7) Global Profiles capable of manual activation directly from system controller, specially programmed wireless input devices, scene-capable wireless wall stations, and software management interface. 8) Global Profiles selectable to apply to a single device, zone of devices, or customized group of devices. 9) Global Profile Configurable Parameters: a) Fixture light level. b) Occupancy time delay. c) Response to occupancy sensors (including enabling/disabling response). d) Response to daylight sensors (including enabling/disabling response). e) Enabling/disabling of wall stations. c. Local and Global Profiles backed up and stored on software's host server such that Profile backup can be applied to a replacement system controller or wireless wall station. 7. System supports automated demand response capabilities with automatic reduction of light level to at least three levels of demand response, configurable for each output device. 2.3 SYSTEM SOFTWARE INTERFACES: A. Management Interface: 1. Web-based management interface for remote system control, live status monitoring, and configuration of lighting control settings and schedules. 2. Compatible with industry-standard web browser clients. 3. Minimum of 100 unique password-protected user accounts. 4. Minimum of three user permission levels: read-only, read and change settings, and full administrative system access. 5. Capable of restricting access for user accounts to specific devices within the system. 6. All system devices capable of being given user-defined names. 7. Device identification information displayed in the Management interface including: a. Model number. b. Model description. c. Serial number or network ID. d. Manufacturing date code. e. Custom label. f. Parent network device. 8. Management interface capable of displaying live status of a networked luminaire or intelligent control device including: a. Luminaire on/off status. b. Dim level. c. Power consumption. d. Device temperature. e. Passive infrared (PIR) occupancy sensor status. City of Rohnert Park WIRELESS-NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 09 43.19 - 11 f. Microphonic occupancy sensor status. g. Remaining occupancy time delay. h. Photosensor reading. i. Active Profiles. 9. Management interface capable of displaying and modifying the current active settings of a networked luminaire or intelligent control device including: a. Dimming trim levels. b. Occupancy sensor and photosensor enable/disable. c. Occupancy sensor time delay and light level settings. d. Occupancy sensor response (normal or vacancy). e. Photosensor setpoints and transition time delays. 10. Management interface capable of applying settings changes for a zone of devices or a group of selected devices using a single action that does not require the user to apply settings changes for each individual device. 11. Management interface capable of compiling a printable network inventory report. 12. Management interface capable of compiling a printable report detailing all system profiles. 13. All sensitive information stored encrypted. 14. System software updates available for automatic download and installation via the Internet. B. System Energy Analysis and Reporting: 1. Intuitive graphical screens to facilitate simple viewing of system energy performance. 2. Energy Scorecard: Summarized display that indicates calculated energy savings in dollars or KWh. 3. Software calculates allocation of energy savings by control measures including occupancy sensors, photosensors, and manual switching. 4. Energy savings data calculated for the system as a whole. 5. Time-scaled graph showing all relay transitions. 6. Time-scaled graph showing zone occupancy time delays. 7. Time-scaled graph showing the total light level. 8. Software capable of storing information remotely onto an open-source, object-relational database, such as PostgreSQL. 9. Data stored in the database will be accessed utilizing an open standard, application programming interface, such as Open Database Connectivity (ODBC). C. Visualization and Programming Interfaces 1. System provides an optional web-based visualization interface that displays a graphical floor plan. 2. Graphical floor plan will offer the following types of system visualization: a. Full Device Option: Master graphic of entire building, by floor, showing each control device installed with zones outlined including: 1) Controls embedded light fixtures. 2) Controls devices not embedded in light fixtures. 3) Daylight sensors. 4) Occupancy sensors. City of Rohnert Park WIRELESS-NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 09 43.19 - 12 5) Wall switches and dimmers. 6) Scene controllers. 7) Networked relays. 8) System Controllers. 9) Group outlines. b. Group-Only Option: Master graphic of the entire building, by floor, showing only control groups outlined. c. Pan and zoom commands supported to allow smaller areas to be displayed on a larger scale simply by panning and zooming each floor's master graphic. d. Selecting any control device displays the following as applicable: 1) Device catalog number. 2) Device name and custom label. 3) Device diagnostic information. 4) Link to further information on device including status or current configuration. 3. Programming capabilities through the application will include the following: a. Switch, occupancy sensor, and photosensor zone configuration. b. Manual-on or automatic-on modes. c. Turn-on and dim to dimming levels. d. Occupancy sensor time delays and PIR sensitivity. e. Dual-technology occupancy sensor sensitivity. f. Photosensor calibration adjustment and auto-setpoint. g. Multiple photosensor zone offset. h. Trim level settings. i. Preset scene creation and copy for scene-capable devices. j. Application of custom device labels to the Bluetooth Low Energy Programming Devices and individual connected lighting control devices. k. Fade rate settings. D. Smartphone Programming Interface for Wireless Devices: 1. Interface provided for both Apple iOS and Android operating systems that allows configuration of lighting control settings. 2. Application supports configuration of wireless networked control devices. a. Application access granted with valid user name and password. b. Access to program information governed by permission system that allows users to share access with other users and restrict access to those who should not be able to reconfigure the equipment. c. Indication of signal strength where multiple Bluetooth Low-Energy Programming Devices are available for configuration. 3. Programming Capabilities: a. Switch, occupancy sensor, and photosensor group configuration. b. Manual-on or automatic-on modes. c. Turn-on and dim to dimming levels. City of Rohnert Park WIRELESS-NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 09 43.19 - 13 d. Occupancy sensor time delays and PIR sensitivity. e. Dual-technology occupancy sensor sensitivity. f. Photosensor calibration adjustment and auto-setpoint. g. Multiple photosensor zone offset. h. Trim level settings. i. Preset scene creation. j. Application of custom device labels for individual connected lighting control devices. k. Fade rate settings. 2.4 SYSTEM BACKBONE AND SYSTEM INTEGRATION EQUIPMENT: A. System Controller: Multi-tasking, real-time digital control processor consisting of modular hardware with plug-in enclosed processors, communication controllers, and power supplies. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide nLight; Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.; nECY or comparable product by one of the following: a. Cooper Industries, Inc. b. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. 2. System Controller Processor: 32-bit microprocessor operating at a minimum of 1 GHz. 3. System Controller Memory: Minimum of 512MB memory, with a minimum of 4GB non- volatile flash, to support operating system and databases. 4. System Controller Functions: a. Time-based control of downstream wireless network devices. b. Linking into an Ethernet network. c. Integration with BMS and Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC) equipment. d. Connection to various software interfaces, including management interface, historical database and analytics interface, and visualization interface. 5. Integral web server to support system controller configuration and diagnostics with control and visualization of connected devices. a. Web Server Control Interface: 1) Display associated devices within the context of a graphical floor plan. 2) Provide control of output-capable devices through virtual sliders, toggle buttons, preset level widgets, and transparent layers on floor plan. 3) Control Capabilities: a) Control of individual output devices, including control of relay state and analog dimming level where applicable. b) Control of local lighting control zones, including control of relay state and analog dimming level where applicable. c) Control of global lighting control zones, including control of relay state and analog dimming level where applicable. d) Control of Global Profiles. City of Rohnert Park WIRELESS-NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 09 43.19 - 14 b. Visualization Interface: 1) Customizable display with the ability to superimpose colored, transparent layers representing real-time property values, including occupancy status, dimming level status, light level status, and online or offline status where applicable. 2) Ad hoc display of trended information via an intuitive values-over-time graph. 3) Report Creation: a) Reports accept and graphically display trended status datasets for creator-selected devices or zones of devices. b) Report information displayed over a user-defined interval and date range. c) Reports exportable to a standard comma-separated values (CSV) format. 6. Graphical touch screen to support configuration and diagnostics. 7. Minimum of three RJ-45 networked lighting control ports for connection to any of the following: a. Graphical touch screen. b. Direct connection to networked luminaires and intelligent lighting control devices (up to 128 total devices per port). 8. Device will automatically detect all network-connected devices. 9. Capable of managing and operating a minimum of 750 networked devices per system controller. 10. Multiple System Controllers capable of connection via local area network (LAN) for scalability to a minimum of 20,000 networked devices. 11. Supports BACnet/IP and BACnet MS/TP protocols to directly interface with BMS and HVAC equipment without additional protocol translation gateways. a. BACnet MS/TP Connection Speed: 9600 to 115200 baud rate. b. BACnet Testing Laboratory (BTL listed) using Device Profile BACnet Building Controller (B-BC) with outlined enhanced features. 12. Integral FIPS 140-2, Level 1 cryptographic module. 13. Supports RESTful API for control of BACnet objects, user management, date and time, and file management. 14. NEMA 1 enclosure with Class 1 and Class 2 separation. a. Power Supply Voltage: 120 to 277 V(ac). 15. Automatic algorithm to eliminate redundant, wireless networked paths to streamline communication between the system controller and end devices. 16. System Controller Security Provisions: a. Disallow the use of default passwords and require passwords to be updated prior to use. City of Rohnert Park WIRELESS-NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 09 43.19 - 15 b. Support user role-based access, such as administrator, user, and viewer. c. Signed firmware to ensure that unmodified, authentic software is always installed. d. IP-based communication protected with strong encryption algorithms such as AES or TLS1.2+. e. Prevent rollback of firmware to firmware versions with known, critical vulnerabilities. f. Valid cybersecurity listing through a third party. 17. Cellular Remote Access: Cellular router and modem for remote access. a. Router supports remote access to at least five system controllers on its LAN or network subnet. b. Remote access capable of device setting updates, schedule updates, system performance optimization, and diagnostics. c. Remote access enabled through outbound communication from router to an outside source. Solutions that begin communication via inbound requests for network access are unacceptable. d. Router supports outbound communication to manufacturer-hosted portal using TLS1.2 or greater in-transit encryption over a cellular or Ethernet connection. e. Router with integral firewall to prevent unauthorized access to devices connected to its LAN port. f. Router includes cellular SIM capable of connection to AT&T, T-Mobile, Sprint, US Cellular, Alaska Wireless, Telefonica, Tellus, Bell, or Sasktel networks where carrier service is available. g. Outbound communication from the router limited to whitelisted endpoints. Devices that allow unrestricted communication are unacceptable. h. Outbound communication from router includes only lighting control system information. 2.5 WIRELESS NETWORKED DEVICES: A. Wireless Networked Wall Switches, Dimmers: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide nLight; Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.; rPOD series or comparable product by one of the following: a. Cooper Industries, Inc. b. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. 2. Mounting: Suitable for installation in single-gang switch box. 3. Wireless Communication: 1) Dual 900 MHz IEEE 802.15.4 based and 2.4 GHz, Version 4.0+ Bluetooth. 2) Security: AES-128 bit. 4. Power Supply: Battery powered with 10 year minimum expected battery life. 5. Mechanical push buttons provide tactile and LED user feedback during button press. 6. Mechanical push buttons available with custom button labeling. 7. Wall Switches and Dimmer Options: City of Rohnert Park WIRELESS-NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 09 43.19 - 16 a. Number of Control Zones: 2. b. Control Types Supported: On/Off and On/Off/Dimming. 8. Scene Switch Options: a. Number of Scenes: 2. b. Control Types Supported: On/Off, On/Off/Dimming, and Preset Level Scene Type. 9. Color: White. B. Wireless Networked Embedded Fixture Control Devices: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide nLight; Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.; rIO or comparable product by one of the following: a. Cooper Industries, Inc. b. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. 2. Wireless Communication: a. Dual 900 MHz IEEE 802.15.4 based and 2.4 GHz, Version 4.0+ Bluetooth. b. Security: AES-128 bit. 3. Power Supply: Standard low-voltage wiring typically associated with an LED driver. 4. Suitable for installation within a luminaire such that the control device is not visible on the luminaire face. 5. Devices available with integrated and remote antennas such that devices can be installed within sealed container without detriment to wireless strength. 6. Antenna Color: White. 7. Dimming Output: 0-10v. 8. Power loss detection, where unit powers and controls the emergency circuit. Loss of wireless broadcasts from a dedicated normal-power-connected device forces unit to shunt closed, go to full bright, and ignore all system commands until main power is restored. C. Wireless Networked Indoor Load Controller with Occupancy and Photosensors: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide nLight; Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.; rLSXR or comparable product by one of the following: a. Cooper Industries, Inc. b. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. 2. Wireless Communication: a. Dual 900 MHz IEEE 802.15.4 based and 2.4 GHz, Version 4.0+ Bluetooth. b. Security: AES-128 bit. 3. Detects the presence of human activity within space and fully control the on/off function of lights. City of Rohnert Park WIRELESS-NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 09 43.19 - 17 4. Utilizes PIR technology, which detects occupant motion, to initially turn lights on from an off state, thus preventing false on conditions. Ultrasonic and Microwave-based sensing technologies are unacceptable. 5. Dual-technology sensors used in locations where a second method of sensing is necessary to adequately detect maintained occupancy (such as in rooms with obstructions). 6. Dual-technology sensors must have one sensing technology not motion dependent to detect occupancy. Acceptable dual technology includes PIR/Microphonics (also known as Passive Dual Technology or PDT), which detects both occupant motion and sounds indicating occupants. Sensors where both technologies detect motion (PIR/Ultrasonic) are unacceptable. 7. All sensing technologies are acoustically passive, meaning they do not transmit sound waves of any frequency (for example in the Ultrasonic range), as these technologies have the potential for interference with other electronic devices within the space (such as electronic white board readers and hearing devices). Acceptable detection techn ologies include PIR and/or Microphonic technology. Ultrasonic and Microwave-based sensing technologies are unacceptable. 8. Sensor programming parameters available and configurable remotely. 9. Ceiling-, fixture-, and junction-box-mounted sensors available, with multiple lens options available customized for specific applications. 10. Dry Contact Output: One integrated dry contact switching relay, capable of switching 100 mA at 24 V, resistive only. 11. Integral daylight photosensor for programmable daylight harvesting. 12. Photosensor includes adjustable illumination set point and dead band to prevent the artificial light from cycling. Set point and dead band capable of automatically calibrating through an "Automatic Set-Point Programming" procedure. Min and max dimming settings and set point may be manually entered or modified. 13. Dead-band setting verified and modified by the sensor automatically every time the lights cycle to accommodate physical changes in the space (i.e., furniture layouts, lamp depreciation, or lamp outages). 14. Power loss detection, where unit powers and controls the emergency circuit. Loss of wireless broadcasts from a dedicated normal-power-connected device forces unit to shunt closed, go to full bright, and ignore all system commands until main power is restored. 15. Power Monitoring: Integral current measurements on output with 3 percent accuracy when measuring loads 225 mA or greater. D. Wireless Networked Indoor Occupancy and Photosensors: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide nLight; Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. 2. Wireless Communication: a. Dual 900 MHz IEEE 802.15.4 based and 2.4 GHz, Version 4.0+ Bluetooth. b. Security: AES-128 bit. 3. Detects the presence of human activity within space and fully control the on/off function of lights. 4. Utilizes PIR technology, which detects occupant motion, to initially turn lights on from an off state, thus preventing false on conditions. Ultrasonic and Microwave-based sensing technologies are unacceptable. City of Rohnert Park WIRELESS-NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 09 43.19 - 18 5. Dual-technology sensors used in locations where a second method of sensing is necessary to adequately detect maintained occupancy (such as in rooms with obstructions). 6. Dual-technology sensors must have one sensing technology not motion dependent to detect occupancy. Acceptable dual technology includes PIR/Microphonics (also known as PDT, which detects both occupant motion and sounds indicating occupants. Sensors where both technologies detect motion (PIR/Ultrasonic) are unacceptable. 7. All sensing technologies acoustically passive, meaning they do not transmit sound waves of any frequency (for example in the Ultrasonic range), as these technologies have the potential for interference with other electronic devices within the space (such as electronic white board readers and hearing devices). Acceptable detection technologies include PIR and/or Microphonic technology. Ultrasonic and Microwave-based sensing technologies are unacceptable. 8. Sensor programming parameters available and configurable remotely. 9. Ceiling-, fixture-, and junction-box-mounted sensors available, with multiple lens options available customized for specific applications. 10. Dry Contact Output: One integrated dry contact switching relay, capable of switching 100 mA at 24 V, resistive only. 11. Integral daylight photosensor for programmable daylight harvesting. 12. Photosensor includes adjustable illumination set point and dead band to prevent the artificial light from cycling. Set point and dead band capable of automatically calibrating through an "Automatic Set-Point Programming" procedure. Min and max dimming settings and set point may be manually entered or modified. 13. Dead-band setting verified and modified by the sensor automatically every time the lights cycle to accommodate physical changes in the space (i.e., furniture layouts, lamp depreciation, or lamp outages). E. Wireless Networked Indoor Embedded Sensors: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide nLight; Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. 2. Wireless Communication: a. Dual 900 MHz IEEE 802.15.4 based and 2.4 GHz, Version 4.0+ Bluetooth. b. Security: AES-128 bit. 3. Sensors consisting of occupancy sensors and dimming photosensor suitable for installation within a luminaire such that only the lens is visible on luminaire face. 4. Power Supply: Standard low-voltage wiring typically associated with an LED driver. 5. Devices available with integrated and remote antennas such that devices can be installed within sealed container without detriment to wireless strength. 6. Antenna Color: White. 7. Dimming Output: 0-10v. 8. Detects the presence of human activity within space and fully control the on/off function of lights. 9. Utilizes PIR technology, which detects occupant motion, to initially turn lights on from an off state, thus preventing false on conditions. Ultrasonic and Microwave-based sensing technologies are unacceptable. 10. Sensors detect valid communication and blink a unique LED pattern to visually indicate a potential issue. 11. Sensor programming parameters available and configurable remotely. 12. Available with multiple lens options available for various mounting heights. City of Rohnert Park WIRELESS-NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 09 43.19 - 19 13. Integral daylight photosensor for programmable daylight harvesting. 14. Photosensor includes adjustable illumination set point and dead band to prevent artificial light from cycling. Set point and dead band capable of automatically calibrating through an "Automatic Set-Point Programming" procedure. Min and max dimming settings and set point may be manually entered or modified. 15. Dead-band setting verified and modified by sensor automatically every time lights cycle to accommodate physical changes in space (i.e., furniture layouts, lamp depreciation, or lamp outages). 16. Power loss detection, where unit powers and controls the emergency circuit. Loss of wireless broadcasts from a dedicated normal-power-connected device forces unit to shunt closed, go to full bright, and ignore all system commands until main power is restored. F. Wireless Networked Power Packs: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide nLight; Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.; rPP series or comparable product by one of the following: a. Cooper Industries, Inc. b. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. 2. Wireless Communication: a. Dual 900 MHz IEEE 802.15.4 based and 2.4 GHz, Version 4.0+ Bluetooth. b. Security: AES-128 bit. 3. Plenum rated. 4. Supply Voltage: 120 to 277 V(ac). 5. Relay Output: Class 1 relay rated for 20 A and 1.5 HP at 120 to 277 V(ac) and 5 A and 0.5 HP at 480 V(ac). 6. Dimming Output: 0-10 V(dc) dimming output. 7. Sink Current: 150 mA at 0-10 V(dc). 8. Antenna Type: Integrated. 9. Programming parameters available and configurable remotely. 10. Mounting: Integral 1/2-inch (16-mm) chase nipple. Plastic clips into junction box are unacceptable. 11. Power Pack Options: a. Power Pack capable of full 20-Amp switching of all normal power lighting load types, with optional 0-10V dimming output capable of up to 150mA of sink current. b. Power Packs capable of full 20-Amp switching of general purpose receptacle (plug- load) control. c. Listing: UL 924 for control of emergency lighting circuits, field configurable for two distinct sequence of operation: 1) Power sense of normal power feed, where unit powers and controls emergency circuit, and loss of the normal power sense circuit forces the power pack to shunt closed, go to full bright, and ignore all system commands until normal power is restored. 2) Power loss detection, where unit powers and controls the emergency circuit. Loss of wireless broadcasts from a dedicated normal-power-connected device City of Rohnert Park WIRELESS-NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 09 43.19 - 20 forces unit to shunt closed, go to full bright, and ignore all system commands until main power is restored. G. Wireless Networked Communication Adapter: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide nLight; Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. 2. Wireless Communication: a. Dual 900 MHz IEEE 802.15.4 based and 2.4 GHz, Version 4.0+ Bluetooth. b. Security: AES-128 bit. 3. Capable of supporting a minimum of 750 networked wireless devices per adapter. 4. Interface: USB connection. 5. Ingress Protection: Minimum IP66. 6. Mounting: Integral 1/2-inch (16-mm) chase nipple. Minimum 16 ft. (4.8 m) USB cable and optional cable extenders for remote mounting. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF WIRING A. Wiring Method: Comply with Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables" and Section 260523 "Control-Voltage Electrical Power Cables." Minimum conduit size is 1/2 inch (13 mm). 1. Comply with requirements for cable trays specified in Section 260536 "Cable Trays for Electrical Systems." 2. Comply with requirements for raceways and boxes specified in Section 260533.13 "Conduits for Electrical Systems," and Section 260533.16 "Boxes and Covers for Electrical Systems," B. Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess and without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii. Install lacing bars and distribution spools. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, boxes, cabinets, and terminals. Comply with identification requirements specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; install warning signs complying with Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." C. Identify all controls with device address. D. Label each device cable within 6 inch (152 mm) of connection to bus power supply or termination block. City of Rohnert Park WIRELESS-NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 09 43.19 - 21 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Acceptance Testing Preparation: 1. Test continuity of each circuit. B. Field tests and inspections must be witnessed by authorities having jurisdiction City of Rohnert Park. C. Tests and Inspections: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform field test report. 1. Test each zone using local and remote control hardware. 2. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA ATS. Certify compliance with test parameters. D. Nonconforming Work: 1. Lighting controls will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. E. Field Test Reports: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform field test reports. 1. Prepare functionality and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies controls included and describes test results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations made after remedial action. 2. Include list of all points created from actual tests of all addressed control points for lamps, ballasts, manual controls, and sensors. 3.4 REMOTE ACCESS A. Digital network lighting control system capable of remote access by manufacturer with the following features: 1. System diagnostics including detection of fault condition in hardware or connected devices. 2. Access to all connected devices for complete programming including scheduling of time - of-day events and device parameters necessary to meet required sequence of operations. 3. Browser-based interface to verify system functionality. 4. On-demand access to manufacturer technical support for remote troubleshooting, diagnostics, configuration, and programming. 5. Owner training on the digital network lighting control system available remotely. B. Remote access system fully functional over commercial celluar connection or Internet-connected Ethernet network. C. All hardware associated with remote access including cellular modem and cellular antenna are to remain on-site regardless of warranty or cellular contract status. City of Rohnert Park WIRELESS-NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 09 43.19 - 22 3.5 SYSTEM STARTUP A. Perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. 2. Activate luminaires and verify that all maximum output levels match output levels detailed in an Owner-approved sequence of operations. 3. Confirm correct communications wiring, initiate communications between control devices and controller/gateways, and program the lighting control system in accordance with approved configuration schedules, time-of-day schedules, and input override assignments. 4. Program network devices to meet required sequence of operations. 5. Program and verify all sequence of operations. 6. Create backup of system programming. 7. Assist in installation of system software on customer-provided workstation or server. 8. Verify bidirectional communication of manufacturer-provided cellular router with manufacturer-managed remote access portal. 9. Commissioning Walkthrough: Engage factory-authorized service representative to collaborate with third-party commissioning agent to demonstrate lighting control system functionality and verify the system meets the specified Project requirements. 3.6 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. Enhanced Documentation: Engage lighting system manufacturer to provide comprehensive system documentation including detailed programming, sequence of operation data per Project specifications, and related code requirements. B. Training: Engage lighting system manufacturer to provide comprehensive system overview, software overview, and documentation relating to system operation and maintenance. 3.7 PROTECTION A. After installation, protect digital network lighting controls from construction activities. Remove and replace items that are contaminated, defaced, damaged, or otherwise caused to be unfit for use prior to acceptance by Owner. 3.8 MAINTENANCE A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform on-site system adjustments. 1. On-Site Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months from date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site settings adjustments to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to 2 visits to Project during other-than-normal occupancy hours for this purpose. 2. Prepare and submit report after each visit that details activities performed. City of Rohnert Park WIRELESS-NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS City Hall Reroof, Lighting Controls, and HVAC 26 09 43.19 - 23 B. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform remote system adjustments. 1. Remote Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months from date of Substantial Completion and project registration with lighting control system manufacturer, provide remote settings adjustments to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to 2 sessions to Project during other-than-normal occupancy hours for this purpose. 2. Prepare and submit report after each session that details activities performed. C. Maintenance Service Agreement: 1. Beginning at Substantial Completion, verify that maintenance service agreement includes 12 months' full maintenance by manufacturer's authorized service representative. 2. Preventative maintenance to include: a. System diagnostic reports. b. System performance checks. c. Device firmware updates. d. Programming adjustment as required for proper lighting system operation. e. Expedited factory direct warranty processing, replacement, and programming of defective components. 3. Verify that parts and supplies are manufacturer's authorized replacement parts and supplies. END OF SECTION 26 09 43.19 ITEM NO. 7.F. 1 Meeting Date: August 26, 2025 Department: Public Works Submitted By: Mario Landeros, Interim Director of Public Works Prepared By: Jason Sampietro, Associate Engineer, Public Works Agenda Title: Adopt a Resolution Authorizing a Budget Amendment Appropriating $30,000 from the Traffic Safety Fund to Fund a New Non-CIP Project for the Installation of an All Way Stop at the Intersection of Bodway Parkway and Camino Colegio RECOMMENDED ACTION: Adopt a Resolution authorizing a budget amendment appropriating $30,000 from the Traffic Safety Fund to fund a new non-CIP project for the installation of an all way Stop at the intersection of Bodway Parkway and Camino Colegio. BACKGROUND: Recently over the past year the Public Works Department has received many inquiries and requests to review the intersection of Bodway Parkway and Camino Colegio due to safety concerns with the interaction between motorists and pedestrians crossing at this location. The tee intersection at Bodway Parkway and Camino Colegio was installed in 1994 as part of the Bodway Extension Project. The intersection is currently controlled by a stop sign on the Camino Colegio eastbound terminating approach. Both streets have a posted speed limit of 35 miles per hour (mph) on all approaches. Bodway Parkway has one through lane in each direction, a channelized left-turn lane on the northbound approach, and Class II bicycle lanes on each side. Camino Colegio has left- and right-turn lanes at the intersection and a Class II bicycle lane on the north side. There are marked crosswalks on the west and south leg of the intersection, with button-activated Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacons (RRFB) at the south leg crossing. In response to the City’s request, traffic engineering consultant W-Trans performed a Warrant Analysis in February 2025 for a potential need of an All Way stop at Bodway Parkway and Camino Colegio. ANALYSIS: Based on the analysis performed, an All-Way stop may be warranted as the “Residential Collector Street” optional warrant specified in the California Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices appears to be met. Bodway and Camino Colegio are both identified in the City’s General Plan (2040 update) as “collectors” and both carry approximately the same volume of traffic to the intersection. Therefore, this optional warrant in conjunction with engineering judgement that all way stop control will improve intersection safety and operation, additional stop signs will be installed on both Bodway Avenue approaches to the intersection. In addition to installing the all-way stop control a new pole-mount radar speed limit sign will be installed on southbound Bodway Parkway to better inform motorists approaching the new stop control Mission Statement “We Care for Our Residents by Working Together to Build a Better Community for Today and Tomorrow.” CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT ITEM NO. 7.F. 2 at the intersection. Because of the relatively short distance for northbound Bodway Parkway from Valley House Road and Camino Colegio a similar pole-mount radar speed limit sign is deemed to not be necessary. The All Way stop at this intersection and pole-mount radar sign are expected to improve safety by requiring all vehicles to stop at the intersection and improve the interaction with pedestrians and bicyclists. Funding has not yet been allocated for the construction of this project, but it has been determined that the majority of the work can be performed by City staff. OPTIONS CONSIDERED: 1. Recommended Option: Adopt a Resolution authorizing a budget amendment appropriating $30,000 from the Traffic Safety Fund to fund a new non-CIP project for the installation of an all way Stop at the intersection of Bodway Parkway and Camino Colegio. 2. Alternative: Do not adopt the resolution and staff will forego the project or look for alternative funding sources for this work. ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSIS: The scope of work involves the installation of Stop signs, striping and speed limit sign. Based on the scope of work, staff has determined that this project is categorically exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) under 15301c due to the project being minor alteration of public infrastructure. STRATEGIC PLAN AND COUNCIL GOALS/PRIORITIES ALIGNMENT: This action is consistent with Council Goal #2 Community Quality of Life by attempting to improve safety at an intersection. FISCAL IMPACT/FUNDING SOURCE: The Traffic Safety Fund is a Special Revenue Fund with available funds to appropriate for this project. There is no impact to the General Fund. Department Head Approval Date: 8/8/2025 Finance Approval Date: 8/12/2025 City Attorney Approval Date: 8/14/2025 City Manager Approval Date: 8/19/2025 Attachments: 1. Resolution Authorizing a budget amendment appropriating $30,000 from the Traffic Safety Fund to fund a new non-CIP project for the installation of an all way Stop at the intersection of Bodway Parkway and Camino Colegio. ITEM NO. 7.G. 1 Meeting Date: August 26, 2025 Department: Human Resources and Risk Management Submitted By: Jamie Cannon, Director of Human Resources Prepared By: Jamie Cannon, Director of Human Resources Agenda Title: Adopt a Resolution Authorizing and Approving a Letter Agreement to the Memorandum of Agreement for the Service Employees’ International Union – Local 1021 (SEIU) RECOMMENDED ACTION: Adopt a Resolution Authorizing and Approving a Letter Agreement to the Memorandum of Agreement for the Service Employees’ International Union – Local 1021 (SEIU). BACKGROUND: The current Memorandum of Agreement for SEIU expired on June 30, 2025. ANALYSIS: The City’s financial outlook forecasted expenditures continue to outpace revenues in fiscal year 2025- 26 through fiscal year 2027-28. Given the substantial structural deficit, the City is unable to provide general wage increases during the 2025/26 Fiscal Year. To assist in the ongoing rising health care costs, City Council authorized one-time monies in the form of an Off Salary Schedule Pay equivalent to $4,291.92 per employee. In addition to the above, the Letter Agreement provides for the following modifications to the SEIU MOA: • Standby Duty pay increased from $15/hour to $20/hour. Take home vehicles eliminated; • Employees shall receive holiday pay, equivalent to the daily shift total hours an employee works for the observed holiday (e.g.: 8, 9, 10 hours, etc.); • Annual Leave Accruals adjusted to the following accrual schedule: Length of Service as a Regular Employee Monthly Annual Leave Hours Yearly Annual Leave Hours 0 to 2 years 14 Hours 168 Hours 3 to 5 years 16 Hours 192 Hours 6 to 10 years 18 Hours 216 Hours 11 to 15 years 20 Hours 240 Hours 16+ years 22 Hours 264 Hours Mission Statement “We Care for Our Residents by Working Together to Build a Better Community for Today and Tomorrow.” CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT ITEM NO. 7.G. 2 •Annual Leave Accrual Cap increased from 550 hours to 600 hours; •Effective September 19, 2025 through June 30 2026, employees shall be eligible to cash out up to one year’s worth of accrual; however, the employee must maintain an annual leave balance of at least one hundred and twenty (120) hours. Cash Outs shall be requested on a City approved form no later than May 20, 2026. This provision shall sunset on June 30, 2026; •Uniform Allowance process adjusted to a “pooled” uniform reimbursement program. This Letter Agreement, amending terms and conditions of employment for SEIU, will sunset on June 30, 2026. ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSIS: This item is not a “project” under California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines section 15378(b)(5) because it is an administrative activity that will not result in a potentially significant impact to the environment. STRATEGIC PLAN AND COUNCIL PRIORITIES ALIGNMENT: This action is consistent with City Council Priority 4: Organization Well Being. OPTIONS CONSIDERED: 1.Recommended Option: Staff recommends Adoption of the Resolution Authorizing and Approving a Letter Agreement to the Memorandum of Agreement for the Service Employees’ International Union – Local 1021 (SEIU). 2.Alternative: Staff does not recommend an alternative. FISCAL IMPACT/FUNDING SOURCE: The one-time monies, in the form of Off Salary Schedule Pay equate to approximately $4,292 per employee, with a total impact of $175,775 for the SEIU bargaining unit. The maximum expense attributable to one-time annual leave payout is approximately $133,712 ($90,626 General Fund). The Standby Duty program reconfiguration reflects a total program savings of approximately $95,000. Code Compliance Approval Date: N/A Department Head Approval Date: August 13, 2025 Finance Approval Date: August 14, 2025 Human Resources Approval Date: August 13, 2025 City Attorney Approval Date: August 14, 2025 City Manager Approval Date: August 21, 2025 Attachments: 1.Letter Agreement to the Memorandum of Agreement for the Service Employees’ International Union – Local 1021 (SEIU) with track changes. 2.Resolution Authorizing and Approving a Letter Agreement to the Memorandum of Agreement for the Service Employees’ International Union – Local 1021 (SEIU). a.Exhibit A: Letter Agreement to the Memorandum of Agreement for the Service Employees’ International Union – Local 1021 (SEIU). EXHIBIT A AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CITY OF ROHNERT PARK AND THE SERVICE EMPLOYEES’ INTERNATIONAL UNION, LOCAL 1021 Contract Extension and One-Time Monies The City of Rohnert Park (the “City”) and the Service Employees’ International Union, Local 1021 (“SEIU”) entered into a Memorandum of Agreement effective June 22, 2021 – June 30, 2025 (“MOA”). The City and SEIU are collectively referred to herein as the “Parties.” The City and SEIU have met and conferred in good faith, in accordance with the Meyers- Milias-Brown Act (“MMBA”), concerning the terms and conditions of this Agreement (Contract Extension and One-Time Monies). The specific provisions contained in this Agreement are intended to temporarily supersede any previous agreements, whether oral or written, regarding the matter contained herein. Further, except as provided herein, all wages, hours and other terms and conditions of employment presently enjoyed by the SEIU in the MOA shall remain in full force and effect. Whereas, Effective August 26, 2025, the following shall apply: The City’s financial outlook forecasts expenditures to continue to outpace revenues in fiscal year 2025-26 through fiscal year 2027-28. Given the substantial structural deficit, the City is unable to provide general wage increases during the 2025/26 Fiscal Year. To assist in the ongoing rising health care costs, City Council authorized one-time monies in the form of Off Salary Schedule Pay. To that end, the Parties agree to the following amendments to the Memorandum of Agreement. The specific provisions contained in this Side Letter are intended to supersede any previous agreements, whether oral or written, regarding the specific provisions contained herein. Further, except as provided herein, all wages, hours and other terms and conditions of employment presently enjoyed by the SEIU in the MOA shall remain in full force and effect. Whereas: I. TERM The Memorandum of Agreement between the SEIU and the City shall be in effect from August 26, 2025 through June 30, 2026. II. OFF SALARY SCHEDULE PAYMENT As of August 26, 2025, all actively employed SEIU employees shall be entitled to an Off Salary Schedule Payment in the amount of four thousand two hundred and ninety-one dollars and ninety-two cents ($4,291.92). The lump sum Off Salary Schedule Payment will be payable September 5, 2025. The Off Salary Schedule Payment is made available to all employees within SEIU, without exclusions based on non-compliant criteria (e.g.: part-time or temporary status). For Classic CalPERS members, the payment shall be reported to CalPERS as it is earned across the applicable pay periods in fiscal year 2025-26. Such reporting shall not exceed six percent (6%) of scheduled salary per fiscal year 2025-26. III. MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT CHANGES 2.4 Weeknight Stand-by Pay Effective the pay period that contains August 1, 2025, Employees scheduled to be immediately available on weeknights (Monday through Friday) shall be considered to be on weeknight stand-by duty and shall be paid at twenty dollars $1520.00 per hour while on stand-by duty and available for handling calls. (a) Employees assigned to weeknight stand-by duty shall be responsible for lock- up of the Corporation Yard (not to exceed 30 minutes) which is determined to be compensated as part of the weeknight stand-by pay. 2.5 Weekend and Holiday Stand-by Duty Pay Effective the pay period that contains August 1, 2025, Employees scheduled to be immediately available on weekend and holiday stand-by duty shall be considered to be on stand-by duty and shall be paid twenty dollars $1520.00 per hour while on stand-by and available for handling calls. 2.6 Weekend and Holiday Stand-by Duty Work Assignments Employees on weekend and holiday stand-by duty shall be required to perform certain routine assignments including but not limited to the routine inspection and maintenance of facilities, such as wells, sewer plant, parks, swimming pools, buildings, etc. Routine assignments shall be compensated at one and a half times (1.5x) their base hourly rate for each hour worked. 2.7 Stand-by/Call-out Minimum Pay Public Works stand-by/call-outs are subject to a two (2) hour minimum paid as specified in section 2.1. 2.8 Eligibility for Stand-by/Call-out All employees living within thirty (30) minutes of the City limits shall be eligible for stand-by duty. 2.9 Phone/Electronic Work Compensation An employee who is not on stand-by who is required to resolve work-related problems by telephone or electronic means, during their non-work hours, without having to return to the worksite shall be compensated for a minimum of thirty (30) minutes of work for authorized work-related phone call(s) or electronic activity conducted within a two-hour period, regardless of the actual duration of the required work in that period. Telephone or electronic consultation begins once the employee is called from a person or the computer and responds with technical assistance and provides information or alarm response to resolve an urgent facility or process problem. Pay is not required for any calls or electronic activities lasting less than 5 minutes. No employee may receive call-back, call- out, or stand-by pay, and phone/electronic work pay for the same work or period. 2.10 Stand-by/Call Out Policies and Procedures Policies and Procedures specific to Stand-by/Duty were formally agreed upon by SEIU and the City on July 31, 2025. Any changes to this Policy are subject to meet and confer. 3. Holidays 3.1 Observed Holidays Employees will receive the following twelve thirteen and one-half (123 1/2) holidays annually, specifically: “New Years Day”, January 1 The third Monday in January, "Martin Luther King, Jr. Day" Friday proceeding "President's Day” The third Monday in February, "President's Day” The last Monday in May, "Memorial Day" June 19th, “Juneteenth” Formatted: List Paragraph, Outline numbered + Level:2 + Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 8 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at: 0.25" Formatted: List Paragraph, Indent: Left: 1" Formatted: Superscript “Independence Day”, July 4 The first Monday in September, "Labor Day" The second Monday in October, "Columbus Day" "Veteran's Day", November 11 The fourth Thursday in November, "Thanksgiving Day" Day after "Thanksgiving” 12:00 Noon to 5:00 p.m. on Christmas Eve, December 24 (a total of four paid holiday hours) “Christmas Day”, December 25 Every day proclaimed by the President, Governor or Mayor of the City as a public holiday and made applicable to City employees. Each day that the Governor declares a day of mourning or special observance as a holiday for State employees if the declaration makes it applicable to City employees. Employees shall receive holiday pay, equivalent to the daily shift total hours an employee works for the observed holiday (e.g.: 8, 9, 10 hours, etc.). 3.2 Floating Holiday In addition to the recognized holidays identified in Section 3.1, each eligible employee shall be allocated one floating holiday (equivalent to 8 hours for a full-time employee) per fiscal year on July 1st. Each employee hired prior to July 1 of each year shall be entitled to the floating holiday. New Employees hired between July 1 and December 31 will receive eight (8) hours of floating holiday time in the fiscal year in which they were hired. Employees hired between January 1 and June 30 will receive four (4) hours of floating holiday time in the fiscal year in which they were hired. The floating holiday must be taken on a workday (1) within the same pay period as the employee’s birthday; (2) immediately preceding or following a City observed holiday; (3) within the same pay period as the employee’s work anniversary date; (4) immediately preceding or following a weekend; or (5) immediately preceding or following an approved annual or sick leave. The floating holiday must be taken prior to June 30th of each year. The floating holiday will not be carried over from year-to- year and there shall be no cash value for the floating holiday during employment or upon separation from the City. 3.3 Holidays for Employees on Regularly Scheduled Day Off If a scheduled or observed holiday falls on a regularly scheduled day off, the employee shall be entitled to the pro-rated number of holiday hours, which may be taken as time off in the pay period in which the holiday falls. 4. Annual Leave Program 4.1 Accrual Employees shall accrue monthly the following Annual Leave: Length of Service as a Regular Employee Monthly Annual Leave Hours Yearly Annual Leave Hours 0 to 2 years 12.6714 Hours 152 168 Hours 3 to 5 years 14 16 Hours 168 192 Hours 6 to 10 years 16 18 Hours 192 216 Hours 11 to 15 years 18 20 Hours 216 240 Hours 16+ years 19.3322 Hours 232 264 Hours 4.2 Residual Accrued Sick Leave Effective July 1, 2011, employees shall not accrue any form of sick leave or disability wage, non-industrial or industrial. However, employees who have accrued fully-paid hours under either the sick leave or disability wage program for non-industrial illness and injury shall retain the balance of such hours accumulated as of July 1, 2011. Half-pay hours accumulated as provided by the disability wage plan will be converted to fully-paid hours (balance divided by 2), and credited to the balance of each employee covered by the disability wage plan. Employees in the disability wage plan who have not received their 2011 anniversary allotment of 40 hours of full-pay disability wage at the time of conversion will receive this additional 40 hours upon conversion. Paid leave for approved absence due to injury or illness may be charged against this balance at the employee’s discretion. Upon retirement from the City of Rohnert Park, an employee may convert any remaining sick leave balance to service credits pursuant to CalPERS regulations and procedures. 4.3 Annual Leave Administration Annual leave hours may be used to provide paid time off for any approved absence, including but not limited to vacation and illness. When annual leave is used for sick leave purposes, the City may require the employee to submit substantiating evidence of illness if there is a demonstrable pattern of abuse. (a) Accrual Cap An employee may accumulate annual leave credits up to a maximum of six hundred 550 (600) hours of annual leave. Accrual shall cease until the annual leave balance falls below the six hundred (550 600) hour annual leave cap. (b) Cash Out Effective September 19, 2025 through June 30 2026, employees shall be eligible to cash out up to one year’s worth of accrual; however, the employee must maintain an annual leave balance of at least one hundred and twenty (120) hours. Cash Outs shall be requested on a City approved form no later than May 20, 2026. This provision shall sunset on June 30, 2026. Accumulated annual leave shall be converted to cash upon separation from City service. (c) Seniority Preference Preference for leave scheduling will be on the basis of seniority within classification and/or as has been past practice. 6.16 Clothing Allowance (a) The City will provide an employee with reimbursement not to exceed two hundred dollars ($200) per occurrence for clothing or personal equipment used during the course of employment (excluding jewelry) that has been destroyed or made otherwise non-usable. The City will provide an employee with reimbursement not to exceed fifty dollars ($50) for the replacement of a watch that has been destroyed. (b) Boots/UV Protection Sunglasses/Work Pants – For the term of this agreement, the City will provide each employee with up to eight-hundred dollars ($800) reimbursement, not to exceed three hundred dollars ($300) per fiscal year, for the cost of work boots, UV Protection Sunglasses, and Work Pants. and insoles, or treatment (e.g., ToughToe) purchased with such work boots upon submittal to the City of a paid receipt for the boots. City shall establish voucher payment system for boots. i. Work Boots: Work boots and insoles, or treatment ( e.g., ToughToe) purchased with such work boots upon submittal to the City of a paid receipt for the boots. City shall establish voucher payment system for boots. ii. UV Protection Sunglasses: City will reimburse for sunglasses providing UV protection. Formatted: Indent: Left: 1.5", No bullets or numbering iii. Work Pants: Permitted Colors: Grey, Denim, Tan, Brown, Black, Blue, Neutral Green. Pants may be purchased through a voucher that can be presented at Workworld or a gift card (Gift card has to be able to be purchased online). Department Director, or designee, to distribute voucher to employee upon request. Either the supervisors or managers shall have the authority to purchase gift cards online for this purpose. Authorized person to purchase pants through Cal Card: Supervisor or above only. Washer and dryer shall be provided at the Corporation Yard for laundering soiled items on an as-needed basis during breaks, lunches, or as approved by your supervisor. Pants, Work Boots and UV Protection Sunglasses shall be purchased during non-work hours. (c) Coveralls - For the term of this agreement, the City agrees to provide and replace when necessary appropriate coveralls to those City employees the City deems required to wear them in the performance of their duties, i.e. Maintenance Worker Painter, Equipment Mechanic, Senior Equipment Mechanic, and employees required to work in the sewer system. Said coveralls are and shall remain the property of City. (d) Uniforms and Service – For the purpose of this section, uniforms shall be defined as pants and/or shorts and City provided logo shirts. Regular employees shall have the option of being issued city uniforms. Each regular employee electing in writing to be issued a uniform will receive an initial issuance of pants or shorts, not to exceed more than eleven (11) items in total and upon initial hire. Each regular employee shall be issued at least two (2) pairs of pants. Issued uniforms must be worn while on duty. Issued uniforms will may be laundered by the employee in the Corporation Yard as defined above.and maintained by the City. Employees with issued uniforms shall return the uniform to the City’s designated location on a weekly or biweekly basis for laundering. In addition, the City will issue eleven (11) logo shirts (t-shirts), two (2) logo hats, and one (1) jacket to each regular employee upon hire into a job class covered by this agreement. Jackets issued shall be durable non-nylon jackets. Employee may choose to be issued two (2) hoodies in place of one durable non-nylon jacket. Rain gear will be issued as needed. Thereafter, five (5) logo shirts and two (2) logo hats shall be provided annually on the first pay date in December of each fiscal year. Additional shirts and/or hats may be issued at other times during the years as replacement is needed for normal wear and tear. Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", No bullets or numbering Formatted: Indent: Left: 1.25", No bullets ornumbering The current past practice of the city providing pants, shirts, and jackets will continue until the Uniform and Services are in place at which time current regular employees will be issued the uniforms. For the City For SEIU ___________________________ ___________________________ Marcela Piedra, City Manager David Valencia-Robledo, SEIU President Date: ______________________ Date: ______________________ RESOLUTION NO. 2025-062 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ROHNERT PARK AUTHORIZING AND APPROVING A LETTER AGREEMENT TO THE MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT FOR THE SERVICE EMPLOYEES’ INTERNATIONAL UNION – LOCAL 1021 (SEIU) WHEREAS; on June 22, 2021, the City Council adopted Resolution No’s 2021-062 Approving and adopting a Memorandum of Agreement with the Service Employees’ International Union – Local 1021 (SEIU); and WHEREAS, the SEIU Memorandum of Agreement expired on June 30, 2025; and WHEREAS, staff prepared the attached Side Letter Agreement, effective August 26, 2025 to the Memorandum of Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Rohnert Park that it does hereby authorize and approve the letter agreement, effective August 26, 2025 to the Memorandum of Agreement with SEIU, which is attached hereto as Exhibit “A” and incorporated by this reference. BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the City Manager is hereby authorized and directed to execute documents pertaining to same for and on behalf of the City of Rohnert Park. DULY AND REGULARLY ADOPTED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ROHNERT PARK ON this 26th day of August, 2025. CITY OF ROHNERT PARK ____________________________________ ATTEST: Gerard Giudice, Mayor ______________________________ Sylvia Lopez Cuevas, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: ______________________________ Michelle M. Kenyon, City Attorney Attachments: Exhibit A ADAMS: _________ ELWARD: _________ RODRIGUEZ: _________SANBORN: _________ GIUDICE: _________ AYES: ( ) NOES: ( ) ABSENT: ( ) ABSTAIN: ( ) EXHIBIT A AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CITY OF ROHNERT PARK AND THE SERVICE EMPLOYEES’ INTERNATIONAL UNION, LOCAL 1021 Contract Extension and One-Time Monies The City of Rohnert Park (the “City”) and the Service Employees’ International Union, Local 1021 (“SEIU”) entered into a Memorandum of Agreement effective June 22, 2021 – June 30, 2025 (“MOA”). The City and SEIU are collectively referred to herein as the “Parties.” The City and SEIU have met and conferred in good faith, in accordance with the Meyers- Milias-Brown Act (“MMBA”), concerning the terms and conditions of this Agreement (Contract Extension and One-Time Monies). The specific provisions contained in this Agreement are intended to temporarily supersede any previous agreements, whether oral or written, regarding the matter contained herein. Further, except as provided herein, all wages, hours and other terms and conditions of employment presently enjoyed by the SEIU in the MOA shall remain in full force and effect. Whereas, Effective August 26, 2025, the following shall apply: The City’s financial outlook forecasts expenditures to continue to outpace revenues in fiscal year 2025-26 through fiscal year 2027-28. Given the substantial structural deficit, the City is unable to provide general wage increases during the 2025/26 Fiscal Year. To assist in the ongoing rising health care costs, City Council authorized one-time monies in the form of Off Salary Schedule Pay. To that end, the Parties agree to the following amendments to the Memorandum of Agreement. The specific provisions contained in this Side Letter are intended to supersede any previous agreements, whether oral or written, regarding the specific provisions contained herein. Further, except as provided herein, all wages, hours and other terms and conditions of employment presently enjoyed by the SEIU in the MOA shall remain in full force and effect. Whereas: I. TERM The Memorandum of Agreement between the SEIU and the City shall be in effect from August 26, 2025 through June 30, 2026. Docusign Envelope ID: 95A8B70B-563A-461E-8F7B-E7D10E6ED941 II. OFF SALARY SCHEDULE PAYMENT As of August 26, 2025, all actively employed SEIU employees shall be entitled to an Off Salary Schedule Payment in the amount of four thousand two hundred and ninety-one dollars and ninety-two cents ($4,291.92). The lump sum Off Salary Schedule Payment will be payable September 5, 2025. The Off Salary Schedule Payment is made available to all employees within SEIU, without exclusions based on non-compliant criteria (e.g.: part-time or temporary status). For Classic CalPERS members, the payment shall be reported to CalPERS as it is earned across the applicable pay periods in fiscal year 2025-26. Such reporting shall not exceed six percent (6%) of scheduled salary per fiscal year 2025-26. III. MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT CHANGES 2.4 Weeknight Stand-by Pay Effective the pay period that contains August 1, 2025, Employees scheduled to be immediately available on weeknights (Monday through Friday) shall be considered to be on weeknight stand-by duty and shall be paid at twenty dollars $20.00 per hour while on stand-by duty and available for handling calls. (a) Employees assigned to weeknight stand-by duty shall be responsible for lock- up of the Corporation Yard (not to exceed 30 minutes) which is determined to be compensated as part of the weeknight stand-by pay. 2.5 Weekend and Holiday Stand-by Duty Pay Effective the pay period that contains August 1, 2025, Employees scheduled to be immediately available on weekend and holiday stand-by duty shall be considered to be on stand-by duty and shall be paid twenty dollars $20.00 per hour while on stand-by and available for handling calls. 2.6 Weekend and Holiday Stand-by Duty Work Assignments Employees on weekend and holiday stand-by duty shall be required to perform certain routine assignments including but not limited to the routine inspection and maintenance of facilities, such as wells, sewer plant, parks, swimming pools, buildings, etc. Routine assignments shall be compensated at one and a half times (1.5x) their base hourly rate for each hour worked. Docusign Envelope ID: 95A8B70B-563A-461E-8F7B-E7D10E6ED941 2.7 Stand-by/Call-out Minimum Pay Public Works stand-by/call-outs are subject to a two (2) hour minimum paid as specified in section 2.1. 2.8 Eligibility for Stand-by/Call-out All employees living within thirty (30) minutes of the City limits shall be eligible for stand-by duty. 2.9 Phone/Electronic Work Compensation An employee who is not on stand-by who is required to resolve work-related problems by telephone or electronic means, during their non-work hours, without having to return to the worksite shall be compensated for a minimum of thirty (30) minutes of work for authorized work-related phone call(s) or electronic activity conducted within a two-hour period, regardless of the actual duration of the required work in that period. Telephone or electronic consultation begins once the employee is called from a person or the computer and responds with technical assistance and provides information or alarm response to resolve an urgent facility or process problem. Pay is not required for any calls or electronic activities lasting less than 5 minutes. No employee may receive call-back, call- out, or stand-by pay, and phone/electronic work pay for the same work or period. 2.10 Stand-by/Call Out Policies and Procedures Policies and Procedures specific to Stand-by/Duty were formally agreed upon by SEIU and the City on July 31, 2025. Any changes to this Policy are subject to meet and confer. 3. Holidays 3.1 Observed Holidays Employees will receive the following thirteen and one-half (13 1/2) holidays annually, specifically: “New Years Day”, January 1 The third Monday in January, "Martin Luther King, Jr. Day" Friday proceeding "President's Day” The third Monday in February, "President's Day” The last Monday in May, "Memorial Day" June 19th, “Juneteenth” Docusign Envelope ID: 95A8B70B-563A-461E-8F7B-E7D10E6ED941 “Independence Day”, July 4 The first Monday in September, "Labor Day" The second Monday in October, "Columbus Day" "Veteran's Day", November 11 The fourth Thursday in November, "Thanksgiving Day" Day after "Thanksgiving” 12:00 Noon to 5:00 p.m. on Christmas Eve, December 24 (a total of four paid holiday hours) “Christmas Day”, December 25 Every day proclaimed by the President, Governor or Mayor of the City as a public holiday and made applicable to City employees. Each day that the Governor declares a day of mourning or special observance as a holiday for State employees if the declaration makes it applicable to City employees. Employees shall receive holiday pay, equivalent to the daily shift total hours an employee works for the observed holiday (e.g.: 8, 9, 10 hours, etc.). 3.2 Floating Holiday In addition to the recognized holidays identified in Section 3.1, each eligible employee shall be allocated one floating holiday (equivalent to 8 hours for a full-time employee) per fiscal year on July 1st. Each employee hired prior to July 1 of each year shall be entitled to the floating holiday. New Employees hired between July 1 and December 31 will receive eight (8) hours of floating holiday time in the fiscal year in which they were hired. Employees hired between January 1 and June 30 will receive four (4) hours of floating holiday time in the fiscal year in which they were hired. The floating holiday must be taken on a workday (1) within the same pay period as the employee’s birthday; (2) immediately preceding or following a City observed holiday; (3) within the same pay period as the employee’s work anniversary date; (4) immediately preceding or following a weekend; or (5) immediately preceding or following an approved annual or sick leave. The floating holiday must be taken prior to June 30th of each year. The floating holiday will not be carried over from year-to- year and there shall be no cash value for the floating holiday during employment or upon separation from the City. 3.3 Holidays for Employees on Regularly Scheduled Day Off Docusign Envelope ID: 95A8B70B-563A-461E-8F7B-E7D10E6ED941 If a scheduled or observed holiday falls on a regularly scheduled day off, the employee shall be entitled to the pro-rated number of holiday hours, which may be taken as time off in the pay period in which the holiday falls. 4. Annual Leave Program 4.1 Accrual Employees shall accrue monthly the following Annual Leave: Length of Service as a Regular Employee Monthly Annual Leave Hours Yearly Annual Leave Hours 0 to 2 years 14 Hours 168 Hours 3 to 5 years 16 Hours 192 Hours 6 to 10 years 18 Hours 216 Hours 11 to 15 years 20 Hours 240 Hours 16+ years 22 Hours 264 Hours 4.2 Residual Accrued Sick Leave Effective July 1, 2011, employees shall not accrue any form of sick leave or disability wage, non-industrial or industrial. However, employees who have accrued fully-paid hours under either the sick leave or disability wage program for non-industrial illness and injury shall retain the balance of such hours accumulated as of July 1, 2011. Half-pay hours accumulated as provided by the disability wage plan will be converted to fully-paid hours (balance divided by 2), and credited to the balance of each employee covered by the disability wage plan. Employees in the disability wage plan who have not received their 2011 anniversary allotment of 40 hours of full-pay disability wage at the time of conversion will receive this additional 40 hours upon conversion. Paid leave for approved absence due to injury or illness may be charged against this balance at the employee’s discretion. Upon retirement from the City of Rohnert Park, an employee may convert any remaining sick leave balance to service credits pursuant to CalPERS regulations and procedures. 4.3 Annual Leave Administration Annual leave hours may be used to provide paid time off for any approved absence, including but not limited to vacation and illness. When annual leave is used for sick leave purposes, the City may require the employee to submit substantiating evidence of illness if there is a demonstrable pattern of abuse. Docusign Envelope ID: 95A8B70B-563A-461E-8F7B-E7D10E6ED941 (a) Accrual Cap An employee may accumulate annual leave credits up to a maximum of six hundred (600) hours of annual leave. Accrual shall cease until the annual leave balance falls below the six hundred (600) hour annual leave cap. (b) Cash Out Effective September 19, 2025 through June 30 2026, employees shall be eligible to cash out up to one year’s worth of accrual; however, the employee must maintain an annual leave balance of at least one hundred and twenty (120) hours. Cash Outs shall be requested on a City approved form no later than May 20, 2026. This provision shall sunset on June 30, 2026. Accumulated annual leave shall be converted to cash upon separation from City service. (c) Seniority Preference Preference for leave scheduling will be on the basis of seniority within classification and/or as has been past practice. 6.16 Clothing Allowance (a) The City will provide an employee with reimbursement not to exceed two hundred dollars ($200) per occurrence for clothing or personal equipment used during the course of employment (excluding jewelry) that has been destroyed or made otherwise non-usable. The City will provide an employee with reimbursement not to exceed fifty dollars ($50) for the replacement of a watch that has been destroyed. (b) Boots/UV Protection Sunglasses/Work Pants – For the term of this agreement, the City will provide each employee with up to eight-hundred dollars ($800) reimbursement, per fiscal year, for the cost of work boots, UV Protection Sunglasses, and Work Pants. i. Work Boots: Work boots and insoles, or treatment ( e.g., ToughToe) purchased with such work boots upon submittal to the City of a paid receipt for the boots. City shall establish voucher payment system for boots. ii. UV Protection Sunglasses: City will reimburse for sunglasses providing UV protection. iii. Work Pants: Permitted Colors: Grey, Denim, Tan, Brown, Black, Blue, Neutral Green. Pants may be purchased through a voucher that can be presented at Workworld or a gift card (Gift card has to be able to be Docusign Envelope ID: 95A8B70B-563A-461E-8F7B-E7D10E6ED941 purchased online). Department Director, or designee, to distribute voucher to employee upon request. Either the supervisors or managers shall have the authority to purchase gift cards online for this purpose. Authorized person to purchase pants through Cal Card: Supervisor or above only. Washer and dryer shall be provided at the Corporation Yard for laundering soiled items on an as-needed basis during breaks, lunches, or as approved by your supervisor. Pants, Work Boots and UV Protection Sunglasses shall be purchased during non-work hours. (c) Coveralls - For the term of this agreement, the City agrees to provide and replace when necessary appropriate coveralls to those City employees the City deems required to wear them in the performance of their duties, i.e. Maintenance Worker Painter, Equipment Mechanic, Senior Equipment Mechanic, and employees required to work in the sewer system. Said coveralls are and shall remain the property of City. (d) Uniforms and Service – For the purpose of this section, uniforms shall be defined as pants and/or shorts and City provided logo shirts. Issued uniforms must be worn while on duty. Issued uniforms may be laundered by the employee in the Corporation Yard as defined above.. In addition, the City will issue eleven (11) logo shirts (t-shirts), two (2) logo hats, and one (1) jacket to each regular employee upon hire into a job class covered by this agreement. Jackets issued shall be durable non-nylon jackets. Employee may choose to be issued two (2) hoodies in place of one durable non-nylon jacket. Rain gear will be issued as needed. Thereafter, five (5) logo shirts and two (2) logo hats shall be provided annually on the first pay date in December of each fiscal year. Additional shirts and/or hats may be issued at other times during the years as replacement is needed for normal wear and tear. For the City For SEIU ___________________________ ___________________________ Marcela Piedra, City Manager David Valencia-Robledo, SEIU President Date: ______________________ Date: ______________________ Docusign Envelope ID: 95A8B70B-563A-461E-8F7B-E7D10E6ED941 8/20/2025 ITEM NO. 7.H. 1 Meeting Date: August 26, 2025 Department: Administration Submitted By: Marcela Piedra, City Manager Prepared By: Paul Carey, Senior Analyst Agenda Title: Adopt a Resolution Authorizing and Approving a Memorandum of Understanding between the County of Sonoma and the City of Rohnert Park to provide a location for the Health-to-Go project vending machine and outline the roles and responsibilities of the County and the City in the Health-To-Go Project RECOMMENDED ACTION: Consider adopting a Resolution Authorizing and Approving a Memorandum of Understanding between the County of Sonoma and the City of Rohnert Park to provide a location for the Health-To- Go project vending machine and outline the roles and responsibilities of the County and the City in the Health-To-Go Project BACKGROUND: In April 2025, Sonoma County launched a new public health initiative called Health-To-Go, which installs public vending machines to provide free, essential health and hygiene supplies to residents. The program, led by the Sonoma County Department of Health Services (DHS), aims to improve accessibility, reduce costs, and ensure privacy for people seeking items like Narcan, COVID tests, condoms, and hygiene kits. Initial plans include installing three machines at various locations, including the Russian River Health and Wellness Center and Santa Rosa Junior College, with up to four more planned for later. These machines, which will be stocked with ten different products, have a three-item limit per transaction and discreet packaging to ensure anonymity, and are a direct response to community needs, including recent fentanyl poisoning tragedies. In May 2025, the Sonoma County DHS discussed the potential for the installation of one machine in Rohnert Park near the Rohnert Park People Services Center. The vending machine's inventory of free items, such as Narcan, hygiene kits, and COVID tests, directly complements the center's mission to improve the social and economic health of the community. This strategic placement ensures that individuals already seeking support for various challenges can discreetly and conveniently obtain life- saving and health-protecting supplies, further enhancing the wraparound services offered at the Rohnert Park People Services Center. ANALYSIS: These machines will offer free harm reduction, disease prevention, and essential health supplies for County residents. The objective of the program is to expand residents’ access to essential health resources throughout all hours of the day, by utilizing a low-barrier, anonymous, and cost-effective approach. The vending Mission Statement “We Care for Our Residents by Working Together to Build a Better Community for Today and Tomorrow.” CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT ITEM NO. 7.H. 2 machine project demonstrates a new City partnership with a Sonoma County initiative focused on healthcare access. This aligns with Council’s Strategic Priorities “Community Quality of Life”. Providing funding for the necessary electrical infrastructure supports this collaborative effort with the County of Sonoma. Additionally, the project addresses a clear area of need: expanding medical care access to those who may not be able to afford it. By supporting this machine, the City is directly helping to broaden healthcare options for underserved residents in Rohnert Park. To use the machine, residents will be guided through 5 simple steps using the machine’s embedded touchscreen. The touchscreen will prompt users to enter their zip code, gender, age, race/ethnicity, and housing status. After these details are provided, the selected items will be dispensed. The vending machine is a civic project that sustains and enhances the community by providing accessible health services. To install the vending machine, City Staff will be installing a new 20A circuit at an open outlet near the Rohnert Park People Services Center to support the new vending machine. The electrical junction box is a foundational component that makes this public service possible. The "Health-to-Go" vending machine is free and accessible to all members of the public. ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSIS: This action is not a Project under the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”). STRATEGIC PLAN AND COUNCIL GOALS/PRIORITIES ALIGNMENT: This resolution meets long-term council priority number 2, Community Quality of Life. OPTIONS CONSIDERED: 1. Recommended Option: Adopt a Resolution Authorizing and Approving a Memorandum of Understanding between the County of Sonoma and the City of Rohnert Park to provide a location for the Health To Go project vending machine and outline the roles and responsibilities of the County and the City in the Health To Go Project. 2. Alternative: Do not authorize or approve a MOU between the County of Sonoma and the City of Rohnert Park. Staff does not recommend this option. FISCAL IMPACT/FUNDING SOURCE: The County is responsible for all costs related to the installation, maintenance, and restocking of the Health-To-Go vending machine. The City is responsible for all costs related to the power supply and Wi-Fi connection that will support the vending machine. Accordingly, the City is requesting that an estimated $5,000 be paid for by the Rohnert Park Foundation. If the Foundation Board does not agree to cover the cost of the new power supply, the City General Fund will cover the costs. as defined by 15378(a), but, instead, pursuant to 15378(b)(5), is an organizational or administrative activity of government that will not result in direct or indirect physical change in the environment. This Resolution is further excluded under Sections 15061(b)(3) (common sense exemption for projects that will not have a significant effect on the environment) and 15301 (operation or minor alteration of existing public/private facilities). Finance Approval Date: 8/20/2025 City Attorney Approval Date: 8/21/2025 City Manager Approval Date: 8/19/2025 ITEM NO. 7.H. 3 Attachments: 1. Map Proposed Location of Health-to-go Vending Machine 2. Resolution Authorizing MOU a. Resolution Exhibit A - Rohnert Park/Sonoma County MOU People Services Center Senior Center Outlet Location Prospective Location, Sonoma County Health Box Rohnert Park Peoples Services Center, Hunter Drive RESOLUTION NO. 2025-063 A RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING AND APPROVING A MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING BETWEEN THE COUNTY OF SONOMA AND THE CITY OF ROHNERT PARK TO PROVIDE A LOCATION FOR THE HEALTH-TO-GO PROJECT VENDING MACHINE AND OUTLINE THE ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE COUNTY AND THE CITY IN THE HEALTH-TO-GO PROJECT WHEREAS; Sonoma County launched a new public health initiative called Health-To- Go in April 2025 which installs public vending machines to provide free, essential health and hygiene supplies to residents; and WHEREAS, the program, led by the Sonoma County Public Health Division, aims to improve accessibility, reduce costs, and ensure privacy for people seeking certain items, including, but not limited to, Narcan, COVID tests, condoms, and hygiene kits; WHEREAS, the Rohnert Park People Services Center, operated by the California nonprofit, Petaluma People Services, provides assistance to those who are at or near homelessness, or victims of domestic violence in Rohnert Park; and WHEREAS, placing a Health-To-Go vending machine near the Rohnert Park People Services Center, as described in the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU), demonstrates a new City partnership with a County initiative focused on healthcare access and broadening healthcare options for underserved residents in Rohnert Park. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Rohnert Park that does hereby authorize and approve an MOU by and between the County of Sonoma and the City of Rohnert Park to place a Health-To-Go vending machine at the open outlet near the Rohnert Park People Services Center. BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Rohnert Park that it does hereby find and determine that this action is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Sections 15378(b)(5), 15061(b)(3), and 15301. BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the City Manager is hereby authorized and directed to execute the Memorandum of Understanding between County of Sonoma and City of Rohnert Park (Exhibit A) for the purpose of providing a location for the Health-To-Go project vending machine and outline the roles and responsibilities of the County and the City in the Health-To-Go Project. The City Manager is additionally authorized to execute all documents required to effectuate the purpose of this MOU and Resolution, in a form approved by the City Attorney. DULY AND REGULARLY ADOPTED BY THE CITY OF ROHNERT PARK this 26th day of August 2025. CITY OF ROHNERT PARK ____________________________________ Gerard Giudice, Mayor Resolution 2025-063 Page 2 of 2 ATTEST: ______________________________ Sylvia Lopez Cuevas, Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: ______________________________ Michelle M. Kenyon, City Attorney Attachments: Exhibit A ADAMS: _________ ELWARD: _________ RODRIGUEZ: _________SANBORN: _________ GIUDICE: _________ AYES: ( ) NOES: ( ) ABSENT: ( ) ABSTAIN: ( ) 4926-3004-6816 v8 Page 1 of 6 MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING Between County of Sonoma and City of Rohnert Park This Memorandum of Understanding (hereinafter "MOU"), dated as of ___________________, 2025 (hereinafter "Effective Date") is by and between the County of Sonoma (hereinafter "County") and City of Rohnert Park (hereinafter “Contractor”). The purpose of this MOU is to provide a location for the Health To Go project vending machine and outline the roles and responsibilities of the County and the Contractor in the Health To Go Project. The goal of this partnership is to expand low-barrier access to essential health and life-saving supplies to members of the community through the conveniently accessible, anonymous, and free of charge essential health supplies. 1. County Roles and Responsibilities 1.1 County shall provide one vending machine that will dispense different over-the- counter (OTC) health and wellness products (at no cost) to the public to ensure accessibility to individuals with limited income. The products include: COVID- 19 testing kits, Narcan, condoms, and hygiene kits. 1.2 County shall be responsible for providing the inventory, replenishing all products, and restocking all products to be dispensed by the vending machine. Decisions concerning what inventory to stock will be made solely by County. 1.3 County program staff shall regularly stock the vending machine and provide all signage, advertising, and marketing materials and determine re-stocking frequency. 1.4 County shall be responsible for installation and ongoing repair and/or maintenance costs of the vending machine, including damage or destruction from vandalism. 1.5 County shall notify machine vendor of any damage to the machine within two (2) business days of discovery either by notice from Contractor or County’s own observation.. Furthermore, County shall take all reasonable steps to pursue the fastest possible resolution and shall keep the Contractor informed of the anticipated timeframe for resolution by promptly communicating any material updates or changes. If the damage creates a hazard that cannot be remedied within two (2) weeks, the County and Contractor shall confer in good faith to determine an appropriate course of action. 1.6 County shall allow Contractor to use images of the vending machine in its marketing materials. 1.7 The County shall obtain the Contractor’s approval for machine-related signage which shall not be unreasonably withheld by Contractor. The County shall bear all related costs. 4926-3004-6816 v8 Page 2 of 6 1.8 The County will not be allowed to assign its responsibilities under the MOU to another party without the Contractor’s express written approval. 1.9 County shall be responsible for and have full ownership of data collected through the machine and use that data in accordance with all applicable state and federal laws. 1.10 County shall provide the communication connectivity the vending machine may require. 2. Contractor’s Roles and Responsibilities 2.1 The Contractor shall allow the Health To Go Project vending machine to be placed at: Rohnert Park People Services - Facing the courtyard between People Services and Senior Center - 6800 Hunter Dr, Rohnert Park, California, 94928, as more particularly described in the attached Exhibit A. 2.2 Contractor shall advise County if it is notified about any technical or physical issues concerning the vending machine. 2.3 Contractor shall utilize County-generated marketing for the vending machine to address health disparities brought about by limited access and to ensure health equities. 2.4 Contractor shall ensure the vending machine remains turned on and plugged into the power source. 2.5 Contractor shall support and cover electrical costs required to power the vending machine. 2.6 Contractor shall not move or relocate the machine from the agreed-upon onsite location as described in Section 2.1 above, without written notification to County. If the vending machine needs to be relocated, the County and Contractor shall confer in good faith to determine an appropriate course of action. 2.7 Any changes at Contractor's property that could impact this MOU will be conveyed to the identified primary contacts set forth in Section 3 below as soon as possible. 2.8 Contractor shall provide access to Wi-Fi as a reliable backup connection for vending machines to ensure uninterrupted service. 3. Notices All notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, via email, and shall be deemed received on the date of delivery on the confirmed read receipt. Notice of change of email addresses shall be given by written notice in the manner described in this Section. Rejection or other refusal to accept or inability to deliver because of a change in an email address of which no notice was given shall be deemed to constitute receipt of the notice or communication sent. Unless changed in accordance herewith, the email addresses for notices given pursuant to this MOU shall be as follows: 4926-3004-6816 v8 Page 3 of 6 If to COUNTY: Alyssa Hamilton Program Planner and Evaluation Analyst Sonoma County Department of Health Services Public Health Division Email: Alyssa.Hamilton@sonomacounty.gov Phone: 707-565-6731 If to CONTRACTOR: Paul Carey Senior Analyst City of Rohnert Park Email: pcarey@rpcity.org Phone: 707-585-6754 4. Relationship of the Parties The parties are, and will remain as to each other, independent entities. No employee, agent, or officer of a party will be deemed for any purpose whatsoever to be an agent, employee, or officer of the other party. 5. Payment There is no payment associated with this MOU. 6. Term The term of this MOU shall be from November 1, 2025 through October 31, 2026. Either party may terminate this MOU for convenience and without cause upon two weeks advance written notice.At termination, County shall remove all vending machines from Contractor locations at County's expense and restore the site upon removal to substantially the same condition it was in when installed. 7. Confidentiality Both parties agree to maintain the confidentiality of all patient medical records and client information in accordance with all applicable State and Federal laws and regulations. 8. Dispute Resolution If any conflicts or disputes arise between the two parties, involved staff shall meet in a timely manner to resolve the conflict or dispute. It is acknowledged by both parties that the purpose of such meeting is to come to a resolution that is in the best interest of both parties and any client or patient involved. 9. Indemnification Each party shall indemnify, defend, protect, hold harmless, and release the other, its officers, agents, and employees, from and against any and all claims, loss, proceedings, damages, causes of action, liability, costs, or expense (including attorneys ’fees and witness costs) arising 4926-3004-6816 v8 Page 4 of 6 from or in connection with, or caused by any act, omission, or negligence of such indemnifying party or its agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, or invitees. This indemnification obligation shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages or compensation payable to or for the indemnifying party under workers ’compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. 10. Entire Understanding This writing is intended both as the final expression of the MOU between the parties hereto with respect to the included terms and as a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of the MOU. Each party acknowledges that, in entering into this MOU, it has not relied on any representation or undertaking, whether oral or in writing, other than those which are expressly set forth in this MOU. No modification of this MOU shall be effective unless and until such modification is evidenced by a writing signed by both parties. 11. Waiver Waiver by a party to this MOU of any term, condition, or covenant of this MOU will not constitute a waiver of any other term, condition, or covenant. Waiver by a party as to any breach of the provisions of this MOU will not constitute a waiver of any other provision, nor will it constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or violation of any provision of this MOU. 12. Severability If any provision of this MOU, or any portion thereof, is found by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, such provision shall be severable and shall not in any way impair the enforceability of any other provision of this MOU. 4926-3004-6816 v8 Page 5 of 6 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this MOU as of the Effective Date. COUNTY OF SONOMA: Approved; Certificates of Insurance on File with County: Date: Nolan Sullivan, Director Department of Health Services APPROVED AS TO SUBSTANCE: Date: Division Director or Designee APPROVED AS TO FORM: Date: County Counsel APPROVED AS TO SUBSTANCE: Date: Privacy & Security Officer CONTRACTOR: CITY OF ROHNERT PARK Date: Marcela Piedra, City Manager ATTEST: City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: Michelle Marchetta Kenyon, City Attorney 4926-3004-6816 v8 Page 6 of 6 EXHIBIT A People Services Center Senior Center Outlet Location ITEM NO. 8.A. 4910-7048-5085 v1 1 Meeting Date: August 26, 2025 Department Administration Submitted By: Marcela Piedra, City Manager Prepared By: Sylvia Lopez Cuevas, City Clerk Agenda Title: Discuss Proposed Amendments to the City Council Protocols (the Established Procedural Rules for the Conduct of City Council Meetings and Council Business), Adopt a Resolution Amending the City Council Protocols, and Adopt Separate Resolutions Establishing 5:30 p.m. as the Start Time for Regular Meetings of the Rohnert Park City Council and the Community Development Commission of the City of Rohnert Park Effective January 1, 2026. RECOMMENDED ACTION: Staff recommend that the City Council, acting in its capacity as both the City Council and the Community Development Commission (CDC): 1.Review the proposed amendments and adopt a Resolution amending the City Council Protocols (City Council action) and rescind Resolution 2023-047. 2.Adopt a Resolution establishing 5:30 p.m. as the start time for regular meetings of the Rohnert Park City Council (City Council action) effective January 1, 2026, and rescind Resolution 2019-013. 3.Acting as the CDC, adopt a Resolution establishing 5:30 p.m. as the start time for regular meetings of the Community Development Commission of the City of Rohnert Park (CDC action) effective January 1, 2026, and rescind CDC Resolution 2010-08. BACKGROUND: The City of Rohnert Park’s City Council Protocols were first adopted on October 28, 2008. Since then, the protocols have been amended multiple times to reflect current practices and to make the meetings more efficient. Because the protocols establish procedural rules for the conduct of Council meetings and business, staff is asking Council to discuss the proposed amendments and, if appropriate, adopt them by resolution. On May 13, 2025, Council discussed changing the regular City Council meeting starting time from 5:00 p.m. to 5:30 p.m. citing parking concerns and individuals whose workday ends at 5:00 p.m. and may want to serve on the Council in the future. The Council directed staff to change the City Council meeting starting time from 5:00 p.m. to 5:30 p.m. effective January 1, 2026. ANALYSIS: Time Change: The City Council and the CDC are legally distinct bodies, even though the same individuals serve on both. Each body must adopt its own resolution to amend its meeting start time. Including both resolutions Mission Statement “We Care for Our Residents by Working Together to Build a Better Community for Today and Tomorrow.” CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY COUNCIL AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT COMMISSION AGENDA REPORT ITEM NO. 8.A. 4910-7048-5085 v1 2 in one staff report allows the actions to be considered in a single agenda item for efficiency, while still ensuring compliance with legal and procedural requirements. To implement the new 5:30 p.m. start time for both bodies, as of January 1, 2026 , staff prepared two resolutions: one for the City Council and one for the CDC. These resolutions are presented together so the Council, sitting as both bodies, can take sequential action on one agenda item. Protocols: The City Council Protocols are a living document, and they are intended to accurately describe practices. Recent inconsistencies between current practices and the adopted protocols, such as outdated references to meeting procedures or obsolete technologies, necessitate these updates to improve transparency and operational efficiency. The proposed changes to the protocols are attached to this report (Attachment A). There are highlighted areas and track changes to bring the reader’s attention to specific items in part due to inconsistencies between protocols and actual practices of the City, and some due to changes in state law or policies appended to the protocols. Council should discuss the proposed changes and either change the protocols to match the practices or adjust practices to conform to the protocols as written. The proposed changes for discussion and direction are as follows: Section I “Council Meetings” •I.A. Changes the start time of the Council Meetings from 5:00 p.m. to 5:30 p.m. starting January 1, 2026. •I.B Clarifies who is authorized to call special and emergency meetings. •I.F States that any regular meeting falling on a legal holiday is canceled in accordance with Section I.A.3. •I.J Changes the agenda distribution timeline for regular City Council meetings from four days (Friday) to five days (Thursday) before the meeting. Friday delivery is still allowed with City Manager approval, as per existing protocols. Section II “Order of Business” •II.B Extends the total time for all presentations and proclamations from 15 minutes to 20 minutes. All requests must be submitted to the City Clerk. Includes additional information distinguishing proclamations from resolutions. •II.G Clarifies the process for adding items to the Council Agenda, including the potential effect of the request on Council-established priorities, as well as Brown Act language to clarify that Councilmembers may only discuss whether an item should be placed on a future agenda for deliberation and action. They may request clarification, but no discussion, deliberation, or direction is allowed. Section III “Rules of Conduct” •III.C. Adds protocols regarding Council efficiency, productivity, courtesy and respect for other Councilmembers. Revisions were also made to Section III.C.6 regarding conduct of speakers to better align with existing legal requirements. These were added to ensure that organizational functionality is maintained and enhanced for the benefit of the city. •III.E. A summary called “Rosenberg’s Rules of Order at a Glance” to assist Councilmembers with making motions is included for Council reference and convenience. ITEM NO. 8.A. 4910-7048-5085 v1 3 Sections IV. “Public Hearings” and V “Addressing the City Council” •Sections IV.D.1, V.B.2., and V.F. were revised to clarify that the completion of speaker cards and personal identification is voluntary. Section VI. “Community Relations and Policies” •VI.C Adds reference images for the use of the City logo and City seal. •VI.D. “Councilmember Participation in Community Activities and Communications with Public” was moved from VI.C. and put into its own section but and clarifying language regarding individual opinions and positions. •VI.F.1. Extends the timeframe for presenting Council quarterly expense reports from 30 days to 60 days after the end of the quarter, to better align with accounts payable payment reconciliation. Section VII. “Council Mail & Correspondence” •VII.A. Updates language to reflect current practice that staff does not open correspondence addressed to individual Councilmembers. •VII.D. Clarifies and expands the types of significant events that require Council notification to include school shutdowns, mutual aid requests and attacks where lethal weapons are involved. Section VIII. “Liaison Assignments” •VIII.3. Clarifies that the Mayor may assign City staff to serve as liaison with concurrence of City Manager. Section XI “City Commissions, Committees, and Boards” •XI.A.2 Clarifies that appointees serve four-year terms concurrent with their appointing Councilmember’s term, as directed by Council on August 8, 2017. Adds a new clause encouraging Councilmembers to make appointments within 60 days of a vacancy or term opening. If no appointment is made within that period, the Mayor may bring forward a nomination for a candidate subject to approval by a majority vote of the Council. •XI.A.4 Updates the process for handling unscheduled vacancies, stating they will be posted in accordance with the Maddy Act. •XI.B.1. Increases the number of unscheduled absences (absence without cause) that results an automatic resignation from 3 to 4. Section XIII “Use of Council Chambers” •XIII.E. and XIII.F. Transfers authority to approve use of the Council Chambers for non- specified purposes from the Council to the City Manager. Section XV. Appendix •Adds a summary called “Rosenberg’s Rules of Order at a Glance” to assist Councilmembers with making motions is included for Council reference and convenience. •Updated Resolution Establishing Council Meeting Start time at 5:30 p.m. effective January 1, 2026. •Most current Travel and Expense Policy is attached. ITEM NO. 8.A. 4910-7048-5085 v1 4 STRATEGIC PLAN AND STRATEGIC PRIORITIES ALIGNMENT: Updating council protocols supports organizational well-being by promoting transparency and trust, improving communication, and ensuring alignment with shared goals. Clear and respectful processes also foster psychological safety, allowing all voices to be heard. Regularly reviewing and refining protocols shows a commitment to continuous improvement and a healthy, responsive organizational culture. OPTIONS CONSIDERED: 1.Recommended Option: a.Review the proposed amendments and adopt a Resolution amending the City Council Protocols (City Council action); b.Adopt a Resolution establishing 5:30 p.m. as the start time for regular meetings of the Rohnert Park City Council (City Council action) effective January 1, 2026, and rescind Resolution 2019-013; and c.Acting as the CDC, adopt a Resolution establishing 5:30 p.m. as the start time for regular meetings of the Community Development Commission of the City of Rohnert Park (CDC action) effective January 1, 2026, and rescind Resolution 2010-08. FISCAL IMPACT/FUNDING SOURCE: Changing the Council Protocols will not result in a direct Fiscal Impact to the City. Costs associated with City Council meetings are paid from the General Fund. Based on 26 regular meetings per year, the estimated annual costs are expected to increase by roughly $7,285.37 (low estimate) or $6,878.66 (high estimate. These increases are primarily attributed to additional broadcasting and closed captioning charges, as well as potential overtime for the City Clerk’s Office and IT staff. It is important to note that these figures are preliminary estimates, and actual costs will only be known after the change in meeting time is implemented. Overtime estimates may change, and additional meetings or the attendance of other hourly staff could further increase costs. City Manager Approval: 8/19/2025 City Attorney Approval: 8/20/2025 Attachments: 1.Community Development Commission Resolution 2010-08. 2.City Council Resolution 2019-013 3.City Council Protocols with track changes 4.City Council Resolution 2025-064 Amending the City Council Protocols (Policy Number 1. 02. 1)and Rescinding Resolution 2023-047 a.Exhibit A – Clean City Council Protocols 5.City Council Resolution 2025-065 Rescinding Resolution 2019-013 and Establishing 5:30 P.M. as the Start Time for Regular Meetings of the Rohnert Park City Council effective January 1, 2026 6.Community Development Commission Resolution 2025-001 Rescinding CDC Resolution 2010-08 and Establishing 5:30 p.m. Start Time for CDC Meetings effective January 1, 2026. RESOLUTION NO. 2010-08 RESOLUTION OF THE COMMUNITY DEVELOMENT COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF ROHNERT PARK ESTABLISHING 5:00 P.M. AS THE START TIME FOR REGULAR MEETINGS OF THE COMMUNITY DEVELOMENT COMMISSION WHEREAS, on February 10, 1987, the Community Development Commission of the City of Rohnert Park ("Community Development Commission"), then acting as the Community Development Agency of the City of Rohnert Park, adopted Bylaws to govern the conduct of its meetings; WHEREAS, Section 501 of the Bylaws establishes the regular meeting time and place as the second and fourth Tuesdays of each month at 7:00 p.m. in the Council Chambers of the City; and WHEREAS, the Community Development Commission wishes to establish its regular meeting time and place to correspond with the regular meeting time and place for City Council meetings. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Community Development Commission of the City of Rohnert Park that regular meetings of the Community Development Commission shall be held the second and fourth Tuesdays of each month commencing at 5:00 p.m. in the City Council Chamber, Rohnert Park City Hall, 130 Avram Avenue, Rohnert Park, California. BElT FURTHERRESOL VED by the Community Development Commission of the City of Rohnert Park that noticed public hearings and appeals before the Community Development Commission may not begin prior to 6:00 p.m. DULY AND REGULARLY ADOPTED by the Community Development Commission of the City of Rohnert Park this 11 th day of May 2010. COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF ROHNERT PARK ATTEST: BELFORTE: AYE BREEZE: AYE CALLINAN: AYE MACKENZIE: AYE STAFFORD: AYE AYES: (5) NOES: (0) ABSENT: (0) ABSTAIN: (0) RESOLUTION NO. 2019-013 RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ROHNERT PARK ESTABLISHING THE START TIME FOR REGULAR MEETINGS OF THE ROHNERT PARK CITY COUNCIL AND RESCINDING RESOLUTION 2010-47 WHEREAS,Rohnert Park Municipal Code section 2.08.010 states City Council shall establish the time and place for its regular meetings by resolution. WHEREAS,on October 28, 2008,the City Council by Resolution No. 2008-173 adopted City Council Protocols and re-established the time and place for its meetings as the second and fourth Tuesdays of each month commencing at 6:00 p.m. in the City Council Chamber, Rohnert Park City Hall, 130 Avram Avenue, Rohnert Park, California; WHEREAS,on May 11, 2010,the City Council by Resolution No. 2010-47 established 5:00 pm as the start time for Regular Meeting of the Council; WHEREAS,Resolution No. 2010-47 further stated that noticed public hearings and appeals before the City Council may not begin prior to 6:00 p.m.; WHEREAS,eliminating the requirement imposed on the start time of noticed public hearings would increase City Council Meeting efficiency; and WHEREAS,the City Council desires remove the requirement regarding holding noticed public hearings and appeals no earlier than 6:00 p.m. NOW,THEREFORE,BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Rohnert Park that it does hereby: 1. Establish that Regular Meetings of the Council shall be held the second and fourth Tuesdays of each month commencing at 5:00 p.m. in the City Council Chamber, Rohnert Park City Hall, 130 Avram Avenue,Rohnert Park, California. 2. Rescind Resolution 2010-47. DULY AND REGULARLY ADOPTED by the City Council of the City of Rohnert Park this 22nd day of January, 2019. 1 2019-013 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK efi41k,firA Gina B: 1-e, Ii ayor ATTEST: jadtvieurtL Caitlin Saldanha,Assistant City Clerk f n A ADAMS:Al C MACKENZIE: AlSTAFFORD: ' q P CALLINAN: A BELFORTE: AyAYES: ( 5 ) NOES: ( Q ) ABSENT: ( Q ) ABSTAIN: ( ) 2 2019-013 4910-2638-5249 v1 City Council PROTOCOLS City of Rohnert Park ● 20253 Adopted 10/28/2008 by Reso. No. 2008-173 Amended 9/14/2010 by Reso. No. 2010-109 Amended 3/10/2015 by Reso. No. 2015-047 Amended 12/13/2016 by Reso. No. 2016-115 Amended 4/24/2018 by Reso No. 2018-053 Amended 1/22/2019 by Reso No 2019-012 Amended 3/22/2022 by Reso No 2022-036 Amended 6/27/2023 by Reso No 2023-047 Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX i 4910-2638-5249 v1 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page I. COUNCIL MEETINGS ..................................................................................................... 1 A. Regular Meetings .................................................................................................... 1 1. Other Locations ........................................................................................... 1 2. Location during Local Emergency ............................................................... 1 3. Canceled Meetings ...................................................................................... 1 B. Special Meetings and Emergency Meetings ............................................................. 1 C. Adjourned Meetings ................................................................................................ 1 D. Study/Work Session ................................................................................................ 1 E. Closed Sessions ...................................................................................................... 2 F. Cancellation of Regular Meetings ........................................................................... 2 G. Quorum .................................................................................................................. 2 H. Presiding Officer ..................................................................................................... 2 1. Absence of Mayor ....................................................................................... 3 2. Mayor and Vice Mayor Absence.................................................................. 3 3. Election of Council Officers ........................................................................ 3 I. Attendance by the Public ......................................................................................... 3 J. Agenda Packets ....................................................................................................... 3 K. Action Minutes ....................................................................................................... 4 1. Written Comments for the Record ............................................................... 4 2. Reading of the Minutes ................................................................................ 4 3. Approval of Minutes .................................................................................... 4 II. ORDER OF BUSINESS ..................................................................................................... 4 A. General Order ......................................................................................................... 4 B. Presentations, Proclamations, and Recognitions ...................................................... 4 C. Consent Calendar .................................................................................................... 5 D. Action Agenda Items............................................................................................... 5 E. Council Committee and Other Reports .................................................................... 5 F. Communications ..................................................................................................... 5 1. On an Item on the Agenda ........................................................................... 6 2. On a non-Agenda Item................................................................................. 6 G. Adding Items to a Future Agenda ............................................................................ 6 H. Standard Adjournment ............................................................................................ 6 III. RULES OF CONDUCT ..................................................................................................... 7 A. Rosenberg’s Rules of Order .................................................................................... 7 ii 4910-2638-5249 v1 B. Powers and Duties of Presiding Officer of City Council .......................................... 7 1. Participation ................................................................................................ 7 2. Seating Arrangement for City Council ......................................................... 7 3. Motion to Be Stated ..................................................................................... 7 4. Signing of Documents ................................................................................. 7 C. Rules of Decorum ................................................................................................... 7 D. Rules of Debate ....................................................................................................... 9 1. Getting the Floor ......................................................................................... 9 2. Questions to Staff ........................................................................................ 9 3. Interruptions ................................................................................................ 9 4. Points of Order ............................................................................................ 9 5. Point of Personal Privilege ......................................................................... 10 6. Limitation of Debate .................................................................................. 10 E. Making a Motion and Second Required ................................................................. 10 F. Preparation of Documents – Approval ................................................................... 10 G. Reading of Ordinances and Resolutions ................................................................ 10 H. Required Votes ..................................................................................................... 10 I. Voting Procedure .................................................................................................. 11 J. Disqualification for Conflict of Interest ................................................................. 11 K. Failure to Vote and Abstention .............................................................................. 11 L. Tie Vote ................................................................................................................ 11 M. Changing Vote ...................................................................................................... 11 N. Reconsideration .................................................................................................... 12 O. Teleconferencing .................................................................................................. 12 P. Remote Participation for Staff, Consultants and Members of the Public ................ 12 IV. PUBLIC HEARINGS ....................................................................................................... 12 A. General Procedure ................................................................................................. 12 B. Time for Consideration ......................................................................................... 13 C. Continuance of Hearings ....................................................................................... 13 D. Public Discussion at Hearings ............................................................................... 13 1. Public Member Request to Speak .............................................................. 13 2. Project Applicant or Appellant .................................................................. 14 3. Council Questions of Speakers .................................................................. 14 4. Due Process ............................................................................................... 14 5. Public Oral Presentations ........................................................................... 14 6. Materials for Public Record ....................................................................... 14 iii 4910-2638-5249 v1 7. Germane Comments .................................................................................. 14 E. Admissible Evidence ............................................................................................. 15 V. ADDRESSING THE CITY COUNCIL ............................................................................ 15 A. Presentations ......................................................................................................... 15 B. Public Comments on Non-agenda Items ................................................................ 15 1. Timing ...................................................................................................... 15 2. Speaker Cards............................................................................................ 15 3. Council Deliberations Prohibited ............................................................... 16 4. Council Interaction with Public.................................................................. 16 C. Public Comments on Agenda Items ....................................................................... 16 D. Power Point Presentations ..................................................................................... 16 E. Comments in Writing Encouraged ......................................................................... 17 F. Comment Cards .................................................................................................... 17 G. Repetitious or Dilatory Comments Prohibited........................................................ 17 H. Waiver of Rules .................................................................................................... 18 I. Non Exclusive Rules ............................................................................................. 18 VI. COMMUNITY RELATIONS AND POLICIES ............................................................... 18 A. Mayor to Act as Council Ceremonial Representative and Spokesperson ................ 18 B. Honoring Residents and Other Worthy Persons ..................................................... 18 C. Use of City Logo and City Seal ............................................................................. 19 D. Councilmember Participation in Community Activities and Communications with Public. ........................................................................................................... 20 E. Ethics .................................................................................................................... 20 F. Expense Reimbursement ....................................................................................... 20 1. Quarterly Expenditure Reports .................................................................. 21 2. Other Expenditure Reports ........................................................................ 21 G. Constituent Relations with a District-Elected Council ........................................... 21 VII. COUNCILMEMBER ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT .................................................... 21 A. Council Mail & Correspondence ........................................................................... 21 B. Master Calendar .................................................................................................... 24 C. Requests for Research or Information .................................................................... 24 D. Council Notification of Significant Incidents ......................................................... 24 VIII. LIAISON ASSIGNMENTS .............................................................................................. 25 IX. OUTSIDE AGENCY APPOINTMENTS ......................................................................... 26 X. COUNCIL COMMITTEES .............................................................................................. 26 A. Purpose ................................................................................................................. 26 iv 4910-2638-5249 v1 B. Appointment ......................................................................................................... 26 C. Conflict of Interest ................................................................................................ 27 D. Committee Meetings ............................................................................................. 27 E. Communications ................................................................................................... 27 F. Committee Materials: Agendas and Minutes ......................................................... 27 G. Committee Recommendations ............................................................................... 27 H. Staffing ................................................................................................................. 27 XI. CITY COMMISSIONS, COMMITTEES, AND BOARDS............................................... 27 A. Appointments to City Commissions, Committees, and Boards .............................. 28 B. Policy for Service on City Commissions, Committees, and Boards ........................ 29 1. Attendance ................................................................................................ 29 2. Removal .................................................................................................... 29 3. Role........................................................................................................... 30 4. Conflict of Interest and Training ................................................................ 30 XII. COUNCIL VACANCY .................................................................................................... 30 XIII. USE OF CITY COUNCIL CHAMBER ............................................................................ 30 XIV. FAILURE TO OBSERVE COUNCIL PROTOCOLS ....................................................... 31 XV. APPENDIX ..................................................................................................................... 30 City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 1 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 ROHNERT PARK CITY COUNCIL PROTOCOLS I. COUNCIL MEETINGS A. Regular Meetings Beginning January 1, 2026, rRegular Meetings of the Council will be held the second and fourth Tuesdays of each month commencing at 5:00 30 p.m. in the City Council Chamber, Rohnert Park City Hall, 130 Avram Avenue, Rohnert Park, California (Resolution 2019-132025-XXX). 1. Other Locations The Council may, from time to time, elect to meet at other locations within the City and upon such election will give public notice of the change of location in accordance with provisions of the Government Code. 2. Location during Local Emergency If, by reason of fire, flood or other emergency, it will be unsafe to meet in the City Hall, the meetings may be held for the duration of the emergency at such other place as may be designated by the Mayor or, if the Mayor does not so designate, by the Vice Mayor or City Manager. 3. Canceled Meetings When the day for any regular meeting falls on a legal holiday, the regularly scheduled meeting for that day will be deemed canceled unless otherwise provided by the Council. The Council must meet regularly, however, at least once each month. B. Special Meetings and Emergency Meetings Special meetings and emergency meetings of the Council may be called by the Mayor, City Manager or City Attorney and held from time to time pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Ralph M. Brown Act (Government Code sections 54950, et seq.). C. Adjourned Meetings The Council may adjourn any regular, adjourned regular, special or adjourned special meeting to a time and place specified in the order of adjournment pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Ralph M. Brown Act (Government Code sections 54950, et seq.). D. Study/Work Session The Council may meet in a study/work session at such times or at such places as may be determined by the Council. Study/Work Sessions are less formal and for City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 2 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 the purpose of hearing reports from the staff, receiving public comment, and reviewing, discussing and debating matters of interest to the City. These sessions will be noticed as provided by law and open to the public and the press. No official action may be taken at a study session. However, Council may refer the item to staff with specific requests for information or provide specific direction to staff. During study/work sessions, Councilmembers may ask questions of staff. For those questions that staff cannot immediately answer, responses will be provided for the Council in writing or at a future Council meeting. E. Closed Sessions Consistent with the Ralph M. Brown Act (Government Code sections 54950, et seq.), the Council may hold closed sessions during any regular or special meeting, or any time otherwise authorized by law to consider or hear any matter which is authorized by State law to be heard or considered in closed session. 1. The City Council may exclude from any such closed session any person or persons which it is authorized by State law to exclude from such closed sessions. 2. The general subject matter for consideration will be expressed in an open meeting before such session is held. 3. Councilmembers may not reveal the nature of discussion or the decision from a closed session unless required by law or unless a majority of the Council agrees in closed session to disclose confidential closed session information, except that the Council must unanimously agree to divulge any confidential closed session information that is attorney/client privileged communications. F. Cancellation of Regular Meetings Any meeting of the Council may be canceled in advance by a majority vote of the Council. Any regular meeting that falls on a legal holiday will be deemed canceled in accordance with Section I.A.3. G. Quorum A majority of the Council will constitute a quorum, but a lesser number may adjourn a meeting. If all Councilmembers are absent the clerk may declare the meeting adjourned to a stated time and place and shall post a notice of adjournment within 24 hours. H. Presiding Officer The Mayor will preside over all Council meetings. The Mayor will have authority to preserve order at all Council meetings, to remove any person from any meeting of the Council for disorderly conduct, to enforce the rules of the Council and to determine the order of business under the rules of the Council. City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 3 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 1. Absence of Mayor The Vice Mayor will act as Mayor in the absence or disability of the Mayor. 2. Mayor and Vice Mayor Absence When the Mayor and the Vice Mayor are absent from any meeting of the Council, the members present may choose another member to act as Mayor Pro Tem, and that person will, for the time being, have the powers of the Mayor. 3. Election of Council Officers The Mayor and Vice Mayor will be elected by three (3) affirmative votes of the City Council. In years when members of the City Council are to be elected, the City Council shall consider the election of a Mayor and Vice Mayor for one (1) year terms at the first regular meeting after certification of the general election results has been received by the City. In years when no members of the City Council are to be elected, the City Council shall consider the election of the Mayor and Vice Mayor for one (1) year terms at the second regular meeting in November of each year or no later than the succeeding meeting. I. Attendance by the Public Except as specifically provided by law for closed sessions, all meetings of the Council will be open and public in accordance with the terms, provisions and exceptions consistent with the Ralph M. Brown Act (Government Code sections 54950, et seq.). J. Agenda Packets The City Council agenda packet, including all reports, communications, ordinances, resolutions, signed contracts/amendments, documents, PpowerPpoint presentations, or other matters to be considered by the City Council at the regular meeting, will be delivered to members of the City Council no later than Friday Thursday preceding the Tuesday Council meeting to which the agenda packet pertains. Friday delivery is allowed with City Manager approval. The agenda packet will be made available for public inspection at the same time it is distributed to the City Council. Any writings or documents subject to disclosure relating to an agenda item that are provided to all, or a majority of all, of the members of the City Council will also be made available for public inspection on the City’s Website and at City Hall during normal business hours. City staff shall ensure all materials that are delivered to Councilmembers in compliance with Government Code section 54957.5, which requires materials relating to a regular meeting agenda to be distributed at a time that they can be made available for public inspection. City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 4 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 K. Action Minutes Minutes of Council meetings will be action minutes. Action minutes will include final motions and will note for the record how each Councilmember voted. Council and staff discussion and comments will not be included in the minutes. The City Clerk or dDesignee will have exclusive responsibility for preparation of the minutes and directions for corrections to the minutes will be made only by majority vote of the City Council. 1. Written Comments for the Record Written comments by a Councilmember may be read “for the record” and submitted to the City Clerk to be placed on file with archives of agenda items and, if requested, attached to the original set of minutes. 2. Reading of the Minutes Unless the reading of the minutes of a Council meeting is ordered by a majority vote of the Council, the minutes may be approved without reading if the City Clerk has previously furnished each Councilmember with a copy. 3. Approval of Minutes Minutes of meetings are generally submitted to the Council within two weeks for approval. II. ORDER OF BUSINESS A. General Order The business of the Council at its meetings will generally be conducted in accordance with the order of business as listed on the agenda. The Mayor may, with a majority vote of the Council, reorder items on the agenda to accommodate the public or to address other concerns. A closed session may be held at any time during a meeting consistent with applicable law. B. Presentations, /Proclamations, and Recognitions All presentations will be calendared through the City Clerk in coordination with the Mayor and City Manager and will be limited to a time period not to exceed 15 20 minutes cumulative for all presentations at each Council meeting, unless time is extended by formal Council votes to extend the timeaction. Proclamations must be requested to the City Clerk in writing two (2) weeks prior to event/Council meeting date and as set forth in section VI.B.1. Proclamations are formal declarations issued by the Mayor, on behalf of the City Council, to bring attention to a specific day, week, or month in honor of a cause, individual, group, or event. Proclamations are also used to raise awareness, celebrate milestones, or support community initiatives (e.g., “Mental Health Awareness Month” or “Volunteer Appreciation Week”). City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 5 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 A Recognition is a less formal acknowledgment given by a city official or council to honor an individual or group for a specific achievement or contribution. Recognitions are used to celebrate accomplishments or express appreciation, including, but not limited to, honoring a retiring employee, a student’s achievement, or a local business milestone. In order to expedite matters and to avoid repetitious comments, the Mayor or their designee shall present the proclamation and speak on behalf of the entire Council. Whenever any group is receivingreceives a proclamation, they are encouraged to designate a one spokesperson to address the City Council. C. Consent Calendar The Consent Calendar items are routine matters or non-controversial issues. All items on the Consent Calendar will be considered together by one action unless any Councilmember or anyone else interested in a consent calendar item requests that the item be pulled from the Consent Calendar. Members of the public may comment on consent items prior to the Council’s consideration of the consent agenda. Agenda items pulled from the Consent Calendar by Councilmembers, members of the public, or staff will be considered at the beginning of the Action Items section of the agenda. A Councilmember may vote “no” or “abstain” on any consent item without comment or discussion. D. Action Agenda Items In accordance with the Ralph M. Brown Act, the Council may not take action on any item that did not appear on the posted Council agenda 72 hours prior to the Council meeting unless an exception is made as permitted consistent with the Ralph M. Brown Act (Government Code sections 54950, et seq.). E. Council Committee and Other Reports This time is set aside to allow members of the Council serving on Council committees and regional boards, commissions or committees to present a verbal report to the full Council on activities of the respective commissions, committees or boards upon which they serve. The agenda may list any Council standing committees, liaison assignments, and outside agency or board appointments, including but not limited to, the Mayors’ & Councilmembers’ Association, City Selection Committee, and similar bodies, where a position is held by a councilmember or designee. No action may be taken by the Council on these reports unless an exception is made as permitted consistent with the Ralph M. Brown Act (Government Code sections 54950, et seq.). As set forth in section VI.E.2., Councilmembers shall provide brief reports on meetings attended at the expense of the City. F. Communications Correspondence need not be read aloud at a Council meeting unless requested by a majority vote of the Council. City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 6 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 1. On an Item on the Agenda Any person may submit written comments to the Council through the City Clerk or other City offices, and request that members of the Council receive copies of such materials in the agenda packet, provided that such materials are received in sufficient time to be included for distribution in the agenda packet. Otherwise, such materials shall be distributed prior to or at the meeting during which the subject matter will be considered. 2. On a non-Agenda Item Councilmembers desiring to read or discuss any communication received on any matter not on the agenda or make a brief announcement may do so. No action may be taken except to place a particular item on a future agenda for Council consideration or as otherwise permitted by applicable law. G. Adding Items to a Future Agenda 1. Items scan be added to a future agenda by the following means: (a) When an individual Councilmember desires to place an item on a future agenda, they are encouraged to work with the City Manager to get the item placed on an agenda. Upon the Request of two City Councilmembers to the City Manager or their dDesignee at a regular City Council meeting. In accordance with the Brown Act, during this item, Councilmembers may only discuss whether the item should be placed on a subsequent agenda for deliberation and action, not the merit of the item. If needed, a Councilmember may ask for clarification on the request, however, no deliberation, discussion or direction on the matter may take place. 1.(b) Upon request of the Mayor (or in their absence, the Vice-Mayor), to the City Manager. 2. Following any request to place an item on the agenda, either during a council meeting or by the Mayor, tThe City Manager will be responsible for placement of requested items on the agenda after evaluation of all requests for, among other things, time-sensitivity, and the number of items already agendized, and any effect the item may have on Council- established priorities. H. Standard Adjournment The City Council will not hear any new agenda items past 11:00 p.m. without a majority vote of the City Council. If agenda items remain after 11:00 p.m., City Council may extend the meeting with a majority vote, a special meeting may be scheduled, or the items may be deferred until the next meeting. Formatted: Level 4, No bullets or numbering City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 7 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 III. RULES OF CONDUCT A. Rosenberg’s Rules of Order Except as provided herein, other rules adopted by the City Council and applicable provisions of state law, the procedures of the City Council will be governed by the latest revised edition of Rosenberg’s Rules of Order, which are appended herein for reference. In addition, a summary entitled “Rosenberg’s Rules of Order at a Glance” is appended as well to assist Councilmembers with making motions for Council reference and convenience. B. Powers and Duties of Presiding Officer of City Council 1. Participation The presiding officer may move, second, debate, and vote from the chair. 2. Seating Arrangement for City Council The presiding officer will, following each Council election of officers and at such other time as the presiding officer deems it necessary, establish the seating arrangement of the members of the Council. The Vice Mayor will always be seated immediately next to the Mayor. 3. Motion to Be Stated The City Clerk will verbally restate each motion immediately prior to calling for the vote. The presiding officer in their discretion may publicly explain the effect of a vote for the audience, or they may direct a member of the city staff to do so before proceeding to the next item of business. 4. Signing of Documents The presiding officer will sign all ordinances, resolutions, contracts, and other documents necessitating their signature, which were adopted, unless they are unavailable in which case the signature of an alternate presiding officer may be used. C. Rules of Decorum 1. Council Efficiency and Productivity. The City Council is to ensure that organizational functionality is maintained and enhanced for the benefit of the City. Council members are encouraged to act in a manner that supports and advances the functioning, productivity, and efficiency of the City and the City Council as a whole. 2. Courtesy and Respect. Courtesy and respect for each individual Councilmember’s interpersonal style and individual points of view will be a standard of operation. All City Councilmembers will respect each other’s right to Formatted: Indent: Left: 1", No bullets or numbering City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 8 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 disagree. All City Councilmembers will expect a high degree of decorum and courtesy during City Council meetings in interactions between and among Councilmembers, from Councilmembers towards the public and staff, and from the public towards Councilmembers and staff. Councilmembers and staff will be polite, even under tense situations, and will refrain from impolite or disrespectful remarks and body language at public meetings either towards a City Councilmember, staff or the public. 3. Respectful Interactions on Dais. No Councilmember should use their seat on the Council dais in a disrespectful and inappropriate manner. Nor should a Councilmember state a point of view in a negative manner which includes: personally attacking another Councilmember, staff or member of the public; walking off the Council dais or leaving any meeting in anger or disgust; emphasizing a political point of view solely for the purpose of playing to the audience unrelated to the issue before the Council; using the dais for a strictly personal purpose; addressing the media for political purposes rather than addressing the Council as a body; purposely misstating the facts of an issue for political purposes; or monopolizing discussion time in a manner that does not facilitate or further deliberation, general understanding or bring the issue to a conclusive decision. 1. Councilmembers 2. 4. While the Council is in session, Councilmembers will preserve order and decorum, and a member will neither by conversation or otherwise delay or interrupt the proceedings or the peace of the Council nor disturb a member while speaking or refuse to obey the orders of the presiding officer.Use of Electronic DevicesUse of Electronic Devices. Councilmembers are permitted to use laptop computers and other electronic devices such as iPads to access electronic agenda packets while in session. However, while the Council is in session, to satisfy due process requirements, Councilmembers shall give their sole attention to the proceedings and shall refrain from using electronic devices such as computers, cell phones, pagers, PDAs and other electronic devices for the purpose of sending or receiving external communication unless an emergency or extraordinary circumstance exists. 5. Applicability to Committee, Commissions, Boards, and Staff. Committee, Commissions and Board Members, and employees will observe the same rules of order and decorum applicable to the City Council. 6. Conduct of Speakers. No person shall engage in behavior during a meeting of the City Council that actually disrupts, disturbs, impedes or renders infeasible the orderly conduct of the meeting. The Mayor, in consultation with the City Attorney, may silence any person’s microphone, remove, or cause the removal or silencing of any individual for disrupting the meeting, after providing the necessary warning pursuant to California Government Code Section 54957.95. (a) Conduct of Speakers. No person shall use loud, profane, threatening, or personally abusive language, or engage in any other Formatted: Underline Formatted: Indent: Left: 1", Hanging: 0.5", No bulletsor numbering Formatted: Indent: Left: 1", No bullets or numbering Formatted: Level 3, Left, Indent: Left: 1", Right: 0",Space Before: 0 pt City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 9 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 disorderly conduct so as to disrupt, disturb or otherwise impede the orderly conduct of any Council meeting. (b) Persons who violate this rule may be barred from attendance for the remainder of the Council meeting, provided that the Mayor has notified the person to conduct themselves in a manner consistent with this rule, and warned the person that they will be removed if they continue to disrupt the Council meeting. (c) If after notification and warning the person persists in disrupting the meeting, the Mayor shall order the person to leave the Council meeting. If the person does not remove themselves, the Mayor may request, following consultation with City Attorney, that a law enforcement officer remove that person from the Council Chamber. (d) D. Rules of Debate 1. Getting the Floor Every Councilmember desiring to speak will first address the presiding officer, gain recognition by the presiding officer, and will confine themselves to the question under debate, avoiding personalities and indecorous language. 2. Questions to Staff Every Councilmember desiring to question the City staff will, after recognition by the presiding officer, address their questions to the City Manager, who will either answer the inquiry or designate a staff member for that purpose. 3. Interruptions A Councilmember, once recognized, will not be interrupted when speaking unless called to order by the presiding officer, unless a point of order or personal privilege is raised by another Councilmember or unless the speaker chooses to yield to a question by another Councilmember. If a Councilmember, while speaking, is called to order, they will cease speaking until the question of order is determined and, if determined to be in order, they may proceed. Members of the City staff after recognition by the presiding officer will hold the floor until completion of their remarks or until recognition is withdrawn by the presiding officer. 4. Points of Order The presiding officer will determine all points of order subject to the right of any Councilmember to appeal to the Council. If an appeal is taken, the question will be, “Will the decision of the presiding officer be sustained?” A majority vote of the Council conclusively determines the question of order. Formatted: _1.0sp Left Ind 1", Left, Indent: Left: 0",Right: 0" City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 10 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 5. Point of Personal Privilege The right of a Councilmember to address the Council on a question of personal privilege is limited to cases in which his/her integrity, character or motives are questioned or where the welfare of the Council is concerned. A Councilmember raising a point of personal privilege may interrupt another Councilmember who has the floor only if the presiding officer recognizes the privilege. 6. Limitation of Debate No Councilmember will be allowed to speak more than once upon a particular subject until every other Councilmember desiring to do so has spoken. E. Making a Motion and Second Required A motion by a member of the Council, including the presiding officer, may not be discussed or acted on without receiving a second. A summary called “Rosenberg’s Rules of Order at a Glance” to assist Councilmembers with making motions is included for Council reference and convenience. F. Preparation of Documents – Approval 1. The City Attorney will prepare or approve all ordinances. No ordinance will be prepared for presentation to the Council unless ordered by a majority vote of the Council or requested by the City Manager or prepared by the City Attorney on their own initiative. 2. All ordinances, resolutions and contract documents will, before presentation to the Council, be approved as to form by the City Attorney and examined and approved for administration by the City Manager or their representative. G. Reading of Ordinances and Resolutions Motions offering ordinances or resolutions are deemed to include waiver of full reading and title of the ordinance or resolution unless otherwise specifically stated. If a Councilmember so requests the ordinance or resolution will be read in full. Ordinances that have been introduced by unanimous vote of the Council may be placed on the consent calendar and adopted by a roll call vote for consent calendar approval. H. Required Votes Three affirmative votes are required for (1) ordinances, (2) resolutions, (3) payment of money, (4) Commission, Committee, Board, and other appointment removals, or (5) City Council election of Mayor and Vice Mayor. Formatted: _1.0sp Left Ind 1", Space Before: 0 pt City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 11 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 I. Voting Procedure “Majority Vote” refers to the majority of the quorum. “Majority Vote of the Membership” refers to a majority of the total membership. A four-fifths (4/5) Vote of the Council is 4/5 of the quorum. “Super-majority Vote” refers to 4/5 of the Membership. A vote of the Council, including a roll call vote, may be registered by the members by answering “Yes” or “Aye” for an affirmative vote or “No” or “Nay” for a negative vote. The action taken must be publicly announced, reporting the vote or abstention of each Councilmember present, as required by the Ralph M. Brown Act (Government Code Sections 54950, et seq.). J. Disqualification for Conflict of Interest Any Councilmember who is disqualified from voting on a particular matter by reason of a conflict of interest under the Political Reform Act will publicly state or have the presiding officer state the nature of the disqualification in open meeting. Where no clear disqualifying conflict of interest appears, the matter of disqualification may, at the request of the Councilmember affected, be decided by the other Councilmembers. Councilmembers shall follow applicable requirements in FPPC regulations for recusal, including leaving the room when required. A Councilmember stating disqualification under the Political Reform Act will not be counted as a part of a quorum and will be considered absent for the purpose of determining the outcome of a vote on the matter. K. Failure to Vote and Abstention Every Councilmember is encouraged to vote unless disqualified by reason of a conflict of interest. A Councilmember who abstains from voting in effect consents that a majority of the quorum may decide the question voted upon. L. Tie Vote Tie votes will be lost motions and may be reconsidered at a subsequent meeting upon a motion passed by the Council to reconsider the item at a subsequent meeting. M. Changing Vote A member may change their vote only if they make a timely request to do so immediately following the announcement of the vote by the City Clerk. A Councilmember who publicly announces that they are abstaining from voting on a particular matter may not subsequently withdraw their abstention. City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 12 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 N. Reconsideration A motion to reconsider action taken by the Council may be made only on the day the action was taken. It may be made either immediately during the same session or at a recessed or adjourned session. The motion may be made only by one of the Councilmembers who voted with the prevailing side. This does not prevent a Councilmember from making or remaking the same or any other motion at a subsequent meeting of the Council. O. Teleconferencing Any Councilmember who participates by teleconference will take all necessary steps to comply with the provisions of the Brown Act related to teleconferencing. All votes taken during a teleconferenced meeting must be by roll call. P. Remote Participation for Staff, Consultants and Members of the Public Although allowing remote participation by staff, consultants and the public is not required when the entire Council is meeting in person, the Council may permit remote participation by staff, consultants, and members of the public. All protocols related to the conduct of the meeting regarding public comments, presentations, etc. will apply whether the attendee is present at the meeting or participating remotely. The City Manager and the City Clerk, in consultation with the City Attorney, may develop necessary procedures to allow remote participation and remote public comments. Such information will be included on the meeting agenda. IV. PUBLIC HEARINGS A. General Procedure The Council procedure for the conduct of public hearings is generally as follows: 1. Staff presents its report. 2. Councilmembers may ask questions of staff if they so desire. 3. The Mayor opens the public hearing. See Section V.C for comment time limits. 4. The applicant then has the opportunity to present comments, testimony, or arguments. However, in the case of an appeal when the appellant is different from the applicant, the appellant should be called upon first to provide comments or testimony followed by comments by the applicant. 5. Members of the public are provided with the opportunity to present their comments, testimony or argument. 6. The applicant is given an opportunity for rebuttal or concluding comments. However, in the case of an appeal when the appellant is different from the City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 13 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 applicant, the appellant should be called upon first to provide closing comments followed by the applicant. 7. The public hearing is closed. 8. The Council deliberates on the issue. 9. If the Council raises new issues through deliberation and seeks to take additional public testimony (questions of the public, applicant or appellant), the Public Hearing must be reopened. At the conclusion of the public testimony, the Public Hearing is again closed. 10. The Council deliberates and takes action. 11. The Mayor announces the final decision of the Council. B. Time for Consideration Matters noticed to be heard by the Council will commence at the time specified in the notice of hearing, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably possible, and will continue until the matter has been completed or until other disposition of the matter has been made. C. Continuance of Hearings Any hearing being held or noticed or ordered to be held by the Council at any meeting of the Council may, by order or notice or continuance, be continued or re-continued to any subsequent meeting. D. Public Discussion at Hearings When a matter for public hearing comes before the Council, the Mayor will open the public hearing. Upon opening the public hearing and before any motion is adopted related to the merits of the issue to be heard, the Mayor or City Clerk will inquire if there are any persons present who desire to speak on the matter which is to be heard or to present evidence respecting the matter. 1. Public Member Request to Speak Persons wishing to speak or present evidence during Public Hearings may submitare encouraged to complete a speaker card to the City Clerk in a timely fashion. This helps ensure an orderly and efficient meeting, but it is not required. Speakers will be called by the Mayor in the order by which they submit speaker cards. When called upon, the person should come to the podium, and they might state their name and address for the record if they wish, and, if speaking for an organization or other group, they might identify the organization or group represented. A member of the public may only address the Council upon recognition by the Mayor. Formatted: Indent: Left: 0" City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 14 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 2. Project Applicant or Appellant The project applicant, appellant or other person or entity with a substantial direct property interest, or their representative will have a total of 15 minutes for their presentations. The initial comments or presentation will be limited to ten (10) minutes and the rebuttal or concluding comments will be limited to five (5) minutes. All other persons wishing to speak on the matter will be limited to three (3) minutes unless changed by City Council action. Speaker time limits are inclusive of oral and visual presentations and will constitute the cumulative three-minute time limit for each speaker for the meeting. The Mayor, with majority vote of the Council, may alter any of the enumerated time allocations based on the complexity of the item and the number of persons wishing to speak on the item. 3. Council Questions of Speakers Members of the Council who wish to ask questions of the speakers or each other during the public hearing portion may do so but only after first being recognized by the Mayor. Interaction with the speaker will be limited to a question or questions, rather than an ongoing dialogue. Councilmembers should avoid raising questions as a method to extend the allocated time for a speaker. 4. Due Process The Mayor will conduct the meeting in such a manner as to afford due process. 5. Public Oral Presentations All Council rules pertaining to public comment and oral presentation by members of the public apply during public hearings. 6. Materials for Public Record All persons interested in the matter being heard by the Council will be entitled to submit written evidence or remarks, as well as other graphic evidence. All such evidence presented will be retained by the City Clerk as part of the Clerk's record of the hearing, unless otherwise directed. Where the Council is acting as an adjudicatory or fact-finding body, all documentary evidence must be submitted at least five (5) days before the applicable hearing to enable adequate consideration of the evidence. 7. Germane Comments No person will be permitted during the hearing to speak about matters or present evidence which is not relevant to the matter being considered. A determination of relevance will be made by the Mayor but may be appealed to the full Council. City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 15 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 E. Admissible Evidence Hearings need not be conducted according to technical rules relating to evidence and witnesses. Any relevant evidence may be considered if it is the sort of evidence upon which responsible persons are accustomed to rely in the conduct of serious affairs. V. ADDRESSING THE CITY COUNCIL A. Presentations Staff presentations will be limited to 10 minutes. Longer staff presentations must be approved by the City Manager prior to the Council meeting. Presentations by outside public agencies, entities, or other organizations will be limited to 5 minutes unless a request for a longer presentation is approved by the Mayor or City Manager prior to the Council Meeting. Persons who anticipate such oral presentations will exceed five (5) minutes are encouraged to submit comments in writing at the earliest possible time for distribution to the Council and other interested parties. B. Public Comments on Non-agenda Items In compliance with the Ralph M. Brown Act (Government Code Section 54950, et seq.), Public Comments is that portion of City Council meetings set aside for members of the public to address the City Council on items within the subject matter jurisdiction of the City of Rohnert Park that are not otherwise scheduled as a regular agenda item on the City Council agenda. Any person wishing to address the City Council on an item that is scheduled on the City Council agenda will be encouraged to make comments during the discussion of that agenda item. Although not required by law, Public Comment may be allowed at a special meeting when set forth on the special meeting agenda. 1. Timing Public Comments on consent and non- agenda items are scheduled at the beginning of each Regular Council meeting just prior to the Consent Calendar and at the end of each Regular Council meeting just prior to adjournment, as specified on the City Council agenda. The first Public Comments period is limited to no more than thirty (30) minutes total for all speakers, with each speaker given no more than three (3) minutes. If there are more than ten (10) Public Comments speakers, the presiding officer will be authorized to establish a different time limit for public comments in order to allow equal access for all those wishing to address the City Council or defer speakers to the Public Comments period just prior to adjournment. 2. Speaker Cards Persons wishing to speak during Public Comments are encouraged to complete a may submit a speaker card to the City Clerk in a timely fashion. This helps ensure City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 16 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 an orderly and efficient meeting, but it is not required. Speakers will be called by the Mayor in the order by which they submit speaker cards. When called upon, the person should come to the podium, and they might state their name and address for the record if they wish, and, if speaking for an organization or other group, they might identify the organization or group represented. 3. Council Deliberations Prohibited In compliance with the Brown Act, the Council may not deliberate or vote on any matter raised during Public Comments. However, the Council may request further action in accordance with the Brown Act. 4. Council Interaction with Public Questions during Public Comments, if any, should be directed to the Mayor who will determine whether, or in what manner, an answer will be provided. If a Councilmember believes that a material misstatement of fact has been made by a person during Public Comments, the Councilmember may ask the City Manager or City Attorney to correct or otherwise clarify the matter or the Councilmember may provide a direct response at that time. If an immediate response is not possible, correction or clarification will be provided at the next regular meeting of the Council. C. Public Comments on Agenda Items The Mayor may alter any of the enumerated time allocations based on the complexity of the item and the number of persons wishing to speak on the item. Any member of the public wishing to address the Council orally on City business matters appearing on the Council agenda may do so when that item is taken up by the Council, or as otherwise specified by the Mayor. Speakers will be limited to three (3) minutes unless altered as provided for herein, and this time limit applies to any oral and visual presentations. D. Power Point Presentations Members of the public, other agencies, entities, and organizations may present a PowerPoint software presentation to the Council utilizing the City’s audio/visual equipment. 1. All PowerPoint presentations must comply with applicable time limits for oral presentations and cumulative time limits. Presentations should be planned with flexibility to adjust to any changes in these time limits. 2. Each slide of the PowerPoint presentation must identify that this is the “Personal Comments of presenting person, agency, or organization.” All Power Point presentations must be provided to the City Clerk via email or in a flash drive that is already formatted in PowerPoint and compatible with City equipment by noon on the business day before the Council meeting to allow for computer virus checks and compatibility with City equipment. City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 17 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 3. Any electronic media submitted that is thought to contain computer viruses or is unable to be scanned for computer viruses by City equipment will not be permitted to be used. 4. If compatibility or computer viruses are at issue, a member of the public may provide a printed hard copy of the PowerPoint presentation to be scanned and projected onto the screen via the visual projector during his/her presentation. E. Comments in Writing Encouraged Members of the public may submit, and are encouraged to submit, comments in writing to the City Council relating to any items of City business, whether on the City Council agenda or otherwise. Such written comments will be distributed to members of the Council and considered and acted upon, or not acted upon, as allowed under the Brown Act the City Council in its judgment may deem appropriate. F. Comment Cards Speaker cards may also be used as comment cards by members of the public who do not wish to or cannot verbally address the Council during a meeting. A person may indicate their comments and opposition or support for an agenda item on a speaker/comment card. During the public testimony of the item, the Mayor will indicate that the Council has received comment cards from (name of person) in support of the project or issue and comment cards from (name of person) in opposition of the project or issue. The minutes will reflect the Council’s receipt of comment cards in opposition and support of the project or issue. G. Repetitious or Dilatory Comments Prohibited A speaker will not present the same or substantially same items or arguments to the Council repeatedly or be repetitious or dilatory in presenting their oral comments. If a matter has been presented orally before the Council, whether the Council has taken action, or determined to take no action, the same or substantially same matter may not be presented orally by the same person any further. Nothing in the foregoing precludes submission of comments to the City Council in writing for such action or non-action as the Council, in its discretion, may deem appropriate. In order to expedite matters and to avoid repetitious presentations, the designation of a spokesperson is encouraged. Whenever any group of persons wishes to address the Council on the same subject matter, those persons are encouraged to designate a spokesperson to address the City Council. The time allocation for a designated spokesperson may be altered as provided herein. City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 18 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 H. Waiver of Rules Any of the foregoing rules may be waived by majority vote of the Councilmembers present when it is deemed that there is good cause to do so based upon the particular facts and circumstances involved. I. Non Exclusive Rules The rules set forth are not exclusive and do not limit the inherent power and general legal authority of the Council, or of its presiding officer, to govern the conduct of City Council meetings as may be considered appropriate from time to time or in particular circumstances for purposes of orderly and effective conduct of the affairs of the City. VI. COMMUNITY RELATIONS AND POLICIES A. Mayor to Act as Council Ceremonial Representative and Spokesperson The Mayor has been delegated the responsibility to act as the City Council’s ceremonial representative at public events and functions. The Mayor is also designated to serve as the City’s spokesperson to provide updates and other information as it relates to the state of the City. In the Mayor’s absence, the Vice Mayor assumes this responsibility. In both the Mayor and Vice Mayor’s absence, the Mayor will appoint another Councilmember to assume this responsibility. B. Honoring Residents and Other Worthy Persons It is the policy of the City Council to honor people and organizations who have contributed to the improvement or to the welfare of the City. Recommendations may be made by Councilmembers or residents to an appropriate commission, board, or committee or directly to the City Council. Recognition may also be given to individuals for their personal achievement or for enhancing the image of the City. The accolades could include a simple “Honorable Mention” during the Councilmembers “Communications,” awards, certificates, resolutions or proclamations. In addition, perpetual plaques or awards can be bestowed on individuals. The Council may request the advice of a commission, board or committee to determine merit or, if desirable, to hold a public hearing prior to a formal dedication. If any commissioner, board member, committee member, Councilmember, or resident requests an accolade, the following procedure should be followed: 1. Incoming requests for a proclamation or resolution to be presented at an event or Council meeting shall be provided to the Mayor and City Manager for approval. All requests from any Councilmember or member of the public must be provided in writing two (2) weeks prior to event/Council meeting date and should include a draft proclamation or resolution. Content may be changed after submission at the discretion of the City Manager. Once the Mayor approves the request, the proclamation, certificate of recognition, or resolution is either scheduled at an upcoming City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 19 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 Council meeting, presented at an event or is picked up/mailed. In the event that the Mayor is unable to attend an event, the Vice Mayor or a Councilmember will attend on behalf of the Council. 2. If a request for a proclamation or resolution is submitted with little verbiage, the requestor should be contacted and advised that a certificate of recognition is more appropriate for the occasion. 3. If a request for a perpetual plaque or award is submitted, the request will be directed to the appropriate commission, board, or committee for consideration and recommendation to the Council. 4. Requests for dedication of a municipal building, room, or facility, shall be considered in accordance with established written City Council Policy Number 8.01.003 “City of Rohnert Park Facility and Park Naming Policy and Park Amenity Donation Policy” adopted by Resolution 2018-107. C. Councilmember Participation in Community Activities and Use of City Logo and City Seal From time to time, Councilmembers may choose to participate in community activities, committees, events, and task forces. When a Councilmember participates in these types of activities, the Councilmember is acting as an interested party rather than acting on behalf of the City Council. Acting or participating on behalf of the City Council is limited to those instances when the Council has formally designated the Councilmember as its representative for the matter. In the event any Councilmember, who is not acting as a Council designated representative, wishes to participate in community activities, committees, events or task forces may not use the City logo for such event unless prior approval is received from the City Manager. The City Clerk is the custodian of the Official City Seal. The City Seal shall not be altered and is to be used only on official City documents such as Ordinances, Resolutions, Oaths of Office, Certificate of Election, etc. For reference, the Ccity Sseal is shown below: The City Logo may be used on City buildings, elected official pins, City business cards, City letterhead, calendars, public notices, resolutions, awards, Ccity vehicles, Ccity-branded apparel or uniforms, and other formal places authorized by formal action of the City Council or City Manager. Formatted: _1.0sp Left Ind 1", Left, Indent: Left: 0", Right: 0", Space Before: 0 pt City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 20 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 The City Logo shall not be used for private or commercial purposes, or for any purpose other than for the official business of the City, without unless prior written authorization is received from the City Manager. If used by an outside organization upon the approved, written consent of the City Manager, the Logo must remain in its entirety with no alterations. For purposes of this section, Ccity Llogo images are shown below and may change from time to time: D. Councilmember Participation in Community Activities and Communications with Public. From time to time, Councilmembers may choose to participate in community activities, committees, events, and task forces in their individual capacity. When a Councilmember participates in these types of activities, the Councilmember is acting as an interestedindividual party rather than acting on behalf of the City Council and shall be clear in all their communications that the opinions and positions they convey are their own individual positions. In the event any Councilmember, who is not acting as a Council-designated representative, wishes to participate in community activities, committees, events or task forces may not use the City Logo for such event unless prior approval is received from the City Manager. Acting or participating on behalf of the City Council is limited to those instances when the Council has formally designated the Councilmember as its representative for the matter. In the event any Councilmember, who is not acting as a Council- designated representative, wishes to participate in community activities, committees, events or task forces may not use the City Llogo for such event unless prior approval is received from the City Manager. D.E. Ethics The City Council is committed to conducting business ethically and to following all state and local regulations, including the Political Reform Act and the Ralph M. Brown Act. The City has adopted a Code of Ethics by resolution appended herein for reference. E.F. Expense Reimbursement Pursuant to Government Code section 53232, et seq., the City Council Expense Reimbursement Policy provides guidance to elected and appointed officials on the use and expenditure of City resources and sets the standard of how those expenditures will be measured. The City Council Expense Reimbursement Policy is approved by the City Council via resolution and shall be appended herein for Formatted: _1.0sp Left Ind 1", Left, Right: 0", Space Before: 0 pt, No bullets or numbering Formatted: _1.0sp Left Ind 1", No bullets or numbering, Tab stops: Not at 0.82" City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 21 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 reference. Councilmembers shall refer to and adhere to the terms and conditions of the current City Council Expense Reimbursement Policy when incurring expenses using City resources. City Council Expense Reimbursement Policy is appended herein for reference. 1. Quarterly Expenditure Reports A quarterly report of funds expended for each Councilmember for City business will be provided to the Council on the consent calendar of a regular meeting. The report will generally be provided to the Council within 30 60 days of the end of each quarter. 2. Other Expenditure Reports Per Government Code Section 53232.3(b), Councilmembers shall provide brief reports on meetings attended at the expense of the City at the next regular meeting of the legislative body. F.G. Constituent Relations with a District-Elected Council City Councilmembers are elected by District but govern considering the needs of the entire community. However, when meeting with a resident voting in another District, councilmembers should encourage the resident to also communicate with their Councilmember from the constituent’s District. VII. COUNCILMEMBER ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT A. Council Mail & Correspondence When incoming mail is received addressed to a Councilmember, it will not be opened by staff. The unopened envelope will be dateis -stamped and placed in the Councilmember’s inbox at City Hall. Councilmembers are encouraged to pick up their mail at least weekly. opened by staff. Mail marked “personal” or “confidential” will be provided to the Councilmember unopened. All Council member correspondence written with City resources (letterhead, typing, staff support, postage, etc.) will reflect the position of the full Council, not an individual Council member’s position. All Council member correspondence using City resources will be copied to the full Council. For example, responses to personal letters will be copied to the full Council along with the original correspondence. 1. When communications are addressed to the full Council, the City Manager is authorized to respond on behalf of the full council. 2. At the discretion of the City Manager, on behalf of the Council, staff may prepare and mail thank- you letters to boards, committees, congressional representatives, county supervisors, state assembly members and state senators amongst others. City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 22 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 3. If a Councilmember desires staff action regarding individually received correspondence, such as having it listed on the agenda or requesting a response from staff, the Councilmember shall submit the request to the City Manager or directly to staff so long as the City Manager is copied on any communication to staff. 4. When appropriate, the Mayor shall make representations on behalf of the entire Council as provided at a council meeting, and will sign any letters representing the position of the full City Council. 5. City Councilmembers shall avoid using City letterhead or other City resources when an objective person could construe that to do so would create the appearance of: (a) Using public office for personal gain or to promote personal business (b) Giving preferential treatment to any person or group (c) Impeding governmental responsiveness or efficiency 6. Types of Correspondence (a) General Correspondence (Non-Agenda Items) If the correspondence relates to a City matter not on a forthcoming agenda, it is routed by the City Manager to the appropriate Department Head or staff member who may draft a response with copies to Councilmembers and appropriate staff members. (b) City Council Meeting/Agenda-Related Correspondence If the correspondence relates to an item on a forthcoming City Council meeting agenda, it is provided to the City Clerk for inclusion in the Council packet for that business item and copied to the City Manager and appropriate staff members. (c) Personal Correspondence Upon request, City Councilmembers will be provided individual stationery and envelopes for use in communications reflecting their personal positions, not the position of the full Council. These communications (including e-mail responses) will be prepared by and sent at the expense of individual Councilmembers. Council Members may utilize the City's outgoing mail service; however, postage will be at the Councilmember’s own expense. (d) Correspondence Responding to Proposed State or Federal Legislation City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 23 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 In responding to correspondence from the City to State or Federal government representatives regarding proposed State or Federal legislation, the following process will be followed: (i) On longer-term policy issues as time permits: (A) The proposed legislation, along with a draft letter for the Mayor’s signature, will be placed on an upcoming City Council agenda for consideration by the full Council. (B) After a majority vote of the Council, staff will send the letter to the appropriate State or Federal representatives. (ii) On matters of urgency, when there is insufficient time for the above process: (A) If the proposed legislation is considered extremely beneficial or extremely detrimental to the City’s interests, and after consultation between the Mayor and City Manager, a letter may be prepared immediately for the Mayor’s signature, with copies being provided to the whole Council. (B) This procedure is particularly appropriate if the City’s position is similar or identical to a past City position on this matter and/or is consistent with the position taken by the League of California Cities. (e) Correspondence Related to Mayors’ & Councilmembers’ Association and City Selection Committee ‘Letters of Interest’ Upon request by City Councilmembers, full administrative support, including the use of letterhead, will be provided for use in submitting ‘Letters of Interest’ for appointment to the various committees/boards associated with the Mayors’ & Councilmembers Association and City Selection Committee assignments. Administrative support shall include the distribution of these communications as required to meet submission deadlines. (f) Correspondence Related to Welcome Letters from the Mayor Upon request by the Mayor, full administrative support, including the use of letterhead, will be provided to write welcome letters for any conferences/conventions/events held within Rohnert Park. Administrative support shall include drafting the message, submitting the welcome letter for the Mayor’s signature, and sending the signed welcome letter to the requesting party to include within their brochure or program. City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 24 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 B. Master Calendar A master calendar, maintained by the City Clerk’s Office, of Council events, functions or meetings will be provided to the full Council. Functions, events or meetings to be attended by individual Councilmembers will only be included on the master calendar at the request of individual Councilmembers. C. Requests for Research or Information Councilmembers may request information or research from staff or the City Attorney on a given topic directly when it is anticipated that the request can be completed by staff or the City Attorney in less than an hour. Councilmember requests for research or information that are anticipated to take staff more than one hour to complete should be directed to the City Manager. Requests for legal review that are anticipated to take more than one hour to complete shall be directed to the Council for Consideration during a council meeting. Requests for new information or policy direction will be brought to the full Council at a regular meeting for consideration. D. Council Notification of Significant Incidents To ensure the City Council is aware of significant public safety incidents, the following incidents will be briefed through text message or phone call to the City Council by the City Manager or the Director of Public Safety: 1. Major injury or death of a City employee, City Councilmember, City Commissioner, Committee or Board member, or a prisoner in custody by the Department of Public Safety 2. Officer-involved shooting 3. Traffic collision involving a City vehicle resulting in a serious injury requiring hospitalization 4. Hostage or barricaded subject 5. Riot or other major disturbance (e.g., violent protest) 6. City participation in disaster response to other jurisdictions (e.g., strike teams sent to the assist in regional fires) or mutual aid requests 7. Homicide or any unusual event leading to death 8. Major fire resulting in the loss of a structure 9. Assault where the victim may expire 10. Robbery with serious injury 11. Major sex crime with bodily injury City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 25 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 12. Kidnapping 13. Any substantialny school-related incident, including school shutdowns 14. Felony arrest of any City employee, or political figure 15. Found or threat of bomb or explosive device 16. Terrorist threat 17. Person/child struck in a crosswalk 18. Any event resulting in substantial media coverage (e.g., discovery of improperly stored bodies by funeral home) 19. Any Public Safety event involving an elected official, City Manager, department head that comes to the attention of the Department of Public Safety 20. Activation of the City’s Emergency Operations Center 20.21. Any shooting, stabbing or attack where a lethal weapon is involved. 22. Hate incidents ,or Hate Crimes as defined by the State of California Civil Rights Department. 2. Requirements in existing law (e.g., juvenile information, notification of immediate family members) or the need to protect crime victims may restrict the ability to provide information. This policy is not intended to circumvent legal limits to restricted information. In cases where incidents not requiring Council action occur during the hours of 9:00 p.m. through 8:00 a.m., Councilmembers will be contacted the next morning or shortly thereafter. At the discretion of the City Manager, bereavement offerings such as flowers and a card signed by Councilmembers, may be sent on behalf of the City and the City Council. VIII. LIAISON ASSIGNMENTS The Mayor assigns liaisons to various outside agencies, committees, commissions, boards, and taskforces. 1. Unless acting in an official liaison capacity, individual Councilmembers should refrain from attending meetings organized or chaired by City staff which are not open to the public. 2. Liaisons are obligated to keep Council well informed on activities pertaining to Rohnert Park via the Council Committee and Other Reports at Council meetings. It is encouraged that these presentations will be no longer than three minutes each. City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 26 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 3. The Mayor may assign City staff may serve as a liaison with the concurrence of the City Manager. IX. OUTSIDE AGENCY APPOINTMENTS The Mayor nominates and the City Council confirms by majority vote of the membership appointments to outside agencies, committees, commissions, boards, and taskforces. 1. An appointee’s role is to represent the City on matters affecting the City of Rohnert Park. Appointees have no authority to appropriate City funds except as otherwise approved by the City Council. 2. Appointees are obligated to keep Council well informed via Council meetings or City staff. 3. Appointees are expected to attend meetings on a regular and consistent basis. 4. Each appointee serves at the pleasure of the City Council. Any City Councilmember may bring forward a proposal to remove an appointee. Three affirmative votes of the City Council are required to remove an appointee. 5. City staff may be appointed with the concurrence of the City Manager. X. COUNCIL COMMITTEES A. Purpose The City Council from time to time forms committees. These committees are formed to study, investigate, and make recommendations to the full Council regarding specific topics. In some instances these are standing committees and in other instances these are ad hoc committees. In order for the committees to serve effectively, it is necessary to establish certain policies for the conduct of City business by committees. B. Appointment Council committees will be appointed by the Mayor. Committee members will be promptly notified of their selection and the scope of the committee assignment. The Mayor will designate the term of the committee and identify whether it is a standing appointment (on-going) or a short-term (ad hoc) assignment. 1. Standing Committee is a committee that has a continuing subject matter jurisdiction or has a meeting schedule that is fixed by the Council. 2. Ad Hoc Committee is a committee that has a specific purpose and limited duration, does not have a continuing subject matter jurisdiction, and does not have a meeting schedule that is fixed by the Council. City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 27 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 C. Conflict of Interest Should an appointee to a committee discover a conflict of interest with their appointment to the committee, that discovery will be communicated to the Mayor immediately. D. Committee Meetings Council committee meetings will be scheduled at times which allow for each member to attend. Each member should make an effort to accommodate the committee meeting schedule. The schedule of committee meetings will be promptly communicated to each committee member. Individual committee members will not meet with other residents or organizations during a fact finding process or other reason associated with the scope of the committee’s purpose without the knowledge of all committee members. E. Communications Committee members are obligated to keep all members well informed via the Council Committee and Other Reports at Council meetings, and will not purposely harbor or keep relevant information from other members. F. Committee Materials: Agendas and Minutes Committee meeting agendas will be compiled by staff for standing committees in accordance with requirements under the Brown Act. Committee materials will be provided to each committee member. These materials will be distributed to each committee member at the same time. Special arrangements may be made with committee members who are out of town when materials are distributed. The Councilmember who is the appointee/alternate appointed to the standing committee will report on the committee meeting at a subsequent City Council Meeting. The report of the appointee/alternate provided at the City Council meeting will constitute the official record of said standing committee meeting. G. Committee Recommendations Generally, committee members should reach agreement on findings and recommendations to present to the City Council. When the opinions of committee members are divergent, each member may submit their findings and recommendations separately to the City Council. H. Staffing Councilmembers assigned to committees will observe the City Council Protocols regarding staff assignment of duties. Only the City Manager will assign staff to committees for the purposes of administrative services, to attend committee meetings, and to assist with committee presentations to the City Council. XI. CITY COMMISSIONS, COMMITTEES, AND BOARDS City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 28 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 A. Appointments to City Commissions, Committees, and Boards The following procedures will be used in considering appointments by the City Council to the various City commissions, committees, and boards which extend for a term in excess of six (6) months: 1. All persons interested in being considered for service on a City board, commission, or committee must have on file with the City an application (fact-sheet) or request for reappointment indicating an interest in serving. Councilmembers may not appoint city employees to serve in City Committees, Commissions and Board. 2. For City commissions, committees, and boards with five (5) members, each Councilmember shall be entitled to appoint one member. Nominations and appointments to City commissions, committees, and boards consisting of five (5) members shall be made at the start of the appointing Councilmember’s term. Each appointment will serve a four- year term that runs concurrently with the term of the appointing Councilmember. To ensure timely appointments and consistent participation, Councilmembers are encouraged to review applications and complete their individual appointments within 60 days of a vacancy or new term opening. If a Councilmember has not made an appointment within the 60-day window, the Mayor may bring forward a nomination for consideration by the full City Council. Any such appointment shall be subject to approval by a majority vote of the Council. Whenever an appointed member of a commission, committee, or board vacates a term of office, the Councilmember who nominated/appointed said person, or the Councilmember’s successor in office, shall be entitled to make the appointment to complete the term of office. 3. All commissions, committees, and boards not divisible by five (5) shall be selected by a majority vote the City Council. 3. All other commissions, committees, and boards not divisible by five (5) shall be selected by the Council as a whole on an “at-large” basis. 3. At-large nominees must receive a majority vote of the City Council membership in order to be appointed. 4.1. Nominations/appointments are made on a rotation basis. Rotation order is by seniority, based on 1) the date first elected to City Council to present continuous period of service and 2) the number of votes received in the event of a tie in period of service. In circumstances in which two members have the same tenure on the City Council, the number of votes received in the election determines the position in the sequence, with the Councilmember receiving the highest number of votes being first. If a Councilmember is appointed to fill a mid-term vacancy, that Councilmember will go to the bottom of the rotational list. The City Clerk Formatted: Level 3, Left, Right: 0", Space Before: 0 pt, No bullets or numbering, Tab stops: Not at 1.07" Formatted: Level 3, Left, Right: 0", No bullets ornumbering, Tab stops: Not at 1.07" City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 29 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 shall keep a record of the appointments and the Councilmembers’ rotation order. The rotation order shall stay intact for future appointments unless amended or rescinded.Nominations and appointments to City commissions, committees, and boards consisting of five (5) members shall be made at the start of the appointing Councilmember’s term. Each appointment will serve a four-year term that runs concurrently with the term of the appointing Councilmember. To ensure timely appointments and consistent participation, Councilmembers are encouraged to review applications and complete their individual appointments within 60 days of a vacancy or new term opening. If a Councilmember has not made an appointment within the 60-day window, the Mayor may bring forward a nomination for consideration by the full City Council. Any such appointment shall be subject to approval by a majority vote of the Council. 4. Whenever an appointed member of a commission, committee, or board vacates a term of office, the Councilmember who nominated/appointed said person, or the Councilmember’s successor in office, shall be entitled to make the appointment to complete the term of office. 5.4. Whenever an unscheduled vacancy occurs on a City commission, committee, or board, the City Clerk shall post a notice of the vacancyvacancy notice notifying the public of the vacancy to be filled and the date that applications will be considered to fill the vacancy in compliance with the Maddy Act, which is memorialized at Government Code Section 54972.. 6.5. The City Council may establish new committees, commissions, boards, or other taskforces with a nomination/appointment process as the Council deems appropriate. B. Policy for Service on City Commissions, Committees, and Boards 1. Attendance Members of commissions, committees, and boards are expected to attend meetings on a regular and consistent basis. Board members, commissioners, and committee members should inform the staff liaison assigned to assist the body in advance of any scheduled meeting if they are unable to attend a meeting. Absence without cause from three consecutive regular meetings or absence without cause from four or more than three regular meetings within a twelve-month period shall be deemed an automatic resignation. Cause means “illness or other unavoidable circumstance of which the staff is notified prior to the meeting.” Vacations and other travel are not cause. The City clerk shall notify the appointing Councilmember and issue a notice of automatic resignation and post the vacancy. 2. Removal Each member of a board, commission, or committee created and appointed by the City Council serves at the pleasure of the City Council. Any Councilmember may bring forward a proposal to remove a board, commission, or committee member, City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 30 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 in accordance with the procedures set forth in this section . Three (3) affirmative votes of the City Council are required to remove a member of a board, commission, or committee. 3. Role Most commissions, committees, and boards established by the City Council are advisory to the City Council. The role of all such commission, committee, or board is to make recommendations to the City Council on matters affecting the City of Rohnert Park. Except as otherwise provided in state or local law, commissions and committees have no independent role separate and apart from their role as advisory to the City Council. Commissions, committees, and boards have no authority to appropriate funds or make policy except as otherwise approved by the City Council. 4. Conflict of Interest and Training All members of commissions, committees, and boards shall abide by the provisions of the Political Reform Act of the State of California and provisions of the common law relating to conflicts of interest. All city council members and designated Conflict of Interest filers, including those serving on any City board or commission, shall complete any Brown Act training and Ethics (AB1234) trainings provided by the City. XII. COUNCIL VACANCY Whenever a vacancy occurs in the office of City Councilmember, the City Council will fill the vacancy by appointment or special election in accordance with the procedures set forth in Government Code section 36512. XIII. USE OF CITY COUNCIL CHAMBER A. The primary purpose of the City Council Chamber, a portion of Rohnert Park City Hall, is for the use of the City Council, Planning Commission, other City Council advisory bodies, and other groups and committees of the City and such other intergovernmental or resident groups as the City may convene. B. A calendar of use shall be maintained by the City Clerk’s office, and all requests for use should be regularly calendared or scheduled through that office. C. The City Council Chamber shall not be used for political or commercial purpose except as outlined in the following paragraph: D. The City shall allow the use of the Council Chamber for the conduct of election forums, whether for city, county, state, or national offices/ballot measures under the following circumstances: 1. When the forum is sponsored by a 501(c)(3) non-profit agency, a legitimate non-partisan group, or a governmental agency. City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 31 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 2. When all candidates for that public office have been invited to participate, and a majority of the candidates have indicated that they will do so. (Candidates’ forum only.) 3. When the event is chaired and moderated in an impartial and objective way which is fair to all candidates/ballot measures. 4. In accordance with Government Code section 54964, staff shall ensure that any use of city funds to promote or host a forum on any ballot measure complies with the following requirements: (1) any use of funds for informational activities related to the forum is not prohibited by the Constitution or laws of the State of California, and (2) any informational materials provided through the use of city funds constitutes an accurate, fair, and impartial presentation of relevant facts to aid the voters in reaching an informed judgment regarding the ballot measure. In accordance with Government Code section 54964, staff shall also ensure that funds are not used for the purpose of supporting or opposing the election or defeat of any candidate. E. Use of City-owned and operated television and broadcasting capability shall be limited to broadcast of City Council, Planning Commission, and other City advisory body meetings, for use every two years by the League of Women Voters for a Council Candidate Forum, and for City-related emergency or informational purposes as authorized by the City Manager. Use of the video broadcasting system by an outside agency is not allowed except with the permission of the City Council Manager at least two weeks prior to the event. If such use is granted, it is subject to appropriate personnel, – equipment, and – overhead charges as established by the City Manager. F. Approval for use of City Council Chamber for uses other than the above would have to be approved by the City Council Manager at least two weeks prior to the event. XIV. FAILURE TO OBSERVE COUNCIL PROTOCOLS These protocols are adopted to expedite the transaction of the business of the Council in an orderly fashion and are procedural only and the failure to strictly observe such rules does not affect the jurisdiction of the Council or invalidate action taken at a meeting that is otherwise held in conformity with law. City Council Protocols Amended 5/138/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-XXX Page 32 of 3029 4910-2638-5249 v1 XV. APPENDIX Document Description 1. Resolution No. 2019-013 - Establishing the Start Time for Regular Meetings. Resolution No. 2025-XXX - Establishing the Start Time for Regular Meetings Effective January 1, 2026. 2. Rosenberg’s Rules of Order Rosenberg’s Rules of Order Summary to assist Councilmembers with making motions. 3. Resolution No. 97-32 – Code of Ethics 4. Policy 1.02.004 – Expense Reimbursement for City Council 5. Policy 1.01.001- Travel and Expense City Manager Administrative Policy Formatted Table Formatted Table RESOLUTION NO. 2025-064 RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ROHNERT PARK AMENDING THE CITY COUNCIL PROTOCOLS (THE ESTABLISHED PROCEDURAL RULES FOR THE CONDUCT OF CITY COUNCIL MEETINGS AND COUNCIL BUSINESS POLICY NUMBER 1. 02. 001) AND RESCINDING RESOLUTION 2023-047 WHEREAS, on October 28, 2008, the City Council adopted City Council Protocols establishing procedural rules for the conduct of City Council meetings and Council business, which have been amended several times most recently on June 27, 2023; and WHEREAS, the City Council wishes to revise and update its City Council Protocols by adopting and approving, by resolution, the attached revised City Council Protocols. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the City Council of the City of Rohnert Park hereby rescinds Resolution 2023-047 and adopts the revised City Council Protocols attached hereto and incorporated herein as Exhibit “A.” DULY AND REGULARLY ADOPTED by the City Council of the City of Rohnert Park this 26th day of August, 2025. CITY OF ROHNERT PARK ____________________________________ ATTEST: Gerard Giudice, Mayor ______________________________ Sylvia Lopez Cuevas, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: ______________________________ Michelle M. Kenyon, City Attorney Attachments: Exhibit A ADAMS: _________ ELWARD: _________ RODRIGUEZ: _________SANBORN: _________ GIUDICE: _________ AYES: ( ) NOES: ( ) ABSENT: ( ) ABSTAIN: ( ) City Council PROTOCOLS City of Rohnert Park ● 2025 Adopted 10/28/2008 by Reso. No. 2008-173 Amended 9/14/2010 by Reso. No. 2010-109 Amended 3/10/2015 by Reso. No. 2015-047 Amended 12/13/2016 by Reso. No. 2016-115 Amended 4/24/2018 by Reso No. 2018-053 Amended 1/22/2019 by Reso No 2019-012 Amended 3/22/2022 by Reso No 2022-036 Amended 6/27/2023 by Reso No 2023-047 Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page I. COUNCIL MEETINGS ............................................................................................................................................................ 1 A. Regular Meetings .................................................................................................... 1 1. Other Locations ........................................................................................... 1 2. Location during Local Emergency ............................................................... 1 3. Canceled Meetings ...................................................................................... 1 B. Special Meetings and Emergency Meetings ............................................................. 1 C. Adjourned Meetings ................................................................................................ 1 D. Study/Work Session ................................................................................................ 1 E. Closed Sessions ...................................................................................................... 2 F. Cancellation of Regular Meetings ........................................................................... 2 G. Quorum .................................................................................................................. 2 H. Presiding Officer ..................................................................................................... 2 1. Absence of Mayor ....................................................................................... 3 2. Mayor and Vice Mayor Absence.................................................................. 3 3. Election of Council Officers ........................................................................ 3 I. Attendance by the Public ......................................................................................... 3 J. Agenda Packets ....................................................................................................... 3 K. Action Minutes ....................................................................................................... 3 1. Written Comments for the Record ............................................................... 4 2. Reading of the Minutes ................................................................................ 4 3. Approval of Minutes .................................................................................... 4 II. ORDER OF BUSINESS ............................................................................................................................................................ 4 A. General Order ......................................................................................................... 4 B. Presentations, Proclamations, and Recognitions ...................................................... 4 C. Consent Calendar .................................................................................................... 5 D. Action Agenda Items............................................................................................... 5 E. Council Committee and Other Reports .................................................................... 5 F. Communications ..................................................................................................... 5 1. On an Item on the Agenda ........................................................................... 5 2. On a non-Agenda Item................................................................................. 6 G. Adding Items to a Future Agenda ............................................................................ 6 H. Standard Adjournment ............................................................................................ 6 III. RULES OF CONDUCT ............................................................................................................................................................ 7 A. Rosenberg’s Rules of Order .................................................................................... 7 4 B. Powers and Duties of Presiding Officer of City Council .......................................... 7 1. Participation ................................................................................................ 7 2. Seating Arrangement for City Council ......................................................... 7 3. Motion to Be Stated ..................................................................................... 7 4. Signing of Documents ................................................................................. 7 C. Rules of Decorum ................................................................................................... 7 D. Rules of Debate ....................................................................................................... 8 1. Getting the Floor ......................................................................................... 8 2. Questions to Staff ........................................................................................ 9 3. Interruptions ................................................................................................ 9 4. Points of Order ............................................................................................ 9 5. Point of Personal Privilege ........................................................................... 9 6. Limitation of Debate .................................................................................... 9 E. Making a Motion and Second Required ................................................................... 9 F. Preparation of Documents – Approval ..................................................................... 9 G. Reading of Ordinances and Resolutions ................................................................ 10 H. Required Votes ..................................................................................................... 10 I. Voting Procedure .................................................................................................. 10 J. Disqualification for Conflict of Interest ................................................................. 10 K. Failure to Vote and Abstention .............................................................................. 11 L. Tie Vote ................................................................................................................ 11 M. Changing Vote ...................................................................................................... 11 N. Reconsideration .................................................................................................... 11 O. Teleconferencing .................................................................................................. 11 P. Remote Participation for Staff, Consultants and Members of the Public ................ 11 IV. PUBLIC HEARINGS ............................................................................................................................................................... 12 A. General Procedure ................................................................................................. 12 B. Time for Consideration ......................................................................................... 12 C. Continuance of Hearings ....................................................................................... 12 D. Public Discussion at Hearings ............................................................................... 13 1. Public Member Request to Speak .............................................................. 13 2. Project Applicant or Appellant .................................................................. 13 3. Council Questions of Speakers .................................................................. 13 4. Due Process ............................................................................................... 13 5. Public Oral Presentations ........................................................................... 13 6. Materials for Public Record ....................................................................... 13 4 7. Germane Comments .................................................................................. 14 E. Admissible Evidence ............................................................................................. 14 V. ADDRESSING THE CITY COUNCIL .............................................................................................................................. 14 A. Presentations ......................................................................................................... 14 B. Public Comments on Non-agenda Items ................................................................ 14 1. Timing ...................................................................................................... 15 2. Speaker Cards............................................................................................ 15 3. Council Deliberations Prohibited ............................................................... 15 4. Council Interaction with Public.................................................................. 15 C. Public Comments on Agenda Items ....................................................................... 15 D. Power Point Presentations ..................................................................................... 16 E. Comments in Writing Encouraged ......................................................................... 16 F. Comment Cards .................................................................................................... 16 G. Repetitious or Dilatory Comments Prohibited........................................................ 16 H. Waiver of Rules .................................................................................................... 17 I. Non Exclusive Rules ............................................................................................. 17 VI. COMMUNITY RELATIONS AND POLICIES ............................................................................................................... 17 A. Mayor to Act as Council Ceremonial Representative and Spokesperson ................ 17 B. Honoring Residents and Other Worthy Persons ..................................................... 17 C. Use of City Logo and City Seal ............................................................................. 18 D. Councilmember Participation in Community Activities and Communications with Public. ........................................................................................................... 19 E. Ethics .................................................................................................................... 19 F. Expense Reimbursement ....................................................................................... 19 1. Quarterly Expenditure Reports .................................................................. 20 2. Other Expenditure Reports ........................................................................ 20 G. Constituent Relations with a District-Elected Council ........................................... 20 VII. COUNCILMEMBER ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT .................................................................................................. 20 A. Council Mail & Correspondence ........................................................................... 20 B. Master Calendar .................................................................................................... 22 C. Requests for Research or Information .................................................................... 23 D. Council Notification of Significant Incidents ......................................................... 23 VIII. LIAISON ASSIGNMENTS .................................................................................................................................................... 24 IX. OUTSIDE AGENCY APPOINTMENTS .......................................................................................................................... 24 X. COUNCIL COMMITTEES .................................................................................................................................................... 25 A. Purpose ................................................................................................................. 25 B. Appointment ......................................................................................................... 25 4 C. Conflict of Interest ................................................................................................ 25 D. Committee Meetings ............................................................................................. 25 E. Communications ................................................................................................... 26 F. Committee Materials: Agendas and Minutes ......................................................... 26 G. Committee Recommendations ............................................................................... 26 H. Staffing ................................................................................................................. 26 XI. CITY COMMISSIONS, COMMITTEES, AND BOARDS ............................................................................................. 26 B. Policy for Service on City Commissions, Committees, and Boards ........................ 27 1. Attendance ................................................................................................ 27 2. Removal .................................................................................................... 27 3. Role........................................................................................................... 28 4. Conflict of Interest and Training ................................................................ 28 XII. COUNCIL VACANCY ............................................................................................................................................................ 28 XIII. USE OF CITY COUNCIL CHAMBER ............................................................................................................................... 28 XIV. FAILURE TO OBSERVE COUNCIL PROTOCOLS ..................................................................................................... 29 XV. APPENDIX ................................................................................................................................................................................ 30 City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 1 of 30 ROHNERT PARK CITY COUNCIL PROTOCOLS I. COUNCIL MEETINGS A. Regular Meetings Beginning January 1, 2026, regular Meetings of the Council will be held the second and fourth Tuesdays of each month commencing at 5:30 p.m. in the City Council Chamber, Rohnert Park City Hall, 130 Avram Avenue, Rohnert Park, California (Resolution 2025-065). 1. Other Locations The Council may, from time to time, elect to meet at other locations within the City and upon such election will give public notice of the change of location in accordance with provisions of the Government Code. 2. Location during Local Emergency If, by reason of fire, flood or other emergency, it will be unsafe to meet in the City Hall, the meetings may be held for the duration of the emergency at such other place as may be designated by the Mayor or, if the Mayor does not so designate, by the Vice Mayor or City Manager. 3. Canceled Meetings When the day for any regular meeting falls on a legal holiday, the regularly scheduled meeting for that day will be deemed canceled unless otherwise provided by the Council. The Council must meet regularly, however, at least once each month. B. Special Meetings and Emergency Meetings Special meetings and emergency meetings of the Council may be called by the Mayor, City Manager or City Attorney and held from time to time pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Ralph M. Brown Act (Government Code sections 54950, et seq.). C. Adjourned Meetings The Council may adjourn any regular, adjourned regular, special or adjourned special meeting to a time and place specified in the order of adjournment pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Ralph M. Brown Act (Government Code sections 54950, et seq.). D. Study/Work Session The Council may meet in a study/work session at such times or at such places as may be determined by the Council. Study/Work Sessions are less formal and for City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 2 of 30 the purpose of hearing reports from the staff, receiving public comment, and reviewing, discussing and debating matters of interest to the City. These sessions will be noticed as provided by law and open to the public and the press. No official action may be taken at a study session. However, Council may refer the item to staff with specific requests for information or provide specific direction to staff. During study/work sessions, Councilmembers may ask questions of staff. For those questions that staff cannot immediately answer, responses will be provided for the Council in writing or at a future Council meeting. E. Closed Sessions Consistent with the Ralph M. Brown Act (Government Code sections 54950, et seq.), the Council may hold closed sessions during any regular or special meeting, or any time otherwise authorized by law to consider or hear any matter which is authorized by State law to be heard or considered in closed session. 1. The City Council may exclude from any such closed session any person or persons which it is authorized by State law to exclude from such closed sessions. 2. The general subject matter for consideration will be expressed in an open meeting before such session is held. 3. Councilmembers may not reveal the nature of discussion or the decision from a closed session unless required by law or unless a majority of the Council agrees in closed session to disclose confidential closed session information, except that the Council must unanimously agree to divulge any confidential closed session information that is attorney/client privileged communications. F. Cancellation of Regular Meetings Any meeting of the Council may be canceled in advance by a majority vote of the Council. Any regular meeting that falls on a legal holiday will be deemed canceled in accordance with Section I.A.3. G. Quorum A majority of the Council will constitute a quorum, but a lesser number may adjourn a meeting. If all Councilmembers are absent the clerk may declare the meeting adjourned to a stated time and place and shall post a notice of adjournment within 24 hours. H. Presiding Officer The Mayor will preside over all Council meetings. The Mayor will have authority to preserve order at all Council meetings, to remove any person from any meeting of the Council for disorderly conduct, to enforce the rules of the Council and to determine the order of business under the rules of the Council. City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 3 of 30 1. Absence of Mayor The Vice Mayor will act as Mayor in the absence or disability of the Mayor. 2. Mayor and Vice Mayor Absence When the Mayor and the Vice Mayor are absent from any meeting of the Council, the members present may choose another member to act as Mayor Pro Tem, and that person will, for the time being, have the powers of the Mayor. 3. Election of Council Officers The Mayor and Vice Mayor will be elected by three (3) affirmative votes of the City Council. In years when members of the City Council are to be elected, the City Council shall consider the election of a Mayor and Vice Mayor for one (1) year terms at the first regular meeting after certification of the general election results has been received by the City. In years when no members of the City Council are to be elected, the City Council shall consider the election of the Mayor and Vice Mayor for one (1) year terms at the second regular meeting in November of each year or no later than the succeeding meeting. I. Attendance by the Public Except as specifically provided by law for closed sessions, all meetings of the Council will be open and public in accordance with the terms, provisions and exceptions consistent with the Ralph M. Brown Act (Government Code sections 54950, et seq.). J. Agenda Packets The City Council agenda packet, including all reports, communications, ordinances, resolutions, signed contracts/amendments, documents, PowerPoint presentations, or other matters to be considered by the City Council at the regular meeting, will be delivered to members of the City Council no later than Thursday preceding the Tuesday Council meeting to which the agenda packet pertains. Friday delivery is allowed with City Manager approval. Any writings or documents subject to disclosure relating to an agenda item that are provided to all, or a majority of all, of the members of the City Council will also be made available for public inspection on the City’s Website and at City Hall during normal business hours. City staff shall ensure all materials that are delivered to Councilmembers in compliance with Government Code section 54957.5. K. Action Minutes Minutes of Council meetings will be action minutes. Action minutes will include final motions and will note for the record how each Councilmember voted. Council and staff discussion and comments will not be included in the minutes. The City Clerk or designee will have exclusive responsibility for preparation of City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 4 of 30 the minutes and directions for corrections to the minutes will be made only by majority vote of the City Council. 1. Written Comments for the Record Written comments by a Councilmember may be read “for the record” and submitted to the City Clerk to be placed on file with archives of agenda items and, if requested, attached to the original set of minutes. 2. Reading of the Minutes Unless the reading of the minutes of a Council meeting is ordered by a majority vote of the Council, the minutes may be approved without reading if the City Clerk has previously furnished each Councilmember with a copy. 3. Approval of Minutes Minutes of meetings are generally submitted to the Council within two weeks for approval. II. ORDER OF BUSINESS A. General Order The business of the Council at its meetings will generally be conducted in accordance with the order of business as listed on the agenda. The Mayor may, with a majority vote of the Council, reorder items on the agenda to accommodate the public or to address other concerns. A closed session may be held at any time during a meeting consistent with applicable law. B. Presentations, Proclamations, and Recognitions All presentations will be calendared through the City Clerk in coordination with the Mayor and City Manager and will be limited to a time period not to exceed 20 minutes cumulative for all presentations at each Council meeting, unless time is extended by formal Council action. Proclamations must be requested to the City Clerk in writing two (2) weeks prior to event/Council meeting date and as set forth in section VI.B.1. Proclamations are formal declarations issued by the Mayor, on behalf of the City Council, to bring attention to a specific day, week, or month in honor of a cause, individual, group, or event. Proclamations are also used to raise awareness, celebrate milestones, or support community initiatives (e.g., “Mental Health Awareness Month” or “Volunteer Appreciation Week”). A Recognition is a less formal acknowledgment given by a city official or council to honor an individual or group for a specific achievement or contribution. Recognitions are used to celebrate accomplishments or express appreciation, including, but not limited to, honoring a retiring employee, a student’s achievement, or a local business milestone.In order to expedite matters and to City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 5 of 30 avoid repetitious comments, the Mayor or their designee shall present the proclamation and speak on behalf of the entire Council. Whenever any group receives a proclamation, they are encouraged to designate one spokesperson to address the City Council. C. Consent Calendar The Consent Calendar items are routine matters or non-controversial issues. All items on the Consent Calendar will be considered together by one action unless any Councilmember or anyone else interested in a consent calendar item requests that the item be pulled from the Consent Calendar. Members of the public may comment on consent items prior to the Council’s consideration of the consent agenda. Agenda items pulled from the Consent Calendar by Councilmembers, members of the public, or staff will be considered at the beginning of the Action Items section of the agenda. A Councilmember may vote “no” or “abstain” on any consent item without comment or discussion. D. Action Agenda Items In accordance with the Ralph M. Brown Act, the Council may not take action on any item that did not appear on the posted Council agenda 72 hours prior to the Council meeting unless an exception is made as permitted consistent with the Ralph M. Brown Act (Government Code sections 54950, et seq.). E. Council Committee and Other Reports This time is set aside to allow members of the Council serving on Council committees and regional boards, commissions or committees to present a verbal report to the full Council on activities of the respective commissions, committees or boards upon which they serve. The agenda may list any Council standing committees, liaison assignments, and outside agency or board appointments, including but not limited to, the Mayors’ & Councilmembers’ Association, City Selection Committee, and similar bodies, where a position is held by a councilmember or designee. No action may be taken by the Council on these reports unless an exception is made as permitted consistent with the Ralph M. Brown Act (Government Code sections 54950, et seq.). As set forth in section VI.E.2., Councilmembers shall provide brief reports on meetings attended at the expense of the City. F. Communications Correspondence need not be read aloud at a Council meeting unless requested by a majority vote of the Council. 1. On an Item on the Agenda Any person may submit written comments to the Council through the City Clerk or other City offices, and request that members of the Council receive copies of such materials in the agenda packet, provided that such materials are received in City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 6 of 30 sufficient time to be included for distribution in the agenda packet. Otherwise, such materials shall be distributed prior to or at the meeting during which the subject matter will be considered. 2. On a non-Agenda Item Councilmembers desiring to read or discuss any communication received on any matter not on the agenda or make a brief announcement may do so. No action may be taken except to place a particular item on a future agenda for Council consideration or as otherwise permitted by applicable law. G. Adding Items to a Future Agenda 1. Items can be added to a future agenda by the following means: (a) When an individual Councilmember desires to place an item on a future agenda, they are encouraged to work with the City Manager to get the item placed on an agenda. Upon the Request of two City Councilmembers to the City Manager or their designee at a regular City Council meeting. In accordance with the Brown Act, during this item, Councilmembers may only discuss whether the item should be placed on a subsequent agenda for deliberation and action, not the merit of the item. If needed, a Councilmember may ask for clarification on the request, however, no deliberation, discussion or direction on the matter may take place. (b) Upon request of the Mayor (or in their absence, the Vice-Mayor) to the City Manager. 2. Following any request to place an item on the agenda, either during a council meeting or by the Mayor, the City Manager will be responsible for placement of requested items on the agenda after evaluation of all requests for, among other things, time-sensitivity, the number of items already agendized, and any effect the item may have on Council-established priorities. H. Standard Adjournment The City Council will not hear any new agenda items past 11:00 p.m. without a majority vote of the City Council. If agenda items remain after 11:00 p.m., City Council may extend the meeting with a majority vote, a special meeting may be scheduled, or the items may be deferred until the next meeting. City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 7 of 30 III. RULES OF CONDUCT A. Rosenberg’s Rules of Order Except as provided herein, other rules adopted by the City Council and applicable provisions of state law, the procedures of the City Council will be governed by the latest revised edition of Rosenberg’s Rules of Order, which are appended herein for reference. In addition, a summary entitled “Rosenberg’s Rules of Order at a Glance” is appended as well to assist Councilmembers with making motions for Council reference and convenience. B. Powers and Duties of Presiding Officer of City Council 1. Participation The presiding officer may move, second, debate, and vote from the chair. 2. Seating Arrangement for City Council The presiding officer will, following each Council election of officers and at such other time as the presiding officer deems it necessary, establish the seating arrangement of the members of the Council. The Vice Mayor will always be seated immediately next to the Mayor. 3. Motion to Be Stated The City Clerk will verbally restate each motion immediately prior to calling for the vote. The presiding officer in their discretion may publicly explain the effect of a vote for the audience, or they may direct a member of the city staff to do so before proceeding to the next item of business. 4. Signing of Documents The presiding officer will sign all ordinances, resolutions, contracts, and other documents necessitating their signature, which were adopted, unless they are unavailable in which case the signature of an alternate presiding officer may be used. C. Rules of Decorum 1. Council Efficiency and Productivity. The City Council is to ensure that organizational functionality is maintained and enhanced for the benefit of the City. Council members are encouraged to act in a manner that supports and advances the functioning, productivity, and efficiency of the City and the City Council as a whole. 2. Courtesy and Respect. Courtesy and respect for each individual Councilmember’s interpersonal style and individual points of view will be a standard of operation. All City Councilmembers will respect each other’s right to City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 8 of 30 disagree. All City Councilmembers will expect a high degree of decorum and courtesy during City Council meetings in interactions between and among Councilmembers, from Councilmembers towards the public and staff, and from the public towards Councilmembers and staff. Councilmembers and staff will be polite, even under tense situations, and will refrain from impolite or disrespectful remarks and body language at public meetings either towards a City Councilmember, staff or the public. 3. Respectful Interactions on Dais. No Councilmember should use their seat on the Council dais in a disrespectful and inappropriate manner. Nor should a Councilmember state a point of view in a negative manner which includes: personally attacking another Councilmember, staff or member of the public; walking off the Council dais or leaving any meeting in anger or disgust; emphasizing a political point of view solely for the purpose of playing to the audience unrelated to the issue before the Council; using the dais for a strictly personal purpose; addressing the media for political purposes rather than addressing the Council as a body; purposely misstating the facts of an issue for political purposes; or monopolizing discussion time in a manner that does not facilitate or further deliberation, general understanding or bring the issue to a conclusive decision. 4. Use of Electronic Devices. Councilmembers are permitted to use laptop computers and other electronic devices such as iPads to access electronic agenda packets while in session. However, while the Council is in session, to satisfy due process requirements, Councilmembers shall give their sole attention to the proceedings and shall refrain from using electronic devices such as computers, cell phones, pagers, PDAs and other electronic devices for the purpose of sending or receiving external communication unless an emergency or extraordinary circumstance exists. 5. Applicability to Committee, Commissions, Boards, and Staff. Committee, Commissions and Board Members, and employees will observe the same rules of order and decorum applicable to the City Council. 6. Conduct of Speakers. No person shall engage in behavior during a meeting of the City Council that actually disrupts, disturbs, impedes or renders infeasible the orderly conduct of the meeting. The Mayor, in consultation with the City Attorney, may silence any person’s microphone, remove, or cause the removal or silencing of any individual for disrupting the meeting, after providing the necessary warning pursuant to California Government Code Section 54957.95. D. Rules of Debate 1. Getting the Floor Every Councilmember desiring to speak will first address the presiding officer, gain recognition by the presiding officer, and will confine themselves to the question under debate, avoiding personalities and indecorous language. City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 9 of 30 2. Questions to Staff Every Councilmember desiring to question the City staff will, after recognition by the presiding officer, address their questions to the City Manager, who will either answer the inquiry or designate a staff member for that purpose. 3. Interruptions A Councilmember, once recognized, will not be interrupted when speaking unless called to order by the presiding officer, unless a point of order or personal privilege is raised by another Councilmember or unless the speaker chooses to yield to a question by another Councilmember. If a Councilmember, while speaking, is called to order, they will cease speaking until the question of order is determined and, if determined to be in order, they may proceed. Members of the City staff after recognition by the presiding officer will hold the floor until completion of their remarks or until recognition is withdrawn by the presiding officer. 4. Points of Order The presiding officer will determine all points of order subject to the right of any Councilmember to appeal to the Council. If an appeal is taken, the question will be, “Will the decision of the presiding officer be sustained?” A majority vote of the Council conclusively determines the question of order. 5. Point of Personal Privilege The right of a Councilmember to address the Council on a question of personal privilege is limited to cases in which his/her integrity, character or motives are questioned or where the welfare of the Council is concerned. A Councilmember raising a point of personal privilege may interrupt another Councilmember who has the floor only if the presiding officer recognizes the privilege. 6. Limitation of Debate No Councilmember will be allowed to speak more than once upon a particular subject until every other Councilmember desiring to do so has spoken. E. Making a Motion and Second Required A motion by a member of the Council, including the presiding officer, may not be discussed or acted on without receiving a second. F. Preparation of Documents – Approval 1. The City Attorney will prepare or approve all ordinances. No ordinance will be prepared for presentation to the Council unless ordered by a majority vote of the Council or requested by the City Manager or prepared by the City Attorney on their own initiative. 2. All ordinances, resolutions and contract documents will, before presentation to the Council, be approved as to form by the City Attorney City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 10 of 30 and examined and approved for administration by the City Manager or their representative. G. Reading of Ordinances and Resolutions Motions offering ordinances or resolutions are deemed to include waiver of full reading and title of the ordinance or resolution unless otherwise specifically stated. If a Councilmember so requests the ordinance or resolution will be read in full. Ordinances that have been introduced by unanimous vote of the Council may be placed on the consent calendar and adopted by a roll call vote for consent calendar approval. H. Required Votes Three affirmative votes are required for (1) ordinances, (2) resolutions, (3) payment of money, (4) Commission, Committee, Board, and other appointment removals, or (5) City Council election of Mayor and Vice Mayor. I. Voting Procedure “Majority Vote” refers to the majority of the quorum. “Majority Vote of the Membership” refers to a majority of the total membership. A four-fifths (4/5) Vote of the Council is 4/5 of the quorum. “Super-majority Vote” refers to 4/5 of the Membership. A vote of the Council, including a roll call vote, may be registered by the members by answering “Yes” or “Aye” for an affirmative vote or “No” or “Nay” for a negative vote. The action taken must be publicly announced, reporting the vote or abstention of each Councilmember present, as required by the Ralph M. Brown Act (Government Code Sections 54950, et seq.). J. Disqualification for Conflict of Interest Any Councilmember who is disqualified from voting on a particular matter by reason of a conflict of interest under the Political Reform Act will publicly state or have the presiding officer state the nature of the disqualification in open meeting. Where no clear disqualifying conflict of interest appears, the matter of disqualification may, at the request of the Councilmember affected, be decided by the other Councilmembers. Councilmembers shall follow applicable requirements in FPPC regulations for recusal, including leaving the room when required. A Councilmember stating disqualification under the Political Reform Act will not be counted as a part of a quorum and will be considered absent for the purpose of determining the outcome of a vote on the matter. City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 11 of 30 K. Failure to Vote and Abstention Every Councilmember is encouraged to vote unless disqualified by reason of a conflict of interest. A Councilmember who abstains from voting in effect consents that a majority of the quorum may decide the question voted upon. L. Tie Vote Tie votes will be lost motions and may be reconsidered at a subsequent meeting upon a motion passed by the Council to reconsider the item at a subsequent meeting. M. Changing Vote A member may change their vote only if they make a timely request to do so immediately following the announcement of the vote by the City Clerk. A Councilmember who publicly announces that they are abstaining from voting on a particular matter may not subsequently withdraw their abstention. N. Reconsideration A motion to reconsider action taken by the Council may be made only on the day the action was taken. It may be made either immediately during the same session or at a recessed or adjourned session. The motion may be made only by one of the Councilmembers who voted with the prevailing side. This does not prevent a Councilmember from making or remaking the same or any other motion at a subsequent meeting of the Council. O. Teleconferencing Any Councilmember who participates by teleconference will take all necessary steps to comply with the provisions of the Brown Act related to teleconferencing. All votes taken during a teleconferenced meeting must be by roll call. P. Remote Participation for Staff, Consultants and Members of the Public Although allowing remote participation by staff, consultants and the public is not required when the entire Council is meeting in person, the Council may permit remote participation by staff, consultants, and members of the public. All protocols related to the conduct of the meeting regarding public comments, presentations, etc. will apply whether the attendee is present at the meeting or participating remotely. The City Manager and the City Clerk, in consultation with the City Attorney, may develop necessary procedures to allow remote participation and remote public comments. Such information will be included on the meeting agenda. City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 12 of 30 IV. PUBLIC HEARINGS A. General Procedure The Council procedure for the conduct of public hearings is generally as follows: 1. Staff presents its report. 2. Councilmembers may ask questions of staff if they so desire. 3. The Mayor opens the public hearing. See Section V.C for comment time limits. 4. The applicant then has the opportunity to present comments, testimony, or arguments. However, in the case of an appeal when the appellant is different from the applicant, the appellant should be called upon first to provide comments or testimony followed by comments by the applicant. 5. Members of the public are provided with the opportunity to present their comments, testimony or argument. 6. The applicant is given an opportunity for rebuttal or concluding comments. However, in the case of an appeal when the appellant is different from the applicant, the appellant should be called upon first to provide closing comments followed by the applicant. 7. The public hearing is closed. 8. The Council deliberates on the issue. 9. If the Council raises new issues through deliberation and seeks to take additional public testimony (questions of the public, applicant or appellant), the Public Hearing must be reopened. At the conclusion of the public testimony, the Public Hearing is again closed. 10. The Council deliberates and takes action. 11. The Mayor announces the final decision of the Council. B. Time for Consideration Matters noticed to be heard by the Council will commence at the time specified in the notice of hearing, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably possible, and will continue until the matter has been completed or until other disposition of the matter has been made. C. Continuance of Hearings Any hearing being held or noticed or ordered to be held by the Council at any meeting of the Council may, by order or notice or continuance, be continued or re-continued to any subsequent meeting. City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 13 of 30 D. Public Discussion at Hearings When a matter for public hearing comes before the Council, the Mayor will open the public hearing. Upon opening the public hearing and before any motion is adopted related to the merits of the issue to be heard, the Mayor or City Clerk will inquire if there are any persons present who desire to speak on the matter which is to be heard or to present evidence respecting the matter. 1. Public Member Request to Speak Persons wishing to speak or present evidence during Public Hearings are encouraged to complete a speaker card to the City Clerk in a timely fashion. This helps ensure an orderly and efficient meeting, but it is not required. Speakers will be called by the Mayor in the order by which they submit speaker cards. When called upon, if speaking for an organization or other group, identify the organization or group represented. A member of the public may only address the Council upon recognition by the Mayor. 2. Project Applicant or Appellant The project applicant, appellant or other person or entity with a substantial direct property interest, or their representative will have a total of 15 minutes for their presentations. The initial comments or presentation will be limited to ten (10) minutes and the rebuttal or concluding comments will be limited to five (5) minutes. All other persons wishing to speak on the matter will be limited to three (3) minutes unless changed by City Council action. Speaker time limits are inclusive of oral and visual presentations and will constitute the cumulative three-minute time limit for each speaker for the meeting. The Mayor, with majority vote of the Council, may alter any of the enumerated time allocations based on the complexity of the item and the number of persons wishing to speak on the item. 3. Council Questions of Speakers Members of the Council who wish to ask questions of the speakers or each other during the public hearing portion may do so but only after first being recognized by the Mayor. Interaction with the speaker will be limited to a question or questions, rather than an ongoing dialogue. Councilmembers should avoid raising questions as a method to extend the allocated time for a speaker. 4. Due Process The Mayor will conduct the meeting in such a manner as to afford due process. 5. Public Oral Presentations All Council rules pertaining to public comment and oral presentation by members of the public apply during public hearings. 6. Materials for Public Record City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 14 of 30 All persons interested in the matter being heard by the Council will be entitled to submit written evidence or remarks, as well as other graphic evidence. All such evidence presented will be retained by the City Clerk as part of the Clerk's record of the hearing, unless otherwise directed. Where the Council is acting as an adjudicatory or fact-finding body, all documentary evidence must be submitted at least five (5) days before the applicable hearing to enable adequate consideration of the evidence. 7. Germane Comments No person will be permitted during the hearing to speak about matters or present evidence which is not relevant to the matter being considered. A determination of relevance will be made by the Mayor but may be appealed to the full Council. E. Admissible Evidence Hearings need not be conducted according to technical rules relating to evidence and witnesses. Any relevant evidence may be considered if it is the sort of evidence upon which responsible persons are accustomed to rely in the conduct of serious affairs. V. ADDRESSING THE CITY COUNCIL A. Presentations Staff presentations will be limited to 10 minutes. Longer staff presentations must be approved by the City Manager prior to the Council meeting. Presentations by outside public agencies, entities, or other organizations will be limited to 5 minutes unless a request for a longer presentation is approved by the Mayor or City Manager prior to the Council Meeting. Persons who anticipate such oral presentations will exceed five (5) minutes are encouraged to submit comments in writing at the earliest possible time for distribution to the Council and other interested parties. B. Public Comments on Non-agenda Items In compliance with the Ralph M. Brown Act (Government Code Section 54950, et seq.), Public Comments is that portion of City Council meetings set aside for members of the public to address the City Council on items within the subject matter jurisdiction of the City of Rohnert Park that are not otherwise scheduled as a regular agenda item on the City Council agenda. Any person wishing to address the City Council on an item that is scheduled on the City Council agenda will be encouraged to make comments during the discussion of that agenda item. Although not required by law, Public Comment may be allowed at a special meeting when set forth on the special meeting agenda. City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 15 of 30 1. Timing Public Comments on consent and non- agenda items are scheduled at the beginning of each Regular Council meeting just prior to the Consent Calendar and at the end of each Regular Council meeting just prior to adjournment, as specified on the City Council agenda. The first Public Comments period is limited to no more than thirty (30) minutes total for all speakers, with each speaker given no more than three (3) minutes. If there are more than ten (10) Public Comments speakers, the presiding officer will be authorized to establish a different time limit for public comments in order to allow equal access for all those wishing to address the City Council or defer speakers to the Public Comments period just prior to adjournment. 2. Speaker Cards Persons wishing to speak during Public Comments are encouraged to complete a speaker card to the City Clerk in a timely fashion. This helps ensure an orderly and efficient meeting, but it is not required. Speakers will be called by the Mayor in the order by which they submit speaker cards. When called upon, the person should come to the podium, if speaking for an organization or other group, identify the organization or group represented. 3. Council Deliberations Prohibited In compliance with the Brown Act, the Council may not deliberate or vote on any matter raised during Public Comments. However, the Council may request further action in accordance with the Brown Act. 4. Council Interaction with Public Questions during Public Comments, if any, should be directed to the Mayor who will determine whether, or in what manner, an answer will be provided. If a Councilmember believes that a material misstatement of fact has been made by a person during Public Comments, the Councilmember may ask the City Manager or City Attorney to correct or otherwise clarify the matter or the Councilmember may provide a direct response at that time. If an immediate response is not possible, correction or clarification will be provided at the next regular meeting of the Council. C. Public Comments on Agenda Items The Mayor may alter any of the enumerated time allocations based on the complexity of the item and the number of persons wishing to speak on the item. Any member of the public wishing to address the Council orally on City business matters appearing on the Council agenda may do so when that item is taken up by the Council, or as otherwise specified by the Mayor. Speakers will be limited to three (3) minutes unless altered as provided for herein, and this time limit applies to any oral and visual presentations. City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 16 of 30 D. Power Point Presentations Members of the public, other agencies, entities, and organizations may present a PowerPoint software presentation to the Council utilizing the City’s audio/visual equipment. 1. All PowerPoint presentations must comply with applicable time limits for oral presentations and cumulative time limits. Presentations should be planned with flexibility to adjust to any changes in these time limits. 2. Each slide of the PowerPoint presentation must identify that this is the “Personal Comments of presenting person, agency, or organization.” All Power Point presentations must be provided to the City Clerk via email or in a flash drive that is already formatted in PowerPoint and compatible with City equipment by noon on the business day before the Council meeting to allow for computer virus checks and compatibility with City equipment. 3. Any electronic media submitted that is thought to contain computer viruses or is unable to be scanned for computer viruses by City equipment will not be permitted to be used. 4. If compatibility or computer viruses are at issue, a member of the public may provide a printed hard copy of the PowerPoint presentation to be scanned and projected onto the screen via the visual projector during his/her presentation. E. Comments in Writing Encouraged Members of the public may submit, and are encouraged to submit, comments in writing to the City Council relating to any items of City business, whether on the City Council agenda or otherwise. Such written comments will be distributed to members of the Council and considered and acted upon, or not acted upon, as allowed under the Brown Act the City Council in its judgment may deem appropriate. F. Comment Cards Speaker cards may also be used as comment cards by members of the public who do not wish to or cannot verbally address the Council during a meeting. A person may indicate their comments and opposition or support for an agenda item on a speaker/comment card. During the public testimony of the item, the Mayor will indicate that the Council has received comment cards in support of the project or issue and comment cards in opposition of the project or issue. The minutes will reflect the Council’s receipt of comment cards in opposition and support of the project or issue. G. Repetitious or Dilatory Comments Prohibited A speaker will not present the same or substantially same items or arguments to the Council repeatedly or be repetitious or dilatory in presenting their oral City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 17 of 30 comments. If a matter has been presented orally before the Council, whether the Council has taken action, or determined to take no action, the same or substantially same matter may not be presented orally by the same person any further. Nothing in the foregoing precludes submission of comments to the City Council in writing for such action or non-action as the Council, in its discretion, may deem appropriate. In order to expedite matters and to avoid repetitious presentations, the designation of a spokesperson is encouraged. Whenever any group of persons wishes to address the Council on the same subject matter, those persons are encouraged to designate a spokesperson to address the City Council. The time allocation for a designated spokesperson may be altered as provided herein. H. Waiver of Rules Any of the foregoing rules may be waived by majority vote of the Councilmembers present when it is deemed that there is good cause to do so based upon the particular facts and circumstances involved. I. Non Exclusive Rules The rules set forth are not exclusive and do not limit the inherent power and general legal authority of the Council, or of its presiding officer, to govern the conduct of City Council meetings as may be considered appropriate from time to time or in particular circumstances for purposes of orderly and effective conduct of the affairs of the City. VI. COMMUNITY RELATIONS AND POLICIES A. Mayor to Act as Council Ceremonial Representative and Spokesperson The Mayor has been delegated the responsibility to act as the City Council’s ceremonial representative at public events and functions. The Mayor is also designated to serve as the City’s spokesperson to provide updates and other information as it relates to the state of the City. In the Mayor’s absence, the Vice Mayor assumes this responsibility. In both the Mayor and Vice Mayor’s absence, the Mayor will appoint another Councilmember to assume this responsibility. B. Honoring Residents and Other Worthy Persons It is the policy of the City Council to honor people and organizations who have contributed to the improvement or to the welfare of the City. Recommendations may be made by Councilmembers or residents to an appropriate commission, board, or committee or directly to the City Council. Recognition may also be given to individuals for their personal achievement or for enhancing the image of the City. The accolades could include a simple “Honorable Mention” during the Councilmembers “Communications,” awards, certificates, resolutions or proclamations. In addition, perpetual plaques or awards can be bestowed on individuals. The Council may request the advice of a City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 18 of 30 commission, board or committee to determine merit or, if desirable, to hold a public hearing prior to a formal dedication. If any commissioner, board member, committee member, Councilmember, or resident requests an accolade, the following procedure should be followed: 1. Incoming requests for a proclamation or resolution to be presented at an event or Council meeting shall be provided to the Mayor and City Manager for approval. All requests from any Councilmember or member of the public must be provided in writing two (2) weeks prior to event/Council meeting date and should include a draft proclamation or resolution. Content may be changed after submission at the discretion of the City Manager. Once the Mayor approves the request, the proclamation, certificate of recognition, or resolution is either scheduled at an upcoming Council meeting, presented at an event or is picked up/mailed. In the event that the Mayor is unable to attend an event, the Vice Mayor or a Councilmember will attend on behalf of the Council. 2. If a request for a proclamation or resolution is submitted with little verbiage, the requestor should be contacted and advised that a certificate of recognition is more appropriate for the occasion. 3. If a request for a perpetual plaque or award is submitted, the request will be directed to the appropriate commission, board, or committee for consideration and recommendation to the Council. 4. Requests for dedication of a municipal building, room, or facility, shall be considered in accordance with established written City Council Policy Number 8.01.003 “City of Rohnert Park Facility and Park Naming Policy and Park Amenity Donation Policy” adopted by Resolution 2018-107. C. Use of City Logo and City Seal The City Clerk is the custodian of the Official City Seal. The City Seal shall not be altered and is to be used only on official City documents such as Ordinances, Resolutions, Oaths of Office, Certificate of Election, etc. For reference, the City Seal is shown below: The City Logo may be used on City buildings, elected official pins, City business cards, City letterhead, calendars, public notices, awards, City vehicles, City- branded apparel or uniforms, and other formal places authorized by formal action of the City Council or City Manager. City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 19 of 30 The City Logo shall not be used for private or commercial purposes, or for any purpose other than for the official business of the City, unless prior written authorization is received from the City Manager. If used by an outside organization upon the approved, written consent of the City Manager, the Logo must remain in its entirety with no alterations. For purposes of this section, City Logo images are shown below and may change from time to time: D. Councilmember Participation in Community Activities and Communications with Public. From time to time, Councilmembers may choose to participate in community activities, committees, events, and task forces in their individual capacity. When a Councilmember participates in these types of activities, the Councilmember is acting as an individual rather than acting on behalf of the City Council and shall be clear in all their communications that the opinions and positions they convey are their own individual positions. In the event any Councilmember, who is not acting as a Council-designated representative, wishes to participate in community activities, committees, events or task forces may not use the City Logo for such event unless prior approval is received from the City Manager. Acting or participating on behalf of the City Council is limited to those instances when the Council has formally designated the Councilmember as its representative for the matter. E. Ethics The City Council is committed to conducting business ethically and to following all state and local regulations, including the Political Reform Act and the Ralph M. Brown Act. The City has adopted a Code of Ethics by resolution appended herein for reference. F. Expense Reimbursement Pursuant to Government Code section 53232, et seq., the City Council Expense Reimbursement Policy provides guidance to elected and appointed officials on the use and expenditure of City resources and sets the standard of how those expenditures will be measured. The City Council Expense Reimbursement Policy is approved by the City Council via resolution and shall be appended herein for reference. Councilmembers shall refer to and adhere to the terms and conditions of the current City Council Expense Reimbursement Policy when incurring expenses using City resources. City Council Expense Reimbursement Policy is appended herein for reference. City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 20 of 30 1. Quarterly Expenditure Reports A quarterly report of funds expended for each Councilmember for City business will be provided to the Council on the consent calendar of a regular meeting. The report will generally be provided to the Council within 60 days of the end of each quarter. 2. Other Expenditure Reports Per Government Code Section 53232.3(b), Councilmembers shall provide brief reports on meetings attended at the expense of the City at the next regular meeting of the legislative body. G. Constituent Relations with a District-Elected Council City Councilmembers are elected by District but govern considering the needs of the entire community. However, when meeting with a resident voting in another District, councilmembers should encourage the resident to also communicate with their Councilmember from the constituent’s District. VII. COUNCILMEMBER ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT A. Council Mail & Correspondence When incoming mail is received addressed to a Councilmember, it will not be opened by staff. The unopened envelope will be date-stamped and placed in the Councilmember’s inbox at City Hall. Councilmembers are encouraged to pick up their mail at least weekly. All Councilmember correspondence written with City resources (letterhead, typing, staff support, postage, etc.) will reflect the position of the full Council, not an individual Councilmember’s position. All Councilmember correspondence using City resources will be copied to the full Council. For example, responses to personal letters will be copied to the full Council along with the original correspondence. 1. When communications are addressed to the full Council, the City Manager is authorized to respond on behalf of the full council. 2. At the discretion of the City Manager, on behalf of the Council, staff may prepare and mail thank-you letters to boards, committees, congressional representatives, county supervisors, state assembly members and state senators amongst others. 3. If a Councilmember desires staff action regarding individually received correspondence, such as having it listed on the agenda or requesting a response from staff, the Councilmember shall submit the request to the City Manager or directly to staff so long as the City Manager is copied on any communication to staff. City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 21 of 30 4. When appropriate, the Mayor shall make representations on behalf of the entire Council as provided at a council meeting, and will sign any letters representing the position of the full City Council. 5. City Councilmembers shall avoid using City letterhead or other City resources when an objective person could construe that to do so would create the appearance of: (a) Using public office for personal gain or to promote personal business (b) Giving preferential treatment to any person or group (c) Impeding governmental responsiveness or efficiency 6. Types of Correspondence (a) General Correspondence (Non-Agenda Items) If the correspondence relates to a City matter not on a forthcoming agenda, it is routed by the City Manager to the appropriate Department Head or staff member who may draft a response with copies to Councilmembers and appropriate staff members. (b) City Council Meeting/Agenda-Related Correspondence If the correspondence relates to an item on a forthcoming City Council meeting agenda, it is provided to the City Clerk for inclusion in the Council packet for that business item and copied to the City Manager and appropriate staff members. (c) Personal Correspondence Upon request, City Councilmembers will be provided individual stationery and envelopes for use in communications reflecting their personal positions, not the position of the full Council. These communications (including e-mail responses) will be prepared by and sent at the expense of individual Councilmembers. Council Members may utilize the City's outgoing mail service; however, postage will be at the Councilmember’s own expense. (d) Correspondence Responding to Proposed State or Federal Legislation In responding to correspondence from the City to State or Federal government representatives regarding proposed State or Federal legislation, the following process will be followed: (i) On longer-term policy issues as time permits: City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 22 of 30 (A) The proposed legislation, along with a draft letter for the Mayor’s signature, will be placed on an upcoming City Council agenda for consideration by the full Council. (B) After a majority vote of the Council, staff will send the letter to the appropriate State or Federal representatives. (ii) On matters of urgency, when there is insufficient time for the above process: (A) If the proposed legislation is considered extremely beneficial or extremely detrimental to the City’s interests, and after consultation between the Mayor and City Manager, a letter may be prepared immediately for the Mayor’s signature, with copies being provided to the whole Council. (B) This procedure is particularly appropriate if the City’s position is similar or identical to a past City position on this matter and/or is consistent with the position taken by the League of California Cities. (e) Correspondence Related to Mayors’ & Councilmembers’ Association and City Selection Committee ‘Letters of Interest’ Upon request by City Councilmembers, full administrative support, including the use of letterhead, will be provided for use in submitting ‘Letters of Interest’ for appointment to the various committees/boards associated with the Mayors’ & Councilmembers Association and City Selection Committee assignments. Administrative support shall include the distribution of these communications as required to meet submission deadlines. (f) Correspondence Related to Welcome Letters from the Mayor Upon request by the Mayor, full administrative support, including the use of letterhead, will be provided to write welcome letters for any conferences/conventions/events held within Rohnert Park. Administrative support shall include drafting the message, submitting the welcome letter for the Mayor’s signature, and sending the signed welcome letter to the requesting party to include within their brochure or program. B. Master Calendar A master calendar, maintained by the City Clerk’s Office, of Council events, functions or meetings will be provided to the full Council. Functions, events or meetings to be attended by individual Councilmembers will only be included on the master calendar at the request of individual Councilmembers. City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 23 of 30 C. Requests for Research or Information Councilmembers may request information or research from staff or the City Attorney on a given topic directly when it is anticipated that the request can be completed by staff or the City Attorney in less than an hour. Councilmember requests for research or information that are anticipated to take staff more than one hour to complete should be directed to the City Manager. Requests for legal review that are anticipated to take more than one hour to complete shall be directed to the Council for Consideration during a council meeting. Requests for new information or policy direction will be brought to the full Council at a regular meeting for consideration. D. Council Notification of Significant Incidents To ensure the City Council is aware of significant public safety incidents, the following incidents will be briefed through text message or phone call to the City Council by the City Manager or the Director of Public Safety: 1. Major injury or death of a City employee, City Councilmember, City Commissioner, Committee or Board member, or a prisoner in custody by the Department of Public Safety 2. Officer-involved shooting 3. Traffic collision involving a City vehicle resulting in a serious injury requiring hospitalization 4. Hostage or barricaded subject 5. Riot or other major disturbance (e.g., violent protest) 6. City participation in disaster response to other jurisdictions (e.g., strike teams sent to assist in regional fires) or mutual aid requests 7. Homicide or any unusual event leading to death 8. Major fire resulting in the loss of a structure 9. Assault where the victim may expire 10. Robbery with serious injury 11. Major sex crime with bodily injury 12. Kidnapping 13. Any school-related incident, including school shutdowns 14. Felony arrest of any City employee, or political figure 15. Found or threat of bomb or explosive device 16. Terrorist threat 17. Person/child struck in a crosswalk 18. Any event resulting in substantial media coverage (e.g., discovery of improperly stored bodies by funeral home) City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 24 of 30 19. Any Public Safety event involving an elected official, City Manager, department head that comes to the attention of the Department of Public Safety 20. Activation of the City’s Emergency Operations Center 21. Any shooting, stabbing or attack where a lethal weapon is involved. 22. Hate incidents or Hate Crimes as defined by the State of California Civil Rights Department. Requirements in existing law (e.g., juvenile information, notification of immediate family members) or the need to protect crime victims may restrict the ability to provide information. This policy is not intended to circumvent legal limits to restricted information. In cases where incidents not requiring Council action occur during the hours of 9:00 p.m. through 8:00 a.m., Councilmembers will be contacted the next morning or shortly thereafter. At the discretion of the City Manager, bereavement offerings such as flowers and a card signed by Councilmembers, may be sent on behalf of the City and the City Council. VIII. LIAISON ASSIGNMENTS The Mayor assigns liaisons to various outside agencies, committees, commissions, boards, and taskforces. 1. Unless acting in an official liaison capacity, individual Councilmembers should refrain from attending meetings organized or chaired by City staff which are not open to the public. 2. Liaisons are obligated to keep Council well informed on activities pertaining to Rohnert Park via the Council Committee and Other Reports at Council meetings. It is encouraged that these presentations will be no longer than three minutes each. 3. The Mayor may assign City staff as a liaison with the concurrence of the City Manager. IX. OUTSIDE AGENCY APPOINTMENTS The Mayor nominates and the City Council confirms by majority vote of the membership appointments to outside agencies, committees, commissions, boards, and taskforces. 1. An appointee’s role is to represent the City on matters affecting the City of Rohnert Park. Appointees have no authority to appropriate City funds except as otherwise approved by the City Council. 2. Appointees are obligated to keep Council well informed via Council meetings or City staff. City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 25 of 30 3. Appointees are expected to attend meetings on a regular and consistent basis. 4. Each appointee serves at the pleasure of the City Council. Any City Councilmember may bring forward a proposal to remove an appointee. Three affirmative votes of the City Council are required to remove an appointee. 5. City staff may be appointed with the concurrence of the City Manager. X. COUNCIL COMMITTEES A. Purpose The City Council from time to time forms committees. These committees are formed to study, investigate, and make recommendations to the full Council regarding specific topics. In some instances these are standing committees and in other instances these are ad hoc committees. In order for the committees to serve effectively, it is necessary to establish certain policies for the conduct of City business by committees. B. Appointment Council committees will be appointed by the Mayor. Committee members will be promptly notified of their selection and the scope of the committee assignment. The Mayor will designate the term of the committee and identify whether it is a standing appointment (on-going) or a short-term (ad hoc) assignment. 1. Standing Committee is a committee that has a continuing subject matter jurisdiction or has a meeting schedule that is fixed by the Council. 2. Ad Hoc Committee is a committee that has a specific purpose and limited duration, does not have a continuing subject matter jurisdiction, and does not have a meeting schedule that is fixed by the Council. C. Conflict of Interest Should an appointee to a committee discover a conflict of interest with their appointment to the committee, that discovery will be communicated to the Mayor immediately. D. Committee Meetings Council committee meetings will be scheduled at times which allow for each member to attend. Each member should make an effort to accommodate the committee meeting schedule. The schedule of committee meetings will be promptly communicated to each committee member. Individual committee members will not meet with other residents or organizations during a fact finding process or other reason associated with the scope of the committee’s purpose without the knowledge of all committee members. City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 26 of 30 E. Communications Committee members are obligated to keep all members well informed via the Council Committee and Other Reports at Council meetings, and will not purposely harbor or keep relevant information from other members. F. Committee Materials: Agendas and Minutes Committee meeting agendas will be compiled by staff for standing committees in accordance with requirements under the Brown Act. Committee materials will be provided to each committee member. These materials will be distributed to each committee member at the same time. Special arrangements may be made with committee members who are out of town when materials are distributed. The Councilmember who is the appointee/alternate appointed to the standing committee will report on the committee meeting at a subsequent City Council Meeting. The report of the appointee/alternate provided at the City Council meeting will constitute the official record of said standing committee meeting. G. Committee Recommendations Generally, committee members should reach agreement on findings and recommendations to present to the City Council. When the opinions of committee members are divergent, each member may submit their findings and recommendations separately to the City Council. H. Staffing Councilmembers assigned to committees will observe the City Council Protocols regarding staff assignment of duties. Only the City Manager will assign staff to committees for the purposes of administrative services, to attend committee meetings, and to assist with committee presentations to the City Council. XI. CITY COMMISSIONS, COMMITTEES, AND BOARDS A. Appointments to City Commissions, Committees, and Boards The following procedures will be used in considering appointments by the City Council to the various City commissions, committees, and boards which extend for a term in excess of six (6) months: 1. All persons interested in being considered for service on a City board, commission, or committee must have on file with the City an application (fact-sheet) or request for reappointment indicating an interest in serving. Councilmembers may not appoint city employees to serve in City Committees, Commissions and Board. 2. For City commissions, committees, and boards with five (5) members, each Councilmember shall be entitled to appoint one member Nominations and appointments to City commissions, committees, and boards consisting of five (5) members shall be made at the start of the appointing City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 27 of 30 Councilmember’s term. Each appointment will serve a four-year term that runs concurrently with the term of the appointing Councilmember. To ensure timely appointments and consistent participation, Councilmembers are encouraged to review applications and complete their individual appointments within 60 days of a vacancy or new term opening. If a Councilmember has not made an appointment within the 60-day window, the Mayor may bring forward a nomination for consideration by the full City Council. Any such appointment shall be subject to approval by a majority vote of the Council. Whenever an appointed member of a commission, committee, or board vacates a term of office, the Councilmember who nominated/appointed said person, or the Councilmember’s successor in office, shall be entitled to make the appointment to complete the term of office. 3. All commissions, committees, and boards not divisible by five (5) shall be selected by a majority vote the City Council. 4. Whenever an unscheduled vacancy occurs on a City commission, committee, or board, the City Clerk shall post a vacancy notice in compliance with the Maddy Act, which is memorialized at Government Code Section 54972. 5. The City Council may establish new committees, commissions, boards, or other taskforces with a nomination/appointment process as the Council deems appropriate. B. Policy for Service on City Commissions, Committees, and Boards 1. Attendance Members of commissions, committees, and boards are expected to attend meetings on a regular and consistent basis. Board members, commissioners, and committee members should inform the staff assigned to assist the body in advance of any scheduled meeting if they are unable to attend a meeting. Absence without cause from three consecutive regular meetings or absence without cause from four or more regular meetings within a twelve-month period shall be deemed an automatic resignation. Cause means “illness or other unavoidable circumstance of which the staff is notified prior to the meeting.” Vacations and other travel are not cause. The City clerk shall notify the appointing Councilmember and issue a notice of automatic resignation and post the vacancy. 2. Removal Each member of a board, commission, or committee created and appointed by the City Council serves at the pleasure of the City Council. Any Councilmember may bring forward a proposal to remove a board, commission, or committee member, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this section. Three (3) affirmative votes of the City Council are required to remove a member of a board, commission, or committee. City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 28 of 30 3. Role Most commissions, committees, and boards established by the City Council are advisory to the City Council. The role of all such commission, committee, or board is to make recommendations to the City Council on matters affecting the City of Rohnert Park. Except as otherwise provided in state or local law, commissions and committees have no independent role separate and apart from their role as advisory to the City Council. Commissions, committees, and boards have no authority to appropriate funds or make policy except as otherwise approved by the City Council. 4. Conflict of Interest and Training All members of commissions, committees, and boards shall abide by the provisions of the Political Reform Act of the State of California and provisions of the common law relating to conflicts of interest. All city council members and designated Conflict of Interest filers, including those serving on any City board or commission, shall complete any Brown Act training and Ethics (AB1234) trainings provided by the City. XII. COUNCIL VACANCY Whenever a vacancy occurs in the office of City Councilmember, the City Council will fill the vacancy by appointment or special election in accordance with the procedures set forth in Government Code section 36512. XIII. USE OF CITY COUNCIL CHAMBER A. The primary purpose of the City Council Chamber, a portion of Rohnert Park City Hall, is for the use of the City Council, Planning Commission, other City Council advisory bodies, and other groups and committees of the City and such other intergovernmental or resident groups as the City may convene. B. A calendar of use shall be maintained by the City Clerk’s office, and all requests for use should be regularly calendared or scheduled through that office. C. The City Council Chamber shall not be used for political or commercial purpose except as outlined in the following paragraph: D. The City shall allow the use of the Council Chamber for the conduct of election forums, whether for city, county, state, or national offices/ballot measures under the following circumstances: 1. When the forum is sponsored by a 501(c)(3) non-profit agency, a legitimate non-partisan group, or a governmental agency. 2. When all candidates for that public office have been invited to participate, and a majority of the candidates have indicated that they will do so. (Candidates’ forum only.) City Council Protocols Amended 8/26/2025 by Reso No 2025-064 Page 29 of 30 3. When the event is chaired and moderated in an impartial and objective way which is fair to all candidates/ballot measures. 4. In accordance with Government Code section 54964, staff shall ensure that any use of city funds to promote or host a forum on any ballot measure complies with the following requirements: (1) any use of funds for informational activities related to the forum is not prohibited by the Constitution or laws of the State of California, and (2) any informational materials provided through the use of city funds constitutes an accurate, fair, and impartial presentation of relevant facts to aid the voters in reaching an informed judgment regarding the ballot measure. In accordance with Government Code section 54964, staff shall also ensure that funds are not used for the purpose of supporting or opposing the election or defeat of any candidate. E. Use of City-owned and operated television and broadcasting capability shall be limited to broadcast of City Council, Planning Commission, and other City advisory body meetings, for use every two years by the League of Women Voters for a Council Candidate Forum, and for City-related emergency or informational purposes as authorized by the City Manager. Use of the video broadcasting system by an outside agency is not allowed except with the permission of the City Manager at least two weeks prior to the event. If such use is granted, it is subject to appropriate personnel, equipment, and overhead charges as established by the City Manager. F. Approval for use of City Council Chamber for uses other than the above would have to be approved by the City Manager at least two weeks prior to the event. XIV. FAILURE TO OBSERVE COUNCIL PROTOCOLS These protocols are adopted to expedite the transaction of the business of the Council in an orderly fashion and are procedural only and the failure to strictly observe such rules does not affect the jurisdiction of the Council or invalidate action taken at a meeting that is otherwise held in conformity with law. 4910-2638-5249 v1 XV. APPENDIX Document Description 1. Resolution No. 2019-013 - Establishing the Start Time for Regular Meetings. Resolution No. 2025-065 - Establishing the Start Time for Regular Meetings Effective January 1, 2026. 2. Rosenberg’s Rules of Order Rosenberg’s Rules of Order Summary to assist Councilmembers with making motions. 3. Resolution No. 97-32 – Code of Ethics 4. Policy 1.02.004 – Expense Reimbursement for City Council 5. Policy 1.01.001- Travel and Expense City Manager Administrative Policy RESOLUTION NO. 2025-065 RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ROHNERT PARK RESCINDING RESOLUTION 2019-013 AND ESTABLISHING 5:30 P.M. AS THE START TIME FOR REGULAR MEETINGS OF THE ROHNERT PARK CITY COUNCIL EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2026 WHEREAS, Rohnert Park Municipal Code section 2.08.010 states City Council shall establish the time and place for its regular meetings by resolution. WHEREAS, on May 11, 2010, the City Council by Resolution No. 2010-47 established 5:00 pm as the start time for Regular Meeting of the Council; WHEREAS, Resolution No. 2010-47 further stated that noticed public hearings and appeals before the City Council may not begin prior to 6:00 p.m.; WHEREAS, on January 22, 2019, the City Council by Resolution No. 2019-013 re-established the time and place for its meetings as the second and fourth Tuesdays of each month commencing at 5:00 p.m. in the City Council Chamber, Rohnert Park City Hall, 130 Avram Avenue, Rohnert Park, California and eliminated the requirement imposed on the start time regarding holding noticed public hearings and appeals no earlier than 6:00 p.m. to increase City Council Meeting efficiency; and WHEREAS, City Council Protocols section II.I, Standard Adjournment, establishes 11:00 p.m. as the hour of adjournment; WHEREAS, the City Council recognizes that due to parking concerns and concerns by individuals whose workday ends at 5:00 p.m. and may want to serve on the Council in the future may prefer a start time of 5:30 p.m. WHEREAS, for the reasons stated herein, the City Council desires to establish its regular meeting start time as 5:30 p.m. effective January 1, 2026. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Rohnert Park that it does hereby: 1.Rescind Resolution 2019-013. 2.Establish that Regular Meetings of the Council shall be held the second and fourth Tuesdays of each month commencing at 5:30 p.m. in the City Council Chamber, Rohnert Park City Hall, 130 Avram Avenue, Rohnert Park, California, effective January 1, 2026. DULY AND REGULARLY ADOPTED by the City Council of the City of Rohnert Park this 26th day of August, 2025. CITY OF ROHNERT PARK ______________________________ Gerard Giudice, Mayor Resolution 2025-065 Page 2 of 2 ATTEST: ______________________________ Sylvia Lopez Cuevas, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: ______________________________ Michelle M. Kenyon, City Attorney ADAMS: _________ ELWARD: _________ RODRIGUEZ: _________SANBORN: _________ GIUDICE: _________ AYES: ( ) NOES: ( ) ABSENT: ( ) ABSTAIN: ( ) Rosenberg’s Rules of Order REVISED 2011 Simple Rules of Parliamentary Procedure for the 21st Century By Judge Dave Rosenberg ii MISSION and CORE BELIEFS To expand and protect local control for cities through education and advocacy to enhance the quality of life for all Californians. VISION To be recognized and respected as the leading advocate for the common interests of California’s cities. About the League of California Cities Established in 1898, the League of California Cities is a member organization that represents California’s incorporated cities. The League strives to protect the local authority and automony of city government and help California’s cities effectively serve their residents. In addition to advocating on cities’ behalf at the state capitol, the League provides its members with professional development programs and information resources, conducts education conferences and research, and publishes Western City magazine. © 2011 League of California Cities. All rights reserved. About the Author Dave Rosenberg is a Superior Court Judge in Yolo County. He has served as presiding judge of his court, and as presiding judge of the Superior Court Appellate Division. He also has served as chair of the Trial Court Presiding Judges Advisory Committee (the committee composed of all 58 California presiding judges) and as an advisory member of the California Judicial Council. Prior to his appointment to the bench, Rosenberg was member of the Yolo County Board of Supervisors, where he served two terms as chair. Rosenberg also served on the Davis City Council, including two terms as mayor. He has served on the senior staff of two governors, and worked for 19 years in private law practice. Rosenberg has served as a member and chair of numerous state, regional and local boards. Rosenberg chaired the California State Lottery Commission, the California Victim Compensation and Government Claims Board, the Yolo-Solano Air Quality Management District, the Yolo County Economic Development Commission, and the Yolo County Criminal Justice Cabinet. For many years, he has taught classes on parliamentary procedure and has served as parliamentarian for large and small bodies. 1 Table of Contents About the Author ............................................................................................................ii Introduction ....................................................................................................................2 Establishing a Quorum ...................................................................................................2 The Role of the Chair ......................................................................................................2 The Basic Format for an Agenda Item Discussion ........................................................2 Motions in General .........................................................................................................3 The Three Basic Motions ................................................................................................3 Multiple Motions Before the Body .................................................................................4 To Debate or Not to Debate ............................................................................................4 Majority and Super-Majority Votes ...............................................................................5 Counting Votes ................................................................................................................5 The Motion to Reconsider ..............................................................................................6 Courtesy and Decorum ..................................................................................................7 Special Notes About Public Input ..................................................................................7 2 Establishing a Quorum The starting point for a meeting is the establishment of a quorum. A quorum is defined as the minimum number of members of the body who must be present at a meeting for business to be legally transacted. The default rule is that a quorum is one more than half the body. For example, in a five-member body a quorum is three. When the body has three members present, it can legally transact business. If the body has less than a quorum of members present, it cannot legally transact business. And even if the body has a quorum to begin the meeting, the body can lose the quorum during the meeting when a member departs (or even when a member leaves the dais). When that occurs the body loses its ability to transact business until and unless a quorum is reestablished. The default rule, identified above, however, gives way to a specific rule of the body that establishes a quorum. For example, the rules of a particular five-member body may indicate that a quorum is four members for that particular body. The body must follow the rules it has established for its quorum. In the absence of such a specific rule, the quorum is one more than half the members of the body. The Role of the Chair While all members of the body should know and understand the rules of parliamentary procedure, it is the chair of the body who is charged with applying the rules of conduct of the meeting. The chair should be well versed in those rules. For all intents and purposes, the chair makes the final ruling on the rules every time the chair states an action. In fact, all decisions by the chair are final unless overruled by the body itself. Since the chair runs the conduct of the meeting, it is usual courtesy for the chair to play a less active role in the debate and discussion than other members of the body. This does not mean that the chair should not participate in the debate or discussion. To the contrary, as a member of the body, the chair has the full right to participate in the debate, discussion and decision-making of the body. What the chair should do, however, is strive to be the last to speak at the discussion and debate stage. The chair should not make or second a motion unless the chair is convinced that no other member of the body will do so at that point in time. The Basic Format for an Agenda Item Discussion Formal meetings normally have a written, often published agenda. Informal meetings may have only an oral or understood agenda. In either case, the meeting is governed by the agenda and the agenda constitutes the body’s agreed-upon roadmap for the meeting. Each agenda item can be handled by the chair in the following basic format: Introduction The rules of procedure at meetings should be simple enough for most people to understand. Unfortunately, that has not always been the case. Virtually all clubs, associations, boards, councils and bodies follow a set of rules — Robert’s Rules of Order — which are embodied in a small, but complex, book. Virtually no one I know has actually read this book cover to cover. Worse yet, the book was written for another time and for another purpose. If one is chairing or running a parliament, then Robert’s Rules of Order is a dandy and quite useful handbook for procedure in that complex setting. On the other hand, if one is running a meeting of say, a five-member body with a few members of the public in attendance, a simplified version of the rules of parliamentary procedure is in order. Hence, the birth of Rosenberg’s Rules of Order. What follows is my version of the rules of parliamentary procedure, based on my decades of experience chairing meetings in state and local government. These rules have been simplified for the smaller bodies we chair or in which we participate, slimmed down for the 21st Century, yet retaining the basic tenets of order to which we have grown accustomed. Interestingly enough, Rosenberg’s Rules has found a welcoming audience. Hundreds of cities, counties, special districts, committees, boards, commissions, neighborhood associations and private corporations and companies have adopted Rosenberg’s Rules in lieu of Robert’s Rules because they have found them practical, logical, simple, easy to learn and user friendly. This treatise on modern parliamentary procedure is built on a foundation supported by the following four pillars: 1. Rules should establish order. The first purpose of rules of parliamentary procedure is to establish a framework for the orderly conduct of meetings. 2. Rules should be clear. Simple rules lead to wider understanding and participation. Complex rules create two classes: those who understand and participate; and those who do not fully understand and do not fully participate. 3. Rules should be user friendly. That is, the rules must be simple enough that the public is invited into the body and feels that it has participated in the process. 4. Rules should enforce the will of the majority while protecting the rights of the minority. The ultimate purpose of rules of procedure is to encourage discussion and to facilitate decision making by the body. In a democracy, majority rules. The rules must enable the majority to express itself and fashion a result, while permitting the minority to also express itself, but not dominate, while fully participating in the process. 3 Ninth, the chair takes a vote. Simply asking for the “ayes” and then asking for the “nays” normally does this. If members of the body do not vote, then they “abstain.” Unless the rules of the body provide otherwise (or unless a super majority is required as delineated later in these rules), then a simple majority (as defined in law or the rules of the body as delineated later in these rules) determines whether the motion passes or is defeated. Tenth, the chair should announce the result of the vote and what action (if any) the body has taken. In announcing the result, the chair should indicate the names of the members of the body, if any, who voted in the minority on the motion. This announcement might take the following form: “The motion passes by a vote of 3-2, with Smith and Jones dissenting. We have passed the motion requiring a 10-day notice for all future meetings of this body.” Motions in General Motions are the vehicles for decision making by a body. It is usually best to have a motion before the body prior to commencing discussion of an agenda item. This helps the body focus. Motions are made in a simple two-step process. First, the chair should recognize the member of the body. Second, the member of the body makes a motion by preceding the member’s desired approach with the words “I move … ” A typical motion might be: “I move that we give a 10-day notice in the future for all our meetings.” The chair usually initiates the motion in one of three ways: 1. Inviting the members of the body to make a motion, for example, “A motion at this time would be in order.” 2. Suggesting a motion to the members of the body, “A motion would be in order that we give a 10-day notice in the future for all our meetings.” 3. Making the motion. As noted, the chair has every right as a member of the body to make a motion, but should normally do so only if the chair wishes to make a motion on an item but is convinced that no other member of the body is willing to step forward to do so at a particular time. The Three Basic Motions There are three motions that are the most common and recur often at meetings: The basic motion. The basic motion is the one that puts forward a decision for the body’s consideration. A basic motion might be: “I move that we create a five-member committee to plan and put on our annual fundraiser.” First, the chair should clearly announce the agenda item number and should clearly state what the agenda item subject is. The chair should then announce the format (which follows) that will be followed in considering the agenda item. Second, following that agenda format, the chair should invite the appropriate person or persons to report on the item, including any recommendation that they might have. The appropriate person or persons may be the chair, a member of the body, a staff person, or a committee chair charged with providing input on the agenda item. Third, the chair should ask members of the body if they have any technical questions of clarification. At this point, members of the body may ask clarifying questions to the person or persons who reported on the item, and that person or persons should be given time to respond. Fourth, the chair should invite public comments, or if appropriate at a formal meeting, should open the public meeting for public input. If numerous members of the public indicate a desire to speak to the subject, the chair may limit the time of public speakers. At the conclusion of the public comments, the chair should announce that public input has concluded (or the public hearing, as the case may be, is closed). Fifth, the chair should invite a motion. The chair should announce the name of the member of the body who makes the motion. Sixth, the chair should determine if any member of the body wishes to second the motion. The chair should announce the name of the member of the body who seconds the motion. It is normally good practice for a motion to require a second before proceeding to ensure that it is not just one member of the body who is interested in a particular approach. However, a second is not an absolute requirement, and the chair can proceed with consideration and vote on a motion even when there is no second. This is a matter left to the discretion of the chair. Seventh, if the motion is made and seconded, the chair should make sure everyone understands the motion. This is done in one of three ways: 1. The chair can ask the maker of the motion to repeat it; 2. The chair can repeat the motion; or 3. The chair can ask the secretary or the clerk of the body to repeat the motion. Eighth, the chair should now invite discussion of the motion by the body. If there is no desired discussion, or after the discussion has ended, the chair should announce that the body will vote on the motion. If there has been no discussion or very brief discussion, then the vote on the motion should proceed immediately and there is no need to repeat the motion. If there has been substantial discussion, then it is normally best to make sure everyone understands the motion by repeating it. 4 First, the chair would deal with the third (the last) motion on the floor, the substitute motion. After discussion and debate, a vote would be taken first on the third motion. If the substitute motion passed, it would be a substitute for the basic motion and would eliminate it. The first motion would be moot, as would the second motion (which sought to amend the first motion), and the action on the agenda item would be completed on the passage by the body of the third motion (the substitute motion). No vote would be taken on the first or second motions. Second, if the substitute motion failed, the chair would then deal with the second (now the last) motion on the floor, the motion to amend. The discussion and debate would focus strictly on the amendment (should the committee be five or 10 members). If the motion to amend passed, the chair would then move to consider the main motion (the first motion) as amended. If the motion to amend failed, the chair would then move to consider the main motion (the first motion) in its original format, not amended. Third, the chair would now deal with the first motion that was placed on the floor. The original motion would either be in its original format (five-member committee), or if amended, would be in its amended format (10-member committee). The question on the floor for discussion and decision would be whether a committee should plan and put on the annual fundraiser. To Debate or Not to Debate The basic rule of motions is that they are subject to discussion and debate. Accordingly, basic motions, motions to amend, and substitute motions are all eligible, each in their turn, for full discussion before and by the body. The debate can continue as long as members of the body wish to discuss an item, subject to the decision of the chair that it is time to move on and take action. There are exceptions to the general rule of free and open debate on motions. The exceptions all apply when there is a desire of the body to move on. The following motions are not debatable (that is, when the following motions are made and seconded, the chair must immediately call for a vote of the body without debate on the motion): Motion to adjourn. This motion, if passed, requires the body to immediately adjourn to its next regularly scheduled meeting. It requires a simple majority vote. Motion to recess. This motion, if passed, requires the body to immediately take a recess. Normally, the chair determines the length of the recess which may be a few minutes or an hour. It requires a simple majority vote. Motion to fix the time to adjourn. This motion, if passed, requires the body to adjourn the meeting at the specific time set in the motion. For example, the motion might be: “I move we adjourn this meeting at midnight.” It requires a simple majority vote. The motion to amend. If a member wants to change a basic motion that is before the body, they would move to amend it. A motion to amend might be: “I move that we amend the motion to have a 10-member committee.” A motion to amend takes the basic motion that is before the body and seeks to change it in some way. The substitute motion. If a member wants to completely do away with the basic motion that is before the body, and put a new motion before the body, they would move a substitute motion. A substitute motion might be: “I move a substitute motion that we cancel the annual fundraiser this year.” “Motions to amend” and “substitute motions” are often confused, but they are quite different, and their effect (if passed) is quite different. A motion to amend seeks to retain the basic motion on the floor, but modify it in some way. A substitute motion seeks to throw out the basic motion on the floor, and substitute a new and different motion for it. The decision as to whether a motion is really a “motion to amend” or a “substitute motion” is left to the chair. So if a member makes what that member calls a “motion to amend,” but the chair determines that it is really a “substitute motion,” then the chair’s designation governs. A “friendly amendment” is a practical parliamentary tool that is simple, informal, saves time and avoids bogging a meeting down with numerous formal motions. It works in the following way: In the discussion on a pending motion, it may appear that a change to the motion is desirable or may win support for the motion from some members. When that happens, a member who has the floor may simply say, “I want to suggest a friendly amendment to the motion.” The member suggests the friendly amendment, and if the maker and the person who seconded the motion pending on the floor accepts the friendly amendment, that now becomes the pending motion on the floor. If either the maker or the person who seconded rejects the proposed friendly amendment, then the proposer can formally move to amend. Multiple Motions Before the Body There can be up to three motions on the floor at the same time. The chair can reject a fourth motion until the chair has dealt with the three that are on the floor and has resolved them. This rule has practical value. More than three motions on the floor at any given time is confusing and unwieldy for almost everyone, including the chair. When there are two or three motions on the floor (after motions and seconds) at the same time, the vote should proceed first on the last motion that is made. For example, assume the first motion is a basic “motion to have a five-member committee to plan and put on our annual fundraiser.” During the discussion of this motion, a member might make a second motion to “amend the main motion to have a 10-member committee, not a five-member committee to plan and put on our annual fundraiser.” And perhaps, during that discussion, a member makes yet a third motion as a “substitute motion that we not have an annual fundraiser this year.” The proper procedure would be as follows: 5 Motion to close nominations. When choosing officers of the body (such as the chair), nominations are in order either from a nominating committee or from the floor of the body. A motion to close nominations effectively cuts off the right of the minority to nominate officers and it requires a two-thirds vote to pass. Motion to object to the consideration of a question. Normally, such a motion is unnecessary since the objectionable item can be tabled or defeated straight up. However, when members of a body do not even want an item on the agenda to be considered, then such a motion is in order. It is not debatable, and it requires a two-thirds vote to pass. Motion to suspend the rules. This motion is debatable, but requires a two-thirds vote to pass. If the body has its own rules of order, conduct or procedure, this motion allows the body to suspend the rules for a particular purpose. For example, the body (a private club) might have a rule prohibiting the attendance at meetings by non-club members. A motion to suspend the rules would be in order to allow a non-club member to attend a meeting of the club on a particular date or on a particular agenda item. Counting Votes The matter of counting votes starts simple, but can become complicated. Usually, it’s pretty easy to determine whether a particular motion passed or whether it was defeated. If a simple majority vote is needed to pass a motion, then one vote more than 50 percent of the body is required. For example, in a five-member body, if the vote is three in favor and two opposed, the motion passes. If it is two in favor and three opposed, the motion is defeated. If a two-thirds majority vote is needed to pass a motion, then how many affirmative votes are required? The simple rule of thumb is to count the “no” votes and double that count to determine how many “yes” votes are needed to pass a particular motion. For example, in a seven-member body, if two members vote “no” then the “yes” vote of at least four members is required to achieve a two-thirds majority vote to pass the motion. What about tie votes? In the event of a tie, the motion always fails since an affirmative vote is required to pass any motion. For example, in a five-member body, if the vote is two in favor and two opposed, with one member absent, the motion is defeated. Vote counting starts to become complicated when members vote “abstain” or in the case of a written ballot, cast a blank (or unreadable) ballot. Do these votes count, and if so, how does one count them? The starting point is always to check the statutes. In California, for example, for an action of a board of supervisors to be valid and binding, the action must be approved by a majority of the board. (California Government Code Section 25005.) Typically, this means three of the five members of the board must vote affirmatively in favor of the action. A vote of 2-1 would not be sufficient. A vote of 3-0 with two abstentions would be sufficient. In general law cities in Motion to table. This motion, if passed, requires discussion of the agenda item to be halted and the agenda item to be placed on “hold.” The motion can contain a specific time in which the item can come back to the body. “I move we table this item until our regular meeting in October.” Or the motion can contain no specific time for the return of the item, in which case a motion to take the item off the table and bring it back to the body will have to be taken at a future meeting. A motion to table an item (or to bring it back to the body) requires a simple majority vote. Motion to limit debate. The most common form of this motion is to say, “I move the previous question” or “I move the question” or “I call the question” or sometimes someone simply shouts out “question.” As a practical matter, when a member calls out one of these phrases, the chair can expedite matters by treating it as a “request” rather than as a formal motion. The chair can simply inquire of the body, “any further discussion?” If no one wishes to have further discussion, then the chair can go right to the pending motion that is on the floor. However, if even one person wishes to discuss the pending motion further, then at that point, the chair should treat the call for the “question” as a formal motion, and proceed to it. When a member of the body makes such a motion (“I move the previous question”), the member is really saying: “I’ve had enough debate. Let’s get on with the vote.” When such a motion is made, the chair should ask for a second, stop debate, and vote on the motion to limit debate. The motion to limit debate requires a two-thirds vote of the body. Note: A motion to limit debate could include a time limit. For example: “I move we limit debate on this agenda item to 15 minutes.” Even in this format, the motion to limit debate requires a two- thirds vote of the body. A similar motion is a motion to object to consideration of an item. This motion is not debatable, and if passed, precludes the body from even considering an item on the agenda. It also requires a two-thirds vote. Majority and Super Majority Votes In a democracy, a simple majority vote determines a question. A tie vote means the motion fails. So in a seven-member body, a vote of 4-3 passes the motion. A vote of 3-3 with one abstention means the motion fails. If one member is absent and the vote is 3-3, the motion still fails. All motions require a simple majority, but there are a few exceptions. The exceptions come up when the body is taking an action which effectively cuts off the ability of a minority of the body to take an action or discuss an item. These extraordinary motions require a two-thirds majority (a super majority) to pass: Motion to limit debate. Whether a member says, “I move the previous question,” or “I move the question,” or “I call the question,” or “I move to limit debate,” it all amounts to an attempt to cut off the ability of the minority to discuss an item, and it requires a two-thirds vote to pass. 6 Now, exactly how does a member cast an “abstention” vote? Any time a member votes “abstain” or says, “I abstain,” that is an abstention. However, if a member votes “present” that is also treated as an abstention (the member is essentially saying, “Count me for purposes of a quorum, but my vote on the issue is abstain.”) In fact, any manifestation of intention not to vote either “yes” or “no” on the pending motion may be treated by the chair as an abstention. If written ballots are cast, a blank or unreadable ballot is counted as an abstention as well. Can a member vote “absent” or “count me as absent?” Interesting question. The ruling on this is up to the chair. The better approach is for the chair to count this as if the member had left his/her chair and is actually “absent.” That, of course, affects the quorum. However, the chair may also treat this as a vote to abstain, particularly if the person does not actually leave the dais. The Motion to Reconsider There is a special and unique motion that requires a bit of explanation all by itself; the motion to reconsider. A tenet of parliamentary procedure is finality. After vigorous discussion, debate and a vote, there must be some closure to the issue. And so, after a vote is taken, the matter is deemed closed, subject only to reopening if a proper motion to consider is made and passed. A motion to reconsider requires a majority vote to pass like other garden-variety motions, but there are two special rules that apply only to the motion to reconsider. First, is the matter of timing. A motion to reconsider must be made at the meeting where the item was first voted upon. A motion to reconsider made at a later time is untimely. (The body, however, can always vote to suspend the rules and, by a two-thirds majority, allow a motion to reconsider to be made at another time.) Second, a motion to reconsider may be made only by certain members of the body. Accordingly, a motion to reconsider may be made only by a member who voted in the majority on the original motion. If such a member has a change of heart, he or she may make the motion to reconsider (any other member of the body — including a member who voted in the minority on the original motion — may second the motion). If a member who voted in the minority seeks to make the motion to reconsider, it must be ruled out of order. The purpose of this rule is finality. If a member of minority could make a motion to reconsider, then the item could be brought back to the body again and again, which would defeat the purpose of finality. If the motion to reconsider passes, then the original matter is back before the body, and a new original motion is in order. The matter may be discussed and debated as if it were on the floor for the first time. California, as another example, resolutions or orders for the payment of money and all ordinances require a recorded vote of the total members of the city council. (California Government Code Section 36936.) Cities with charters may prescribe their own vote requirements. Local elected officials are always well-advised to consult with their local agency counsel on how state law may affect the vote count. After consulting state statutes, step number two is to check the rules of the body. If the rules of the body say that you count votes of “those present” then you treat abstentions one way. However, if the rules of the body say that you count the votes of those “present and voting,” then you treat abstentions a different way. And if the rules of the body are silent on the subject, then the general rule of thumb (and default rule) is that you count all votes that are “present and voting.” Accordingly, under the “present and voting” system, you would NOT count abstention votes on the motion. Members who abstain are counted for purposes of determining quorum (they are “present”), but you treat the abstention votes on the motion as if they did not exist (they are not “voting”). On the other hand, if the rules of the body specifically say that you count votes of those “present” then you DO count abstention votes both in establishing the quorum and on the motion. In this event, the abstention votes act just like “no” votes. How does this work in practice? Here are a few examples. Assume that a five-member city council is voting on a motion that requires a simple majority vote to pass, and assume further that the body has no specific rule on counting votes. Accordingly, the default rule kicks in and we count all votes of members that are “present and voting.” If the vote on the motion is 3-2, the motion passes. If the motion is 2-2 with one abstention, the motion fails. Assume a five-member city council voting on a motion that requires a two-thirds majority vote to pass, and further assume that the body has no specific rule on counting votes. Again, the default rule applies. If the vote is 3-2, the motion fails for lack of a two-thirds majority. If the vote is 4-1, the motion passes with a clear two-thirds majority. A vote of three “yes,” one “no” and one “abstain” also results in passage of the motion. Once again, the abstention is counted only for the purpose of determining quorum, but on the actual vote on the motion, it is as if the abstention vote never existed — so an effective 3-1 vote is clearly a two-thirds majority vote. Now, change the scenario slightly. Assume the same five-member city council voting on a motion that requires a two-thirds majority vote to pass, but now assume that the body DOES have a specific rule requiring a two-thirds vote of members “present.” Under this specific rule, we must count the members present not only for quorum but also for the motion. In this scenario, any abstention has the same force and effect as if it were a “no” vote. Accordingly, if the votes were three “yes,” one “no” and one “abstain,” then the motion fails. The abstention in this case is treated like a “no” vote and effective vote of 3-2 is not enough to pass two-thirds majority muster. 7 Appeal. If the chair makes a ruling that a member of the body disagrees with, that member may appeal the ruling of the chair. If the motion is seconded, and after debate, if it passes by a simple majority vote, then the ruling of the chair is deemed reversed. Call for orders of the day. This is simply another way of saying, “return to the agenda.” If a member believes that the body has drifted from the agreed-upon agenda, such a call may be made. It does not require a vote, and when the chair discovers that the agenda has not been followed, the chair simply reminds the body to return to the agenda item properly before them. If the chair fails to do so, the chair’s determination may be appealed. Withdraw a motion. During debate and discussion of a motion, the maker of the motion on the floor, at any time, may interrupt a speaker to withdraw his or her motion from the floor. The motion is immediately deemed withdrawn, although the chair may ask the person who seconded the motion if he or she wishes to make the motion, and any other member may make the motion if properly recognized. Special Notes About Public Input The rules outlined above will help make meetings very public- friendly. But in addition, and particularly for the chair, it is wise to remember three special rules that apply to each agenda item: Rule One: Tell the public what the body will be doing. Rule Two: Keep the public informed while the body is doing it. Rule Three: When the body has acted, tell the public what the body did. Courtesy and Decorum The rules of order are meant to create an atmosphere where the members of the body and the members of the public can attend to business efficiently, fairly and with full participation. At the same time, it is up to the chair and the members of the body to maintain common courtesy and decorum. Unless the setting is very informal, it is always best for only one person at a time to have the floor, and it is always best for every speaker to be first recognized by the chair before proceeding to speak. The chair should always ensure that debate and discussion of an agenda item focuses on the item and the policy in question, not the personalities of the members of the body. Debate on policy is healthy, debate on personalities is not. The chair has the right to cut off discussion that is too personal, is too loud, or is too crude. Debate and discussion should be focused, but free and open. In the interest of time, the chair may, however, limit the time allotted to speakers, including members of the body. Can a member of the body interrupt the speaker? The general rule is “no.” There are, however, exceptions. A speaker may be interrupted for the following reasons: Privilege. The proper interruption would be, “point of privilege.” The chair would then ask the interrupter to “state your point.” Appropriate points of privilege relate to anything that would interfere with the normal comfort of the meeting. For example, the room may be too hot or too cold, or a blowing fan might interfere with a person’s ability to hear. Order. The proper interruption would be, “point of order.” Again, the chair would ask the interrupter to “state your point.” Appropriate points of order relate to anything that would not be considered appropriate conduct of the meeting. For example, if the chair moved on to a vote on a motion that permits debate without allowing that discussion or debate. 1400 K Street, Sacramento, CA 95814 (916) 658-8200 | Fax (916) 658-8240 www.cacities.org To order additional copies of this publication, call (916) 658-8200. $10 © 2011 League of California Cities. All rights reserved. Printed on recycled paper. The Three Basic Motions Simple majority to pass / open to debate Basic Motion: "I move that we..." Motion to Amend: suggests changes to the basic motion. Motion to Substitute: replaces the basic motion entirely. Special Motions Simple majority to pass / no debate, goes directly to vote Motion to Adjourn: ends the meeting. Motion to Fix a Time to Adjourn: ends the meeting at a set time. Motion to Recess: break in the meeting. Chair sets length of the break. Motion to Table: defers the motion under discussion to a future date. Motions that Permanently Close Discussion 2/3 majority to pass / no debate, goes directly to vote Motion to Limit Debate: stops debate. "I move the question." Motion to Close Nominations: stops new nominations for a position. Motion to Object to the Consideration of a Question: rare, stronger form of tabling. Used before debate has begun. Motion to Suspend the Rules: temporarily changes meeting rules. Cannot be used to suspend non-parliamentary bylaws. Can be debated. Meeting Interruptions May be used at any time. Chair responds by asking you to state your point. Point of Privilege: points out uncomfortable surroundings, like a cold room or being unable to hear a speaker. Point of Order: points out failure to follow correct meeting procedures. Call for Orders of the Day: points out that the discussion has strayed from the agenda. Appeal: reverses a Chair's ruling when passed by simple majority. Requires a second and can be debated. Withdraw a Motion: used by the person making the motion. Others may immediately reintroduce the motion if they wish. Life of a Motion 1.Chair announces item subject and number 2.Sponsor introduces item 3.Board asks technical questions for clarification purposes 4.Public comment on the item 5.Chair asks for motion 6.Chair asks for second 7.Board debates motion 8.Board votes 9.Chair announces result Notes: •All motions require a second before they can be voted upon. •You must be recognized by the Chair before speaking. •Chair may set limits on debate time or number of speakers. •Abstentions don't count in vote tally. •A tie vote fails to pass. •To recuse, publicly state reason for recusal and leave room during debate and vote. Rosenberg’s Rules of Order at a Glance Motion to Reconsider Simple majority to pass / open to debate May only be made by a member who previously voted in the majority for the item. Must be made during the same meeting (or at the very next meeting, assuming it's been added to the agenda). Voting: Public Comment must be heard before votes are cast. See "Life of a Motion" for process relating to motions, public comment and votes. RESOLUTION NO. 2015-151 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ROHNERT PARK APPROVING AND ADOPTING AN AMENDED EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT POLICY FOR CITY COUNCIL AND REPEALING CURRENT EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT AND USE OF PUBLIC RESOURCES POLICY WHEREAS, Government Code section 36514.5 provides that city council members may be reimbursed for actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of official duties; and WHEREAS, reimbursement for these expenses is further regulated by provisions set forth in Government Code Sections 53232.2 and 53232.3; and WHEREAS, on January 27, 2004, the City of Rohnert Park ( "City ") adopted Resolution 2004 -19, which established a "Policy for Reimbursement of Expenses for City Council Members "; and WHEREAS, on January 24, 2006, the City adopted Resolution 2006 -42, which adopted a Policy for "Expense Reimbursement and Use of Public Resources "; and WHEREAS, on August 8, 2006, the City adopted Resolution 2006 -206, which adopted an "Expense Reimbursement and Use of Public Resources Policy" and repealed Resolutions 2004 -019 and 2006 -42; and WHEREAS, the City Council wishes to make certain changes and clarifications to the Expense Reimbursement and Use of Public Resources Policy adopted through Resolution 2006- 206. NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED, that the City Council of the City of Rohnert Park hereby repeals Resolution No. 2006 -206; and BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Policy entitled "Expense Reimbursement for City Council," attached as "Exhibit A" to this Resolution, is hereby adopted. DULY AND REGULARLY ADOPTED this 8th day of September, 2015. C OF R HNERT PAI2 Mayor Amy`O. Ahanotu ee ATTEST: t oAnne M. Buergler, City Clerk Attachment: Exhibit A CALLINAN: 01 e MACKENZIE: q P STAFFORD: BELFORTE: AHANOTU: AV AYES: ( ) NOES: ( G) ) ABSENT: ( ) ABSTAIN: ( 0 ) CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY COUNCIL POLICY SUBJECT/TITLE: POLICY NO: DATE APPROVED: REVISION NUMBER: EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT /, c;;. oo1 qjrtjzo;C>-FOR CITY COUNCIL TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS .................................................................................................................................... 1 1. PURPOSE ............................................................................................................................................... 2 2. SCOPE ................................................................................................................................................... 2 3. BACKGROUND ...................................................................................................................................... 2 4. PROVISIONS .......................................................................................................................................... 2 5. AUTHORIZED EXPENSES ........................................................................................................................ 3 1. Examples of Authorized Expenses .................................................................................................... 3 2. Expenses Requiring City Council Approval ....................................................................................... 3 3. Personal Expenses ............................................................................................................................ 3 6. COST CONTROL ..................................................................................................................................... 4 1. Budgeting Practices .......................................................................................................................... 4 2. Mayor's Supplemental Budget ......................................................................................................... 4 7. TRANSPORTATION ................................................................................................................................ 4 1. Airfare ............................................................................................................................................... 4 2. Automobile ....................................................................................................................................... 4 3. Car Rental ......................................................................................................................................... 4 4. Taxis /Shuttles .................................................................................................................................. 5 8. LODGING ............................................................................................................................................... 5 9. MEALS ................................................................................................................................................... 5 10. TELEPHONE/FAX/CELLULAR ................................................................................................................. 5 11. AIRPORT PARKING ................................................................................................................................ 6 12. OTHER EXPENSES .................................................................................................................................. 6 1. Baggage Handling Fees ..................................................................................................................... 6 2. Outside Agency Reimbursement ...................................................................................................... 6 3. Parking Fees ...................................................................................................................................... 6 4. Spreckels Performing Arts Center .................................................................................................... 6 13. CASH ADVANCES ................................................................................................................................... 6 14. CREDIT CARD USE ................................................................................................................................. 6 15. EXPENSE REPORT CONTENT AND SUBMISSION DEADLINE .................................................................. 6 16. AUDITS OF EXPENSE REPORTS .............................................................................................................. 7 17. REPORTS TO GOVERNING BOARD ........................................................................................................ 7 18. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS .................................................................................................................... 7 19. VIOLATION OF THIS POLICY .................................................................................................................. 7 APPENDIX ..................................................................................................................................................... 7 Page 1 of 8 SUBJECT /TITLE: EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT FOR CITY COUNCIL 1. PURPOSE CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY COUNCIL POLICY POLICY NO: DATE APPROVED: I; d :A~ tJCJ t.( REVISION NUMBER: To establish City of Rohnert Park ("City") policy and prescribe guidelines related to expenses incurred on behalf of, or reimbursed to, elected City Councilmembers. 2. SCOPE This policy applies to all elected City Councilmembers. 3. BACKGROUND Government Code section 36514.5 provides that City Councilmembers may be reimbursed for actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of official duties. Assembly Bill 1234, which took effect on January 1, 2006, adds Article 2, 3, commencing with Government Code section 53232, to the Government Code, addressing expense reimbursement to public officials. In addition, City of Rohnert Park Municipal Code Section 2.12.050-Reimbursement, provides for reimbursement to council members for actual and necessary expenses incurred during the performance of official City duties. 4. PROVISIONS The City takes its stewardship over the use of limited public resources seriously and acknowledges that public resources should only be used when there is substantial benefit to the City from those actions. Such benefits include: 1. The opportunity to discuss the community's concerns with state and federal officials; 2. Participating in regional, state and national organizations whose activities affect the City; 3. Attending educational seminars designed to improve officials' skill and information level; and 4. Promoting public service and morale by recognizing such service. Legislative and other local, regional, state and federal agency business is frequently conducted over meals; sharing a meal with regional, state and federal officials is frequently the best opportunity for a more extensive, focused and uninterrupted communication about the City's policy concerns; and each meal expenditure must comply with the limits and reporting requirements of local, state and federal law. This policy provides guidance to elected and appointed officials on the use and expenditure of City resources, as well as the standards against which those expenditures will be measured. This policy supplements the definition of actual and necessary expenses for purposes of state laws relating to permissible uses of public resources and supplements the definition of necessary and reasonable expenses for purposes of federal and state income tax law. This policy also applies to any councilmember-related charges made to a City credit card or other line of credit with the exception of expenses incurred for city- related event participation fees, and educational and/or training programs. Page 2 of 8 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY COUNCIL POLICY SUBJECT/TITLE: POLICY NO: DATE APPROVED: REVISION NUMBER: EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT (r O:Z~tJ() i FOR CITY COUNCIL 5. AUTHORIZED EXPENSES 1. Examples of Authorized Expenses City funds, equipment, supplies (including letterhead, note cards, and printer cartridges), and staff time must only be used for authorized City business. Any questions regarding the propriety of a particular type of expense should be resolved by the City Council before the expense is incurred. Expenses incurred in connection with the following types of activities generally constitute authorized expenses, as long as the other requirements of this policy are met: a. Communicating with representatives of local, regional, state and national government on City adopted policy positions; b. Attending educational seminars designed to improve officials' skill and information levels; c. Participating in local, regional, state and national organizations whose activities affect the City's interests; d. Recognizing service to the City (for example, thanking a longtime employee with a retirement gift or celebration of nominal value and cost); e. Attending City events; f. Implementing a City-approved strategy for attracting or retaining businesses to the City typically involving at least one staff member; and g. Other actual and necessary expenses incurred for city-related business. 2. Expenses Requiring City Council Approval a. International and out-of-state travel; and b. Expenses which exceed the annual budget limits established for each City Council member. 3. Personal Expenses -Examples of personal expenses that the City will not reimburse include, but are not limited to: a. The personal portion of any trip; b. Political or charitable contributions or events; c. Family expenses, including partner's expenses when accompanying official on agency-related business, as well as children or pet-related expenses; d. Entertainment expenses, including theater, movies (either in-room or at the theater), sporting events (including gym, massage and /or golf related expenses), or other cultural events; e. Non-mileage personal automobile expenses, including repairs, traffic citations, insurance or gasoline; and f. Personal losses incurred while on City business. Page 3 of 8 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY COUNCIL POLICY SUBJECT/TITLE: POLICY NO: DATE APPROVED: REVISION NUMBER: EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT ;, {) J~tJ f) L( FOR CITY COUNCIL 6. COST CONTROL To conserve City resources and keep expenses within community standards for public officials, expenditures should adhere to the following guidelines. In the event that expenses are incurred which exceed these guidelines, the cost borne or reimbursed by the City will be limited to the costs that fall within these guidelines. 1. Budgeting Practices· City will budget an equal amount for each councilmember including the seated mayor. To control costs, a councilmember may not incur costs or receive reimbursements in excess of the budgeted amount. The City Council may increase the budgeted amount for a councilmember during the fiscal year. 2. Mayor's Supplemental Budget-In addition to amounts allocated for each councilmember, the City will budget an equal amount for the mayor serving the first half of the fiscal year and for the mayor serving the second half of the fiscal year. Only the sitting mayor may incur costs or receive reimbursements charged to this respective budget line item. 7. TRANSPORTATION The most economical mode and class of transportation reasonably consistent with scheduling needs and cargo space requirements must be used, using the most direct and time-efficient route. Government and group rates must be used when available. 1. Airfare -The City will pay only the costs for the most direct route and least expensive travel necessary to accomplish the purpose of City-related travel. Travelers shall fly coach class on the lowest cost flight/s available at the time travel is needed for the most direct route to the final destination. This could include reasonably scheduled layovers up to 1 and 1/2 hours when in route to the final destination. Any additional cost resulting from deviation from the most direct route will not be reimbursed unless incurred for the benefit of the City, as determined by the Approving Official. Travelers that choose to use their personal frequent flyer miles for City business shall not be reimbursed for the value of the tickets. Only out of pocket costs for City-related air travel will be reimbursed. 2. Automobile-Automobile mileage is reimbursed at Internal Revenue Service rates in effect at the time the expense is incurred. These rates are designed to compensate the driver for gasoline, insurance, maintenance, and other expenses associated with operating the vehicle. This amount does not include bridge and road tolls, which are also reimbursable. 3. Car Rental-Rental cars are only allowed for business reasons (i.e., travel to and from a hotel and a conference if this service is not included in the event/conference registration) and with prior approval by the Finance Director. Cars rentals shall only be approved, if other methods of ground transportation (such as shuttles or taxis) are more expensive during the stay at the destination. If a rental car is approved, it is the traveler's responsibility to only rent a Compact, or equivalent rental car, and to reduce Page 4 of 8 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY COUNCIL POLICY SUBJECT/TITLE: POLICY NO: DATE APPROVED: REVISION NUMBER: EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT /r (}~,I)(J r FOR CITY COUNCIL the total cost of the car rental by reducing optional costs such as vehicle options and refueling charges. Traveler shall refuel the rental car prior to returning the rental car if additional charges apply for refueling. A rental car level above Compact requires prior approval by the Finance Director and is only authorized for group travel. Car insurance for rental cars is not necessary if the rental car is being used for City business. The City, as the employer, bears responsibility for damage or injury arising from a traveler's use of the rented vehicle, provided that the use is within the scope and course of their employment. Presently the City covers this responsibility through self-insurance. When travelers on City business are renting vehicles and use the rental car for personal transportation, any liability arising from personal use will be the responsibility of the traveler. Because of this liability, the traveler may purchase additional insurance coverage, but it will be at the traveler's sole expense (i.e., non-reimbursable by the City). 4. Taxis /Shuttles-Taxis or shuttle fares may be reimbursed, including a 15 percent gratuity per fare, when the cost of such fares is equal to or less than the cost of car rentals, gasoline and parking combined, or when such transportation is necessary for time-efficiency. 8. LODGING Lodging expenses will be reimbursed or paid for when travel on official City business reasonably requires an overnight stay. If such lodging is in connection with a conference, lodging expenses must not exceed the group rate published by the conference sponsor for the meeting in question if such rates are available at the time of booking. If group rates are not available, reimbursement shall not exceed available government rates established at time of travel. If government rates are not available, reimbursement for lodging expense shall not exceed 150% of the GSA per diem limits (see www.gsa.gov) 9. MEALS Meal expenses and associated gratuities will be reimbursed at the rates specified in City Administrative Policy 128.8-Travel/Expense Policy (meals). 10. TELEPHONE/FAX/CELLULAR Officials will be reimbursed for actual telephone and fax expenses incurred on City business. As necessary, officials will be provided a City-owned fax machine and any other equipment as the full City Council determines necessary to use in the conduct of its official business. Page 5 of 8 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY COUNCIL POLICY SUBJECT/TITLE: POLICY NO: DATE APPROVED: REVISION NUMBER: EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT (-V ;?ctJO f FOR CITY COUNCIL 11. AIRPORT PARKING Long-term parking, as opposed to short-term parking, must be used for travel exceeding 24 hours. 12. OTHER EXPENSES 1. Baggage Handling Fees-Baggage handling fees are reimbursable up to $1 per bag and up to 15 percent for associated gratuities. 2. Outside Agency Reimbursement-Expenses for which City Councilmembers receive reimbursement from another agency are not reimbursable by the City. 3. Parking Fees -Parking fees for City-related business and associated activities will be reimbursed. 4. Spreckels Performing Arts Center-Each official shall be issued one complimentary ticket for each performance at the Spreckels Performing Arts Center. 13. CASHADVANCES Cash advances are prohibited by the City. 14. CREDIT CARD USE The City does not issue credit cards to individual office holders but does have an agency credit card for selected City expenses. City office holders may request City administrative support staff to use the City's credit card for such purposes as purchasing airline tickets and making hotel reservations. In compliance with this policy, receipts documenting expenses incurred on the City credit card must be submitted to the Finance Department by the cardholder when received. City credit cards may not be used for personal expenses, even if the official subsequently reimburses the City. Cash advances on credit cards are not permitted. 15. EXPENSE REPORT CONTENT AND SUBMISSION DEADLINE All Councilmember reimbursement requests must be submitted on an expense report form provided by the City. This form shall include the following advisory: "All expenses reported on this form must comply with the City's policies relating to expenses and use of public resources. The information submitted on this form is a public record. Penalties for misusing public resources and violating the City's policies include loss of reimbursement privileges, restitution, civil and criminal penalties as well as additional income tax liability." Page 6 of 8 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY COUNCIL POLICY SUBJECT/TITLE: POLICY NO: DATE APPROVED: REVISION NUMBER: EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT /o;z.oo f FOR CITY COUNCIL Expense reports must document that the expense in question met the requirements of this policy. For example, if the meeting is with a legislator, the local agency official should explain whose meals were purchased, what issues were discussed and how those relate to the City's adopted legislative positions and priorities. Officials must submit their expense reports within 30 days of an expense being incurred, accompanied by receipts documenting each expense. Restaurant receipts, in addition to any credit card receipts, are also part of the necessary documentation. Inability to provide such documentation in a timely fashion may result in the expense being borne by the official. 16. AUDITS OF EXPENSE REPORTS All expenses are subject to policy compliance verification. 17. REPORTS TO GOVERNING BOARD Each Councilmember shall provide brief reports on meetings attended at the expense of the local agency at the next regular meeting of the legislative body (GC Section 53232.3(d)). Such reports shall be made under the Council Committee/Liaison/Other Reports section of City Council meeting agendas. If multiple officials attended, a joint report may be made. In addition, staff shall submit Council expense summary reports for acceptance by the Council on a quarterly basis. 18. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS City officials should keep in mind that some expenses may be subject to reporting under the Political Reform Act and other laws. All documents related to reimbursable agency expenditures are public records subject to disclosure under the Public Records Act (Chapter 3.5 commencing with Section 6250 of Division 7, Title 1 ). 19. VIOLATION OF THIS POLICY Use of public resources or falsifying expense reports in violation of this policy may result in any or all of the following: 1) loss of reimbursement privileges, 2) a demand for restitution to the City, 3) the City reporting the expenses as income to the elected official to state and federal tax authorities, 4) civil penalties of up to $2,000 per day and three times the value of the resources used, and 5) prosecution for misuse of public resources. APPENDIX 1. Policy 128.8-City of Rohnert Park Travel/Expense Policy (meals) Page 7 of 8 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY COUNCIL POLICY SUBJECT/TITLE: POLICY NO: DATE APPROVED: REVISION NUMBER: EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT /d;z, ~tJ'-( FOR CITY COUNCIL APPROVED BY: 0 MINUTE ORDER DATE: _____ _ ¢ RESOLUTION NO. :(,tJ/5--/5/ 0 MINUTE ORDER DATE: _____ _ Page 8 of 8 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY MANAGER ADMINISTRATIVE POLICY SUBJECT/TITLE: POLICY NO: APPROVAL DATE: TRAVEL AND EXPENSE POLICY 1.01.001 JULY 23, 2024 Page 1 of 6 TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS ..................................................................................................................................... 1 1. PURPOSE ............................................................................................................................................... 1 2. SCOPE .................................................................................................................................................... 1 3. BACKGROUND ....................................................................................................................................... 1 4. PROVISIONS .......................................................................................................................................... 2 APPENDIX ...................................................................................................................................................... 6 1. PURPOSE The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for the expenditure of public funds for authorizing attendance, travel and reimbursement of expenses for City employees, attending conferences, training, meetings and other City related business. Council Members, Commissioners and Board Members, Contract Employees and Consultants are not covered under this policy. Business travel is defined as authorized attendance at conferences, meetings and seminars or authorized travel for any other purpose in connection with official City responsibilities. Business travel includes day trips and trips requiring one or more overnight stays. 2. SCOPE This policy is to assure that City employees adhere to procedures when arranging travel, lodging, meals and other expenses. The City expects to pay all reasonable expenses incurred for travel, conferences, meetings and meals as a result of conducting authorized City business. This policy also assures that City employees will receive advances/reimbursements in a timely manner. 3. BACKGROUND The City of Rohnert Park encourages and promotes training and education of its staff. However, personal business should not be mixed with official business if it will cost the City anything in dollars and lost time, of if it will harm the City’s interests in any way. This policy assumes mutual trust between the City and its employees. These guidelines are not intended to address every issue, exception or contingency that may arise in the course of City travel. Accordingly, the basic standard that should always prevail is to exercise good judgment in the use and stewardship of the City’s resources. Many of these guidelines simply reaffirm values in judgment that we already practice. CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY MANAGER ADMINISTRATIVE POLICY SUBJECT/TITLE: POLICY NO: APPROVAL DATE: TRAVEL AND EXPENSE POLICY 1.01.001 JULY 23, 2024 Page 2 of 6 4. PROVISIONS Travel and Authorization: Travel is distinguished between local and overnight. Funds must have been approved in the adopted budget for both. Local travel must be completed within one day and only automobile travel is authorized for these trips unless previously noted in the budget. (The City’s Vehicle Use Policy outlines the guidelines for all vehicle use for conducting City business.) Each Department Head shall be held responsible and accountable for the interpretation and administration of the Travel and Expense policy within their department. Department Heads will be expected to consult with the Director of Finance and/or the City Manager on any questions related to this policy. An individual may not authorize or approve reimbursement for their travel; claim forms/expense reports must be approved by the individual’s supervisor. All employees or contract employees must receive express authorization in advance from their Department Head for all travel and conferences. City Manager approval shall be authorized by the Finance Director. Department Head travel shall be approved in advance by the city Manager. All travel shall be reviewed and authorized on a city-approved form. Travel and meeting expenses are not intended for reimbursement of meals for departmental meetings, which are attended by City staff only, especially when a meeting can be scheduled during normal business hours. Travel Arrangements: Travel arrangements shall be made as far in advance as possible to obtain the best possible fares and rates. If travel arrangements must be cancelled for any reason, the person who made the arrangements shall cancel them in sufficient time to prevent the City from incurring unnecessary costs. If travel involves the purchase of airline tickets, all arrangements must be pre-approved by a Department Head, or in the case of a Department Head, by the City Manager. Cooperative purchase agreements will be utilized in the purchase of tickets whenever feasible, price and other factors considered. If necessary, the City will contract with a local travel agent chosen through a competitive bid process. Any discount coupons, frequent flyer miles, etc., are the property of the City of Rohnert Park and should be surrendered upon return to the City. Transportation: Travelers shall use whatever mode of transportation is the most logical and overall least expensive. These guidelines do not require you to take a bus, stay in a cheap motel or eat at only fast food restaurants. A bus or train may cost less than a plane, but the added time away from work can make this slower option more expensive to the City overall. You are responsible for exercising good judgment in requesting, arranging and making a trip. If an employee elects to use a mode of transportation other than the most logical and overall least expensive, CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY MANAGER ADMINISTRATIVE POLICY SUBJECT/TITLE: POLICY NO: APPROVAL DATE: TRAVEL AND EXPENSE POLICY 1.01.001 JULY 23, 2024 Page 3 of 6 the City will pay only the cost of the most logical and overall least expensive. The difference between the selected mode and the overall least expensive mode shall be considered the employee’s personal expense; and any additional lodging and meal expenses resulting from the employee’s selection shall be also paid by the employee. In addition, the employee shall charge any additional time spent in route during normal work hours to vacation or a similar leave. This paragraph does not apply to special accommodations made to qualified employees under the American with Disabilities Act provided that the alternate mode of transportation is approved in advance by the Department Head or City Manager. If the most logical and overall least expensive mode of transportation is determined to be a City vehicle or the traveler’s private vehicle, the traveler shall comply with the City’s Vehicle Use Policy. Employees will be compensated for the use of their private vehicle at the current IRS standard mileage rate. The Employees mileage shall be calculated from their designated work site to the destination. The Employees who receive a car allowance will be compensated at the current IRS standard mileage rate for all miles in excess of 75 miles in a single roundtrip. To drive a privately owned vehicle on City business you must: Possess a valid California Driver’s License Carry liability insurance limits requested by the City’s Risk Management Manual Complete the required DMV Pull Notice Program form Realize that any damage to the car, needed service or repair occurring on the trip will be your responsibility. The City will pay all expenses, such as bridge tolls and parking fees, incurred on City business. Car Rental- Rental cars are only allowed for business reasons (i.e., travel to and from a hotel and a conference if this service is not included in the event/conference registration) and with prior approval by the Department Head. Car rentals shall only be approved, if other methods of ground transportation (such as shuttles or taxis) are more expensive during the stay at the destination. If a rental car is approved, it is the traveler's responsibility to only rent a “compact”, if available, or equivalent rental car, and to reduce the total cost of the car rental by reducing optional costs such as vehicle options and refueling charges. Traveler shall refuel the rental car prior to returning the rental car if additional charges apply for refueling. A rental car level above Compact requires prior approval by the Department Head and is only authorized for group travel. Employees shall be reimbursed for approved refueling charges. Car insurance for rental cars is not necessary if the rental car is being used for City business. The City, as the employer, bears responsibility for damage or injury arising from a traveler's use of the rented vehicle, provided that the use is within the scope and course of their employment. Presently the City covers this responsibility through self-insurance. CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY MANAGER ADMINISTRATIVE POLICY SUBJECT/TITLE: POLICY NO: APPROVAL DATE: TRAVEL AND EXPENSE POLICY 1.01.001 JULY 23, 2024 Page 4 of 6 When travelers on City business are renting vehicles and use the rental car for personal transportation, any liability arising from personal use will be the responsibility of the traveler. Because of this liability, the traveler may purchase additional insurance coverage, but it will be at the traveler's sole expense (i.e., non- reimbursable by the City). Taxis /Shuttles/Ride Shares- Taxis, shuttle, and ride share fares shall be reimbursed, including a 15 percent gratuity per fare, when the cost of such fares is equal to or less than the cost of car rentals, gasoline and parking combined, or when such transportation is necessary for time-efficiency Travelers shall fly coach/economy class on the lowest cost flight/s available at the time travel is needed for the most direct route to the final destination. Take advantage of lower airfares by booking flights as early as possible. You may sometimes avoid higher airfare by staying over a Saturday night. In some instances, an extra night in a hotel/motel can be much less than the added cost of the airfare. Employees shall be compensated for all hours worked, pursuant to the applicable employment MOU and the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA). Department Heads may consider taking different flights in case an emergency may occur in flight. A generally accepted rule is to have no more than two members on the same flight, if there is a strong possibility of danger while traveling. AIRPORT PARKING Long-term parking, as opposed to short-term parking, must be used for travel exceeding 24 hours. Employees requiring a reasonable accommodation shall contact Human Resources for alternative parking accommodations prior to travel. OTHER EXPENSES Baggage Handling Fees- Baggage handling fees are reimbursable up to $1 per bag and up to 15 percent for associated gratuities Lodging: The City will pay lodging expenses for City employees during business travel requiring one or more overnight stays. The City will pay for lodging for the evening preceding or subsequent to a meeting or business event when the employee would have to travel at unreasonable early or late hours to reach their destination. Such overnight stays shall be preauthorized by the Department Head or City Manager. Employees shall make an effort to obtain lodging at or near the facility were official City business is to take place to minimize travel time and transportation costs. The City will only pay for standard single rooms for individual employees. Single standard rooms at conference, government or corporate rates shall be requested. Also, when making reservations, be sure to ask about local transient occupancy tax (TOT): some cities exempt travelers on City business, some do not. CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY MANAGER ADMINISTRATIVE POLICY SUBJECT/TITLE: POLICY NO: APPROVAL DATE: TRAVEL AND EXPENSE POLICY 1.01.001 JULY 23, 2024 Page 5 of 6 The City will pay for a double room only if two employees share a room. If a double room is requested by an employee because he/she is accompanied by family members or guests, the difference between the single and double room rate shall be considered the employee’s personal expense. Employees shall cancel any reservations for lodging they will not use. Any charge for an unused reservation shall be considered the employee’s personal expense unless failure to cancel the reservation was due to circumstances beyond the employee’s control. Meals: City will pay for an employee’s meals during business travel and incidental expenses pursuant to the U.S. General Services Administration current rates, based on “travel to” county/state, found at www.gsa.gov, plus fifteen percent (15%) for gratuity, per authorized meal. General If meals are provided without charge, save for the case in which an employee’s food allergies cannot be provided for, at a meeting or while in transit (meals served on a plane, for example), appropriate deductions must be made from the per diem meal allowance. Alcoholic Beverages: City funds should not be used to purchase alcohol or reimburse employees for alcohol related costs. The City Manager may approve exceptions to this policy on a case-by-case basis for special receptions or other unique circumstances. This discretion applies primarily to non-travel related expenditures such as special receptions and not routine travel or meetings by City employees. Spouses and Guests: Spouses and guests are welcome to accompany you on City travel and at conferences, seminars and meetings. However, any additional costs associated with the participation of your spouse or other guests are your responsibility. Guests as passengers in City vehicles: Due to liability concerns, non-City employees shall not ride as passengers in City vehicles when it is not directly related to City business. However, Department Heads or the City Manager may approve exceptions on a case-by-case basis, subject to review by the Risk Manager. Unauthorized Expenses: Items of a personal nature are not reimbursable including, but not limited to: movies, entertainment, premium television services, alcoholic beverages, dry-cleaning, spas, gyms, barber/hairdresser, magazines, shoe shines, travel insurance, purchase of clothing or toiletries, loss of tickets, fines or traffic violations, excess baggage costs, spouse and/or guests accommodations, repairs to personal vehicles, office equipment and other items of personal nature. Optional tours, banquets or other activities not related towards professional advancement offered through the conference, but at an additional cost to registration, are solely at the discretion of the employee and will be considered as a personal expense. CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY MANAGER ADMINISTRATIVE POLICY SUBJECT/TITLE: POLICY NO: APPROVAL DATE: TRAVEL AND EXPENSE POLICY 1.01.001 JULY 23, 2024 Page 6 of 6 If unauthorized expenses have been paid by the City by credit card, cash advance or petty cash, the employee will be responsible for reimbursement within 10 days to the City. Failure to reimburse the City within the specified timeline may result in disciplinary action. Accounting for Expenses: When you return from your trip or official function, a final accounting of all expenses, except for advanced meal per-diem, must be approved by your Department Head or City Manager and submitted to the Finance Department within ten (10) working days. A city-approved expense report is required in all cases with all required receipts attached. The approved Travel Authorization form shall be included as well. Payment for allowable travel expenses may be in the form of prepayment by City check, City credit card payment, travel advances in an amount equal to estimated expenses and/or out-of-pocket payments by the employee. Any unused amount of travel advance shall be returned to the City. Non-allowable expenses shall be deducted from any reimbursement due to the employee for out-of-pocket expenses. Discretion: This policy does not claim to have addressed all contingencies and conditions. Expenses will be reviewed for reasonableness based on price differentials in different cities. Any necessary and reasonable expense that may from time-to-time be justified due to circumstances or opportunities for the City, will be honored upon approval by the Department Head or the City Manager. Those expenses will be reimbursed to the traveler with adequate documentation and justification. Unnecessary or exorbitant expenses will be disallowed. Original receipts and copies of the conference schedule will be required to substantiate ALL expenses, except for Meal Per-diem advances. No reimbursement will be granted without a receipt or outside the 10-day submittal restriction. APPENDIX REVISION HISTORY: RESOLUTION NO. 2025-065 RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ROHNERT PARK RESCINDING RESOLUTION 2019-013 AND ESTABLISHING 5:30 P.M. AS THE START TIME FOR REGULAR MEETINGS OF THE ROHNERT PARK CITY COUNCIL EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2026 WHEREAS, Rohnert Park Municipal Code section 2.08.010 states City Council shall establish the time and place for its regular meetings by resolution. WHEREAS, on May 11, 2010, the City Council by Resolution No. 2010-47 established 5:00 pm as the start time for Regular Meeting of the Council; WHEREAS, Resolution No. 2010-47 further stated that noticed public hearings and appeals before the City Council may not begin prior to 6:00 p.m.; WHEREAS, on January 22, 2019, the City Council by Resolution No. 2019-013 re-established the time and place for its meetings as the second and fourth Tuesdays of each month commencing at 5:00 p.m. in the City Council Chamber, Rohnert Park City Hall, 130 Avram Avenue, Rohnert Park, California and eliminated the requirement imposed on the start time regarding holding noticed public hearings and appeals no earlier than 6:00 p.m. to increase City Council Meeting efficiency; and WHEREAS, City Council Protocols section II.I, Standard Adjournment, establishes 11:00 p.m. as the hour of adjournment; WHEREAS, the City Council recognizes that due to parking concerns and concerns by individuals whose workday ends at 5:00 p.m. and may want to serve on the Council in the future may prefer a start time of 5:30 p.m. WHEREAS, for the reasons stated herein, the City Council desires to establish its regular meeting start time as 5:30 p.m. effective January 1, 2026. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Rohnert Park that it does hereby: 1. Rescind Resolution 2019-013. 2. Establish that Regular Meetings of the Council shall be held the second and fourth Tuesdays of each month commencing at 5:30 p.m. in the City Council Chamber, Rohnert Park City Hall, 130 Avram Avenue, Rohnert Park, California, effective January 1, 2026. DULY AND REGULARLY ADOPTED by the City Council of the City of Rohnert Park this 26th day of August, 2025. CITY OF ROHNERT PARK ______________________________ Gerard Giudice, Mayor Resolution 2025 -065 Page 2 of 2 ATTEST: ______________________________ Sylvia Lopez Cuevas, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: ______________________________ Michelle M. Kenyon, City Attorney ADAMS: _________ ELWARD: _________ RODRIGUEZ: _________SANBORN: _________ GIUDICE: _________ AYES: ( ) NOES: ( ) ABSENT: ( ) ABSTAIN: ( ) RESOLUTION NO. 2025-001 RESOLUTION OF THE COMMUNITY DEVELOMENT COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF ROHNERT PARK RESCINDING RESOLUTION 2010-08 AND ESTABLISHING 5:30 P.M. AS THE START TIME FOR REGULAR MEETINGS OF THE COMMUNITY DEVELOMENT COMMISSION EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2026 WHEREAS, on May 11, 2010, the Community Development Commission adopted Resolution 2010-008 to re-established the time and place for its meetings as the second and fourth Tuesdays of each month commencing at 5:00 p.m. in the Rohnert Park City Council Chamber, and eliminated the requirement imposed on the start time regarding holding noticed public hearings and appeals no earlier than 6:00 p.m. to increase Community Development Commission Meeting efficiency; and WHEREAS, the Community Development Commission wishes to establish its regular meeting time and place to correspond with the regular meeting time and place for City Council meetings. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Community Development Commission of the City of Rohnert Park that it does hereby: 1. Rescinds Resolution 2010-008. 2. Establish that Regular Meetings of the Community Development Commission shall be held the second and fourth Tuesdays of each month commencing at 5:30 p.m. in the City Council Chamber, Rohnert Park City Hall, 130 Avram Avenue, Rohnert Park, California, effective January 1, 2026. DULY AND REGULARLY ADOPTED by the Community Development Commission of the City of Rohnert Park this 26th day of August, 2025. COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF ROHNERT PARK _____________________________ Gerard Giudice, Chair ATTEST: ______________________________ Sylvia Lopez Cuevas, Secretary APPROVED AS TO FORM: ______________________________ Michelle M. Kenyon, Legal Counsel ADAMS: _________ ELWARD: _________ RODRIGUEZ: _________SANBORN: _________ GIUDICE: _________ AYES: ( ) NOES: ( ) ABSENT: ( ) ABSTAIN: ( ) 1 •Adopted for the first time in 2008 •Rules to Conduct City Council Meetings and Council Business •Last amended in June, 2023 2 •Change start time for Council Meetings to 5:30 p.m. starting January 1, 2026. •Clarify authority for special/emergency meetings •Cancel meetings on legal holidays •Agenda packet distributed the Friday preceding the Council meeting 3 •Extends cumulative time for presentations from 15 min to 20 min. •All presentations requests submitted to City Clerk •Clarify process for adding items to agenda •Clarification on discussion of future items 4 •Emphasis on efficiency, courtesy, and respect •Updated rules for speaker conduct •Add Rosenberg’s Rules summary for motions 5 •Clarifies that speaker cards and personal identification is voluntary 6 •Clarify use of City logo and seal •Councilmember participation guidelines •Quarterly expense reports deadline extended to 60 days 7 •Councilmember mail not opened by staff •Expand events requiring Council notification 8 •Clarifies that the Mayor may assign City staff to serve as liaison with concurrence of City Manager. 9 •Appointees serve 4-year terms concurrent with appointing Councilmember •Encourage appointments within 60 days of vacancy •Vacancies posted in accordance with Maddy Act •Increase unscheduled absences before resignation from 3 to 4 10 •Authority to approve use of Chambers transferred to City Manager 11 •Add Rosenberg’s Rules of Order at a Glance for Council reference •Updated travel and expense policy attached 12 •Adopt Updated Protocols by Council Resolution •Adopt Council Resolution setting 5:30 p.m. City Council meeting time •Adopt Resolution setting 5:30 p.m. CDC meeting time 13 14 ITEM NO. 8.B. 1 gggggg Meeting Date: August 26, 2025 Department: Finance Submitted By: Betsy Howze, Director of Finance Prepared By: Betsy Howze, Director of Finance Agenda Title: Consider Adopting a Resolution Establishing Utility Rate Setting Procedures for Water and Sewer Rates Under Proposition 218, and Assembly Bill 2257 (Government Code Sections 53750 through 53759.2); and Repealing Resolution No. 2011-25 RECOMMENDED ACTION: Adopt a Resolution of the City Council of the City of Rohnert Park establishing Utility Rate Setting Procedures for Water and Sewer Rates under Proposition 218, and Assembly Bill 2257 (Government Code Sections 53750 through 53759.2). BACKGROUND: When the City adopts updates to rates for water service or sewer service, the City is required to comply with the requirements of Proposition 218 for “property-related fees.” On March 22, 2011 the City Council Adopted Resolution No. 2011-25 Establishing Procedures for the Conducting of Protest Hearings Pursuant to Proposition 218 for New and Increased Property-Related Fees and Charges. As required by Proposition 218 (Section 6 of Article XIII D of the California Constitution), the City must give 45-days written notice of a public hearing to consider approval of the new rates. The record owners of parcels subject to the new or increased fee, and tenants directly liable for payment of the fee or charge, may file written protests with the City Clerk before the close of the public hearing. Only one protest is counted for each parcel. If the City receives protests from a majority of the parcels subject to the fee, the City cannot approve the new or increased fee or rate. The current procedure from 2011(attached), set out the manner in which notice will be given, the procedures for filing protests, and the procedures for counting protests. The City is requesting that the Council rescind Resolution 2011-25, and adopt a new Resolution establishing Utility Rate Setting Procedures for Water and Sewer Rates that includes the provisions under AB 2257. ANALYSIS: Under Government Code sections 53759.1 and 53759.2 (“AB 2257”), the City may establish a supplemental process, for property owners and tenants to exhaust administrative remedies (“exhaustion procedure”), prior to filing a lawsuit against the City. While a property owner or tenant is not required to provide any reason or justification for a “written protest” (to comply with the Proposition 218 requirements, above), a property owner or tenant who submits a Mission Statement “We Care for Our Residents by Working Together to Build a Better Community for Today and Tomorrow.” CITY OF ROHNERT PARK CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT ITEM NO. 8.B. 2 “written objection” is required to identify factual reasons why the updated rates proposed by the City do not comply with a legal requirement under Proposition 218. The City is required to provide a written response to any timely written objection, all of which will be presented to City Council at the public hearing conducted under Proposition 218. The City Council is required to consider all such objections and responses and determine if any changes are warranted to the rates prior to considering approval of the rates. (These supplemental processes were authorized by Assembly Bill No. 2257, Chapter 561, Statutes of 2024, effective January 1, 2025.) Adoption of the requested resolution, is intended to provide processes that will be followed by the City of Rohnert Park (“City”) in establishing any new or increased water rates or sewer rates, as summarized in the “Utility Rate Setting Procedures” attached as Exhibit “A” to the requested resolution. The Utility Rate Setting Procedures include compliance with Proposition 218 as well as the procedures for exhausting administrative remedies under Government Code section 53759.1 (known as “AB 2257”). Other minor administrative changes to the previous procedures have been made to improve and clarify the procedures. These changes include: Section B.2 specifies the mailing list to be updated no more than 30 business days before the date the notices are mailed. This is being eliminated. While a 30-business day administrative procedure is a reasonable goal, it is not a legal requirement, and is therefore being removed. Prior to mailing public hearing notices for any proposed updates to water or sewer rates, City staff will continue to comply with the requirements of Proposition 218 and its implementing legislation to ensure the City has an accurate mailing list for both: (a) the address to which billing statements are sent to customers, and (b) the record owner’s address shown on the last equalized assessment roll. Section C.3 – C.5 provides several specific examples of identifying issues around property ownership and the filing of protests. Staff recommends the specific examples be deleted since it is more comprehensively addressed in the new procedures in Exhibit A section 4 under “Requirements for Submitting Timely Written Protests”. Section C.7 states that where the documentation provided to the City Clerk in accordance with Section C is ambiguous unclear, the City Attorney shall determine the adequacy of documentation. This language is being updated to more closely follow standard practices for other cities by which the City Clerk makes final ministerial determinations regarding the administrative handling of public meeting records subject to seeking legal advice from the City Attorney, for example, if there are any questions regarding the counting of timely written protests that meet the requirements of these Procedures. In Summary, the addition of AB 2257 to the Utility Rate Setting Procedures: • Establishes formal written objection procedures for ratepayers to raise substantive concerns about potential increases, which must be received by the City prior to the deadline established as part of the rate setting process (no less than 45 days after the public hearing notice is mailed); and, • Enhances ratepayer engagement, and provides the City an opportunity to address disputes during public participation period; and, • Prohibits a person or entity from bringing a judicial action or proceeding alleging noncompliance with Article XIII D of the California Constitution for rates, unless that person or entity has timely submitted to the City a written objection to that rate that specifies the grounds for alleging noncompliance with Proposition 218. ITEM NO. 8.B. 3 ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSIS: This action is not a Project under the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”). STRATEGIC PLAN ALIGNMENT: This item follows the Council’s goal of Long-Term Financial Sustainability by providing Utility Rate Setting Procedures for Water and Sewer Rates under Proposition 218, and Assembly Bill 2257 (Government Code Sections 53750 through 53759.2). OPTIONS CONSIDERED: 1. Adopt the Utility Rate Setting Procedures for Water and Sewer Rates under Proposition 218, and Assembly Bill 2257 (Government Code Sections 53750 through 53759.2). This will require a potential challenger of any proposed new or increased water or sewer rates to first submit a written objection to the City, to allow the City to consider potential adjustments to the rates, before that challenger is authorized to file a lawsuit to challenge the rates. Recommended. 2. Do not Adopt the Utility Rate Setting Procedures for Water and Sewer Rates under Proposition 218, and Assembly Bill 2257 (Government Code Sections 53750 through 53759.2). The current procedures for “Conducting Protest Hearings for Proposed New or Increased Property-Related Fees and Charges” will remain in place. This would allow a potential challenger of any proposed new or increased water or sewer rates to file a lawsuit to challenge the rates without first requiring that challenger to submit a written objection to the City. Not Recommended. FISCAL IMPACT/FUNDING SOURCE: There is no fiscal impact associated with the City Council adopting the Utility Rate Setting Procedures. Department Head Approval Date: 08/15/25 Finance Approval Date: 08/15/25 City Manager Approval Date: 08/20/25 City Attorney Approval: 08/19/25 Attachments: 1. Resolution Adopting Utility Rate Setting Procedures for Water and Sewer Rates 2. Exhibit A Utility Rate Setting Procedure 3. Resolution 2011-25 RESOLUTION NO. 2025-066 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ROHNERT PARK ESTABLISHING UTILITY RATE SETTING PROCEDURES (FOR WATER RATES AND SEWER RATES) UNDER PROPOSITION 218, AND ASSEMBLY BILL 2257 (GOVERNMENT CODE SECTIONS 53750 THROUGH 53759.2); AND REPEALING RESOLUTION NO. 2011-25 WHEREAS, The City of Rohnert Park (“City”) provides utility services for water service and sewer service to property owners (who may also be referred to as “owners”) within the relevant City service area, and establishes the amount of water rates and sewer rates to be charged customers in accordance with Rohnert Park Municipal Code (“Municipal Code”) Chapter 13.44 and applicable law; and WHEREAS, California law authorizes the City to charge a fee to the property owners or property owners’ “tenants” (who may be collectively referred to as “ratepayers” or “customers”) for the proportionate cost of providing water services and sewer services to each customer in accordance with the procedural and substantive requirements of the voter-approved ballot measure known as “Proposition 218” (California Constitution Article XIII D; as it is implemented by the Legislature at Government Code sections 53750 – 53759.2; and as it has been judicially interpreted by appellate court decisions). The City refers to those fees as water rates and sewer rates (which may be referenced herein individually as “water rates” or “sewer rates,” or referenced collectively as “rate” or “rates”); and WHEREAS, Under Proposition 218, the City’s water rates and sewer rates are each considered to be a “fee” for a “property-related service” (also referred to as a “property-related fee”), subject to the particular requirements of Constitution Article XIII D, Section 6. A property- related fee is one imposed upon any parcel or person as an incident of property ownership. In general, the City may only increase its existing rates if the City (1) calculates the rates in accordance with Proposition 218, (2) conducts a public hearing before the City Council (“City Council”), as described in this resolution, and (3) a “timely written protest” is not submitted by property owners representing a majority of the parcels served by the City; and WHEREAS, Under Government Code sections 53759.1 and 53759.2 (“AB 2257”; Chapter 561, Statutes of 2024), the City may establish a supplemental process for objecting property owners to exhaust administrative remedies, also described in this resolution, by which the City will take specified actions in response to any “timely written objection.” Any timely written objection will also be counted by the City as a timely written protest. However, under this process, only an owner who submits a timely written objection will have a right to challenge a proposed increase in sewer service charges through a legal proceeding. (These supplemental processes were authorized by Assembly Bill No. 2257, Chapter 561, Statutes of 2024, effective January 1, 2025.); and WHEREAS, the purpose of this resolution is to provide a meaningful opportunity for a property owner to submit a written objection to a proposed new or increased rates before resorting to litigation after the new or increased rates are approved by the City Council; and WHEREAS, this resolution is intended to provide a procedure for property owners to submit a written objection regarding a new or increased rates to the City’s attention early in the Resolution 2025-066 Page 2 of 3 rate consideration process, and to provide an opportunity for the City to address or resolve any objections before the City Council makes a final decision on whether to adopt a proposed rate pursuant to Proposition 218; and WHEREAS, this resolution will identify the process the City will follow in order to implement the administrative remedies to be exhausted by property owners under Government Code sections 53759.1. In general, the City will make available the proposed rates, post the written basis for the proposed rates on its internet website, provide 45 days for a property owner to review the proposed rates and timely submit to the City a written objection to the rates that specifies the grounds for alleging noncompliance with Proposition 218, and require the City to consider and respond in writing to timely submitted objections prior to the close of the public hearing described in these recitals; and WHEREAS, for any rates approved by the City implementing the procedures described in this resolution, a person or entity shall be prohibited from bringing a judicial action or proceeding alleging noncompliance with Article XIII D of the California Constitution for those rates, unless that person or entity has timely submitted to the City a written objection to that rate that specifies the grounds for alleging noncompliance with Proposition 218; and WHEREAS, the City Council hereby intends to adopt the exhaustion of administrative remedies procedure as outlined in Government Code section 53759.1, and the administrative record principles contained in Government Code section 53759.2; and WHEREAS, the City Council previously adopted Resolution No. 2011-25 to establish procedures for conducting protest hearings for property related fees (such as the water rates and sewer rates) in accordance with Proposition 218, and the City intends Resolution No. 2011-25 to be superseded and replaced by this resolution in order to establish procedural implementation of Proposition 218 as well as AB 2257. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, by the City Council of the City of Rohnert Park, as follows: A. The City Council hereby adopts the utility rate setting procedures attached hereto as Exhibit “A,” and incorporated herein by reference (“Utility Rate Setting Procedures”). The Utility Rate Setting Procedures explicitly incorporate and implement the requirements contained in Proposition 218 and the procedures by which property owners are required to exhaust administrative remedies as set forth in Government Code section 53759.1, subdivision (c). B. For any rate adopted or approved by the City implementing the procedures described in this resolution, a person or entity shall be prohibited from bringing a judicial action or proceeding alleging noncompliance with Article XIII D of the California Constitution for those rates, unless that person or entity has timely submitted to the City a written objection to those rates in accordance with this resolution that specifies the grounds for alleging noncompliance with Proposition 218. C. The City Council hereby adopts the administrative record principles contained in Government Code section 53759.2. Resolution 2025-066 Page 3 of 3 D. This resolution will take effect immediately upon adoption by City Council, and will apply to any proposed new or increased rates of which notice is provided in accordance with this resolution. E. The City Council authorizes the City Manager to take such other and additional actions as may be reasonably necessary to implement the purpose of this resolution and implement the exhaustion of administrative remedies procedure adopted herein. F. The City Council hereby repeals Resolution No. 2011-25. DULY AND REGULARLY ADOPTED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ROHNERT PARK ON this 26th day of August, 2025. CITY OF ROHNERT PARK ________________________________ Gerard Giudice, Mayor ATTEST: _____________________________ Sylvia Lopez Cuevas, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: ______________________________ Michelle Marchetta Kenyon, City Attorney Attachments: Exhibit A, Utility Rate Setting Procedures ADAMS: _________ELWARD: _________ RODRIGUEZ: _________ SANBORN: _________ GIUDICE: _________ AYES: ( ) NOES: ( ) ABSENT: ( ) ABSTAIN: ( ) Resolution No. 2025-066 (Exhibit “A”) Page 1 of 6 Utility Rate Setting Procedures These “Utility Rate Setting Procedures” (“Procedures”) describe the processes that will be followed by the City of Rohnert Park (“City”) in establishing any new or increased water rates or sewer rates, as summarized in the Resolution identified in the header of this Exhibit “A.” The Utility Rate Setting Procedures include compliance with Proposition 218 as well as the procedures for exhausting administrative remedies under Government Code section 53759.1 (known as “AB 2257”). 1. Overview of Exhaustion Procedure (AB 2257) The City will follow the “exhaustion procedure” set forth herein, to be conducted concurrently with the Proposition 218 process, for the City Council’s consideration of any proposed new or increased water rates or sewer rates. This exhaustion procedure shall be conducted in accordance with “Proposition 218” (California Constitution Article XIII D; as it is implemented by the Legislature at Government Code sections 53750 – 53759.2; and as it has been judicially interpreted by appellate court decisions), and the particular procedures set forth in Government Code section 53759.1. The exhaustion procedure provides an opportunity for record owners to submit a “timely written objection” to identify substantive bases for asserting proposed water rates or sewer rates do not comply with Proposition 218. NOTE that a “record owner” may be referred to in these Procedures as the “owner” or “property owner”; and a “record owner” shall include a tenant who is directly liable to pay the rates. The processes described herein may be referred to as “these Procedures.” As used in these procedures, the term “rates” may be used to refer to a proposed update to either the City’s water rates or sewer rates. a. City staff will post on its internet website a notice of the exhaustion procedure, and this notice will be prominently incorporated in the Proposition 218 public hearing notice mailed to each record owner. b. The notice will identify the date and time by which timely written objections must be submitted to the City, and the date will be no less than 45 calendar days after the notice is mailed to record owners. c. City staff will review timely written objections and draft written responses providing the substantive basis for retaining or altering the proposed rates in response to the written objections. City staff will present its written responses to the City Council prior to the close of the public hearing for the Proposition 218 protest hearing, and the City Council will review to determine whether action is needed in response to the written objections or written responses. d. Following the City Council’s review and response to timely written objections and written responses, it is within the discretion of the City Council to proceed with the Proposition 218 protest hearing process, as described herein, to consider approval of the proposed rates. e. Rate Challenger Must Exhaust Administrative Remedies. No claim, suit for damages, suit for injunctive relief, petition for writ of mandamus, or administrative or judicial proceeding shall be brought against the City (including the City Council, or its Resolution No. 2025-066 (Exhibit “A”) Page 2 of 6 employees, officers, or designees) regarding a challenge to the proposed rates unless the challenging party first exhausts its administrative remedies by complying with these Procedures and submitting to the City a timely written objection. 2. Notice of Proposition 218 Public Hearing and Initiating Exhaustion Procedure (AB 2257) Prior to approving or imposing any new or increased rates, the City will conduct a public hearing and provide prior written notice to each record owner of the hearing and the exhaustion procedure as described in these Procedures. To the extent the City sends a regular billing statement for water service or sewer service provided to a “customer” (e.g., a “tenant” or other “ratepayer”) who is not the record owner, the City will also mail the written notice to the customer at the address for the billing statement. The City will mail the public hearing notice to each record owner no later than 45 days prior to the public hearing. The contents of the hearing notice will include: a. Compliance with Proposition 218: (1) The date, time, and location of the public hearing. (2) The amount of the rates imposed on each parcel. (3) The basis upon which the amount of the proposed rates were calculated. (4) The reason for the rates. (5) The location to which owners must submit written protests via mail, or personal delivery. (6) If required by Government Code section 54354.5, the notice will identify the opportunity for record owners to be heard as to whether the proposed rates are not in compliance with any requirements of the Revenue Bond Law of 1941 (Government Code Sections 53000 – 55821), including: (a) are discriminatory or excessive, or (b) will not be sufficient under the provisions of any outstanding revenue bonds (including Government Code section 54515). (7) How members of the public may obtain additional information regarding the proposed new or increased fee, including a link to information that is available on the City’s website or by requesting a mailed copy. This may include a copy of the resolution or ordinance by which the proposed new or increased rates are proposed to be adopted. b. Compliance with the Exhaustion Procedure for Written Objections. If the City chooses to follow the exhaustion procedure for written objections, concurrently with mailing the public hearing notice, the City will post on its internet website the written basis for the proposed rates and a link to the Proposition 218 public hearing notice which will be supplemented with the following prominently displayed information: (1) The “deadline” (date and time) by which a “timely written objection” must be submitted to the City. The deadline will be no earlier than 45 days after the City mails to property owners the notice of the public hearing. Resolution No. 2025-066 (Exhibit “A”) Page 3 of 6 (2) The location to which written objections must be submitted to the City via mail, or personal delivery. (3) All substantive requirements for submitting a written objection. The record owner must comply with the requirements set forth in Procedures section 3, below, including specifying the grounds on which the owner alleges the proposed new or increased rates does not comply with Proposition 218. (4) Notice that: (a) any person’s failure to submit a timely written objection bars any right of that person to challenge the proposed new or increased fee through a legal proceeding; and (b) there is a 120-day statute of limitations for challenging the proposed new or increased rates (in accordance with Government Code section 53759). c. The City will mail the public hearing notice to each record owner of a parcel that is subject to payment of the new or increased fee. The notice shall be mailed to owner’s address shown on the last equalized property tax assessment roll. (1) There is a rebuttable presumption that the most recent equalized property tax assessment roll of the Sonoma County Recorder is sufficient evidence of the record owner of each parcel. A person may rebut the presumption by providing to the City written proof of ownership. (2) The City Clerk, or designee, may certify by affidavit the proper mailing of notices described in these Procedures, and any such affidavit shall constitute conclusive proof of mailing in the absence of fraud. (3) Failure of any person to receive notice shall not invalidate the hearing or its results. (4) The City will also provide supplemental notices to the address where the City customarily mails the billing statement for rates. d. Concurrently with publishing and mailing the public hearing notice, the City will post on its website relevant information regarding the proposed new or increased fee including a copy of the cost of service analysis (which may be referred to as a “rate study”) which provides documentation of compliance with all substantive requirements of Prop 218 regarding the calculation of the amount of the proposed new or increased fee. 3. Requirements for Submitting Timely Written Objections (AB 2257) For the purpose of considering written objections, the City will consider the term “record owner” to include tenancies of real property where tenants are directly liable to pay the rates to the City (consistent with Proposition 218; California Constitution Article XIII D, Section 2(g)). In order for a record owner to submit a timely written objection, it must: a. Be received by the City at the location identified on the public hearing notice, no later than the deadline identified on the public hearing notice. The deadline may be no earlier than 45 days after the City mails to record owners the notice of public hearing. Resolution No. 2025-066 (Exhibit “A”) Page 4 of 6 b. Be in writing (1) identifying the name of the record owner, and the street address or assessor’s parcel number (or other clear identification) of the property subject to the rates; and (2) signed by the record owner. c. Specify the grounds for alleging the proposed rates do not comply with Proposition 218. The grounds must identify (i) the substantive requirement of Proposition 218, and (ii) the reason the proposed rates do not comply with that requirement. For any proposed new or increased “fee” for a property-related service (such as water rates or sewer rates), relevant substantive requirements of Proposition 218 include: (1) Revenues derived from the rates shall not exceed the funds required to provide the property related service (water service or sewer service). (2) Revenues derived from the rates shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which the fee or charge was imposed. (3) The amount of the rates shall not exceed the proportional cost of the service attributable to the parcel. (4) No rates may be imposed for a service unless that service is actually used by, or immediately available to, the owner of the property in question. Rates based on potential or future use of a service are not permitted. (5) No rates may be imposed for general governmental services including, but not limited to, police, fire, ambulance or library services, where the service is available to the public at large in substantially the same manner as it is to property owners. 4. Requirements for Submitting Timely Written Protests (Proposition 218) For the purpose of considering and counting written protests, the City will consider the term “record owner” to include tenancies of real property where tenants are directly liable to pay the rates to the City (consistent with Proposition 218; California Constitution Article XIII D, Section 2(g)). In order for a record owner to submit a timely written protest, to be considered as a part of the Proposition 218 protest hearing described in Section 6, below, it must: a. Be received by the City at the location identified on the public hearing notice, no later than the close of the public testimony portion of the public hearing. b. Be in writing (1) identifying the name of the record owner, and the street address or assessor’s parcel number (or other clear identification) of the property subject to the rates; and (2) signed by the record owner. A written protest must be submitted in paper form. Any protest will not satisfy this requirement if it is submitted in any non-paper format such as: email, facsimile, or oral protest via telephone or in person. c. Must clearly identify that the record owner opposes the proposed new or increased rates that are the subject of the hearing. Resolution No. 2025-066 (Exhibit “A”) Page 5 of 6 d. Will only be counted as one protest per parcel. That means if any one or more record owners of a parcel submits a timely written protest (or timely written objection) for the same parcel, it will be counted as one timely written protest. e. Record owners of multiple parcels within the City may file one protest for each parcel owned within the City’s service area. f. A record owner may withdraw a written protest only if the withdrawal is submitted in writing by the record owner clearly indicating an intent to withdraw for an identified property, and it is received by the City at the location (and no later than the time) for submitting written protests. After a written protest is withdrawn, a record owner may submit a new or replacement written protest in accordance with the requirements of these Procedures. No other modification to a timely written protest may be made. g. The City Clerk shall take custody of all submitted written objections and written protests. (1) In order to protect the integrity of the procedures for considering written objections and written protests as described in these Procedures, all written objections and written protests shall remain confidential until the City Manager (or designee) has determined they may be published in accordance with the criteria in paragraph 4(g)(2). (2) Any submitted written objection and written protest shall be a public record; however, the City may withhold disclosure if the City determines that the public interest served by not disclosing clearly outweighs the public interest served by disclosure under Government Code section 7922.000. As a general rule, the City finds there is a substantial public interest in not disclosing written objections and written protests to protect the integrity of the process described herein during the time that: (A) written objections are still being submitted and (B) prior to the time that the Brown Act meeting agenda is posted (e.g., at least 72 hours before a regular meeting under Government Code section 54954.2). 5. City’s Response to Timely Written Objections (AB 2257) At the close of the written objection period, City staff shall review timely written objections (as defined in Section 3, above) and shall draft written responses to the written objections. The City’s written response will include: (i) the grounds on which the objection is (or is not) resulting in amendments to the proposed new or increased rates; and (ii) an explanation of the substantive basis for retaining or altering the proposed new or increased rates. City staff shall present the written responses to the City Council at the public meeting that was specified in the public hearing notice described in Section 2, above. a. In accordance with the Brown Act, the public will be provided an opportunity to address the City Council prior to the Council’s action related to the timely written objections and written responses. (See Government Code section 54954.3(a).) b. In accordance with Government Code section 53759.1(d), the City Council, in exercising its legislative discretion in considering timely written objections and written Resolution No. 2025-066 (Exhibit “A”) Page 6 of 6 responses, shall determine for the proposed new or increased rates whether further review, clarification, or reduction is needed, and whether to proceed to the Proposition 218 protest hearing. 6. Conducting the Proposition 218 Protest Public Hearing If the City Council determines to proceed to the Proposition 218 protest public hearing for proposed new or increased rates (as previously noticed in accordance with Section 2, above), the public hearing shall be conducted consistent with the following: a. The City Council will open the public hearing and consider all evidence presented during the hearing including the public hearing notice and all documents referenced therein (particularly including the Rate Study), all written objections (AB 2257), written responses, written protests, and any testimony, documents, or information presented during the public hearing. b. Prior to closing the public hearing, the City Council will request if there are any additional written protests, under Proposition 218, to be submitted to (or withdrawn from) the City. c. The City Council will then close the public hearing and request a report from the City Clerk to identify the number of timely written protests compared to the total number of parcels subject to the new or increased fees. The City Clerk shall seek legal advice from the City Attorney if there are any questions regarding the counting of timely written protests that meet the requirements of these Procedures. (1) A majority protest exists only if the number of timely written protests exceeds one-half of the parcels served by the City. (2) If the City Clerk determines that additional time is needed to tabulate timely written protests, the City Council shall recess or continue the public meeting to provide sufficient time for the City Clerk to complete the tabulation. (3) If the City Clerk determines that there is a majority protest, the City shall not impose the new or increased rates. (4) If the City Clerk determines that there is not a majority protest, the City Council shall continue its deliberations and take action on the proposed new or increased rates. (5) The City Clerk’s determinations under these Procedures shall be the final determination of the City subject to appropriate judicial review. This shall include the City Clerk’s determinations that: (a) a written protest meets the requirements for a timely written protest in accordance with these Procedures; or (b) a majority protest has (or has not) been submitted for the proposed rates. RESOLUTION NO. 2011-25 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ROHNERT PARK ESTABLISHING PROCEDURES FOR THE CONDUCT OF PROTEST HEARINGS PURSUANT TO PROPOSITION 218 FOR NEW OR INCREASED PROPERTY RELATED FEES AND CHARGES WHEREAS, Article XIII D of the California Constitution requires that cities meet certain procedural and substantive requirements when adopting a new or increased property related fees or charges, and the Proposition 218 Omnibus Implementation Act ( Government Code §53750 and following), as amended, provides additional guidance as to the procedures to be followed; and WHEREAS, in order to comply with those procedures and conduct fair and accurate protest hearings, the City Council wishes to adopt local procedures; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Rohnert Park as follows: Section 1. The City Council hereby approves the "Procedures for Conducting Protest Hearings for Proposed New or Increased Property-Related Fees and Charges" as set forth in Exhibit "A" attached to this resolution and a part of it. Section 2. The City Council hereby declares its intent, in adopting this resolution, to adopt procedures that are consistent with, and in compliance with, Article XIII D of the California Constitution and the Proposition 218 Omnibus Implementation Act. Section 3. The City Council finds that this project is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act ("CEQA") pursuant to Section 15273 of the CEQA Guidelines. DULY AND REGULARLY ADOPTED this 22°d day of March, 2011. CALLIN N: AYE MACKENZIE: AYE STAFFORD: AYE BELFORTE: AYE AYES: (5) NOES: (0) ABSENT: (0) ABSTAIN: (0) OAK #4832-9711-3608 v6 Attachment 3 Utility Rate Setting Procedures August 26, 2025 DATE 1 •City may study, review, and adopt new water and sewer rates from time to time •City is required to comply with the requirements of Proposition 218 (Article XIIID, Section 6 of California Constitution)for “property related fees” when adopting fees 2 •Prior to any rate increase, the City must conduct a noticed public hearing to present a documented study to justify the rate amount based on the reasonable proportionate cost of providing the service to each property owner (including tenants), and each one has a right to protest. 3 •Under Proposition 218: •Revenues shall not exceed funds required to provide service; nor be used for another purpose •Amount shall not exceed the proportional cost of the service attributable to the parcel •Service must be actually used or immediately available 4 •Approval process includes 45-day notice, public hearing, and written majority protest. Does not require a voting process (unlike taxes) •However, if owners or tenants of a majority of parcels submit a written protest prior to the close of the public hearing, the City may not approve the proposed updates to the rates 5 6 •On March 22, 2011, the City Council Adopted Resolution No. 2011-25 Establishing Procedures for the Conducting of Protest Hearings Pursuant to Proposition 218 for New and Increased Property Related Fees and Charges •Procedures have been used to adopt water and sewer rates since adoption 7 •Current Protest Procedures Include: •Mailing Public Hearing Notices •Notice of Right to be Heard •Eligibility to Protest •Making and Counting Protests 8 9 •Government Code sections 53759.1 and 53759.2 (“AB 2257”) •Enacted in September 2024 •Established an optional formal written objection procedure for ratepayers to raise substantive concerns about potential increases (“exhaustion procedure”) 10 •Designed to enhance ratepayer engagement and address disputes during the public participation period •If optional procedures are adopted, City is required to provide a written response to timely written objections •Objections and responses will be provided to City Council at the time of the public hearing 11 •Prohibits a person or entity from bringing a judicial action or proceeding alleging noncompliance with Article XIII D of the California Constitution for rates, unless that person or entity has timely submitted a written objection that specifies the grounds for alleging noncompliance with Proposition 218 12 1 3 •The desire to implement AB 2257 Supplemental Procedures offered the opportunity to review in whole the current protest procedures •Staff has identified and is recommending three changes to the current procedures 14 •Section B.2 specifies the mailing list to be updated no more than 30 business days before the date the notices are mailed •Not a legal requirement, therefore it is being removed •Staff will continue to follow the requirements for mailing notices under Proposition 218 15 •Section C.3 – C.5 provides several specific examples of identifying issues around property ownership and the filing of protests •Recommended for removal •Addressed in the new procedures in section 4 under “Requirements for Submitting Timely Written Protests” 16 •Section C.7 states that where the documentation provided to the City Clerk in accordance with Section C is ambiguous unclear, the City Attorney shall determine the adequacy of documentation •This language is being updated in short to state that The City Clerk shall seek legal advice from the City Attorney as needed 17 1 8 •Adopt the Utility Rate Setting Procedures for Water and Sewer Rates under Proposition 218, and Assembly Bill 2257 (Government Code Sections 53750 through 53759.2) •Repeal Resolution No. 2011-25 19 20